Metal Work General PDF

G E N E R A L C ATA L O G U E
G E N E R A L C ATA L O G U E
Cod. 9910204 - N. 2000 - IM15 - 02/2012
Stampa: Euroteam (Bs)
ACTUATORS
DISTRIBUTORS
❝ Our team works
together, towards a
UNITS
common goal: there
is nothing we have done
yesterday that cannot
be improved today.
❞
FITTINGS
ACCESSORIES
DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTATION ACCESSORIES FITTINGS UNITS DISTRIBUTORS ACTUATORS
2
A global company
ACTUATORS
DISTRIBUTORS
Metal Work Concesio. One of P Services, the Italian subsidiaries. One of Metal Work subsidiaries abroad.
Metal Work was set up in 1967 for the production of push-in fittings for compressed
air systems.
UNITS
The company gradually extended its production and sales structure to become a leader
in pneumatic systems for automation.
Now the production unit in Concesio has a staff of about 350, while the national and
international sales organisation staff number around 450.
In 1992 Metal Work has obtained the ISO 9001 certification.
To the quality managment one, in 2000 we have add the one related to the enviromental
managment according the ISO 14001.
To these METAL WORK S.p.A. applied the OHSAS 18001 standard in 2007 to
guarantee a Management System of Occupational Safety and Health.
FITTINGS
All the certifications above mentioned have been released by the German certification
body DEKRA ITS, accredited by TGA.
Products are distributed through 40 branches in Italy and abroad, which offer an
efficient capillary before- and after-sales service.
The product quality and an efficient sales organisation are the basis on which Metal
Work firmly stands and enable the company to meet all possible requirements in
pneumatic systems for automation.
ACCESSORIES
DOCUMENTATION
3
4
Quality in design,
production and distribution
ACTUATORS
Metal Work is a fully integrated manufacturing company. This system guarantees the
customer a fully monitored production process and a consistently top quality product.
Process engineering and product engineering come together in the constant quest for
perfection.
Virtually all the products are manufactured at the company’s own production site
allowing the company to monitor the entire process from the selection of raw materials
to final assembly, thus cutting wastage and lead times.
DISTRIBUTORS
Production data and test results undergo critical analysis to enable the company to
upgrade the products and the manufacturing process.
Company-wide quality control is a permanent feature at Metal Work.
Total quality
Metal Work obtained ISO 9001 certification in 1992 and ISO 14001 certification in
2000, and OHSAS 18001 certification in 2007, ample proof of our way of working
and daily mission. Particular care is taken at all levels, from design to energy saving,
and we can safely state that, compared with conventional products, the electrical
UNITS
power required to operate our valves has been cut by 75% over the last few years.
Certification covers not only the holding company but also the other companies in the
Group, allowing both our products and our philosophy to gain world-wide recognition.
All Metal Work products meet EC and other standards including electromagnetic
compatibility (EMC certificate).
Metal Work engineers are on ISO, UNI and ASSOFLUID committees as product
standardisation is always a guarantee of product quality.
A customer-oriented policy
FITTINGS
The product is not Metal Work’s only strong point. Great care is taken over customer
service, with the aim of providing the best possible solution for a specific requirement
within the allotted time and with the utmost safety.
The Metal Work or P Service sales personnel work in close co-operation with the
customer, providing the necessary backup to solve any technical problems, and search
for new materials or information.
Metal Work invests heavily in providing the customers with the necessary training.
ACCESSORIES
Our range includes all types of special products suitable for use in a wide variety of
applications.
DOCUMENTATION
5
METAL WORK S.p.A. - Head Office - Via Segni, 5-7-9 25062 - Concesio BS Italy - Tel. 030 21 87 11 - Fax 030 21 80 569 - www.metalwork.it - metalwork@metalwork.it
ITALIAN SUBSIDIARIES
ACTUATORS
BARI MILANO TORINO

P SERVICE S.r.l. P SERVICE S.r.l. METAL WORK S.r.l.
Via S. Magno km 0,400 Via Altiero Spinelli, 57 Via Bruino, 22/2
(zona industriale) 20862 Arcore MB 10040 Rivalta di Torino TO
70033 Corato BA Tel. 039 61 80 056 Tel. 011 90 32 666
Tel. 080 898 73 94 r.a. 039 61 50 064 Fax 011 90 03 632
Fax 080 898 71 45 Fax 039 60 120 29 www.pservice.it
www.pservice.it www.pservice.it metalwto@pservice.it
pservba@pservice.it pservmi@pservice.it
TREVISO
BERGAMO MODENA P SERVICE S.r.l.
P SERVICE S.r.l. P SERVICE S.r.l. Via P. A. Gemelli, 34/d
Via Vienna, 28 Via S. Giovanni Bosco, 267 31038 Postioma di Paese TV
Loc. Verdellino Zingonia 41100 Modena MO Tel. 0422 48 45 78 r.a.
DISTRIBUTORS
24040 Verdellino BG Tel. 059 23 98 06 Fax 0422 48 45 79

Tel. 035 88 53 79 Fax 059 23 98 76 www.pservice.it
Fax 035 48 20 492 www.pservice.it pservtv@pservice.it
www.pservice.it pservmo@pservice.it
pservbg@pservice.it VERONA
NOVARA P SERVICE S.r.l.
BOLOGNA P SERVICE S.r.l. Via Del Perlar, 92
P SERVICE S.r.l. Piazzale A. Antonelli, 8 37135 Verona VR
Via dell’Arcoveggio, 190/d 28060 S. Pietro Mosezzo Tel. 045 50 31 23
40129 Bologna BO Fr. Nibbia NO Fax 045 82 50 038
Tel. 051 70 27 11 Tel. 0321 43 79 86 www.pservice.it
Fax 051 70 31 14 Fax 0321 43 79 93 pservvr@pservice.it
www.pservice.it www.pservice.it
pservbo@pservice.it pservno@pservice.it VICENZA
P SERVICE S.r.l.
BRESCIA PARMA Via Progresso, 70
UNITS
P SERVICE S.p.A. P SERVICE S.r.l. 36035 Marano Vicentino VI

Via del Mella, 37 - Z.I. Fornaci P.za Lunardi 27/A Tel. 0445 56 05 90
25131 Brescia BS 43100 Parma PR Fax 0445 56 01 33
Tel. 030 35 855 r.a. Tel. 0521 24 09 64 www.pservice.it
Fax 030 35 81 256 Fax 0521 24 28 47 pservvi@pservice.it
pservbs@pservice.it pservpr@pservice.it
CREMONA PAVIA
P SERVICE S.r.l. P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Sesto, 62 Via F.lli Cagnoni, 7/9
26100 Cremona CR 27029 Vigevano PV
Tel. 0372 27 64 8 - 32 26 7 Tel. 0381 83 333
FITTINGS
Fax 0372 45 71 42 Fax 0381 82 733

pservcr@pservice.it pservpv@pservice.it
LECCO PRATO
P SERVICE S.r.l. P SERVICE S.r.l.
Via Provinciale per Dolzago, 39 Via Onorio Vannucchi, 21
23848 Oggiono LC 59100 Prato PO
Tel. 0341 26 67 11 Tel.: 0574 757298
Fax 0341 26 67 12 Fax: 0574 757258
pservlc@pservice.it pservpo@pservice.it
ACCESSORIES
FILIALE DI VARESE
Via Gasparoli, 197 RIMINI
21012 Cassano Magnago VA P SERVICE S.r.l.
Tel. 0331 28 09 20 Via Piane, 23/A
Fax 0331 28 09 21 47853 Coriano RN
www.pservice.it Tel. 0541 65 87 15
pservva@pservice.it 0541 65 81 36
Fax 0541 65 68 69
MANTOVA www.pservice.it
P SERVICE S.r.l. pservrn@pservice.it
Viale d/Libertà, 9 - 46030
San Giorgio di Mantova MN
Tel. 0376 37 41 81
DOCUMENTATION
Fax 0376 37 47 27
www.pservice.it
pservmn@pservice.it
6
ITALY AUTHORIZED DEALER ITALY AGENCY
ACTUATORS
NORTH CENTRE SARDEGNA
G.CARLO LAI
PADOVA MACERATA Via Ranieri Sampante, 6
ATI S.r.l. TORRESI RAFFAELE & C S.r.l. 09121 Cagliari CA
Via Facca, 58 Via Sandro Pertini, 51 Tel./Fax 070 280235
SS Valsugana 62012 Civitanova Marche MC Cell. 328 3517832
35013 Cittadella PD Tel. 0733 80 11 20 lai.gianc@gmail.com
Tel. 049 94 01 777 Fax 0733 80 11 30
Fax 049 94 00 665 www.torresiraffaele.it
www.aticompressori.it info@torresiraffaele.it
ati@aticompressori.it
LAZIO
TRENTINO ALTO ADIGE CDC S.p.A.
E.B.I. GROUP S.r.l. Via Casilina, 57/57A
DISTRIBUTORS
Via Maccani, 197 00182 Roma RM
38100 Trento TN Tel. 06 70 70 031
Tel. 0461 82 55 75 (4 linee) Fax 06 70 27 217
Fax 0461 82 48 02 www.cdcspa.it
www.ebigroup.it info@cdcspa.it
info@ebigroup.it
R.C.A. S.r.l.
UDINE Via le lame, 20
M.P. A. S.r.l. 03100 Frosinone - FR
Via IV Novembre, 86 Tel.: 0775 29 23 17
33010 Feletto Umberto UD Fax: 0775 29 03 22
Tel. 0432 57 52 56 rca@rcafr.191.it
Fax 0432 57 50 31
mail@mpautomazioni.191.it SOUTH
CAMPANIA
UNITS
A.R.A. S.a.s.
di C. Argenziano & C.
Via Appia, 123/125
83042 Atripalda AV
Tel. 0825 62 56 03
Fax 0825 62 47 19
www.araforniture.it
info@araforniture.it
OLEODINAMICA & PNEUMATICA S.a.s.

di Ardolino G. & Co.
Via M.le Manfredi, 24
80039 Saviano NA
FITTINGS
Tel. 081 82 11 468
Fax 081 82 11 181
oleodi15@oleodinamicadiardolino.191.it
R.C.P. Service S.r.l.

Via Nuova delle brecce, 176
80147 Napoli NA
Tel. 081 75 24 238
Fax 081 75 22 067
www.rcpcasale.com
info@rcpcasale.com
ACCESSORIES
DOCUMENTATION
7
FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES
ACTUATORS
EUROPE AMERICAS ASIA - OCEANIA
BELGIUM CZECH REPUBLIC BRAZIL AUSTRALIA

Metal Work België/Belgique Metal Work Pneumatics CZ, s.r.o. Metal Work Pneumática Metal Work Pneumatic
Mechelsesteenweg 277 Ostravská 494 do Brasil Ltda AUSTRALIA PTY Limited
B-1800 Vilvoorde - Belgium 73925 Sviadnov RIO GRANDE DO SUL MELBOURNE OFFICE
Tel. 0032 02 75 16 120 Czech Republic Av. Thomaz Edison, 2648 P.O.Box 4209
Fax 0032 02 75 16 161 Tel. 00420 596 748 577 Scharlau CEP. 93125 - 140 Dandenong South VIC 3164
metalwork@metalworkpneumatic.be Fax 00420 596 728 010 São Leopoldo/RS - Brazil 10 Mickle Street
www.metalworkpneumatic.be info@metalwork.cz Tel. 0055 51 3590 - 7100 Dandenong VIC 3175
www.metalwork.cz Fax 0055 51 3590 - 7111 Tel. 0061 03 97 06 67 18
DENMARK metalwork@metalwork.com.br Fax 0061 03 97 06 67 19
Metal Work Danmark A/S RUSSIA www.metalwork.com.br vicsales@metalwork.com.au
Korskildelund 1 OOO Metal Work Pneumatic www.metalwork.com.au
DISTRIBUTORS
2670 Greve - Denmark 121354, Moscow, USA SYDNEY OFFICE

Tel. 0045 70 22 23 11 Dorogobuzhskaya str., 14 build. 6 Metal Work Pneumatic USA, Inc. P.O. Box 6483
Fax 0045 70 22 27 59 Tel.:+7 499 558 10 40 1120 Eden Road, Suite 106 Wetherill Park BC NSW 2164
metalwork@metalwork.dk Fax:+7 499 558 10 40 Arlington, TX 76001 Unit 2, 504 - 508 Victoria Street
www.metalwork.dk info@metalworkpneumatic.ru Tel. 001 817 701 4000 Wetherill Park NSW 2164
www.metalworkpneumatic.ru Fax 001 817 701 4004 Tel. 0061 2 97 25 35 99
FINLAND metalwork@metalwork.org Fax 0061 2 97 25 23 61
Metal Work Finland OY SPAIN www.metalwork.org nswsales@metalwork.com.au
Läkkisepäntie 11 Metal Work Iberica S.A.
00620 Helsinki - Finland Pol. Ind. Can Magí CHINA
Tel. 00358 10 836 5700 c/Can Magí, 9 Metal Work Pneumatic Components
Fax 00358 09 272 2712 08210 Barbera del Valles (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
metalwork@metalwork.fi (Barcelona) - Spain SHANGHAI OFFICE
www.metalwork.fi Tel. 0034 937 180 244 Block C1, N°3, Fulian third Road
Fax 0034 937 188 070 201906 - Baoshan District,
FRANCE metalwork@metalwork.es Shanghai - China
Metal Work France Sarl www.metalwork.es Tel. 0086 21 36043088
Parc d’Activités DELEGACION NORTE Fax 0086 21 36043077
UNITS
de l’Esplanade - BP 222 Tel. 0034 946 203 999 info@metalworkchina.cn

14 Rue Enrico Fermi Fax 0034 946 202 642 www.metalworkchina.cn
77463 Saint Thibault 48220 Abadiño (Bizkaia) GUANGZHOU OFFICE
des Vignes Cedex - France metalwork.norte@metalwork.es Room 1923, Jinxiu Building,
Tel. 0033 01 60 94 00 00 DELEGACION CENTRO No. 1, Tianhe Road,
Fax 0033 01 60 94 01 94 Tel. 0034 916 586 048 Guangzhou, 510075
metalwork@metalwork.fr Fax 0034 916 710 638 Tel: 0086 20 87308172
www.metalwork.fr 28823 Coslada (Madrid) Fax: 0086 20 87308176
metalwork.centro@metalwork.es
GERMANY INDIA
Metal Work Deutschland GmbH SWEDEN Metal Work Pneumatic India
GERMAN OFFICE Metal Work Sverige AB Private Limited
Rankinestraße 2 Modemgatan, 7 BANGALORE OFFICE
FITTINGS
D-86899 Landsberg am Lech 235 39 Vellinge - Sweden No. 18-20, 1St Cross,
Germany Tel. 0046 040 42 07 00 Bilekahalli Industrial Area
Tel. 0049 08191 42894-0 Fax 0046 040 42 07 20 Adj. IIMB Compound,
Fax 0049 08191 42894-26 metalwork@metalwork.se Bannerghatta Road
metalwork@metalwork.de www.metalwork.se Bangalore - 560 076 (India)
www.metalwork.de Tel. 0091 80 26480076
AUSTRIAN OFFICE SWITZERLAND Fax 0091 80 26480012
Tel. 0043 720 010100 Metal Work Pneumatik GmbH sales@metalwork.in
Fax 0043 720 010100-99 Langfeldstrasse 88 www.metalwork.in
metalwork@metalwork.at 8500 Frauenfeld - Switzerland PUNE OFFICE
Tel. 0041 052 369 40 40 Shop No. 1, 531/1,
HOLLAND Fax 0041 052 369 40 41 Shedge Villa, Post Bhugaon,
Metal Work Nederland B.V. metalwork@metalwork.ch Near Heera Garden,
Postbus 90 - 6710 BB EDE www.metalwork.ch Pune-Paud Road, Tal. Mulshi,
ACCESSORIES
Voltastraat 9 - 6716 AJ EDE District Pune - 412 115 (India)

Holland UK sales.pune@metalwork.in
Tel. 0031 0318 66 51 11 Metal Work UK Ltd
Fax 0031 0318 66 51 15 Blackhill drive - Wolverton Mill MALAYSIA
metalwork@metalwork.nl Milton Keynes - MK 12 5TS Metal Work Pneumatic
www.metalwork.nl Tel. 0044 01908 22 22 88 (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd
Fax 0044 01908 22 28 24 52 Jalan Pju 1A/14
POLAND sales@metalwork.co.uk Ara Damansara
Metal Work Polska Sp. z o.o. www.metalwork.co.uk 46050 Petaling Jaya Selangor
ul. Szamotulska 1, Baranowo Darul Ehsan - Malaysia
62-081 - Przezmierowo - Poland UKRAINE Tel. 0060 37 84 54 228
Tel. 0048 061 65 01 840 Metal Work Ukraine TOW Fax 0060 37 84 50 228
Fax 0048 061 65 01 849 1, Prichaljna Street, metalwork@metalworkmal.com
DOCUMENTATION
metalwork@metalwork.pl Kiev, 02081 Ukraine www.metalwork.eu

www.metalwork.pl Tel. 00380 44 502 95 72
Tel. 00380 44 502 95 73 THAILAND
PORTUGAL Fax 00380 44 502 95 71 Metal Work Pneumatic
Metal Work Portugal Lda www.metalwork.com.ua (Thailand) Co. Ltd
Estrada Nacional, 1 29/67 Moo 2, 345 Road
P.C. Emiauto Pav-D Sobreiro Torio Lumpo, Bangbuatong,
3850 - Albergaria a Velha Nonthaburi 11110 - Thailand
Portugal Tel. 00662 961 7000
Tel. 00351 23 45 25 425 Fax 00662 961 7227
Fax 00351 23 45 25 426 metalwork@metalwork.co.th
www.metalwork.eu www.metalwork.eu
8
FOREIGN AUTHORIZED DEALER
ACTUATORS
EUROPE AFRICA AMERICAS ASIA - OCEANIA
BULGARIA TURKEY ALGERIA COLOMBIA SAUDI ARABIA

Ka Matic Ltd. HPA Teknoloji Gelis˛tirme Makina SARL DELTA CONTROL NEUMATICA R. S.A.S. Mechanical World for
9N Kuklensko shose ve Yedek Parc˛a Imalat Rue Yahia Belhayat, 09 Carrera 28A 15-10 Local 2 Technical Services
Plovdiv - Bulgaria San. Ic˛ ve Dis˛ Tic. Ltd. S˛ti. 16035 Hydra Alger - Algeria Paloqueumao Bogota P.O.Box 3813
Cell.: 00359 88 827 9840 1201/1 Sokak No: 4/A Tel. 00213 21 69 25 57 Colombia Damman 31481
Tel.: 00359 32 677 772 P21 Yenisehir - Izmir - Turkey 00213 21 69 25 59 Tel. 0057 1 3752501 Saudi Arabia
Fax: 00359 32 677 774 Tel. 0090 232 469 7961 Fax 00213 21 60 42 50 Fax 0057 1 2779920 Tel. 00966 38 97 84 95
info@kamatic.com Fax 0090 232 433 9625 deltacontrol@gmail.com antonio.linares@neumaticar.com Fax 00966 38 93 51 20
www.kamatic.com info@hpa.com.tr www.deltacontrolalger.com www.neumaticar.com moiz.ahmed@mwfts.com
www.hpa.com.tr
CYPRUS BURKINA FASO ECUADOR UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Andrew Chr. - Demetriades Ltd. HUNGARY AIS GROUP BURKINA Ecuatoriana Industrial ACME Industrial Hardware
DISTRIBUTORS
Corner Aiakos Nemeseos ST ENTRA-SYS KFT P.O.BOX 06 PB 9484 Termoval Cia Ltda Trading L.L.C.
Pollouriotissa - P.O. Box 9068 Bakay Nándor u.24. Ouagadougou Concepcion 676 Y Valparasio P.O. Box 3636
1620 Nicosia - Cyprus H-6724 Szeged - Hungary Burkina Faso Quito - Ecuador Dubai United UAE
Tel. 00357 22 43 14 50 (4 lines) Tel. 0036 62 468 478 Tel. 0022 650501250 Tel. 00593 22 28 19 21 Tel. 00971 432 32 628
Fax 00357 22 43 73 15 62 547 267 Fax 0022 650501251 Fax 00593 22 95 28 88 Fax 00971 432 32 608
a.c.demetriades@cytanet.com.cy 62 547 268 straore@aisgroupafrica.com e_industrial@hotmail.com acmedxb@eim.ae
Fax 0036 62 421 403 www.ecuatorianaindustrial.com
EIRE www.entra-sys.hu EGYPT SOUTH KOREA
Pneumatics Ltd entra-sys@vnet.hu EL MASRY MFG. IND. URUGUAY Seowon Corporation
Old Naas Road - Bluebell HYDRAULIC ASITANA IND. Fidemar S.A. 1001 Ilsan Technotown
Dublin 12 - Eire COMPOUNDS Minas 1634 - CP 11200 1141-1 Beksuk-Dong
Tel. 0035 31 45 68 111 EL-OBOUR EGITTO 11828 Montevideo - Uruguay Ilsandong-Gu, Goyang City
Fax 0035 31 45 68 108 Tel. 00202 46100399 Tel. 00598 2 40 21 717 Gyunggi-Do 410-722
00202 46100445 Fax 00598 2 40 21 719 South Korea
GREECE Fax 00202 46100404 www.fidermar.com.uy Tel. 0082 31 90 61 100
Dim. Har. Akritidis Co. info@el-masry.com info@fidemar.com.uy Fax 0082 31 90 61 101
P.O. Box 1284 mail@seowoncorp.com
Industrial Zone BL 56B MOROCCO VENEZUELA www.seowoncorp.com
UNITS
57022 - Sindos - Greece Afric Roulement Neumatica Rotonda c.a.
Tel. 0030 23 10 72 25 55 125 - 129, Bd. Ibn Tachfine Prolongacion Av. Michelena IRAN
Fax 0030 23 10 72 28 28 Casablanca - Morocco C.C. Atlas, Local B-9 ERA FEAT SANAAT QESHM
info@akritidis.gr Tel. 00212 022 407010 13 Valencia, Edo. Carabobo TRADING CO
Fax 00212 022 407014 Venezuela Flat 7 - Building 34
NORWAY www.africroulement.net Tel. 0058 241 83 26 464 Southern Iranshahr Ave.
PMC Servi AS roulement@iam.net.ma Fax 0058 241 83 26 283 P.O. BOX 17445-4
P.O. Box 3230 www.neumaticarotonda.com Tehran - Iran
1402 Ski - Norway REPUBLIC OF BENIN ventas@neumaticarotonda.com Tel. 0098 21 88 32 28 05
Tel. 0047 64 97 97 97 AIS GROUP COTONOU Fax 0098 21 88 30 02 97
Fax 0047 64 97 98 99 02 BP info@erafeatco.com
post@pmcservi.no 2083 Akpakpa - Rep. of Benin
www.pmcservi.no Tel. 0022 59021338100 ISRAEL
FITTINGS
Fax 0022 59021336788 R.E.P. AUTOMATION LTD
REPUBLIC OF MACEDONIA sysoro@aisgroupafrica.com HAAMELIM ST P.O.B. 10115, 2
Devit Compressor and 26110 - HAIFA BAY
Pneumatic Systems REPUBLIC OF IVORY COAST Tel. 00972 48403012
Ul. Razlovecko Vostante 24/13 AIS GROUP Fax 00972 48403013
MK - 1000 SKOPJE - Macedonia 26 BP 1404 Abidjan rep@repac.co.il
Tel. 00389 2 3091 660 Costa d’Avorio www.repac.co.il
Fax 00389 2 3061 548 Tel. 0022 521250401
devit@unet.com.mk Fax 0022 521365774 TAIWAN
anomine@aisgroupafrica.com Century Automatiom Corporation
ROMANIA 5F-8, no.1 Wu-Chuan
S.C. Novo trade s.r.l. REPUBLIC OF TOGO 1 St.Road Hsin
Str. Libertaii, 21 AIS GROUP Taipei Hsien- Taiwan
407035 Apahida, Jud. Cluj Baguida face a la station Texaco Tel. 00886 22 29 88 436
ACCESSORIES
Romania Lomè 01 - RP Du Togo Fax 00886 22 29 88 436

Tel. 0040 264 434100 01BP997 century@cenauto.com.tw
Fax 0040 264 403655 Tel. 0022 82719871
novotech@novotech.ro Fax 0022 82272094 YEMEN
www.novotrade.ro aisgroup-togo@cafe.tg U-TECH
Al-zera’ a street
SERBIA SOUTH AFRICA P.O. BOX 3234
SHIFT d.o.o. Goldquest International Sana’ a - Yemen
Mileševska 52/5 Hydraulics (Pty) Ltd Tel. 00967 1 200415
11000 Beograd - Serbia 26 Barney road, Benrose Fax 00967 1 473393
Tel. +381 11 3961 195 Johannesburg 2094 - South Africa alhowry@yemen.net.ye
Fax +381 11 3961 359 Tel. +27 11614 2004
shift@shift.rs Fax +27 11614 2033
DOCUMENTATION
office@shift.rs admin@bmghydraulics.net
www.shift.rs www.bmghydraulics.net
SLOVENIA and CROATIA

Lipro d.o.o.
Ulica 15.maja 22 - 6000 Koper
Capodistria - Slovenia
Tel. 00386 5 62 51 343
Fax 00386 5 62 51 344
lipro@siol.net
www.lipro.si
9
10
INDEX
ACTUATORS P CYLINDERS PAG. 1-2

P GRIPPERS PAG. 1-167
ACTUATORS
P ROTARY ACTUATORS PAG. 1-187
P SLIDES PAG. 1-205
P HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC PAG. 1-229
P ELECTRIC CYLINDER PAG. 1-247
P SENSORS, T-SLOT ACCESSORIES, TESTER PAG. 1-285
DISTRIBUTORS P VALVES PAGE 2-2
DISTRIBUTORS
P VALVES ISLANDS PAGE 2-139
P SLAVES FIELDBUS PAGE 2-189
UNITS P SYNTESI PAGE 3-2

P BIT PAGE 3-49
P SKILLAIR PAGE 3-74
UNITS
P NEW DEAL PAGE 3-144
P ONE PAGE 3-191
P PRECISION REGULATORS, PROPORTIONAL VALVES, PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-205
FITTINGS P AUTOMATIC FITTINGS PAGE 4-4
P AUTOMATIC FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY PAGE 4-28
FITTINGS
P FITTINGS SERIES A - B - C - D PAGE 4-33
P TAPARED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE PAGE 4-50
ACCESSORIES P LINE ON LINE PAGE 5-3

P COUPLINGS PAGE 5-41
ACCESSORIES
P FLOW REGULATOR PAGE 5-51

P AUXILIARY VALVES PAGE 5-69
P VARIOUS ACCESSORIES PAGE 5-81
P PNEUMO POWER PAGE 5-101
DOCUMENTATION P TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION PAGE 6-02
DOCUMENTATION
P ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING PAGE 6-14

P EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC (ATEX) PAGE 6-22
P SAFETY COMPONENTS: OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARDS PAGE 6-26
P ALPHANUMERIC INDEX PAGE 6-30
11
ACTUATORS
P CYLINDERS PAG. 1-2

P GRIPPERS PAG. 1-167
ACTUATORS
P ROTARY ACTUATORS PAG. 1-187
P SLIDES PAG. 1-205
P HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC PAG. 1-229
P ELECTRIC CYLINDER PAG. 1-247
P SENSORS, T-SLOT ACCESSORIES, TESTER PAG. 1-285
1-1
CYLINDERS SUMMARY
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1-4

ACTUATORS
CYLINDERS ACCORDING TO STANDARDS AND VARIANTS
P ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS – SERIES STD PAGE 1-10
P ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS – SERIES TP PAGE 1-13

CYLINDERS SUMMARY
P ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS PAGE 1-15
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-22
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD PAGE 1-23
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A PAGE 1-25
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3 PAGE 1-27
P ISO 15552 LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS PAGE 1-28
P ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS PAGE 1-29
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS WITH “COMBI” PISTON ROD GASKET PAGE 1-31
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS PAGE 1-32
P ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS PAGE 1-35
P ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-37
P TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC PAGE 1-49
P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200 PAGE 1-54
P ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER PAGE 1-60
P COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC PAGE 1-72
P COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT PAGE 1-84
1-2
P COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER PAGE 1-87
ACTUATORS
P ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR ISO CMPC, TWO-FLAT AND STOPPER CYLINDERS PAGE 1-91
OTHER CYLINDER
P ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC PAGE 1-98
CYLINDERS SUMMARY
P SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY PAGE 1-103
P CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC PAGE 1-110
P COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG PAGE 1-112
RODLESS CYLINDERS
P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD PAGE 1-118
P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” PAGE 1-123
P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE PAGE 1-127
P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES DOUBLE PAGE 1-132
P ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR RODLESS STD, GUIDE “V”, PAGE 1-133
WITH BALL CIRCULATION GUIDE AND DOUBLE CYLINDERS
P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU PAGE 1-139
P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE PAGE 1-149
STAINLESS STELL CYLINDERS
P STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER PAGE 1-153
P STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC PAGE 1-157
P STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-161
1-3
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA
ACTUATORS
Compressed air No-stick-slip cylinders

The cylinders have been designed for use with unlubricated air, in which case no Standard cylinders are designed to ensure trouble-free operation under any
maintenance is required. If lubricated air is used, lubrication must be continuous conditions, particularly at high speed. Operation tends to be irregular and jerky
because the additional lubrication removes the lubricant applied at the factory. at very low speeds in the presence of side loads. In this case, no-stick-slip
With reference to ISO/DIN 8573-1, the compressed air to use is class 3-4-3, i.e.: cylinders are recommended as they allow smooth operation. These versions
• Solid particle classe 3: 10.000 particles/m3 with d , =1 feature specific tribological properties and preferably polyurethane gaskets.
micron and 500 particles/m3 with d , = 5 micron
• Humidity classe 4: Pressure dewpoint , = +3 °C Radial oscillation of the piston rod
• Oil classe 3: Concentration total oil , = 1 mg/m3 These cylinders have been designed to apply forces in the direction of the axis
and not to withstand side loads. If you intend to use the cylinder piston rod
Gasket material with side loads, the play between the piston rod and guide bushing must be
Please refer to page 6-7 of the technical documentation for compatibility data. taken into account. Indicatively, each 100-mm stroke corresponds to 1-mm radial
Some families of Metal Work cylinders are available with gaskets made oscillation measured at the end of the piston rod.
of different materials.
Polyurethane: the best in terms of long-life, resistance to wear and reduced Cylinder operating life
friction. The life of cylinders depends on numerous factors including axial and radial
Chemically compatible with: loads, speed, frequency of use, temperature, shocks, air loss (limits).
• Pure aliphatic hydrocarbons (butane, propane, gasoline) Below are a few factors that must be taken purely as a reference.
Any impurities (moisture, alcohol, acid or alkaline compounds) can chemically They are not binding or guaranteed due to the variability of different factors.
attack polyurethane Without radial load:
• Mineral oil and grease (some additives can chemically attack the material) ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with polyurethane gaskets: 15.000 km.
• Silicone oil and grease ISO 15552 cylinders and round cylinders with NBR gaskets: 8.000 km.
• Water up to +50°C ISO 6432 cylinders, SSC cylinders and compact cylinders with polyurethane
• Resistance to ozone and ageing gaskets: 30 million cycles.
Not compatible with: ISO 6432 cylinders and SSC cylinders with NRB gaskets: 15 million cycles.
• Ketones, esters, ethers Rodless cylinders: 5.000 km.
• Alcohos, glycols
• Hot water, steam, alkali, amines, acids. Stroke tolerances
• Good elasticity down to –35°C (for low temperature PU version only). The actual cylinder stroke has a tolerance with respect to the nominal stroke,
NBR: These gaskets have a shorter life than polyurethane gaskets. in compliance with any applicable laws, within the following ranges:
However, they are recommended for use in environments causing the formation • ISO 15552 cylinders 32 - 50 -0 +2 mm
of water condensate, such as tropical climates, where polyurethane gaskets may 63 - 200 -0 +2.5 mm
tend to deteriorate quickly due to hydrolysis. • ISO 6432 8 - 25 -1 +1 mm
Chemically compatible with: • Round cylinders 32 - 50 -0.5 +1.5 mm
• Methane, butane, propane, oily acids • SSC cylinders 12 - 50 -1 +1 mm
• Aliphatic hydrocarbons 63 - 100 -1 +1.5 mm
• Lubrication oils • Compact cylinders 12 - 100 -0.5 +1.5 mm
• Gasoline • Compact cylinders ISO 21287 20 - 100 -0.5 +1.5 mm
Not compatible with: • Rodless cylinders 16 - 40 -1 +2 mm
• Ozone and exposure to sunlight
• Good elasticity down to –35°C (for low temperature NBR version only) Air loss
FKM/FPM: Can withstand temperatures as high as 150°C. All the cylinders have air losses, mainly around the gaskets.
This makes them ideal for use on rodless cylinders, high-speed applications, ISO 10099 establishes the maximum loss allowed in a new cylinder
involving high temperatures at the sliding lips. (see table below):
Chemically compatible with:
• Mineral oil and grease, slight swelling with oil grade ASTM no. 1and 3 Cylinder diameter 8-10-12 16-20-25 32-40-50 63-80-100 125-160-200
• Silicon oil and grease Loss (Nl/hour) 0.6 0.8 1.2 2 3
• Animal and vegetable oil and fat
• Aliphatic hydrocarbons (gasoline, butane, propane, natural gas) Metal Work’s own standards are more rigorous than ISO standards, but air loss
• Aromatic hydrocarbons (benzol, toluene) still occurs.
• Chlorinated hydrocarbons (tetrachloroethylene)
• Fuels Strokes exceeding the maximum value specified in the catalogue
• Ozone, atmospheric agents, ageing Metal Work can supply cylinders with strokes greater than those specified in the
Not compatible with: catalogue, considering the production technological limits. The Metal Work Sales
• Polar solvents (acetone, methylethylchetone, diethyl ether, dioxane) Department can provide you will full details. However, it is up to the end user
• Glycol-based brake fluids to use these special cylinders properly, by guiding the piston rod, avoiding peak
• Ammonia gas, amines, alkali loads, etc.
• Superheated water vapour
• Low molecular organic acids (formic and acetic acid) Magnetic sensors
The magnetic field generated by permanent magnets housed in the piston
assembly changes in shape and intensity depending on the presence of magnetic
metal masses in the vicinity of the cylinder. These masses may prevent the sensors
from switching correctly, in which case non-magnetic materials should be used.
In particular, the tie rods of short-stroke and compact cylinders should preferably
be made of stainless steel.
1-4
CALCULATING PEAK LOAD ON THE PISTON ROD
ACTUATORS
During operation, the piston rod of the cylinder
behaves like a rod subjected to peak load CONSTRAINT K
(bending + compression).
In the case of long strokes, it is necessary
to make sure the diameter of the piston rod
is correct for the load applied and the type 2
of cylinder and piston rod mounting.
The following formulae can be used to do this.

A. Calculating the maximum force with a given
stroke and piston rod diameter:
#
0.7
B. Calculating the minimum acceptable piston
rod diameter with a given stroke and force:
$ 0.5
Where:
F Force applied [N]
ø Diameter of the piston rod [mm]
C Stroke [mm]
K Free length coeffi cient depending 2
on the mounting – see diagrams
1.5
CHART OF SPEED / MAXIMUM ABSORBABLE LOAD
For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position

without suffering damaging impact due to intensity
and repetition, it is necessary to annul the kinetic
energy of the moving mass and the relative work
generated. The maximum absorbable load depends
on the transference speed and the absorption
capacity of the standard pneumatic cushion
in the various cylinders. The chart gives the speed
and absorbable mass in various diameters
at a pressure of 6 bar, under the best regulation
conditions and in a horizontal direction.
1-5
CONSUMPTION OF AIR IN THE CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
Cylinder bore D Piston rod diameter Motion Useful area Air consumption during thrust and traction in Nl/cm of stroke, depending on the working pressure P in bar at 20°C
mm d mm cm2 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 bar
12 4 thrust 1.13 0.0023 0.0034 0.0045 0.0057 0.0068 0.0079 0.0090 0.0102 0.0113 0.0124
traction 1.00 0.0020 0.0030 0.0040 0.0050 0.0060 0.0070 0.0080 0.0090 0.0100 0.0110
16 6 thrust 2.01 0.0040 0.0060 0.0080 0.0100 0.0121 0.0141 0.0161 0.0181 0.0202 0.0221
traction 1.73 0.0035 0.0052 0.0069 0.0086 0.0104 0.0121 0.0138 0.0156 0.0173 0.0190
20 8 thrust 3.14 0.0063 0.0094 0.0126 0.0157 0.0188 0.0220 0.0251 0.0283 0.0314 0.0346
traction 2.64 0.0053 0.0079 0.0106 0.0132 0.0158 0.0185 0.0211 0.0238 0.0264 0.0290
25 12 thrust 4.91 0.0098 0.0147 0.0196 0.0245 0.0295 0.0344 0.0393 0.0442 0.0491 0.0540
traction 3.78 0.0076 0.0113 0.0151 0.0189 0.0227 0.0264 0.0302 0.0340 0.0378 0.0415
32 12 thrust 8.04 0.016 0.024 0.032 0.040 0.048 0.056 0.064 0.072 0.080 0.088
traction 6.91 0.014 0.021 0.028 0.035 0.042 0.049 0.058 0.063 0.070 0.076
40 16 thrust 12.56 0.025 0.038 0.050 0.063 0.076 0.088 0.100 0.113 0.126 0.138
traction 10.55 0.021 0.032 0.042 0.053 0.063 0.074 0.088 0.095 0.106 0.116
50 20 thrust 19.63 0.039 0.059 0.079 0.098 0.118 0.137 0.157 0.177 0.196 0.216
traction 16.49 0.033 0.050 0.066 0.082 0.099 0.115 0.132 0.149 0.165 0.181
63 20 thrust 31.16 0.062 0.093 0.125 0.156 0.187 0.218 0.249 0.280 0.312 0.343
traction 28.02 0.056 0.084 0.112 0.140 0.168 0.196 0.224 0.252 0.280 0.308
80 25 thrust 50.24 0.100 0.150 0.200 0.250 0.301 0.351 0.402 0.452 0.502 0.552
traction 45.36 0.091 0.138 0.181 0.227 0.272 0.318 0.363 0.408 0.454 0.500
100 32 thrust 78.54 0.157 0.238 0.314 0.382 0.471 0.549 0.628 0.706 0.785 0.862
traction 70.50 0.141 0.211 0.282 0.352 0.423 0.493 0.564 0.635 0.705 0.775
125 32 thrust 122.66 0.245 0.368 0.490 0.613 0.736 0.859 0.981 1.104 1.226 1.349
traction 114.67 0.229 0.344 0.459 0.573 0.688 0.803 0.917 1.032 1.147 1.262
160 40 thrust 201.06 0.402 0.603 0.804 1.005 1.206 1.407 1.608 1.809 2.010 2.211
traction 188.49 0.377 0.565 0.754 0.942 1.130 1.319 1.508 1.696 1.884 2.673
200 40 thrust 314.15 0.628 0.942 1.257 1.571 1.885 2.199 2.513 2.827 3.145 3.456
traction 301.59 0.603 0.905 1.206 1.508 1.810 2.111 2.413 2.714 3.016 3.318
FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)
ISO 15552 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS SSC SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

Bore Force with spring Max. stroke Force with spring Bore Force with spring Max. stroke Force with spring
mm compressed N mm extended N mm compressed N mm extended N
32 63 250 35 12 6 25 1.5
40 88 250 51 16 7 25 3
50 102 250 64 20 12 25 4
63 102 250 64 25 14 25 5
32 33 50 6
40 45 50 15
50 70 50 20
63 81 50 25
ISO 6432 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS ROUND SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

Bore Force with spring Max. stroke Force with spring Bore Force with spring Max. stroke Force with spring
mm compressed N mm extended N mm compressed N mm extended N
8 3 50 1 32 86 250 34
10 5 50 1 40 95 250 50
12 7 50 3 50 108 250 62
16 20 50 5
20 22 50 12
25 28 50 17
SINGLE-ACTING CARTRIDGE CYLINDERS

Bore Force with spring Max. stroke Force with spring
mm compressed N mm extended N
6 3.7 5 –
10 7.8 5 –
P1 = Force with spring extended 16 7.2 5 –
6 3.9 10 –
P2 = Force with spring compressed
10 9.6 10 –
Cx = Required stroke 16 13.3 10 –
6 3.9 15 –
Cmax = Max stroke
10 9.1 15 –
16 13.3 15 –
1-6
FORCES GENERATED DURING THRUST AND TRACTION (THEORETICAL)
ACTUATORS
Cylinder bore D Piston rod diameter Motion Useful area Thrust and traction force in daN depending on the operating pressure in bar
mm d mm cm2 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 bar
8 4 thrust 0.50 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
traction 0.38 0.4 0.8 1.1 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.6 3.0 3.4 3.8
10 4 thrust 0.79 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.1 3.9 4.7 5.5 6.3 7.1 7.9
traction 0.66 0.7 1.3 2.0 2.6 3.3 4.0 4.6 5.3 5.9 6.6
12 6 thrust 1.13 1.1 2.3 3.4 4.5 5.7 6.8 7.9 9.0 10.2 11.3
traction 0.85 0.8 1.7 2.5 3.4 4.2 5.1 5.9 6.8 7.6 8.5
16 6 thrust 2.01 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.1 12.1 14.1 16.1 18.1 20.1
traction 1.73 1.7 3.5 5.2 6.9 8.6 10.4 12.1 13.8 15.6 17.3

16 8 thrust 2.01 2.0 4.0 6.0 8.0 10.1 12.1 14.1 16.1 18.1 20.1
traction 1.51 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.6 12.1 13.6 15.1
20 8 thrust 3.14 3.1 6.3 9.4 12.6 15.7 18.8 22.0 25.1 28.3 31.4
traction 2.64 2.6 5.3 7.9 10.6 13.2 15.8 18.5 21.1 23.8 26.4
20 10 thrust 3.14 3.1 6.3 9.4 12.6 15.7 18.8 22.0 25.1 28.3 31.4
traction 2.36 2.4 4.7 7.1 9.4 11.8 14.1 16.5 18.8 21.2 23.6
25 8 thrust 4.91 4.9 9.8 14.7 19.6 24.5 29.5 34.4 39.3 44.2 49.1
traction 4.41 4.4 8.8 13.2 17.6 22.0 26.4 30.8 35.2 39.7 44.1
25 10 thrust 4.91 4.9 9.8 14.7 19.6 24.5 29.5 34.4 39.3 44.2 49.1
traction 4.12 4.1 8.2 12.4 16.5 20.6 24.7 28.9 33.0 37.1 41.2
32 12 thrust 8.04 8.0 16.1 24.1 32.2 40.2 48.3 56.3 64.3 72.4 80.4
traction 6.91 6.9 13.8 20.7 27.6 34.6 41.5 48.4 55.3 62.2 69.1
40 12 thrust 12.57 12.6 25.1 37.7 50.3 62.8 75.4 88.0 100.5 113.1 125.7
traction 11.44 11.4 22.9 34.3 45.7 57.2 68.6 80.0 91.5 102.9 114.4
40 16 thrust 12.57 12.6 25.1 37.7 50.3 62.8 75.4 88.0 100.5 113.1 125.7
traction 10.56 10.6 21.1 31.7 42.2 52.8 63.3 73.9 84.4 95.0 105.6
50 16 thrust 19.63 19.6 39.3 58.9 78.5 98.2 117.8 137.4 157.1 176.7 196.3
traction 17.62 17.6 35.2 52.9 70.5 88.1 105.7 123.4 141.0 158.6 176.2
50 20 thrust 19.63 19.6 39.3 58.9 78.5 98.2 117.8 137.4 157.1 176.7 196.3
traction 16.49 16.5 33.0 49.5 66.0 82.5 99.0 115.5 131.9 148.4 164.9
63 16 thrust 31.17 31.2 62.3 93.5 124.7 155.9 187.0 218.2 249.4 280.6 311.7
traction 29.16 29.2 58.3 87.5 116.6 145.8 175.0 204.1 233.3 262.5 291.6
63 20 thrust 31.17 31.2 62.3 93.5 124.7 155.9 187.0 218.2 249.4 280.6 311.7
traction 28.03 28.0 56.1 84.1 112.1 140.2 168.2 196.2 224.2 252.3 280.3
80 20 thrust 50.27 50.3 100.5 150.8 201.1 251.3 301.6 351.9 402.1 452.4 502.7
traction 47.12 47.1 94.2 141.4 188.5 235.6 282.7 329.9 377.0 424.1 471.2
80 25 thrust 50.27 50.3 100.5 150.8 201.1 251.3 301.6 351.9 402.1 452.4 502.7
traction 45.36 45.4 90.7 136.1 181.4 226.8 272.1 317.5 362.9 408.2 453.6
100 25 thrust 78.54 78.5 157.1 235.6 314.2 392.7 471.2 549.8 628.3 706.9 785.4
traction 73.63 73.6 147.3 220.9 294.5 368.2 441.8 515.4 589.0 662.7 736.3
125 32 thrust 122.72 122.7 245.4 368.2 490.9 613.6 736.3 859.0 981.7 1104.5 1227.2
traction 114.68 114.7 229.4 344.0 458.7 573.4 688.1 802.7 917.4 1032.1 1146.8
160 40 thrust 201.06 201.1 402.1 603.2 804.2 1005.3 1206.4 1407.4 1608.5 1809.6 2010.6
traction 188.50 188.5 377,0 565.5 754.0 942.5 1131.0 1319.5 1508.0 1696.5 1885.0
200 40 thrust 314.16 314.2 628.3 942.5 1256.6 1570.8 1885.0 2199.1 2513.3 2827.4 3141.6
traction 301.59 301.6 603.2 904.8 1206.4 1508.0 1809.6 2111.1 2412.7 2714.3 3015.9
1-7
WEIGHT OF CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
Micro-cylinder series ISO 6432 Micro-cylinder ISO 6432 series TP

Single-rod Through-rod Single-rod Through-rod
Ø Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Ø Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g]
Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm
8 40 0.234 55 0.334 16 66 0.377 101 0.604
10 41 0.257 59 0.371 20 94 0.628 131 1.03
12 77 0.419 111 0.635 25 144 0.908 207 1.536
16 93 0.491 133 0.708
20 181 0.732 233 1.121
25 241 1.100 334 1.722
Short-stroke cylinder series SSCY

Single-rod Through-rod Non-ratating Oscillating
Ø Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g]
12 45 1.24 52 1.47 64 1.35 - -
16 63 1.65 72 2.05 88 1.6 - -
20 91 2.14 104 2.75 126 2.37 - -
25 144 3.04 167 3.65 189 3.25 - -
32 185 4.14 200 4.72 260 4.56 272 4.14
40 275 5.05 295 5.94 373 5.49 386 5.05
50 412 7.09 437 8.9 592 7.89 620 7.09
63 587 9.32 621 10.91 854 10.57 889 9.32
80 393 14.41 1485 16.9 1740 25.87 - -
100 673 21.94 2841 25.9 2692 30.77 - -
Compact cylinder series CMPC

Single-rod Through-rod Non-ratating Through-rod non-rotating
12 96 1.59 104 1.82 105 1.90 114 2.12
16 105 1.51 124 1.90 109 1.81 129 2.20
20 171 2.35 204 2.95 181 2.78 214 3.39
25 201 2.73 233 3.32 220 3.15 252 3.76
32 246 3.17 282 4.05 306 3.96 343 4.84
40 370 4.41 408 5.29 457 5.20 495 6.08
50 552 6.42 605 7.98 709 7.64 768 9.21
63 779 7.34 656 8.90 977 8.56 1054 10.13
80 1468 12.57 1624 15.02 1851 14.33 2027 16.78
100 2988 16.11 3100 19.93 3710 17.87 3850 21.70
Cylinder series ISO 15552, ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT Cylinder series ISO 15552 type A, ISO 15552 type A TWO-FLAT
32 433 2.2 494 3.09 32 460 3.09 576 3.98
40 660 3.15 783 4.73 40 716 4.08 916 5.66
50 1087 4.57 1348 7.04 50 1155 5.86 1513 8.33
63 1443 5.03 1718 7.44 63 1524 5.92 1945 8.33
80 2815 7.49 3260 10.16 80 2886 9.07 3520 11.74
100 3897 8.79 4425 12.33 100 3965 9.48 4779 13.02
125 6988 13.42 8040 18 125 7093 14.11 8642 18.69
160 12979 22.92 13800 30
200 17000 28 18000 39
Cylinder ISO 15552 series 3 Cylinder ISO 15552 Ultra-low frictions

Single-rod Through-rod Single-rod
Ø Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Weight [g] Ø Weight [g] Weight [g]
Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm
32 434 2.30 495 3.19 32 504 1.64
40 660 3.22 783 4.80 40 774 2.09
50 1079 4.50 1340 6.97 50 1245 3.02
63 1427 4.78 1702 7.24 63 1697 3.36
80 2774 6.73 3219 10.58
100 3836 7.726 4364 11.58
125 6529 11.63 7581 17.94
1-8
ACTUATORS
Round cylinder series RNDC Compact cylinder series CMPC TWO-FLAT
32 404 1.44 455 2.04 32 261 3.17 297 4.05
40 660 1.58 808 3.14 40 394 4.41 432 5.29
50 1235 3.59 1507 6.03 50 595 6.42 648 7.98
63 845 7.34 129 8.90
80 1524 12.57 1680 15.02

ISO 21287 cylinder series LINER Twin-rod cylinder series TWNC
20 98 2.49 110 3.10 32 725 2.57 790 3.79
25 119 2.63 133 3.24 40 945 2.81 1065 4.03
32 182 3.62 197 4.50 50 1499 3.96 1737 5.72
40 228 4.09 243 4.98 63 2360 5.72 2628 8.85
50 330 5.67 355 7.25 80 4300 9.59 4730 15.52
63 461 6.52 487 8.10 100 6270 10.89 6775 16.8
80 991 10.11 1066 12.58
100 1869 13.78 2029 17.63
Rodless cylinder
Standard Series Double with Guide with Guida “V”
16 244 0.86 561 1.72 460 1.79 - -
25 746 1.79 1607 3.58 1.421 2.99 953 1.98
32 1707 3.84 3737 7.68 3.025 5.04 2.150 3.21
40 2911 5.55 – – 4.434 6.75 3.210 4.67
63 (Std) 7280 9.22 – – 10.860 10.65 9.230 9.27
63 (Heavy) – – – – 13.275 14.02 - -
Rodless cylinder series PU Rodless cylinder series MAGNETIC SLIDE

Ø Weight [g] Weight [g] Ø Weight [g] Weight [g]
Stroke = 0 each mm Stroke = 0 each mm
25 1009 2.54 16 490 0.262
32 1535 3.72 20 795 0.325
40 2702 4.78 25 1250 0.487
50 4875 7.50
Guide unit Compact guided cylinder

Type GDS Type GDH and GDM Non-cushioned (approximate) Cushioned (approximate)
12 150 0.78 374 0.78 16 295 4.77 414 4.77
16 150 0.78 374 0.78 20 486 6.38 543 6.38
20 420 1.22 759 1.22 25 550 10.01 735 10.01
25 420 1.22 759 1.22 32 942 16.51 1.354 16.51
32 772 1.76 1200 1.76 40 1028 18.04 1.479 18.04
40 1000 1.76 2000 3.13 50 1355 23.76 1.949 23.76
50 1900 3.13 3300 4.9 63 1900 32.56 2.714 32.56
63 2300 3.13 4750 4.9 80 3910 55.77 - -
80 3800 4.9 8500 7.26 100 5710 73.48 - -
100 7000 4.9 12000 7.26
Compact Stopper cylinder

Trunnion version Roller version
Ø x Stroke Weight [g] Weight [g]
20x15 210 220

32x20 420 460
50x30 1.190 1.300
80x30 - 4.500
80x40 - 4.750
1-9
ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS
SERIES STD
ACTUATORS
Mini-cylinders to ISO 6432 with a chamfered stainless steel barrel.

The cylinder head dimensions have been reduced for some sizes
so that they can be used where there are space restrictions.
Can be used with different types of sensors.
Available in various versions with a wide range of accessories:
• with or without magnet
• single and double acting – single or through rod
• with pneumatic cushioning (ø16-20-25)
• gaskets made of NBR, POLYURETHANE, and FKM/FPM
ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES STD
(for high temperatures), and low-temperature gaskets

• special executions on request
• fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical rod locking
TECHNICAL DATA Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low temperature

Max operating pressure bar 10
MPa 1
Temperature range °C –10 to +80 –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders) –35 to +80
Fluid Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Bores mm 8; 10; 12; 16; 20; 25
Design Chamfered barrel
Standard strokes ✚ mm Single-acting: for bores ø 8 to 25 strokes from 1 to 50
Double-acting: for bores ø 8 to 10 strokes from 1 to 100
for bores ø 12 to 16 strokes from 1 to 200
Double-acting, cushioned: for bores ø 16 strokes from 1 to 300
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod,
Through-rod, Through-rod cushioned, Version with piston rod block, no-stick slip
Magnet for sensors All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
Inrush pressure ø 8 ø 10 ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25
single piston rod bar 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6
through-rod bar 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction See page 1-7
Weights See page 1-8
Notes For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s to prevent surging, use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air.
✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
COMPONENTS
a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel,

thick chromed
b HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane,
NBR or FKM/FPM
d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
and PTFE insert
e BARREL: AISI 304 steel
f HALF-PISTON: acetal resin
g PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane,
NBR or FKM/FPM
h MAGNET: plastoneodymium
i CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
j NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement
safety system even when fully open
k BUSHING (optional): self-lubricating bronze
1-10
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE

Ø AM +0.0;-2.0 BE øCD H9 øD øD1 E G EE EW d13 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 KK XC ±1 WF ±1,2 KW KV MR NA NB SW CH K
8 12 M12x1.25 4 16.7 4 M5 6 M5 8 6.5 86 10 12 10 46 46 M4 64 16 7 19 12 15 15 7 3 3
10 12 M12x1.25 4 16.7 4 M5 6 M5 8 6.5 86 10 12 10 46 46 M4 64 16 7 19 12 15 15 7 3 3
12 16 M16x1.5 6 19 6 M5 6 M5 12 9 104 13 17 10 49 47 M6 75 22 8 24 16 17 17 10 5 3.5
16 16 M16x1.5 6 19.7 6 1/8 6 M5 12 9 111 13 17 10 56 53 M6 82 22 8 24 16 18 18 10 5 3.5
20 20 M22x1.5 8 27.9 8 1/8 8 G 1/8 16 12 129 14 17 15.5 68 61 M8 95 24 7 32 18 24 24 13 7 4.6
25 22 M22x1.5 8 33 10 1/8 9 G 1/8 16 12 143 17 20 17.1 73 66.5 M10x1.25 104 28 7 32 21 30 30 17 8 5
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS WITH THROUGH-ROD
+ = ADD STROKE
++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE
Ø AM +0.0;-2.0 BE øD øD1 G EE LL L3 L4 L5 KK WF ±1,2 KW KV NA NB SW CH K

8 12 M12x1.25 16.7 4 6 M5 102 12 10 46 M4 16 7 19 15 15 7 3 3
10 12 M12x1.25 16.7 4 6 M5 102 12 10 46 M4 16 7 19 15 15 7 3 3
12 16 M16x1.5 19 6 6 M5 125 17 10 49 M6 22 8 24 17 17 10 5 3.5
16 16 M16x1.5 19.7 6 6 M5 132 17 10 56 M6 22 8 24 18 18 10 5 3.5
20 20 M22x1.5 27.9 8 8 G 1/8 156 17 15.5 68 M8 24 7 32 24 24 13 7 4.6
25 22 M22x1.5 33 10 9 G 1/8 173 20 17.1 73 M10x1.25 28 7 32 30 30 17 8 5
1-11
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
CYL 112 0 16 0020 C P

TYPE BORE STROKE MATERIAL GASKETS
101 SE axial coupling 0 Standard t 08 For the maximum A C45 chrome rod, P Polyurethane
102 DEM axial coupling U Bronze rear t 10 suppliable strokes, aluminium piston rod N NBR
104 SE through-rod head bushing t 12 look at the C C45 chrome rod, ● V FKM/FPM
n 106 SE cushioned V Without t 16 technical data technopolymer ● B Low
n 109 DEA head nut t 20 piston rod temperature
110 DE S Non-magnetic t 25 Z Stainless steel piston
111 SE s G No stick slip rod and nut
112 DEM aluminium piston
n 113 DEMA X Stainless steel piston

✱ t 114 DEM through-rod rod and nut
✱ t n 115 DEMA through-rod technopolymer piston
◆ 116 DEM for mechanical lock
n 117 DEMA for mechanical lock
DE: Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic) ● Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)
DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned) s For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned) t Stainless steel piston rod
DEA: Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic) n Available from ø 16
SE: Single-acting (magnetic) ◆ Available from ø 12
✱ For ø16 to 25 aluminium piston, stainless stell piston rod
NOTES
1-12
ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS
SERIES TP
ACTUATORS
Minicylinders manufactured according to the ISO 6432 regulation having
high resistance technopolymer heads and anodized aluminium liner.
Available in various versions with a wide range of accessories:
• single and double acting-single or through rod
• gaskets made of POLYURETHANE
• fixing accessories and guide units.
ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES TP

TECHNICAL DATA POLYURETHANE
MPa 1
Temperature range °C –10 to +60
Bores mm 16; 20; 25
Design Aluminium liner chamfered on the heads
Standard strokes ✚ mm ø 16: from 1 to 200
mm ø 20 to 25: from 1 to 500
Versions Double-acting, Double Through-rod (for both there are magnetic and non magnetic versions)
Inrush pressure ø 8 ø 10 ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25
single piston rod bar 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.6
through-rod bar 1 1 1 0.8 0.8 0.8
Notes The standard version is lacking of the head nut
Use of fittings with a taper thread is NOT recommended.
✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems.
COMPONENTS
a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel,

thick chromed
b HEADS: high resistance technopolymer
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
d GUIDE OPERATOR: technopolymer
e BARREL: drawn anoside aluminium alloy
f PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
g MAGNET: plastoneodymium
h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
i COVER PLATE: technopolymer
1-13
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE
ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS SERIES TP
MAX LOCKING TORQUE [Nm]

Ø AM BE CD (H9) øD øD1 G EE EW (d13) OH L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 KK XC(±1) WF KW KV MR SW CH K Ø BE (front/rear) EE
16 16 M16x1.5 6 21 6 4.7 M5 12 12 11 111 13 17 9.5 56 M6 82 22 8 24 16 10 5 3.5 16 12/8 1.2
20 20 M22x1.5 8 25 8 7.7 1/8’’ 16 16 15 129 14 17 15.5 68 M8 95 24 7 32 18 13 7 4.6 20 22/15 3
25 22 M22x1.5 8 30 10 7.7 1/8’’ 16 17 15 143 17 20 15.5 73 M10x1.25 104 28 7 32 21 17 8 5.5 25 22/15 3
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSIONS WITH THROUGH-ROD
+ = ADD STROKE
MAX LOCKING TORQUE [Nm]

Ø AM BE øD øD1 G EE OH LL L3 L4 L5 KK WF KW KV SW CH K Ø BE EE
16 16 M16x1.5 21 6 4.7 M5 12 132 17 9.5 56 M6 22 8 24 10 5 3.5 16 12 1.2
20 20 M22x1.5 25 8 7.7 1/8’’ 16 156 17 15.5 68 M8 24 7 32 13 7 4.6 20 22 3
25 22 M22x1.5 30 10 7.7 1/8’’ 17 173 20 15.5 73 M10x1.25 28 7 32 17 8 5.5 25 22 3
KEY TO CODES
CYL 110 3 16 0 020 C P

110 DE non-magnetic ● 3 TP heads n 16 0 Standard For the maximum C C45 chrome rod P Polyurethane
minicylinder (standard) 20 S Non-magnetic suppliable strokes, X Stainless rod
112 DEM minicylinder 4 TP heads 25 look at the technical
114 DEM through-rod (standard) + data
minicylinder head nut
DE: Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic). As standard the cylinders are already no stick-slip version.
DEM: Double action magnetic (unless otherwise specified) not cushioned. ● This version don’t provide the nut on the head.
n ø 16 will be only in version with stainless rod (X).
1-14
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS:
FIXINGS
FOOT MODEL A
Code Ø øD XS ±1.4 AU AO NH ±0.3 TR Js14 US ø AB H13 R S Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W0950080001 8 12 24 11 5 16 25 35 4.5 10 3 22
W0950080001 10 12 24 11 5 16 25 35 4.5 10 3 22
W0950120001 12 16 32 14 6 20 32 42 5.5 13 4 42
W0950120001 16 16 32 14 6 20 32 42 5.5 13 4 42
W0950200001 20 22 36 17 8 25 40 54 6.5 20 5 90
W0950200001 25 22 40 17 8 25 40 54 6.5 20 5 90
*ISO 6432 values
Note: Individually packed
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS

FLANGE MODEL C
Code Ø øD W ±1.4 ø FB H13 TF Js14 UF UR S Weight [g]
W0950080002 8 12 13 4.5 30 40 22 3 10
W0950080002 10 12 13 4.5 30 40 22 3 10
W0950120002 12 16 18 5.5 40 52 30 4 26
W0950120002 16 16 18 5.5 40 52 30 4 26
W0950200002 20 22 19 6.5 50 66 40 5 52
W0950200002 25 22 23 6.5 50 66 40 5 52
*ISO 6432 values
COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC
Code Ø AO LG TR Js13 NH ±0.2 MO ø AB1 ø AB H13 R S Weight [g]
W0950080005 8 2.5 22 12.5 24 18 4 4.5 6 2.5 24
W0950080005 10 2.5 22 12.5 24 18 4 4.5 6 2.5 24
W0950120005 12 2 25 15 27 25 6 5.5 7 3 40
W0950120005 16 2 25 15 27 25 6 5.5 7 3 40
W0950200005 20 4 32 20 30 30 8 6.5 10 4 78
W0950200005 25 4 32 20 30 30 8 6.5 10 4 78
*ISO 6432 values
Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings
NUT FOR HEADS MODEL D

Code Ø F CH H Weight [g]
0950080010 8 M12x1.25 19 7 12
0950080010 10 M12x1.25 19 7 12
0950120010 12 M16x1.5 24 8 20
0950120010 16 M16x1.5 24 8 20
0950200010 20 M22x1.5 32 7 44
0950200010 25 M22x1.5 32 7 44
NUT FOR PISTON RODS MODEL DA

0950080011 8 M4 7 3 0.6
0950080011 10 M4 7 3 0.6
0950120011 12 M6 10 4 1
0950120011 16 M6 10 4 1
0950200011 20 M8 13 5 3
0950322010 25 M10x1.25 17 6 7
1-15
FORK MODEL GK-M
Code Ø øM C B A L F D N Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W0950080020 8 4 8 4 8 21 16 M4 11 8
W0950080020 10 4 8 4 8 21 16 M4 11 8
W0950120020 12 6 12 6 12 31 24 M6 16 20
W0950120020 16 6 12 6 12 31 24 M6 16 20
W0950200020 20 8 16 8 16 42 32 M8 22 48
W0950322020 25 10 20 10 20 52 40 M10x1.25 26 92

ROD EYE MODEL GA-M

Code Ø øM C B B1 A L F D øG øG1 CH Weight [g]
W0950080025 8 5 10 8 6 18 36 27 M4 9 11 9 22
W0950080025 10 5 10 8 6 18 36 27 M4 9 11 9 22
W0950120025 12 6 11 9 6.75 20 40 30 M6 10 13 11 28
W0950120025 16 6 11 9 6.75 20 40 30 M6 10 13 11 28
W0950200025 20 8 13 12 9 24 48 36 M8 12.5 16 14 50
W0950322025 25 10 15 14 10.5 28 57 43 M10x1.25 15 19 17 78
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS: MAGNETIC SENSORS
E RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

Code Description
W0952025390 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m
W0952029394 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8
W0952022180 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m
W0952028184 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8
W0952125556 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2 m ATEX
W0952025500* HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m
W0952029504* HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8
W0952022500* REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m
W0952128184* REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8
* For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet, e.g. near metal masses.
For technical data see page 1-288 Note: Individually packed
F SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DSW

Code Bore Model Ø øB C D E F
W0950000608 8 Circlip DSW - 08 9.3 12.3 11 24 12.3 9
W0950000610 10 Circlip DSW - 10 11.3 14.3 12 26 12.3 9
W0950000612 12 Circlip DSW - 12 13.3 16.3 13 28 12.3 9
W0950000616 16 Circlip DSW - 16 17.3 20.3 15.5 32 12.3 9
W0950000620 20 Circlip DSW - 20 21.3 24.3 17.5 36 14 9
W0950000625 25 Circlip DSW - 25 26.3 29.3 20 41.5 14 9
G UNIVERSAL SENSOR CIRCLIP

Code Bore Model
W0950001103 8 to 25 Sensor circlip
MATERIAL
Circlip: stainless steel
Sensor holder: plastic
1-16
A SENSORS MOD. DSM
Code Bore Model
ACTUATORS
W0950000201 8 to 25 REED sensor DSM2 - C525 HS
W0950000222 8 to 25 HALL PNP sensor DSM3 - N225
W0950000232 8 to 25 HALL NPN sensor DSM3 - M225
For technical data see page 1-286


B SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DXF FOR STAINLESS STEEL BARREL
Code Bore Model Ø A B
W0950000508 8 Circlip DXF - 09 9.3 15 10
W0950000510 10 Circlip DXF - 11 11.3 16.5 10
W0950000512 12 Circlip DXF - 13 13.3 17.5 10
W0950000516 16 Circlip DXF - 17 17.3 18.5 10
W0950000520 20 Circlip DXF - 21 21.3 21 10
W0950000525 25 Circlip DXF - 26 26.3 23.5 10
C SENSOR CIRCLIP MOD. DXF FOR ALUMINIUM BARREL

W0950000108 8 Circlip DXF 12- 8 12 17 10
W0950000110 10 Circlip DXF 14-10 14 18 10
W0950000112 12 Circlip DXF 16-12 16 19 10
W0950000116 16 Circlip DXF 20-16 20 21 10
W0950000120 20 Circlip DXF 24-20 24 23 10
W0950000125 25 Circlip DXF 29-25 29 28 10
Note: Individually packed. For the Ø16 in addition to the circlip 2 reduction rings, for the Ø20 and Ø25
1 reduction ring.
USE SENSORS
SERIES STD SERIES TP
1-17
MECHANICAL PISTON ROD LOCK
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure bar 3 to 6
ACTUATORS
MPa 0.3 to 0.6

Temperature range °C -10 to +80
Installation In any position
Mechanics Double shoe with mechanical locking
Mechanical stick-slip
Operation NC bidirectional
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
Locking force ø 12-16: 180 N / ø 20: 250 N
ø 25: 400 N
Pilot port M5
MATERIALS
body Aluminium
shoe Brass
spring NBR
piston Synthetic, with added teflon®
gasket NBR
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism. Fig. 1 Fig. 2

In the absence of pneumatic piloting, the two shoes (A) lock the cylinder
rod in both directions (Fig. 1). With pneumatic piloting, the piston rod
guide forces the shoes to come right up to each other and overcome
the counter spring (B) force and the piston rod can slide (Fig. 2).
It is important to remember that the mechanical piston rod lock is a static
type, which means that it is necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod
pneumatically before locking the part mechanically.
DIMENSIONS
+ = ADD STROKE
BLOCK WITH THREADLOCKER
Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M N P(±1.2) Weight [g]

W5010001099 12 m
25
/ m
25
/ 31.5 20 M5 M16x1.5 12 19 23 47 52 53 57 100
W5010001099 16 m
25
/ m
25
/ 31.5 20 M5 M16x1.5 12 19 23 47 52 60 57 100
W5010001100 20 27 38 40 20 M5 M22x1.5 23 21 24 58 65 71 72 100
W5010001101 25 27 38 40 20 M5 M22x1.5 23 21 24 58 68 76 76 100
1-18
GUIDE UNIT
ACTUATORS
Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignment and anti-rotation
effect of the pneumatic cylinder connected to it. The guide units can be used
separately or combined in order to get complete handling units: in which
case the guide units can be coupled using the type A and C anchorage
(foot and flange).
The guide unit can be coupled to ISO 6432 cylinders (ø 12 - ø 25).
The following versions are available:
U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS)
H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH)

H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM)
For weights, see technical data page 1-8
* With bronze guide bushing

** With ball guide bushing
GUIDE ELEMENTS
SERIES GDS-GDH Body: aluminium alloy
Guide bushing: self-lubricating syntered bronze and wiper rings
Piston rod: chromed rolled steel
SERIES GDM Body: aluminium alloy

Guide bushing: linear guide ball bearings and wiper rings
Piston rod: tempered and chromed steel
GUIDE UNIT LOAD DIAGRAM
S = PROJECTION
B = BARYCENTRE
P = USEFUL LOAD
1-19
DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDH-GDM
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

✱ = CENTERING PINHOLES
Ø A A1 B B1 C C1 Ch Ch1 D D1 E E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 G H I L L1 M N P S U
12 30 27 65 63 75 10 8 19 4 - 15 32 54 6.5 24 32.5 22 11 M4 M4 8.5 5.1 7.5 4.5 15 15 46 130 53 54 15 5.5 10 37
16 30 27 65 63 75 10 8 19 4 - 15 32 54 6.5 24 32.5 22 11 M4 M4 8.5 5.1 7.5 4.5 15 15 46 130 60 54 15 5.5 10 37
20 34 32 79 76 108 12 13 27 6 5 20 40 68 8.5 38 32.5 23 15 M6 M5 10.5 6.5 9 5.5 22 20 58 160 71 65 15 7 12 58
25 34 32 79 76 108 12 13 27 6 5 20 40 68 8.5 38 32.5 23 15 M6 M5 10.5 6.5 9 5.5 22 20 58 160 76 65 15 7 12 58
GDH (BRONZE GUIDE BUSHING) STROKE

Code Bore Type Cylinder stroke [mm] Guide stroke [mm]
W0700122… 12 UNIT MW DH 012 from to
W0700162… 16 UNIT MW DH 016 0 75 50
W0700202… 20 UNIT MW DH 020 75 125 100
W0700252… 25 UNIT MW DH 025 125 175 150
175 225 200
…Enter the stroke in 3 digits (e.g. 50 = 050). 225 275 250
275 345 320
345 425 400
GDM (BALL GUIDE BUSHING) 425 525 500
Code Bore Type
W0700123… 12 UNIT MW DM 012 Note:
W0700163… 16 UNIT MW DM 016 Thanks to the dimensional features, it is possible to extend the use
W0700203… 20 UNIT MW DM 020 of GDH/GDM guides to cylinders with strokes up to 25 mm above
W0700253… 25 UNIT MW DM 025 the nominal guide stroke. The table here shows the stroke/cylinder
range that can be used depending on the nominal stroke of the guide.
…Enter the stroke in 3 digits (e.g. 50 = 050).
1-20
DIMENSIONS OF TYPE GDS
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø A A1 B B1 C C1 Ch Ch1 D E E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 G H I L L1 M N P P1 S
12 30 27 65 63 38 10 8 19 4 15 32 54 6.5 24 25 22 M4 M4 8.5 5.1 7.5 4.5 15 15 46 70 53 54 13 5.5 4.5 10
16 30 27 65 63 38 10 8 19 4 15 32 54 6.5 24 25 22 M4 M4 8.5 5.1 7.5 4.5 15 15 46 70 60 54 13 5.5 4.5 10
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø A A1 A2 B B1 C C1 Ch Ch1 D E E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 F F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 G H I L L1 M N P P1 S
20 40 38 24 100 90 48 12 13 27 6 15 70 55 8.5 46.5 32 10 30 M8 M6 14 9 11 6.5 22 20 76 77 71 65 17 9 6.5 12
25 40 38 65 100 90 48 12 13 27 6 15 70 55 8.5 46.5 32 10 30 M8 M6 14 9 11 6.5 22 20 76 77 76 71 17 9 6.5 12
GDS (BRONZE GUIDE BUSHING) STROKE

Code Bore Type Cylinder stroke [mm] Guide stroke [mm]
W0700121… 12 UNIT MW DS 012 from to
W0700161… 16 UNIT MW DS 016 0 50 50
W0700201… 20 UNIT MW DS 020 51 100 100
W0700251… 25 UNIT MW DS 025 101 150 150
151 200 200
…Enter the stroke in 3 digits (e.g. 50 = 050). 201 250 250
Note:
Thanks to the dimensional features, it is possible to use the range
of strokes - cylinders, as shown in the table here, without the guide piston
rods projecting beyond the cylinder fixing value (L1 +).
1-21
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
Cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions

and with a wide range of accessories:
• Configuration with or without magnet
• Single-or double acting – single-or through-rod
• Wide choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE and FKM/FPM
gaskets (for high temperatures, for low temperature)
• Special versions on request
• Fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston rod lock.
They are available in three series, which differ according
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
to the shape of the barrel and, consequently, the type of sensors

and accessories that can be mounted.
These cylinders are called series STD, type A, series 3.
TECHNICAL DATA Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature

MPa 1
psi 145
Temperature range °C –10 to +80 –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cyl.) –35 to +80
Bore mm 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100; 125
Design Heads with Tap Tite screws
Standard stroke ✚ mm Single-acting: for bores 32 to 63 strokes from 1 to 250
Double-acting: for bores 32 to 80 strokes from 1 to 2800
for bores 100 to 125 strokes from 1 to 2600
Versions Double-acting cushioned, Single-acting retracted piston rod cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, Long cushioning,
High-temperature, Piston rod lock, Oil seal, Through-rod oil seal, Low friction, Non-stick-slip.
Sensor magnet All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
Inrush pressure ø 32; 40: 0.4 bar
ø 50; 63 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.3 bar; strokes > 1500 mm: 0.4 bar
ø 80; 100; 125 strokes < 1500 mm: 0.2 bar; strokes > 1500 mm: 0.4 bar
COMPONENTS
a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, thick chromed

b HEAD: die cast aluminium
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM
d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
e BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium
f HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer
with built-in cushioning olives
(aluminium with PTFE pad for diameters 80-100-125)
g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM
h MAGNET: plastoferrite
i BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
j CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane,
NBR or FKM/FPM
k CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
movement safety system even when fully open
l SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly
1-22
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
ISO 15552 cylinders, featuring a smooth barrel with no longitudinal slots.
This means it is easier to clean the cylinder and there are fewer points
where dirt can collect.
Specific brackets are required for mounting magnetic sensors.

BARREL CROSS SECTION
1-23
KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 STD
ACTUATORS
CYL 121 0 32 0050 C P

120 Double-acting, 0 Diameter 32 For the maximum A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
cuschioned, S Non-magnetic 40 suppliable strokes, aluminium piston rod: P Polyurethane
non-magnetic s G No stick slip 50 look at the standard for all cylinders gaskets
121 Double-acting, 63 technical data with ≥ 1000 mm-stroke V FKM/FPM
cushioned 80 cylinders and for cylinder gaskets
122 Through-rod n 100 with ø 80 mm and over ● B Low temperature
124 Double-acting, n 125 C C45 chromed rod,
non-cuschioned technopolymer piston:
125 Opposed standard for cylinders of

✚ 126 Single-acting ø 32 to 63 mm with
127 Tandem <1000 mm strokes
134 Rod lock version Z Stainless steel piston rod
✱ 136 Version with and nut aluminium piston
piston rod lock X Stainless steel piston rod
✱ ◆ 137 Piston rod lock + and nut technopolymer piston
guide unit
n In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1; ø 125 becomes A2 s For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
● Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) ◆ Available up to ø 100
✚ Available until ø 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z) ✱ Not available for gaskets V or B
KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 STD LOW-FRICTION
CYL 123 A 32 0050 C P

A Low friction, type A 32 ø 32 to 80 A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
B Low friction, type B 40 stroke 1 to 2800 mm aluminium piston rod: P Polyurethane gaskets
C Low friction, type C 50 ø 100 to 125 standard for all cylinders V FKM/FPM gaskets
D Low friction, type D 63 stroke 1 to 2600 mm with ≥ 1000 mm-stroke
E Low friction, type E 80 cylinders and for cylinder
F Low friction, type F A1 = ø 100 with ø 80 mm and over
A2 = ø 125 C C45 chromed rod,
technopolymer piston:
standard for cylinders of
ø 32 to 63 mm with
<1000 mm strokes
Z Stainless steel piston rod
and nut aluminium piston
X Stainless steel piston rod
and nut technopolymer piston
KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 STD LONG-CUSHIONING
CYL 131 A 32 0050 C P

A 200 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 32 1 to 2600 mm A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
B 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 40 aluminium piston rod P Polyurethane
C 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 50 for all sizes gaskets
D 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 63 Z Stainless steel piston V FKM/FPM
E 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. rod and nut aluminium piston gaskets
F 50 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
G 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.

H 200 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
I 150 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
L 100 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
M 150 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
N 100 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
O 50 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
Q 200 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.

R 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
S 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
T 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
U 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
V 50 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
1-24
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
ISO 15552 cylinders, featuring a barrel with longitudinal slots
on three sides for inserting and securing retractable sensors.
The same slots can also be used for valves and other mechanical parts.

a SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR
1-25
KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 TYPE “A”
ACTUATORS
CYL 121 A 32 0050 C P

121 Double-acting, A Standard 32 For the maximum A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
cushioned s B No stick slip 40 suppliable strokes, aluminium piston rod: P Polyurethane
122 Through-rod C Non-magnetic 50 look at the standard for all cylinders gaskets
124 Double-acting, 63 technical data with ≥1000 mm-stroke V FKM/FPM
non-cuschioned 80 cylinders and for cylinder gaskets
125 Opposed A1 = ø 100 with ø 80 mm and over ● B Low temperature
✚ 126 Single-acting A2 = ø 125 C C45 chromed rod,
127 Tandem technopolymer piston:
134 Rod lock version standard for cylinders

✱ 136 Version with of ø 32 to 63 mm
piston rod lock with <1000 mm strokes
✱ ◆ 137 Piston rod lock + Z Stainless steel piston
guide unit rod and nut aluminium piston
● Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) ✱ Not available for gaskets V or B
✚ Available until ø 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z)
s For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
◆ Available up to ø 100
KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION TYPE “A”
CYL 129 A 32 0050 C P

A Low friction, type A 32 ø 32 to 80 A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
B Low friction, type B 40 stroke 1 to 2800 mm aluminium piston rod: P Polyurethane gaskets
C Low friction, type C 50 ø 100 to 125 standard for all cylinders V FKM/FPM gaskets
D Low friction, type D 63 stroke 1 to 2600 mm with ≥1000 mm-stroke
E Low friction, type E 80 cylinders and for cylinder
F Low friction, type F A1 = ø 100 with ø 80 mm and over
A2 = ø 125 C C45 chromed rod,
technopolymer piston:
standard for cylinders
of ø 32 to 63 mm
with <1000 mm strokes
Z Stainless steel piston
rod and nut aluminium piston
KEY TO CODES CYLINDER ISO 15552 LONG-CUSHIONING TYPE “A”
CYL 130 A 32 0050 A P

A 200 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 32 1 to 2600 mm A C45 chromed rod, N NBR
B 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext. 40 aluminium piston rod gaskets
C 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. 50 for all sizes P Polyurethane
D 150 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. 63 Z Stainless steel piston gaskets
E 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext. rod and nut V FKM/FPM
F 50 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext. aluminium piston gaskets
G 100 mm front/rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
H 200 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.

I 150 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
L 100 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
M 150 mm front cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
N 100 mm front cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
O 50 mm front cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
Q 200 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.

R 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 150 mm ext.
S 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
T 150 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
U 100 mm rear cushioning cone – 200 mm ext.
V 50 mm rear cushioning cone – 100 mm ext.
1-26
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
ISO 15552 cylinders, featuring specially-shaped barrels designed
to reduce weight to a minimum.
Two T-slots on the same side as the threaded fittings
can take retractable sensors.
The other three sides of the barrel are smooth, with no slots,
and hence easy to clean.
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3

a SLOTS FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR
KEY TO CODES
CYL 121 3 32 0050 C N

121 Double-acting, 3 Series 3 32 For the maximum A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
cushioned ◆ 4 Series 3 40 suppliable strokes, aluminium piston rod: P Polyurethane
122 Through-rod No stick slip 50 look at the standard for all cylinders gaskets
124 Double-acting, 5 Series 3 63 technical data with ≥1000 mm-stroke V FKM/FPM
non-cuschioned Non-magnetic 80 cylinders and for cylinder gaskets
125 Opposed A1 = 100 with ø 80 mm and over ● B Low temperature
✚ 126 Single-acting A2 = 125 C C45 chromed rod,
127 Tandem technopolymer piston:
134 Rod lock version standard for cylinders
n 136 Version with piston of ø 32 to 63 mm
rod lock with <1000 mm strokes
n ✱ 137 Piston rod lock + Z Stainless steel piston
guide unit rod and nut aluminium piston
● Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z) ✱ Available until ø 100
✚ Available until ø 63 and only the versions with piston in aluminum (A or Z) n Not available for gasket V or B
◆ For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
1-27
ISO 15552 LOW-FRICTION CYLINDERS
(EX ISO 6431)
CODE 123 FOR SERIES STD
CODE 129 FOR TYPE A
ACTUATORS
The low-friction cylinder is typically used as a dandy or tensioning cylinder

since it is a single-acting cylinder without a return spring.
The configurations are shown below:
1) The best type is A as it involves less friction.

2) Type B should be used when the cylinder is working under normal
conditions outside the pneumatic cushioning area.
Cushioning is only for emergency use. It acts as a shock absorber
in the case of malfunction.
ISO 15552 LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS
3) Type C differs from type A due to the presence of a piston rod gasket
that prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty environments.
4) Type D differs from type B due to the presence of a piston rod gasket that
prevents dirt getting in when operating in dirty environments.
5) Type E should be used when the pressurized chamber is the front one.
6) For type F, see point 2.
NB. THE CYLINDER IS ALWAYS SINGLE-ACTING WITHOUT A RETURN

SPRING.
TYPE GASKETS
Rear chamber pressure A 1
Rear chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact B 1+3
Rear chamber pressure and piston rod gasket C 1+5
Rear chamber pressure, cushioning in case of impact and piston rod gasket D 1+3+5
Front chamber pressure E 2+5
Front chamber pressure and cushioning in case of impact F 2+5+4
COMPONENTS
a Rear chamber piston gasket made

of polyurethane (ø 32 to 125)
b Front chamber piston gasket made
of polyurethane (ø 32 to 125)
c Rear chamber cushioning gasket made
of polyurethane
d Front chamber cushioning gasket made
of polyurethane
e Piston rod gasket made of polyurethane
1-28
ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW
FRICTIONS CYLINDERS (EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
A typical ultra-low friction cylinder is generally used as an oscillating
or tensioning cylinder. It is single acting, in the sense that compressed air
is normally fed into one of the two chambers only. An external force acts
on the other side. Metal Work’s ultra-low friction cylinder is designed
as a double-acting one, which means the compressed air can be fed into
the rear or either the front chamber. They are built to comply
with ISO 15552 and are available with or without a magnet.
Supplied with a series 3 barrel.
A through-rod version is not available.
ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS

These cylinders are always non-cushioned.
The gaskets are made of NBR.
A full range of accessories is available.
TECHNICAL DATA NBR

MPa 1
psi 145
Fluid Unlubricated air
Bore mm 32; 40; 50; 63
Standard stroke mm 1 to 1200
Versions Double-acting magnetic, Double-acting non-magnetic (always “no stick slip” cylinder)
Sensor magnet All the versions with or without magnet
Inrush pressure bar ø 32 = 0.08
ø 40 = 0.06
ø 50 = 0.05
ø 63 = 0.04
Notes There may be leakage between the two chambers in the presence of low pressures (up to 1 bar)
COMPONENTS

c PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR
d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze insert
e BARREL: drawn anodised calibrated aluminium
f PISTON GASKET: NBR
g HALF-PISTON: aluminium alloy
i GUIDE RING: special technopolymer
j BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR
k CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
l SCREWS: Tap Tite for assembly
1-29
DIAGRAM OF THE CLEAN FRICTIONS
ACTUATORS
Friction clearly “a” [N]

ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS
Pressure “P” [bar]
The clean friction values “a” in N have been obtained by inserting in the back chamber the pressure “P” in bars, and simultaneously by detecting
the necessary force “F” in N to make the rod re-enter, applying the following formula:
a = F – [(P x S) x 9.81]
where “S” is the thrust section in cm2
KEY TO CODES
CYL 123 3 32 0100 A N

123 Ultra-low friction 3 Double-acting 32 From 1 to 1200 mm A C45 chromed rod, N NBR gaskets
magnetic 40 aluminium piston rod
5 Double-acting 50 Z Stainless steel piston
not magnetic 63 rod and nut aluminium piston
ALL the cylinders are no stick slip.

ALL the cylinders are non-cushioned.
Ultra-low friction cylinders are not available in the through-rod version.
1-30
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
WITH “COMBI” PISTON ROD GASKET
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
In some applications the piston rod is exposed to pollutants and dirt, which
tend to adhere to the surface.
Ordinary gaskets are made of relatively soft elastomers as their main job
is to provide a pneumatic seal. In critical applications they are unable
to scrape dirt off the surface of the piston rod.
COMBI piston rod gaskets are designed to solve these problems.
They are made up of two separate parts:
• a sealing element, inside the cylinder, made of a special NBR elastomer
with a Shore A hardness of 80 to provide a pneumatic seal.
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS WITH “COMBI” PISTON ROD GASKET

• a scraper ring, outside the cylinder, made of highly wear-resistant
plastic.
FEATURES AND ADVANTAGES OPERATING PRINCIPLE
COMBI gaskets have three functions - sealing, scraping and securing. The gasket is housed in the cylinder head a. Inside the cylinder there
The outer projection of the scraper ring secures the cylinder head in its is compressed air c. Dirt d deposits on the piston rod b.
seat, so steel retaining rings are not required. This eliminates the risk The sealing element e provides the pneumatic seal. The scraper ring f
of corrosion due to the presence of metal. cleans the piston rod. The projection g on the scraper ring secures
Friction is reduced. The materials used in the scraper ring and sealing the gasket in the cylinder head seat.
element make the gasket extremely long lasting.
Cylinders with COMBI gaskets can be used with unlubricated dry air.
The cylinder head seat is the same as for other Metal Work cylinder
gaskets, so the cylinder head is standard.
TECHNICAL DATA KEY TO CODES
Bores: 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100; 125. The codes for ISO 15552 cylinders apply, the last letter C identifying the
type of gasket.
The same as for ISO 15552 cylinders with NBR gaskets.
Maximum recommended speed: 1 m/s. Example:
1210320100CC: ISO 15552 cylinder, dual-acting, cushioned, magnetic,
diameter 32, stroke 100 mm, piston rod made of C45 chrome, COMBI
piston rod gasket, other gaskets NBR.
1-31
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION

ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

TYPE A SERIES STD
SERIES 3
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSION
+ = ADD THE STROKE

SERIES STD
SERIES 3
TYPE A
Ø PL VD A B B1 WH C1 CH1 CH2 CH3 KK D TG VA F EE RT E L L0 ZM BG N P Q

32 10 6.5 10 30 28 26 16 10 17 6 M10x1.25 12 32.5 4 22 G1/8 M6 46 120 94 146 14.5 4.5 6 4
40 12 8 10 35 33 30 20 13 19 6 M12x1.25 16 38 4 24 G1/4 M6 54 135 105 165 14.5 4.5 6 4
50 14 13 10 40 38 37 25 17 24 8 M16x1.5 20 46.5 4 32 G1/4 M8 64.5 143 106 180 17.5 5.5 6 6
63 16 14 10 45 40 37 25 17 24 8 M16x1.5 20 56.5 4 32 G3/8 M8 75.5 158 121 195 17.5 5.5 6 6
80 18 12 12 45 43 46 33 22 30 10 M20x1.5 25 72 4 40 G3/8 M10 94 174 128 220 21.5 5.5 10 7
100 20 14 12 55 49 51 38 22 30 10 M20x1.5 25 89 4 40 G1/2 M10 111 189 138 240 21.5 5.5 10 7
125 25 20 10 60 54 65 45 27 41 12 M27x2 32 110 6 54 G1/2 M12 135 225 160 290 25.5 6.5 12 8
VERSION 126 (SINGLE-ACTING)
Upper limit Stroke Lower limit L0- Ø 32 L0 - Ø 40 L0 - Ø 50 L0 - Ø 63 L - Ø 32 L - Ø 40 L - Ø 50 L - Ø 63

ISO 0 < C ≤ 25 94 105 106 121 120 135 143 158
ISO 25 < C ≤ 50 94 105 106 121 120 135 143 158
NON ISO 50 < C ≤ 75 115 129.5 130.5 145.5 141 159.5 167.5 182.5
NON ISO 75 < C ≤ 100 136 154 155 170 162 184 192 207
NON ISO 100 < C ≤ 125 157 178.5 179.5 194.5 183 208.5 216.5 231.5
NON ISO 125 < C ≤ 150 178 203 204 219 204 233 241 256
NON ISO 150 < C ≤ 175 199 227.5 228.5 243.5 225 257.5 265.5 280.5
NON ISO 175 < C ≤ 200 220 252 253 268 246 282 290 305
NON ISO 200 < C ≤ 225 241 276.5 277.5 292.5 267 306.5 314.5 329.5
NON ISO 225 < C ≤ 250 262 301 302 317 288 331 339 354
1-32
DIMENSIONS OF 100 mm CUSHIONING VERSION
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE
SERIES STD
SERIES 3

TYPE A
Ø PL VD A B B1 WH1 C2 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 KK D TG VA1 F EE RT E L1 L0 BG N P Q

32 10 6.5 10 30 29 106 96 10 17 6 27 M10x1.25 12 32.5 79 22 G1/8 M6 46 200 94 14.5 4.5 6 4
40 12 8 10 35 34 107 97 13 19 6 30 M12x1.25 16 38 76.5 24 G1/4 M6 54 212 105 14.5 4.5 6 4
50 14 13 10 40 38 113.5 101.5 17 24 8 35 M16x1.5 20 46.5 76.5 32 G1/4 M8 64.5 219.5 106 17.5 5.5 6 6
63 16 14 10 45 38 113.5 101.5 17 24 8 35 M16x1.5 20 56.5 76.5 32 G3/8 M8 75.5 234.5 121 17.5 5.5 6 6
DIMENSIONS OF 150 mm CUSHIONING VERSION DIMENSIONS OF 200 mm CUSHIONING VERSION
Ø WH1 C2 VA1 L1 Ø WH1 C2 VA1 L1

32 156 146 129 250 32 206 196 179 300
40 157 147 121.5 262 40 207 197 176.5 312
50 162.5 150.5 119.5 268.5 50 213.5 201.5 176.5 319.5
63 162.5 150.5 123.5 283.5 63 213.5 201.5 176.5 334.5
1-33
DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM VERSION
ACTUATORS

Ø WH VA R L L1
32 26 4 55 243 273
40 30 4 55 265 299
50 37 4 68 280 321
63 37 4 68 310 351
80 46 4 92 348 398
100 51 4 92 368 423
125 65 6 120 440 511
Refer to standard cylinders for other values.
DIMENSIONS OF OPPOSED VERSION
X1 = STROKE CYLINDER 1
X2 = STROKE CYLINDER 2
a b
Ø WH R L L1
32 26 55 243 295
40 30 55 265 325
50 37 68 280 354
63 37 68 310 384
80 46 92 348 440
100 51 92 368 470
125 65 120 440 570
Refer to standard cylinders for other values.
1-34
ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
This version of cylinder is used to keep the parts fixed to the piston rod
at an angle and to apply torques within the specified limits.
The piston rod of the Two Flat has two opposing longitudinal surfaces;
it is made of stainless steel.
The front cylinder head includes a sintered bronze bush that matches
the profile of the piston rod and prevents it from rotating on its own axis.
A special polyurethane gasket ensures pneumatic seal and prevents
the accumulation of dirt. This technical solution is more reliable and gives
a better pneumatic seal than with square or hexagonal piston rods.

Supplied in series STD, with a smooth barrel, and type A, with a barrel
with slots for retractable sensors.
They are available in several versions and with a wide range
of accessories:
• double acting, single piston rod
• double acting, through rod; one piston rod is Two Flat,
the other cylindrical
• fixing accessories.

MPa 1
psi 145
Temperature range °C –20 to +80 (non-magnetic cylinders)
–20 to +70 (magnetic cylinders)
Bore mm 32; 40; 50; 63
Maximun stroke mm ø 32 = 300 ø 40 = 400 ø 50 = 500 ø 63 = 500
Versions Double-acting cushioned, Through-rod cushioned, no-stick slip
Sensor magnet All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request.
Inrush pressure bar ø 32 = 0.4 ø 40 = 0.4 ø 50 = 0.3 ø 63 = 0.3
Max torque on piston rod Nm ø 32 = 0.2 ø 40 = 0.4 ø 50 = 1 ø 63 = 1
Maximum rotation on the rod degrees ø 32 = 0.70° ø 40 = 0.75° ø 50 = 0.65° ø 63 = 0.65°
Notes * For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s to prevent surging, use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air.
KEY TO CODES FOR ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT STD CYLINDERS
CYL 121 0 32 0050 F P

120 Double-acting, 0 Diameter 32 ✚ ø 32 stroke 1 to 300 mm F “Two Flat” piston rod P Polyurethane
cuschioned, S Non-magnetic 40 ✚ ø 40 stroke 1 to 400 mm AISI 303 stainless steel nut gaskets
non-magnetic s G No stick slip 50 ✚ ø 50 to 63 stroke 1 to 500 mm
121 Double-acting, 63
cuschioned
122 Through-rod

KEY TO CODES FOR ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT TYPE A CYLINDERS
CYL 121 A 32 0050 F P

121 Double-acting, A Standard 32 ✚ ø 32 stroke 1 to 300 mm F “Two Flat” piston rod P Polyurethane
cuschioned s B No stick slip 40 ✚ ø 40 stroke 1 to 400 mm AISI 303 stainless steel nut gaskets
122 Through-rod C Non-magnetic 50 ✚ ø 50 to 63 stroke 1 to 500 mm
63

1-35
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø A A1 A2 B C C1 CH CH1 CH2 CH3 D D1 D2 E E1 F G G1 H L L0 L1 L2 M N P Q

32 10 7 10 30 26 16 10 6 10 17 M10x1.25 12 15 32.5 5 22 G1/8 M6 47 120 94 74 146 9 4.5 6 4
40 12 9 10 35 30 20 13 6 13 19 M12x1.25 16 19 38 5 24 G1/4 M6 53 135 105 81 165 9 4.5 6 4
50 14 14 10 40 37 25 17 8 17 24 M16x1.5 20 19 46.5 5 32 G1/4 M8 65 143 106 78 180 12 5.5 6 6
63 16 14 10 45 37 25 17 8 17 24 M16x1.5 20 23 56.5 5 32 G3/8 M8 75 158 121 89 195 12 5.5 6 6
1-36
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552
STD, TYPE A, SERIES 3, TWO FLAT:
FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A
Code Ø Ø AB AH AO AT AU TR E XA SA Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322001 32 7 32 11 4 24 32 45 144 142 76
W0950402001 40 9 36 15 4 28 36 52 163 161 100
W0950502001 50 9 45 15 4 32 45 65 175 170 162
W0950632001 63 9 50 15 6 32 50 75 190 185 266
W0950802001 80 12 63 20 6 41 63 95 215 210 456
W0951002001 100 14 71 25 6 41 75 115 230 220 572
W0951252001 125 16 90 15 7 45 90 140 270 250 1130
Note: ndividually packed with 2 screws
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS

FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B
Code Ø UB CB FL øCD XD MR L Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322003 32 45 26 22 10 142 10 12 116
W0950402003 40 52 28 25 12 160 12 15 160
W0950502003 50 60 32 27 12 170 12 15 252
W0950632003 63 70 40 32 16 190 16 20 394
W0950802003 80 90 50 36 16 210 16 20 670
W0951002003 100 110 60 41 20 230 20 25 1085
W0951252003 125 130 70 50 25 275 25 30 2000
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings, 1 pin
MALE HINGE - MODEL BA

Code Ø EW FL MR øCD L XD Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322004 32 26 22 11 10 12 142 94
W0950402004 40 28 25 13 12 15 160 124
W0950502004 50 32 27 13 12 15 170 220
W0950632004 63 40 32 17 16 20 190 316
W0950802004 80 50 36 17 16 20 210 578
W0951002004 100 60 41 21 20 25 230 850
W0951252004 125 70 50 26 25 30 275 1590
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers
ARTICULATED MALE HINGE - MODEL BAS

Code Ø DL MS L XN øCX EX Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322006 32 22 16 12 142 10 14 106
W0950402006 40 25 19 15 160 12 16 142
W0950502006 50 27 19 15 170 12 16 236
W0950632006 63 32 24 20 190 16 21 336
W0950802006 80 36 24 20 210 16 21 572
W0951002006 100 41 30 25 230 20 25 840
W0951252006 125 50 36 30 275 25 31 1520
CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GL

Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M N Weight [g]
W0950322008 32 26 19 7 10 25 20 32 37 41 18 8 10 96
W0950402008 40 28 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 216
W0950502008 50 32 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 212
W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 440
W0950802008 80 50 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 464
W0951002008 100 60 44 14 20 50 70 90 103 80 40 16 22 985
W0951252008 125 70 44 14 25 50 70 90 103 80 40 16 22 1000
1-37
ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS
Code Ø B C D E G J L M N Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W0950322108 32 25.5 32.5 45 7 32 11 10 10 10 106

W0950402108 40 27.5 38 52 7 36 13 10 12 12 138
W0950502108 50 31.5 46.5 65 9 45 13 12 12 12 252
W0950632108 63 39.5 56.5 75 9 50 17 12 16 15 350
W0950802108 80 49.5 72 95 11 63 17 16 16 15 655
W0951002108 100 59.5 89 115 11 73 21 16 20 22 980

ISO 15552 HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL AB7

Code Ø EM B ØHB ØCK TE RA PH UR UL L BT EA P Q Weight [g]
W0950322017 32 26 20 6.6 10 38 18 32 31 51 3 8 10 21 3 60
W0950402017 40 28 22 6.6 12 41 22 36 35 54 2 10 15* 21 3 85
W0950502017 50 32 26 9 12 50 30 45 45 65 3 12 16 21 3 162
W0950632017 63 40 30 9 16 52 35 50 50 67 2 14* 16 21 3 191
W0950802017 80 50 30 11 16 66 40 63 60 86 7 14 20 21 3 332
W0951002017 100 60 38 11 20 76 50 71 70 96 5 17* 20 11 3 522
W0951252017 125 70 45 14 25 94 60 90 90 124 10 20 30 21 3 960
* Dimensions not to ISO 15552
FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

Code Ø TF UF E MF R øFB W Weight [g]
W0950322002 32 64 80 50 10 32 7 16 246
W0950402002 40 72 90 55 10 36 9 20 290
W0950502002 50 90 110 65 12 45 9 25 522
W0950632002 63 100 120 75 12 50 9 25 670
W0950802002 80 126 153 95 16 63 12 30 1420
W0951002002 100 150 178 115 16 75 14 35 2040
W0951252002 125 180 220 140 20 90 16 45 4300
Note: Supplied with 4 screws
REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

Code Ø TF UF E MF R øFB ZF Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322002 32 64 80 50 10 32 7 130 246
W0950402002 40 72 90 55 10 36 9 145 290
W0950502002 50 90 110 65 12 45 9 155 522
W0950632002 63 100 120 75 12 50 9 170 670
W0950802002 80 126 153 95 16 63 12 190 1420
W0951002002 100 150 178 115 16 75 14 205 2040
W0951252002 125 180 220 140 20 90 16 245 4300
Note: Supplied with 4 screws.
ROD NUT - MODEL S

Code Ø F H CH Weight [g]
0950322010 32 M10x1.25 6 17 6
0950402010 40 M12x1.25 7 19 12
0950502010 50/63 M16x1.5 8 24 20
0950802010 80/100 M20x1.5 9 30 32
0951252010 125 M27x2 12 41 74
1-38
FORK MODEL GK-M
ACTUATORS
W0950322020 32 10 20 10 20 52 40 M10x1.25 26 92
W0950402020 40 12 24 12 24 62 48 M12x1.25 32 148
W0950502020 50 16 32 16 32 83 64 M16x1.5 40 340
W0950502020 63 16 32 16 32 83 64 M16x1.5 40 340
W0950802020 80 20 40 20 40 105 80 M20x1.5 48 690
W0950802020 100 20 40 20 40 105 80 M20x1.5 48 690
W0951252020 125 30 54 30 55 148 110 M27x2 65 1835

ROD EYE - MODEL GA-M
Code Ø øM C B1 B A L F D øG CH øG1 Weight [g]
W0950322025 32 10 15 10.5 14 28 57 43 M10x1.25 15 17 19 78
W0950402025 40 12 17 12 16 32 66 50 M12x1.25 17.5 19 19 116
W0950502025 50 16 22 15 21 42 85 64 M16x1.5 22 22 22 226
W0950502025 63 16 22 15 21 42 85 64 M16x1.5 22 22 22 226
W0950802025 80 20 26 18 25 50 102 77 M20x1.5 27.5 30 27 404
W0950802025 100 20 26 18 25 50 102 77 M20x1.5 27.5 30 27 404
W0951252025 125 30 36 25 37 70 145 110 M27x2 40 41 50 1190
SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - MODEL GA-K

Code Ø A B C D øF øE SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]
W0950322030 32 M10x1.25 20 20 71 22 4 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950402030 40 M12x1.25 24 20 75 22 4 12 30 30 19 19 220
W0950502030 50 M16x1.5 32 32 103 32 4 20 41 41 30 24 620
W0950502030 63 M16x1.5 32 32 103 32 4 20 41 41 30 24 620
W0950802030 80 M20x1.5 40 40 119 32 4 20 41 41 30 30 680
W0950802030 100 M20x1.5 40 40 119 32 4 20 41 41 30 30 680
NOTES
1-39
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS:
INTERMEDIATE HINGE
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN, FOR STD AND STD TWO-FLAT SERIES
Code Ø X (min) XV X (max) TM TL TD e 9 TK UW Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE 0950322007 32 63 73 83 50 12 12 22 65 282

+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE 0950402007 40 72 82.5 93 63 16 16 28 75 582
0950502007 50 83 90 97 75 16 16 32 95 880
0950632007 63 86.5 97.5 108.5 90 20 20 35 105 1230
0950802007 80 104 110 116 110 20 20 40 130 2030
0951002007 100 113.5 120 126.5 132 25 25 45 145 2600
0951252007 125 135 145 155 160 25 25 50 175 3900
Note: Supplied complete with 4 grub screws, 2 pins

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN, FOR TYPE A AND TYPE A TWO-FLAT SERIES
Code Ø X (min) XV X (max) TM TL TD e 9 TK UW Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE 0950322107 32 63 73 83 50 12 12 22 65 170
+ 1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE 0950402107 40 72 82.5 93 63 16 16 28 75 360
0950502107 50 83 90 97 75 16 16 28 95 580
0950632107 63 86.5 97.5 108.5 90 20 20 36 105 950
0950802107 80 104 110 116 110 20 20 36 130 1480
0951002107 100 113.5 120 126.5 132 25 25 45 145 2140
0951252107 125 135 145 155 160 25 25 50 175 2950
Note: Supplied with 8 grub screws, 2 pins
COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

Code Ø A A1 B C C1 D1 D2 D E H øL Weight [g]
W0950322009 32 46 32 18 30 15 11 7 12 6.5 10.5 22 162
W0950402009 40 55 36 21 36 18 15 9 16 8.5 12 28 278
W0950402009 50 55 36 21 36 18 15 9 16 8.5 12 28 278
W0950632009 63 65 42 23 40 20 18 11 20 10.5 13 35 414
W0950632009 80 65 42 23 40 20 18 11 20 10.5 13 35 414
W0951002009 100 75 50 28.5 50 25 20 13 25 12.5 16 40 715
W0951002009 125 75 50 28.5 50 25 20 13 25 12.5 16 40 715

Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws
1-40
MECHANICAL ROD BLOCK
TECHNICAL DATA
Pilot pressure bar 4 to 8
ACTUATORS
MPa 0.4 to 0.8
°F 14 to 176
Operation NC - bidirectional
Mechanics Double shoe with mechanical lock
Mechanical stick-slip
Locking force ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
N 650 1100 1600 2500 4000 6300 8700
MATERIAL

body Aluminium
shoe Brass
spring NBR
piston Synthetic material with added Teflon®
gasket NBR
Pilot port M5 or 1/8’’
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The mechanical piston rod lock is a normally-closed mechanism. Fig. 1 Fig. 2

In the absence of pneumatic piloting, the two shoes (A) lock the cylinder
rod in both directions (Fig. 1). With pneumatic piloting, the piston rod
guide forces the shoes to come right up to each other and overcome
the counter spring (B) force and the piston rod can slide (Fig. 2).
It is important to remember that the mechanical piston rod lock is a static
type, which means that it is necessary to stop the cylinder piston rod
pneumatically before locking the part mechanically.
DIMENSIONS
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Code Ø L1 L2 L4 L7 L8 D D1 D2 D3 H A T1 M Z Q L0 L Weight [g]

W5010001102 32 58 48 8 45 34 12 30 35 25 46.5 32.5 13 M6 M6x20 M5 94 162 150
W5010001103 40 65 55 8 50 38 16 35 40 28 53 38 13 M6 M6x20 G1/8 105 180 200
W5010001104 50 82 70 15 60 48 20 40 50 35 64 46.5 16 M8 M8x30 G1/8 106 200 500
W5010001109 63 82 70 15 70 49.5 20 45 60 38 75 56.5 16 M8 M8x30 G1/8 121 215 700
W5010001106 80 110 90 18 90 61 25 45 80 48 95 72 20 M10 M10x35 G1/8 128 251 1700
W5010001107 100 115 100 18 105 68 25 55 100 58 110.5 89 20 M10 M10x35 G1/8 138 266 2700
W5010001108 125 167 122 22 140 86.5 32 60 130 65 150 110 30 M12 M12x40 G1/8 160 347 5600
1-41
GUIDE UNITS
ACTUATORS
Guide units series DS-DH-DM ensure optimal alignment and anti-rotation

effect of the pneumatic cylinder connected to it. The guide units can be used
separately or combined in order to get complete handling units, in which
case the guide units can be coupled using the type A and C anchorage
(pin and flange).
The guide units can be coupled to ISO 15552 cylinders (ø 32 to 100).
U PROFILE*: for limited loads and speeds (GDS)
H PROFILE*: for high loads (GDH)
H PROFILE**: for high speeds (GDM)
STANDARD STROKES: 50 - 100 - 150 - 200 - 250 - 320 - 400 - 500
* Bronze guide bushings

** Ball guide bushings
(For weights, see technical data page 1-9)
COMPONENTS
SERIES GDS-GDH Body: aluminium alloy
Guide bushing: self-lubricating sintered bronze and wiper rings
Piston rod: chromed rolled steel
SERIES GDM Body: aluminium alloy

Guide bushing: ball linear bearings and scraper ring
Piston rod: tempered stainless steel
GRAPH OF GUIDE UNIT LOADS
S = PROJECTION
B = BARYCENTRE
P = PAY LOAD
1-42
DIMENSIONS TYPE GDS
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

VIEW X-Y
Ø A A1 B B1 C C1 DH7 E E1 E2 E3 F F1 F2H7 G H I L L1 M N O O1 ØS CH
32 48 45 100 95 48 12 6 32.5 32.5 78 58 M6 6.5 6 18 31 74 108 94 46 17 7.8 7.8 12 15
40 56 53 106 101 58 15 6 38 38 84 64 M6 6.5 6 21 36 80 120 105 52 21 10 10 12 15
50 66 63 125 120 59 15 6 46.5 46.5 100 80 M8 8.5 6 24 45 96 130 106 65 25 6.3 6.3 16 22
63 76 73 132 127 76 15 6 56.5 56.5 105 95 M8 8.5 6 24 45 104 145 121 65 25 9.8 9.8 16 22
80 98 95 165 160 90 16 6 72 50 130 130 M10 11 6 31 56 130 170 128 71 34 20 9 20 27
100 118 115 185 180 110 16 6 89 70 150 150 M10 11 6 31 56 152 190 138 71 39 20 10.5 20 27
DIMENSIONS TYPE GDH-GDM
+ = ADD THE STROKE

VIEW X-Y
Ø A A1 B B1 C C1 CH DH7 E E2 E3 F F1 F2H7 G H I L L1 M N O ØS U
32 49 45 97 90 125 12 13 6 32.5 78 61 M6 6.5 6 18 31 74 177 94 47 17 4.3 12 76
40 58 54 115 110 139 15 15 6 38 84 69 M6 6.5 6 21 36 87 192 105 53 21 11 16 81
50 69 63 137 130 148 15 22 6 46.5 100 85 M8 8.5 6 24 45 104 205 106 63 26 18.5 20 78
63 85 79 152 145 182 15 22 6 56.5 105 100 M8 8.5 6 24 45 119 237 121 62 26 15.3 20 111
80 105 99 189 180 215 20 27 6 72 130 130 M10 11 6 31 56 148 280 128 76 34 21 25 128
100 129 120 213 200 220 20 27 6 89 150 150 M10 11 6 31 56 172 280 138 76 39 24.5 25 128
1-43
ORDER CODE GUIDE UNIT
ACTUATORS
Version Code Bore Type

Sliding on bronze bushings (GDS) W0700321... 32 UNIT MW DS 032...
W0700401... 40 UNIT MW DS 040...
W0700501... 50 UNIT MW DS 050...
W0700631... 63 UNIT MW DS 063...
W0700801... 80 UNIT MW DS 080...
W0701001... 100 UNIT MW DS 100...
Sliding on bronze bushings (GDH) W0700322... 32 UNIT MW DH 032...

W0700402... 40 UNIT MW DH 040...
W0700502... 50 UNIT MW DH 050...
W0700632... 63 UNIT MW DH 063...
W0700802... 80 UNIT MW DH 080...
W0701002... 100 UNIT MW DH 100...
Sliding on ball bearing (GDM) W0700323... 32 UNIT MW DM 032...

W0700403... 40 UNIT MW DM 040...
W0700503... 50 UNIT MW DM 050...
W0700633... 63 UNIT MW DM 063...
W0700803... 80 UNIT MW DM 080...
W0701003... 100 UNIT MW DM 100...
Note: To complete the type and code, add the 3-digit stroke (e.g. 50=050)
DIMENSIONS PISTON ROD LOCK + GUIDE UNIT COD. 137
Ø C
32 74
40 85
50 107
63 107
80 136
100 143
1-44
MAGNETIC SENSORS
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE SENSOR MOD. DSM
ACTUATORS
Code Description Code Description

W0952025390 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525 HS
W0952029394 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 W0950000222 E.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225
W0952022180 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m W0950000232 E. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225
W0952028184 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 Can be used on ISO 15552 cylinders in the STD series and series 3.
W0952125556 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2 m ATEX For technical data see pag. 1-286
SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS FOR SENSORS DSM
ø 32 to 40
Can be used on all ISO 15552 cylinders.
Use the adaptor to secure to STD cylinders.
For technical data see pag. 1-288
ADAPTOR FOR RETRACTABLE SENSOR
Code Description
W0950000711 Bracket D.32 DST 80
ø 50 to 63
Code Description
W0950001001 Adaptor DSS005 for DST/ST brackets
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
a ISO 15552 cylinder with Serie STD or Serie 3 barrel
b Sensor bracket mod. DST (ø 32 to 125)
c Adaptor
d Retractable sensor with insertion from above
Code Description
W0950000712 Bracket D.50 DST 81
ø 80 to 125
Code Description
W0950000713 Bracket D.80-100-125 DST 82
1-45
VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER FOR TYPE A AND SERIES 3 CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
With this type of cylinder, the valves (D) can be

mounted directly using the retracting sensor
slot, without requiring the use of intermediate
brackets.
This can be done using the special plates (A),
which come with both the M3 and M4 threads,
and screws (B) of the size, type and quantity
shown in the table below.
For ISO 1 and ISO 2 valves, the kit on which the
valve is to be mounted (codes shown in the tables)

will be fitted to the cylinder using the special
plates (A) and the screws (B) listed in the table.
Type of valve M3 fixing M4 fixing Screw (B) Washer (B) Valve

to mount (D) plate (A) plate (A) for connection to cylinder (one per screw) assembly kit
code 0950003002 code 0950003001 (one per plate)
MACH 11 n° 2 – M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) –
SERIE 70 1/8 – n° 2 M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) – –
SERIE 70 1/4 – n° 2 M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) –
SERIE 70 1/2 – n° 2 M4x45 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A) –
ISO 1 – n° 2 M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A) – 0950002001
ISO 2 – n° 2 M4x8 UNI 7688 (DIN 965A) – 0950002002
FIXING BRACKET SERIES KCV FOR TYPE A AND SERIES 3 CYLINDERS
A
Fig. Fig. B
VALVE FIXING BRACKET - CYLINDER (Fig. A)

ISO 1 ISO 2
Code Ø A B C D E D E Applicable valves Weight [g]
0950322090 32 54 40 29.5 110 64.5 124 70.5 MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 80
0950402090 40 59.5 40 32.2 110 67.2 124 73.2 MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 86
0950502090 50 71.5 40 37 110 72 124 78 MACH 16 Series 70 1/8-1/4 ISO 1 - ISO 2 93
0950802090 80 99 60 53.5 110 88.5 124 94.5 Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2 222
0951002090 100 119.5 60 63.5 110 98.5 124 104.5 Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2 258
0951252090 125 148 60 76.5 110 111.5 124 117.9 Series 70 1/8-1/4-1/2 ISO 1 - ISO 2 298
KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS, FOR SERIES KCV BRACKETS

Code Valve kit Composition Weight [g]
0950002003 MACH 16 2 hex. screws M3x25 with washer 4
0950002004 Series 70 1/8-1/4 2 hex. screws M4x50 with washer 8
0950002006 Series 70 1/2 2 hex. screws M5x50 with washer 20
0950002001 ISO 1 Adaptor + ISO 1 BASE SIDE + screws + washers (Fig.B) 230
0950002002 ISO 2 Adaptor + ISO 2 BASE SIDE + screws + washers (Fig.B) 350
1-46
VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
FOR ø 32-40-50-63 FOR ø 80-100-125
ACCESSORIES - SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS

CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD AND TYPE “A” TWO-FLAT: SPARE PARTS
Code Bore Type Parts

009 . . . 0101F ø 32 to 63 Set of polyurethane gaskets 4-5-6-9-10
009 . . . 0110F ø 32 to 63 Complete polyurethane front head kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18
009 . . . 0111 ø 32 to 63 Complete polyurethane rear head kit 4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18
009 . . . 0604 ø 32 to 63 Complete polyurethane piston kit 9-10-16-17
009 . . . 0704F ø 32 to 63 Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
009 . . . 0800 ø 32 to 63 Magnet 12
1-47
CYLINDERS ISO 15552 STD, TYPE “A” AND SERIES 3: SPARE PARTS
NEW RELEASE
STD
ACTUATORS
TYPE A
SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
SERIES 3

009 . . . 0101 ø 32 to 125 Complete set of polyurethane gaskets 2-4-5-9-10
009 . . . 0502 ø 32 to 125 Complete set of NBR gaskets 2-4-5-9-10
009 . . . 0110N ø 32 to 125 Complete polyurethane front head kit 1-2-3-4-5-17-18
009 . . . 0304N ø 32 to 125 Complete NBR front head kit 1-2-3-4-5-17-18
009 . . . 0111N ø 32 to 125 Complete polyurethane rear head kit 4-5-8-17-18
009 . . . 0305N ø 32 to 125 Complete NBR rear head kit 4-5-8-17-18
009 . . . 0604 ø 80 to 125 Complete polyurethane piston kit 9-10-11-13-15-18
009 . . . 0602 ø 32 to 63 Complete NBR piston kit 9-10-16-17
009 . . . 0602 ø 80 to 125 Complete NBR piston kit 9-10-11-13-15-18
009 . . . 0704N ø 32 to 63 Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-16-17-18
009 . . . 0704N ø 80 to 125 Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-18
009 . . . 0702N ø 32 to 63 Complete NBR head A+P+pistion kit 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-16-17-18
009 . . . 0702N ø 80 to 125 Complete NBR head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-8-9-10-11-13-15-17-18
009 . . . 0800 ø 32 to 125 Magnet 12
OLD RELEASE
STD
TYPE A

009 . . . 0101 ø 32 to 125 Complete set of polyurethane gaskets 2-4-5-9-10
009 . . . 0502 ø 32 to 125 Complete set of NBR gaskets 2-4-5-9-10
009 . . . 0110 ø 32 to 125 Complete polyurethane front head kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18
009 . . . 0304 ø 32 to 125 Complete NBR front head kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-14-17-18
009 . . . 0111 ø 32 to 125 Complete polyurethane rear head kit 4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18
009 . . . 0305 ø 32 to 125 Complete NBR rear head kit 4-5-6-7-8-14-17-18
009 . . . 0604 ø 80 to 125 Complete polyurethane piston kit 9-10-11-13-15-18
009 . . . 0602 ø 32 to 63 Complete NBR piston kit 9-10-16-17
009 . . . 0602 ø 80 to 125 Complete NBR piston kit 9-10-11-13-15-18
009 . . . 0704 ø 32 to 63 Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
009 . . . 0704 ø 80 to 125 Complete polyurethane head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-18
009 . . . 0702 ø 32 to 63 Complete NBR head A+P+pistion kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-14-16-17-18
009 . . . 0702 ø 80 to 125 Complete NBR head A+P+piston kit 1-2-3-4-5-6-7-8-9-10-11-13-14-15-17-18
009 . . . 0800 ø 32 to 125 Magnet 12
1-48
TWIN-ROD CYLINDER
SERIES TWNC
ACTUATORS
Anti-rotation cylinders with axial dimensions to ISO 15552.
Serie STD barrel.
• standard configuration with magnet
• double-acting – passing twinner rods and single passing rod
• polyurethane gasket
TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC

TECHNICAL DATA NBR - POLYURETHANE
MPa 1
psi 145
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Bores mm 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100
Strokes ✚ mm from 25 to 500
Design Extruded profile
Esecution Magnetic standard cushioned
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction N ø 32: 434/350
ø 40: 678/597
ø 50: 1060/940
ø 63: 1683/1471
ø 80: 2714/2295
ø 100: 4241/3812
Weight See page 1-9
Notes ✚ Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
COMPONENTS
a PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel

b HEAD: aluminium alloy
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
d GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
e BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
f PISTON: aluminium alloy
g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
i BUFFER+STATIC O-rings: NBR
j CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR or polyurethane
k NEEDLE: OT 58 brass
l SCREWS: Tap Tite for fixing and assembly
m GUIDE RING: special technopolymer
n REAR CUSHIONING CONE: OT58 brass
o FRONT CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium
p FLANGE: zinc-plated steel
1-49
TWIN RODS CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC
Ø PL PL1 A A1 B CH3 TG VA EE RT E L0 BG N P P1 P2 Q Q1 C I K h9 S O V U G2 G3
32 10 13 10 10.5 30 6 32.5 4 G1/8 M6 46 100 14.5 4.5 6 8 19 4 - 15 18 32 10 4 40 45 M6 -
40 12 12 10 10 35 6 38 4 G1/4 M6 54 100 14.5 4.5 6 6 22 4 4 15 22 40 10 4 40 49 M8 -
50 14 14 10 10 40 8 46.5 4 G1/4 M8 64.5 106 17.5 5.5 6 6 30 6 6 18 30 50 12 5 43 54 M8 M8
63 16 16 10 10 45 8 56.5 4 G3/8 M8 75.5 116 17.5 5.5 6 6 38 6 6 22 38 63 16 5 47 69 M10 M10
80 18 18 12 12 45 10 72 4 G3/8 M10 94 131 21.5 5.5 10 10 50 7 7 25 48 80 22 5 50 89 M12 M12
100 20 20 12 12 55 10 89 4 G1/2 M10 111 138 21.5 5.5 10 10 70 7 7 25 60 100 22 5 50 109 M12 M12
SINGLE THROUGH-ROD CYLINDER
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø PL PL1 A A1 B CH1 CH2 CH3 TG EE RT E L0 BG N P P1 P2 Q Q1 C C1 D F I K h9 KK S O V VD U G2 G3 WH

32 10 13 10 10.5 30 10 17 6 32.5 G1/8 M6 46 100 14.5 4.5 6 8 19 4 - 15 16 12 22 18 32 M10x1.25 10 4 40 6.5 45 M6 - 26
40 12 12 10 10 35 13 19 6 38 G1/4 M6 54 100 14.5 4.5 6 6 22 4 4 15 20 16 24 22 40 M12x1.25 10 4 40 8 49 M8 - 30
50 14 14 10 10 40 17 24 8 46.5 G1/4 M8 64.5 106 17.5 5.5 6 6 30 6 6 18 25 20 32 30 50 M16x1.5 12 5 43 13 54 M8 M8 37
63 16 16 10 10 45 17 24 8 56.5 G3/8 M8 75.5 116 17.5 5.5 6 6 38 6 6 22 25 20 32 38 63 M16x1.5 16 5 47 14 69 M10 M10 37
80 18 18 12 12 45 22 30 10 72 G3/8 M10 94 131 21.5 5.5 10 10 50 7 7 25 33 25 40 48 80 M20x1.5 22 5 50 12 89 M12 M12 46
100 20 20 12 12 55 22 30 10 89 G1/2 M10 111 138 21.5 5.5 10 10 70 7 7 25 38 25 40 60 100 M20x1.5 22 5 50 14 109 M12 M12 51
KEY TO CODES
CYL W140 032 0025 ✚ Maximum recommended strokes.

TYPE BORES STROKE Higher values can create operating problems.
W140 Double-acting cylinder, 032 ✚ 0025 to 0500 mm
magnetic, cushioned 040
W142 Double-acting cylinder, 050
magnetic, cushioned 063
single through-rod 080
100
1-50
ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER:
FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A/S
Code Ø AB AH AO AT AU TR UH H1 H2 Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950323001 32 7 32 35 4 24 32 45 164 148 76
W0950403001 40 9 36 43 4 28 36 52 168 156 98
W0950503001 50 9 45 47 4 32 45 65 181 170 156
W0950633001 63 9 50 47 6 32 50 75 195 180 246
W0950803001 80 12 63 61 6 41 63 95 222 213 406
W0951003001 100 14 71 66 6 41 75 115 229 220 540
Note: Individually packed with 2 screws

For fixing the leg to the supporting surface, it is advisable to use a DIN 7984 sunk-headed screw
ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC

Code Ø D E F G H H3 L Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322003 32 26 22 11 10 10 162 45 116
W0950402003 40 28 25 13 12 10 165 52 160
W0950502003 50 32 27 13 12 12 176 60 252
W0950632003 63 40 32 17 16 12 195 70 394
W0950802003 80 50 36 17 16 16 217 90 670
W0951002003 100 60 41 21 23 16 229 110 1085
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin

Code Ø D E F G H H3 Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322004 32 26 22 11 10 10 162 94
W0950402004 40 28 25 13 12 10 165 124
W0950502004 50 32 27 13 12 12 176 220
W0950632004 63 40 32 17 16 12 195 316
W0950802004 80 50 36 17 16 16 217 578
W0951002004 100 60 41 21 20 16 229 850

Code Ø E F H H3 M N Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322006 32 22 16 10 162 10 14 106
W0950402006 40 25 19 10 165 12 16 142
W0950502006 50 27 19 12 176 12 16 236
W0950632006 63 32 24 12 195 16 21 336
W0950802006 80 36 24 16 217 16 21 572
W0951002006 100 41 30 16 229 20 25 840
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers.

Code Ø B B1 B2 B3 B4 D4 L Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322002 32 64 80 50 10 32 7 140 246
W0950402002 40 72 90 55 10 36 9 140 290
W0950502002 50 90 110 65 12 45 9 149 522
W0950632002 63 100 120 75 12 50 9 163 670
W0950802002 80 126 153 95 16 63 12 181 1420
W0951002002 100 150 178 115 16 75 14 188 2040
1-51
FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C/S
Code Ø B B1 B2 B3 B4 D4 V1 Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W0950323002 32 64 80 50 10 32 7 30 228
W0950403002 40 72 90 55 10 36 9 30 288
W0950503002 50 90 110 65 12 45 9 31 486
W0950633002 63 100 120 75 12 50 9 35 569
W0950803002 80 126 153 95 16 63 12 34 1145
W0951003002 100 150 178 115 16 75 14 34 1760

INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

Code Ø N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 A6 A7 A8 Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE +1/2 = ADD HALF THE STROKE 0950322007 32 50 12 12 22 65 79 91 103 282
0950402007 40 63 16 16 28 75 82 90 98 582
0950502007 50 75 16 16 32 95 91.5 97.5 103.5 880
0950632007 63 90 20 20 35 105 95.5 104.5 113.5 1230
0950802007 80 110 20 20 40 130 108 115.5 123 2030
0951002007 100 132 25 25 45 145 110.5 119 127.5 2600
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 2 pin
COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN - MODEL EL

Code Ø A A1 B C C1 D1 D2 D E H ØL Weight [g]
W0950322009 32 46 32 18 30 15 11 7 12 6.5 10.5 22 162
W0950402009 40 55 36 21 36 18 15 9 16 8.5 12 28 278
W0950402009 50 55 36 21 36 18 15 9 16 8.5 12 28 278
W0950632009 63 65 42 23 40 20 18 11 20 10.5 13 35 414
W0950632009 80 65 42 23 40 20 18 11 20 10.5 13 35 414
W0951002009 100 75 50 28.5 50 25 20 13 25 12.5 16 40 715
COUNTER-HINGE CETOP FOR MODEL B - MODEL GL

W0950322008 32 26 19 7 10 25 20 32 37 41 18 8 10 96
W0950402008 40 28 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 216
W0950502008 50 32 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 212
W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 440
W0950802008 80 50 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 464
W0951002008 100 60 44 14 20 50 70 90 103 80 40 16 22 985
COUNTER-HINGE ISO FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS

W0950322108 32 25.5 32.5 45 7 32 11 10 10 10 106
W0950402108 40 27.5 38 52 7 36 13 10 12 12 138
W0950502108 50 31.5 46.5 65 9 45 13 12 12 12 252
W0950632108 63 39.5 56.5 75 9 50 17 12 16 15 350
W0950802108 80 49.5 72 95 11 63 17 16 16 15 655
W0951002108 100 59.5 89 115 11 73 21 20 20 22 980
1-52
ACCESSORIES FOR TWIN-ROD CYLINDER:
MAGNETIC SENSORS
SENSOR SERIES DSM
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525 HS
W0950000222 E.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225
W0950000232 E.HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225

SENSOR BRACKET
Code Description
ø 32 to 40 W0950000711 Bracket D.32-40 DST 80
Code Description
Code Description
NOTES
1-53
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200
(ex ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
Cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions

• configuration with or without magnet
• double-acting – single-or through-rod
• NBR gaskets or FKM/FPM (high temperature)
• available with mounted intermediate hinge
• special configurations on request
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200
TECHNICAL DATA
MPa 1
Design Round barrel with tie rods
Standard strokes mm 25-50-75-80-100-125-150-200-250-300-350-400-500-600-700-800-900-1000
Weight See page 1-8
Forces generated at 6 bar (tensile stress) See page 1-7
COMPONENTS

c PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
f PISTON: aluminium
g PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
i CUSHIONING CAP: aluminium
j CUSHIONING GASKET+ Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
k CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out movement
safety system even when fully open
l SCREWS: galvanised steel
m TIE RODS: galvanised steel
n GUIDE BELT: technopolimer
1-54
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD VERSION
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø B øC øE D G L1 L2 Q K
160 180 65 65 140 50 124 260 80 28
200 220 75 75 175 60 122 275 95 29
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø B øC øE D G L1 L2 L3 Q K
160 180 65 65 140 50 124 260 338 80 28
200 220 75 75 175 60 122 275 370 95 29
DIMENSIONS OF VERSION WITH INTERMEDIATE HINGE
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø E øF H1 H2 I L2 Q S
160 200 32 150 190 32 260 80 40
200 250 32 165 205 32 275 95 40
For the missing values, refer to standard cylinders. In your order, please specify the desired value for H1
1-55
KEY TO CODES FOR ROUND BARREL
ACTUATORS
CYL W121 160 0050 0200

TYPE DIAMETER-EXECUTION STROKE EXECUTION
W120 Double-acting, cushioned, 160 160 ✚ 0025 to 2800 mm Specify H1 value ONLY
non magnetic 200 200 for version
W121 Double-acting, cushioned, XA3 160 stainless steel piston rod with intermediate hinge
W122 Double-acting, cushioned, XA4 200 stainless steel piston rod
through-rod VA3 160 FKM/FPM gasket,
W123 Double-acting, cushioned, stainless steel piston rod
through-rod, non magnetic VA4 200 FKM/FPM gasket,
W124 Double-acting, non-cushioned stainless steel piston rod
KA3 160 FKM/FPM gasket, C45 piston rod

KA4 200 FKM/FPM gasket, C45 piston rod
AA3 160 + intermediate hinge
AA4 200 + intermediate hinge
● GA3 160 no stick-slip
● GA4 200 no stick-slip

● For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
VERSION WITH SHAPED BARREL
An alternative to the round barrel version is a version

with a shaped barrel.
The technical data, components and dimensions
are the same as for the round barrel version.
Note: Type with intermediate hinge not available.
KEY TO CODES FOR SHAPED BARREL
CYL 121 160 0050 A N

TYPE DIAMETER-EXECUTION STROKE MATERIAL GASKETS
120 Double-acting, cuschioned, 160 160 ✚ 0025 to 2800 mm A C45 chromed, N NBR gaskets
non-magnetic 200 200 piston rod V FKM/FPM gaskets
121 Double-acting, cuschioned, SA3 160 non magnetic Z Stainless steel chromed,
122 Double-acting, cuschioned, SA4 200 non magnetic piston rod
through-rod ● GA3 160 no stick-slip
124 Double-acting, non-cuschioned ● GA4 200 no stick-slip

● For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
1-56
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200:
FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A
Code Ø AB AH AO AT AU H1 H2 TR UH Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0951602001 160 18 115 80 10 60 319 300 115 180 2400
W0952002001 200 22 135 120 10 70 345 320 135 220 4000
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS ø 160-200

Code Ø U O øQ P N F3 V Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0951602003 160 170 90 30 20 35 314 25 3300
W0952002003 200 170 90 30 25 35 335 25 4300
Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap rings

Code Ø O1 øO P N F3 V Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0951602004 160 90 30 20 35 314 25 2150
W0952002004 200 90 30 25 35 335 25 3550
Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 washers
FLANGE - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

Code Ø A B B2 D1 øK R1 P F1 Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0951602002 160 180 270 230 115 18 59 20 279 6900
W0952002002 200 225 312 270 135 22 70 25 300 12800
1-57
CETOP COUNTER-HINGE - MODEL GL
Code Ø B4 B5 D4 D5 N2 N3 S3 øK3 P F3 Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+= ADD THE STROKE W0951602008 160 110 154 63 110 55 140 50 18 20 314 2300
W0951602008 200 110 154 63 110 60 140 50 18 20 335 2300

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL EL
Code Ø A A1 B C C1 D1 D2 D E H øL Weight [g]
W0951602009 160 92 60 40 60 30 25 17 32 16.5 22.5 48 2740
W0951602009 200 92 60 40 60 30 25 17 32 16.5 22.5 48 2740
Note: Supplied with 4 securing screws

Code Ø øM C B1 B A L F D øG CH øG1 Weight [g]
W0952002025 160 35 41 28 43 80 165 125 M36x2 46 50 58 1645
W0952002025 200 35 41 28 43 80 165 125 M36x2 46 50 58 1645
FORK - MODEL GK-M

W0951602020 160 35 72 35 70 188 144 M36x2 84 3850
W0951602020 200 35 72 35 70 188 144 M36x2 84 3850
ROD NUT - MODEL S

W0951602010 160 M36x2 14 55 170
W0951602010 200 M36x2 14 55 170
1-58
ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200:
MAGNETIC SENSORS
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE MAGNETIC SENSOR
ACTUATORS
W0952025390 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525
W0952022180 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m W0950000232 E.HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225
W0952028184 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 NB: For technical data see page 1-286
W0952025500* HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR STANDARD VERSION
W0952029504* HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8 (WITH ROUND BARREL)
NB: For technical data see page 1-288
Code Description
0951602093 Bracket 160-200
SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKET FOR OLD VERSION BARREL

(SHAPED)
ø 160
Code Description
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
a ISO 15552 cylinder with traditional barrel
b Sensor bracket mod. ST (ø 160 and 200)
c Adaptor
d Retractable sensor with insertion from above
Code Description
W0950000715 Bracket ST 160
ø 200
Code Description
W0950000716 Bracket ST 200
1-59
ISO 21287 CYLYNDER
SERIES LINER
ACTUATORS
Compact cylinder to ISO 21287, LINER series, available in different versions

to meet all possible requirements:
• With or without magnet
• Double acting, single or through piston rod
• Double acting, perforated through piston rod
• Single acting, extended, retracted or through piston rod
• Single acting, perforated through rod
• Double acting anti-rotating version and double acting through piston rod
• Polyurethane or FKM/FPM gaskets (for high temperatures) also available
ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER
• Dimensions and centre distances to ISO 21287.

The heads have been eliminated for ease of installation, improved sturdiness
and precision. The metal lining is designed to withstand heavy-duty work,
tensile stress and impact. Technopolymer parts can withstand dynamic
and pneumatic thrust. The lining virtually acts as a “bearing” to which most
of user accessories are attached.
The wide range of anchors provide numerous fixing points.
Retractable magnetic limit switches can be mounted to identify the position in
the cylinder grooves.
TECHNICAL DATA POLYURETHANE FKM/FPM

MPa 1
psi 145
Temperature range °C -10 to +60 (ø 20 to 63) -10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders)
-10 to +80 (ø 80 to 100)
Fluid Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Bores mm 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100 with ISO 21287 fixing centre distances
Design With profile
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Single-acting extended or retracted rod, Single-acting through-rod,
Double-acting through-rod perforated, Double-acting non-rotating, Double-acting through-rod non-rotating, No stick slip
All versions are available with male or female piston rod.
Inrush pressure ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 50 ø 63 ø 80 ø 100
for single piston rod bar 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
for through-rod bar 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Forces generated at 6 bar thrust/retraction see page 1-7
Weights see page 1-9
Notes For correct operation, it is advisable to use 50 mm filtered air
For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s to prevent surging, use the version No stick-slip and non-lubricated air.
COMPONENTS Ø 20-25
a PISTON ROD: stainless steel, thick chromed

b END CAP: high-performance technopolymer
c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated aluminium alloy
d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
(for high temperature)
e MAGNET: plastoneodimio
f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
g GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM (for high temperature)
1-60
COMPONENTS Ø 32-63
ACTUATORS
a PISTON ROD: C45 stell or stainless steel, thick chromed
b END CAP: high-performance technopolymer
e MAGNET: ø 32 plastoneodimio - ø 40 to 63 plastoferrite
g GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze

COMPONENTS Ø 80-100
a PISTON ROD: C45 stell or stainless steel, thick chromed

b END CAP: anodized aluminium alloy
e MAGNET: plastoferrite
g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
FIXING OPTIONS
A Fixing to structural work with a through screw, using the thread in the heads
B Direct fixing from above using long through screws or tie rods. Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.g. AISI 304)
C Fixing with feet; the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixing to the cylinder
D Fixing with a flange mounted on the front or rear head; the ordering code covers the supply of a flange and four screws for fixing to the cylinder
E Fixing with articulated hinge to compensate for slight system misalignment and turn freely
The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixing to the cylinder.
1-61
ACTUATORS
Bore Ø 20 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50 Ø 63 Ø 80 Ø 100
Min. load (N) 8.40 13.90 19.00 24.80 36.30 50.20 77.60 131.80
Max. load (N) 20.90 33.20 35.90 53.70 62.20 82.30 118.90 183.30
STROKES FOR COMPACT CYLINDERS ISO 21287
Standard stroke Standard stroke Max. recommended strokes Max. recommended strokes Max recommended strokes
for single-acting cylinders for other types for other types for non-rotating cylinders for through-rod perforated
ø 20 to 100 R 25 mm ø 20 to 25 R 5 to 60 mm ø 20 to 25 R 300 mm ø 20 to 63 R 120 mm ø 20 to 40 R 5 to 80 mm
ø 32 to 100 R 5 to 80 mm ø 32 to 63 R 400 mm ø 80 to 100 R 150 mm ø 50 to 63 R 5 to 100 mm
ø 80 to 100 R 500 mm ø 80 to 100 R 5 to 160 mm
Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
MAXIMUM LOADS FOR NON-ROTATING VERSION
TRANSVERSAL FORCE TRANSVERSAL FORCE TORQUE DEPENDING

FOR NON-ROTATING FOR NON-ROTATING THROUGH-ROD ON STROKE
Stroke (mm)
1-62
DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING Ø 20 to 50 AND SINGLE-ACTING Ø 20 to 50
ACTUATORS
SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD + = ADD THE STROKE
* = SECTION WITH TOLERANCE
1 = SENSOR SLOT
2 = SEAT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS
SE EXTENDED PISTON ROD

SE MALE EXTENDED PISTON ROD
Ø AF AM BG CH CH1 ØD1H9 ØD5 E E1 EE KF KK LA ØMM PL ØRR RT T2 TG±0.2 WH ZA+0.3

-0 ZB
20 14 16 17.5 8 13 6 7.5 35.5 36.5 M5 M6 M8 4.2 10 12 4.2 M5 3 22 6 37 43
25 14 16 17.5 8 13 6 7.5 39.5 40 M5 M6 M8 4.2 10 13 4.2 M5 3.5 26 6 39 45
32 16.5 19 21.5 10 17 6 9 47 48.2 G1/8 M8 M10x1.25 4 12 16 5.1 M6 4 32.5 7 44 51
40 16.5 19 21.5 10 17 6 9 55.5 56.5 G1/8 M8 M10x1.25 4 12 16 5.1 M6 4 38 7 45 52
50 17 22 21 13 19 6 10.5 66.5 67.8 G1/8 M10 M12x1.25 4.5 16 15.5 6.8 M8 3 46.5 8 45 53

1 = SENSOR SLOT
Ø AF AM BG CH CH1 ØD1H9 ØD5 E E1 EE KF KK LA ØMM PL1 PL ØRR RT T2 TG ±0.2 WH ZA+0.4

-0 ZB
63 17 22 21 13 19 8 10.5 76.5 78.3 G1/8 M10 M12x1.25 4.5 16 8 15.5 6.8 M8 3.5 56.5 8 49 57
80 22 28 22.5 17 24 8 14 95.5 95.5 G1/8 M12 M16x1.5 5 20 14 16.5 8.5 M10 4 72 10 54 64
100 24 28 25.5 22 30 8 14 114 114 G1/8 M12 M16x1.5 5 25 19 19.2 8.5 M10 4 89 10 67 77
1-63
DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD Ø 20 to 50
ACTUATORS
SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD
1 = SENSOR SLOT
Ø AF AM BG CH CH1 ØD5 E E1 EE KF KK LA ØMM ØP1 ØP2 PL ØRR RT TG±0.2 WH ZA+0.3

-0 ZB ZM
20 14 16 17.5 8 13 7.5 35.5 36.5 M5 M6 M8 4.2 10 3 1.5 12 4.2 M5 22 6 37 43 49
25 14 16 17.5 8 13 7.5 39.5 40 M5 M6 M8 4.2 10 3 1.5 13 4.2 M5 26 6 39 45 51
32 16.5 19 21.5 10 17 9 47 48.2 G1/8 M8 M10x1.25 4 12 4 2.5 16 5.1 M6 32.5 7 44 51 58
40 16.5 19 21.5 10 17 9 55.5 56.5 G1/8 M8 M10x1.25 4 12 4 2.5 16 5.1 M6 38 7 45 52 59
50 17 22 21 13 19 10.5 66.5 67.8 G1/8 M10 M12x1.25 4.5 16 6 4 15.5 6.8 M8 46.5 8 45 53 61
SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD + = ADD THE STROKE SE-DE MALE PISTON ROD
1 = SENSOR SLOT
Ø AF AM BG CH CH1 ØD5 E E1 EE KF KK LA ØMM ØP1 ØP2 PL1 PL ØRR RT TG ±0.2 WH ZA+0.4

-0 ZB ZM
63 17 22 21 13 19 10.5 76.5 78.3 G1/8 M10 M12x1.25 4.5 16 6 4 8 15.5 6.8 M8 56.5 8 49 57 65
80 22 28 22.5 17 24 14 95.5 95.5 G1/8 M12 M16x1.5 5 20 G1/8 5 14 16.5 8.5 M10 72 10 54 64 74
100 24 28 25.5 22 30 14 114 114 G1/8 M12 M16x1.5 5 25 G1/8 6 19 19.2 8.5 M10 89 10 67 77 87
1-64
DIMENSIONS OF NON-ROTATING Ø 20 to 50
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE
1 = SENSOR SLOT

NON-ROTATING FEMALE THROUGH-ROD NON-ROTATING MALE THROUGH-ROD
+ = ADD THE STROKE
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø AF AM BG CH CH1 ØD1H9 ØD4 ØD5 D6 ØD7H9 E E1 EE ØFB KF KK LA ME ØMM PL ØRR RT T1 T2 TG±0.2 WH ZA+0.3
-0 ZB ZM
20 14 16 17.5 8 13 6 17 7.5 M4 - 35.5 36.5 M5 4 M6 M8 4.2 8 10 12 4.2 M5 - 3 22 6 37 43 49
25 14 16 17.5 8 13 6 22 7.5 M5 14 39.5 40 M5 5 M6 M8 4.2 8 10 13 4.2 M5 3.5 3.5 26 6 39 45 51
32 16.5 19 21.5 10 17 6 28 9 M5 17 47 48.2 G1/8 5 M8 M10x1.25 4 10 12 16 5.1 M6 3.5 4 32.5 7 44 51 58
40 16.5 19 21.5 10 17 6 33 9 M5 17 55.5 56.5 G1/8 5 M8 M10x1.25 4 10 12 16 5.1 M6 3.5 4 38 7 45 52 59
50 17 22 21 13 19 6 42 10.5 M6 22 66.5 67.8 G1/8 6 M10 M12x1.25 4.5 12 16 15.5 6.8 M8 5 3 46.5 8 45 53 61
1-65
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

1 = SENSOR SLOT

+ = ADD THE STROKE
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø AF AM BG CH CH1 ØD1H9 ØD4 ØD5 D6 ØD7H9 E E1 EE ØFB KF KK LA ME ØMM PL1 PL ØRR RT T1 T2 TG±0.2 WH ZA+0.4
-0 ZB ZM
63 17 22 21 13 19 8 50 10.5 M6 22 76.5 78.3 G1/8 6 M10 M12x1.25 4.5 12 16 8 15.5 6.8 M8 5 3.5 56.5 8 49 57 65
80 22 28 22.5 17 24 8 65 14 M8 24 95.5 95.5 G1/8 8 M12 M16x1.5 5 14 20 14 16.5 8.5 M10 7.5 4 72 10 54 64 74
100 24 28 25.5 22 30 8 80 14 M10 24 114 114 G1/8 10 M12 M16x1.5 5 14 25 19 19.2 8.5 M10 7.5 4 89 10 67 77 87
1-66
KEY TO CODE
ACTUATORS
CYL 28 0 0 20 0 050 X P
TYPE BORE STROKE ✱✱ MATERIAL GASKETS
28 Compact 0 Double-acting 0 Magnetic 20 0 Standard ✱ C C45 P Polyurethane
cylinder 1 Double-acting m S Non-magnetic 25 piston rod gaskets
ISO 21287 through-rod s G No stick slip 32 chromium- E V FKM/FPM
male 2 Double-acting 40 plated gaskets
piston rod through-rod 50 e X Stainless steel
29 Compact perforated 63 piston rod
cylinder ● 3 Single-acting 80 and nut
ISO 21287 retracting ◆ 100 f A C45

female piston rod chromed rod,
piston rod ● 4 Single-acting aluminium
extended piston
piston rod p Z Stainless steel
● 5 Single-acting piston rod
through-rod and nut
● 6 Single-acting aluminium
through piston piston
rod perforated
t 7 Double-acting
non-rotating
A Double-acting
through-rod
non-rotating
✱✱ For the maximum suppliabe stroke, see page 1-62

● Can also be used as double-acting with spring return
t For versions 29 only (female piston rod)
s For ø 20 to 25 the standard version (0 or S)
For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
◆ In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1
E Only for standard double acting and standard through rod double acting version
m Compulsory for ø 20 and ø 25 version Z
✱ Only for ø 32 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
e Only for ø 20 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
f Only for ø 32 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
p Only for ø 20 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P version (Polyurethane gaskets)
NOTES
1-67
FIXING
FOOT - MODEL A
Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT AU E SA TR XA Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950206001 20 6.6 27 6 4 16 36 69 22 59 46

W0950256001 25 6.6 30* 6 4 16 40 71 26 61 52
W0950322001 32 7 32* 11* 4 24* 45 92* 32 75* 76
W0950402001 40 9 36* 15* 4 28* 52 101* 36 80* 100
W0950502001 50 9 45 15* 5 32* 65 109* 45 85* 162
W0950632001 63 9 50 15* 5 32* 75 113* 50 89* 266
W0950802001 80 12 63 20* 6 41* 95 136* 63 105* 456
W0951002001 100 14 71* 25* 6 41* 115 149* 75 118* 572

ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER
* IMPORTANT: Values not to ISO 21287. Cylinder pins to ISO 15552 are used.
FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B
Code Ø CB H14 ØCD H9 FL L MR UB H14 XD Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322003 32 26 10 22 12 10 45 73 112
W0950402003 40 28 12 25 15 12 52 77 159
W0950502003 50 32 12 27 15 12 60 80 250
W0950632003 63 40 16 32 20 16 70 89 390
W0950802003 80 50 16 36 20 16 90 100 668
W0951002003 100 60 20 41 25 20 110 118 1047
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin
MALE HINGE-MODEL BA
Code Ø ØCD H9 EW FL L MR XD Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950206004 20 8 16 20 14 8 63 44
W0950256004 25 8 16 20 14 8 65 48
W0950322004 32 10 26 22 12 11 73 94
W0950402004 40 12 28 25 15 13 77 124
W0950502004 50 12 32 27 15 13 80 220
W0950632004 63 16 40 32 20 17 89 316
W0950802004 80 16 50 36 20 17 100 578
W0951002004 100 20 60 41 25 21 118 850
FLANGE Ø 20 to 25 - MODEL C (FRONT AND REAR)

Code Ø E ØFB MF TF UF ZF Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950206002 20 36 6.6 10* 55 70 53* 184
W0950256002 25 40 6.6 10* 60 76 55* 226

* IMPORTANT: Non ISO 21287 norm fixing distance

Code Ø E ØFB MF R TF UF ZF Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322002 32 50 7 10 32 64 80 61 246
W0950402002 40 55 9 10 36 72 90 62 290
W0950502002 50 65 9 12 45 90 110 65 522
W0950632002 63 75 9 12 50 100 120 69 670
W0950802002 80 95 12 16 63 126 153 80 1420
W0951002002 100 115 14 16 75 150 178 93 2040
1-68
Code Ø ØCX DL EX MS R1 XN Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950322006 32 10 22 14 16 12 73 106
W0950402006 40 12 25 16 18 15 77 142
W0950502006 50 12 27 16 21 19 80 236
W0950632006 63 16 32 21 23 20 89 336
W0950802006 80 16 36 21 28 24 100 572
W0951002006 100 20 41 25 30 25 118 840

FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS
Code Ø M Weight [g]
0950203060 20 12.5 45
0950253060 25 13 57
0950323060 32 14.5 88
0950403061 40 14.5 106
0950503061 50 14.5 158
0950633061 63 14.5 258
0950803061 80 16.5 452
0951003061 100 19.5 801
Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin, 4 screws
ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS
FORK - MODEL GK-M

Code Ø A B C D F L øM N Weight [g]
W0950200020 20 16 8 16 M8 32 42 8 22 48
W0950200020 25 16 8 16 M8 32 42 8 22 48
W0950322020 32 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10 26 92
W0950322020 40 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10 26 92
W0950402020 50 24 12 24 M12x1.25 48 62 12 32 148
W0950402020 63 24 12 24 M12x1.25 48 62 12 32 148
W0950502020 80 32 16 32 M16x1.5 64 83 16 40 340
W0950502020 100 32 16 32 M16x1.5 64 83 16 40 340

Code Ø A B B1 C CH D F øG øG1 L øM Weight [g]
W0950200025 20 24 12 9 13 14 M8 36 12.5 16 48 8 50
W0950200025 25 24 12 9 13 14 M8 36 12.5 16 48 8 50
W0950322025 32 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1.25 43 15 19 57 10 78
W0950322025 40 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1.25 43 15 19 57 10 78
W0950402025 50 32 16 12 17 19 M12x1.25 50 17.5 22 66 12 116
W0950402025 63 32 16 12 17 19 M12x1.25 50 17.5 22 66 12 116
W0950502025 80 42 21 15 23 22 M16x1.5 64 22 27 85 16 226
W0950502025 100 42 21 15 23 22 M16x1.5 64 22 27 85 16 226
1-69
COMPENSATION JOINT - MODEL GA
Code Ø A B C CH øD øD1 F øG ØG1 P S S1 Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W0950326021 32 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172

W0950326021 40 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172
W0950406021 50 59 42 36 15 14 8.5 M12x1.25 44 19 8.5 15 13.5 286
W0950406021 63 59 42 36 15 14 8.5 M12x1.25 44 19 8.5 15 13.5 286
W0950506021 80 79 58 44 22 17 10.5 M16x1.5 59 26 10.5 20 15 628
W0950506021 100 79 58 44 22 17 10.5 M16x1.5 59 26 10.5 20 15 628

COUNTER-HINGE CETOP Ø 32 to 100

W0950322008 32 26 19 7 10 25 20 32 37 41 18 8 10 96
W0950402008 40 28 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 216
W0950502008 50 32 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 212
W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 440
W0950802008 80 50 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 464
W0951002008 100 60 44 14 20 50 70 90 103 80 40 16 22 985
COUNTER-HINGE Ø 16 to 25 - MODEL BC
Code Ø A B B1 C øD E F øM R S Weight [g]
W0950200005 20 32 30 16 20 6.5 4 30 8 10 4 78
W0950200005 25 32 30 16 20 6.5 4 30 8 10 4 78
Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and and 2 snap rings

Code Ø A B C D øE øF SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]
W0950200030 20 M8 20 20 57 4 12.5 7 17 17 11 13 56
W0950200030 25 M8 20 20 57 4 12.5 7 17 17 11 13 56
W0950322030 32 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950322030 40 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950402030 50 M12x1.25 24 20 75 4 22 12 30 30 19 19 220
W0950402030 63 M12x1.25 24 20 75 4 22 12 30 30 19 19 220
W0950502030 80 M16x1.5 32 32 103 4 32 20 41 41 30 24 620
W0950502030 100 M16x1.5 32 32 103 4 32 20 41 41 30 24 620
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE

Code Description
1-70
SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 21287 CYLINDER
COMPACT CYLINDERS ISO 21287 (POLYURETHANE)
ACTUATORS
SPARE PARTS FOR ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER
Code Bores Type Parts
009 . . .L001 ø 20, 25 Complete set of gaskets polyurethane dfh
009 . . .L001 ø 32 to 63 Complete set of gaskets polyurethane dfhlq
009 . . .L001 ø 80, 100 Complete set of gaskets polyurethane dfhl
009 . . .L101 ø 20, 25, 80, 100 Front head kit bfgh
009 . . .L101 ø 32 to 63 Front head kit bfghq
009 . . .L201 ø 20, 25, 80, 100 Rear head kit hj
009 . . .L201 ø 32 to 63 Rear head kit hjq
009 . . .7401 ø 20, 25 Piston kit polyurethane dek
009 . . .L401 ø 32 to 63 Piston kit polyurethane deklmq
009 . . .7401 ø 80 to 100 Piston kit polyurethane deklm
009 . . .7501 ø 20, 25, 80, 100 Magnet e
009 . . .L501 ø 32 to 63 Magnet eq
009 . . .L901 ø 20, 25 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit polyurethane bdefghjk
009 . . .L901 ø 32 to 63 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit polyurethane bdefghjklmq
009 . . .L901 ø 80, 100 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit polyurethane bdefghjklm
NOTES
1-71
COMPACT CYLINDERS
SERIES CMPC
ACTUATORS
Compact cylinder series CMPC available in numerous versions to meet a full

range of requirements:
• With or without magnet
• Single-acting extended rod, retracted or through-rod
• Dual-acting non-rotating and dual-acting through-rod versions
• Tandem with two, three or four stages
• Multi-position with two and three stages
• Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 from ø 32 to ø 100 and from
ø 20 to ø 100 complying with French standard NFE 49-004-1
COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC
and 2 (UNITOP). ø 12 and ø 16 have centre distances compatible

with trade cylinders.
The special profile and outer heads locked onto the barrel by screws ensure
optimal guiding of the cylinder and multiple fixing options with a wide
range of mountings. To determine the position in the relevant cylinder slots,
it is possible to mount retracting magnetic limit switches.
Available also in a version having FKM/FPM gaskets (for high temperature)
from ø 20 to ø 100.

MPa 1
psi 145
Temperature range °C –10 to +80 –10 to +150 (non-magnetic cylinders)
Bores mm ø 12; 16; interchangeable with similar products
mm ø 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances
mm ø 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances
Design With profile, heads with screws
Versions Double-acting, Single-acting extended or retracted rod, Through-rod, Through-rod perforated, Single-acting through-rod,
Through-rod non-rotating, no-stick slip
Inrush pressure ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 50 ø 63 ø 80 ø 100
single piston rod bar 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
through-rod bar 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
COMPONENTS Ø 12 to 25
a PISTON ROD: stainless steel, thick chromed

b HEAD: extruded anodised aluminium alloy
e MAGNET: neodymium-plastic
h STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM
i SECURING SCREWS: zinc-plated steel
1-72
ACTUATORS
e MAGNET: ø 12 to 32 neodymium-plastic
ø 40 to 100 plastoferrite
h STATIC O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM

TECHNICAL DATA
a Compact cylinder available

with two separate fixing centre distances
• ø 32 to 100 to ISO 15552
• ø 20 to 100 to NFE 49-004-1 and 2
b Pre-wired retracting sensor
with or without connector
c Plastic strip to keep out dirt and/or protect
the sensor wire cod. W0950000160
d Ball-and-socket joint code W095… 2030
e Example of cylinder mounting
with feet code W095… 6001.
All mountings come complete
with cylinder assembly screws
f Sensor slot
g Piston rod with male or female thread
as required
COMPACT CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS
C Fixing with feet; the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixing to the cylinder
The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixing to the cylinder
1-73
ACTUATORS
Bore Ø 12 Ø 16 Ø 20 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50 Ø 63 Ø 80 Ø 100
Min. load (N) 4.40 4.90 8.40 13.90 19.00 24.80 36.30 50.20 77.60 131.80
Max. load (N) 9.80 14.20 20.90 33.20 35.90 53.70 62.20 82.30 118.90 183.30
STROKES FOR COMPACT CYLINDERS
Standard stroke Standard stroke Max. recommended strokes Max. recommended strokes Max recommended strokes
for single-acting cylinders for other types for other types for non-rotating cylinders for through-rod perforated
ø 12 R 10 mm ø 12 to 16 R from 5 to 40 mm ø 12 to 25 R 200 mm ø 12 to 63 R 120 mm ø 20 to 40 R from 5 to 80 mm
ø 16 to 100 R 25 mm ø 20 to 25 R from 5 to 50 mm ø 32 to 40 R 300 mm ø 80 to 100 R 150 mm ø 50 to 63 R from 5 to 100 mm
ø 32 to 100 R from 5 to 80 mm ø 50 to 63 R 400 mm ø 80 to 100 R from 5 to 160 mm
ø 80 to 100 R 500 mm
Maximum recommended strokes. Higher values can create operating problems
MAXIMUM LOADS FOR NON-ROTATING VERSION
TRANSVERSAL FORCE TRANSVERSAL FORCE TORQUE DEPENDING

FOR NON-ROTATING FOR NON-ROTATING THROUGH-ROD ON STROKE
Stroke (mm)
1-74
ACTUATORS
1 = SENSOR SLOT

Ø A B ØC CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G H H1 L M N O ØO1 P Q R S S1 NORM

12 29 18 6 5 10 30 6 4 38 8 30 18.5 8 42.5 M4 3.2 M3 M5 M6 16 4.5 -
16 29 18 8 7 13 30 6 4 38 8 30 18.5 10 42.5 M4 3.2 M4 M5 M8 20 4.5 -
20 36.5 22 10 8 17 37.5 6 4 38 8 30 18.5 12 42.5 M5 4.2 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 4.5 UNITOP
25 40.5 26 10 8 17 41.5 6 4 39.5 8 31.5 19 12 45 M5 4.2 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 5.5 UNITOP

1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 to ø 100
B O ØO1
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G H H1 L M N ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P Q R S S1
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 – 12 10 17 48.5 6 4 44.5 7.5 37 4 14 50.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22 6
40 56 38 42 – 12 10 17 57.5 6 4 45.5 7.5 38 4.5 14 52 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22 6.5
50 67 46.5 50 – 16 13 19 69 6 4 45.5 7.5 38 4.5 16 53 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24 7.5
63 80 56.5 62 13 16 13 19 82 8 4 50 7.5 42.5 5.5 16 57.5 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24 7.5
80 102 72 82 17 20 17 24 105 8 4 56 8.5 47.5 5.5 20 64 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 G1/8 M16x1.5 32 8
100 123 89 103 21 25 22 30 126 8 4 66.5 10.5 56 5.5 24 76.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M12 G1/4 M20x1.5 40 10
1-75
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

1 = SENSOR SLOT
M1 x strokes
Ø A B B1 ØC ØC1 CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G H H1 L ,5 >5 N N1 N2 O ØO1 P Q R S T ØU H9 ØV H8 Z NORM
12 29 18 9.9 6 5 5 10 30 6 4 38 8 30 18.5 5 8 42.5 48.5 53 M4 3.2 M3 M5 M6 16 2 6 3 M3 -
16 29 18 9.9 8 5 7 13 30 6 4 38 8 30 18.5 5 10 42.5 48.5 53 M4 3.2 M4 M5 M8 20 2 8 3 M3 -
20 36.5 22 12 10 6 8 17 37.5 6 4 38 8 30 18.5 7 12 42.5 50.5 55 M5 4.2 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 3.5 10 4 M4 UNITOP
25 40.5 26 15.6 10 6 8 17 41.5 6 4 39.5 8 31.5 19 7 12 45 53 58.5 M5 4.2 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 4 14 5 M5 UNITOP
1-76
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE
1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 TO ø 100
8 = SLOT FOR DIN 7984 SCREWS

B
Ø A ISO UNITOP B1 B2 B3 ØC ØC1 CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G H H1 L
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 19.8 – 16.1 12 8 10 17 48.5 6 4 44.5 7.5 37 4
40 56 38 42 23.3 – 20 12 8 10 17 57.5 6 4 45.5 7.5 38 4.5
50 67 46.5 50 29.7 – 24 16 10 13 19 69 6 4 45.5 7.5 38 4.5
63 80 56.5 62 35.4 13 30 16 10 13 19 82 8 4 50 7.5 42.5 5.5
80 102 72 82 46 17 38.5 20 12 17 24 105 8 4 56 8.5 47.5 5.5
100 123 89 103 56.6 21 48 25 12 22 30 126 8 4 66.5 10.5 56 5.5
M1 x strokes O ØO1
Ø ,5 >5 N N1 N2 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P Q R S T ØU H9 ØV H8 Z
32 14 9 50.5 60.5 66.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22 4.5 17 5 M5
40 14 9 52 62 68.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22 4.5 17 5 M5
50 16 11 53 65 72.5 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24 6 22 6 M6
63 16 11 57.5 69.5 77 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24 6 22 6 M6
80 20 15 64 78 86 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 G1/8 M16x1.5 32 8 28 8 M8
100 24 19 76.5 90.5 100.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M12 G1/4 M20x1.5 40 9 30 10 M10
1-77
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

1 = SENSOR SLOT
SE-DE MALE THROUGH-ROD

M1 x strokes
Ø A B ØC CH CH1 D G H H1 L M ,5 >5 N N2 O ØO1 P P2 Q R S NORM
12 29 18 6 5 10 30 38 8 30 18.5 8 5 8 42.5 47 M4 3.2 M3 – M5 M6 16 -
16 29 18 8 7 13 30 38 8 30 18.5 10 5 10 42.5 47 M4 3.2 M4 – M5 M8 20 -
20 36.5 22 10 8 17 37.5 38 8 30 18.5 12 7 12 42.5 47 M5 4.2 M5 1.5 M5 M10x1.25 22 UNITOP
25 40.5 26 10 8 17 41.5 39.5 8 31.5 19 12 7 12 45 50.5 M5 4.2 M5 1.5 M5 M10x1.25 22 UNITOP
+ = ADD THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT SE-DE MALE PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 TO ø 100
SE-DE MALE THROUGH-ROD
B M1 x strokes O ØO1
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC CH CH1 D G H H1 L M ,5 >5 N N2 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P P1 P2 Q R S
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 – 12 10 17 48.5 44.5 7.5 37 4 14 14 9 50.5 56.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 – 2.5 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
40 56 38 42 – 12 10 17 57.5 45.5 7.5 38 4.5 14 14 9 52 58.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 – 2.5 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
50 67 46.5 50 – 16 13 19 69 45.5 7.5 38 4.5 16 16 11 53 60.5 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 – 4 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
63 80 56.5 62 13 16 13 19 82 50 7.5 42 5.5 16 16 11 57.5 65 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 – 4 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
80 102 72 82 17 20 17 24 105 56 8.5 47.5 5.5 20 20 15 64 72 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 1/8 5 G1/8 M16x1.5 32
100 123 89 103 21 25 22 30 126 66.5 10.5 56 5.5 24 24 19 76.5 86.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M12 1/4 6 G1/4 M20x1.5 40
1-78
DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM Ø 20 to 25 - 4-STAGES
ACTUATORS
++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT MALE PISTON ROD
+++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE 2 = CYLINDERS OUT
++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE 5 = CYLINDERS IN

TANDEM 3 STAGES TANDEM 2 STAGES
Ø A B ØC CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G G1 G2 H H1 L M N N1 N2 O P Q R S NORM
20 36.5 22 10 8 17 37.5 6 4 114.5 89 63.5 8 8 10 12 119 93.5 68 M5 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 UNITOP
25 40.5 26 10 8 17 41.5 6 4 118 92 66 8 8 10 12 123.5 97.5 71.5 M5 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 UNITOP
1-79
DIMENSIONS OF TANDEM Ø 32 to 100 - 4-STAGES
ACTUATORS
++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 2 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR ø 32 to 63 MALE PISTON ROD
+++ = ADD THREE TIMES THE STROKE 5 = CYLINDERS IN FOR ø 32 to 63
++++ = ADD FOUR TIMES THE STROKE 6 = CYLINDERS IN FOR ø 80; 100
9 = CYLINDERS OUT FOR ø 80; 100
1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 to 100
TANDEM 3-STAGES TANDEM 2-STAGES
B
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G G1 G2 H H1 K K1
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 – 12 10 17 48.5 6 4 154 117.5 81 7.5 7.5 – –
40 56 38 42 – 12 10 17 57.5 6 4 162.5 123.5 84.5 7.5 7.5 – –
50 67 46.5 50 – 16 13 19 69 6 4 163.5 124 85 7.5 7.5 – –
63 80 56.5 62 13 16 13 19 82 8 4 182 138 94 7.5 7.5 – –
80 102 72 82 17 20 17 24 105 8 4 204.5 155 105.5 8.5 – 10.5 10.5
100 123 89 103 21 25 22 30 126 8 4 243 184 125.5 10.5 – 14.5 14.5
O ØO1
Ø L M N N1 N2 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P Q R S
32 4 14 160 123.5 87 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
40 4.5 14 169 130 91 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
50 4.5 16 171 131.5 92.5 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
63 5.5 16 189.5 145.5 101.5 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
80 5.5 20 212.5 163 113.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 G1/8 M16x1.5 32
100 5.5 24 253 194 135.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M12 G1/4 M20x1.5 40
1-80
DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION Ø 12 to 25 - 3-STAGES
ACTUATORS
1 = SENSOR SLOT X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE MALE PISTON ROD
2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE
4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT
5 = CYLINDERS 1-2-3 IN

CIL 3 CIL 2 CIL 1
MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES

5 = CYLINDERS 1-2 IN
CIL 2 CIL 1
Ø A B ØC CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G G1 H H1 H2 H3 L M N N1 O P Q R S NORM
12 29 18 6 5 10 30 6 4 89 63.5 8 8 33.5 59 10 8 93.5 68 M4 M3 M5 M6 16 -
16 29 18 8 7 13 30 6 4 89 63.5 8 8 33.5 59 10 10 93.5 68 M4 M4 M5 M8 20 -
20 36.5 22 10 8 17 37.5 6 4 89 63.5 8 8 33.5 59 10 12 93.5 68 M5 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 UNITOP
25 40.5 26 10 8 17 41.5 6 4 92 66 8 8 34 60 10 12 97.5 71.5 M5 M5 M5 M10x1.25 22 UNITOP
1-81
DIMENSIONS OF MULTI-POSITION Ø 32 to 100 - 3-STAGES
ACTUATORS
1 = SENSOR SLOT X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE MALE PISTON ROD

2 = CYLINDER 1 OUT FOR ø 32 to 63 X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE
3 = CYLINDER 2 OUT FOR ø 32 to 100 X3 = CYLINDER 3 STROKE
4 = CYLINDER 3 OUT FOR ø 32 to 100
5 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR ø 32 to 63
6 = CYLINDER 1-2-3 IN FOR ø 80 to 100
MULTI-POSITION 2-STAGES

5 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR ø 32 to 63
6 = CYLINDER 1-2 IN FOR ø 80 to 100
X1 = CYLINDER 1 STROKE
X2 = CYLINDER 2 STROKE
B
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G G1 H H1 H2 H3
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 – 12 10 17 48.5 6 4 117.5 81 7.5 7.5 44 80.5
40 56 38 42 – 12 10 17 57.5 6 4 123.5 84.5 7.5 7.5 46.5 85.5
50 67 46.5 50 – 16 13 19 69 6 4 124 85 7.5 7.5 47 86
63 80 56.5 62 13 16 13 19 82 8 4 138 94 7.5 7.5 51.5 95.5
80 102 72 82 17 20 17 24 105 8 4 155 105.5 8.5 – 58 107.5
100 123 89 103 21 25 22 30 126 8 4 184 125.5 10.5 – 69.3 128
O ØO1
Ø K K1 L M N N1 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P Q R S
32 – – 4 14 123.5 87 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
40 – – 4.5 14 130 91 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
50 – – 4.5 16 131.5 92.5 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
63 – – 5.5 16 145.5 101.5 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
80 10.5 10.5 5.5 20 163 113.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 G1/8 M16x1.5 32
100 14.5 14.5 5.5 24 194 135.5 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M12 G1/4 M20x1.5 40
1-82
FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS
ACTUATORS
MULTI-POSITION TANDEM LEGENDA
P = Stage 1 stroke
R = Stage 2 stroke
T = Stage 3 stroke
Fa = F1+F2 [N]
Fb = F1+F2+F3 [N]
Fc = F1+F2+F3+F4 [N]
Fd = F5 [N]

1 = STAGE 1
2 = STAGE 2
3 = STAGE 3
KEY TO CODE
CYL 23 1 0 25 O 050 X P
TYPE BORE STROKE ✱✱ MATERIAL GASKETS
23 Compact 0 Double-acting 0 Magnetic 12 0 Standard ✱ C C45 P Polyurethane
cylinder 1 Double-acting m S Non-magnetic 16 ✚ A 2-stage tandem piston rod gaskets
centre through-rod s G No stick slip 20 ✚ B 3-stage tandem chromium- E ✚ V FKM/FPM
distances ✚ 2 Double-acting 25 ✚ C 4-stage tandem plated gaskets
to UNITOP through-rod 32 e X Stainless steel
male perforated 40 MULTI-POSITION piston rod
piston rod ● 3 Single-acting 50 ●● P Stage 1 and nut
24 Compact retracting 63 ●● R Stage 2 f A C45
cylinder piston rod 80 ●● T Stage 3 chromed rod,
centre ● 4 Single-acting ◆ 100 aluminium
distances extended piston
to UNITOP piston rod p Z Stainless steel
female ● 5 Single-acting piston rod
piston rod through-rod and nut
n 25 Compact ● ✚ 6 Single-acting aluminium
cylinder through-rod piston
centre piston rod
distances perforated
to ISO t 7 Double-acting
male non-rotating
piston rod A Double-acting
n 26 Compact through-rod
cylinder non-rotating
centre
distances
to ISO
female
piston rod
✱✱ For the maximum suppliabe stroke, see page 1-74 ● ● The ordering codes for a Multi-position cylinder is a combination of several codes,
each describing a stage.
◆ In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1
n Codes only for cylinders ø 32 to100 Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder
● Can also be used as double-acting with spring return 2 stages Ø 20 strokes 40 + 10 (total stroke 50 mm) male rod:
✚ Available from ø 20 1° STADIO (P) : 230020P040XP +
t For versions 24 and 26 only (female piston rod) 2° STADIO (R): 230020R050XP
s For ø 12 to 25 the standard version (0 or S) it’s already no stick slip
For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only Coding example for a UNITOP multiposition cylinder
E Only for standard double acting and standard through rod double acting version 3 stages Ø 20 strokes 15 + 30 + 40 (total stroke 85 mm) male rod:
m Compulsory for ø 20 and ø 25 version Z 1° STADIO (P): 230025P015XP +
✱ Only for ø 32 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) 2° STADIO (R): 230025R045XP +
e Only for ø 12 to 63 P version (Polyurethane gaskets) 3° STADIO (T): 230025T085XP
f Only for ø 32 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P
version (Polyurethane gaskets)
p Only for ø 20 to 100 V version (FKM/FPM gaskets) and for ø 80 and 100 P
version (Polyurethane gaskets)
1-83
COMPACT CYLINDERS
SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT
ACTUATORS
This version is used to keep at an angle the objects fixed onto the piston rod
and to apply torques within the specified limits.
The piston rod in two-flat cylinders has two opposing longitudinal surfaces
and is made entirely of stainless steel. The front head of the cylinder includes
a sintered bronze bush that engages the piston rod and prevents it from rotating.
A special polyurethane gasket guarantees air-tightness and dirt removal.
This technical solution is more airtight and reliable than square or hexagonal
piston rods.
These compact cylinders come in the following versions:
COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT
• with or without a magnet

• dual-acting, single piston rod
• dual-acting, through piston rod – one piston rod is two-flat,
and the other is cylindrical
• fixing centre distances compatible with ,ISO 15552 (former ISO 6431),
or with French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP).
The special profile and the fact that the external heads are screwed onto the liner
give an excellent guide. Numerous fixing options are available thanks to wide
range of anchor points. Retractable magnetic limit switches can be mounted
in slots in the cylinder to measure the position.

MPa 1
psi 145
Bores mm 32; 40; 50; 63; 80 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances
mm 32; 40; 50; 63; 80 with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances
Maximum strokes ✚ mm ø 32-40 = 300; ø 50-63 = 400; ø 80 = 500
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting Through-rod
Magnet for sensors All versions come complete with magnet. Supplied without magnet on request
Inrush pressure bar ø 32 = 0.8; from ø 40 to 80 = 0.6
Max torque on piston rod Nm ø 32 and 40 = 0.2; ø 50 and 63 = 0.4; ø 80 = 1
Maximum rotation on the rod degrees ø 32 and 40 = 0.70° ; ø 50 and 63 = 0.75°; ø 80 = 0.65°
a PISTON ROD: C45 steel or stainless steel, two-flat

d PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
e MAGNET: ø 32 neodymium - ø 40 to 100 plastoferrite
f PISTON ROD GASKET TWO-FLAT: polyurethane
g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
h STATIC O-rings: NBR
1-84
FIXING OPTIONS
ACTUATORS
C Fixing with feet; the ordering code covers the supply of one foot and two screws for fixing to the cylinder.
The ordering code covers the supply of a hinge and four screws for fixing to the cylinder
KEY TO CODE
CYL 23 1 0 32 0 050 F P
TYPE BORE STROKE ✱ MATERIAL GASKETS
23 Compact 0 Double-acting 0 Magnetic 32 0 Standard F “TWO-FLAT” P Polyurethane
cylinder 1 Double-acting S Non-magnetic 40 piston rod gaskets
centre distances through-rod s G No stick slip 50 AISI 303
to UNITOP 63 stainless stell
male piston rod 80
24 Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to UNITOP
female piston rod
25 Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to ISO
male piston rod
26 Compact
cylinder
centre distances
to ISO
female piston rod
✱ For the maximum suppliable strokes, look at the technical data

1-85
DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE-ACTING
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE DE MALE PISTON ROD

1 = SENSOR SLOT
B O ØO1
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC C1 CH CH1 D ØE H9 F G H H1 ØK L M N ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P Q R S
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 – 12 9 10 17 48.5 6 4 44.5 7.5 37 30 4 14 59.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
40 56 38 42 – 12 9 10 17 57.5 6 4 45.5 7.5 38 35 4.5 14 61 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
50 67 46.5 50 – 16 11.5 13 19 69 6 4 45.5 7.5 38 40 4.5 16 64.5 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
63 80 56.5 62 13 16 11.5 13 19 82 8 4 50 7.5 42.5 45 5.5 16 69 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
80 102 72 82 17 20 13 17 24 105 8 4 56 8.5 47.5 45 5.5 20 77 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 G1/8 M16x1.5 32
DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD
+ = ADD THE STROKE 1 = SENSOR SLOT DE MALE PISTON ROD

++ = ADD TWICE THE STROKE 7 = ONLY FOR ø 63 TO ø 80
B M1 x strokes O ØO1
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC C1 CH CH1 D G H H1 ØK L M >5 ,5 N N2 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP P Q R S
32 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 – 12 9 10 17 48.5 44.5 7.5 37 30 4 14 14 9 50.5 65.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
40 56 38 42 – 12 9 10 17 57.5 45.5 7.5 38 35 4.5 14 14 9 52 67.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 M6 G1/8 M10x1.25 22
50 67 46.5 50 – 16 11.5 13 19 69 45.5 7.5 38 40 4.5 16 16 11 53 72 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
63 80 56.5 62 13 16 11.5 13 19 82 50 7.5 42 45 5.5 16 16 11 57.5 76.5 M8 M10 6.2 8.5 M8 G1/8 M12x1.25 24
80 102 72 82 17 20 13 17 24 105 56 8.5 47.5 45 5.5 20 20 15 64 85 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 M10 G1/8 M16x1.5 32
1-86
COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
Compact stopper cylinders designed for stopping moving parts or chucks.
• With or without magnet execution
• Single-acting, oversize extended piston rod
• Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return
• Fixing centre distances to ISO 15552 for ø 32, ø 50, ø 80
and French standard NFE 49-004-1 and 2 (UNITOP).
In the relevant cylinder slots, it is possible to mount retracting magnetic sensor.

Chuck impact direction
TECHNICAL DATA
MPa 1
psi 145
Stroke bore mm ø 20 x15; ø 32 x 20; ø50 x 30; ø 80 x 30; ø 80 x 40 a with NFE 49-004-1 and 2 fixing centre distances (UNITOP)
mm ø 32 x 20; ø 50 x 30; ø 80 x 30; ø 80 x 40 with ISO 15552 fixing centre distances
Versions Single-acting extended rod, Can be also used as double-acting whith spring return
Inrush pressure bar ø 20: 1.2; ø 32-50: 1; ø 80: 0.5
COMPONENTS Ø 20
a PISTON ROD: Stainless steel, thick chromed

e MAGNET: neodymium-plastic
f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
j RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel
k WHEEL: zinc-plated steel
1-87
COMPONENTS Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80
ACTUATORS
a PISTON ROD: Stainless steel, thick chromed

c BARREL: drawn anodised and calibrated
aluminium alloy
e MAGNET: ø 32 neodymium-plastic -
ø 50 to 80 plastoferrite
f PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane
g GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze
and PTFE insert.

h STATIC O-rings: NBR
j RETURN SPRING: spring stainless steel
k WHEEL: zinc-plated steel
COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDER FIXING OPTIONS
A Fixing with screws, using the thread

in the rear heads
B Direct fixing from above using
long through screws or tie rods.
Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used
(e.g. AISI 304)
C Fixing with screws, using the thread
in the front heads.
D Fixing using flange fixed onto the cylinder.
FORCE OF SPRINGS IN COMPACT STOPPER CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)
Stroke bore Ø 20 x 15 Ø 32 x 20 Ø 50 x 30 Ø 80 x 30 Ø 80 x 40
Min. load (N) 13.7 22.4 50.2 97.9 71.0
Max. load (N) 21.2 36.0 115.9 178.5 178.5
LOAD GRAPH
TRUNNION VERSION ROLLER VERSION

Impact mass [kg]
Impact mass [kg]
Impact velocity [m/min] Impact velocity [m/min]
With stopper cylinders it is important to keep to the values shown in the graph to prevent early breakage of the mechanical parts.
The values shown are only valid with about 1 mm plastic deformation (stopper on chuck).
1-88
Ø 20 STROKE 15 mm TRUNNION VERSION
ACTUATORS
1 = SENSOR SLOT

Code Description
23B0200015XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 20, stroke 15
23BS200015XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 20, stroke 15 (non-magnetic version)
Ø 32 STROKE 20 mm; Ø 50 STROKE 30 mm TRUNNION VERSION
1 = SENSOR SLOT
B O ØO1
Ø A ISO UNITOP ØC D D1 ØE H9 F G H H1 L N N1 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP Q
32x20 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 20 48.5 38 6 4 64.5 7.5 57 4 80.5 20 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 G1/8
50x30 67 46.5 50 32 69 53 6 4 75.5 7.5 68 4.5 99.5 30 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 G1/8
Code Description
23B0320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 32, stroke 20 UNITOP
25B0320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 32, stroke 20 ISO 15552
23BS320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 32, stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
25BS320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 32, stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
23B0500030XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 50, stroke 30 UNITOP
25B0500030XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 50, stroke 30 ISO 15552
23BS500030XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 50, stroke 30 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
25BS500030XP Compact stopper cylinder, trunnion ø 50, stroke 30 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
1-89
Ø 20 STROKE 15 mm ROLLER VERSION
ACTUATORS
1 = SENSOR SLOT
Code Description
23C0200015XP Compact stopper cylinder, roller ø 20, stroke 15
23CS200015XP Compact stopper cylinder, roller ø 20, stroke 15 (non-magnetic version)
Ø 32 STROKE 20 mm; Ø 50 STROKE 30 mm; Ø 80 STROKE 30 AND 40 mm ROLLER VERSION
1 = SENSOR SLOT
7 = ONLY FOR ø 80
B O ØO1
Ø A ISO UNITOP B2 ØC D D1 ØE H9 G F H H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 ISO UNITOP ISO UNITOP L L1 N N1 Q R
32x20 47 32.5 +0.1
-0.4 32 +0.4
-0.1 - 20 48.5 38 6 64.5 4 7.5 57 3 6 3.5 7.5 M6 M6 5.2 5.2 4 8 80.5 38 G1/8 9
50x30 67 46.5 50 - 32 69 53 6 75.5 4 7.5 68 4 6 7 12 M8 M8 6.2 6.2 4.5 10 99.5 50.5 G1/8 12.5
80x30 102 72 82 17 50 105 76 8 126 4 8.5 117.5 8 10 11 18 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 5.5 18 141 63 G1/8 18
80x40 102 72 82 17 50 105 76 8 136 4 8.5 127.5 8 10 11 18 M10 M10 8.5 8.5 5.5 18 151 73 G1/8 18
Code Description
23C0320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, roller ø 32, stroke 20 UNITOP
25C0320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, roller ø 32, stroke 20 ISO 15552
23CS320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, roller ø 32, stroke 20 UNITOP (non-magnetic version)
25CS320020XP Compact stopper cylinder, roller ø 32, stroke 20 ISO 15552 (non-magnetic version)
1-90
ACCESSORIES FOR STOPPER CYLINDER
FLANGE Ø 32, Ø 50, Ø 80
UNITOP
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø A B C D E N S Weight [g]
W0950326302 32 50 80 64 32 7 54.5 10 210
W0950506302 50 68 110 90 45 9 57.5 12 502
W0950806302 80 107 160 135 63 12 111 15 1575
ISO
Code Ø A B C D E N S Weight [g]
W0950326302 32 50 80 64 32 7 54.5 10 210
W0950506312 50 65 110 90 45 9 57.5 12 447
ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT AND COMPACT TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS

W0950806312 80 95 153 126 63 12 112 16 1190
FOOT - MODEL A
CMPC UNITOP, TWO-FLAT UNITOP
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø A B C D ØE H N N1 S Weight [g]
W0950126001 s 12 30 17.5 18 13 5.5 22 55.5 64 3 26
W0950126001 s 16 30 17.5 18 13 5.5 22 55.5 64 3 26
W0950206001 20 36 22 22 16 6.6 27 58.5 70 4 46
W0950256001 25 40 22 26 16 6.6 30 58.5 71.5 4 52
W0950322001 32 45 35 32 24 7 31.9 74.5 92.5 4 76
W0950406001 40 60 28 42 20 9 42.5 72 85.5 5 88
W0950406001F ✱ 40 60 28 42 20 9 42.5 72 85.5 5 88
W0950506001 50 68 32 50 24 9 47 77 93.5 6 176
W0950506001F ✱ 50 68 32 50 24 9 47 77 93.5 6 176
W0950636001 63 84 39 62 27 11 59.5 84.5 104 6 276
W0950636001F ✱ 63 84 39 62 27 11 59.5 84.5 104 6 276
W0950806001 80 102 42 82 30 11 65.5 94 116 8 392
W0951006001 100 123 45 103 33 13.5 78 109.5 132.5 8 558
✱ Only for Two-Flat version
CMPC ISO, TWO-FLAT ISO

Code Ø A B C D ØE H N N1 S Weight [g]
W0950322001 32 45 35 32 24 7 31.9 74.5 92.5 4 76
W0950402001 40 52 43 36 28 9 36 80 101.5 4 100
W0950502001 50 65 47 45 32 9 45 85 109.5 4 162
W0950632001 63 75 47 50 32 9 50 89.5 114 6 266
W0950802001 80 95 61 63 41 12 63 105 138 6 456
W0951002001 100 115 65 75 41 14 71 117.5 148.5 6 572
Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.

s Non UNITOP norm fixing distance
MALE HINGE-MODEL BA
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø B D M N R S Weight [g]
W0950126004 s 12 12 16 6 58.5 6 6 24
W0950126004 s 16 12 16 6 58.5 6 6 24
W0950206004 20 16 20 8 62.5 8 6 44
W0950256004 25 16 20 8 62.5 8 6 48

Code Ø B D M N R S Weight [g]
W0950322004 32 26 22 10 72.5 11 10 94
W0950402004 40 28 25 12 77 13 10 124
W0950502004 50 32 27 12 80 13 12 220
W0950632004 63 40 32 16 89.5 17 12 316
W0950802004 80 50 36 16 100 17 16 578
W0951002004 100 60 41 20 117.5 21 16 850

1-91
FEMALE HINGE-MODEL B
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø B B1 D M M1 N R S Weight [g]

W0950322003 32 45 26 22 10 14 72.5 11 10 116
W0950406003 40 52 28 25 12 14 77 12.5 9 184
W0950506003 50 60 32 27 12 18 80 12.5 11 266
W0950636003 63 70 40 32 16 - 89.5 15 11 470
W0950806003 80 90 50 36 16 23 100 15 13 670
W0951006003 100 110 60 41 20 28 117.5 20 15 1110

Code Ø B B1 D M N R S Weight [g]
W0950322003 32 45 26 22 10 72.5 11 10 116

W0950402003 40 52 28 25 12 77 13 10 160
W0950502003 50 60 32 27 12 80 13 12 252
W0950632003 63 70 40 32 16 89.5 17 12 394
W0950802003 80 90 50 36 16 100 17 16 670
W0951002003 100 110 60 41 23 117.5 21 16 1085
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings and 1 pin.

CMPC
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø A B C E N S Weight [g]
W0950126002 s 12 29 55 43 5.5 48 10 112
W0950126002 s 16 29 55 43 5.5 48 10 112
W0950206002 20 36 70 55 6.6 48 10 184
W0950256002 25 40 76 60 6.6 49.5 10 226


CMPC UNITOP
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø A B C D E N S Weight [g]
W0950322002 32 50 80 64 32 7 54.5 10 246
W0950406002 40 60 102 82 36 9 55.5 10 454
W0950506002 50 68 110 90 45 9 57.5 12 655
W0950636002 63 87 130 110 50 9 65 15 1255
W0950806002 80 107 160 135 63 12 71 15 1900
W0951006002 100 128 190 163 75 14 81.5 15 2700
TWO FLAT UNITOP

W0950322002 32 50 80 64 32 7 54.5 10 246
W0950406002F 40 60 102 82 36 9 55.5 10 454
W0950506002F 50 68 110 90 45 9 57.5 12 655
W0950636002F 63 87 130 110 50 9 65 15 1255
W0950806002F 80 107 160 135 63 12 71 15 1900
CMPC ISO, TWO FLAT ISO

W0950322002 32 50 80 64 32 7 54.5 10 246
W0950402002 40 55 90 72 36 9 55.5 10 290
W0950502002 50 65 110 90 45 9 57.5 12 522
W0950632002 63 75 120 100 50 9 62 12 670
W0950802002 80 95 153 126 63 12 72 16 1420
W0951002002 100 115 178 150 75 14 82.5 16 2040
1-92
CMPC ISO, TWO FLAT ISO
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE Code Ø B D M N R S Weight [g]
W0950322006 32 14 22 10 72.5 16 10 106
W0950402006 40 16 25 12 77 19 10 142
W0950502006 50 16 27 12 80 19 12 236
W0950632006 63 21 32 16 89.5 24 12 336
W0950802006 80 21 36 16 100 24 16 572
W0951002006 100 25 41 20 117.5 30 16 840

FLANGE FOR OPPOSITE CYLINDERS
CMPC UNITOP CMPC ISO Weight [g]
Code Codice Ø M UNITOP ISO
0950123060 s – 12 12.5 29 –
0950123060 s – 16 12.5 29 –
0950203060 – 20 12.5 45 –
0950253060 – 25 13 57 –
0950323060 0950323060 32 14.5 88 88
0950403060 0950403061 40 14.5 106 106
0950503060 0950503061 50 14.5 172 158
0950633060 0950633061 63 14.5 274 258
0950803060 0950803061 80 16.5 470 452
0951003060 0951003061 100 19.5 826 801
Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin, 4 screws

ASSEMBLING OPPOSING CYLINDERS
FORK - MODEL GK-M

CMPC UNITOP AND ISO, TWO FLAT UNITOP AND ISO
Code Ø A B C D F L ØM N Weight [g]
W0950120020 12 12 6 12 M6 24 31 6 16 20
W0950200020 16 16 8 16 M8 32 42 8 22 48
W0950322020 20 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10 26 92
W0950322020 25 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10 26 92
W0950322020 32 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10 26 92
W0950322020 40 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10 26 92
W0950402020 50 24 12 24 M12x1.25 48 62 12 32 148
W0950402020 63 24 12 24 M12x1.25 48 62 12 32 148
W0950502020 80 32 16 32 M16x1.5 64 83 16 40 340
W0950802020 100 40 20 40 M20x1.5 80 105 20 48 690
1-93
ACTUATORS
Code Ø A B B1 C CH D F ØG ØG1 L ØM Weight [g]

W0950120025 12 20 9 6.75 11 11 M6 30 10 13 40 6 28
W0950200025 16 24 12 9 13 14 M8 36 12.5 16 48 8 50
W0950322025 20 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1.25 43 15 19 57 10 78
W0950322025 25 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1.25 43 15 19 57 10 78
W0950322025 32 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1.25 43 15 19 57 10 78
W0950322025 40 28 14 10.5 15 17 M10x1.25 43 15 19 57 10 78
W0950402025 50 32 16 12 17 19 M12x1.25 50 17.5 22 66 12 116
W0950402025 63 32 16 12 17 19 M12x1.25 50 17.5 22 66 12 116
W0950502025 80 42 21 15 23 22 M16x1.5 64 22 27 85 16 226
W0950802025 100 50 25 18 27 30 M20x1.5 77 27.5 34 102 20 404
Note: Individually packed.
COMPENSATION JOINT - MODEL GA

CMPC UNITOP, ISO, TWO FLAT
Code Ø A B C CH ØD ØD1 F ØG ØG1 P S S1 Weight [g]
W0950326021 20 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172
W0950326021 25 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172
W0950326021 32 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172
W0950326021 40 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172
W0950406021 50 59 42 36 15 14 8.5 M12x.125 44 19 8.5 15 13.5 286
W0950406021 63 59 42 36 15 14 8.5 M12x1.25 44 19 8.5 15 13.5 286
W0950506021 80 79 58 44 22 17 10.5 M16x1.5 59 26 10.5 20 15 628
W0950806021 100 89 65 51 27 19 12.5 M20x1.5 69 31 12.5 20 20 1200
COUNTER-HINGE CETOP Ø 32 to 100

W0950322008 32 26 19 7 10 25 20 32 37 41 18 8 10 96
W0950402008 40 28 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 216
W0950502008 50 32 26 9 12 32 32 45 54 52 25 10 12 212
W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 440
W0950802008 80 50 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 464
W0951002008 100 60 44 14 20 50 70 90 103 80 40 16 22 985
COUNTER-HINGE Ø 16 to 25 - MODEL BC
CMPC UNITOP
Code Ø A B B1 C ØD E F ØM R S Weight [g]
W0950120005 12 25 25 12 15 5.5 2 27 6 7 3 40
W0950120005 16 25 25 12 15 5.5 2 27 6 7 3 40
W0950200005 20 32 30 16 20 6.5 4 30 8 10 4 78
W0950200005 25 32 30 16 20 6.5 4 30 8 10 4 78
Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and and 2 snap rings
1-94
CMPC UNITOP, ISO, TWO FLAT UNITOP E ISO
ACTUATORS
Code Ø A B C D ØE ØF SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]
W0950120030 12 M6 10 10 35 2 8.5 5 13 13 7 10 24
W0950200030 16 M8 20 20 57 4 12.5 7 17 17 11 13 56
W0950322030 20 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950322030 25 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950322030 32 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950322030 40 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950402030 50 M12x1.25 24 20 75 4 22 12 30 30 19 19 220
W0950402030 63 M12x1.25 24 20 75 4 22 12 30 30 19 19 220
W0950502030 80 M16x1.5 32 32 103 4 32 20 41 41 30 24 620

W0950802030 100 M20x1.5 40 40 119 4 32 20 41 41 30 30 680

Code Description
VALVE ASSEMBLY ON CYLINDER
With this type of cylinder, the valves (D) can be

mounted directly using the retracting sensor slot,
without requiring the use of intermediate brackets.
This can be done using the special plates (A)
which come with both M3 and M4 threads,
and screws (B) of the size, type and quantity
shown in the table below.
The plates are supplied complete with 2 stud pins,
one M3 and one M4 (C).
After the valve centre distance and the position
of the valve have been determined, the plates
can be secured to the cylinder.
A “position memory” will be created to facilitate
subsequent maintenance on the valve.
Type of valve Fixing Position memory: Screw (B) Washer (B)

to mount (D) plate (A) grub screw (C) for connection to the cylinder (one per screw)
CODE 0950003000 to be used (one per plate)
MACH 11 n° 2 M4 M3x16 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) A3.2 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)
SERIE 70 1/8 n° 2 M3 M4x25 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) —
SERIE 70 1/4 n° 2 M3 M4x30 UNI 5931 (DIN 912) A4.3 UNI 1751 (DIN 127A)
1-95
SPARE PARTS
COMPACT CYLINDERS, SERIES CMPC
ACTUATORS
SPARE PARTS FOR COMPACT, COMPACT TWO-FLAT AND STOPPER CYLINDERS

009 . . . 7001 ø 12 to 100 Complete set of gaskets polyurethane dfh
009 . . . 7101 ø 12 to 100 Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethane bgfhi
0090327101 ø 32 Front cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 polyurethane bgfhi
009 . . . 8101 ø 40 to 100 Front cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethane bgfhi
009 . . . 7201 ø 12 to 100 Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP polyurethane hij
0090327201 ø 32 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 polyurethane hij
009 . . . 8201 ø 40 to 100 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO polyurethane hij
009 . . . 7401 ø 12 to 100 Piston kit polyurethane deklm
009 . . . 7501 ø 12 to 100 Magnet e
009 . . . 7901 ø 12 to 100 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP polyurethane bdefghijklm
0090327901 ø 32 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO ø 32 polyurethane bdefghijklm
009 . . . 8901 ø 40 to 100 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO polyurethane bdefghijklm
COMPACT CYLINDERS, SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT

009 . . . 7001F ø 32 to 80 Set of gaskets dhl
009 . . . 7101F ø 40 to 80 Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP bgfhi
0090327101F ø 32 Front cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 bgfhi
009 . . . 8101F ø 40 to 80 Front cylinder head kit for ISO bgfhi
009 . . . 7201 ø 40 to 80 Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP hij
0090327201 ø 32 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 hij
009 . . . 8201 ø 40 to 80 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO hij
009 . . . 7401 ø 32 to 80 Piston kit deklim
009 . . . 7501 ø 32 to 80 Magnet e
009 . . . 7901F ø 40 to 80 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP bdefghijklm
0090327901F ø 32 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO ø 32 bdefghijklm
009 . . . 8901F ø 40 to 80 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO bdefghijklm
1-96
COMPACT CYLINDERS, STOPPER
ACTUATORS
SPARE PARTS FOR COMPACT, COMPACT TWO-FLAT AND STOPPER CYLINDERS
009 . . . 7060 ø 20; 32; 50; 80 Complete set of gaskets dfh
009 . . . 7160 ø 20; 32; 50; 80 Front cylinder head kit for UNITOP bgfhi
0090327160 ø 32 Front cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 bgfhi
009 . . . 8160 ø 50; 80 Front cylinder head kit for ISO bgfhi
009 . . . 7201 ø 20; 32 Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP ø 20 - ø 32 hij
009 . . . 7260 ø 50; 80 Rear cylinder head kit for UNITOP hij
0090327201 ø 32 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO ø 32 hij
009 . . . 8260 ø 50; 80 Rear cylinder head kit for ISO hij
0090207401 ø 20 Piston kit ø 20 dek
009 . . . 7460 ø 32; 50; 80 Piston kit deklm
009 . . . 7501 ø 20; 32; 50; 80 Magnet e
009 . . . 7960 ø 20; 32; 50; 80 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for UNITOP bdefghijklm
0090327960 ø 32 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO ø 32 bdefghijklm
009. . . 8960 ø 50; 80 Front + rear cylinder head + piston kit for ISO bdefghijklm
NOTES
1-97
ROUND CYLINDER
SERIES RNDC
ACTUATORS
Clean profile cylinders available in different versions:

• single- and double-acting - single or through-rod
• pneumatic cushioning on request
• range of gaskets available in NBR, POLYURETHANE
and FKM/FPM (for high temperatures)
ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC
TECHNICAL DATA POLYURETHANE NBR FKM/FPM LOW TEMPERATURE

Max operating pressure bar 10 10 10 10
MPa 1 1 1 1
psi 145 145 145 145
Bores mm 32; 40; 50
Design Screwed heads
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Double-acting cushioned, Double-acting through-rod cushioned,
Single-acting, Single-acting through-rod, no-stick slip
Standard strokes ✚ mm Single-acting: for bores ø 32 to 50 strokes from 1 to 250
Double-acting: for bores ø 32 to 50 strokes from 1 to 500
Inrush pressure bar ø 32 and 40: 0.4 - ø 50: 0.3
COMPONENTS

b PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM
c GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
d BARREL: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
e HALF-PISTON: self-lubricating technopolymer
with integrated cushioning olives
f MAGNET: plastoferrite
h HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy
i HEAD: anodised aluminium alloy
1-98
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE

DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD VERSIONS
+ = ADD STROKE
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD DOUBLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD
Ø D E F ØG CH1 I L M N O ØP R ØS SW T CH2 V W L1
32 M30x1.5 M8x1 22 30 10 96 172 M10x1.25 14 G1/8 38 78 12 17 49 36 30 40 220
40 M38x1.5 M10x1 24 38 13 113 198 M12x1.25 16 G1/4 46 89 16 19 57 43 35 45 251
50 M45x1.5 M12x1.5 32 45 17 120 220 M16x1.5 18 G1/4 57 96 20 24 62 54 38 50 284
DIMENSIONS OF STANDARD SINGLE-ACTING AND THROUGH-ROD
I L R1 L1
Lower limit Stroke Upper limit Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50 Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50 Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50 Ø 32 Ø 40 Ø 50
0 , C # 50 96 113 120 172 198 220 127 146 158 220 251 284
50 , C # 100 125 145.5 155.5 201 230.5 255.5 156 178.5 193.5 249 283.5 319.5
100 , C # 150 154 178 191 230 263 291 185 211 229 278 316 355
150 , C # 200 183 210.5 226.5 259 295.5 326.5 214 243.5 264.5 307 348.5 390.5
200 , C # 250 212 243 262 288 328 362 243 276 300 336 381 426
For all the other values, see previous table, except for T and R which are both replaced by R1
1-99
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
CYL 112 0 32 0025 C P

n 104 SE through-rod 0 Standard 32 For the maximum A C45 chrome rod, P polyurethane
109 DEA s G No stick slip 40 suppliable strokes, aluminium piston rod N NBR
110 DE S Non-magnetic 50 look at the technical C C45 chrome rod, ● V FKM/FPM
n 111 SE data technopolymer piston rod ● B low temperature
112 DEM Z Stainless steel piston
113 DEMA rod and nut
114 DEM through-rod aluminium piston
115 DEMA through-rod X Stainless steel piston
rod and nut

technopolymer piston
DE: Double-acting (non-cushioned, not magnetic)

DEM: Magnetic double-acting (non-cushioned)
DEMA: Magnetic double-acting (cushioned)
DEA: Cushioned double-acting (non-magnetic)
SE: Single-acting (magnetic)
● Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)
s For speeds lower than 0.2m/s, to prevent surging.
Use no-lubricated air only
n Only available for versions with aluminium piston (A or Z)
NOTES
1-100
ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER:
FIXINGS
FOOT MODEL AC
Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M N O Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE W0950320002 32 124 50 7 4 14 52 7 14 28 150 66 49 28 104
W0950400002 40 153 60 10 5 20 60 9 18 30 178 80 58 33 190
W0950500002 50 160 64 10 6 20 70 9 20 40 190 90 70 40 296
ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC

COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC
Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M R SW Weight [g]
+ = ADD STROKE W0950320005 32 40 35 24 4 7 8 12 46.1 20 127 60 12 13 152
W0950400005 40 50 40 30 5 9 10 13 56.1 28 146 72.5 13 17 262
W0950500005 50 54 45 34 6 9 10 14 69.1 36 158 89 14 19 401
HEAD LOCK RING MODEL G

Code Ø A B C Weight [g]
W0950320010 32 M30x1.5 45 7 46
W0950400010 40 M38x1.5 50 8 56
W0950500010 50 M45x1.5 58 9 124
FORK MODEL GK-M

Code Ø ØM C B A L F D N Weight [g]
W0950322020 32 10 20 10 20 52 40 M10x1.25 26 92
W0950402020 40 12 24 12 24 62 48 M12x1.25 32 148
W0950502020 50 16 32 16 32 83 64 M16x1.5 40 340
1-101
SPHERICAL JOINT MODEL GA-M
Code Ø øM C B1 B A L F D øG CH Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W0950322025 32 10 15 10,5 14 28 57 43 M10x1.25 15 17 78

W0950402025 40 12 17 12 16 32 66 50 M12x1.25 17.5 19 116
W0950502025 50 16 22 15 21 42 85 64 M16x1.5 22 22 226

ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC
ARTICULATED JOINT MODEL GA-K

Code Ø A B C D øE øF SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]
W0950322030 32 M10x1.25 20 20 71 4 22 12 30 30 19 17 216
W0950402030 40 M12x1.25 24 20 75 4 22 12 30 30 19 19 220
W0950502030 50 M16x1.5 32 32 103 4 32 20 41 41 30 24 620
FLEXIBLE COLLAR - MODEL GA

Code Ø A B C CH øD øD1 F øG ØG1 P S S1 Weight [g]
W0950326021 32 49 36 30 13 11 6.5 M10x1.25 39.5 17 6.5 12 10 172
W0950406021 40 59 42 36 15 14 8.5 M12x.125 44 19 8.5 15 13.5 286
W0950506021 50 79 58 44 22 17 10.5 M16x1.5 59 26 10.5 20 15 628
ACCESSORIES FOR ROUND CYLINDER: MAGNETIC SENSORS
SENSOR
Code Description
W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2 - C525 HS
W0950000222 E. HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225
W0950000232 E. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225
N.B.: For technical data see page 1-286
SENSOR CIRCLIP
W0950000132 32 Circlip DXF 36 - 32 36 29.5 10
W0950000140 40 Circlip DXF 45 - 40 45 34.5 10
W0950000150 50 Circlip DXF 52 - 50 55 38.5 10
a FOR MOUNTING ON THE CYLINDER ø 50 INSERT

THE ALUMINIUM SPACER a YOU FIND IN THE PACKAGE
1-102
SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS
SERIES SSCY
ACTUATORS
Compact cylinders suitable for installation in limited spaces:
• single or double-acting - single or through-rod
• anti-rotation version and with built-in fixings
• possible choice of NBR, POLYURETHANE or FKM/FPM gaskets
• special design on request.
SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY

TECHNICAL DATA Polyurethane NBR FKM/FPM Low Temperature
Max operating pressure bar 10 10 10 10
MPa 1 1 1 1
Bores mm 12 ; 16 ; 20 ; 25 ; 32 ; 40 ; 50 ; 63 ; 80 ; 100
Design With profile
Standard strokes ✚ mm Double acting: ø 12 to ø 25, stroke 5 to 50 mm
ø 32 to ø 40, stroke 5 to 70 mm
Single-acting: ø 12 to ø 25, stroke 5 to 25 mm
Anti-rotation: ø 12 to ø 63, stroke 5 to 120 mm
Perforated through-rod: ø 20 to ø 40, stroke 5 to 100 mm
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod, Single-acting retracted piston rod, Single acting extended piston rod,
Single-acting through-rod, Perforated through-rod, Anti-rotation, Oscillating male, Oscillating female, no-stick slip*
Inrush pressure ø 12 ø 16 ø 20 ø 25 ø 32 ø 40 ø 50 ø 63 ø 80 ø 100
single piston rod bar 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
through-rod bar 1 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Weight See page 1-8
Notes * Using for speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. For no-stick-slip versions use no-lubricated air only
COMPONENTS

b HEAD:
ø 12 to 25 nichel-plated brass
ø 32 to 100 anodised aluminium
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane, NBR or FKM/FPM
d GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
f HALF-PISTON:
ø 12 to 63 acetal resin
ø 80 to 100 in aluminium with PTFE guide pad
h MAGNET: ø 12 to 25 neodymium - ø 32 to 100 plastoferrite
i Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
1-103
FIXING METHOD
ACTUATORS
Fix directly from above using long through-screws or tie rods.

Non-magnetic stainless steel must be used (e.g. AISI 304).
DIMENSIONS STANDARD VERSIONS
+ = ADD THE STROKE
DIMENSIONS OF DOUBLE ACTING
Ø A B øC øC1 D E F G G1 H H1 J K L M N øO P Q R øS CH T U V
12 23.5 13 6 5.5 28 26 11 32.5 - 6.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 7 38 - M3 M5 - 8 5 2 9.5 16.5
16 28 20 8 7.5 33 28 11 33 - 6.7 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 10 37.5 - M5 M5 20 8 7 2 10 19
20 32 22 10 9 37 32 11 32 - 6.5 10.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 36.5 - M5 M5 22 8 8 2 11 21
25 37 26 10 9 47.5 39 18 33 36.5 8.5 8.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 42.5 20 M5 G1/8 28 15 8 2 14 28
32 45 32 12 11 56 48 18 37 40.8 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 48.3 25 M6 G1/8 36 15 10 2.5 18 32
40 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 54.5 18 39.5 44.7 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 53.2 30 M6 G1/8 40 15 10 2.5 20 35.5
50 66 50 16 15 73 66 18 39.5 46.2 11 11 6.6 11 6.8 18 53.2 35 M8 G1/8 50 15 13 3.5 25 40
63 80 62 16 15 88 80 23 42 48.7 12 12 9 15 9 18 57.7 35 M8 G1/8 62 15 13 3.5 31 48
80 100 82 20 19 110 100 26 57 67.2 14 14 9 15 9 18 75.2 44 M10 G1/4 82 19 17 4 41 60
100 124 103 25 24 134 124 26 64 74.7 15 15 11 18 11 20 84.3 56 M12 G1/4 103 19 22 5 51.5 72
DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING, RETRACTED PISTON ROD
Ø stroke A B øC øC1 D E F G G1 H H1 J K L M N øO P Q R øS CH T U V
12 5 to 25 23.5 13 6 5.5 28 26 11 32.5 - 6.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 7 38 - M3 M5 - 8 5 2 9.5 16.5
16 5 to 25 28 20 8 7.5 33 28 11 33 - 6.7 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 10 37.5 - M5 M5 20 8 7 2 10 19
20 5 to 25 32 22 10 9 37 32 11 32 - 6.5 10.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 36.5 - M5 M5 22 8 8 2 11 21
25 5 to 25 37 26 10 9 47.5 39 18 33 36.5 8.5 8.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 42.5 20 M5 G1/8 28 15 8 2 14 28
32 5 to 25 45 32 12 11 56 48 18 37 40.8 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 48.3 25 M6 G1/8 36 15 10 2.5 18 32
> 25 to 50 45 48.8 56.3
40 5 to 25 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 54.5 18 39.5 44.7 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 53.2 30 M6 G1/8 40 15 10 2.5 20 35.5
> 25 to 50 47.5 52.7 61.2
50 5 to 25 66 50 16 15 73 66 18 39.5 46.2 11 11 6.6 11 6.8 18 53.2 35 M8 G1/8 50 15 13 3.5 25 40
> 25 to 50 47.5 54.2 61.2
63 5 to 25 80 62 16 15 88 80 23 42 48.7 12 12 9 15 9 18 57.7 35 M8 G1/8 62 15 13 3.5 31 48
> 25 to 50 50 56.7 65.7
1-104
DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE-ACTING EXTENDED PISTON ROD
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø stroke A B øC øC1 D E F G G1 H H1 J K L M N øO P Q R øS CH T U V
12 5 to 25 23.5 13 6 5.5 28 26 11 32.5 - 6.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 7 38 - M3 M5 - 8 5 2 9.5 16.5
16 5 to 25 28 20 8 7.5 33 28 11 33 - 6.7 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 10 37.5 - M5 M5 20 8 7 2 10 19
20 5 to 25 32 22 10 9 37 32 11 32 - 6.5 10.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 36.5 - M5 M5 22 8 8 2 11 21
25 5 to 25 37 26 10 9 47.5 39 18 33 36.5 8.5 8.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 42.5 20 M5 G1/8 28 15 8 2 14 28
32 5 to 25 45 32 12 11 56 48 18 37 40.8 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 48.3 25 M6 G1/8 36 15 10 2.5 18 32
> 25 to 50 45 48.8 56.3
40 5 to 25 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 54.5 18 39.5 44.7 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 53.2 30 M6 G1/8 40 15 10 2.5 20 35.5
> 25 to 50 47.5 52.7 61.2
50 5 to 25 66 50 16 15 73 66 18 39.5 46.2 11 11 6.6 11 6.8 18 53.2 35 M8 G1/8 50 15 13 3.5 25 40
> 25 to 50 47.5 54.2 61.2
63 5 to 25 80 62 16 15 88 80 23 42 48.7 12 12 9 15 9 18 57.7 35 M8 G1/8 62 15 13 3.5 31 48
> 25 to 50 50 56.7 65.7
DIMENSIONS OF Ø 12 ANTI-ROTATION
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø A B øC øC1 D E F G H H1 J L N Z1 Z2 Q øS U V AA BB øCC øDD FF øGG

12 23.5 13 6 5.5 28 26 11 32.5 6.5 10.5 M6 12 38 16 11 M5 8 9.5 16.5 8 3.5 6 3.5 M3 4
1-105
DIMENSIONS OF Ø 16 TO Ø 100 ANTI-ROTATION
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Ø A B øC øC1 D E F G G1 H H1 J K L N Z1 Z2 Q R øS CH U V AA BB øCC øDD øEE FF øGG øO

16 28 20 8 7.5 33 28 11 33 - 6.7 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 37.5 20 15 M5 20 8 7 10 19 8 3.5 6 3.5 6 M3 4 -
20 32 22 10 9 37 32 11 32 - 6.5 10.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 36.5 22 18 M5 22 8 8 11 21 8 5 7.5 4.5 7.5 M4 6 -
25 37 26 10 9 47.5 39 18 33 36.5 8.5 8.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 42.5 22 22 G1/8 28 15 8 14 28 8 5 7.5 4.5 8 M4 6 20
32 45 32 12 11 56 48 18 37 40.8 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 48.3 26 26 G1/8 36 15 10 18 32 10 6 10 5.5 10 M5 8 25
40 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 54.5 18 39.5 44.7 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 53.2 34 34 G1/8 40 15 10 20 35.5 10 6 10 5.5 10 M5 8 30
50 66 50 16 15 73 66 18 39.5 46.2 11 11 6.6 11 6.8 53.2 43 43 G1/8 50 15 13 25 40 12 7 11 6.5 11 M6 10 35
63 80 62 16 15 88 80 23 42 48.7 12 12 9 15 9 57.7 55 55 G1/8 62 15 13 31 48 12 9 14 9 15 M6 10 35
80 100 82 20 19 110 100 26 57 67.2 14 14 9 15 9 75.2 70 70 G1/4 82 19 17 41 60 14 9 14 9 15 M8 12 44
100 124 103 25 24 134 124 26 64 74.7 15 15 11 18 11 84.3 94 94 G1/4 103 19 22 51.5 72 17 9 14 9 18 M8 12 56
1-106
DIMENSIONS OF THROUGH-ROD
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE
PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD

DIMENSION OF DOUBLE ACTING THROUGH-ROD AND PERFORATED THROUGH-ROD
Ø A B øC øC1 D ød** E F G2 G3 H H1 J K L M N1 øO P Q R øS CH T U V X*
12 23.5 13 6 5.5 28 - 26 11 36.7 - 10.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 7 47.7 - M3 M5 - 8 5 2 9.5 16.5 5.5
16 28 20 8 7.5 33 - 28 11 36.8 - 10.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 10 45.8 - M5 M5 20 8 7 2 10 19 4.5
20 32 22 10 9 37 1.5 32 11 36 - 10.5 10.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 45.0 - M5 M5 22 8 8 2 11 21 4.5
25 37 26 10 9 47.5 1.5 39 18 35.7 42.7 8.5 8.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 54.7 20 M5 G1/8 28 15 8 2 14 28 6
32 45 32 12 11 56 2.5 48 18 37 44.5 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 59.5 25 M6 G1/8 36 15 10 2.5 18 32 7.5
40 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 2.5 54.5 18 39.5 49.9 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 66.9 30 M6 G1/8 40 15 10 2.5 20 35.5 8.5
50 66 50 16 15 73 2.5 66 18 39.5 52.9 11 11 6.6 11 6.8 18 66.9 35 M8 G1/8 50 15 13 3.5 25 40 7
63 80 62 16 15 88 4 80 23 42 55.4 12 12 9 15 9 18 73.4 35 M8 G1/8 62 15 13 3.5 31 48 9
80 100 82 20 19 110 5 100 26 57 77.4 14 14 9 15 9 18 93.4 44 M10 G1/4 82 19 17 4 41 60 8
100 124 103 25 24 134 6 124 26 64 85.4 15 15 11 18 11 20 104.6 56 M12 G1/4 103 19 22 5 51.5 72 9.6
* for ø 12, 16, 20: (N1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+)

** column for perforated through-rod only
DIMENSION OF SINGLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD
Ø stroke A B øC øC1 D E F G2 G3 H H1 J K L M N1 øO P Q R øS CH T U V X*
12 5 to 25 23.5 13 6 5.5 28 26 11 36.7 - 10.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 7 47.7 - M3 M5 - 8 5 2 9.5 16.5 5.5
16 5 to 25 28 20 8 7.5 33 28 11 36.8 - 10.5 10.5 3.7 6 3.7 10 45.8 - M5 M5 20 8 7 2 10 19 4.5
20 5 to 25 32 22 10 9 37 32 11 36 - 10.5 10.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 45.0 - M5 M5 22 8 8 2 11 21 4.5
25 5 to 25 37 26 10 9 47.5 39 18 35.7 42.7 8.5 8.5 4.6 7.5 4.6 10 57.7 20 M5 G1/8 28 15 8 2 14 28 6
32 5 to 25 45 32 12 11 56 48 18 37 44.5 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 59.5 25 M6 G1/8 36 15 10 2.5 18 32 7.5
> 25 to 50 45 52.5 67.5 7.5
40 5 to 25 54.5 40 12 11 62.7 54.5 18 39.5 49.9 10 10 5.5 10 5.7 15 66.9 30 M6 G1/8 40 15 10 2.5 20 35.5 8.5
> 25 to 50 47.5 57.9 74.9 8.5
50 5 to 25 66 50 16 15 73 66 18 39.5 52.9 11 11 6.6 11 6.8 18 66.9 35 M8 G1/8 50 15 13 3.5 25 40 7
> 25 to 50 47.5 60.9 74.9 7
63 5 to 25 80 62 16 15 88 80 23 42 55.4 12 12 9 15 9 18 73.4 35 M8 G1/8 62 15 13 3.5 31 48 9
> 25 to 50 50 63.4 81.4 9
* for ø 12, 16, 20: (N 1++) = (G2+) + (X) + (X+)

1-107
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
CYL 212 0 40 0010 C P

TIPOLOGIA BORE STROKE MATERIAL GASKETS
n 208 Single-acting retracted rod, 0 Standard 12 For the maximum A C45 chrome rod, P Polyurethane
non-magnetic S Non-magnetic 16 suppliable strokes, aluminium piston rod gaskets
n 209 Single-acting extended rod, s G No stick slip 20 look at the ø 12 to 63 mm N NBR gaskets
non-magnetic 25 technical data C C45 chrome rod, ● V FKM/FPM gaskets
n 210 Single-acting, retracted rod 32 technopolymer piston rod ● B Low temperature
n 211 Single acting, extended rod 40 (standard ø 80 to 100 mm)
212 Double acting, magnetic 50 Z Stainless steel piston
213 Double acting, 63 rod and nut
non-magnetic 80 aluminium piston

214 Double acting, through-rod ◆ 100 ø 12 to 63 mm
n 215 Single-acting, X Stainless steel piston
retracted, anti-rotation rod and nut
217 Double acting, anti-rotation technopolymer piston
t 218 Double acting, (standard ø 80 to 100 mm)
perforated through-rod
221 Oscillating male hinge
(up to ø 63 only)
222 Oscillating female hinge
(up to ø 63 only)
n 223 Single-acting, through-rod
◆ In the code of cylinder with letter in fourth position ø 100 becomes A1 ● Only available for non-magnetic versions (S) and with aluminium piston (A or Z)
n Available up to ø 63 s For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only
t Available from ø 20
DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 222 VERSION (FEMALE HINGE MOD. B)

Ø stroke D2 G G H6 H8 N R S1 S2
+ = ADD THE STROKE 32 5 to 70 10 59 62.8 22 10 70.3 11 26 45
40 5 to 70 12 64.5 69.7 25 10 78.2 13 28 52
50 5 to 110 12 66.5 73.2 27 12 80.2 13 32 60
63 5 to 110 16 74 80.7 32 12 89.7 17 40 70
Note: For other dimensions, refer to the standard version
DIMENSIONS: SAME AS 221 VERSION (MALE HINGE MOD. BA)

Ø stroke D2 G G1 H6 H8 N R S1
+ = ADD THE STROKE 32 5 to 70 10 59 62.8 22 10 70.3 11 26
40 5 to 70 12 64.5 69.7 25 10 78.2 13 28
50 5 to 110 12 66.5 73.2 27 12 80.2 13 32
63 5 to 110 16 74 80.7 32 12 89.7 17 40
Note: For other dimensions, refer to the standard version.
1-108
DIMENSIONS OF MALE NIPPLE FOR PISTON ROD
Code Ø ØD Ød B C CH Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
219001200 12 M6 M3 16 6 4 3
219001600 16 M8 M5 20 9 6 8
219001600 20 M8 M5 20 9 6 8
219002500 25 M10x1.25 M5 22 9 7 12
219003200 32 M10x1.25 M6 22 12 7 14
219004000 40 M12x1.25 M6 24 12 10 14
219005000 50 M16x1.5 M8 32 15 13 20
219005000 63 M16x1.5 M8 32 15 13 20
219008000 80 M20x1.5 M10 40 15 17 96
219010000 100 M20x1.5 M12 40 18 17 102
ACCESSORIES - SPARE PARTS FOR SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS – SERIES SSCY

ACCESSORIES FOR SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS: MAGNETIC SENSORS
Code Bore Model Version
W0950000252 12 to 100 Reed sensor DCB 2C-425 Reed connector + bracket - CB
W0950000253 12 to 100 Sensor HALL PNP DCB3-N225 Hall PNP connector + bracket - CB
W0950014360 12 to 100 Sensor HALL NPN DCB3-M225 Hall NPN connector + bracket - CB
N.B.: For technical data see page 1-287
SPARES PARTS FOR SHORT-STROKE CYLINDERS

009 . . . 0010 ø 12 to 100 Complete polyurethane front head kit abcdef
009 . . . 0011 ø 12 to 100 Complete NBR front head kit abcdef
009 . . . 0015 ø 12 to 100 Complete NBR rear head kit ghij
009 . . . 0021 ø 12 to 100 Complete polyurethane piston kit klmno
009 . . . 0023 ø 12 to 100 Complete NBR piston kit klmno
009 . . . 0005 ø 12 to 100 Complete set of polyurethane gaskets bdehjmo
009 . . . 0006 ø 12 to 100 Complete set of NBR gaskets bdehjmo
009 . . . 0031 ø 12 to 100 Complete polyurethane front+rear head kit + piston abcdefghijklmno
009 . . . 0033 ø 12 to 100 Complete NBR front+rear head kit + piston abcdefghijklmno
009 . . . 0001 ø 12 to 100 Magnet p
1-109
CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER
SERIES CRTC
ACTUATORS
Single-acting micro-cylinders with threaded body for fixing in small space

or directly inside the machine body, owing to the external O-ring which
ensures perfect seal.
ATTENTION: in case of cycles with high frequences it’s advisable that

the piston doesn’t reach the end of the stroke during the rod coming
out stage.
CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC
TECHNICAL DATA
MPa 0.2 to 0.6
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Bores mm 6 ; 10 ; 16
Strokes mm 5 ; 10 ; 15
Port M5
Versions Single-acting
Design Mechanically edged
Seal OR on the body (not included in the supply) Ø OR
6 7x1
10 9.5x1.5
16 16x1.5

Weight g Ø STROKE
5 10 15
6 14 16 19
10 30 35 40
16 76 84 90
COMPONENTS
a Nickel-plated brass body

b NBR rubber piston rod gasket
c AISI 303 steel piston/piston rod (for ø 6 - ø 10)
Brass piston (for ø 16)
d Steel spring
e Zinc-plated steel nut
f Brass bushing
g AISI 303 steel piston rod (for ø 16)
h Zinc-plated steel nut
1-110
CARTRIDGE CYLINDER DIMENSIONS, Ø 6, 10, 16
A B
ACTUATORS
Stroke Stroke
Ø 5 10 15 5 10 15 C CH CH1 E F G H M N S SW
6 19.5 26.5 33.5 14.5 21.5 28.5 5 9 5.5 8 M3 8.5 M10x1 M5 2.4 3 14
10 23 29.5 36.5 16 22.5 29.5 7 14 7 10.5 M4 12 M15x1.5 M5 2 4 19
16 27 32 37 21 26 31 6 20 8 13 M5 19 M22x1.5 M5 4 5 27
CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC

ASSEMBLY SEAT DIMENSIONS
L L1 L2 L3
Stroke Stroke Stroke Stroke
Ø 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 5 10 15 K M1
6 5 5 5 10 17 24 12 19 26 16 24 31 8.5 M10x1
10 6 6 6 11 17 24 13 19 26 20 26 34 12 M15x1.5
16 7 7 7 15 20 25 17 21 27 26 31 36 19 M22x1.5
KEY TO CODES KEY TO CODES

Code Description CYL C R T C 010 0010 S 0 00 0 0 0 0
W1000060005 CYL. CRTC-006-0005-S000-00 FURTHER SPECIAL
TYPE DIAMETER STROKE TYPE
W1000060010 CYL. CRTC-006-0010-S000-00 DESCRIPTION DESIGN
W1000060015 CYL. CRTC-006-0015-S000-00 Cartridge 006 0005 Single-acting
W1000100005 CYL. CRTC-010-0005-S000-00 microcylinder 010 0010 retracted
W1000100010 CYL. CRTC-010-0010-S000-00 016 0015 piston rod
W1000100015 CYL. CRTC-010-0015-S000-00
W1000160005 CYL. CRTC-016-0005-S000-00
W1000160010 CYL. CRTC-016-0010-S000-00
W1000160015 CYL. CRTC-016-0015-S000-00
1-111
COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS
SERIES CMPG
ACTUATORS
The guided compact cylinder series CMPG is a robust and practical

solution with a built-in guide unit. The rod guiding bushes are mounted
directly in the anodized aluminium alloy lining.
Two guiding solutions are available: sintered bronze bushes coupled
with ground carbon chromed steel rods, or ball recirculation bushes
coupled with tempered, chromed and ground steel rods.
There are grooves on one side of the body to house the retractable
sensors.
In the non-cushioned version, the stop is silenced by NBR front gaskets,
COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG
and the cushioned version has adjustable pins to graduate braking.

Threaded holes and calibrated holes are provided for fixing the dowel
pins.
TECHNICAL DATA CUSHIONED NO-CUSHIONED

MPa 0.1 to 1
psi 14.5 to 145
°F 14 to 176
Fluid Unlubricated air. Lubrication, if used, mast be continuos
Bores mm 16; 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63 16; 20; 25; 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100
Strokes mm Ø 16: 20 - 30-40-50 Ø 16: 10-20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200
Ø 20; Ø 25: 20-30-40-50-75-100-150 Ø 20; Ø 25: 20-25*-30-40-50-75-100-150-200
Ø 32 to Ø 63: 25-50-75-100-150-175 Ø 32 to Ø 100: 25-50-75-100-150-200
Other strokes on request but with the same cylinder
dimensions as the standard stroke immediately above
Version With bronze bushings
With ball bearings
* only bronze bushings version
COMPONENTS
a BARREL: anodized aluminium alloy

b PISTON ROD: grinded chrome steel
c GUIDE ROD: grinded chrome steel
d GUIDE ROD: hardened and tempered chrome steel
e REAR BASE: anodized aluminium alloy
f FRONT BASE: anodized aluminium alloy
g GUIDE BUSHING: self-lubricating bronze
h BUFFER GASKET: NBR
i PISTON: aluminium alloy
j MAGNET: plastoferrite
k PISTON GASKET: (PARKER PRADIFA) NBR
l GUIDE RING: PTFE
m SLIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
n BALL BEARINGS
o DUST SCRAPER RING: NBR or FKM/FPM
p GREASE NIPPLES: zinc-plated or stainless steel
q FLANGE: anodized aluminium alloy
1-112
MAXIMUM SIDE LOAD
Ø Guide unit Stroke (mm)
ACTUATORS
mm 10 20 25 30 40 50 75 100 150 175 200
16 Bushes 35 29 27 26 23 20 16 14 10 – 8
Balls 29 31 – 27 38 34 29 24 12 – 8
20 Bushes – 52 50 45 39 35 58 49 38 – 31
Balls – 56 – 48 79 70 54 50 27 – 32
25 Bushes – 71 67 61 54 48 78 66 50 – 41
Balls – 72 – 62 78 73 60 52 37 – 30
32 Bushes – – 197 – – 168 138 109 78 70 65
Balls – – 89 – – 60 276 217 138 122 110
40 Bushes – – 197 – – 168 138 109 78 70 65

Balls – – 89 – – 60 276 217 138 122 110
50 Bushes – – 295 – – 256 216 177 125 112 103
Balls – – 138 – – 89 393 314 184 163 148
63 Bushes – – 295 – – 256 216 177 125 112 103
Balls – – 138 – – 89 393 314 184 163 148
80 Bushes – – 354 – – 305 256 207 153 – 128
Balls – – 236 – – 158 864 687 413 – 335
100 Bushes – – 540 – – 471 413 344 254 – 213
Balls – – 471 – – 314 1374 1074 629 – 511
NB: Forces are expressed in N
MAXIMUM TORQUE ON PLATE

Ø Guide unit Stroke (mm)
mm 10 20 25 30 40 50 75 100 150 175 200
16 Bushes 0.51 0.45 0.40 0.36 0.32 0.28 0.24 0.20 0.46 – 0.12
Balls 0.74 0.60 – 0.50 0.72 0.65 0.54 0.45 0.35 – 0.25
20 Bushes – 0.92 0.85 0.79 0.72 0.64 1.05 0.90 0.69 – 0.56
Balls – 1.28 – 1.08 1.78 1.59 1.24 1 0.61 – 0.49
25 Bushes – 1.55 1.42 1.32 1.18 1.04 1.70 1.44 1.10 – 0.90
Balls – 1.98 – 1.70 2.16 2.20 1.66 1.4 1.02 – 0.82
32 Bushes – – 3.94 – – 2.95 2.46 1.97 1.55 1.38 1.24
Balls – – 1.97 – – 1 2.96 2.44 2.40 2.43 2.18
40 Bushes –´ – 4.40 – – 3.45 2.96 2.46 1.70 1.55 1.40
Balls – – 2.46 – – 1.45 6.38 5.4 3 2.73 2.40
50 Bushes – – 7.36 – – 5.9 4.90 4.4 3 2.78 2.50
Balls – – 3.45 – – 2.44 10.8 8.35 4.5 4.06 3.60
63 Bushes – – 7.85 – – 6.38 5.40 4.9 3.4 3.05 2.80
Balls – – 3.94 – – 2.46 11.77 9.3 5 4.46 4
80 Bushes – – 11.78 – – 9.80 7.84 6.88 5.30 – 4.40
Balls – – 9.34 – – 5.88 31.38 24.5 10.40 – 11.7
100 Bushes – – 22.55 – – 19.62 16.68 14.7 10.65 – 8.90
Balls – – 21.56 – – 13.73 63.72 49.1 26.6 – 21.6
NB: Forces are expressed in Nm
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
If the compact guided cylinder is mounted as shown in figure A, there need to be two
through holes in the frame for the guide columns.
1-113
STOPPER FUNCTIONS
ACTUATORS
The graph refers to a 50mm-stroke cylinder.

LIFTING FUNCTIONS
The graph refers from 25 to 50 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit
The graph refers from 75 to 100 mm-stroke cylinders with ball re-circulation guide unit
The graph refers to 50 mm-stroke cylinders with bushing guide unit
1-114
DIMENSIONS OF NO-CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

ØS
BORE Version BA (Bronze Bushings) Version BB (Ball Bearings)
16 10 10
20 12 10
25 16 16
32 20 20
40 20 20
50 25 **
63 25 **
80 28 25
100 35 30
** for strokes 25 and 50 = 20

for strokes ≥75 = 25
*= L stroke
BORE 0 to 50 75 to 200
16 45 –
20 49 76
25 49.5 79.5
Ø A A1 B B1 C C1 D E E1 E2 E3 F F1 F2 G H KH7 I L M M1 M2 M3 N P ØQ R T U Z1 Z2
16 33 25 64 62 33 10 9 16 7 52 54 M5 M5 – 10.5 – 4 40 * 22 42 15 18 8 45 8 13 20 8 5.5 2.5
20 36 29 74 72 37 10 9 18 10 60 64 1/8 M5 – 11 – 5 46 * 26 52 17 19 9 49 10 13 20 8 4.5 2.5
25 42 38 88 86 37.5 10 9 26 10 70 76 1/8 M6 – 11.5 – 5 56 * 32 62 21 21 8 49.5 12 14 25 9 2 2
32 51 49 114 112 37.5 10 9 30 5 96 100 1/8 M8 M6 12.5 32.5 6 80 73.5 38 80 25.5 25.5 15 49.5 16 16 20 11 1.5 1.5
40 51 49 124 122 44 10 11 30 10 106 110 1/8 M8 M6 14 38 6 90 73.5 38 90 25.5 25.5 21 56 16 17 20 11 1.5 1.5
50 59 56 140 138 44 12 11 40 10 120 124 1/4 M10 M8 14 46.5 6 100 83 44 100 29.5 29.5 27 58 20 17 25 12.5 1.5 1.5
63 72 69 150 148 49 12 11 50 10 130 132 1/4 M10 M8 14 56.5 6 110 83 44 110 36 36 31.5 63 20 20 25 15 1.5 1.5
80 92 88 188 185 56.5 16 15.5 60 15 160 166 3/8 M12 M10 19 72 6 140 93 56 140 46 46 37 74.5 25 21 30 18 2 2
100 112 108 224 221 66 16 19 80 15 190 200 3/8 M14 M10 23 89 8 170 105 62 170 56 56 40 84 30 25 35 21 2 2
1-115
DIMENSIONS OF CUSHIONED COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

ØS
BORE Version BA (Bronze Bushings) Version BB (Ball Bearings)
16 10 10
20 12 10
25 16 16
32 20 20
40 20 20
50 25 **
63 25 **
** for strokes 25 and 50 = 20

for strokes ≥75 = 25
*= L stroke
BORE 0 to 50 75 to 200
16 70 –
20 74 105.5
25 74.5 108.5
Ø A A1 B B1 C C1 D E E1 E2 E3 F F1 F2 G H KH7 I L M M1 M2 M3 N P ØQ R T U Z1 Z2
16 33 25 64 62 58 10 9 16 32 52 54 M5 M5 – 10.5 – 4 40 * 22 42 15 18 8 ◆ 8 13 20 8 5.5 2.5
20 36 29 74 72 62 10 9 18 35 60 64 1/8 M5 – 11 – 5 46 * 26 52 16.5 19.5 9 78 10 13 20 8 4.5 2.5
25 42 38 88 86 62.5 10 9 26 35 70 76 1/8 M6 – 11.5 – 5 56 * 32 62 21 21 8 78.5 12 14 25 9 2 2
32 51 49 114 112 62.5 10 9 30 30 96 100 1/8 M8 M6 12.5 32.5 6 80 106.5 38 80 25.5 25.5 15 82.5 16 16.5 20 11 1.5 1.5
40 51 49 124 122 69 10 11 30 35 106 110 1/8 M8 M6 14 38 6 90 106.5 38 90 25.5 25.5 21 89 16 17 20 11 1.5 1.5
50 59 56 140 138 69 12 11 40 35 120 124 1/4 M10 M8 14 46.5 6 100 118 44 100 29.5 29.5 27 93 20 17 25 12.5 1.5 1.5
63 72 69 150 148 74 12 11 50 35 130 132 1/4 M10 M8 14 56.5 6 110 118 44 110 36 36 31.5 98 20 20 25 15 1.5 1.5
◆ for bronze bushings = 78; for ball bearing = 75
1-116
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
W 1 4 3 0 3 2 2 02 5
TYPE DIAMETER VERSION STROKE
16 2 bronze bushings CUSHIONED VERSION
20 3 ball bearings Ø 16: 20, 30, 40, 50
25 4 cushioned with Ø 20 to 25: 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150
32 brass bushings Ø 32 to 63: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 175
40 5 cushioned with
50 ball bearings NOT CUSHIONED VERSION ◆
63 Ø 16: 10, 20, ● 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200
✱ 80 Ø 20 to 25: 20, ● 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200
ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG

✱ A1=100 Ø 32 to 100: 25, 50, 75, 100, 150, 200

◆ Other strokes on request but with the same cylinder dimensions as
the standard stroke immediately above.
✱ Not cushioned version only

● Bronze bushings version only
ACCESSORIES FOR COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDER: MAGNETIC SENSORS

Code Description
NOTES
1-117
RODLESS CYLINDER
SERIES STD
ACTUATORS
Rodless cylinders come in five different bores - ø 16, 25, 32, 40

and 63 mm – and the design incorporates numerous innovations.
• Calibrated extruded anodized aluminium alloy barrel
• Sensor slots and accessory slots in the barrel itself
• Longitudinal seal by means of specially-shaped indeformable
stainless steel strips
• Strokes 100 to 5700 mm with 1mm intervals
• Adjustable integrated pneumatic cushioning
• Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied at any time
RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD
• For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards), the valves can be
fitted directly using the retracting sensors without requiring any
intermediate brackets. Refer to the table on page 1-46
TECHNICAL DATA NBR FKM/FPM

MPa 0.1 to 0.8
psi 14.5 to 116
°F 14 to 176
Fluid 50 mm unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Bores mm ø 16, 25, 32, 40, 63
Type of construction Double-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system
Strokes mm ø 16: from 100 to 5000 with 1mm interval
ø 25, 32 e 40: from 100 to 5700 with 1mm interval
ø 63: from 100 to 5500 with 1mm interval
Recommended speeds V ,1 m/s (NBR) V $1 m/s (FKM/FPM)
Max. speed with decelerators ,1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPM)
Weight See page 1-9
COMPONENTS
a CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy

b BARREL: profiled anodized aluminium alloy
c PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
d CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy
e SCRAPER: Hostaform®
f O-RING: FKM/FPM
g PISTON: Hostaform®
h CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy
i STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM
j SLIDE: aluminium alloy
k OUTER STRIP: stainless steel
l INNER STRIP: stainless steel
m BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform®
1-118
DIMENSIONING - FORCE AND TORQUE
Bore Centre Distance Actual Force Cushioning stroke Max. load Ma max Mr max Mv max
ACTUATORS
Y F at 6 bar [N] [mm] L [N] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm]
16 9 110 15 120 4 0.3 0.5
25 14 250 21 300 15 1 3
32 18 420 26 450 30 2 4
40 22 640 32 750 60 4 8
63 44 1550 40 1650 200 8 24
N.B.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations.
Ma = F x ha Mr = L x hv + G x hr Mv = F x hv

DIAGRAM OF SPEED AND MAXIMUM CUSHIONABLE LOAD

without intense or repeated impact which would Piston rate
[m/sec]
damage it, it is necessary to annul the kinetic
energy of the moving mass and the work generated.
The maximum cushionable load depends on the
traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer
supplied standard with the various cylinders.
The diagram shows the speeds and cushionable
mass for the various diameters at a pressure of 6 bar.
Mass to be buffered [Kg]
MAXIMUM LOAD ACCORDING TO THE DISTANCE BETWEEN SUPPORTS
Load L (N)
Distance K [mm]
1-119
ACTUATORS
DIMENSIONS Ø 16 to 40
+ = ADDED STROKE
Ø A B C D E F G H J K M M1 M2 N N1 O P R S T U V VS W WS W1 W2 Y Z1 Z2 Z3 Z4
16 130 12 15 76 64 48 M5 12 6.4 32 M4 M3 M5 7 8 6 43.5 23.5 18 2.75 10 18 18 27 27 13.5 9 4.5 37.5 24 4.5 28
25 200 17 23 120 100 80 1/8 18.5 8.5 50 M5 M5 M6 12 11 13 66 29.6 23 3.3 15 27 27 40 40 20 13.5 6.5 53 33 6.5 42
32 250 23 27 150 110 90 1/4 22 10.5 55 M6 M6 M8 14 12 12 86 36 27 4.4 18 40 36 56 52 30 22 8 74 44 8 70
40 300 45 30 150 110 90 1/4 24 15 55 M6 M6 M8 17.5 12 12 97 36.8 28 4.4 18 54 54 69 72 36 27 9 85 49 11.8 70
1-120
DIMENSIONS Ø 63
ACTUATORS
+ = ADDED STROKE

Basic supply
A, B, C, D to feed to left chambers
E, F, G, H to feed the right chambers
Note: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs
If you modify the position of an inner plug following the instructions provided with the cylinder, you can arrange:
all feeds from the left all feeds from the right
A, B feed the left chambers E, F feed the right chambers
C, D feed the right chambers G, H feed the left chambers
VERSION WITH SWING CARRIAGE
NOTE: For other dimensions see code 270
Ø A ØB C D E F G H L
16 25 4.5 13 2 20 10 – 47-50 28
25 37 5.5 20 3 30 16 – 72-75 42
32 70 6.5 38 5 90 75 55 91-100 70
40 70 6.5 38 5 90 75 55 111-120 70
63 80 M8 32 8 80 65 37 155-162 82
1-121
DIMENSIONS VERSION WITH ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS
ACTUATORS
Max. cushioned force Max. impact Max. thrust

Ø B Max C1 D E F G W7 W8 WS4 Y1 Z4 Z5 Stroke For stroke [J] For hour [J] force [N] force [N]
16 42 22 M12x1 – 50 – 38 46 42 7.5 7 7.5 10 4.5 14125 1000 220
25 72 44 M14x1.5 17 80 9 53 67 50 5 8 9.8 16 18 34000 2800 530
32 90 56 M20x1.5 29 100 11 74 89 60 4 10 12.2 22 40 53700 3750 890
40 105 74 M25x1.5 32.8 100 14 89 108 75 1.5 12.5 12.7 25 65 70000 5500 1550
63 105 65 M36x1.5 – 120 – 128.5 153 103 – 16 19 25 125 91000 11120 2220
For graphs to help choose shock absorbers see page 1-137
KEY TO CODES
CYL 27 0 0 2 5 0050 C N
TYPE BORE STROKE GASKETS
27 Rodless 0 Standard 0 Magnetic 16 ø 16: N NBR
cylinder 1 With swing drive S Non-magnetic 25 from 100 to 5000 mm gasket
✚ 2 Twin cushioned series “Double” n G No stick slip 32 ø 25 to 40: ● V FKM/FPM
3 Double-acting cushioned 40 from 100 to 5700 mm gasket
Magnetic + adjustable limit 63 ø 63
switches and shock absorbers from 100 to 5500 mm
n For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only ● For speed $ 1/m/s ✚ Available up to ø 32
1-122
RODLESS CYLINDER
WITH GUIDE “V”
ACTUATORS
Two opposed V-shaped guide units are obtained directly in the anodized
aluminium cylinder liner, on which a cover with two acetalic resin wear-
resistant pads slides.
The cover has a tip-up-type carriage-piston rod coupling. In this way
the carriage only transfers loads axially and does not support loads
and moments in other directions.
The play of the pads can be adjusted by means of side threaded grub
screws. Therefore, it is possible to recover the wear of pads, which can be
replaced without the need for dismantling the cylinder.
RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V”

This family of rodless cylinders has the same features as the basic versions:
such as an integrated adjustable pneumatic cushioning, sensor slots
and accessory holding slots.
A version is available with adjustable limit switches and hydraulic
decelerators. They can be purchased separately and applied at any time
to the basic cylinders as well.

Operating pressure bar 1.5 to 8
MPa 0.15 to 0.8
psi 21.8 to 116
°F 14 to 176
Fluid 50 mm unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Bores mm 25, 32, 40, 63
Strokes mm ø 25, 32 and 40: from 100 to 5700 with 1mm interval
ø 63: from 100 to 5500 with 1mm interval
Recommended speeds V ,1 m/s (NBR) V $1 m/s (FKM/FPM)
Max. speed with decelerators ,1 m/s (NBR) 2 m/s (FKM/FPM)
Weight See page 1-9
Notes For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s to prevent surging, use the version No stick-slip and
non-lubricated air.
COMPONENTS
a CYLINDER HEAD: aluminium alloy

c PISTON GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
d CENTRAL ELEMENT: aluminium alloy
e SCRAPER: Hostaform®
f O-RING: FKM/FPM
g PISTON: Hostaform®
h CUSHIONING CONE: aluminium alloy
i STATIC O-RINGS: NBR or FKM/FPM
j SLIDE: aluminium alloy
k OUTER STRIP: stainless steel
l INNER STRIP: stainless steel
m BAND SUPPORT: Hostaform®
n “V” GUIDE PLATE: Hostaform®
1-123
Bore Centre Distance Actual Force Cushioning stroke Max. load Ma max Mr max Mv max
ACTUATORS
Y F at 6 bar [N] [mm] L [N] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm]

25 14 200 21 350 22 5 22
32 18 300 26 400 40 10 40
40 22 490 32 700 70 26 70
63 44 1300 40 1800 250 80 250
N.B.: The loads can be applied for speeds below 0.2 m/s. For higher speeds, it is advisable not to exceed 1 m/s
N.B.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep to the following equations

[m/sec]
damage it, it is necessary to annul the kinetic
energy of the moving mass and the work generated.
The maximum cushionable load depends on
the traversing speed and the absorption of the air
buffer supplied standard with the various cylinders.
Load L (N)
Distance K [mm]
1-124
ACTUATORS
DIMENSIONS Ø 25 to 40
+ = ADDED STROKE
Only for ø 25
Ø A AG AO B C D E F G H J K M M1 M2 N N1 øO P Q R S T V VS W WS W1 W2 Y Z1 Z2 Z3
25 200 - 2 17 23 120 90 45 1/8 18.5 8.5 45 M5 M5 80 12 8 5.5 67.5 21 46 26 10 27 27 40 40 20 13.5 6.5 57.5 37.5 6.5
32 250 25 2.6 23 27 150 110 40 1/4 22 10.5 55 M5 M6 90 15 12 6.4 88 17.5 66 45 10.5 40 36 56 52 30 22 8 79.5 49.5 8
40 300 25 9.4 45 30 150 110 40 1/4 24 15 55 M6 M6 90 17.5 12 6.4 98.5 17.5 80 45 17.5 54 54 69 72 36 27 9 89.9 53.9 11.8
1-125
DIMENSIONS Ø 63
ACTUATORS
+ = ADDED STROKE
Basic supply
Note: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs
ø 25 ø 32; ø 40 ø 63

Ø B Max C1 C2 D F W7 W8 WS4 Z4 Z5 Stroke For stroke [J] For hour [J] force [N] force [N]
25 84 35 9 M14x1.5 80 53 67 50 8 9.8 16 26 34000 2800 530
32 110 45 11 M20x1.5 100 74 89 60 10 12.2 22 54 53700 3750 890
40 120 60 14 M25x1.5 100 89 108 75 12.5 12.7 25 90 70000 5500 1550
63 122 65 - M36x1.5 120 128.5 153 103 16 19 25 160 91000 11120 2220
KEY TO CODES
CYL 27 7 0 2 5 0050 C N
27 Rodless 7 Double-acting cushioned Magnetic with guide “V” 0 Magnetic 25 ø 25 to 40: N NBR
cylinder 8 Double-acting cushioned Magnetic with guide “V” S Non-magnetic 32 from 100 to 5700 mm gasket
+ adjustable limit switches and decelerator ✱ G No stick slip 40 ø 63 ● V FKM/FPM
63 from 100 to 5500 mm gasket
✱ For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only ● For speed $ 1/m/s
1-126
RODLESS CYLINDER
WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE
ACTUATORS
The range of rodless cylinders with ball circulation guides is available with five different
bores ø 16, 25, 32, 40 and 63. The bore 63 can be supplied in two versions:
the “standard” one for intermediate loads and the “heavy” one for considerably weighty
loads. Besides the general features specified for standard rodless cylinders, the other
main features are:
• Very high load capacity, acting in all directions without discharging onto
the cylinder slide.
• Hardened steel guide connected firmly to the cylinder barrel.
• Ball circulation shoes constructed using special technology that make them very
silent when the guide slides, with very long maintenance intervals.
RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE

For example, they only need lubricating every 2000 km or once a year,
using type 2 grease, preferably containing lithium soap.
• Extra sturdy slide support with various holes for fixing the loads.
Holes for centring pins are also provided.
• 100 to 2650 stroke at intervals of 1 mm.
• Integrated pneumatic adjustable cushioning.
• Adjustable limit switches and decelerations can be applied at any time.
For this type of cylinder (size 32 and upwards), the valves can be fitted directly
using the retracting sensors without requiring any intermediate brackets.
Refer to the table on page 1-46

MPa 0.05 to 0.8
Psi 7 to 116
°F 14 to 176
Fluid 50 mm unlubricated filtered air lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Bores mm ø 16, 25, 32, 40, 63
Type of construction Doubl-acting rodless cylinder with direct transmission system
Strokes mm ø 16: from 100 to 1350 with 1 interval
ø 25: from 100 to 2300 with 1 interval
ø 63 standard: from 100 to 2100 with 1 interval
ø 63 heavy: from 100 to 2650 with 1 interval
Threaded ports M5, G1/8”, G1/4”, G3/8”
Assembly As required
Recommended speed ,1 m/s $1 m/s
Max. speed with decelerators ,1 m/s 2 m/s
Weight See page 1-7
Notes For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s to prevent surging, use the version No stick-slip
and non-lubricated air.
COMPONENTS
For version 275

a CYLINDER: see construction details on page 1-118
b GUIDE: hardened steel
c SHOE: steel with hardened ball circulation
d SLIDE SUPPORT: anodised aluminium
For version 276

Besides the details specified above:
e END-OF-STROKE STUD PIN: zinc-plated steel,
complete with 2 zinc-plated nuts for fixing
f DECELERATOR: burnished steel, complete
with 2 zinc-plated or burnished nuts for fixing
g DECELERATOR SUPPORT: anodised aluminium
h BRACKET: hardened-and-tempered
and zinc-plated steel
1-127
DIMENSIONING - FORCES AND MOMENTS
Ø Version
Actual force Cushioning stroke K X Y Z Max load Max load Ma max Mr max Mv max
ACTUATORS
F at 6 bar [N] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] L [N] G [N] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm]
16 – 110 15 35 16 29 33 500 500 16 15 16
25 – 250 21 50.5 21 44 51.5 1500 1500 100 50 100
32 – 420 26 59 22.5 53.5 70 3000 3000 200 100 200
40 – 640 32 68 24.7 58 73 4000 4000 200 140 200
63 standard 1550 40 84 23.1 79 100 6000 6000 400 140 400
63 heavy 1550 40 91 29.2 79 88 10000 10000 600 400 600
N.B.: when the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable to keep
to the following equations
Ma = F x (hr + Y) Mr = G x (hr + z) + Lx (hv + X) Mv = F x (K + hv)

without intense or repeated impact which would
Piston rate
damage it, it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy [m/sec]
of the moving mass and the work generated.
The maximum cushionable load depends on the
traversing speed and the absorption of the air buffer
supplied standard with the various cylinders.
Load L (N)
Distance K [mm]
1-128
DIMENSIONS Ø 16
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE

DIMENSIONS Ø 25
+ = ADD THE STROKE
DIMENSIONS Ø 32; Ø 40
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø A B C H J N P V VS W WS WS1 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 Y Z1 Z3
32 250 23 27 22 10.5 14 86 40 36 56 52 85 30 22 95 70 99 78.5 8 74 8
40 300 45 30 24 15 17.5 97 54 54 69 72 104 36 27 98 73 102 88 9 85 11.8
1-129
DIMENSIONS Ø 63
ACTUATORS
HEAVY
Basic supply
Note: B, C, D, F, G and H are supplied closed with threaded plugs.
STANDARD
+ = ADD THE STROKE
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAMS
A Horizontal layout B Vertical layout

Ø min Interm. support code (1) Leg code (2) min Interm. support code (1) Leg code (2)
16 8 W0950164004 W0950167001 12 W0950164004 W0950167001
25 10 W0950254004 W0950257001 10 W0950254004 W0950257001
32 4 W0950324004 W0950328035 11 W0950324004 W0950327001
40 3 W0950404004 W0950407001 5 W0950404004 W0950407001
63 – W0950637032 W0950637001 – W0950637036 W0950637001
1-130
DIMENSION VERSION WITH ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS Ø 16 to 63
Max. cushioned force Max. impact Max. thrust ACTUATORS

Ø Version B max C1 D E G W7 W8 WS2 WS3 WS4 Y1 Z4 Z5 Stroke Per stroke [J] Per hour [J] force [N] force [N]
16 – 50 22 M12x1 – – 38 46 52 56 42 7.5 7 7.5 10 4.5 14125 1000 220
25 – 72 44 M14x1 17 9 53 67 71 80.5 50 5 8 9.8 16 18 34000 2800 530
32 – 90 56 M20x1.5 29 11 74 89 82.5 91 60 4 10 12.2 22 40 53700 3750 890
40 – 105 74 M25x1.5 32.8 14 89 108 92 108 75 1.5 12.5 12.7 25 65 70000 5500 1550
63 standard 105 65 M36x1.5 – – 128.5 153 – – 103 – 16 19 25 125 91000 11120 2220
63 heavy 105 65 M36x1.5 – – 128.5 153 – – 103 – 16 19 25 125 91000 11120 2220
KEY TO CODES
CYL 27 5 0 2 5 0050 C N
27 Rodless 5 Double-acting cushioned 0 STD Magnetic 16 ø 16: 100 to 1350 mm N NBR gasket
cylinder magnetic with ball S STD Non-magnetic 25 ø 25 - 32: 100 to 2300 mm ● V FKM/FPM gasket
circulation guides n G STD No stick slip 32 ø 40: 100 to 2250 mm
6 Double-acting cushioned A HEAVY Magnetic 40 ø 63 std: 100 to 2100 mm
magnetic with ball n B HEAVY No stick slip 63 ø 63 heavy: 100 to 2650
circulation guides + adjustable limit C HEAVY Non-magnetic mm
switch and shock absorbers
n For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only ● For speed $ 1/m/s
1-131
RODLESS CYLINDER
SERIES DOUBLE
DIMENSIONING – FORCES AND MOMENTS

Bore Actual force Cushioning stroke Max load Ma max Mr max Mv max
ACTUATORS
Ø F at 6 bar [N] [mm] L [N] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm]

2x16 200 15 240 8 2.4 1
2x25 480 21 600 30 8 6
2x32 820 26 900 60 16.5 10
N.B.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable
to keep to the following equations.
RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES DOUBLE

For the weights see page 1-9
DIMENSIONS OF RODLESS CYLINDER, DOUBLE SERIES
+ = ADD THE STROKE
Ø A B C D E F G H J K M N M1 N1 O P R S T U VW VS WW WS Y Z
2x16 130 12 15 76 64 48 M5 12 6.4 32 M5 10 M3 7 16 53.5 48 42 3 34 42 18 51 27 4.5 37.5
2x25 200 17 23 120 100 80 1/8 18.5 8.5 50 M6 15 M5 12 20 74 66 59 3.5 50 63 27 72 41 7 53.5
2x32 250 23 27 150 110 90 1/4 22.5 10.5 55 M6 12 M6 14 20 95 86.5 77.5 4.5 70 86 40 100 56 8 74

[m/sec]
damage it, it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy
1-132
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD,
GUIDE “V”, WITH BALL RECIRCULATING
GUIDE CYLINDERS
FOOT Ø 16; 25
Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT AU TR UH H Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADDED STROKE W0950167001 16 3.6 1.5 14 1.6 4 18 26 150 10
W0950257001 25 5.5 2 22 2.5 6 27 40 232 32
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD, GUIDE “V”, WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE CYLINDERS
FOOT Ø 32; 40
Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT AU AV TR UH H Weight [g]
+ = ADDED STROKE W0950327001 32 6.6 4 25 20 8 20 36 51 284 88
W0950407001 40 9 2 25 20 11.5 30 54 71 327 112
FOOT Ø 63
Code Ø ØAB AT AO AU TR UH H Weight [g]
+ = ADDED STROKE W0950637001 63 11 7 64 15 78 103 460 360
INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 16; 25 FOR STD AND GUIDE A “V”

Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT TR UH Weight [g]
W0950167031 16 5.5 3 20 5 41 53 4
W0950257031 25 5.5 4 20 6 48 60 6
0950254024* 25 5.5 4 20 6 48 60 6

* For the guide “V” version only
INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 32; 40 FOR STD AND GUIDE A “V”

Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT AV TR UH Weight [g]
W0950327032 32 6.5 5 55 8 40 61.5 73 72
W0950407032 40 6.5 7 60 8 45 70-75 85 104
Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates
1-133
INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 63 FOR VERSION STD, GUIDE “V” AND VERTICAL POSITION BALL RECIRCULATING
ACTUATORS
W0950637032 63 8.5 7.5 55 7.5 78 103 330
Note: plate supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 fixing plates

ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD, GUIDE “V”, WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE CYLINDERS
INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 16 to 25 FOR BALL RECIRCULATING

Code Ø ØAB ØAB1 AH AO AV TR TR1 TR2 UH
W0950164004 16 3.5 M3 3 12 6 20 4 8 32.5
W0950254004 25 5.5 M5 4 20 10.5 30.5 6 12 49
Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws
INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT Ø 32 to 40 FOR BALL RECIRCULATING

Code Ø ØAB ØAB1 AH AO AT AV TR TR1 TR2 UH
W0950324004 32 6.5 M6 5 55 5 40 55 6 13 66
W0950404004 40 6.5 M6 6.6 60 8 45 63 7.5 15 77
Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.
INTERMEDIATE SUPPORT KIT Ø 63 FOR HORIZONTAL POSITION BALL RECIRCULATING

Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT TR UH
W0950637036 63 8.5 7.5 55 8.5 78 103
Note: Supplied complete with 4 screws, 4 plates.
NOTES
1-134
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER
SERIE DOUBLE
FOOT Ø 16; 25
ACTUATORS
W0950168001 2x16 3.6 1.5 14 1.6 4 42 51 150 18
W0950258001 2x25 5.5 2 22 2.5 6 63 72 232 54
Note: Individually packed complete with 2 screws
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIE DOUBLE

FOOT Ø 32
Code Descrizione Weight [g]
W0950328036 Foot DOUBLE ø 32 156
VERTICAL FOOT Ø 16; 25

W0950167001 2x16 3.6 1.5 14 1.6 4 18 26 150 10
W0950257001 2x25 5.5 4 22 2.5 6 27 40 232 32
VERTICAL FOOT Ø 32
Code Description Weight [g]
W0950328035 Vertical foot ø 32 92
INTERMEDIATE FOOT Ø 16 to 32
Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT AV TR UH Weight [g]
W0950168037 2x16 3.5 3 12 6 6 60.5 64 16
W0950258037 2x25 5.5 4 20 6 10.5 84.5 96 34
W0950328037 2x32 6.5 5 55 8 40 111.5 123 96
Note: Supplied complete with 8 screws, 8 fixing plates (plates for ø 32 only)
1-135
ACCESSORIES FOR CONVERTING
STD RODLESS CYLINDERS INTO SWING CYLINDERS
KIT TO TRANSFORM INTO SWING VERSION
Code Ø Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
ø16 to 40 ø63 W0950167035 16 34

W0950257035 25 118
W0950327035 32 450
W0950327035 40 450
W0950637035 63 810
Note: ø 16 to 40: Supplied complete with 1 adaptor, 1 support, 1 pin, 1 bushing

ø 63: Supplied complete with 1 plate, 1 support, 1 pin, 2 bushings, 4 screws
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD, GUIDE “V”, WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE AND DOUBLE CYLINDERS
DRIVE PIN
Code Ø A B ØC Weight [g]
W0950167034 16 2.9 28 5 6
W0950257034 25 5 42 8 16
W0950327034 32 8 70 12 52
W0950327034 40 8 70 12 52
W0950637034 63 10 82 14 100
SWING SUPPORT Ø 16; 25

Code Ø A ØB C D E F Weight [g]
W0950167033 16 25 4.5 13 2 20 10 14
W0950257033 25 37 5.5 20 3 30 16 40
SWING SUPPORT Ø 32; 40; 63

Code Ø A ØB C D E F G Weight [g]
W0950327033 32 70 6.5 38 5 90 75 55 274
W0950327033 40 70 6.5 38 5 90 75 55 274
W0950637033 63 80 M8 32 8 80 65 37 400
ACCESSORIES: SENSOR MAGNETIC
SLIM SENSOR
Code Description
For use on the rodless cylinder guide “V” Ø25 or when standard sensors do not detect the magnet, e.g.
near metal masses. For technical data see page 1-288.
SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 16; 25

Code Description
0950164001 Sensor support STD
Note: Supplied with 1 stud pin, 2 screws
1-136
SENSOR SUPPORT Ø 16 FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH RECIRCULATING BALL
Code Description Type Mounting Mounting
ACTUATORS
sensor support sensor support sensor support on the carriage on the guide
opposite side opposite side
0950164003 Sensor support short A •
0950164001 Sensor support std B •
Note: Supplied complete with 2 screws, 1 pin
ACCESSORIES: SHOCK ABSORBERS
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS STD, GUIDE “V”, WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE AND DOUBLE CYLINDERS
ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT
ø 16 ø 25 to 40 ø 63 0950164002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 16 125
0950254002 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 25 260
Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber, 1 shock absorber nut,
1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø 63), 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,
4 locking grub screws (for ø 16 and ø 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for ø 32 and ø 40)
ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V”
ø 25 to 40 ø 63 0950254004 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 25 260
Note: Supplied complete with 1 shock absorber support, 1 standard shock absorber, 1 shock absorber nut,
1 limit switch grub screw, 1 grub screw nut ( 2 for ø 63) , 1 bracket, 1 bracket screw,
4 locking grub screws (for ø 25), 4 locking plates and 4 screws (for ø 32 and ø 40)
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code Description Ø
0950004003 Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1 16
0950004004 Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5 25
0950004005 Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5 32
0950004006 Shock absorbers PR0100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5 40
0950004007 Shock absorbers PR0125 MF3 + nut M36x1.5 63
GRAPHS TO HELP CHOOSE THE RIGHT SHOCK ABSORBERS
ø 16 ø 25 ø 32
ø 40 ø 63
The dotted areas indicate that the SHOCK ABSORBERS
is supplied standard. Other options can be selected
depending on the speed [m/sec] and the maximum
work force [J/stroke] to dissipate at each stroke.
Refer to the diagrams above to select the correct option.
1-137
SPARE PARTS FOR STD RODLESS CYLINDERS,
GUIDE “V”, BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE, DOUBLE
“LAST RELEASE” CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
Round-headed
Allen screw
SPARE PART FOR STD RODLESS CYLINDERS, GUIDE “V”, WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE AND DOUBLE
Solid orange
scraper
a Bands support Kit

Spare parts label
b Piston kit
on one cylinder side
c d e f g j NBR gaskets Kit (FKM/FPM for g)
c d e f g j FKM/FPM gaskets Kit
h i Bands Kit (inner/outer)
k “V” guide plate kit
BANDS KIT (INNER AND “V” GUIDE PLATE
BANDS SUPPORT KIT POS 1 (Y)
OUTER) POS 8-9 KIT POS 11
Code Code Code Code Code Code
Ø Ø Code Ø Code
White Black Orange Light grey Dark grey Yellow
16 0090165080 0090165081 0090165082 0090165083 0090165084 0090165085 16 0090166… 25 0090255060
25 0090255080 0090255081 0090255082 0090255083 0090255084 0090255085 25 0090256… 32 0090325060
32 0090325080 0090325081 0090325082 0090325083 0090325084 0090325085 32 0090326… 40 0090325060
40 0090405080 0090405081 0090405082 0090405083 0090405084 0090405085 40 0090406… 63 0090635060
63 *0090635080 *0090635081 *0090635082 *0090635083 *0090635084 *0090635085 63 0090636...
* For ø 63, the kit includes a strip support and a shim in the colour ordered Complete the code with the 4
Therefore, two kits must be ordered for each cylinder figure cylinder stroke
NBR GASKET KIT FKM/FPM GASKET KIT

PISTON KIT POS 2 (X)
POS 3-4-5-6-7-10 POS 3-4-5-6-7-10
Code Code Code Code Code
Ø Ø Code Ø Code
Type 0 (0 rings) Type 1 (1 rings) Type 2 (2 rings) Type 3 (3 rings) Type A (4 rings)
16 0090165015 0090165016 0090165017 0090165018 – 16 0090165022 16 0090165023
25 0090255015 0090255016 0090255017 0090255018 0090255019 25 0090255022 25 0090255023
32 0090325015 0090325016 0090325017 0090325018 0090325019 32 0090325022 32 0090325023
40 0090405015 0090405016 0090405017 0090405018 – 40 0090405022 40 0090405023
63 0090635015 0090635016 0090635017 0090635018 – 63 0090635022 63 0090635023
NOTES
If the ends of the carriage appear as below indicated, please contact our commercial department for the spare parts
“INTERMEDIATE RELEASE” “OLD RELEASE”
Allen screw Allen screw

with self-locking nut with self-locking nut
Solid orange scraper Black Finned scraper
1-138
RODLESS CYLINDER
SERIES PU
ACTUATORS
Series PU rodless cylinders have an internal strip for longitudinal tightness
made of polyurethane (PU) with a harmonic steel wire core. This solution
gives excellent air tightness values. It is particularly suitable for high-speed
and highly cyclical applications, even with long strokes.
The external strip, which merely provides protection against of foreign
bodies entry, is made of harmonic steel. The anodised aluminium cylinder
liner has a T-slot on either side for housing the retracting sensors.
Cylinder control solenoid valves can also be housed in these slots
and secured by means of plates and screws (see General Catalogue page
RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU

1-46). There are plastic anti-wear guide shoes on either side of the
carriage to increase the load capacity. They engage V-slots in the cylinder
liner. All the cylinders incorporate adjustable pneumatic cushioning.
One version has hydraulic decelerators + adjustable limit switches.
These can also be added at a later stage by purchasing the relevant kit.
The balanced drive version avoids having to transmit transverse torques
and forces to the carriage whenever the load is supported by guides
outside the cylinder.
TECHNICAL DATA NBR

MPa 0.1 to 0.8
psi 14.5 to 116
°F 14 to +176
Fluid 50 mm unlubricated filtered air Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Bores mm 25, 32, 40, 50
Strokes from 100 to 5700 mm with 1mm interval
Recommended speeds m/s , 2
Max. speed with decelerators m/s ,2
Weight See page 1-9
Notes For speeds lower than 0.2 m / s to prevent surging, use the version
No stick-slip and non-lubricated air
COMPONENTS
a CYLINDER HEAD: anodized aluminium alloy

c PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
d V-SHAPED GUIDE SHOE: Hostaform®
e DUST SCRAPER: Hostaform®
f PISTON: Hostaform®
g CUSHIONING CONE: anodized aluminium alloy
i SLIDE: anodized aluminium alloy
j OUTER STRIP: stainless steel
k INTERNAL STRAP: polyurethane + steel strands
l DIRECTION CHANGE: Hostaform®
m BUFFER: NBR
1-139
Bore Centre Distance Cushioning stroke Actual Force Max. load Max. load Ma max Mr max Mv max
ACTUATORS
Y [mm] F at 6 bar [N] G [N] L + [N] L - [N] [Nm] [Nm] [Nm]

25 16.5 20 250 350 480 350 22 5 10
32 20.1 24 420 450 650 450 40 10 20
40 25.3 33 640 750 900 750 70 26 35
50 30.4 39 1000 900 1100 900 90 32 45
N.B.: When the cylinder is subjected simultaneously to torque and force, it is advisable
to keep to the following equations.

Piston
without intense or repeated impact which would speed
damage it, it is necessary to annul the kinetic energy [m/sec]
Load L (N)
Distance K [mm]
1-140
ACTUATORS
DIMENSIONS
1 and 6 feed the left-hand chamber from the left side

4 feeds the left-hand chamber from the right side
2, 3 and 5 feed the right-hand chamber from the right side
NOTE: 3, 4, 5 and 6 are closed with threaded caps
Ø A B C D D1 max D2 E E1 F F1 G H J K M M1 M2 M3 H10 M4 N N1 N2 O P R S S1 V W W1 W2
25 200 14.5 20 131 - - 84 11 50 - G1/8 15.7 11 30 M5 M4 5.2 8 M6 13 7.5 2.1 4 63 40 19 - 32.5 42 26.5 20.3
32 250 19.5 20 171 - - 124 11 30 100 G1/8 15.7 11 50 M5 M5 5.2 8 M6 13.5 7.5 2.1 4 73 48 19 - 40 52 31.2 24.3
40 300 19.8 23 214.5 168 10 150 5.2 40 130 G1/4 18 12.5 70 M6 M5 6.5 10 M5 15 11 2 5.5 92.5 60 21 33 49 63 37.7 29.7
50 350 19.9 23 264.3 198 10 170 6.2 50 150 G1/4 18 12.5 80 M8 M6 8.5 12 M6 16 12.5 2 6.5 115 74 24 42 72 86 53.4 46.4
Ø W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 Z1 Z2 Z3
25 16.5 25.5 21.2 - 2.5 57 51.2 9.3
32 19 31.9 27 - 2.5 67 61 9.3
40 22 37.7 31.5 - 2.5 83.5 75.7 11
50 31.8 51.6 43 4 2.5 106 97 11
1-141
RODLESS CYLINDER WITH SWING CARRIAGE
ACTUATORS

Ø A ØB C D E F F1 H L
25 37 5.5 20 3 30 16 - 73 - 75 42
32 37 5.5 20 3 30 16 - 83 - 85 42
40 52 6.5 26.8 5 90 77 37 103.5 - 105.5 49
50 52 6.5 26.8 5 90 77 37 125.3 - 128.3 49

Ø B Max D E G W7 W8 WS4 Z4 Z5 Stroke For stroke [J] For hour [J] force [N] force [N]
25 50 M14x1.5 21.5 12 61.5 72 42 9.2 6 16 18 34000 2800 530
32 75 M20x1.5 26.7 14 74.4 88.7 52 10.3 11.2 22 40 53700 3750 890
40 88 M25x1.5 36 16 86.7 106 63 13.5 13 25 65 70000 5500 1550
50 82 M25x1.5 49 20 108.5 129 86 17.5 9 25 65 70000 5500 1550
KEY TO CODES
CYL 27 0 0 2 5 0100 C P
27 Rodless 0 Double acting 3 Magnetic 25 from 100 to 5700 mm C P Polyurethane
cylinder cushioned magnetic n 4 No stick slip 32 gaskets
1 Double acting 5 Non-magnetic 40
with swing carriage 50
3 Double acting
+ adjustable limit switch
and shock absorbers
n For speeds lower than 0.2 m/s, to prevent surging. Use no-lubricated air only.
1-142
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES PU
FOOT
ACTUATORS
+ = ADDED STROKE 0950254041 25 5.5 2 19 3 6 32.5 42 226 30
0950324041 32 6.6 3 24 4 7 38 52 284 60
0950404041 40 6.6 3 26 5 8.5 45 63 335 90
0950504041 50 9 6 - 10 36 6 11 65 86 400 203
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU

INTERMEDIATE FOOT
W0950257038 25 5.5 2 28 3.5 60 70 16
W0950327038 32 6.6 3 33 4 73 85 30
W0950257038 40 9 3 38 4.5 90 105 42
W0950327038 50 9 10 43 12 106 122 121
Nota: 2 brackets and 4 grub screws per pack (ø 25-32-40); 2 brackets, 4 grub screws and 2 plates for
pack (ø 50)
SIDE INTERMEDIATE FOOT

Code Ø ØAB AH AO AT TR1 TR2 UH Weight [g]
0950254051 25 5.5 3.5 28 3.5 5 14 57.5 20
0950324051 32 5.5 4 40 4 5 12 61 32
0950404051 40 7 4 40 4 8 16 75 36
0950504051 50 7 10 40 10 8 19 90 101
Nota: 1 bracket, 2 screws and 2 plates per pack
SLIM SENSOR
Code Description
ADJUSTABLE LIMIT SWITCH AND SHOCK ABSORBERS KIT

Code Ø Description Weight [g]
0950254013 25 Rodless cylinder limit switch and shock absorbers ø 25 series PU 220
Note: supplied complete with 1 decelerator bracket, 1 standard decelerator, 1 decelerator nut,
1 limit switch grub screw, 1 limit switch grub screw nut, 1 limit switch block, 2 block screws
and 2 decelerator bracket screws (nr 4 decelerator bracket screw for ø 40 and ø 50)
1-143
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code Ø Description
ACTUATORS
0950004004 25 Shock absorbers PRO25 MC2 + nut M14x1.5

0950004005 32 Shock absorbers PRO50 MC2 + nut M20x1.5
0950004006 40-50 Shock absorbers PRO100 MF2 + nut M25x1.5
ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS FOR RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU
GRAPHS TO HELP CHOOSE THE RIGHT SHOCK ABSORBERS
ø 25 ø 32 ø 40-50
The dotted areas indicate that the SHOCK ABSORBERS is supplied standard.
Other options can be selected depending on the speed [m/sec] and the maximum work force [J/stroke] to dissipate at each stroke.
Refer to the diagrams above to select the correct option.
SPARE PARTS FOR RODLESS CYLINDER SERIES PU
DUST SCRAPER KIT GASKET KIT BANDS KIT PISTON KIT

POS 6 POS 3-4-5 (inner and outer) POS 8-9 POS 2
Code Ø Code Ø Code Ø Code Ø
0090255025P 25 0090255024P 25 0090256 - - - - P 25 0090255009P 25
0090255025P 32 0090325024P 32 0090326 - - - - P 32 0090325009P 32
0090405025P 40 0090405024P 40 0090406 - - - - P 40 0090405009P 40
0090505025P 50 0090505024P 50 0090506 - - - - P 50 0090505009P 50
Note: 2 dust scrapers Note: 2 gasket for position Complete the code Note: 2 pistons
with the 4-figure cylinder stroke
1-144
NOTES
ACTUATORS
1-145
NOTES
ACTUATORS
1-146
NOTES
ACTUATORS
1-147
NOTES
ACTUATORS
1-148
RODLESS CYLINDER
WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING
SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE
ACTUATORS
The magnetic-slide rodless cylinder operates pneumatically and is equipped
with a piston and a slide with magnets. The slide runs freely along the liner,
following the piston movements, thanks to the magnetic coupling force
between the two. If an axial force exceeding the magnetic coupling force
is applied to the slide, it disengages. It is therefore important to operate
within the pressure, force and speed ranges shown in the catalogue.
The load is fixed onto the slide using four threaded holes.
The cylinder is secured at the ends by means of nuts, flanges and brackets.
This solution is recommended when there is limited space for assembly,
RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE

there must be no air leaks or impurities must be prevented from entering.
Available with three bores ø 16-20-25, in the basic or swinging versions,
with adjustable pneumatic cushioning or non-adjustable cushioning.
Designed for use with magnetic sensors.
N.B.: We always suggest to use flow microregulators. During the setup

of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow microregulators, and open
gradually till the achievment of the required speed.
TECHNICAL DATA Ø 16 Ø 20 Ø 25
MPa 0.2 to 0.7
psi 29 to 101
Temperature range °C -10 to 60
°F 14 to 140
Fluid Unlubricated 50 mm filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Bores mm 16; 20; 25
Strokes mm from 10 to 1000 with 1 intervals
Versions Magnetic uncushioned/cushioned
Swinging magnet uncushioned/cushioned
Design Double-acting rodless cylinder, with magnetic coupling transmission system
Position sensing Magnet for limit switch sensor
Fixing Hex nuts (supplied standard) - Legs - Flanges
Theoretic force at 6 bar N 118 185 288
Magnetic coupling force (static condition) N 200 300 500
Max speed m/s 0.4 0.4 0.4
Weight See page 1-9
Notes Lubricate the slide every 2000 km or once a year, through the lubricators
COMPONENTS Ø 20
a SLIDE: anodized aluminium alloy

b WIPER RING: polyurethane
c TIE ROD: stainless steel, thick-chromed
d BARREL: AISI 304 stainless steel
e HEAD: anodized aluminium alloy
f CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
g NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle-out movement
safety system, even when fully open
h HEAD NUT: OT 58 nickel-plated
i HALF-PISTON: aluminium alloy
j PISTON GASKET: polyurethane
k BUFFER: NBR
l INT/EXT MAGNETS: neodymium
m INT/EXT GUIDES: thermoplastic resin
with lubricating additive
n GREASE NIPPLE: steel
o Static O-rings: NBR
1-149
ADMISSIBLE AXIAL FORCE “F” ADMISSIBLE AXIAL FORCE “F”
AS A FUNCTION OF THE LEVER ARM “A” AS A FUNCTION OF THE STROKE “C”
ACTUATORS
DIMENSIONS
+ = ADD STROKE
MAGNETIC SENSOR
SLOT DIMENSIONS
a Grease nipple
b External cursor, 360° adjustment
c Sensor magnet
d Position for magnetic sensors
(N.B. customer must provide supports)
Ø A B C DC DT F F1 I L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 CH H X Y
16 35 125 M5 17.3 M16x1.5 M5x7 8x3 26 205 181 169 12 10 28 62.5 22 6 24 8 14 9
20 42 135 G1/8 21.3 M22x1.5 M5x10 8x3 32 217 185 169 16 15.5 25 67.5 17 8 32 7 17.5 9
25 50 150 G1/8 26.5 M22x1.5 M6x11 10x4 36 238 206 188 16 17.1 28 75 19 9 32 7 21.5 9
1-150
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
CYL 27 A 0 1 6 0050 X P
TYPE VERSION BORE STROKE MATERIAL GASKETS
27 Rodless A Magnetic 0 Magnetic 16 For the maximum X Stainless steel P Polyurethane
cylinder sliding DEM 20 suppliable strokes, tie rod
B Magnetic 25 look at the technical data
sliding DEMA
C Magnetic
sliding
swinging DEM
D Magnetic

sliding
swinging DEMA

NOTES
1-151
ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING:
FIXING
FOOT
Code Ø D A B C H ±0.3 R F ±0.2 I Js L L1 S Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE 0950164040 16 16 42 20 14 27 13 5.5 32 209 161 4 50

0950204040 20 22 54 25 17 30 20 6.5 40 219 161 5 105
0950204040 25 22 54 25 17 30 20 6.5 40 240 182 5 105
Note: individually pocket

ACCESSORIES FOR RODLESS CYLINDER WITH MAGNETIC SLIDING – SERIES MAGNETIC SLIDE
FLANGIA MOD. C
Code Ø D FB H13 TF Js14 UF UR L S Weight [g]
+ = ADD STROKE W0950120002 16 16 5.5 40 52 30 189 4 26
W0950200002 20 22 6.5 50 66 40 195 5 52
W0950200002 25 22 6.5 50 66 40 216 5 52
Note: individually pocket
KIT FOR SWING VERSION

Code Ø A B D F ±0.1 H H1 H2 H3 I I2 L L1 L2 S Weight [g]
0950164050 16 67 40 10 5.5 28.5 46 40 7 26 26 73.5 53 52 4 288
0950204050 20 74 42 10 5.5 32 53 43 7 32 32 80.5 60 59 4 345
0950254050 25 87 50 12 6.5 38 63 50 8 36 36 96.5 68 68 5 576
Note: individually pocket. Supplied with 8 screws
The swinging version kit can be used to avoid bending moments and lateral loads on the slide.
It can also be used to compensate for misalignments with respect to the load guide.
Max alignment error ±1mm.
ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSOR

Code Description
For technical data see page 1-288. Note: Individually packed.
1-152
STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432
MINI-CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
ISO 6432 stainless steel micro-cylinders are available in various versions
with a wide range of accessories
• with or without magnet execution
• double-acting - single or through-rod
• gaskets: Polyurethane or FKM/FPM (for high temperatures)
• fixing accessories
STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER

MPa 1
Bores mm 16; 20; 25
Design Chamfered heads
Standard strokes ✚ mm max 500
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod
COMPONENTS
a PISTON ROD: AISI 316 steel

b HEAD: AISI 304 steel
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
f PISTON: brass
g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
i Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
1-153
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE
STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER
Ø AM BE øCD H9 CH øD øD1 EE EW d13 G KK L L1 L2 L3 L5 MR NB WF XC

16 16 M16x1.5 6 5 19 6 M5 12 5 M6 9 109 11 18 55 16 18 22 82
20 20 M22x1.5 8 7 27 8 G 1/8 16 8 M8 12 131 16 20 67 18 25.5 24 95
25 22 M22x1.5 8 9 30 10 G 1/8 16 8 M10x1.25 12 140 14 22 68 21 28.5 28 104
DIMENSIONS DOUBLE-ACTING THROUGH-ROD
+ = ADD STROKE
Ø AM BE CH øD øD1 EE G KK LL L3 L5 NB WF ±1,2
16 16 M16x1.5 5 19 6 M5 5 M6 129,5 18 55 18 22
20 20 M22x1.5 7 27 8 G 1/8 8 M8 156 20 67 25.5 24
25 22 M22x1.5 9 30 10 G 1/8 8 M10x1.25 169 22 68 28.5 28
KEY TO CODES
W 1 8 0 0 1 6 0 0 2 0
TYPE VERSION DIAMETER STROKE
Stainless steel cylinder 0 DEM 0 Standard (magnetic) 16 ✚ 0 to 500 mm
1 DEM through-rod S Non-magnetic 20
V FKM/FPM gasket 25

1-154
ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL
ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER: FIXINGS
STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL A
Code Ø ØAB AU AO D NH XS ±1.4 R S TR US Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W095X120001 16 5.5 14 6 16.1 20 22 13 4 32 42 42
W095X200001 20 6.6 17 8 22.1 25 36 20 5 40 54 90
W095X200001 25 6.6 17 8 22.1 25 40 20 5 40 54 90
*ISO 6432 values

ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER

STAINLESS STEEL FLANGE MODEL C
Code Ø D FB W ±1.4 S TF UF UR Weight [g]
W095X120002 16 16 5.5 18 4 40 52 30 26
W095X200002 20 22 6.6 19 5 50 66 40 52
W095X200002 25 22 6.6 23 5 50 66 40 52
*ISO 6432 values

STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC

Code Ø AB1 AB AO LG MO N NH R S TR Weight [g]
W095X120005 16 6 5.5 2 25 24 12.1 27 7 3 15 40
W095X200005 20 8 6.6 4 32 31 16.1 30 10 4 20 78
W095X200005 25 8 6.6 4 32 31 16.1 30 10 4 20 78
Note: Supplied complete with 1 pin and 2 snap rings
STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR HEADS

Code Ø CH F H
W095X120010 16 22 M16x1.5 5
W095X200010 20 27 M22x1.5 8
W095X200010 25 27 M22x1.5 8
1-155
STAINLESS STEEL NUT FOR PISTON RODS
Code Ø CH F H Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
W095X120011 16 10 M6 4 1
W095X200011 20 13 M8 5 3
W095X322011 25 17 M10x1.25 6 7

ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER
STAINLESS STEEL FORK-MODEL GK-M

Code Ø A B C D F L ØM
W095X120020 16 12 6 12 M6 24 31 6
W095X200020 20 16 8 16 M8 32 42 8
W095X322020 25 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10
ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS
SLIM SENSOR
Code Description
SENSOR CIRCLIP
Code Bore Description
MATERIAL
1-156
STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS
RNDC
ACTUATORS
Stainless steel clean profile cylinders available in different versions:
• double-acting - single or through-rod
STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC

MPa 1
psi 145
Bores mm 32; 40; 50; 63
Design Chamfered heads
Versions Double-acting, Double-acting through-rod
COMPONENTS

b PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
c GUIDE BUSHING: sintered bronze
d BARREL: AISI 304 steel
e PISTON: aluminium
f MAGNET: plastoferrite
g PISTON GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
h i HEAD:AISI 304 steel
j BUFFER: polyurethane
k GUIDE RING: PTFE
1-157
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE
STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC
+ = ADD STROKE
Ø A CH1 D E F ØG I L L1 M N O ØP R ØS T V W
32 36.5 10 M30x1.5 M8x1 20 30 96 168 212 M10x1.5 14 G1/8 38 78 12 47 30 38
40 44 13 M38x1.5 M10x1 24 38 113 198 251 M12x1.75 16 G1/4 46 89 16 57 35 45
50 55 17 M45x1.5 M12x1.5 32 45 120 220 284 M16x2 18 G1/4 57 96 20 62 38 50
63 67.5 17 M45x1.5 M14x1.5 32 45 124 224 288 M16x2 18 G3/8 70 98 20 63 38 50
CHIAVE DI CODIFICA
W 1 8 0 0 3 2 0 0 3 2
Stainless steel cylinder 0 DEM 0 Standard (magnetic) 32 ✚ ø 32 to 63
1 DEM through-rod S Non-magnetic 40 stroke 0 to 500 mm
V FKM/FPM gasket 50
63

1-158
ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDER:
FIXINGS
STAINLESS STEEL LEG MODEL AC
Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M N O
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE W095X320002 32 124 48 7 4 14 52 7 14 28 148 66 49 28
W095X400002 40 153 60 10 5 20 60 9 18 30 178 80 58 33
W095X500002 50 160 64 10 6 20 70 9 20 40 190 90 70 40
W095X630002 63 164 64 10 6 20 76 9 20 50 194 96 80 45
ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC

STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER-HINGE MODEL BC
Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M R
+ = ADD STROKE W095X320005 32 40 35 24 4 7 8 12 46.1 20 125 58.1 12
W095X400005 40 50 40 30 5 9 10 13 56.1 28 146 70.1 13
W095X500005 50 54 45 34 6 9 10 14 69.1 36 158 86.1 14
W095X630005 63 65 50 35 6 9 15 16 82.1 42 161 99.1 16
Nota: Supplied complete with 2 screws
STAINLESS STEEL HEAD RING NUT MODEL G

Code Ø A B C
W095X320010 32 M30x1.5 45 7
W095X400010 40 M38x1.5 52 8
W095X500010 50 M45x1.5 58 9
W095X500010 63 M45x1.5 58 9

W095X320020 32 20 10 20 M10x1.5 40 52 10
W095X400020 40 24 12 24 M12x1.75 48 62 12
W095X500020 50 32 16 32 M16x2 64 83 16
W095X500020 63 32 16 32 M16x2 64 83 16
1-159
ACTUATORS
W095X320011 32 M10x1.5 17 6 6
W095X400011 40 M12x1.75 19 7 12
W095X500011 50 M16x2 24 8 20
W095X500011 63 M16x2 24 8 20

ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC
STAINLESS STEEL OSCILLATING PIN

Code Ø A CH D E øF H L1 L4
+ = ADD STROKE W095X320007 32 M8X1 5 8 14 10 51 125 47
W095X400007 40 M10X1 6 9.5 16.5 12 61 146 57
W095X500007 50 M12X1.5 6 11 20 14 75 158 62
W095X630007 63 M14X1.5 8 13 26 16 92 161 63
Note: 2- piece pack
SLIM SENSOR
Code Description
SENSOR CIRCLIP
MATERIAL
1-160
STAINLESS STEEL
ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
(EX ISO 6431)
ACTUATORS
Stainless steel cylinders made to ISO 15552 available in various versions
• double-acting – single- or through-rod
• fixing accessories, guide units and mechanical piston rod lock
STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS

MPa 1
psi 145
Temperature range °C –10 to +80 –10 to +150
Bores mm 32; 40; 50; 63; 80; 100
Design Heads with tie rods
Versions Double-acting cushioned, Double-acting through-rod cushioned
COMPONENTS

b HEAD: AISI 304 steel
c PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
f ENBLOC GASKET: NBR or FKM/FPM
g MAGNET: plastoferrite
h Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
i CUSHIONING GASKET: polyurethane or FKM/FPM
j CUSHIONING NEEDLE: AISI 304 steel
k TIE ROD: AISI 316 steel
l NEEDLE-RETAINING RING: technopolymer
1-161
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD STROKE
STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS
+ = ADD STROKE
Ø A A1 A2 B C C1 CH CH1 D D1 E E1 F G G1 H L L0 L1 L2 P
32 14 9 11.3 30 26 18 10 6 M10x1.25 12 32.5 4 22 G1/8 M6 50 121 95 67 147 6
40 14 9 13 35 30 22 13 6 M12x1.25 16 38 4 24 G1/4 M6 55 135 105 77 165 8
50 14 9 12.7 40 37 25.5 16 8 M16x1.5 20 46.5 4 32 G1/4 M8 65 143 106 78 180 11.8
63 16 9 15.8 45 37 25 16 8 M16x1.5 20 56.5 4 32 G3/8 M8 75 158 121 89 195 11.7
80 16 9 16.3 45 46 35 21 10 M20x1.5 25 72 4 40 G3/8 M10 95 174 128 96 220 15.5
100 18 9 15.5 55 51 38 21 10 M20x1.5 25 89 4 40 G1/2 M10 110 189 138 102 240 15.5
KEY TO CODES
W 1 8 4 0 3 2 0 0 3 2
Stainless steel cylinder 4 DEMA 0 Standard (magnetic) 32 ✚ 0 to 1000 mm
5 DEMA through-rod S Non-magnetic 40
● V FKM/FPM gasket 50
63
80
A1=100

● For this version the cylinder will be not magnetic
1-162
ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS ISO 15552 CYLINDER:
FIXINGS
STAINLESS STEEL INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN
Code Ø N1 N2 N3 N4 N5
ACTUATORS
W095X322007 32 50 12 12 22 65
W095X402007 40 63 16 16 28 75
W095X502007 50 75 16 16 32 95
W095X632007 63 90 20 20 35 105
W095X802007 80 110 20 20 40 130
W095XA12007 100 132 25 25 45 145
Note: Supplied complete with 8 grub screws
ACCESSORIES FOR STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS

STAINLESS STEEL SHORT FOOT MOUNTING
Code Ø Ø AB AH AO AT AU TR UH H1 H2
+ = ADD THE STROKE W095X322001 32 7 32 35 4 24 32 45 145 143
W095X402001 40 9 36 36 4 28 36 52 163 161
W095X502001 50 9 45 47 5 32 45 65 175 170
W095X632001 63 9 50 45 5 32 50 75 190 185
W095X802001 80 12 63 55 6 41 63 95 215 210
W095XA12001 100 14 71 57 6 41 75 115 230 220
STAINLESS STEEL FEMALE HINGE - MODEL B

Code Ø B D E ØG H3 R S
+ = ADD THE STROKE W095X322003 32 45 26 22 10 142 10 9
W095X402003 40 52 28 25 12 160 12 9
W095X502003 50 65 32 27 12 170 12 11
W095X632003 63 75 40 32 16 190 16 11
W095X802003 80 95 50 36 16 210 16 14
W095XA12003 100 115 60 41 20 230 20 14
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers. WITHOUT PIN.
FEMALE HINGE INOX PIN

Code Ø A B C D E
W095X322050 32 53 46 1.1 10 9.6
W095X402050 40 60 53 1.1 12 11.5
W095X502050 50 68 61 1.1 12 11.5
W095X632050 63 78 71 1.1 16 15.2
W095X802050 80 98 91 1.1 16 15.2
W095XA12050 100 118 111 1.3 20 19
Note: Supplied with 2 snap-rings
1-163
STAINLESS STEEL MALE HINGE - MODEL BA
Code Ø D E F ØG H H3
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W095X322004 32 26 22 10 10 9 143

W095X402004 40 28 25 12 12 9 160
W095X502004 50 32 27 12 12 11 170
W095X632004 63 40 32 16 16 11 190
W095X802004 80 50 36 16 16 14 210
W095XA12004 100 60 41 20 20 14 230

STAINLESS STEEL ISO COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS

Code Ø A B C D E F G H I L M N
W095X322008 32 26 20 6.6 10 38 18 32 31 51 3 8 10
W095X402008 40 28 22 6.6 12 41 22 36 35 54 2 10 15
W095X502008 50 32 26 9 12 50 30 45 45 65 3 12 16
W095X632008 63 40 30 9 16 52 35 50 50 67 2 14 16
W095X802008 80 50 30 11 16 66 40 63 60 86 7 14 20
W095XA12008 100 60 38 11 20 76 50 71 70 96 5 17 20
STAINLESS STEE FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

Code Ø A A1 B B1 S ØD W
W095X322002 32 80 64 45 32 10 7 16
W095X402002 40 90 72 52 36 10 9 20
W095X502002 50 110 90 65 45 12 9 25
W095X632002 63 120 100 75 50 12 9 25
W095X802002 80 150 126 95 63 16 12 30
W095XA12002 100 170 150 115 75 16 14 35
STAINLESS STEE REAR FLANGE - MODEL C

Code Ø A A1 B B1 S ØD L
+ = ADD THE STROKE W095X322002 32 80 64 45 32 10 7 105
W095X402002 40 90 72 52 36 10 9 115
W095X502002 50 110 90 65 45 12 9 118
W095X632002 63 120 100 75 50 12 9 133
W095X802002 80 150 126 95 63 16 12 144
W095XA12002 100 170 150 115 75 16 14 154
1-164
ACTUATORS
W095X322011 32 M10x1.25 6 17 6
W095X402011 40 M12x1.25 7 19 12
W095X502011 50 M16x1.5 8 24 20
W095X502011 63 M16x1.5 8 24 20
W095X802011 80 M20x1.5 9 30 32
W095X802011 100 M20x1.5 9 30 32

W095X322020 32 20 10 20 M10x1.25 40 52 10
W095X402020 40 24 12 24 M12x1.25 48 62 12
W095X502020 50 32 16 32 M16x1.5 64 83 16
W095X502020 63 32 16 32 M16x1.5 64 83 16
W095X802020 80 40 20 40 M20x1.5 80 105 20
W095X802020 100 40 20 40 M20x1.5 80 105 20
SLIM SENSOR
Code Description
SENSOR BRACKET
W0950001100 32 to 100 Sensor bracket
MATERIAL
Bracket: zinc-plated aluminium
Sensor holder: zinc-plated aluminium
Fixing screw: zinc-plated aluminium
1-165
NOTES
ACTUATORS
1-166
GRIPPERS SUMMARY
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS PAGE 1-168
ACTUATORS
P GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P1 PAGE 1-172
GRIPPERS SUMMARY
P GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P2 PAGE 1-174
P GRIPPERS WITH TWO PARALLEL JAWS, LONG STROKE, SERIES P4 PAGE 1-176
P GRIPPERS WITH TWO HINGED JAWS, SERIES P7 PAGE 1-179
P TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS, SERIES P8 PAGE 1-181
P GRIPPERS 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9 PAGE 1-183
P GRIPPERS WITH THREE PARALLEL JAWS, SERIES P11 PAGE 1-185
1-167
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA GRIPPERS
NOMENCLATURE
ACTUATORS
a Pneumatic gripper FIG. 1.1

b Jaws
c Clamping finger
d Sensor slot
e F = clamping force of one jaw only
If a gripper has three jaws, with
F = 25 N, so the total clamping force is 25 x 3 = 75 N
f Load
g L = distance between the barycentre of the load
and the reference surface

h C = stroke of a single jaw
i Fa = maximum axial force applied to the grippers
TYPES
Parallel gripper: the jaws move in a straight line. There may be two, three
or even four jaws.
Hinged gripper: the jaws are hinged and move along the arc of a circle.
It is generally cheaper than a parallel gripper but there are some
limitations (see fig. 1.5):
• If the part has varying dimensions, the contact area changes
(see fig. 1.6)
• If the part is cylindrical with varying dimensions, the position of the axis
of the clamped part varies (see fig. 1.7)
Gripper with retracting jaws: the jaws have an opening angle of about 90°.
The clamping fingers can retract fully from the work top, and so, in certain
cases, it is possible to avoid one linear retraction motion (see fig. 1.5).
Toggle gripper: a hinged gripper with a toggle-action mechanism

to achieve high clamping forces. Clamping is irreversible even when
there is no pressure, so the part cannot be released accidentally.
The opening angle is 90° so it acts as retracting gripper.
The clamping force is high within a limited angle only.
Number of jaws: two-jaw grippers are used for prism-shaped parts

or cylindrical ones with a single diameter. Three-jaw grippers can be used
for cylindrical parts with different diameters.
1-168
CLAMPING FINGERS
ACTUATORS
The clamping fingers must be as light and short as possible to keep inertia to a minimum.
The longer the clamping fingers, the less force is available (see fig. 1.2).
Wider fingers are only heavier, they do not increase friction (see fig. 1.3).
FIG. 1.2 FIG. 1.3

NO OK
EXAMPLE OF CLAMPING FINGERS
FIG. 1.4
EXAMPLE OF RETRACTING HINGED GRIPPERS EXAMPLE OF USE LIMITATIONS OF HINGED GRIPPERS
FIG. 1.5 FIG. 1.6
FIG. 1.7
1-169
CALCULATIONS
ACTUATORS
First of all, determine the necessary clamping force.

Then decide which type of gripper can ensure this force with required pressure and clamping distance.
To help designers calculate the clamping force, we propose two levels of calculation.
DRAWING TO CALCULATE GRIPPER CLAMPING FORCE
FIG. 1.8
APPROXIMATION METHOD
Clamping force of each jaw [N] $ 200 x weight of part [kg] / number of jaws.
Data Unit of measurement Formula Example

M Mass of part kg 1.2
n Number of jaws – 3
F Clamping force of each jaw N $ 200 x M/n $ 200 x 1.2/3 = 80
1-170
PRECISION COMPUTING METHOD
ACTUATORS
Data Unit of measur. Formula Example
M Mass of part Kg 1.2
a Acceleration m/s2 5 in direction Y
Ω Angle speed rad/s 0
T Width of clamping finger mm 8
d Clamping diameter of part mm 16
ax Distance along X of the barycentre from clamping centre mm 0
ay Distance along Y of the barycentre from clamping centre mm 0
az Distance along Z of the barycentre from clamping centre mm 25

m Finger/part friction coefficient 0.2
Some examples:
Smooth steel on smooth metal m = 0.1
Rough steel on smooth metal m = 0.2 - 0.3
Soft material, e.g. Vulkolan m = 0.4
Coupled shape (vedi fig. 1.4) m=1
Forces applied to barycentre of part.

When determining the forces, assess for each direction:
Force x weight N M x 9.81
Force of inertia x linear acceleration N Mxa
Force of inertia x angular velocity N MxΩ2xr
Fx Force along gripper axis N Fx = weight 1.2 x 9.81 = 11.8 N
Fy Force perpendicular to jaw N Fy = F. of inertia = 1.2 x 5 = 6 N
Fz Force tangent to jaw N Fz = O
Force equivalent to clamping centre:
Ft eq Equivalent tangential force N
Fy eq Equivalent perpendicular force N
Fs teo Theoretical clamping force N Greater of (Fteq/2m) and (Fyeq) Greater of (42.8/2.02) and 75 = 107
F Clamping force N FsTeo · 1.5 (safety coefficient) = 107 · 1.5 = 160 N
NOTES
1-171
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS
SERIES P1
ACTUATORS
• Dual-acting parallel gripper for internal and external clamping.

• Anodized aluminium alloy body and tempered steel jaws.
• Bottom or side fixing.
• All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots.
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P1
TECHNICAL DATA P1-20 P1-32

MPa 0.2 to 0.8
psi 29 to 116
Temperature range °C 5 to 70
Fluid 20 µm filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air;
lubrification if used, it must be continuous
Bores mm 20 32
Clamping force at 6.3 bar 20 mm from the top surface N 70 170
during opening and closing
Single jaw stroke mm 5 5
Weight Kg 0.50 0.70
TABLE OF CLAMPING FORCES FOR VARIOUS POINTS OF APPLICATION
1-172
DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPERS P1-20
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W1550200001 Gripper with 2 parallel jaws P1-20
F (N)
140
120
GRIPPER WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P1

100
80
60 8 bar
40 6.3 bar
4 bar
20
2 bar
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
280
8 bar
240
200 6.3 bar
160
4 bar
120
80 2 bar
40
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
L [mm]
ACCESSORIES

Code Description
* For use when standard sensors do not detect the magnet,

e.g. near metal masses.
1-173
GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS
SERIES P2
ACTUATORS
Double-acting system with clamping in both directions.

All the grippers come with magnet and sensor slots.
GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL ROLLER-RECIRCULATION JAWS SERIES P2
TECHNICAL DATA P2 -16 P2-20 P2- 25

MPa 0.2 to 0.8
psi 29 to 116
Operating temperature °C -10 to +80
Maximum operating frequency cycles/s 2
Fluid 20 µm filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air; lubrification if used, it must be continuous.
Size 16 20 25
Bore mm 16 20 25
Single jaw stroke mm 3 5 7
Clamping force at 6.3 bar 20 mm from the top surface N 45 100 135
Weight Kg 0.12 0.24 0.45
1-174
DIMENSIONS OF GRIPPER P2-16
Code Description
ACTUATORS
F (N)
100
8 bar
80
6.3 bar
60
GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL JAWS SERIES P2

4 bar
40
2 bar
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
160
8 bar
140
120 6.3 bar
100
80 4 bar
60
2 bar
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
280
240 8 bar
200
6.3 bar
160
120
4 bar
80
2 bar
40
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
L [mm]
ACCESSORIES
SENSOR
Code Description
W0950044180 Sensor REED 2 wires 24 VDC 1 m
W0950045390* Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m
* For technical data see page 1-289
1-175
GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL LONG-STROKE
JAWS – SERIES P4
ACTUATORS
These are grippers with 2 parallel long-stroke jaws. The mechanical design
makes them suitable for clamping bulky parts. All grippers, except
for the smallest ones, can mount a retracting magnetic proximity sensor.
GRIPPERS WITH 2 PARALLEL LONG-STROKE JAWS – SERIES P4
TECHNICAL DATA P4-10 P4-12 P4-16 P4-25 P4-30

MPa 0.3 to 0.7
psi 43 to 101
Maximum operating frequency cycles/s 1
Fluid 20 µm filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air; lubrification if used, it must be continuous
Bore mm 2 x 10 2 x 12 2 x 16 2 x 30 2 x 30
Single jaw stroke mm 5 10 15 30 60
Clamping force at 6.3 bar 20 mm from the top surface N 30 45 75 280 280
Weight kg 0.18 0.3 0.5 2.95 3.7
1-176
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W1580100200 Gripper with 2 long-stroke jaws P4-10
F (N)
50
8 bar

40
6.3 bar
30
4 bar
20
3 bar
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
60
8 bar
50
6.3 bar
40
4 bar
30
3 bar
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
140
120
8 bar
100
6.3 bar
80
60 4 bar
3 bar
40
20
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]
1-177
Code Description
ACTUATORS
F (N)
400 8 bar
350
6.3 bar
300
250
200 4 bar
150 3 bar
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
400 8 bar
350
6.3 bar
300
250
200 4 bar
150 3 bar
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
L [mm]
ACCESSORIES
SENSOR FOR P4 10
Code Description
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE FOR P4-12-30

Code Description
1-178
GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED
JAWS – SERIES P7
ACTUATORS
Hinged grippers with 30° opening angle. Bores 16, 20, 32 and 50 mm.
All grippers are magnetic with slots in the body with retracting sensors.
GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED JAWS – SERIES P7

TECHNICAL DATA P7-16 P7-20 P7-32 P7-50
Operating pressure bar 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10 2 to 10
MPa 0.2 to 1 0.2 to 1 0.2 to 1 0.2 to 1
psi 29 to 145 29 to 145 29 to 145 29 to 145
Clamping force at 6.3 bar 20 mm from the centre of rotation of the jaws, N 27 50 120 380
Weight kg 0.12 0.19 0.5 1.6

Code Description
W1590160200 Gripper with 2 hinged jaws P7-16
F (N)
50
40 8 bar
6.3 bar
30
4 bar
20
2 bar
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]
1-179
Code Description
ACTUATORS
F (N)
60 8 bar
50 6.3 bar
40
4 bar
30
GRIPPERS WITH 2 HINGED JAWS – SERIES P7
20 2 bar
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
280
240
200
8 bar
160
6.3 bar
120
80 4 bar
2 bar
40
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
400 6.3 bar 8 bar
350
300
4 bar
250
200
150 2 bar
100
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
L [mm]
ACCESSORIES

Code Description
1-180
TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS
SERIES P8
ACTUATORS
Single-acting hinged grippers, normally open, made entirely
of technopolymer. Three sizes with clamping force 25-80 N at 6 bar.
This solution makes the entire system lighter.
This gripper is corrosion-resistant and antimagnetic. It comes complete
with spring-loaded bracket for pre-loading the piece (force 1.5-6 N)
and sensor holders.
TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS SERIES P8

TECHNICAL DATA P8-32 P8-40 P8-50
MPa 0.4 to 0.7
bar 58 to 101
Life Over 2 million cycles
Jaw opening angle 8°
Clamping force per jaw at 6 bar N 22.5 48 80
Applicable weight (recommended) kg 0.2 0.4 0.8
Air consumption per cycle cm3 0.5 1 1.8
Opening time sec 0.04 0.05 0.05
Closing time sec 0.06 0.08 0.08
Weight of grippers g 36 45 60
Moment of inertia kg cm2 0.04 0.12 0.15
Repeatability mm 0.1 0.1 0.1
TABLE OF MOMENTS
Gripper FA (N) Mx (Ncm) My (Ncm) Mz (Ncm) P (N)
P8 - 32 3 9 10 10 22.5
P8 - 40 5 23 20 20 47.5
P8 - 50 8 49 30 40 80
1-181
Code Description
* Removable part
ACTUATORS
W0710010002 Tecnopolimer hinged grippers P8-32

clamping system
** Induction sensor
TECHNOPOLYMER HINGED GRIPPERS SERIES P8

Code Description
* Removable part W0710010003 Tecnopolimer hinged grippers P8-40
clamping system
** Induction sensor

Code Description
* Removable part W0710010004 Tecnopolimer hinged grippers P8-50
clamping system
** Induction sensor
ACCESSORIES
INDUCTION SENSOR
Code Description
W0950037391 Induction sensor Ø 4 mm PNP-NO-2 m
1-182
GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS
SERIES P9
ACTUATORS
• Toggle-type pivoted grippers, with adjustable opening angle.
• High clamping forces.
• Body made of hard anodized aluminium, jaws and moving parts made
of tempered steel.
• Bottom or side fixing.
• All sizes come with magnets and sensor slots.
GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9

TECHNICAL DATA P9-32 P9-40
MPa 0.2 to 0.8
psi 29 to 116
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air;
lubrification if used, it must be continuous.
Bores mm 32 40
Jaw opening angle Adjustable 180°
Clamping force at 6.3 bar 40 mm from the jaw pivot N 160 260
Weight Kg 0.85 1.5
1-183
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W1530320180 Hinged gripper P9-32
F (N)
280
GRIPPER 180° WITH 2 HINGED JAWS SERIES P9
240
200 8 bar
160 6.3 bar
120
4 bar
80
2 bar
40
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
L [mm]

Code Description
W1530400180 Hinged gripper P9-40
F (N)
360
8 bar
320
280
6.3 bar
240
200
4 bar
160
120
80
2 bar
40
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
L [mm]
ACCESSORIES

Code Description

1-184
GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL JAWS
SERIES P11
ACTUATORS
Double-acting grippers with three self-centring jaws, internal and external
clamping. The body contains slots for mounting retracting magnetic
sensors.
GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL JAWS - SERIES P11

TECHNICAL DATA P11-16 P11-20 P11-25 P11-60
Min./max. operating pressure bar 2 to 7
MPa 0.2 to 0.7
psi 29 to 101
Bore mm 16 20 25 60
Single jaw stroke mm 3 4 5 12.5
Clamping force at 6.3 bar 22 mm from the top surface, during opening and closing N 38 62 110 900
Weight kg 0.12 0.21 0.3 2.7
Maximum operating frequency cycles/s 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.2

Code Description
W1570160300 Grippers with 3 parallel jaws P11-16
F (N)
60
50
40
30 8 bar
20 6.3 bar
10 3 bar 4 bar
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]
1-185
Code Description
ACTUATORS
F (N)
140
120
100
80
GRIPPERS WITH 3 PARALLEL JAWS - SERIES P11
60
40 8 bar
6.3 bar
20 4 bar
2 bar
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
280
240
200
160
120
80 8 bar
6.3 bar
40 4 bar
2 bar
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
L [mm]

Code Description
F (N)
1200
8 bar
1050
900 6.3 bar
750
600 4 bar
450
2 bar
300
150
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
L [mm]
ACCESSORIES
SENSOR FOR P11 16-60

Code Description
1-186
SUMMARY ROTARY ACTUATORS
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ROTARY ACTUATORS PAGE 1-188
ACTUATORS
P ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1 PAGE 1-189
SUMMARY ROTARY ACTUATORS

P ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS PAGE 1-200
1-187
ROTARY ACTUATORS
DEVICES CALCULATIONS
ACTUATORS
The use of hydraulic decelerators means it is possible to increase absorbed power. The following needs to be calculated:
Some models in the catalogue have built-in decelerators. For those without, the • Absorbed kinetic energy
user can mount decelerators outside the actuator. • Axial forces on the shaft or rotating flange
With horizontal axis rotation, if the masses are distributed asymmetrically it may • Radial force on the shaft or rotating flange
be difficult to keep a constant rotation speed using flow regulators only. In this • Overturning moment
case it is advisable to use a decelerator. Then compare each of the 4 sizes with the admissible ones shown in the catalogue
for each rotary actuator. Remember that the application of optional hydraulic
decelerator, where envisaged, doubles the kinetic energy that can be absorbed by
the actuator.
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA ROTARY ACTUATORS
SIZING
HOW TO CALCULATE KINETIC ENERGY
Denomination Unit of measurement Formula Example
p p
a Angle of rotation rad = degrees . _____ = 90° = _____ rad.
180 2
t Rotation time s 2
Moment of inertia of rotating masses

Jta Kg m2 = S Ji = 0.078 + 0.02 + 0.133 = 0.232
N.B.: added those of the individual masses
__
p 2
_ +
2
E Kinetic energy Nm = 1/2 Jw2 = 2J . ___

a
t _ + = 2 . 0.232 . ___
2
2 = 0.57
Radial force
Fr N (Fc = M . w2 . R) 50
(Remember to take into account centrifugal forces)
Fa Axial force N 10
M Overturning moment Nm = M + Fr . a + Fa . b = 50 x 0.1 + 10 x 0 = 5
MOMENTS OF INERTIA FOR THE MOST COMMON SHAPES

Disco
M Disk mass Kg 7
d Disk diameter m 0.3
7 . 0.32
J Moment of inertia of the disk Kg m2
Md2
= _____ = _________ = 0.0787
8 8
Mass distant from rotation axis
M Mass Kg 0.5
R Distance between barycenter and rotation axis m 0.2
J Moment of inertia of the mass Kg m2 = MR2 = 0.5 x 0.22 = 0.02

Parallelepiped with barycenter on rotation axis
M Mass Kg 10
L Side of the parallelepiped m 0.4
L 2 10 . 0.42
J Moment of inertia of the mass Kg m2 = M ____ = _________ = 0.13
12 12
1-188
ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES R1 Ø 32 to 100
ACTUATORS
Rack-type rotary cylinders in various configurations:
• Configuration with standard magnet
• Version with male pinion or female hole
• Mechanical stroke adjustment
• Special configurations on request
The central body has ISO bore holes for wall fixing using ISO pin
and/or flange fittings.
ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R1

N.B.: We always suggest to use flow microregulators.
During the setup of the actuator, start with CLOSE flow microregulators,
and open gradually till the achievment of the required speed.
TECHNICAL DATA 32 40 50 63 80 100

Gaskets NBR
Operating pressure bar 10
MPa 1
psi 145
Temperature range °C – 10 to + 80
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Bores mm Ø 32 ; Ø 40 ; Ø 50 ; Ø 63 ; Ø 80 ; Ø 100
Rotation angle 90°; 180°; 270°; 360°
Type of construction Extruded profile
Configuration Magnetic standard cushioned
Axial load N 2500 2800 4500 5600 8500 12200
Max. moment (6 bar - 0.6 Mpa) Nm 4.5 12.5 16 32 70 120
N.B. The product is supplied with negative end-of-stroke piston (in the proximity of head A).
The first cycle involves movement of the piston (towards head B) with consequent anti-clockwise rotation of the pinion.
ACTUAL ROTATION ANGLE
Cylinders without regulation of the rotation angle: the manufactural tolerance is + 4°/0° compared to the nominal value
Cylinders with regulation of the rotation angle: the possible regulation ranges from + 2°/- 20°.
COMPONENTS
a BARREL: profiled anodised aluminium alloy

c CUSHIONING NEEDLE: OT 58 with needle out
d BUFFER + Static O-rings: NBR or FKM/FPM
e PISTON: aluminium
f PISTON GASKET: NBR
h RACK: AISI 304
i PIGNON MALE/FEMALE: nitrided alloy steel
j BALL BEARING
k CENTRAL BODY: anodised aluminium
l RACK GUIDE BUSH: self-lubricating
sintered bronze
m REGULATION SCREW: AISI 303
1-189
DIMENSIONS OF ROTARY CYLINDER Ø 32 to 100
ACTUATORS
DETAIL OF FEMALE PINION

WITHOUT
ADJUSTMENT
WITH
ADJUSTMENT
WITHOUT
ADJUSTMENT
WITH
ADJUSTMENT
Note: with the key slot in the position specified, the piston is in contact with head A
L0 ±1 fot ROTATION ANGLE

Ø 90° 180° 270° 360° D A B BG CM g7 CF g7 CH1 D E EE EF D10 EM H9 F G H I J
32 218.7 261.1 303,5 345.9 0.236 10 30 15.5 14 10 22 M6 46 G1/8 3 5 30 30 14 50 34.5
40 241.4 288.6 335,6 382.8 0.262 10 35 15.5 16 12 22 M6 54 G1/4 4 5 30 30 14 60 39.5
50 265.9 322.4 379,0 435.5 0.314 10 40 18.5 19 14 27 M8 64.5 G1/4 5 6 32 45 16 65 46.5
63 295.1 358.0 420,8 483.6 0.349 10 45 18.5 24 16 27 M10 75.5 G3/8 5 8 38 52 17 73 47.5
80 358.3 443.1 528,0 612.8 0.471 12 45 21.5 28 25 36 M12 94 G3/8 8 8 48 70 20 100 58.5
100 399.8 500.4 600,9 701.4 0.559 12 55 21.5 38 30 36 M14 111 G1/2 8 10 60 80 25 120 67
Ø J1 J2 K M N O P PL Q R RT S TG TF TM V V1 V2 VA X Y ZM ZF
32 4.5 - 16 47 4.5 47 6 10 4 30 M6 9 32.5 6.4 4 68 44.5 19 4 32 - 35.5 20 15 15
40 5 2 20 52.5 4.5 54.5 6 12 4 35 M6 7 38 7.8 5 74 45 22 4 45.5 - 50 25 17 17
50 7 - 25 63 5.5 64 6 14 6 40 M8 10 46.5 9.3 6 85 51 25 4 48.5 - 53 25 20 20
63 2,5 - 25 75 5.5 75 6 16 6 45 M8 11 56.5 10.3 8 95 56 27.5 4 46.5 - 51 30 25 25
80 8.5 - 33 95 5.5 95 10 18 7 50 M10 12.5 72 15.8 10 125 76 39 4 61 - 67 35 35 35
100 7 - 38 108 5.5 110 10 20 7 60 M10 15 89 18.3 14 150 90.5 45.5 4 66.5 - 74.5 45 45 45
D = Linear displacement (mm) for each degree of rotation
1-190
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
W165 050 1 090
TYPE BORES VERSION ANGLE OF ROTATION •
W165 cylinder with male pinion 032 1 cylinder without adjustment 090
W166 cylinder with female pinion 040 of rotation angle 180
050 2 cylinder with adjustment 270
063 of rotation angle 360
080
100
• expressed in sexagesimal degrees.

RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE SENSOR MOD. DSM

W0952025390 HALL N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m W0950000201 REED sensor DSM2-C525 HS
W0952022180 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m W0950000232 E. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225
W0952028184 REED N.O. sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8 For technical data see pag. 1-286
SENSOR SUPPORT BRACKETS FOR SENSORS DSM
Ø 32 to 40
For technical data see pag. 1-288
Code Description
W0950000711 Bracket D.32 DST 80
Ø 50 to 63
Code Description
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
a ISO 15552 cylinder with barrel Serie STD or Serie 3
b Sensor bracket mod. DST (Ø 32 to 100) Code Description
W0950000712 Bracket D.50 DST 81
c Adaptor
d Retractable sensor with insertion from above Ø 80 to 100
Code Description
W0950000713 Bracket D.80-100-125 DST 82
1-191
ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES R2
ACTUATORS
Actuator with double rack and play take-up.

Four sizes – 12, 16, 20 and 25. Two angles of rotation – 90° and 180°.
Stroke adjustment system for all sizes. Pneumatic cushioning for all sizes
except the smallest. There are slots in the body to house a magnetic
proximity sensor. Air supply, stroke adjustment and cushioning adjustment
are all on the same side.

TECHNICAL DATA R2-12 R2-16 R2-20 R2-25

MPa 0.15 to 0.7
psi 22 to 101
Angle adjustment degrees 35° (about +10° -25°)
Versions 90°/180° rotation
Ports Both at the front
Sizes mm 12 16 20 25
Theoretical torque (DP= pressure in bar) Nm 0.065 x P 0.14 x P 0.25 x P 0.48 x P
Max. axial load N 8 14 40 80
Max. radial load N 8 14 40 80
Weight with 90° rotation Kg 0.18 0.26 0.63 0.8
Weight with 180° rotation Kg 0.21 0.31 0.72 1
Rotation time without load:
• 90° angle s 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
• 180° angle s 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
COMPONENTS
a ROTARY SHAFT / PINION: hardened and tempered steel

b BALL BEARING
c FLANGE: anodised aluminium
d PISTON / RACK: hardened and tempered steel
e PISTON GASKET: NBR
f GUIDE SHOE: PTFE
g MAGNET: neodymium
h CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
i CUSHIONING PIN: zinc-plated steel
j HEAD: anodised aluminium
k PNEUMATIC CONNECTION / STROKE ADJUSTMENT: steel
l BARREL: anodised aluminium
m BASE: anodised aluminium
n SEAL: NBR
1-192
ROTARY ACTUATOR R2-12 90°/180°
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W1620122090 Rotary actuator R2-12-90°

Dimensions for 180° rotation are given in brackets

Code Description

Code Description
1-193
Code Description
ACTUATORS

ACCESSORIES
MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4
Code Description
NOTES
1-194
ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES R3
ACTUATORS
Actuator with double rack and play take-up. Angle of rotation adjustable
from 0 to 180°. The R3 rotary actuator can come with a mechanical stop
or hydraulic end-of-stroke cushioning.
There is a version with flange and one with shaft (for ø16-20-25-30).
There are slots in the body for retracting magnetic proximity sensors,
two on each side. There is hole in the flange for air pipes or wires.


TECHNICAL DATA R3-16 R3-20 R3-22 R3-25 R3-30 R3-40

MPa 0.3 to 0.7
psi 43.5 to 101
Angle adjustment degrees 0° to 180°
Versions With mechanical stop / hydraulic decelerator
Sizes 16 20 22 25 30 40
Bores mm 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 25 2 x 30 2 x 40
Theoretical torque at 6 bar Nm 0.9 1.8 2.7 4.6 9.3 22
Max. axial load N 74 135 195 300 340 360
Max. radial load N 78 137 360 450 490 560
Weight Kg 0.53 0.99 1.29 2.08 3.9 6.7
Rotation time without load s 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3
Admissible kinetic energy Joule

WITH MECANICAL STOP 0.007 0.025 0.049 0.082 0.090 0.150
(with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180)
WITH HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR - - - 0.29 1.10 1.60
(with flange W1630__2180 and with shaft W1630__5180)
COMPONENTS
a ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium

b PINION: hardened and tempered steel
c BALL BEARING
e CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
f GUIDE SHOE: PTFE
g MAGNET: neodymium
h HEAD: anodised aluminium
i BARREL: anodised aluminium
j SEAL: NBR
VERSIONS:
A Stroke adjustment
B Stroke adjustment with inside hydraulic shock
absorbers (available from Ø 25)
1-195
ROTARY ACTUATOR R3-16
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W1630162180 Rotary actuator

with flange R3-16
with shaft R3-16
VERSION WITH SHAFT

Code Description
with flange R3-20
with shaft R3-20
VERSION WITH SHAFT
1-196
Code Description
ACTUATORS
with flange R3-22

Code Description
with flange R3-25
with flange + shock absorbers R3-25
with shaft R3-25
VERSION WITH with shaft + shock absorbers R3-25
SHOCK ABSORBERS
VERSION WITH SHAFT
1-197
ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-30
Code Description
ACTUATORS

with flange R3-30
with shaft R3-30
VERSION WITH with shaft + shock absorbers R3-30
SHOCK ABSORBERS
VERSION WITH SHAFT
ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-40

Code Description
with flange R3-40
VERSION WITH SHAFT
1-198
ACCESSORIES
Code Description
ACTUATORS

SPARE PARTS
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code Ø Description
0950004011 Ø 25 Shock absorbers SPM25 MC3 short M14x1.5
0950004008 Ø 30 Shock absorbers PM25 MC3 M14x1.5
0950004005 Ø 40 Shock absorbers PR050 MC2 + nut M20x1.5
NOTES
1-199
ROTARY ACTUATORS
SERIES R3
WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS
ACTUATORS
Dual-rack actuator with automatic adjustment for wear.

Hydraulic shock absorbers are arranged externally and operate at
a distance from the axis of rotation which is considerably higher than
for internal ones. This means that the absorbable kinetic energy
is 4 to 8 times higher.
It is reduced in length as there are no adjusting screws.
A 90° and a 180° versions are available.
Grooves are provided in the body to fix retractable magnetic proximity
sensors, two on each side.
ROTARY ACTUATORS SERIES R3 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS
A hole has been drilled in the flange for the passage of air pipes or power
cables.

TECHNICAL DATA R3-16 R3-20 R3-22 R3-25 R3-30 R3-40

MPa 0.3 to 0.7
psi 43.5 to 101
Angle adjustment degrees 90° o 180° ± 3°
Sizes mm 16 20 22 25 30 40
Bore mm 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 22 2 x 25 2 x 30 2 x 40
Theoretical torque at 6 bar Nm 0.9 1.8 2.7 4.6 9.3 22
Max. axial load N 74 135 195 300 340 360
Max. radial load N 78 137 360 450 490 560
Max overturning moment Nm 2.4 4 5.3 9.7 12 18
Admissible kinetic energy J 0.16 0.55 0.85 1.40 1.85 3.35
Rotation time without load s 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3
COMPONENTS
a ROTARY FLANGE: anodised aluminium

b PINION: hardened and tempered steel
c BALL BEARING
e CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR
f GUIDE SHOE: PTFE
g MAGNET: neodymium
h HEAD: anodised aluminium
i BARREL: anodised aluminium
j STROKE REGULATOR WITH HYDRAULIC SHOCK ABSORBERS
k Block for 90° version
1-200
ROTATION ANGLE ADMISSIBLE KINETIC ENERGY Joule [J]
90° 180°
ACTUATORS
Bore With flange, 90° rotation°: W1630__4090
Ø With flange, 180° rotation°: W1630__4180
16 0.16
20 0.55
22 0.85
25 1.40
30 1.85
40 3.35

position of the holes position of the holes
lower pins lower pins
DIMENSIONES - FORCES AND MOMENTS
Bore T Theoretical torque FA FR M

Ø at 6 bar [Nm] Max. axial load [N] Max. radial load [N] Averturing momnet [Nm]
16 0.9 74 78 2.4
20 1.8 135 137 4
22 2.7 195 360 5.3
25 4.6 300 450 9.7
30 9.3 340 490 12
40 22 360 560 18
ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES R3-16 WITH EXTERNAL SHOCK ABSORBERS, 90/180°

Code Description
Q Block for 90° version W1630164090 Rotary actuator with flange +
shock absorbers R3-16-90
W1630164180 Rotary actuator with flange +
1-201
Code Description
ACTUATORS


Code Description
1-202
Code Description
ACTUATORS

Code Description
1-203
Code Description
ACTUATORS

ACCESSORIES

Code Description

SPARE PARTS
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code Ø Description
0950004009 Ø 16 Shock absorbers PMX 10 MF3
M10x1
0950004010 Ø 22 Shock absorbers PM 15 MF3
M12x1
0950004011 Ø 25 ÷ 30 Shock absorbers SPM 25 MC-C
M14x1.5
0950004005 Ø 40 Shock absorbers PR50 MC2
+ nut M20x1.5
1-204
SUMMARY SLIDES
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA SLIDES PAGE 1-206
ACTUATORS
P TWIN CYLINDERS SERIES S10 PAGE 1-207
P TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11 PAGE 1-211
SUMMARY SLIDES
P TWIN CYLNDERS SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12 PAGE 1-217
P PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13 PAGE 1-223
OTHER GUIDE UNITS AND SLIDE
P GDS, GDH AND GDM GUIDE UNITS FOR ISO 6432 PAGE 1-19
P GDS, GDH AND GDM GUIDE UNITS FOR ISO 15552 PAGE 1-42
P SHORT-STROkE ANTI-ROTATION CYLINDERS PAGE 1-105
P COMPACT ANTI-ROTATION CYLINDERS SERIES CMPC PAGE 1-76
P ISO 21287 ANTI-ROTATION CYLINDERS SERIES LINER PAGE 1-65
P TWIN-ROD CYLINDERS SERIES TWNC PAGE 1-49
P COMPACT GUIDES CYLINDERS SERIES CMPG PAGE 1-112
P RODLESS CYLINDERS SERIE STD PAGE 1-118
1-205
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA SLIDES
TYPES
ACTUATORS
The range of guide units and slides is very extensive.

Guides are grouped into families.
Guide units to couple with standard cylinders. Twin pneumatic cylinder.

These are separate units to which an ISO 6432 The barrel has two calibrated holes for housing two pistons
or ISO 15552 cylinder is attached. and rods side by side. There are versions with a single piston
rod, through piston rod and different power supplies
depending on whether you wish to fix the barrel or the flanges
to the ends of the piston rod.
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA SLIDES
Pneumatic single piston cylinders with supports at Rodless cylinders.

the end of the piston rod. In these cylinders the piston rod is integral with a carriage
The common factor in all the various configurations is that, on the outside of the barrel, so there is no piston rod.
as well the calibrated hole for the piston in the cylinder body We offer versions in which the barrel is open, with a C-shaped
or front head, there are other slots housing bushes or guide section, and piston and carriage linked mechanically.
bearings for additional piston rods.
Guides with pneumatic actuator.

The main part of this actuators is the guiding section which
determines the shape, applications, loads, maximum strokes
and cost. The pneumatic part is housed in one of the bodies
of the unit or it comes as a complete cylinder housed inside
the guide.
LOAD CONDITIONS LOAD OR STROKE EQUIVALENCE
Admitted loads for each guide unit are shown in the catalogue.
If the load is not aligned with the moving plate, it is possible to determine the equivalent load or stroke with a good approximation.
To check the admissible load To check the arrow
1-206
TWIN CYLINDER
SERIES S10
ACTUATORS
There are two sliding systems available:
• on bushes
• on ball recirculating bearings
The frame is made up of two paired cylinders with a common anodized
aluminium body containing slots for retracting sensors.
There are 5 bores available:
2 x Ø 12, 2 x Ø 16, 2 x Ø 20, 2 x Ø 25 and 2 x Ø 30.
TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10

TECHNICAL DATA S10-12 S10-16 S10-20 S10-25 S10-30
Pressure range bar 3 to 7
MPa 0.3 to 0.7
psi 43.5 to 101
Fluid 10 mm dried or lubricated filtered air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Piston speed mm/s 30 to 100
Versions System with sliding bushes/System with ball bushes available with stop screw or hydraulic decelerator
Sizes 12 16 20 25 30
Bores mm 2 x 12 2 x 16 2 x 20 2 x 25 2 x 30
Piston rod diameter mm 6 8 10 12 16
Strokes mm 15 15 25 25 25
mm 25 25 50 50 50
mm 50 50 75 75 75
mm – 75 100 100 100
– – – 125 125
Weight (C = stroke mm)
• Sliding version Kg 0.12 + (0.002 x C) 0.24 + (0.0025 x C) 0.51 + (0.005 x C) 0.76 + (0.006 x C) 1.3 + (0.009 x C)
• Ball bearing version Kg 0.21 + (0.002 x C) 0.48 + (0.0025 x C) 0.77 + (0.005 x C) 0.18 + (0.006 x C) 1.92 + (0.009 x C)
Theoretical thrust (Multiply the value shown by the pressure in bar)
• Thrust force da N 2.26 x DP 4 x DP 6.28 x DP 9.8 x DP 14.1 x DP
• Pull force da N 1.69 x DP 3 x DP 4.11 x DP 7.5 x DP 10.1 x DP
Max. loads (The values shown refer to the min. and max. strokes)
• Sliding version N 3 to 1.5 6 to 3 10 to 3.5 12 to 5.6 20 to 7
• Ball bearing version N 6 to 4 11 to 6 20 to 7 26 to 8 36 to 11
COMPONENTS
a FLANGE: anodized aluminium

b REAR BASE: anodized aluminium
c BUFFER: rubber
d ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE. Zinc-plated steel
d bis. HYDRAULIC DECELERATOR
e FRONT BASE: brass
f PISTON: brass
g MAGNET: Plastoferrite
h CYLINDER BODY: anodized aluminium
i STATIC O-RING: NBR
j BALL RE-CIRCULATION BUSH
VERSIONS:
A With sliding bushes
B With ball bushes
1-207
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10, ON BUSHES Ø 12 to 30 mm
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Code Ø A B C C1 C2 C3 D E E1 F G H L M N P Q Q1H7 R R1 S T
W1440122... 12 18 46 10 50 2 60 4 20 20 1.5 9 10 8 4.3 8 4 M3 4 5 3 8 9
W1440162... 16 22 56 16 62 2 74 5 26 20 1.5 11 12 10 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 8 10
W1440202... 20 26 66 10 68 2 82 6 29 29 1.5 13 14 12 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 10 11
W1440252... 25 32 78 10 74 2 90 7 32.5 31.5 2.5 16 17 14 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 12 11
W1440302... 30 36 98 10 87 2 105 8 37.5 39.5 2.5 18 19 16 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 12 13
Ø U V V1 W X Y Z AB AG
12 28 38 – 3 20 10 1 M5 M5
16 33 46 – 3 26 12 1 M6 M5
20 40 56 54 3 30 14 1 M8 M5
25 42 66 64 5 39 17 1 M10 M5
30 51 86 82 5 52 19 1 M12 G 1/8”
...Enter the stroke in mm (e.g. Ø 12 stroke 50 = W1440122050)

Strokes for bore 12 mm 15; 25; 50;
Strokes for bore 16 mm 15; 25; 50; 75;
Strokes for bore 25 mm 25; 50; 75; 100; 125;
1-208
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN CYLINDER SERIES S10, ON BALL BEARINGS Ø 12 to 30 mm
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Code Ø A B C C1 C2 C3 D E E1 F G H L M N P Q Q1H7 R R1 S T
W1440123... 12 18 46 10 69 2 79 4 29.5 29.5 1.5 9 10 8 4.3 8 4 M3 4 5 3 8 9
W1440163... 16 22 56 10 90 2 98 5 42 38 1.5 11 12 10 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 8 10
W1440203... 20 26 66 10 100 2 111 6 46.5 43.5 1.5 13 14 12 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 10 11
W1440253... 25 32 78 10 108 2 120 7 51.5 46.5 2.5 16 17 14 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 12 11
W1440303... 30 36 98 10 124 2 142 8 56 58 2.5 18 19 16 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 12 13
Ø U V V1 W X Y Z AB AG
12 47 38 – 3 20 10 1 M5 M5
16 57 46 – 3 26 12 1 M6 M5
20 69 56 54 3 30 14 1 M8 M5
25 72 66 64 5 39 17 1 M10 M5
30 88 86 82 5 52 19 1 M12 G 1/8”

Strokes for bore 12 mm 15; 25; 50;
1-209
ACCESSORIES
MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4, FOR SLIDE S10 Ø 12
Code Description
ACTUATORS


RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S10 Ø16 to 30
Code Description

NOTES
1-210
TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE
WITH FIXED BODY
SERIES S11
ACTUATORS
There are two sliding systems available:
• on bushes
• on ball bearings
The frame is made up of two paired through-rod cylinders with a common
anodized aluminium body containing slots for retracting sensors.
There are 5 bores available:
2 x Ø 12; 2 x Ø 16; 2 x Ø 20; 2 x Ø 25 and 2 x Ø 30.
The piston rods are united by means of a plate on which mechanical
stops or hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted.
TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED BODY SERIES S11

TECHNICAL DATA S11-12 S11-16 S11-20 S11-25 S11-30
Fluid 20 mm filtered air
Pressure range bar 1.5 to 7
MPa 0.15 to 0.7
psi 43.5 to 101
Versions With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbers
Bores mm 12 16 20 25 30
Piston rod diameter mm 6 8 10 12 16
Strokes mm 25 25 25 25 25
50 60 50 50 50
75 75 75 75 75
– 100 100 100 100
– – 125 125 125
– – – 150 150
Weight = X + (Y · C) where C = stroke kg
• Sliding version X = 0.14 X = 0.25 X = 0.5 X = 0.7 X = 1.24
Y = 0.002 Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y 0.007 Y = 0.01
• Ball bearing version X = 0.25 X = 0.37 X = 0.78 X = 1.04 X = 1.98
Y = 0.002 Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y = 0.007 Y = 0.01
Theoretical thrust (P = relative pressure in bar) N 16.9 x P 30 x P 47 x P 75 x P 101 x P
• Loads with sliding version N Fr: 7 to 3 Fr: 20 to 4 Fr: 35 to 4.5 Fr: 50 to 5.4 Fr: 80 to 12
Fp: 4 to 1.5 Fp: 4 to 1.5 Fp: 12 to 3 Fp: 15 to 3.5 Fp: 20 to 4.5
• Loads with ball bearing version N Fr: 13 to 5 Fr: 35 to 6.5 Fr: 58 to 7 Fr: 80 to 8 Fr: 130 to 18
Fp: 6 to 3 Fp: 11 to 3 Fp: 18 to 5 Fp: 23 to 6 Fp: 50 to 8
COMPONENTS

b WASHER: steel
c BUFFER: rubber
d ADJUSTABEL STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel
e BASE: brass
f PISTON: brass
i STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
j BUSH: ball bearing
VERSIONS:
A With sliding bushes
B With ball bearing bushes
1-211
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11, ON BUSHES Ø 12 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

Code Ø A B C C1 C2 C3 C4 D E F G H L M N P Q R R1H7 S S1 T
W1450122... 12 18 46 5 45 2 65 57 4 20 1.5 9 10 8 2 4.3 8 4 M3 4 5 3 3.3
W1450162... 16 22 56 10 50 2 74 64 5 20 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1450202... 20 26 66 10 55 2 83 71 6 22.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1450252... 25 32 78 10 60 2 92 78 7 25 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1450302... 30 36 98 10 70 2 106 90 8 30 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
Ø U V W X Y Z Z1 AB AC AD AE AF AG AM AL
12 6 3 14 M4 6 38 – 3 20 1 10 4 M5 M8x1 7
16 8 4 15 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 16 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 M10x1 9
25 9 5 19 M6 12 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 M12x1 10
30 9 5 21 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 M14x1.5 12

Strokes for bore 12 mm 25; 50; 75
Strokes for bore 16 mm 25; 50; 75; 100
Strokes for bore 20 mm 25; 50; 75; 100; 125
Strokes for bore 25 mm 25; 50; 75; 100; 125; 150
1-212
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS SERIES S11, ON BALL BEARINGS Ø 12 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1450123... 12 18 46 5 71 2 91 83 4 33 1.5 9 10 8 2 4.3 8 4 M3 4 5 3 3.3
W1450163... 16 22 56 10 85 2 109 99 5 37.5 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1450203... 20 26 66 10 99 2 127 115 6 44.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1450253... 25 32 78 10 105 2 137 123 7 47.5 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1450303... 30 36 98 10 128 2 164 148 8 59 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
Ø U V W X Y Z Z1 AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AM AL
12 6 3 28 M4 6 38 – 3 20 1 10 4 M5 M5 M8x1 7
16 8 4 33 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 M6 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 40 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 M8 M10x1 9
25 9 5 42 M6 6 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 M10 M12x1 10
30 9 5 50 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 M12 M14x1.5 12

1-213
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11, ON BUSHES Ø 12 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1450124... 12 18 46 5 45 2 65 57 4 20 1.5 9 10 8 2 4.3 8 4 M3 4 5 3 3.3
W1450164... 16 22 56 10 50 2 74 64 5 20 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1450204... 20 26 66 10 55 2 83 71 6 22.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1450254... 25 32 78 10 60 2 92 78 7 25 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1450304... 30 36 98 10 70 2 106 90 8 30 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
12 6 3 14 M4 6 38 – 3 20 1 10 4 M5 30 M8x1 7
16 8 4 15 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 35 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 16 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 35 M10x1 9
25 9 5 19 M6 12 66 69 5 39 1 17 6 M5 36 M12x1 10
30 9 5 21 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 60 M14x1.5 12

1-214
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER GUIDE UNITS, BALL BEARING VERSION WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S11 Ø 12 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1450125... 12 18 46 5 71 2 91 83 4 33 1.5 9 10 8 2 4.3 8 4 M3 4 5 3 3.3
W1450165... 16 22 56 10 85 2 109 99 5 37.5 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1450205... 20 26 66 10 99 2 127 115 6 44.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1450255... 25 32 78 10 105 2 137 123 7 47.5 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1450305... 30 36 98 10 128 2 164 148 8 59 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
12 6 3 28 M4 6 38 – 3 20 1 10 4 M5 30 M8x1 7
16 8 4 33 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 35 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 40 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 35 M10x1 9
25 9 5 42 M6 6 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 36 M12x1 10
30 9 5 50 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 60 M14x1.5 12

1-215
ACCESSORIES
MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4, FOR SLIDE S11 Ø 12
Code Description
ACTUATORS


RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S11 Ø 16 to 30

Code Description
SPARE PARTS
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code Ø Description
0950004001 12 Shock absorbers PMX 10 MF3 + nut M10x1
0950004002 16 - 20 Shock absorbers PM 15 MF3 + nut M12x1
0950004003 25 Shock absorbers SPM 25 MC-C + nut M14x1
0950004004 30 Shock absorbers PR50 MC2 + nut M20x1.5
NOTES
1-216
TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE
WITH FIXED PLATES
SERIES S12
ACTUATORS
Two sliding systems are available:
• on bushes
• on ball bearings
The structure is made up of two paired through-rod cylinders
with a common anodized aluminium body with grooves for mounting
the retractable sensor.
Five bores available: 2 x Ø 16; 2 x Ø 20; 2 x Ø 25; 2 x Ø 30.
The rods are joined together by means of a plate on which the mechanical
limit switches or hydraulic shock absorbers can be mounted.
TWIN CYLINDER SLIDE WITH FIXED PLATES SERIES S12

The compressed air ports are at the end of the piston rods.
TECHNICAL DATA S12-16 S12-20 S12-25 S12-30

Pressure range bar 1.5 to 7
MPa 0.15 to 0.7
psi 21.5 to 101
Versions With sliding bushes / With ball bearing bushes / With stop screw / With hydraulic shock absorbersi
Bores mm 16 20 25 30
Piston rod diameter mm 8 10 12 16
Strokes mm 25 25 25 25
60 50 50 50
75 75 75 75
100 100 100 100
– 125 125 125
– – 150 150
Weight = X + (Y · C) where C = stroke kg
• Sliding version X = 0.25 X = 0.5 X = 0.7 X = 1.24
Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y 0.007 Y = 0.01
• Ball bearing version X = 0.37 X = 0.78 X = 1.04 X = 1.98
Y = 0.0035 Y = 0.045 Y = 0.007 Y = 0.01
Theoretical thrust (P = relative pressure in bar) N 30 x P 47 x P 75 x P 101 x P
• Loads with sliding version N Fr: 20 to 4 Fr: 35 to 4.5 Fr: 50 to 5.4 Fr: 80 to 12
Fp: 4 to 1.5 Fp: 12 to 3 Fp: 15 to 3.5 Fp: 20 to 4.5
• Loads with ball bearing version N Fr: 35 to 6.5 Fr: 58 to 7 Fr: 80 to 8 Fr: 130 to 18
Fp: 11 to 3 Fp: 18 to 5 Fp: 23 to 6 Fp: 50 to 8
COMPONENTS

b WASHER: steel
c BUFFER: rubber
d ADJUSTABLE STRIKER PLATE: Zinc-plated steel
e BASE: brass
f PISTON: brass
g MAGNET: Plastoferrite
i STATIC O-RINGS: NBR
j BUSH: ball bearing
k SCREW: pneumatically powered
VERSIONS:
A With sliding bush
B With ball bearing bush
1-217
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1460162... 16 22 56 10 50 2 74 64 5 20 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1460202... 20 26 66 10 55 2 83 71 6 22.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1460252... 25 32 78 10 60 2 92 78 7 25 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1460302... 30 36 98 10 70 2 106 90 8 30 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
16 8 4 15 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 M6 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 16 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 M8 M10x1 9
25 9 5 19 M6 12 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 M10 M12x1 10
30 9 5 21 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 M12 M14x1.5 12

1-218
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1460163... 16 22 56 10 85 2 109 99 5 37.5 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1460203... 20 26 66 10 99 2 127 115 6 44.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1460253... 25 32 78 10 105 2 137 123 7 47.5 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1460303... 30 36 98 10 128 2 164 148 8 59 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
16 8 4 33 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 M6 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 40 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 M8 M10x1 9
25 9 5 42 M6 6 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 M10 M12x1 10
30 9 5 50 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 M12 M14x1.5 12

1-219
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1460164... 16 22 56 10 50 2 74 64 5 20 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1460204... 20 26 66 10 55 2 83 71 6 22.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1460254... 25 32 78 10 60 2 92 78 7 25 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1460304... 30 36 98 10 70 2 106 90 8 30 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
16 8 4 15 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 35 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 16 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 35 M10x1 9
25 9 5 19 M6 12 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 36 M12x1 10
30 9 5 21 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 60 M14x1.5 12

1-220
DIMENSIONS OF TWIN-CYLINDER SLIDE WITH SHOCK ABSORBERS SERIES S12 Ø 16 to 30
ACTUATORS
VIEW FROM “K”
+ = ADD THE STROKE

W1460165... 16 22 56 10 85 2 109 99 5 37.5 1.5 11 12 10 2 4.3 8 4 M4 4 6 3 4.3
W1460205... 20 26 66 10 99 2 127 115 6 44.5 1.5 13 14 12 2 5.5 9 5 M4 4 7 3 4.3
W1460255... 25 32 78 10 105 2 137 123 7 47.5 2.5 16 17 14 2 6.5 10.5 6 M5 4 7 3 5.2
W1460305... 30 36 98 10 128 2 164 148 8 59 2.5 18 19 16 2 8.5 14 8 M6 6 8 5 5.2
16 8 4 33 M5 8 46 – 3 26 1 12 5 M5 35 M10x1 8.5
20 8 4 40 M5 10 56 54 3 30 1 14 5 M5 35 M10x1 9
25 9 5 42 M6 6 66 64 5 39 1 17 6 M5 36 M12x1 10
30 9 5 50 M6 12 86 82 5 52 1 19 6 G 1/8 60 M14x1 12

1-221
ACCESSORIES
RETRACTABLE SENSOR WITH INSERTION FROM ABOVE, FOR SLIDE S11 Ø 16 to 30
Code Description
ACTUATORS

SPARES
SHOCK ABSORBERS
Code Ø Description
0950004002 ø 16 - 20 Shock absorbers PM10 MF2 + nut M10x1
0950004003 ø 25 Shock absorbers PR015 MF1 + nut M12x1
0950004004 ø 30 Shock absorbers PR025 MC2 + nut M14x1.5
NOTES
1-222
PRECISION SLIDES
SERIES S13
ACTUATORS
Series S13 precision slides feature a dual-acting pneumatic cylinder that
has the sole purpose of pushing and pulling the load, a ground steel guide
that is integral with the body, and a ball recirculation pad that is fixed onto
the moving table and is designed to withstand all the loads and movements
applied. This ensures accurate movement with virtually no play, and the
piston rods do not suffer wear as there are no lateral loads.
All the slides are equipped with sensor magnets.
The body can be secured on many sides. The load side can be fixed onto
the table from the top or the front. The compressed air supply can be
PRECISION SLIDES SERIES S13

connected on three sides. The retractable sensors can be fitted on the right
or on the left. All these possibilities make the application extremely flexible.
The width is extremely reduced to allow installation in small spaces
and the combination of several reduced-pitch slides.
TECHNICAL DATA Ø6 Ø 10 Ø 16 Ø 20
MPa 0.2 to 0.8
psi 29 to 116
Fluid Lubricated and unlubricated compressed air at 20 mm, must be uninterrupted when lubricated
Minimum and maximum speed mm/s 30 to 500
Pneumatic fittings M5
Type of guide Ball recirculation
Versions Magnetic dual-acting with rubber buffer
Strokes mm 10 10 10 10
25 25 25 25
--- --- 50 50
Theoretical thrust force, at 6 bar N 17 47 120 188
Theoretical pull force, at 6 bar N 13 40 104 158
Admitted loads See diagrams page 1-224
Admitted kinetic energy Joule 0.012 0.025 0.050 0.100
Stroke tolerance mm 0 / +1.0
Assembly position Any (horizontal and vertical)
Weight kg See table page 1-224
COMPONENTS
a NUT: stainless steel

b SNAP RING: galvanised steel
c FRONT BASE: bronze
d BODY: anodized aluminium
e GUIDE: tempered stainless steel
f PISTON: aluminium
g BALL RECIRCULATION PAD: stainless steel
h BUFFER: NBR
i REAR BASE: anodized aluminium
j PLATE: anodized aluminium
k PISTON ROD GASKET: type EM, NBR
l O-RING: NBR
m PISTON ROD: stainless steel
n PISTON GASKET: type PZ, NBR
o MAGNET: neodymium (Ø 6 and Ø 10)
plastoferrite (Ø 16 and Ø 20)
1-223
WEIGHTS MASS/VELOCITY DIAGRAM
ACTUATORS
WEIGHT [gr] M (kg) = Mass applied

Stroke Bore L (mm) = Distance between the axis of the piston rod
6 8 16 20 and the barycentre of the mass
10 68 125 230 455 v (mm/s) = Velocity of the slide
25 90 160 280 550 vert = Limit with vertical movement
50 --- --- 350 660
WEIGHT OF MOVING PART [gr]

Stroke Bore
6 8 16 20
10 30 50 100 180
25 40 68 125 220
50 --- --- 167 290
ADMITTED LOADS DIAGRAM
S13-6 S13-10
S13-16 S13-20
1-224
FIXING OPTIONS
ACTUATORS
FIXING THE BODY
A Lateral, via the through holes
B Lateral, on the hole threads A B
C Rear, on the threaded holes
D Vertical, on the threaded holes
FIXING THE MOVING TABLE

E Front, on the threaded holes
F Top, on the threaded holes

C D
N.B. Since the table is supported by a ball
guide/pad, avoid applying excessive torques
or forces. When securing the screws, hold
the table, not the body, so that the torque
discharges through the ball pad.
E F
COMPRESSED-AIR SUPPLY
The compressed air supply can be from the back,

from the left or from the right.
The slide comes with holes on the left and right
that are plugged with screws and O-ring seals.
If you wish to use the holes, remove the screws
and O-rings and fix them in the holes in the back,
applying a drop of adhesive to the screw thread.
1-225
DIMENSIONS
ACTUATORS
Ø Stroke A N H NF
6 10 14 10 42 2
25 30 30 62 2
10 10 14 10 49 2
25 30 30 69 2
16 10 20 10 58 2
25 40 30 78 2
50 60 25 98 3
20 10 20 10 64 2
25 40 30 84 2
+ = ADD THE STROKE 50 70 25 104 3
Code Ø LT B C D E F G I J K MA pf ØA ps L M O P Q R S
W1471063...* 6 31 19 18 10 39 38 5.5 2.9 7.5 15 M3 5 2 4.5 9 14.5 N/2 8 9 15 10
W1471103...* 10 35 23 20 12.5 47 46 7.5 4 9 18 M4 6 2 4.5 11 15.5 N/2 11 11 19 12
W1471163...* 16 42 27 25 12.5 53.5 52.5 10 3.75 10 26 M4 7 3 7.5 16 19 N/2 14 16 24 12
W1471203...* 20 52.5 34 32 15 64.5 63.5 11 4.5 10.5 34 M5 9 3 7.5 20 23 N/2 14 20 31 15
Ø T U V W X Y ØL pn ML DL
6 5 9 16 10.5 18 19 6 3.5 M4 4
10 5 13 20 13 20 23 7.5 4.5 M5 5
16 10 17 25 17 25 27 7.5 4.5 M5 5
20 10 20 32 20 32 34 9.5 7.5 M6 6
* Enter the stroke in mm (e.g. Ø 6 stroke 10=W1471063010)

Standard strokes:
Bore Ø 6 -> 10; 25 mm
Bore Ø 10 -> 10; 25 mm
Bore Ø 16 -> 10; 25; 50 mm
Bore Ø 20 -> 10; 25; 50 mm
1-226
ACCESSORIES
MAGNETIC SENSOR Ø 4, FOR SLIDE S13
Code Description
ACTUATORS

NOTES
1-227
NOTES
ACTUATORS
1-228
SUMMARY HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC
P HYDRAULIC BRAKE SERIES BRK PAGE 1-230
ACTUATORS
P INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE PAGE 1-238
SUMMARY HYDRAULIC-PNEUMATIC
1-229
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE
ACTUATORS
This is a closed-loop hydraulic brake without its own power source.

It is normally associated with an ISO 15552 pneumatic cylinder.
It consists of an oil-filled cylinder, one or more regulation valves and a
tank compensating for oil leaks.
It is available in two versions:
• with regulation in piston rod extension, in retraction or both
• SKIP valve (slow/fast) or STOP valve or both, with NC or NO control
After a certain operating time, the brake compensation tank needs to be
topped up. Refer to the minimum mark on the dipstick. With the piston rod
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE
fully extended, the dipstick must project at least 15 mm from the tank cap.
Use only COMLUBE DEXRON ATF hydraulic oil. During the first few work
cycles, excess oil is ejected through a hole in the tank.
TECHNICAL DATA NBR

Operating temperature °C From –10 to +70
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air.
Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Adjustable load N 7000
Speed mm/min 10 to 6000
Standard strokes mm 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
special strokes up to 1000 on request.
Versions Regulation in piston rod extension and/or retraction. SKIP valves. STOP valves.
Tank in-line or on the side.
Cylinder coupling Flange kit
Connectable cylinders mm ISO 15552 cylinders with bore Ø 40 to Ø 100
COMPONENTS
a PISTON ROD: thick chromed steel

b HEADS: anodised aluminium alloy
c PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR rubber
d PISTON ROD GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
e JACKET: drawn anodised aluminium alloy
f PISTON: aluminium alloy
g PISTON GASKET: NBR rubber
h OIL SEAL GASKET: polyurethane
i Static O-rings: NBR rubber
j SEALING DISK: plastic
k SPRINGS: zinc-plated steel
l SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: self-threading screw (Tap Tite)
m OIL LEVEL STICK: zinc-plated steel
n OIL RECOVERY TANK
o VALVE for OIL FILLING
p FLOW REGULATION NEEDLE
q MINIMUM LEVEL
1-230
SKIP-STOP APPLICATION WITH VALVES
NO Air inlet Air inlet NC
ACTUATORS
STOP SKIP STOP SKIP
Air inlet Air inlet
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE

In normally-open (NO) valves, flow moves freely from A to D. When port C is supplied, this operates the SKIP valve and the fluid is forced through the
bottleneck generated by the adjusting pin. When port B is supplied, this operates the STOP valve and interrupts the flow of fluid.
In normally-closed NC valves, flow is normally inhibited. When port B is supplied, the fluid flows through but it is forced through the bottleneck
generated by the adjusting pin. When port C is supplied, flow moves freely from A to D.
DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD EXTENSION

Symbol Code Description
Stroke B U max W170001____ Hydraulic brake with regulation
1÷50 109 23 in piston rod extension
51÷150 129 39
151÷250 154 55
251÷350 174 71
351÷450 204 87
451÷500 229 95 ____ = Enter the stroke
Weight for stroke 0 mm = 1340 g
Weight each mm = 4.2 g
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD EXTENSION, IN-LINE TANK

Stroke B U max W170001____L Hydraulic brake with regulation
1÷50 92 23 in piston rod extension, in-line
51÷150 112 39 tank
151÷250 137 55
251÷350 157 71
351÷450 187 87
451÷500 212 95 ____ = Enter the stroke
1-231
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD RETRACTION
ACTUATORS

1÷50 109 23 in piston rod retraction
51÷150 129 39
151÷250 154 55
251÷350 174 71
351÷450 204 87
451÷500 229 95 ____ = Enter the stroke
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN PISTON ROD EXTENSION/RETRACTION

1÷50 98 23 in piston rod
51÷150 118 39 extension/retraction
151÷250 143 55
251÷350 163 71
351÷450 193 87
451÷500 218 95 ____ = Enter the stroke
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP VALVE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + STOP VALVE
1÷50 109 23 in extension + NO SKIP valve
51÷150 129 39
151÷250 154 55
251÷350 174 71 W170201____ Hydraulic brake with regulation
351÷450 204 87 in extension + NO STOP valve
451÷500 229 95
W170102____ Hydraulic brake with regulation

in extension + NC SKIP valve

in extension + NC STOP valve
____ = Enter the stroke

1-232
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP VALVE, IN-LINE TANK
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + STOP VALVE, IN-LINE TANK
ACTUATORS
1÷50 92 23 in extension + NO SKIP valve,
51÷150 112 39 in-line tank
151÷250 137 55
251÷350 157 71 W170201____L Hydraulic brake with regulation
351÷450 187 87 in extension + NO STOP valve,
451÷500 212 95 in-line tank
W170102____L Hydraulic brake with regulation

in extension + NC SKIP valve,
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE

in-line tank
W170202____L Hydraulic brake with regulation

in extension + NC STOP valve,
in-line tank

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN RETRACTION + SKIP VALVE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN RETRACTION + STOP VALVE
1÷50 109 23 in retraction + NO SKIP valve
51÷150 129 39
151÷250 154 55
351÷450 204 87 in retraction + NO STOP valve
451÷500 229 95

in retraction + NC SKIP valve

in retraction + NC STOP valve

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP/STOP VALVES

1÷50 109 23 in extension + NO SKIP/STOP
51÷150 129 39 valves
151÷250 154 55
251÷350 174 71
451÷500 229 95 in extension + NC SKIP/STOP
valves

1-233
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION + SKIP/STOP VALVES, IN-LINE TANK
ACTUATORS

1÷50 92 23 in extension + NO SKIP/STOP
51÷150 112 39 valves, in-line tank
151÷250 137 55
251÷350 157 71
351÷450 187 87 W170302____L Hydraulic brake with regulation
451÷500 212 95 in extension + NC SKIP/STOP
valves, in-line tank
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN RETRACTION + SKIP/STOP VALVES

1÷50 109 23 in retraction + NO SKIP/STOP
51÷150 129 39 valves
151÷250 154 55
251÷350 174 71
451÷500 229 95 in retraction + NC SKIP/STOP
valves

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + EXTENSION STOP VALVE

100÷150 118 39 in extension/retraction
151÷250 143 55 + extension NO STOP valve
251÷350 163 71
351÷450 193 87
in extension/retraction
+ extension NC STOP valve

Note: minimum stroke 100 mm
1-234
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + RETRACTION STOP VALVE
ACTUATORS
100÷150 118 39 in extension/retraction
151÷250 143 55 + retraction NO STOP valve
251÷350 163 71
351÷450 193 87
in extension/retraction
+ retraction NC STOP valve
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL STOP VALVE

150 118 39 in extension/retraction + dual
151÷250 143 55 NO STOP valve
251÷350 163 71
351÷450 193 87
in extension/retraction + dual
NC STOP valve

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE

1÷50 98 23 in extension/retraction + dual
51÷150 118 39 NO SKIP valve
151÷250 143 55
251÷350 163 71
NC SKIP valve
____= Enter the stroke

1-235
HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE + PISTON ROD EXTENSION STOP VALVE
ACTUATORS

151÷250 143 55 SKIP valve + piston rod
251÷350 163 71 extension NO STOP valve
351÷450 193 87
SKIP valve + piston rod
extension NC STOP valve
BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE + PISTON ROD RETRACTION STOP VALVE
151÷250 143 55 SKIP valve + piston rod
251÷350 163 71 retraction NO STOP valve
351÷450 193 87
SKIP valve + piston rod
retraction NC STOP valve

HYDRAULIC BRAKE WITH REGULATION IN EXTENSION/RETRACTION + DUAL SKIP VALVE + DUAL STOP VALVE
150 118 39 in extension/retraction + dual
151÷250 143 55 SKIP valve + dual NO STOP
251÷350 163 71 valve
351÷450 193 87
SKIP valve + dual NC STOP
valve

1-236
KEY TO CODES
ACTUATORS
W 1 7 0 0 1 2 0300 L
STROKE
W170 BRK hydraulic 0 Regulation 0 Extension 1 No valve or NO Enter the desired ● L In-line tank, if
brake 1 Regulation + SKIP 1 Retraction 2 NC stroke in four digits present
2 Regulation + STOP 2 Extension and ✱3 + NO STOP in extension (e.g. 0500 for stroke
3 Regulation + SKIP retraction ✱4 + NC STOP in extension 500)
+ STOP ✱5 + NO STOP in retraction
✱6 + NC STOP in retraction
ACCESSORIES FOR BRK HYDRAULIC BRAKE

● Only for versions with piston rod regulation in extension
✱ In combination with regulation in extension/retraction or regulation + SKIP in extension/retraction
ACCESSORIES
FLANGE FOR MOUNTING WITH ISO 15552 CYLINDER
Ø 40 Ø 50
Ø 63 Ø 80
Code Ø Description Weight [g]

W0950402012 40 Flange MOD. CF-040 418
W0950502012 50 Flange MOD. CF-050 540
W0950632012 63 Flange MOD. CF-063 792
W0950802012 80 Flange MOD. CF-080 1216
Note: 1 pc. per pack complete with 4+4 screws
FLANGE SCREW KIT

W0950402111 Kit BRK-P/C-040 58
W0950502111 Kit BRK-P/C-050 93
W0950632111 Kit BRK-P/C-063 97
W0950802111 Kit BRK-P/C-080 151
Note: code corresponds to 4 + 4 screws

1-237
INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE
ACTUATORS
The integrated hydraulic brake is comprised of a pneumatic cylinder that

acts as an actuator and an oleo-dynamic circuit that acts as a brake.
The dimensions of the pneumatic cylinder (bore 63) comply with ISO 15552.
The hydraulic circuit is comprised of a brake fluid tank and one or two flow
regulation pins. It can mount one or more (slow-fast) SKIP or STOP valves
that are normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC), for the piston rod
extension and retraction.
The basic feature of this device is that the driving force and the braking
force are coaxial, so they do not generate undesired bending moments
on the piston rod and the external structures connected to it. Due to its
conception, this brake is particularly compact and has reduced dimensions
compared to BRK external hydraulic brakes.
After a certain operating time, the brake fluid tank must be topped up
with oil. This needs doing when the oil level reaches the minimum mark
on the rod. With the piston rod right out, the minimum level mark must
not project less than 8-10 mm from the cap.
Always use Comlube DEXRON ATF hydraulic oil or another compatible
product. During the first operating cycles, excess oil is expelled through
a hole in the tank.
TECHNICAL DATA NBR-POLYURETHANE

MPa 0.1 to 0.8
psi 14.5 to 116
NC valve actuation pressure bar 3 to 8
MPa 0.3 to 0.8
psi 43.5 to 116
Operating temperature range °C -10 to +70
°F 14 to 156
Pneumatic circuit fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air.
Hydraulic circuit fluid DEXRON ATF (Comlube) – the list of compatible oils is available on the web site www.metalwork.it
Bore mm 63
Thrust force generated at 6 bar N 1.725
Pull force generated at 6 bar N 1.150
Maximum load which can be applied from outside while the rod is lock N
• Version without valves and with closed pins:
Thrust Load on the rod 6.000
Traction Load on the rod 5.000
• Version with STOP NC valves not operated:
• Version with STOP NO valves operated at 6 bar:
• Version with STOP NO valves operated at 8 bar:
Speeds at 6 bar and 20°C: mm/min
with regulation pin 30 to 7.000
with pin and NO STOP valve 30 to 4.500
with pin and NC STOP valve 30 to 4.500
with pin and NO SKIP valve 30 to 5.000
with pin and NC SKIP valve 30 to 5.000
with pin and NO STOP+SKIP valves 30 to 4.000
with pin and NC STOP+SKIP valves 30 to 4.000
without pin nor regulation (fast retraction) 30.000
(Speeds measured on the brake with 500 mm stroke and using 10 mm Ø pipes)
Standard strokes mm 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500
Other special strokes up to 500 available on request, but the dimensions of the brake are
the same of the immediately higher stroke ones, and the front damping has no action.
Valve combinations Piston-out, piston-in and dual regulation
The following combinations of valves can be mounted on each regulated section:
STOP NO, STOP NC, SKIP NO, SKIP NC, DOPPIO STOP NO, DOPPIO STOP NC,
DOPPIO SKIP NO, DOPPIO SKIP NC, STOP NO+STOP NC, SKIP NO+SKIP NC,
STOP NO+SKIP NO, STOP NC+SKIP NC, STOP NO+SKIP NC, STOP NC+SKIP NO
Sensor magnet All versions are provided with a magnet
1-238
COMPONENTS
ACTUATORS
OIL
a GUIDE HOLD: galvanised steel j JACKET: anodised and calibrated s BUSH: nickel-plated brass
b O-RING: NBR aluminium section t CHECK VALVE
c PISTON ROD: thickly chromed steel k INTERNAL PIPE: brass u
21 OIL FILLING VALVE
d PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane l INTERMEDIATE PIPE: steel u
22 REGULATION UNIT:
e GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze m PISTON: aluminium anodised aluminium
and PTFE insert n PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane u
23 REGULATION PIN
f INSIDE PISTON: brass o MAGNET: plastoferrite u
24 OIL RECOVERY TANK
g GUIDE RING: PTFE p PISTON GASKET: NBR u
25 OIL LEVEL ROD: galvanised steel
h HEAD: anodized aluminium q PISTON ROD GASKET: polyurethane u
26 NC VALVE
i CUSHIONING GASKET: NBR r SECURING/ASSEMBLY SCREW: u
27 NO VALVE
self-tapping 28
u CUSHIONING PIN
1-239
SKIP-STOP APPLICATION WITH VALVES
NO NC
ACTUATORS
FROM CYLINDER TO TANK FROM CYLINDER TO TANK
Air inlet Air inlet

STOP SKIP
STOP SKIP
Air inlet
In normally-open (NO) valves, flow moves freely from A to D. When port C is supplied, this operates the SKIP valve and the fluid is forced through the
bottleneck generated by the adjusting pin. When port B is supplied, this operates the STOP valve and interrupts the flow of fluid.
In normally-closed NC valves, flow is normally inhibited. When port B is supplied, the fluid flows through but it is forced through the bottleneck
generated by the adjusting pin. When port C is supplied, flow moves freely from A to D.
OVERALL DIMENSIONS OF THE VARIOUS VERSIONS

Stroke B U max
50 106 25
100 131 30
150 131 35
200 131 40
250 171 45
300 171 50
350 216 55
400 216 60
450 301 65
500 301 70
Type A D
Regulation only 50 40
1 valve per side 50 40
2 valve per side 82 72
a Slots for slim sensor (only on the utility ports side)
KEY TO CODES
W 1 7 3 2 3 1 0 0 5 0 0
INTEGRATED PISTON ROD EXTENSION PISTON ROD RETRACTION
REGULATION BORE STROKE
BRAKE CONTROL VALVES CONTROL VALVES
W173 Integrated 0 Out 0 Without valves 0 Without valves 0 D63 Specify the desired stroke
brake 1 In 1 NO Stop 1 NO Stop in 4 digits
2 Dual 2 NC Stop 2 NC Stop (e.g. 0500 for stroke 500)
3 NO Skip 3 NO Skip
4 NC Skip 4 NC Skip
5 NO Stop NO Skip 5 NO Stop NO Skip
6 NO Stop NC Skip 6 NO Stop NC Skip
7 NC Stop NO Skip 7 NC Stop NO Skip
8 NC Stop NC Skip 8 NC Stop NC Skip
N.B. With at least one extension control valve and one retraction control valve, type W1732_ _ _ is required.
1-240
ACCESSORIES
FOOT - MODEL A
Code Ø Ø AB AH AO AT AU TR UH H1 H2 Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950632001 63 9 50 47 6 32 50 75 190 185 266
Note: Individually packed with 2 screws.
N.B.: M8x40 UNI 5931 screws are required for fixing the rear head (see kit 0950636092)
ACCESSORIES FOR INTEGRATED HYDRAULIC BRAKE

Code Ø B D E Ø G H3 R S Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950632003 63 70 40 32 16 190 17 12 394
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap rings and 1 pin.

Code Ø D E F ØG H H3 Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950632004 63 40 32 17 16 12 190 316

Code Ø cil. E F H H3 M N Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950632006 63 32 24 12 190 16 21 336
1-241
CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GL
ACTUATORS
W0950632008 63 40 33 11 16 40 50 63 75 63 32 12 15 440

ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS

W0950632108 63 39.5 56.5 75 9 50 17 12 16 15 350
FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C

Code Ø A1 A B S B1 ØD4 W Weight [g]
W0950632002 63 100 120 75 12 50 9 25 670

Code Ø A1 A B S B1 ØD4 L Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE STROKE W0950632002 63 100 120 75 12 50 9 170 670
1-242
ROD NUT - MODEL S
ACTUATORS
0950502010 63 M16x1.5 8 24 20

FORK MODEL GK-M
Code Ø ØM C B A L F D N Weight [g]
W0950502020 63 16 32 16 32 83 64 M16x1.5 40 340

Code Ø Ø M C B1 B A L F D Ø G CH Ø G1 Weight [g]
W0950502025 63 16 22 15 21 42 85 64 M16x1.5 22 22 22 226

Code Ø A B C D ØF ØE SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 Weight [g]
W0950502030 63 M16x1.5 32 32 103 32 4 20 41 41 30 24 620

TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
1-243
KIT OF REAR HEAD SCREWS
Code Description
ACTUATORS
0950636092 Kit of M8x40 UNI 5931 rear head fixing screws
Note: 4 items per pack.

CYLINDER BRACKET - VALVE SERIES KCV
ISO 1 ISO 1
Code Ø A B C D E D E Applicable valves Weight [g]
KIT FOR FIXING VALVES TO BRACKETS

Code Valve KIT Composition Weight [g]
0950002003 MACH 16 2 HEX. screws M3x25 with washer 4
0950002004 Series 70 1/8-1/4 2 HEX. screws M4x50 with washer 8
0950002001 ISO 1 Adaptor + ISO1 base side + screws + washers 230
0950002002 ISO 2 Adaptor + ISO2 base side + screws + washers 350
VALVE ASSEMBLY ON HYDRAULIC BRAKE
1-244
SENSOR
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W0950000201 Sensor REED DSM2-C525 HS
W0950000222 Sensor E. HALL PNP DSM3-N225
W0950000232 Sensor E. HALL NPN DSM3-M225

SENSOR BRACKETS
Code Description
W0950000712 Bracket D.50-63 DST 81
SLIM SENSOR
Code Description
NOTES
1-245
TECHNICAL DATA
NOTES
TECHNICAL DATA
ACTUATORS
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA
1-246
SUMMARY ELECTRIC CYLINDER
P ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552 PAG. 1-248
ACTUATORS
P ELECTRIC MOTORS PAG. 1-261
SUMMARY ELECTRIC CYLINDER

P DRIVES FOR MOTORS PAG. 1-272
P CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER PAG. 1-279
1-247
ELECTRIC CYLINDER
SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552
ACTUATORS
An electric cylinder with a connection interface in accordance with in-line version

ISO 15552.
The piston rod extension is controlled by a system with a hardened screw
and recirculating ball screw. The piston has a guide strip calibrated to
reduce to a minimum play with the barrel and hence vibration during ball
screw rotation.
The cylinder can be equipped with a built-in non-rotating system featuring
two opposing slides that run in separate longitudinal slots in the barrel.
The piston comes with magnets and the barrel has longitudinal slots for
ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552
housing sensors. The piston rod has increased outside diameter and
thickness to make it extra rigid and more resistant to radial and peak
geared version
loads.
A system for greasing the screws is included. Numerous standard
accessories for pneumatic cylinders, including intermediate hinge, can be
used for mounting the cylinder.
The motor can be selected from an optimised range, which encompasses
both STEPPING and BRUSHLESS motors.
There is a version for in-line assembly, where the drive shaft is jointed
directly onto the screw. There is also a geared motor version, where
transmission is provided by pulleys and a cog belt with a transmission
ratio of 1:1.
Suitable motor drives are provided.
Special adaptor flanges and joints can be provided if the customer wishes
to use a particular make of motor.
TECHNICAL DATA 32 50 63
Piston rod thread M10x1.25 M16x1.5 M16x1.5
Environmental temperature range for STEPPING motors °C from -10 to +50
BRUSHLESS motors °C from 0 to +40
Electrical protection rating with STEPPING motors IP40 or IP55 (see key to codes on page 1-257)
BRUSHLESS motors IP40 or IP65 (see key to codes on page 1-257)
Maximum relative humidity of the air for IP55 STEPPING motor 90% at 40°C; 57% at 50°C (no condensate)
IP65 BRUSHLESS motor 90% (no condensate)
Minimum stroke for version with non-rotating Twice the screw pitch (to guarantee ball lubrication)
Minimum stroke for version without non-rotating mm 80
Maximum stroke mm 1500
Overall radial oscillation of the piston rod (without load) for 100 mm of stroke mm 0.4
Versions With or without piston rod non-rotating
Uncontrolled impact at the end of stroke NOT ALLOWED (it provides an extra-stroke minimum 5 mm)
Sensor magnet YES
Maximum angle of twist of the piston rod for non-rotating version 1°30’ 1° 0°45’
Work position Any
MECHANICAL FEATURES 32 50 63
Worm screw pitch (p) mm 4 12.7 5 10 16 5 10 20
Worm screw diameter mm 12 12.7 16 16 16 20 20 20
Static axial load (Fo) N 3200 4000 6500
Dynamic axial load (F) N 5000 5300 7600 6670 4330 10010 12800 4880
Calculate mean axial load and the calculate life (see graphs on pages 1-251 and 1-252)
Maximum number of revs 1/min 4000 3000 2500
Maximum speed (Vmax) mm/s 267 847 250 500 800 208 417 833
WEIGHTS 32 50 63
Weight at stroke 0 g 875 928 1990 2084 2086 2942 3209 3056
Additional weight per mm of stroke g 3.94 6.64 6.56 6.55 6.25 6.32 6.32
Moving mass at stroke 0 (non-rotating version) g 246 304 586 696 703 956 1215 1067
Additional moving mass per mm of stroke g 1.25 1.84 1.98
1-248
MASS MOMENTS OF INERTIA 32 50 63
Worm screw pitch mm 4 12.7 5 10 16 5 10 20
ACTUATORS
J0 at stroke 0 kgmm2 1.3262 2.7700 4.7542 6.1360 9.1113 12.4043 14.8767 23.5427
J1 per metre of stroke kgmm2/m 10.4223 19.4430 33.9380 38.5264 49.1936 86.2990 96.6652 116.3671
J2 per kg of load kgmm2/kg 0.4053 4.0858 0.6333 2.5332 6.4849 0.6333 2.5332 10.1327
Total mass moment o inertia Jtot = J0 + J1 . stroke [m] + J2 . load [kg]

CALCULATION OF MEAN AXIAL LOAD Fm AND VERIFICATION
Peak axial load in a work cycle must not exceed the static axial load Fo. The peak value is usually achieved during upward acceleration in vertical
installation. Exceeding this value leads to greater wear and hence shorter life of the recirculating ball screw.
Mean axial load Fm
VX q Fx1
Fm = 3 SF x
3
x
Vm
x
100
= Fo
Fx3
Fm
VX1 q1 VX2 q2 VX3 q3
Fm = 3 Fx13 x x + Fx23 x + + Fx33 x x + ... Fx2
Fx [N]
Vm 100 Vm 100 Vm 100
Fx = Axial load at stage x

Fm = Mean axial load during extension
Fo = Static axial load q1 q2 q3
q = Time segment
Vx = Speed in the phase x
Vm = Average speed q [100%]
The mean axial load must not exceed the dynamic axial load: Fm ≤ F
The graphs on pages 1-251 and 1-252 show screw life as a function of Fm
a Slots for sensors

b Slots for anti-rotation
1-249
COMPONENTS
ACTUATORS
a FRONT CYLINDER HEAD: anodised aluminium

b BARREL: extruded and anodised aluminium alloy
c PISTON ROD: ground chrome steel
d WORM SCREW: hardened steel
e BALL SCREW: steel
f REAR CYLINDER HEAD: anodised aluminium
g WIPER RING: polyurethane
h PISTON ROD GASKET: NBR (IP55/ IP65 version only)
i GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert
j BUFFER: technopolymer
k MAGNET: plastoferrite
l GUIDE STRIP: self-lubricated calibrated technopolymer
m PISTON: alumunium
n BEARING: oblique with two ball rings
CRITICAL VELOCITY – PEAK LOADS
The two variables (stroke and motor revs) must meet the conditions in With vertical installations, the following load conditions applied to the
the graph below, otherwise resonance could be generated and affect piston rod must be met.
the system.
Motor revs [1/min] Axial load [N]
Stroke [mm] Stroke [mm]
MAXIMUM RADIAL LOADS ON PISTON ROD PISTON ROD SPEED AS A FUNCTION OF rpm
Radial loads [N] rpm [1/min]
Stroke [mm] Speed [mm/s]
screw pitch 4 screw pitch 12.7

screw pitch 5 screw pitch 16
screw pitch 0 screw pitch 20
Radial loads can be applied to the piston rod. The graph shows the direct correspondence between the number of turns
They must not exceed the values in the table above, otherwise the guides (1/min) and the translation speed of the stem (mm/s).
on the piston rod and piston will be subjected to excessive wear. In any case all the other conditions and limitations of each specific
cylinder will have to be complied.
1-250
DRIVE TORQUE AS A FUNCTION OF THE AXIAL LOAD APPLIED TO THE PISTON ROD
The friction generated in the mechanical system is taken into account.
ACTUATORS
Ø 32 Ø 50 Ø 63
Motor torque [Nm] Motor torque [Nm] Motor torque [Nm]
3 4.5 5.5
4 5
2.5 4.5
3.5
4
2 3
3.5
2.5 3

1.5
2 2.5
2
1 1.5
1.5
1
0.5 1
0.5 0.5
0 0 0
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 2400 2800 3200 3600 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Axial load [N] Axial load [N] Axial load [N]
screw pitch 4 screw pitch 5 screw pitch16 screw pitch5 screw pitch20
screw pitch12.7 screw pitch10 screw pitch10
LIFE CHARACTERISTICS AS A FUNCTION OF THE MEAN AXIAL LOAD
Ø 32
Mean axial load [N]
2200
screw pitch 4
2000
screw pitch 12.7
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
Cylinder life [km]
Ø 50
Mean axial load [N]
2800
screw pitch 5
screw pitch 10
2400
screw pitch 16
2000
1600
1200
800
400
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
Cylinder life [km]
1-251
ACTUATORS
Ø 63
Mean axial load [N]
4500
screw pitch 5
4000 screw pitch 10
3500 screw pitch 20
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10000
Cylinder life [km]
Life characteristics can vary considerably from those indicated in the graphs due to different operating conditions (radial loads, temperature,
lubrication status, etc.).
LUBRICATION DIAGRAMS
LUBRICATION OF VERSION WITH NON-ROTATING PISTON ROD
• Retract the piston rod towards the rear head. The piston rod/piston/
ball screw/system must rest against the buffer of the rear head
• Unscrew the cap on the lubricator port (see note 1 to the drawing on
page 1-253)
• Screw the lubricating pin (see accessory on page 1-259) into the
thread. Make sure you enter the corresponding hole in the piston
below
• Pump grease (code 9910506) in 4-5 times using a suitable lubricator
• Unscrew the lubricating pin and make the piston rod perform four
complete strokes. The piston rod should end up in the initial
(retracted) position
• Repeat the last two operations
• The operation of re-greasing will have to be repeated every 200 km,
approximately.
LUBRICATION OF VERSION WITHOUT NON-ROTATING PISTON ROD
• Extend the piston rod completely. The piston rod/piston/ball screw/

system must rest against the buffer of the front head
• Unscrew the cap on the lubricator port (see note 1 to the drawing on
page 1-253)
• Screw the lubricating pin (see accessory on page 1-259) into the
thread. Make sure you enter the corresponding hole in the piston
below.
• Pump grease (code 9910506) in 4-5 times using a suitable lubricator
• Unscrew the lubricating pin and make the piston rod perform four
complete strokes. The piston rod should end up in the initial
(extended) position
• Repeat the last two operations
• The operation of re-greasing will have to be repeated every 200 km,
approximately.
1-252
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS OF SINGLE CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
1 = lubricator port
(*) = for Ø 63 only
Ø ØB (d11) B1 B2 BG C1 CH1 CH2 CH3 ØD (f7) ØD1 (h7) ØD2 ØD4 (h7) E F G G1 H KK L L0
32 30 7 19.5 14.5 16 17 17 6 20 8 32 3 46 22 26 26 9 M10x1.25 160 134
50 40 7 28 17.5 25 21 24 8 25 10 50 3 64.5 32 30 30 9 M16x1.5 194 157
63 45 9 34.5 17.5 25 24 26 8 30 12 63 3 75.5 32 32 32 9 M16x1.5 210 173
Ø L1 L2 L3 ØMM N RT TG VA VD WH
32 86.3 23 27 19 4.5 M6 32.5 3 4.5 26
50 100.8 24 28.4 24 5.5 M8 46.5 5.5 5.5 37
63 112.3 34 39.5 29 5.5 M8 56.5 5.5 6.5 37
MOTOR-DRIVE COUPLINGS FOR VARIOUS CYLINDER BORES
DRIVES CODES
37D1221000 37D1332000 37D1442000
(4.4A from 24 to 45VDC) (6A from 24 to 75VDC) (6A from 77 to 140VDC)
37M1110000 Ø 32 - -
37M1120000 Ø 32 Ø 32 -
37M1120001 - Ø 32 -
37M1430000 - Ø 50 -
MOTOR CODES
37M1440000 - Ø 50 Ø 50
STEPPING
37M1450000 - Ø 63 Ø 63
DRIVES CODES
37D2200000 37D2400000
(200W) (from 400 to 750W)
37M2200000 Ø 32 -
37M2220000 - Ø 32
37M2220000 - Ø 50
37M2330000 - Ø 50
MOTOR CODES
BRUSHLESS
37M2330000 - Ø 63
1-253
DIMENSIONS OF IN-LINE CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor torque Coupling B L1 L2 L3
complete with motor mounted on the cylinder [Nm] flange
BRUSHLESS 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2200 37M2200000 0.64 60 60 62 69.5 15
32 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2220 37M2220000 1.27 60 60 62 95.5 15
STEPPING 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1110 37M1110000 0.8 NEMA 23 56 45 53.8 12
371032_ _ _ _ _ _1120 37M1120000 1.2 NEMA 23 56 45 75.8 12
371032_ _ _ _ _ _1121 37M1120001 1.2 NEMA 23 56 45 75.8 12
50 BRUSHLESS 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2330 37M2330000 2.39 80 80 77.4 107.3 35
63 STEPPING 371063_ _ _ _ _ _1450 37M1450000 6.7 NEMA 34 85.5 63.5 127 16
Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor torque Coupling B Ø B1 L1 L2 L3
50 STEPPING 371050_ _ _ _ _ _1430 37M1430000 2.4 NEMA 34 83 86 61.4 62 25
371050_ _ _ _ _ _1440 37M1440000 4.2 NEMA 34 83 86 61.4 92.2 25
Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor torque Coupling B B1 L1 L2 L3
50 BRUSHLESS 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2220 37M2220000 1.27 60 74.5 60 61.4 95.5 25
63 BRUSHLESS 371063_ _ _ _ _ _2330 37M2330000 2.39 80 94 80 78.5 107.3 25
1-254
DIMENSIONS OF GEARED CYLINDERS
ACTUATORS
Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor Coupling ØB B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 BG E L1 L2 L3 L4 TG RT VA
complete with motor mounted on torque flange (d11)
the cylinder [Nm]
STEPPING 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1110 37M1110000 0.8 NEMA 23 30 128.5 62 31 67.5 56 15 46 49 53.8 50 48 32.5 M6 4
32 371032_ _ _ _ _ _1120 37M1120000 1.2 NEMA 23 30 128.5 62 31 67.5 56 15 46 49 75.8 50 48 32.5 M6 4
371032_ _ _ _ _ _1121 37M1120001 1.2 NEMA 23 30 128.5 62 31 67.5 56 15 46 49 75.8 50 48 32.5 M6 4
63 STEPPING 371063_ _ _ _ _ _1450 37M1450000 6.7 NEMA 34 45 179.5 92 46 87.5 84.5 16.5 75.5 70 127 72 68 56.5 M6 4
Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor Coupling ØB B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 ØB6 BG E L1 L2 L3 TG RT VA
complete with motor mounted on the torque flange (d11)
cylinder [Nm]
50 STEPPING 371050_ _ _ _ _ _1430 37M1430000 2.4 NEMA 34 40 159.5 79 39.5 80 80 86 16.5 64.5 59 62 61 46.5 M8 4
371050_ _ _ _ _ _1440 37M1440000 4.2 NEMA 34 40 159.5 79 39.5 80 83 86 16.5 64.5 59 92.2 61 46.5 M8 4
cylinder [Nm]
32 BRUSHLESS 371032_ _ _ _ _ _2200 37M2200000 0.64 60 30 128.5 62 31 67.5 60 15 46 49 69.5 50 51 32.5 M6 4
371032_ _ _ _ _ _2220 37M2220000 1.27 60 30 128.5 62 31 67.5 60 15 46 49 95.5 50 51 32.5 M6 4
1-255
ACTUATORS
Size Motor type Code for cylinder Code for motor Motor Coupling ØB B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 BG E L1 L2 L3 TG RT VA
cylinder [Nm]
50 BRUSHLESS 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2220 37M2220000 1.27 60 40 159.5 79 39.5 80 60 16.5 64.5 59 95.5 61 46.5 M8 4
63 BRUSHLESS 371063_ _ _ _ _ _2330 37M2330000 2.39 80 45 179.5 92 46 87.5 80 16.5 75.5 70 107.3 72 56.5 M8 4
cylinder [Nm]
50 BRUSHLESS 371050_ _ _ _ _ _2330 37M2330000 2.39 80 40 159.5 79 39.5 80 80 16.5 64.5 59 107.3 61 64 46.5 M8 4
NOTES
1-256
KEY TO CODES – SINGLE CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
CYL 37 1 0 32 0100 1 5
TYPE BORE STROKE SCREW PITCH VERSION
37 Electric actuators 1 ISO 15552 0 STD 32 1 Screw pitch 4 5 Geared without antirotation IP40
electric cylinder 50 2 Screw pitch 5 6 Geared with antirotation IP40
63 4 Screw pitch 10 7 Geared without antirotation
5 Screw pitch 12.7 IP55/IP65
6 Screw pitch 16 8 Geared with antirotation
7 Screw pitch 20 IP55/IP65

KEY TO CODES - ELECTRIC CYLINDER WITH MOTOR
CYL 37 1 0 32 0100 1 1 1 1 1 0
TYPE BORE STROKE SCREW VERSION DRIVE
PITCH
37 Electric 1 ISO 0 STD 32 1 Screw ● 1 In-line without 1 STEPPING 1 NEMA 0 Torque 0 Base
actuators 15552 50 pitch antirotation motor flange 0.64 1 Greater
electric 63 4 IP40 2 BRUSHLESS 23 Nm rpm
cylinder 2 Screw ● 2 In-line with motor 2 Flange 1 Torque
pitch antirotation 60 0.8 Nm
5 IP40 3 Flange 2 Torque
4 Screw ■ 3 In-line without 80 1.2 to
pitch antirotation 4 NEMA 1.3 Nm
10 IP55/IP65 flange 3 Torque
5 Screw ■ 4 In-line with 34 2.2 to
pitch antirotation 2.4 Nm
12.7 IP55/IP65 4 Torque
6 Screw ● 5 Geared 4.2 Nm
pitch without 5 Torque
16 antirotation 6.7 Nm
7 Screw IP40
pitch ● 6 Geared with
20 antirotation
IP40
■ 7 Geared
without
antirotation
IP55/IP65
■ 8 Geared with
antirotation
IP55/IP65
● version available for all STEPPING and BRUSHLESS motors, all sizes
■ version IP55 available for STEPPING motors, sizes 50 and 63 only; version IP65 available for BRUSHLESS motors, all sizes
1-257
ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC CYLINDER
SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552: FIXINGS
FOOT - MODEL A
Code Ø Ø AB AH AO AT AU TR E XA SA Weight [g]
ACTUATORS
+ = ADD THE W0950322001 32 7 32 11 4 24 32 45 234 232 76

STROKE
W0950502001 50 9 45 15 4 32 45 45 287 282 162
W0950632001 63 9 50 15 6 32 50 75 314 309 266

ACCESSORIES FOR ELECTRIC CYLINDER SERIES ELEKTRO ISO 15552: FIXINGS

Code Ø UB CB FL øCD XD MR L Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE W0950322003 32 45 26 22 10 232 10 12 116
STROKE
W0950502003 50 60 32 27 12 282 12 15 252
W0950632003 63 70 40 32 16 314 16 20 394
Note: Supplied with 4 screws, 4 washers, 2 snap-rings, 1 pin

Code Ø EW FL MR øCD L XD Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE W0950322004 32 26 22 11 10 12 232 94
STROKE
W0950502004 50 32 27 13 12 15 282 220
W0950632004 63 40 32 17 16 20 314 316

Code Ø DL MS L XN øCX EX Weight [g]
+ = ADD THE W0950322006 32 22 16 12 232 10 14 106
STROKE
W0950502006 50 27 19 15 282 12 16 236
W0950632006 63 32 24 20 314 16 21 336
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - MODEL EN

+ = ADD THE X (max)
STROKE Code Ø X (min) IN LINE GEARED TM TL TD e 9 TK UW Weight [g]
0950322107 32 63 123 * 50 12 12 22 65 170
0950502107 50 83 148 * 75 16 16 28 95 580
0950632107 63 88 163 * 90 20 20 36 105 950
* Depending on motor length

Note: Supplied with 8 grub screws, 2 pins
1-258
GREASING NEEDLE
Code Ø X
ACTUATORS
0950327108 32 12
0950507108 50 19.3
0950637108 63 23.6

1 = GREASE NIPPLE B M8x1
UNI 7662 GALVANIZED

GREASE
9910506 Grease pipe RHEOLUBE 363 AX1 400
ISO 15552 HINGE FOR MODEL B -

CETOP HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GL ISO HINGE FOR MODEL B - MODEL GS
MODEL AB7
Code Ø Code Ø Code Ø
W0950322008 32 W0950322108 32 W0950322017 32
W0950502008 50 W0950502108 50 W0950502017 50
W0950632008 63 W0950632108 63 W0950632017 63
See page 1-37 See page 1-38 See page 1-38
FRONT FLANGE - MODEL C ROD NUT - MODEL S FORK MODEL GK-M

W0950322002 32 0950322010 32 W0950322020 32
W0950502002 50 0950502010 50 W0950502020 50
W0950632002 63 0950502010 63 W0950502020 63
SELF ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - COUNTER-HINGE FOR MODEL EN -

MODEL GA-K MODEL EL
W0950322025 32 W0950322030 32 W0950322009 32
W0950502025 50 W0950502030 50 W0950402009 50
W0950502025 63 W0950502030 63 W0950632009 63
1-259
GUIDE UNIT
ACTUATORS
Version Code Bore

Sliding on bronze bushings (GDH) W0700322... 32
W0700502... 50
W0700632... 63
Note: The guide units must only be used with anti-rotation cylinders.
For technical data and dimensions see page 1-42

Sliding on ball bearing (GDM) W0700323... 32

W0700503... 50
W0700633... 63
Note: The guide units must only be used with anti-rotation cylinders.
For technical data and dimensions see page 1-42

Code Description
W0952025390 HALL NO sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m
W0952029394 HALL NO sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8
W0952022180 REED NO sensor, vertical insertion 2.5 m
W0952028184 REED NO sensor, vertical insertion 300 mm M8
W0952125556 HALL NO sensor, vertical insertion 2 m ATEX
W0952025500* HALL NO sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m
W0952029504* HALL NO sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8
W0952022500* REED NO sensor, vertical insertion HS 2.5 m
W0952128184* REED NO sensor, vertical insertion HS 300 mm M8
1-260
ELECTRIC MOTORS
ACTUATORS
ELECTRIC MOTORS
TORQUE CURVES / TECHNICAL FEATURES OF ELECTRIC STEPPING MOTORS
STEPPING motor code 37M1110000 + drive code 37D1221000 (24VDC) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
Motor code 37M1110000
Motor torque [Nm] Motor type STEPPING
0.90 Seal torque (with motor stopped) Nm 0.8
0.80 Coupling flange NEMA 23
Base step angle 1.8°±0.09°
0.70
Bipolar current A 4
0.60 Resistance Ω 0.41
0.50 Inductance mH 1.6
0.40
Bipolar retaining torque Nm 1.1
Rotor inertia kgmm2 21
0.30
Theoretical acceleration rad . s-2 50000
0.20 Back E.M.F. V/krpm 20
0.10 Mass kg 0.65
Degree of protection IP40
0
24VDC drive code 37D1221000
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 2100
Motor revs. [1/min]
37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
STEPPING motor code 37M1120000 + drive code 37D1221000 (24VDC); MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
STEPPING motor code 37M1120000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC) Motor code 37M1120000
Coupling flange NEMA 23
1.20
1.00 Bipolar current A 4
Resistance Ω 0.48
0.60
0.40 Theoretical acceleration rad . s-2 45800
Back E.M.F. V/krpm 31
0.20
Mass kg 1
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
from 48 to 75VDC drive code 37D1332000
Motor revs. [1/min]
37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC) 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)

37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
1-261
ACTUATORS
STEPPING motor code 37M1120001 + drive code 37D1332000 (24-48-75VDC) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
1.20
1.00 Bipolar current A 5.6
Resistance Ω 0.3
ELECTRIC MOTORS
0.60
0.20 Mass kg 1
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000
Motor revs. [1/min]
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC) 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
STEPPING motor code 37M1430000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
2.00
Bipolar current A 6
Resistance Ω 0.3
1.50
Inductance mH 1.65
Bipolar retaining torque Nm 3
1.00 Rotor inertia kgmm2 145
Theoretical acceleration rad . s-2 20600
Mass kg 1.5
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
Motor revs. [1/min]
37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
STEPPING motor code 37M1440000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC); MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
STEPPING motor code 37M1440000 + drive code 37D1442000 (140VDC) Motor code 37M1440000
4.00 Coupling flange NEMA 34
3.50
Bipolar current A 6
3.00 Resistance Ω 0.35
2.00
rad . s-2
1.50
Theoretical acceleration 19300
0.50 Mass kg 2.5
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Motor revs. [1/min]
37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
1-262
ACTUATORS
STEPPING motor code 37M1450000 + drive code 37D1332000 (from 48 to 75VDC); MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
STEPPING motor code 37M1450000 + drive code 37D1442000 (140VDC) Motor code 37M1450000
6.00
5.00
Bipolar current A 6
Resistance Ω 0.46
ELECTRIC MOTORS
3.00
1.00 Mass kg 4
Certifications UL, CSA, CE, RoHS
0
Tension d’isolement 250VAC (350VDC)
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Degree of protection IP43 - F
Motor revs. [1/min] from 24 to 75VDC drive code 37D1332000
37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC) 37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC) 140VDC drive code 37D1442000
37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
OVERLOAD CURVES FOR ELECTRIC BRUSHLESS MOTORS
Time (s)
The torque used can exceed the nominal torque within the time limits 10000
shown in the diagram. Never exceed the maximum torque.

1000
Tempo (s)
100
10
1
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
Rapporto/coppia
Torque / coppia
nominal nominale
torque ratio
TORQUE CURVES / TECHNICAL FEATURES OF ELECTRIC BRUSHLESS MOTORS
The following diagrams show the torque delivered by the motor with changing speed (rpm). Each diagram shows two separate curves:
• NOMINAL TORQUE curve: the nominal torque delivered by the motor with a duty cycle of 100%
• MAXIMUM TORQUE curve: the torque delivered by the motor with a duty cycle of less than 100%
BRUSHLESS motor code 37M2200000 + drive code 37D2200000 (200W) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
Motor torque [Nm] Motor type BRUSHLESS
2.50 Nominal torque Nm 0.64
Coupling flange (square) mm 60
Nominal power W 200
2.00
Nominal speed rpm 3000
Maximum speed rpm 6000
1.50 Stall torque Nm 0.686
Maximum torque Nm 2.2
1.00 Inertia kgmm2 21.9
Encoder pulse/rev 131072 (17 bit)
0.50
Mass kg 0.84
Drive code 37D2200000
0
Motor-drive connecting cable code 37C2130000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 3 metres series R (fixed)
Motor revs. [1/min] Motor-drive encoder cable code 37C2230000
Nominal torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W) 3 metres series R (fixed)
Max torque 37M2200000 + 37D2200000 (200W)
5 metres series R (fixed)
Motor-drive encoder cable code 37C2250000
1-263
ACTUATORS
BRUSHLESS motor code 37M2220000 + drive code 37D2400000 (400W) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
4.50 Coupling flange (square) mm 60
4.00
Nominal power W 400
Nominal speed rpm 3000
3.50
3.00
Stall torque Nm 1.37
2.50 Maximum torque Nm 4.8
ELECTRIC MOTORS
2.00 Inertia kgmm2 41.2

1.50 Encoder pulse/rev 131072 (17 bit)
1.00 Mass kg 1.3
0.50
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W) 3 metres series R (fixed)
max torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W)
BRUSHLESS motor cod. 37M2330000 + drive code 37D2400000 (750W) MOTOR SPECIFICATIONS
Coupling flange (square) mm 80
7.00
Nominal power W 750
6.00 Nominal speed rpm 3000
5.00
Stall torque Nm 2.55
4.00 Maximum torque Nm 7.1
3.00 Inertia kgmm2 182
Encoder pulse/rev 131072 (17 bit)
2.00
Mass kg 1.3
1.00 Degree of protection IP65
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
nominal torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W) 3 metres series R (fixed)
max torque 37M2330000 + 37D2400000 (750W)
NOTES
1-264
AXIAL LOAD CURVES AS A FUNCTION OF SPEED (CYLINDER COMPELTE WITH MOTOR AND DRIVE)
ACTUATORS
N.B.: The load values already take into account the efficiency of the system.
Ø 32 with pitch 4 screw, STEPPING motors
Axial load [N]

1600
37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
1400 37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
ELECTRIC MOTORS
1200
37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC)
1000
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
800 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
600
400
200
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Speed [mm/s]
Ø 32 with pitch 12.7 screw, STEPPING motors
Axial load [N]

500
37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
450
37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
400 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
350 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC)
300
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
250
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
200
150
100
50
0
0 200 400 600 800 1000
Speed [mm/s]
Axial load [N]

4500
37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
4000 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
3500 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
3000
37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Speed [mm/s]
1-265
ACTUATORS
Axial load [N]

2500
37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
2000 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
1500
ELECTRIC MOTORS
1000
500
0
0 100 200 300 400 500
Speed [mm/s]
Axial load [N]

1400
37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
1200 37M1430000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
1000 37M1440000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1440000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
800
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Speed [mm/s]
Axial load [N]

7000
37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
6000 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Speed [mm/s]
1-266
ACTUATORS
Axial load [N]

3500
37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
3000 37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
2500
2000
ELECTRIC MOTORS
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Speed [mm/s]
Axial load [N]

1800
37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
1600
37M1450000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
1400 37M1450000 + 37D1442000 (140VDC)
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Speed [mm/s]
Ø 32 with pitch 4 screw, BRUSHLESS motors
Axial load [N]

7000
nominal torque 37M2200000
+ 37D2200000 (200W)
6000
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
5000
max torque 37M2200000
+ 37D2200000 (200W)
4000
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
3000
2000
1000
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Speed [mm/s]
1-267
Ø 32 with pitch 12.7 screw, BRUSHLESS motors
ACTUATORS
Axial load [N]

2000
1800 + 37D2200000 (200W)
1600 nominal torque 37M2220000
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
1400
1200 + 37D2200000 (200W)
ELECTRIC MOTORS
1000
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
800
600
400
200
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Speed [mm/s]
Axial load [N]
7000
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
5000 max torque 37M2220000
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
4000 max torque 37M2330000
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
3000
2000
1000
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Speed [mm/s]

Axial load [N]
4000
3500 + 37D2400000 (400W)
3000 + 37D2400000 (750W)
2500 + 37D2400000 (400W)
2000
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
1500
1000
500
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Speed [mm/s]
1-268
ACTUATORS
Axial load [N]
2500
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
1500 + 37D2400000 (400W)
ELECTRIC MOTORS
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
1000
500
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Speed [mm/s]
Axial load [N]
7000
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
6000 max torque 37M2330000
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
Speed [mm/s]

Axial load [N]
4000
3500
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
3000 + 37D2400000 (750W)
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Speed [mm/s]
1-269
ACTUATORS
Axial load [N]

2000
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
1600 max torque 37M2330000
+ 37D2400000 (750W)
1200
ELECTRIC MOTORS
800
400
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900
Speed [mm/s]
DIMENSIONS OF ELECTRIC MOTORS
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 ORANGE
A
2
A
BLUE
YELLOW
RED
3 4
B B
Motor type Motor code Motor torque Coupling ød øD H L L1 L2 L3 L4 RT W W1 W3 W4

[Nm] flange 0/-0.013 ±0.025 min ±0.8 ±0.5 ±0.25 ±0.25 +0.5/0 ±0.5 ±0.13 max ±0.5
STEPPING 37M1110000 0.8 NEMA 23 6.35 38.1 7 305 53.8 20.6 5 1.5 4.5 56 47.14 26 39
37M1120000 1.2 NEMA 23 6.35 38.1 7 305 75.8 20.6 5 1.5 4.5 56 47.14 26 39
37M1120001 1.2 NEMA 23 6.35 38.1 10 305 75.8 20.6 5 1.5 4.5 56 47.14 39 39
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 ORANGE
A
2
A
BLUE
YELLOW
RED
3 4
B B
Motor type Motor code Motor torque Coupling ød øD H L L1 L2 L3 L4 RT W W1 W3 W4

[Nm] flange 0/-0.018 ±0.025 min ±0.5 ±0.50 ±0.25 +0.5/0 ±0.5 ±0.2 ±0.5
STEPPING 37M1430000 2.4 NEMA 34 9.525 73.025 10 305 62 30 4.8 1.5 5.4 82.5 69.6 37 85.8
37M1440000 4.2 NEMA 34 12 73.025 10 305 92.2 30 4.8 1.5 5.4 82.5 69.6 37 85.8
1-270
ACTUATORS
WIRING DIAGRAM
1 ORANGE
A
2
A
BLUE
YELLOW
RED
3 4
ELECTRIC MOTORS
B B
Motor type Motor code Motor torque Coupling ød øD H L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 RT W W1 W3

[Nm] flange 0/-0.018 ±0.025 max min ±1 ±0.5 ±0.50 ±0.25 +0.2 ±0.5 ±0.25 max
STEPPING 37M1450000 6.7 NEMA 34 14 73.025 12 305 127 30 8 1.5 50 5.6 85.5 69.6 27
1 = screened encoder cable length 280 mm

2 = motor cable length 280 mm
Motor type Motor code Motor torque Coupling ød øD L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 RT W W1

[Nm] flange 0/-0.011 h7 ±1 ±1
BRUSHLESS 37M2200000 0.64 60 14 50 44.6 69.5 30 6 3 55 58 5.5 60 49.5
37M2220000 1.27 60 14 50 44.6 95.5 30 6 3 55 58 5.5 60 49.5
37M2330000 2.39 80 16 70 54.4 107.3 40 8 3 55 58 6.6 80 63.6
TABLE OF METAL WORK CODES AND SANYO DENKI MOTORS

Metal Work code Description
37M1110000 STEPPING motor 103-H7123-1749
37M1450000 STEPPING motor SM-2863-5255
37M2200000 BRUSHLESS motor R2AA06020F
1-271
DRIVES FOR
STEPPING MOTORS
4.4A 45V DC DRIVE FOR STEPPING MOTORS, CODE 37D1221000

ACTUATORS
The 37D1221000 is a ministep bipolar chopper drive made by RTA Srl.

It comes with a STEP & DIRECTION interface for piloting medium-low
power two-stage STEPPING motors with four, six or eight terminals.
It has a supply voltage range of 45V DC. It comprises an open frame
board and comes with separate logic and power screw connectors.
It can control STEPPING motors with a nominal current up to 4.4A, the
perfect choice for medium-low power applications using small motors.
DRIVES FOR STEPPING MOTORS
DRIVE TECHNICAL DATA

Type of STEPPING motor drive Board
Dimensions mm 92 x 85 x 23
Connectors Screw type
Onboard power supply NO
Control Step and direction
Operating voltage range VDC 24 - 45
Current range A 2.6 - 4.4
Current values selected via a dip-switch 8
Pulses per rev values selected by dip-switch pulse/rev 400, 800, 1600, 3200
Automatic current reduction with motor off YES (50%)
Type of inputs Pull-up or Pull-down, settable
Protections Maximum and minimum voltage.
Motor output short-circuiting.
Thermal protection.
Electronic damping circuit for maximum control of noise and vibration.
Suitable for motors code 37M1110000; 37M1120000
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND WIRING DIAGRAM
Shielded motor Shield

Schermo
Stepping cable
or C1)
motor Phase
Fase B B
Power connectors
Potenza
Phase
Fase B -B-
AM2 o C1)
Phase
Fase A-A-
e AM2
Phase
Fase A A FIL
Connettori
(AM1and
GROUND
GROUND
(AM1
PE -VDC
-V DCnom
nom
PE
+VDC
+V DCnom
nom
Trasf
GND 8
Fault Out 7 C +
Logic connector
Logica
C2)C2)
6
X4 In 5
(AM3 oor
Connettore
(AM3
Dir. In 4
Step In 3
C. Off In 2
GND 1
1-272
6A 75V DC DRIVE FOR STEPPING MOTORS, CODE 37D1332000
ACTUATORS
This is a ministep bipolar chopper drive made by RTA Srl. It comes with
a STEP & DIRECTION interface for piloting medium-low power two-stage
STEPPING motors with four, six or eight terminals.
It has a supply voltage range up to 75V DC, compact dimensions and
considerable operating flexibility. It consists of a board housed in a
metal box and comes with separate logic and power pull-out screw
connectors. It can control STEPPING motors with a nominal current up
to 6A, the perfect choice for medium power applications using small and
medium-size motors.

Type of STEPPING motor drive Metal box
Connectors Screw type, pull-out
Current range A 1.9 - 6
Pulses per rev values selected by dip-switch pulse/rev 400, 500, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 3200, 4000
Type of inputs Opto-isolated
Thermal protection.
Suitable for motors code 37M1120000; 37M1120001; 37M1430000; 37M1440000; 37M1450000
C1
Stepping Shielded Shield
Schermo
motor motor cable A
A
A-
A-
BB
B-
B-
PE -V
-V DC
DCnom
nom
+V
+V DC
DCnom
nom
C2
10
9
Fault Out
- 8
7
Step In
- 6
5
Dir. In
- 4
3
C. Off In
- 2
1
PE
PE
Messa a terra
Driveazionamento
chassis chassis earth
1-273
6A 140V DC DRIVE FOR STEPPING MOTORS, CODE 37D1442000
ACTUATORS
This is a ministep bipolar chopper drive made by RTA Srl. It comes with a
STEP & DIRECTION interface for piloting medium-high power two-stage
STEPPING motors with four, six or eight terminals.
It has a supply voltage range up to 140VDC, compact dimensions and
considerable operating flexibility. It consists of a board housed in a metal
box. It does not require external ventilation and comes with separate
logic and power pull-out screw connectors. It can control STEPPING
motors with a nominal current up to 6A, the perfect choice for medium
power applications requiring a DC supply.

Type of STEPPING motor drive Metal box
Connectors Screw type, pull-out
Current range A 1.9 - 6
Pulses per rev values selected by dip-switch pulse/rev 400, 500, 800, 1000, 1600, 2000, 3200, 4000
Type of inputs Opto-isolated
Thermal protection.

Stepping
Motore
motor
passo-passo
PE
Shield
Schermo
1
2 B
3 B-
4 A-
Shielded
Cavo schermato
Motore
5 A
6
motor cable
7 - V DC in
8 +V DC in
11 NC
12 Fault
13 -
14
15 - Step
16
17 - Dir.
18
19 - C. Off
20
21 -
Aux PE
PE
22 GND DriveMESSA
chassis earth
A TERRA
CHASSIS AZIONAMENTO
1-274
DRIVES FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS
15A DRIVE FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS, CODE 37D2200000
ACTUATORS
This drive made by SANYO DENKI is suitable for piloting BRUSHLESS
motors.
It features compact dimensions and considerable operating flexibility.
It consists of a board housed in a metal box. It comes with pull-out screw
connectors for power and plug connectors for logic. It can control
BRUSHLESS motors with a nominal current up to 15A.

Type of drive for BRUSHLESS motors Metal box
Power connectors and motor power Screw-type, pull-out
Encoder connectors and signals Plug-type 3M
Max output current A 15
Motor output stage IGBT, PWM control, sinusoidal current
Power voltage Single-phase or three-phase (user configurable) 200-230VAC (+10%, -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
Logic voltage Single-phase 200-230VAC (+10%, -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
Control With analogue signal (proportional to speed and torque). Pulse-train (clock + direction; forward
+ backward pulse; 90° phase difference) 8 inputs and 8 outputs, user configurable
Auto-tuning Yes
Communication interface RS232 for settings and monitoring via a personal computer
Protections Integrated against overloads, input extra-voltages,
incorporated filters for suppressing the system’s own resonance frequencies.
Standards CE, UL and CSA.
Other features 5-digit display and programming keypad.
Integrated closed-loop system with position, speed and torque control modes.
Instant changeover option: position + speed; position + torque; speed + torque.
Automatic dynamic braking circuit in a alarm and power-off conditions.
Connector for external braking resistance (optional).
Configuration and control software (optional).
Code for 3-metre motor-drive connecting cable 37C2130000
series R (fixed position)
Code for 3-metre motor-drive encoder cable 37C2230000
Suitable for motors code 37M2200000
1-275
30A DRIVE FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS, CODE 37D2400000
ACTUATORS
This drive made by RTA Srl is suitable for piloting BRUSHLESS motors.
It features compact dimensions and considerable operating flexibility.
It consists of a board housed in a metal box. It comes with pull-out screw
connectors for power and plug connectors for logic.
It can control BRUSHLESS motors with a nominal current up to 30A.
All the system parameters can be configured and controlled using
(optional) R-Set up software.

Type of drive for BRUSHLESS motors Metal box
Power connectors and motor power Screw-type, pull-out
Encoder connectors and signals Plug-type 3M
Max output current A 30
Motor output stage IGBT, PWM control, sinusoidal current
Power voltage Single-phase or three-phase (user configurable) 200-230VAC (+10%, -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
Logic voltage Single-phase 200-230VAC (+10%, -15%) 50/60 Hz (± 3 Hz)
Control With analogue signal (proportional to speed and torque).
Pulse-train (clock + direction; forward + backward pulse; 90° phase difference)
8 inputs and 8 outputs, user configurable.
Auto-tuning Yes
Communication interface RS232 for settings and monitoring via a personal computer.
Protections Integrated against overloads, input extra-voltages,
incorporated filters for suppressing the system’s own resonance frequencies
Standards CE, UL and CSA.
Other features 5-digit display and programming keypad.
Integrated closed-loop system with position, speed and torque control modes.
Instant changeover option: position + speed; position + torque; speed + torque.
Automatic dynamic braking circuit in a alarm and power-off conditions.
Connector for external braking resistance (optional).
Configuration and control software (optional).
1-276
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR BRUSHLESS MOTOR DRIVES
ACTUATORS
a 5-DIGIT DISPLAY and PROGRAMMING KEYPAD:
to display and modify parameters and monitor system operation in RS1 01
real time. a
b PC CONNECTOR: settings and monitoring by PC via RS232
a
(supplied with configuration software kit)
c POWER CONNECTOR: 230VAC, single-phase and three-phase
(user configurable). Included in the supply. CHARGE POWER
c b
Separate supply section for logic/signal and power electronics. P
C
230 VAC
Integrated circuits protecting against overloads and input potenza

extra-voltages. 230 VAC
logica
d SIGNAL CONNECTOR: pulse-train command (clock + direction;
forward + backward pulse; 90° phase difference) or with analogue
d
signal (proportional to speed or torque) 8 inputs and 8 outputs, user
configurable. Included in the supply.
e CONNECTOR: for external braking resistance (optional) e
f ENCODER CONNECTOR: compatible with any type of Sanyo Denki
encorder
g MOTOR POWER CONNECTOR g f
h EARTH CONNECTION
h
Log on to www.metalwork.it to view the instruction manual.
erd
co
En
or
ot
M
f ENCODER CABLE
Code Description
37C2230000 Motor-encoder connecting cable 3 m series R
37C2250000 Motor-encoder connecting cable 5 m series R
g MOTOR POWER CABLE

Code Description
37C2130000 Motor-drive connecting cable 3 m series R
37C2150000 Motor-drive connecting cable 5 m series R
EXTERNAL BRAKING RESISTANCES

Code Description
37D2R00000 220W 50 Ω braking resistance for RS1A03
Under certain operating conditions, such as sudden deceleration with high inertial
load, it may be necessary to dissipate externally the reverse energy generated by
the motor. The drive indicates this requirement via a specific alarm. Excess energy is
dissipated externally via a braking resistance.
TABLE OF METAL WORK CODES FOR RTA OR SANYO DENKI DRIVES

Metal Work code Description
37D1221000 RTA CSD04V 4.4A from 24 to 45VDC
37D1332000 RTA NDC96 (box type) 6A from 24 to 75VDC
37D1442000 RTA PLUS A4 6A from 77 to 140VDC
37D1220000 SANYO DENKI RS1A01
37D1240000 SANYO DENKI RS1A03
1-277
CONFIGURATION SOFTWARE
+ PC CONNECTING CABLE KIT
R-SETUP SOFTWARE CODE 37D2S00000

ACTUATORS
R-Setup communication software is used for parameter setting and

complete control of all functions of the system.
Access to parameter configuration can take place at three levels: basic
level, standard level, advanced level.
The software includes a detailed description of each parameter.
In addition to parameter setting R-Setup software can accurately analyse
operation of the system via the following functions.
• Monitor Display: real-time display of all details about the system.
• Trace Operation: a complete oscilloscope with 4 analogue channels
DRIVES FOR MOTORS
and 4 digital channels. Use to save and print traces and settings.
• System Analysis: used to study the system’s frequency response to
identify and correct any mechancal resonance phenomena.
JOG modes for speed (Jogging Operation) and position (Operation Pulse
Feed Jogging) are also available.
GRAPHIC MONITOR
Thanks to the integrated oscilloscope function, some important system

parameters, such as speed and torque, can be displayed on the PC
monitor.
Data can be downloaded and saved in compatible Excel format.
The time setting range is 10 ms to 2 s. Single values acquired and
displayed can be read using the cursor.
NOTES
1-278
CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING
AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER
ACTUATORS
When choosing an electric cylinder, it is necessary to follow a set procedure.
First you need to determine the following for each stage of the operating cycle (piston rod extension, any pause time, retraction, and so on):
- piston rod stroke
- stroke time available
- cylinder inclination with respect to the horizontal axis
- mass to move
- any coefficient of friction between mass and surface
- external forces to overcome
Using these values you can choose one or more cylinders suitable for the purpose based on piston rod thrust and load velocity.
CALCULATIONS FOR CHOOSING AN ELECTRIC CYLINDER

When a force needs to be exerted with the piston rod still (e.g. to create a locking vice), a BRUSHLESS motor must be chosen, because STEPPING
motors are not suitable. Both BRUSHLESS and STEPPING motors are suitable in other cases.
Once the electric cylinder (including motor and drive) has been chosen, you can make a detailed assessment of it based on the inertia of the moving
part of the cylinder and the motor that are not known beforehand.
CALCULATION METHOD FOR BRUSHLESS MOTORS

M Mass to move kg 60
s Displacement mm 200
t Total time s 1
ta Acceleration time s 0.2
td Deceleration time s 0.2
α Angle of inclination ° 90
µ Coefficient of friction 0
Fp Weight force N M · 9.81 · sen α 60 · 9.81 · sine 90 = 590
Fµ Friction N M · 9.81 · µ · cos α 60 · 9.81 · cos 90 = 0
Fe Other external forces N 40
1- Determination of maximum velocity and maximum acceleration
v max stroke
ta td
t

v max Maximum piston rod velocity mm/s s 200
(ta + td) = 250
t- (0.2 + 0.2)
2 1-
2
a Piston rod acceleration and deceleration mm/s2 v max 250 = 1250
ta 0.2
Fi Force of inertia of the mass N M·a 60 · 1250 = 75
1000 1000
Ftot Total force N ∑ F sullo stelo
- In acceleration | Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ | | 590 + 40 + 75 + 0 | = 705
- At constant v | Fp + Fe + Fµ | | 590 + 40 + 0 | = 630
- In deceleration | Fp + Fe - Fi + Fµ | | 590 + 40 - 75 + 0 | = 555
The calculation assumes the load is raised. In descent it would be:
Ftot Total force N ∑ F sullo stelo
- In acceleration | - Fp - Fe + Fi + Fµ | | - 590 - 40 + 75 + 0 | = 505
- At constant v | - Fp - Fe + Fµ | | - 590 - 40 + 0 | = 630
- In deceleration | - Fp - Fe - Fi + Fµ | | - 590 - 40 - 75 + 0 | = 705
1-279
ACTUATORS
2 - Algebraic sum of the forces on the piston rod
F tot max
F tot med
F
ta td
3 - Choosing an electric cylinder

The choice is made using the diagrams in the catalogue, which express the axial force as a function of velocity.
Check that:
- the electric cylinder can deliver the maximum total force (F tot max) during acceleration (short period)
- the electric cylinder can deliver the mean total force (F tot med) during movement at a constanct velocity
- the cylinder can reach the maximum velocity required
For example, you can choose the Ø 32 cylinder with Ø 12 pitch 4 screw driven by a BRUSHLESS motor (37M2220000) and 400 W drive (37D2400000).
Axial load [N]
7000
6000 + 37D2200000 (200W)
+ 37D2400000 (400W)
4000
3000
+ 37D2200000 (200W)
2000 + 37D2400000 (400W)
1000
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Velocity [mm/s] V max
BRUSHLESS motors can, for short periods, deliver torques exceeding nominal torques.
The diagram below shows the ratio of maximum current and nominal input current (and hence maximum torque and nominal torque) and the duration of the possible overload.
Time (s)
10000
1000
Tempo (s)
100
10
1
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5
Rapporto/coppia
Torque / coppia
nominal nominale
torque ratio

Verification of F tot max F available > Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ
N 5150 ≥ 705
(for a short period, upper curve)
Verification of F tot med N F available > Fp + Fe + Fµ 1200 ≥ 630
(at steady rate, lower cur ve)
Verification of v max mm/s v available > v max 267 ≥ 250
1-280
ACTUATORS
4 - Verification of the choice made
Having chosen the electric cylinder, you now know the data required to test it on the drive shaft.
Denomination data Unit of measurement Formula Example
pitch Screw pitch mm 4
n max Maximum number of motor revs rpm v max · 60 250 · 60 = 3750
pitch 4
ώ Maximum angular acceleration of the rad/s2 a · 2π 1250 · 2π = 1963
motor pitch 4
Moments of mass inertia

32 50 63
J0 at stroke 0 kgmm2 1.3262 2.7700 4.7542 6.1360 9.1113 12.4043 14.8767 23.5427
J1 for metre of stroke kgmm2/m 10.4223 19.4430 33.9380 38.5264 49.1936 86.9290 96.6652 116.3671
J2 for kg of load kgmm2/kg 0.4053 4.0858 0.6333 2.5332 6.4849 0.6333 2.5332 10.1327
The moment of inertia of total mass Jtot is: Jtot = J0 + J1 x stroke [m] + J2 x load [kg]
s
J tot’ Moment of inertia of the moving parts of kgmm2 J0 + J1 · 1.3 + 10.4 · 200 = 3.4
the cylinder 1000 1000
J tot’’ Moment of inertia for acceleration of the kgmm2 J2 · M 0.4 · 60 = 24
mass reduced at the motor
J mot. Moment of inertia of the motor kgmm2 Motor specifications 41.2
J rid Total moment of inertia reduced at the kgmm2 J tot’ + J tot” + J mot. 3.4 + 24 + 41.2 = 68.6
motor
C acc Torque required to overcome inertia Nm J rid · 68.6 · 1963 = 0.13
during acceleration 1 · 10E6 1 · 10E6
Weights
32 50 63
Moving mass at stroke 0 (non-rotating version) g 246 304 591 696 703 956 1215 1067
The weight of the moving parts of the cylinder (piston rod, piston, etc.) that the cylinder has to support must also be taken into consideration.
Mc Mass of the components kg 0.246 + 0.00125 · 300 = 0.6
Fpc Weight of the components N Mc · 9.81 · sine α 0.5 · 9.81 · sine 90 = 4.9
C car Torque required to overcome friction, Nm pitch · (Fp + Fpc + Fe + Fµ) 4 · (590 + 4.9 + 40 + 0) = 0.4
loads and external forces (consider a 2π · 0.8 · 1000 2π · 0.8 · 1000
system efficiency of 0.8)
C tot Total torque required Nm C acc + C car 0.13 + 0.4 = 053
At this stage just check that: - the motor can deliver C tot during acceleration (short period)
- the motor can deliver C car during movement at a constant velocity
BRUSHLESS motor code 37M2220000 + drive code 37D2400000 (400W)

Motor torque [Nm]
5.00
nominal torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W)
4.50
4.00 maximum torque 37M2220000 + 37D2400000 (400W)

3.50
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
1.00
0.50
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000

n max Motor revs [1/min]
Verification of C tot Nm C available > C tot 3.8 ≥ 0.53
(for a short period, upper curve)
Verification of C car Nm C available > C car 1 ≥ 0.4
(at steady rate, lower curve)
1-281
CALCULATION METHOD FOR STEPPING MOTORS
ACTUATORS

M Mass to move kg 60
s Displacement mm 300
t Total time s 2
ta Acceleration time s 0.2
td Deceleration time s 0.2
α Angle of inclination ° 0
µ Coefficient of friction 0.1
Fp Weight force N M · 9.81 · sine α 60 · 9.81 · sine 0 = 0
Fµ Friction N M · 9.81 · µ · cos α 60 · 9.81 · 0.1 · cos 0 = 60
Fe Other external forces N 40
1 - Determination of maximum velocity and maximum acceleration
v max corsa
ta td
t

v max Maximum piston rod velocity mm/s s 300
(ta + td) = 167
t- (0.2 + 0.2)
2 2-
2
a Piston rod acceleration and deceleration mm/s2 v max 167 = 835
ta 0.2
Fi Force of inertia N M·a 60 · 835 = 50
1000 1000
Ftot Total force N ∑ F on the piston rod
- In acceleration | Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ | | 0 + 40 + 50 + 60 | = 150
- At constant v | Fp + Fe + Fµ | | 0 + 40 + 60 | = 100
- In deceleration | Fp + Fe - Fi + Fµ | | 0 + 40 - 50 + 60 | = 50
2 - Algebraic sum of the forces on the piston rod
F tot max
F tot med
F
ta td
t
3 - Choosing an electric cylinder
The choice is made using the diagrams in the catalogue, which express the axial force as a function of velocity.
Check that: - the electric cylinder can deliver the maximum total force during acceleration (up to maximum speed)
- the cylinder can reach the maximum velocity required
For example, you can choose the Ø 32 cylinder with Ø 12 pitch 4 screw driven by a STEPPING motor (37M1120001) and 48VDC drive (37D1332000).
Axial load [N]
1600
37M1110000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
1400 37M1120000 + 37D1221000 (24VDC)
1200 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
1000 37M1120000 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC)
800
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
600
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
400
200
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Velocity [mm/s]
V max
1-282
ACTUATORS
Verification of Ftot max N F available > Fp + Fe + Fi + Fµ 650 ≥ 150
Verification of v max mm/s v available > v max 250 ≥ 167
4 - Verification of the choice made

Having chosen the electric cylinder, you now know the data required to test it on the drive shaft.

pitch Screw pitch mm 4

n max Maximum number of motor revs rpm v max · 60 167 · 60 = 2505
pitch 4
ώ Maximum angular acceleration of the rad/s2 a · 2π 835 · 2π = 1311
motor pitch 4
Moments of mass inertia
32 50 63
J0 at stroke 0 kgmm2 1.3262 2.7700 4.7542 6.1360 9.1113 12.4043 14.8767 23.5427
J1 for metre of stroke kgmm2/m 10.4223 19.4430 33.9380 38.5264 49.1936 86.2990 96.6652 116.3671
J2 for kg of load kgmm2/kg 0.4053 4.0858 0.6333 2.5332 6.4849 0.6333 2.5332 10.1327
The moment of inertia of total mass Jtot is: Jtot = J0 + J1 x stroke [m] + J2 x load [kg]
s
J tot’ Moment of inertia of the moving parts of kgmm2 J0 + J1 · 1.3 + 10.4 · 300 = 4.4
the cylinder 1000 1000
J tot’’ Moment of inertia for acceleration of the kgmm2 J2 · M 0.4 · 60 = 24
mass reduced at the motor
J mot. Moment of inertia of the motor kgmm2 Motor specifications 36
J rid Total moment of inertia reduced at the kgmm2 J tot’ + J tot” + J mot. 4.4 + 24 + 36 = 64.4
motor
C acc Torque required to overcome inertia Nm J rid · ώ 64.4 · 1311 = 0.1
during acceleration 1 · 10E6 1 · 10E6
Weights
32 50 63
Moving mass at stroke 0 (non-rotating version g 246 304 591 696 703 956 1215 1067
The weight of the moving parts of the cylinder (piston rod, piston, etc.) that the cylinder has to support must also be taken into consideration.
Mc Mass of the components kg 0.246 + 0.00125 · 300 = 0.6
Fpc Weight of the components N Mc · 9.81 · sen α 0.6 · 9.81 · sine 0 = 0
C car Torque required to overcome friction, Nm pitch · (Fp + Fpc + Fe + Fµ) 4 · (0 + 0 + 40 + 60) = 0.1
loads and external forces (consider a 2 · π · 0.8 · 1000 2π · 0.8 · 1000
system efficiency of 0.8)
C tot Total torque required Nm C acc + C car 0.2
At this stage just check that the motor can deliver C tot during acceleration (up to maximum speed).
STEPPING motor code 37M1120001 + drive code 37D1332000 (24-48-75VDC)
Motor torque [Nm]
1.40
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (24VDC)
1.20
37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (48VDC)
1.00 37M1120001 + 37D1332000 (75VDC)
0.80
0.60
0.40
0.20
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000
n max Motor revs [1/min]

Verification of C tot Nm C available > Ctot 0.55 ≥ 0.2
1-283
VERIFICATION OF THE RECIRCULATING BALL SCREW AND THE BEARING
Verification of the recirculating ball screw takes into consideration the maximum axial load and the weighted average axial load.
ACTUATORS
The peak value of axial load in a movement cycle must not exceed the static axial load Fo shown on the data sheet.
The average axial load in a movement cycle must not exceed the dynamic axial load F shown on the data sheet.
If these conditions are not met, the recirculating ball screw and/or the bearing will be subject to greater wear and hence a shorter life.
The calculation of average axial load takes into consideration movements at constant speed during the cycle (nil acceleration and deceleration) and
the respective axial loads on the piston rod.
The Fm value thus calculated is used in the diagrams on pages 1-251 and 1-252 – Life characteristics as a function of the mean axial load – to
determine the expected life of the cylinder.
VX q
Fm = 3 SF x
3
x
Vm
x
100
=
VX1 q1 VX2 q2 VX3 q3

Fm = 3 Fx13 x x + Fx23 x + + Fx33 x x + ...
Vm 100 Vm 100 Vm 100
Fx = Axial load at stage x

Fm = Mean forward axial load
Fo = Static axial load of the screw
q = Time segment
Vx = Speed in the phase x
Vm = Average speed
1-284
SUMMARY SENSORS
AND ACCESSORIES T-SLOT
P ACCESSORIES: MAGNETIC SENSORS PAGE 1-286
ACTUATORS
P ACCESSORIES FOR T-SLOT PAGE 1-290
SUMMARY SENSORS AND ACCESSORIES T-SLOT

P SENSOR TESTER PAGE 1-291
1-285
SENSOR SERIES DSM

Code Description
ACTUATORS
W0950000201 Reed sensor DSM2-C525 HS

W0950000222 E.HALL PNP sensor DSM3-N225
W0950000232 E. HALL NPN sensor DSM3-M225
TECHNICAL DATA SERIE DSM

Type REED + VARISTOR + LED 2 WIRES HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 WIRES
Contact REED + VARISTOR + LED NO HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN
Max AC/DC voltage V 3 to 48 V(DC); 3 to 220 (AC) 6-24 V DC
Max current at 25°C mA 500 250
Power with inductive load VA 10 –
Power with resistive load Watt 50 6
Switch-on time m sec 1.2 0.8
Switch-off time m sec 0.1 3
Switch-on point Gauss 110 15
Switch-off point Gauss 95 8
Operating life 107 impulses 109 impulses
Contact resistance 0.1 –
Cable length m 2.5 2.5
Cable cross section mm2 0.35 0.35
Cable material Soft PVC Soft PVC
Circuit
DC Version NPN
AC Version PNP
1-286
SENSOR SERIE DCB
Code Bore Model Version
ACTUATORS
W0950000252 12 to 100 REED sensor DCB 2C-425 Reed connector
+ bracket - CB
W0950000253 12 to 100 HALL PNP sensor DCB3-N225 Hall PNP connector
+ bracket - CB
W0950014360 12 to 100 HALL NPN sensor DCB3-M225 Hall NPN connector
+ bracket - CB

TECHNICAL DATA SERIE DCB
Type REED + VARISTOR + LED 2 WIRES HALL VERSION PNP/NPN 3 WIRES
Contact REED + VARISTOR + LED NO HALL EFFECT NO PNP/NPN
Max AC/DC voltage V 3 to 48 (DC); 3 to 110 (AC) 6-24 V DC
Max current at 25°C mA 300 250
Power with inductive load VA 8 –
Power with resistive load Watt 15 6
Switch-on time m sec 0.5 0.8
Switch-off time m sec 0.1 3
Switch-on point Gauss 110 15
Switch-off point Gauss 60 8
Operating life 107 impulses 109 impulses
Contact resistance 0.1 –
Cable length m 2.5 2.5
Cable cross section mm2 0.35 0.35
Cable material Soft PVC Soft PVC
Circuit
DC Version NPN
AC Version PNP
1-287
Code Description
ACTUATORS

* For use on the rodless cylinder guide “V” Ø25 or when standard sensors do not detect
the magnet, e.g. near metal masses.
TECHNICAL DATA ATEX

REED HALL EFFECT HALL EFFECT
Type of contact N.O. N.O. N.O.
Switch - PNP PNP
Supply voltage (Ub) V 10 to 30 AC/DC 10 to 30 DC 18 to 30 DC
Power W 3 (peak valve = 6) 3 # 1.7
Voltage variation - # 10% of Ub # 10% of Ub
Voltage drop V - #2 # 2.2
Input current mA - # 10 # 10
Output current mA # 100 # 100 # 70
Switching frequency Hz # 400 # 5000 1000
Short-circuit protection - Yes Yes
Over-voltage suppression - Yes Yes
Polarity inversion protection - Yes Yes
EMC EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2
LED display Yellow Yellow Yellow
Magnetic sensitivity 2.8 mT ± 25% 2.8 mT ± 25% 2.6
1.9 mT ± 20% (for HS) 2.1 mT ± 20% (for HS) -
Repeatability # 0.1 mT # 0.1 mT # 0.1 mT (Ub and ta fixed)
Degree of protection (EN 60529) IP 67 IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K
Vibration and shock resistance 30 g, 11 ms, 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm 30 g, 11 ms, 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm
Temperature range °C -25 to +75 -25 to +75 -20 to +45
Sensor capsule material PA66 + PA6I/6T PA66 + PA6I/6T PA
2.5 m/2 m connecting cable PVC; 2 x 0.12 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0.14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0.12 mm2
Connecting cable with M8x1 Polyurethane; 2 x 0.14 mm2 Polyurethane; 3 x 0.14 mm2 -
Wire NO. 2 3 3
Category ATEX - - Ex II 3G EEx nA II T4 X/Ex II 3D T1 35°C IP 67
Certifications
WIRING DIAGRAM
1-288
SENSOR Ø 4
Code Description
ACTUATORS
W0950045390 Sensor HALL 3 wires 24 VDC 2 m

TECHNICAL DATA FOR W0950045390
HALL EFFECT
Switch PNP
Tension in DC V From 6 to 30
Tension in AC V ---
Current at 25°C A 0.2
Power (ohmic load) W MAX 6
On time µs 0.8
Off time µs 0.3
On point Gauss 30
Off point Gauss 25
Electric life (pulses) 109
On voltage drop V <1
Nominal operating point Gauss From 30 to 50
Operating frequency Hz MAX 200
Polarity reversal protection YES
Short-circuit protection NO
Degree of protection (EN 60529) IP 67
Temperature range °C From -10 to +70
Sensor capsule material PA (+G)
LED display YELLOW
Wiring NO. 3
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR W0950045390
1-289
ACCESSORIES T-SLOT
BAR FOR GROOVING

Code Description
ACTUATORS
W0950000160 Bar for grooving L = 500 mm
Note: The code corresponds to 1 piece.

ACCESSORIES T-SLOT
SLOTTED FIXING PLATE

0950003001 M4 T-slotted fixing plate 1
0950003002 M3 T-slotted fixing plate 1
SLOTTED FIXINGPLATE
0950003000 Fixing block 2
Note: Supplied complete with 1 M3 grub screw and 1 M4 grub screw
NOTES
1-290
SENSOR TESTER
ACTUATORS
This sensor tester features the following:
• a green light and acoustic signal indicating correct operation
• sensors can be checked without having to be disassembled
• M8 and M12 connections, and terminal board for direct
connection to the wires
• PNP or NPN switching button
• 9V battery power supply
• automatic switch-off
SENSOR TESTER
TECHNICAL DATA
Container material PA 6.6 blue
Connections M8 and M12 plug-socket type with 40 cm cable
Additional connections 3 terminals for wire connection
Power supply 9V DC (battery type 6LR61)
Internal voltage 15V DC
Green light tester switched on
Yellow light sensor in operation
Red light battery flat
COMPONENTS
a CONTAINER (PA 6.6 blue)

b START BUTTON
c WIRE CONNECTION + (brown)
d WIRE CONNECTION – (blue)
e OUTPUT CONNECTION (black)
f PNP/NPN SELECTOR
g M8x1 CONNECTOR
h M12x1 CONNECTOR
i LED COVER
Code Description Dimension [mm] Weight [g]

W0950060000 Sensor tester 63x88x24 192
1-291
DISTRIBUTORS
DISTRIBUTORS
P VALVES PAGE 2-2
DISTRIBUTORS
P VALVE ISLANDS PAGE 2-139
P SLAVES FIELDBUS PAGE 2-189
2-1
VALVES SUMMARY
P MINIVALVES, SERIES VME-1 MECHANICALLY/HAND OPERATED PAGE 2-4
P VALVES, SERIES PEV, PEDAL OPERATED PAGE 2-8
P TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE SERIE SAFE AIR PAGE 2-10

DISTRIBUTORS
P VALVES, SERIES 70 PAGE 2-12

VALVES SUmmAry
P VALVES, SERIES 70 ON BASE PAGE 2-38
P VALVES, NAMUR PAGE 2-43
P COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR SERIES 70 AND NAMUR VALVES PAGE 2-46
P 10 mm SOLENOID VALVES SERIES PLT-10 PAGE 2-47
P BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION PAGE 2-50
P SOLENOID VALVES PIV.M 15 mm PAGE 2-56
P SOLENOID VALVES PIV ON BASE PAGE 2-58
P SOLENOID VALVES PIV IN LINE PAGE 2-63
2-2
P SOLENOID VALVE CNOMO PAGE 2-66
P VALVES PAGE 2-68
P VALVES MACH 11 PAGE 2-74
DISTRIBUTORS
P VALVES MACH 16 PAGE 2-80
VALVES SUmmAry
P MULTIPLE CONNECTOR MACH 16 PAGE 2-87
P REDUCER WITH GAUGE, SERIES RMV PAGE 2-100
P VALVES MACH 18 ISO 15407-1 VDMA 24563-02 PAGE 2-101
P VALVES ISO 5599/1, SERIES IPV-ISV PAGE 2-107
P VALVE ISO 5599/1 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, SERIE ISV WITH M12 CONNECTOR PAGE 2-114
P SANDWICH REGULATORS FOR ISO 5599/1 BASES ISO 1-2 PAGE 2-122
P VALVES FOR UL- AND CSA-APPROVED COILS PAGE 2-123

P VALVES ISO 5599/1 SERIE SAFE AIR PAGE 2-126

2-3
MINIVALVES, MECHANICALLY
AND HAND OPERATED
SERIES VME
• minivalves with 3/2 NO NC poppet,

• Installation in any position
• Push-in fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm and m5 on the valve body
• Low actuation force
• rapid, accurate signal
• mechanical actuation
• The 2 places adapter allows manual actuation of 1 or 2 VmE valves
with manual Ø 22 panel actuators. Thus it is possible to obtain 3/2,
5/2, 5/3 open centre and 5/3 pressure centre pneumatic functions.
• On request, it is possible to place a NC-NO electric switch next to
VmE valve for mixed solenoid/pneumatic signals.
DISTRIBUTORS
mINIVALVES, mECHANICALLy AND HAND OPErATED SErIES VmE
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve fitting port Push-in fitting for pipe diam. 4 and m5 (axial or side)
Fluid Filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Type With poppet
Versions mechanical and manual
Operators:
• mechanical With Plunger – Plunger for wall-mounting – roller lever – Unidirectional roller lever
• manual Depending on the type of actuation panel selected
Operating temperature range °C -10° to +60
Nominal diameter mm 2.5
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 16.5
Critical ratio b bar/bar 0.03
Flow rate at 6 Bar DP 0.5 Bar Nl/min 35
Flow rate at 6 Bar DP 1 Bar Nl/min 60
Actuation force – Plunger at 6 Bar N 8
recommended lubricant ISO and UNI FD22
Compatibility with oils Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation
COMPONENTS
a VALVE BODy: Aluminium

b BUTTON: chemically nickel-plated brass
c DISTANCE PLATES: Brass
d GASKETS: NBr
e PUSH-IN FITTING CArTrIDGES: stainless steel, brass and plastic
f SPrINGS: stainless steel
2-4
PLUNGER 3/2 NO - AXIAL FITTINGS PLUNGER 3/2 NO - SIDE FITTINGS
Ø 4 m5 Ø 4 m5
DISTRIBUTORS
Code Description Weight [g] Code Description Weight [g]
W3501000101 VmE1-10 NO Ø 4 42 W3501001100 VmE2-10 NO Ø 4 34
W3501000110 VmE1-16 NO m5 36 W3501001110 VmE2-10 NO m5 34

PLUNGER 3/2 NC - AXIAL FITTINGS PLUNGER 3/2 NC - SIDE FITTINGS
Ø 4 m5 Ø 4 m5

W3501000100 VmE1-01 NC Ø 4 42 W3501001101 VmE2-01 NC Ø 4 34
W3501000111 VmE1-11 NC m5 36 W3501001111 VmE2-11 NC m5 34
PLUNGER FOR WALL MOUNTING, 3/2 NC - AXIAL FITTINGS PLUNGER FOR WALL MOUNTING, 3/2 NC - SIDE FITTINGS
Ø 4 m5 Ø 4 m5

W3501000400 VmE1-04 NC Ø 4 54 W3501001401 VmE2-04 NC Ø 4 46
W3501000411 VmE1-14 NC m5 48 W3501001411 VmE2-14 NC m5 46
2-5
UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC - AXIAL FITTINGS UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC - SIDE FITTINGS
Ø 4 m5 Ø 4 m5
DISTRIBUTORS

W3501000300 VmE1-03 NC Ø 4 60 W3501001301 VmE2-03 NC Ø 4 52
W3501000311 VmE1-13 NC m5 54 W3501001311 VmE2-13 NC m5 52
ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NO - AXIAL FITTINGS ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NO - SIDE FITTINGS
Ø 4 m5 Ø 4 m5

W3501000201 VmE1-05 NO Ø 4 58 W3501001200 VmE2-05 NO Ø 4 50
W3501000210 VmE1-15 NO m5 52 W3501001210 VmE2-15 NO m5 50
ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC - AXIAL FITTINGS ROLLER LEVER, 3/2 NC - SIDE FITTINGS
Ø 4 m5 Ø 4 m5

W3501000200 VmE1-02 NC Ø 4 56 W3501001201 VmE2-02 NC Ø 4 52
W3501000211 VmE1-12 NC m5 50 W3501001211 VmE2-12 NC m5 50
2-6
MANUAL VME VALVES – ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
NOTES:
• For 5/2 pneumatic operation, assemble
a 3/2 NC plunger valve and a 3/2 NO
one on the adapter.
• For 5/3 pneumatic operation with open
centres, assemble two 3/2 NC plunger
valves on the adapter.
• For 5/3 pneumatic operation with pressure NEW
centres, assemble two 3/2 NO plunger
valves on the adapter.
DISTRIBUTORS
OLD

ORDERING CODES
Symbol Reference Code Description Weight [g]

a W3501000100 3/2 NC Axial fittings Ø 4 42
W3501000111 3/2 NC Axial fittings m5 36
W3501001101 3/2 NC Side fittings Ø 4 34
W3501001111 3/2 NC Side fittings m5 34
a W3501000101 3/2 NO Axial fittings Ø 4 42
W3501000110 3/2 NO Axial fittings m5 36
W3501001100 3/2 NO Side fittings Ø 4 34
W3501001110 3/2 NO Side fittings m5 34
b 0351000050 2 places adaptor thickness 6.8 mm 5
c W0351000015 red handler with horizontally pivoted lever 25
d W0351000011 Fat push button + 2 red/black coloured disks 15

u Bistable fat push button without disk
e W0351000030 Black selector short lever at 2 positions with return 20
W0351000031 Black selector short lever at 2 positions 20
f W0351000034 Black selector long lever at 2 positions with return 26
W0351000035 Black selector long lever at 2 positions 26
g W0351000016 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 2 positions 50
W0351000018 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 0 50
h W0351000013 red mushroom-head push button Ø 40 27
W0351000017 Black mushroom-head push button Ø 40 27
i W0351000014 red mushroom-head push button with lock Ø 40 29
u It can’t be supplied. As working replaced by selector j W0351000049 : reducer from 30 to 22.5 mm

with bistable short lever at 2 positions e. k W0351000050 s Adapter for bore Ø 30 G2326
: Usable only with technopolymer body selectors. l W0351000021 : Key for ESC selectors
s Usable only with metal body selectors.
W0351000056 Green disk for push button d
2-7
VALVES SERIES PEV
PEDAL OPERATED
The valves series PEV with pedal are available in a wide range:
• 5/2 1/4” monostable and bistable with guarded pedal
• 3/2 m5 monostable, pedal not guarded
• 3/2 Ø 4 monostable, pedal not guarded
• 3/2 m5 in monostable and bistable configuration with guarded pedal
• 3/2 Ø 4 in monostable and bistable configuration with guarded pedal
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES SErIES PEV PEDAL OPErATED
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve fitting port Ø 4 m5 1/4’’
Type mono/ bistable guarded monostable not guarded mono/ bistable guarded
monostable not guarded mono/ bistable guarded –
mpa 0.25 to 1
psi 36 to 145
Operating temperature range °C –10 + 60
Nominal diameter mm 2.5 2.5 7.5
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 16.5 16.5 264.26
Critical ratio b bar/bar 0.03 0.03 0.32
Flow rate at 6.3 bar DP 0.5 bar Nl/min 60 60 640
Flow rate at 6.3 bar DP 1 bar Nl/min 95 95 840
FLOW CHARTS
1/4” m5/Ø 4 mm
Flow rates (NI/min)
Flow rates (NI/min)
Pressure valves (bar) Pressure valves (bar)

2-8
GUARDED PEDAL WITH VALVES 5/2 1/4” - 3/2 M5 - 3/2 Ø 4
Symbol Code Description Abbrev. Weight [g]
W3120000001 5/2 - 1/4’’ monostable, PEV 35 PES Pr 1027
guarded
W3120000011 5/2 - 1/4’’ bistable, PEV 35 PEB Pr 1035
guarded
W3120000301 3/2 m5 monostable, PEV 03 PES Pr 883
guarded
W3120000321 3/2 Ø 4 monostable, PEV F3 PES Pr 887
guarded
W3120000331 3/2 m5 bistable, PEV 03 PEB Pr 890
guarded
W3120000311 3/2 Ø 4 bistable, PEV F3 PEB Pr 914
DISTRIBUTORS
cguarded
W3120000021 5/2 - 1/4’’ monostable, PEV 35 PEC Pr 1014
with mechanical block
VALVES SErIES PEV PEDAL OPErATED

NOT-GUARDED PEDAL WITH VALVES 3/2 M5 - 3/2 Ø 4
Symbol Code Description Abbrev. Weight [g]
W3120000411 3/2 - m5 monostable, PEV 03 PES WP 188
not guarded
W3120000401 3/2 Ø 4 monostable, PEV F3 PES WP 192
not guarded
KEY TO CODES
PEV F 3 PE C WP
FAMILY DIMENSIONS FUNCTION OPERATORS 14 RESETTING (12) FURTHER DETAILS
PEV valve with pedal 3 1/4 3 3/2 PE pedal operated S mechanical springs WP not guarded
0 m5 5 5/2 C mechanical block PR guarded
F Ø 4 B bistable
2-9
TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE
SERIES SAFE AIR®
The two hand safety valve generates an output signal only if two
synchronised pneumatic input signals are received.
If one input signal is interrupted, the output signal is interrupted as well.
The most common application involves connecting a manual
button-controlled valve to each of the inputs and using the output signal
as a start-of-cycle control for a pneumatically-operated machine.
• The two hand safety valve can be secured with through screws or a DIN
bar adaptor.
• The complete pushbutton panel includes the dual manual control valve,
two manual pushbuttons, and an emergency stop valve,
all housed in a metal box to be mounted on a wall or stand.
DISTRIBUTORS
• The pushbutton housing is supplied on request for anyone wishing to get

a personalised pneumatic connection or drill holes to secure the unit.
TWO HAND SAFETy VALVE SErIES SAFE AIr®
TECHNICAL DATA
Compressed air couplings mm Push-in fitting for Ø 4 pipe
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated compressed air, max 50 mm
Version Single-control – Complete pushbutton panel
Standard EN574 type IIIA, TÜV approvated according to 2006/42/EC
Certified TÜV-A-mHF/mG/10-5159 (code W3605000001)
Certified Bureau Veritas CV 003-12-2011 (code 0227700000)
Synchronisation, max. time between two signals s 0.4
De-activation time, with pipe L = max 1000 mm s l 0.05
Actuation pneuamtic
reset spring operated
Temperature range °C - 10 to +60
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 mpa - 87 psi) DP 1 bar (0.1mPa -1.45 psi) Nl/min 85
mounting position In any direction
TWO HAND SAFETY VALVE

Code Description 18.1 8 40 5
W3605000001 Two hand safety valve
Materials
Body: technopolymer
56
Internal parts: brass and technopolymer

34.5
25.7
5.5
Gaskets: NBr
3.8
14.8
Spring: alloy steel

ø4.4 7
7.6
13.2
24.2
30
30
a
A
b
PUSHBUTTON HOUSING
Code Description 2
ø2
W3120000212 Pushbutton housing
100
400 100
2-10
COMPLETE PUSHBUTTON PANEL
DISTRIBUTORS
TWO HAND SAFETy VALVE SErIES SAFE AIr®
MAIN COMPONENTS
Code Description Code Description Quantity
0227700000 Complete pushbutton panel W3605000001 Dual manual safety valve 1
W0351000011 monostable protected button - black disk 2
Materials W0351000014 Emergency stop button 1
Pressure die-cast and painted aluminium alloy W3501000100 VmE1-01 NC Ø 4 2
W3501001100 VmE2-01 NO Ø 4 1
0351000050 Valve-button connecting base 3
2L11001 rL10 Ø 4 2
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR

~50(DIN EN50022)
~50 Code Description

0227300600 Connection brackets on DIN bar
14
Individually packed
14
~9
~9
2-11
VALVES SERIES 70
This is metal Work‘s full range. Available in three sizes: 1/8”, 1/4”, 1/2”.
Three versions: 3/2; 5/2; 5/3, four different types of actuation
(mechanical, manual, pneumatic and electric).
Series 70 valves can be used for a wide range of applications as they
can be mounted in line, on the wall, on the cylinder using a special
bracket, or in series on a multiple or manifold base.
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES SErIES 70
TECHNICAL DATA 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 1/2’’

Thread on the valve ports 1/8” 1/4” 1/2”
Operating pressure:
• monostable bar 2.5 to 10
• bistable bar 1 to 10
• asserved bar vacuum to 10
minimum pilot pressure bar 2.5
Operating temperature range °C –10 to +60
Nominal diameter mm 5 7.5 15
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Nl/min 400 750 3200
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Nl/min 550 1100 4600
Installation In any position (vertical assembly is not recommended for bistable valves subjected to vibration)
recommended lubricant ISO e UNI FD 22
maximum coil nut torque Nm 1
COMPONENTS

b CONTrOL/END CAP: HOSTAFOrm®
c SPOOL: chemically nickel-plated aluminium
d DISTANCE PLATES: plastic
e GASKETS: NBr
f PISTONS: HOSTAFOrm®
g PISTON GASKET: NBr
h FILTEr: sintered bronze
i SPrINGS: special steel
j OPErATOr: Brass pipe - Stainless steel core
2-12
FLOW CHARTS
Flow rates (Nl/min)
VALVES SErIES 70, 1/8”
DISTRIBUTORS
Pressures (bar)
VALVES SErIES 70
Flow rates (Nl/min)
Pressures (bar)
Flow rates (Nl/min)
Pressures (bar)
2-13
VALVES SERIES 70, HAND OPERATED
Operating pressure range:
• version with direct control bar Vacuum to 10
• pilot-assisted version bar 2.5 to 10
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES SErIES 70, HAND OPErATED
KEY TO CODES
MAV 2 3 PP S NC
MAV manual valves 2 1/8’’ 3 3/2 PP drawer A pneumatic/ NC normally closed
3 1/4’’ 5 5/2 VL axial lever mechanical springs* NO normally open
4 1/2’’ 6 5/3 LE 90° lever S mechanical springs OO no indication
8 2 x 3/2 BRE arranged B bistable CC closed centres
for manual panel D differential OC open centres
actuators O stable for 5/3 PC pressure centres

*on demand
VALVES SERIES 70, HAND OPERATED, 1/8”
90° LEVER 3/2 1/8” 90° LEVER 3/2 1/8”
Symbol Code Abbrev. Weight [g] Symbol Code Abbrev. Weight [g]
7010000100 mAV 23 LES NC 168 7010000300 mAV 25 LES OO 194
7010000200 mAV 23 LEB OO 171 7010000400 mAV 25 LEB OO 197
2-14
FRONT LEVER 3/2, 1/8” FRONT LEVER 5/2, 1/8”
DISTRIBUTORS
7010001400 mAV 23 VLB OO 130 7010001700 mAV 25 VLB OO 156

FRONT LEVER 5/3, 1/8” ANGULAR LEVER 5/3, 1/8”
7010001150 mAV 28 VLO OC 316 7010001000 mAV 26 LES CC 242
7010001160 mAV 28 VLS OC 325 7010000900 mAV 26 LES OC 242
7010001100 mAV 26 LES PC 242
7010000500 mAV 26 LEO CC 194
7010000600 mAV 26 LEO OC 194
7010000700 mAV 26 LEO PC 194
2-15
DRAWER 3/2, 1/8” DRAWER 5/2, 1/8”
DISTRIBUTORS
7010001300 mAV 23 PPB OO 134 7010001600 mAV 25 PPB OO 160
7010001200 mAV 23 PPS NC 134 7010001500 mAV 25 PPS OO 160
PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 3/2 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 5/2 1/8”

FOR PANEL ACTUATORS FOR PANEL ACTUATORS
7010001800 mAV 23 BrE NC 124 7010001900 mAV 25 BrE OO 150
2-16
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM FOR PILOT-ASSISTED HAND-OPERATED VALVES SERIES 70 WITH PANEL ACTUATORS
NEW
DISTRIBUTORS
OLD

ORDERING CODES
Symbol Reference Code Description Weight [g]

a 7010001800 Pilot-assisted plunger 3/2, 1/8” 124
a 7010001900 Pilot-assisted plunger 5/2, 1/8” 150
b 0351000050 2 places adaptor thickness 6.8 mm 5
c W0351000015 red handler with horizontally pivoted lever 25
d W0351000011 Fat push button + 2 red/black coloured disks 15

u Bistable fat push button without disk
g W0351000016 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 2 positions 50
W0351000018 2 positions key selector with extractable key in 0 50
h W0351000013 red mushroom-head push button Ø 40 27
W0351000017 Black mushroom-head push button Ø 40 27
i W0351000014 red mushroom-head push button with lock Ø 40 29
u It can’t be supplied. As working replaced by selector j W0351000049 : reducer from 30 to 22.5 mm

with bistable short lever at 2 positions e. k W0351000050 s Adapter for bore Ø 30 G2326
: Usable only with technopolymer body selectors. l W0351000021 : Key for ESC selectors
s Usable only with metal body selectors.
W0351000056 Green disk for push button d
2-17
VALVES SERIES 70, HAND-OPERATED, 1/4”
90° LEVER 3/2, 1/4” 90° LEVER 5/2, 1/4”
DISTRIBUTORS

FRONT LEVER 3/2, 1/4” FRONT LEVER 5/2, 1/4”
7020001400 mAV 33 VLB OO 194 7020001700 mAV 35 VLB OO 244
90° LEVER 5/3, 1/4”

Symbol Code Abbrev. Weight [g]
7020001000 mAV 36 LES CC 354
7020000900 mAV 36 LES OC 354
7020001100 mAV 36 LES PC 354
7020000500 mAV 36 LEO CC 288
7020000600 mAV 36 LEO OC 288
7020000700 mAV 36 LEO PC 288
2-18
VALVES SERIES 70, HAND OPERATED, 1/2”
90° LEVER 3/2, 1/2” 90° LEVER 5/2, 1/2”
DISTRIBUTORS

90° LEVER 5/3, 1/2”
7030001000 mAV 46 LES CC 1810
7030000900 mAV 46 LES OC 1800
7030001100 mAV 46 LES PC 1800
7030000500 mAV 46 LEO CC 1615
7030000600 mAV 46 LEO OC 1605
7030000700 mAV 46 LEO PC 1605
NOTES
2-19
VALVES SERIES 70, MECHANICALLY OPERATED, 1/8”
TECHNICAL DATA
Thread at valve ports 1/8”
Operation force at 6 bar:
• version with direct control N 50
• pilot-assisted version N 6
Operating pressure:
• version with direct control bar Vacuum to 10
• pilot-assisted version bar 2.5 to 10
Nominal diameter mm 5
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Nl/min 400
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Nl/min 550
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES SErIES 70, mECHANICALLy OPErATED
KEY TO CODES
MEV 2 3 T A S NC
MEV mechanically- 2 1/8’’ 3 3/2 TA plunger S mechanical springs NC normally closed
operated valves 5 5/2 BR bidirectional roller A pneumatic/mechanical spring* OO 5/2
UR unidirectional roller
TS sensitive plunger *on demand
RS sensitive roller
AS sensitive aerial
LL frontal roller lever
PLUNGER 3/2, 1/8” PLUNGER 5/2, 1/8”
7001000100 mEV 23 TAS NC 88 7001000110 mEV 25 TAS OO 114
2-20
ROLLER LEVER 3/2, 1/8” ROLLER LEVER 5/2, 1/8”
DISTRIBUTORS
7001000500 mEV 23 BrS NC 130 7001000510 mEV 25 BrS OO 156

UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER 3/2, 1/8” LEVERS UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER 5/2, 1/8” LEVERS
7001000600 mEV 23 UrS NC 136 7001000610 mEV 25 UrS OO 162
PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 3/2 NC, 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED PLUNGER 5/2, 1/8”
7001000200 mEV 23 TSS NC 126 7001000210 mEV 25 TSS OO 152
2-21
PILOT-ASSISTED ROLLER LEVER 3/2 NC, 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED ROLLER LEVER 5/2, 1/8”
DISTRIBUTORS
7001000400 mEV 23 rSS NC 138 7001000410 mEV 25 rSS OO 164
PILOT-ASSISTED AERIAL 3/2 NC, 1/8” PILOT-ASSISTED AERIAL 5/2 NC, 1/8”
7001000700 mEV 23 ASS NC 142 7001000710 mEV 25 ASS OO 168
ROLLER-LEVER 3/2 1/8” ROLLER-LEVER 5/2 1/8”
Operating torque: 0.5 Nm Operating torque: 0.5 Nm
7001000900 mEV 23 LLS NC 189 7001000910 mEV 25 LLS OO 216
2-22
VALVES SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC
Operating pressure bar Vacuum to 10
minimum pilot pressure
• monostable bar 2.5
• bistable bar 1
TrA / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 6/15 7/15 16/46
TrA / Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 7/7 7/7 16/16
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES SErIES 70, PNEUmATIC
KEY TO CODES
PNV 2 3 PN S NC
PNV pneumatic valves 2 1/8’’ 3 3/2 PN pneumatic S mechanical springs OO 5/2
3 1/4’’ 5 5/2 B bistable NC normally closed
4 1/2’’ 6 5/3 D differential NO normally open
O stable for 5/3 CC closed centres
A pneumatic/mechanical spring* OC open centres
PC pressure centres
*on demand
VALVES SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC, 1/8”
MONOSTABLE 3/2 NO, 1/8” MONOSTABLE 3/2 NC, 1/8”
7010010400 PNV 23 PNS NO 82 7010010200 PNV 23 PNS NC 82
2-23
MONOSTABLE 5/2, 1/8” BISTABLE 5/2, 1/8”
DISTRIBUTORS
7010011100 PNV 25 PNS OO 108 7010011200 PNV 25 PNB OO 122
7010011300 PNV 25 PND OO 128
BISTABLE 3/2, 1/8” MONOSTABLE 5/3, 1/8”

7010010100 PNV 23 PNB OO 96 7010012100 PNV 26 PNS CC 150
7010012200 PNV 26 PNS OC 150
7010012300 PNV 26 PNS PC 150
NOTES
2-24
DISTRIBUTORS

7020011300 PNV 35 PND OO 198
7020012200 PNV 36 PNS OC 124
7020012300 PNV 36 PNS PC 124
2-25
DISTRIBUTORS

7030011300 PNV 45 PND OO 1090
7030012200 PNV 46 PNS OC 1194
7030012300 PNV 46 PNS PC 1196
2-26
VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC
Operating pressure:
• monostable bar 2.5 to10
• asserved bar Vacuum to 10
TrA / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 15/35 19/45 36/60
TrA / Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 20/20 21/21 30/30
DISTRIBUTORS
Hand operation bistable
Coil voltage values 24VDC to 24VAC to 110VAC to 220VAC 50/60Hz
Power 2 W (DC) 3VA (AC) 2 W (DC) 3VA (AC)
5W (DC) 5VA (AC)
Voltage tolerance % -10 to +15
Insulation class F 155
VALVES SErIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC

KEY TO CODES
SOV 2 3 SO S NC
SOV solenoid/ 2 1/8’’ 3 3/2 SO solenoid S mechanical springs NC normally closed
pneumatic 3 1/4’’ 5 5/2 SE solenoid assisted B bistable NO normally open
4 1/2’’ 6 5/3 D differential CC closed centres
P pneumatic OC open centres
A pneumatic/mechanical spring* PC pressure centres
OO 5/2
*on demand
VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC-PILOT-ASSISTED

SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, 1/8”
7010020400 SOV 23 SOS NO 100 7010020200 SOV 23 SOS NC 100
7010020500 SOV 23 SES NC 100
2-27
DISTRIBUTORS
7010021100 SOV 25 SOS OO 128 7010021200 SOV 25 SOB OO 160
7010021500 SOV 25 SES OO 129 7010021300 SOV 25 SOD OO 166
7010021600 SOV 25 SEB OO 160
7010020100 SOV 23 SOB OO 135 7010022100 SOV 26 SOS CC 190
7010020300 SOV 23 SEB OO 136 7010022200 SOV 26 SOS OC 190
7010022300 SOV 26 SOS PC 190
7010022400 SOV 26 SES CC 188
7010022500 SOV 26 SES OC 188
7010022600 SOV 26 SES PC 188
2-28
VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC-
PILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/ PNEUMATIC, 1/4”
DISTRIBUTORS
7020020500 SOV 33 SES NC 152
5/2 1/4” MONOSTABLE 5/2 1/4” BISTABLE
7020021600 SOV 35 SEB OO 242
2-29
DISTRIBUTORS
7020022300 SOV 36 SOS PC 274
7020022400 SOV 36 SES CC 277
7020022500 SOV 36 SES OC 277
7020022600 SOV 36 SES PC 277
NOTES
2-30
VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC-
PILOT-ASSISTED SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, 1/2”
DISTRIBUTORS
7030020500 SOV 43 SES NC 923
7030021600 SOV 45 SEB OO 1127
2-31
DISTRIBUTORS
7030022300 SOV 46 SOS PC 1265
7030022400 SOV 46 SES CC 1252
7030022500 SOV 46 SES OC 1252
7030022600 SOV 46 SES PC 1252
ACCESSORIES FOR SERIES 70 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC VALVES

refer to page 2-46 for coils and connectors
NOTES
2-32
ACCESSORIES: 1/8 MANIFOLDS FOR SERIES 70
PNV-SOV VALVES
MANIFOLD WITH 2 TO 7 POSITIONS + FITTINGS BRACKET SET H120
0221000200 CSA-18-02 70 0221000190 CSA-18-OO 309
0221000300 CSA-18-03 99
0221000400 CSA-18-04 131
0221000500 CSA-18-05 162
0221000600 CSA-18-06 192
0221000700 CSA-18-07 229
DISTRIBUTORS
BRACKET SET H60 BRACKET SET H30
0221000191 CSA-18-OC 213 0221000192 CSA-18-OE 181
ACCESSOrIES FOr VALVES SErIES 70

ACCESSORIES: 1/4 MANIFOLDS FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES
MANIFOLD WITH 2 TO 7 POSITIONS + FITTINGS BRACKET SET H120

0222000200 CSA-14-02 89 0222000190 CSA-14-OO 338
0222000300 CSA-14-03 131
0222000400 CSA-14-04 174
0222000500 CSA-14-05 213
0222000600 CSA-14-06 252
0222000700 CSA-14-07 328
BRACKET SET H60 BRACKET SET H30

0222000191 CSA-14-OC 242 0222000192 CSA-14-OE 209
2-33
ACCESSORIES: MANIFOLD BASES FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES
MODULAR BASES FOR SERIES 70 SOV-PNV VALVES
DISTRIBUTORS
1/8” 1/4”
Reference Code Code Description
a 0226004150 0226005150 modular manifold base
b 0226004201 0226005201 End plate without Or
c 0226004200 0226005200 End plate with Or
d 0226004300 0226005300 Intermediate part for upper feed
e 0226004600 0226005600 Adapter for omega bar
f 0226004000 0226005000 Intermediate diaphragm
g 0226004500 0226005500 Blanking plate
h 0226004001 0226005001 3/2 cap
i 0226006600 – Dimensional adapter
2-34
a MODULAR BASE
1/8” 1/4” 0226004150 Comp. mANIFOLD 1/8” 110
0226005150 Comp. mANIFOLD 1/4” 131
DISTRIBUTORS
b END PLATE WITHOUT OR
1/8” 1/4” 0226004201 End plate without Or 1/8” 52
0226005201 End plate without Or 1/4” 57

c END PLATE WITH OR
1/8” 1/4” 0226004200 End plate with Or 1/8” 74
0226005200 End plate with Or 1/4” 80
d INTERMEDIATE PART FOR UPPER FEED

1/8” 1/4” 0226004300 Intermediate part 93
for upper feed 1/8”
0226005300 Intermediate part 109
for upper feed 1/4”
e ADAPTER FOR OMEGA BAR BASES (DIN EN 50022)

1/8” 1/4” 0226004600 Adapter 1/8” 46
0226005600 Adapter 1/4” 46
N.B.: Also for multiple bases
2-35
f INTERMEDIATE DIAPHGRAM
1/8” 1/4” 0226004000 Intermediate diaphgram 1/8” 2
0226005000 Intermediate diaphgram 1/4” 3
DISTRIBUTORS
g BLANKING PLATE FOR UNUSED POSITIONS

1/8” 1/4” 0226004500 Comp. pcs 1/8” 23
0226005500 Comp. pcs 1/4” 29
h PLUG FOR 3/2

1/8” 1/4” 0226004001 Complete plug 3/2 1/8” 2
0226005001 Complete plug 3/2 1/4” 4
i DIMENSIONAL ADAPTER 1/8” – 1/4”

0226006600 Comp. adapt. 1/8”, 1/4” 177
NOTES
2-36
ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASES
FOR SERIES 70 PNV-SOV VALVES
MULTIPLE BASES 1/8”
Code Description Abbrev. Weight [g]
0223000201 2-position base CVm-18-02 236
DISTRIBUTORS
MULTIPLE BASES 1/4”
GASKET KIT
0226004701 Gasket kit for 1/8” base 5
0226005701 Gasket kit for 1/4” base 5
2-37
VALVES SERIES 70, ON BASE
The series 70 valves on base, available in the air-

and solenoid-actuated versions, is an excellent clean solution
for use when it is necessary to intervene on the valves
without disconnecting the pipes.
Here, the inlet, output and utility ports are in the base.
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES SErIES 70, ON BASE
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
• pilot-assisted bar Vacuum to 10
maximum torque coil nut Nm 1
COMPONENTS FLOW CHART

b CONTrOL/BASE: HOSTAFOrm®
e GASKETS: NBr
h FILTEr: sintered Bronze
j OPErATOr: Brass pipe – Stainless steel core
2-38
MULTI-PURPOSE BASE FOR VALVES SERIES 70 ON BASE
DISTRIBUTORS
Reference Code Description

a 0223100201 2-position base 1/8 on base
0223100401 4-position base 1/8 on base
b 0223106301 Separate feed kit
c 0223106303 Exhaust regulation kit
d 0223106302 Exhaust feed kit
e 0223106500 Blanking plate
f 0226004600 Adapter for omega bar
KEY TO CODES
P N V B 5 P N S O O
PNV pneumatic B 1/8” on base 5 5/2 PN pneumatic S mechanical springs OO 5/2
SOV elettro-pneumatic 6 5/3 SO solenoid B bistable CC closed centres
SE solenoid assisted D differential OC open centres
PC pressure centres

2-39
VALVES, SERIES 70, PNEUMATIC, ON BASE
TECHNICAL DATA
minimum actuation pressure:
• bistable bar 1
TrA / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 6/15
TrA / Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 7/7
DISTRIBUTORS
MONOSTABLE 5/2 BISTABLE 5/2

7011011100 PNV B5 PNS OO 125 7011011200 PNV B5 PNB OO 136
7011011300 PNV B5 PND OO 142
MONOSTABLE 5/3 NOTES

7011012100 PNV B6 PNS CC 164
7011012200 PNV B6 PNS OC 164
7011012300 PNV B6 PNS PC 164
2-40
VALVES SERIES 70, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC ON BASE
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
• pilot-assisted bar Vacuum to 10
TrA / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 15 / 35
TrA / Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 20 / 20
DISTRIBUTORS
Electrical technical data
Coil voltage values 24VDC/24VAC/110VAC/220VAC 50/60Hz
Power 2 W (DC) 3VA (AC)
Voltage tolerance % -10 to +15

7011021100 SOV B5 SOS OO 142 7011021200 SOV B5 SOB OO 174
7011021500 SOV B5 SES OO 143 7011021300 SOV B5 SOD OO 180
7011021600 SOV B5 SEB OO 174
BISTABLE 5/3
7011022100 SOV B6 SOS CC 204
7011022200 SOV B6 SOS OC 204
7011022300 SOV B6 SOS PC 204
7011022400 SOV B6 SES CC 202
7011022500 SOV B6 SES OC 202
7011022600 SOV B6 SES PC 202
ACCESSORIES
2-41
ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASES
a MULTIPLE BASE b SEPARATE FEED KIT
DISTRIBUTORS

0223100201 2-position base 1/8 on base 341 0223106301 Separate feed kit 1/8 65
0223100401 4-position base 1/8 on base 591

c EXHAUST REGULATION KIT d EXHAUST FEED KIT

0223106303 Exhaust regulation kit 1/8 75 0223106302 Exhaust feed kit 1/8 75
e BLANKING PLATE f ADAPTER FOR BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)

0223106500 Blanking plate 1/8 15 0226004600 Adapter for bar omega 1/8” 46
2-42
NAMUR VALVES
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure:
• monostable, electric bar 2.5 to 10
• bistable, electric bar 1to10
• pilot-assisted, electric bar Vacuum to 10
minimum actuation pressure:
• monostable, pneumatic bar 2.5
• bistable, pneumatic bar 1
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar (0.1 mpa - 14.5 psi) Nl/min 1100
DISTRIBUTORS
response time at 6 bar:
• TrA/Trr monostable, pneumatic at 6 bar ms 7 / 15
• TrA/Trr bistable, pneumatic at 6 bar ms 7 / 7
• TrA/Trr monostable electric at 6 bar ms 19 / 45
• TrA/Trr bistable electric at 6 bar ms 21 / 21
Compatibility with oils Please refer to page 6-7
of the tecnical
documentation
NAmUr VALVES
KEY TO CODES
P N V A 5 P N S O O
PNV pneumatic A NAmUr 5 5/2 PN pneumatic S mechanical springs OO 5/2
SOV electro-pneumatic 4 4/2 SO solenoid B bistable NC normally closed

COMPONENTS

e GASKETS: NBr nitrile rubber
g PISTON GASKET: NBr nitrile rubber
h INTErFACE GASKETS: NBr nitrile rubber
FUNCTIONING DIAGRAM 4/2 NAMUR VALVE
During the piston retraction stage, the air for

chamber A is taken from the air leaving chamber B.
This prevents the dirty air from getting in from
the outside enviroment.
2-43
MONOSTABLE, PNEUMATIC 4/2 BISTABLE, PNEUMATIC 4/2
DISTRIBUTORS
7021010110 PNV A4 PNS NC 208 7021010210 PNV A4 PNB OO 216
NAmUr VALVES
MONOSTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 4/2 BISTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 4/2
7021020110 SOV A4 SOS NC 234 7021020210 SOV A4 SOB OO 270
MONOSTABLE, PNEUMATIC 5/2 MONOSTABLE, PNEUMATIC 5/2
7021010100 PNV A5 PNS OO 208 7021010200 PNV A5 PNB OO 216
2-44
MONOSTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 5/2 BISTABLE, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC 5/2
DISTRIBUTORS
7021020100 SOV A5 SOS OO 234 7021020200 SOV A5 SOB OO 270
NAmUr VALVES
ACCESSORIES FOR NAMUR VALVES SOV, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC
NOTES
2-45
COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR SERIES 70
AND NAMUR VALVES
COILS
• Voltage tolerance: -10% + 15% • Coil temperature 100% ED: from 70°C to 20°C –
• Insulation class: F155 Ambient temperature
• Degree of protection: IP65 DIN 40050 with connector • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
• Avoid prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents
Code Abbrev. Nominal voltage Absorption
Inrush Holding
W0215000151 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-12VDC 12Vcc 2W 2W
W0215000111 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC 24V 50/60Hz 5.3VA 3.5VA
DISTRIBUTORS
COIL CONNECTORS
Code Type Colour Ø Cable
W0970510011 Standard Black PG9
W0970510012 LED 24V Transparent PG9
COILS AND CONNECTOrS FOr SErIES 70 AND NAmUr VALVES

W0970510015 LED + VDr 24V Transparent PG9
W0970510070 Atex II 3 GD Black PG9
KIT COIL EEXM

Code Description
0227606913 Kit for coil 30 24VDC EEXmT5 cable 3 m
0227606915 Kit for coil 30 24VDC EEXmT5 cable 5 m
0227608013 Kit for coil 30 24VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group II, category 2 GD
KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65

Code Description
0222100100 Kit for coils 22 - IP65
Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.

Applicable to valves with a technopolymer control.
2-46
10-mm SOLENOID VALVES
SERIES PLT-10
PLT-10 solenoid valves are the latest development in modern pneumatic

design, where the main trends focus on miniaturisation, enhanced
performance, reduced power and reliability.
Numerous versions are available, all with an ISO 15218 pneumatic
interface. The power required to operate the PLT-10 has been greatly
reduced, ranging from 0.3 to 0.8 Watts.
It is available with a LED indicating when it is active. monostable manual
control is also possible. None of the versions will get damaged if the
polarity is accidentally inverted.
DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
Type 3/2 NC
Operating temperature range (Te) °C 5 to 50
Fluid temperature (Tg) °C 5 to 50
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air
10-mm SOLENOID VALVES SErIES PLT-10

Operating life Over 50 million cycles
Weight g 12
Voltage tolerance DV ± 10 %
max operating frequency f 30 Hz
Switching factor ED 100 %
Insulation class F155
Index of protection IP51
Power connection PLUG IN
COMPONENTS
a TrANSPArENT COVEr: PA612-transparent n mANUAL SPrING: AISI 302

b ASSEmBLy SCrEWS: galvanized steel (only for version with manual operated)
c COVEr: PA66 o SPrING: AISI 302
d PIN p WINDING: PPS - Copper wire
e mOBILE COrE OVEr-STAmPING: FKm/FPm q FIXED COrE: AISI 430F
f mOBILE COrE: AISI 403F r COIL-COVEr GASKET: NBr
g COIL OVEr-STAmPING: PA66 s ELECTrONIC BOArD
h BODy-COIL GASKET: NBr70 (only for version with electronic board)
i ASSEmBLy SCrEWS: galvanized steel
j BODy GASKET: NBr
k BODy: PA66
l mANUAL GASKET: NBr (only for version
with manual operated)
m mANUAL CONTrOL: OT58 nickel-plated
brass (only for version with manual operated)
OPERATING CHART
DE-ENErGIZED ENErGIZED DE-ENErGIZED
2-47
PLT-10 WITH BASE AND CONNECTION ON THE SAME SIDE
WITHOUT WITH
mANUAL mANUAL
DISTRIBUTORS
Version (3/2 NC) Code Manual Voltage Power Through Operating Flow rate at 6 Tmax coil a 24VDC Weight
[Volt] [Watt] Ø [mm] press. [bar] ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] [g]
Without LED 722113340000 without 24VDC 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12
722113340100 with 24VDC 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12
With LED 722113541000 without 24VDC 0.9 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

722113541100 with 24VDC 0.9 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12
SPEED-UP 722116841000 without 24VDC 3/0.3 1.2 2 to 7 16 51 12

e LED 722116841100 with 24VDC 3/0.3 1.2 2 to 7 16 51 12
PLT-10 WITH BASE AND CONNECTION ON OPPOSITE SIDES
WITHOUT WITH
mANUAL mANUAL
Version (3/2 NC) Code Manuale Voltage Power Through Operating Flow rate at 6 Tmax coil a 24VDC Weight
[Volt] [Watt] Ø [mm] press. [bar] ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] [g]
722213340100 with 24VDC 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

722213541100 with 24VDC 0.9 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

e LED 722216841100 with 24VDC 3/0.3 1.2 2 to 7 16 51 12
2-48
KEY TO CODES
7 2 2 1 1 3 3 4 0 1 0 0
FAMILY POSITIONING POWER Ø THROUGH POWER VOLTAGE LED MANUAL VERSION
CONNECTION CONTROL
Solenoid valves 1 Base and 1 Plug-in 3 0.6 mm 3 0.7 W 4 24VDC 0 - 0 - 00 Standard
series “PLT-10” connection 6 1.2 mm 5 0.9 W 1 LED 1 manual
on same side 8 3/0.3 W monostable
2 Base and
connection
opposite sides
DIMENSIONS OF BASES FOR PLT-10
DISTRIBUTORS
Code Description
1 POSN. + POSN. W0400100101 Base 1 posn. for PLT-10
W0400100102 Base 2 posn. for PLT-10

ACCESSORIES SPARE PARTS
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR INTERFACE GASKET

W0970512000 mACH 11 PLUG-IN 0226009701 PLT-10 GASKET
connector L = 300
N.B. 50 for pack
CAP FOR UNUSED POSITION STANDARD SECURING SCREW (FOR ALUMINIUM)

Code Description Weight [g] Code Description
W0400100200 Acc. cap 10 mm 6 0226009702 PLT-10 screw for aluminium
N.B. 100 for pack
SECURING SCREWS FOR TECHNOPOLYMER

Code Description
0226009703 Screw PLT-10 for technopol.
N.B. 100 for pack

When mounting on technopolymer bodies, use these
screws instead of the ones supplied with the PLT-10.
ATTENTION: approximative dimensions for not
added glass plastic materials It’s always advisable
to effect assembling tests.
2-49
BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION
Series PLT-10 solenoid valves can be mounted on bases complete with electrical
and pneumatic connections, from 4 to 24 positions. The electric contacts of each
valve are linked to a single multiple connector via a printed circuit board.
The connector has 9 pins or 25 pins, depending on the model and the number
of valves that can be mounted. Versions with 25-pin connectors can interface
with standard field buses by means of Profibus-DP, Can-Open
and Device-Net modules for multimach. (see page 2-178).
The compressed-air supply is common to all the valves and can be provided
on either side of the base by means of a 1/8” fitting.
Connection to the utilities is via automatic integrated cartridges for Ø 4 pipe.
The solenoid valve outlet is free, in a slot in the base.
DISTRIBUTORS
The bases can be secured from above using m3 screws, or on a DIN bar using
a bracket (see accessories).
The bases can mount various types of PLT-10 solenoid valves:
3/2 NC, 3/2 NO, with or without a manual actuator.
With this modular system, you can select the desired sequence of valves
(NC, NO, blind) and change it at any time.
BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION
TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage 24 VDC
max input W 0.7 W per position for PLT-10 STD without LED
0.9 W per position for PLT-10 STD with LED
3W/0.3W per position for PLT-10 with Speed-up
Valve actuation indicator Led mounted on the PLT-10 (on versions of solenoid valve where envisaged)
Operating temperature range °C 5 to 50
Protection degree (with valves and connectors mounted) IP 40
maximum number of mountable PLT-10s 24
Number of contacts 9, of which 1 common, for versions with 4 and 8 positions
25, of which 1 common, for versions with 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24 positions
COMPONENTS CONNECTION DIAGRAM
a Anodized aluminium base 25 PIN 9 PIN

b multi-pin electrical connector Position Nr° PLT Position Nr° PLT
c Automatic integrated cartridges for Ø 4 pipe of electrical contact of electrical contact
d Electrical connectors for PLT-10 solenoid valves 1 PLT1 1 PLT1
mounted on printed circuit board 2 PLT2 2 PLT2
e Securing screw 3 PLT3 3 PLT3
4 PLT4 4 PLT4
f Technopolymer cover
5 PLT5 5 PLT5
6 PLT6 6 PLT6
7 PLT7 7 PLT7
8 PLT8 8 PLT8
9 PLT9 9 COmmON (-)
10 PLT10
11 PLT11
12 PLT12
13 PLT13
14 PLT14
15 PLT15
16 PLT16
17 PLT17
18 PLT18
19 PLT19
20 PLT20
21 PLT21
22 PLT22
23 PLT23
24 PLT24
25 COmmON (-)
Pilot numbering from left to right, starting from the position closest to the connection.
2-50
ASSEMBLY OF SOLENOID VALVES AND ACCESSORIES HOW TO SECURE THE BASE
DISTRIBUTORS
A B
a Solenoid valve A From above using m3 screws

b Pneumatic circuit cap for blind position B On a DIN bar, using the bracket and screws provided
c Electric circuit cap for blind position The bases come with the rear holes plugged by provided dowels.
(use two identification labels)
d Identification label
e Electrical connector

CODES AND DIMENSIONS FOR BASES 9 AND 25 PINS
Code Description N° of PINS N° of positions L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 Weight [g]

0210040004 4-posn. base PLT 10 9-PIN mult conn. 9 4 81.9 10.6 18 41 19.6 160
0210040008 8-posn. base PLT 10 9-PIN mult conn. 9 8 122.5 10.6 18 41 19.6 235
0210240004 4-posn. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn. 25 4 104.8 15.5 30 63.9 30.5 210
0210240012 12-posn. base PLT 10 25-PIN mult conn. 25 12 186 15.5 30 63.9 30.5 355
2-51
PLT-10 FOR MULTIPLE ELECTRIC CONNECTION
TECHNICAL DATA NC NO
Type 3/2 NC ed NO
Operating temperature range (Te) °C 5 to 50
Fluid temperature (Tg) °C 5 to 50
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated air
Operating life Over 50 million cycles
Weight g 12
Voltage tolerance DV ± 10 %
max operating frequency f 30 Hz
Switching factor ED 100 %
Degree of protection IP 51 IP 50
Power connection PLUG IN PIN
DISTRIBUTORS
OPERATING CHART
NC NO
DE-ENErGIZED ENErGIZED DE-ENErGIZED DE-ENErGIZED ENErGIZED DE-ENErGIZED
COMPONENTS
a TrANSPArENT COVEr: PA612-transparent

b ASSEmBLy SCrEWS: galvanized steel
c PIN
d mOBILE COrE OVEr-STAmPING: FKm/FPm
e mOBILE COrE: AISI 403F
f COIL OVEr-STAmPING: PA66
g BODy-COIL GASKET: NBr70
h ASSEmBLy SCrEWS: galvanized steel
i BODy GASKET: NBr
j BODy: PA66
k mANUAL GASKET: NBr (only for version with manual operated)
l mANUAL CONTrOL: OT58 nickel-plated brass (only for version with manual operated)
m mANUAL SPrING: AISI 302 (only for version with manual operated)
n SPrING: AISI 302
o WINDING: PPS - Copper wire
p FIXED COrE: AISI 430F
q COIL-COVEr GASKET: NBr
r ELECTrONIC BOArD (only for version with electronic board)
2-52
PLT-10 NC-NO FOR MULTIPLE ELECTRIC CONNECTION
WITHOUT WITH
mANUAL mANUAL
DISTRIBUTORS
Version (3/2 NC) Code Manual Voltage Power Ø Through Operating Flow rate at 6 T Max coil T at 24VDC Weight
[Volt] [Watt] [mm] pressure [bar] ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] [g]
722123340100 with 24VDC 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

722123541100 with 24VDC 0.9 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

and LED 722126841100 with 24VDC 3/0.3 1.2 2 to 7 16 51 12
Version (3/2 NO) Code Manual Voltage Power Ø Through Operating Flow rate at 6 T Max coil T at 24VDC Weight
[Volt] [Watt] [mm] pressure [bar] ∆P=1 bar [Nl/min] Te 20°C a ED100% [°C] [g]
722123340110 with 24VDC 0.7 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

722123541110 with 24VDC 0.9 0.6 3 to 7 9 93 12

and LED 722126841110 with 24VDC 3/0.3 1.0 2 to 7 14 51 12
2-53
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTION BRACKETS ON BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)
0227301600 Connection brackets on din BAr HDm/Cm 30
Supplied complete with one m4x45 screws and one m6 grub screw
Individually packed
DISTRIBUTORS
CAP FOR UNUSED POSITION

W0400100200 Cap 10 mm 6
ACCESSOrIES FOr BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION
STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT, 9 WIRES

0226180102 Straight and 90° connector kit, 9 wires 31
STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES

0226180101 Straight and 90° connector kit, 25 wires 48
CABLES
0226107201 10-wire cable 86
0226107101 19-wire cable 122
0226107102 25-wire cable 130
Specify the number of metres desired
2-54
STRAIGHT PRE-WIRED CONNECTOR KIT
0226900100 Connector + 9-wire axial cable L = 1 m 90
0226900250 Connector + 9-wire axial cable L = 2.5 m 220

0226920250 Connector + 25-wire axial cable L = 2.5 m 320
DISTRIBUTORS
PRE-WIRED 90° CONNECTOR
0226910100 Connector + 9-wire 90° cable L = 1 m 90
0226910250 Connector + 9-wire 90° cable L = 2.5 m 220

0226930250 Connector + 25-wire 90° cable L = 2.5 m 320
ACCESSOrIES FOr BASES FOr PLT-10 mULTIPLE CONNECTION

WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTORS
25 PIN 9 PIN
Position of Colour of the Position of Colour of the Position of Colour of the Position of Colour of the
electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire electrical contact corresponding wire
1 blue/black 10 brown/white 19 yellow/black 1 green/black
2 red/brown 11 red/orange 20 white 2 white
3 white/black 12 light blue 21 blue/white 3 blue/black
4 red/blue 13 yellow/white 22 brown 4 blue
5 black/orange 14 yellow 23 green/white 5 yellow/black
6 yellow/red 15 red/green 24 red 6 yellow
7 black/brown 16 orange 25 green/black 7 red/black
8 white/red 17 orange/white 8 green
9 red/black 18 green 9 white/black
IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT

0226107000 Identification plate kit 30
Comes in 10-pc. packs
R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER

Code Description Ø Tube
2L17001 rL17 from Ø 3 to Ø 10
Lenght = 140 mm
2-55
SOLENOID VALVES PIV.M 15 mm
• 3/2 NC/NO direct control microvalves

• Possible assembly on single and multiple bases
• monostable manual actuation as standard
• Assembly in any position
• Operation with filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
• maximum ambient temperature: 50°C
• Low power absorption
DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
SOLENOID VALVES PIV.m 15 mm
Voltage tolerance % –10 to +15

Frequenza tensione alternativa (AC) Hz 50/60
max operating frequency Hz 30
Solenoid rating 100% ED
response time ms z 10
Type of protection IP 65 EN 60529
Power connection 9.4 mm micro centre distance
Insulation class 155
Ambient temperature °C –10 to + 50
Fluid temperature °C –10 to + 50
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
Operating life 100 million cycles
materials Body: PPS
Spring: 302 stainless steel
FKm/FPm gaskets
Weight g 30
manual control monostable
Assembly position In any position
KEY TO CODES
P I V 1 3 M 0 1 N C
FAMILY AIR HOLE NUMBER OF WAYS DIMENSIONS THREAD VERSION FURTHER DETAILS
1 1 mm 3 3 ways M 15 x 15 0 on base 1 24 VDC NC normally closed
3 1.1 mm 3 24 VAC NO normally open
6 1.5 mm 5 110 VAC
7 220 VAC
2-56
PIV.M STD DIMENSIONS
Symbol Code Description Voltage Flow rate Air Ø Factor Operating
[Volt] [Watt] [mm] hole press. [bar]
W4015001000 PIV33m01 NC 24VDC 2.5W 1.1 0.42 0 to 10
W4015001010 PIV33m03 NC 24VAC 2W - 3VA 1.1 0.42 0 to 10
W4015001100 PIV63m01 NC 24VDC 2.5W 1.5 0.55 0 to 6
W4015002000 PIV13m01 NO 24VDC 2.5W 1 0.33 0 to 6
W4015002010 PIV13m03 NO 24VAC 2W - 3VA 1 0.33 0 to 6
DISTRIBUTORS
MULTIPLE BASE FOR PIV.M
SOLENOID VALVES PIV.m 15 mm

1 POSN. + POSN. W0400101001 Single base 1 position B5001 6
W0400101002 multiple base 2 positions B5002 24
END PLUG - UNUSED POSITION

W0400102000 End plug 6
END PLUG - PORT 1

W0400102002 End plug – port 1 4
MICRO ELECTRIC CONNECTOR 15 mm

Code Colour Type
W0970500011 Black Standard
W0970500012 Transparent LED 24V
W0970500013 Transparent LED 110V
W0970500015 Transparent LED + VDr 24V
W0970500016 Transparent LED + VDr 110V
2-57
PIV VALVES ON BASE
• PIV.I - PIV.T and PIV.B solenoid valves

• Assembly on base
• Bistable manual actuation
• Normally closed/normally open solenoid valves 2/2 – 3/2
• Particularly suitable for high operating frequencies and low response times
DISTRIBUTORS
PIV VALVES ON BASE
TECHNICAL DATA PIV.I ON BASE PIV.T ON BASE PIV.B ON BASE

Absorption 5W - 5VA 3.8W - 6.5VA 10W - 13VA
Voltage available 12-24 VDC / 24-110-220 VAC 24VDC / 24-110-220 VAC 24VDC / 24-110-220 VAC
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance % –10 to +15 –10 to +15 –10 to +15
max operating frequency Hz 30 30 15
Solenoid rating % 100 100 100
response time ms 8 to 15 8 to 15 10 to 15
Type of protection IP 65 IP 65 IP 65
Type of coil Coil side 22 Ø 8 Coil side 22 Ø 9 Coil side 30
DIN 43650 DIN 43650 DIN 43650
Insulation class 155 155 155
Ambient temperature °C –15 to 50 –15 to 50 –15 to 50
Fluid temperature °C –15 to 50 –15 to 50 –15 to 50
Fluid Filtered lubricated Filtered lubricated Filtered lubricated
or unlubricated air or unlubricated air or unlubricated air
Woking life 25 million cycles 25 million cycles –
Weight g 80 to 120 (according to the version) 85 250
maximum coil nut torque Nm 1 1 1
COMPONENTS
a manual control: technopolymer

b Body: technopolymer
c Sleeve locking plate
d Spring: stainless steel
e Sleeve: brass OT 58
f ring nut for coil fixing
g Gasket: NBr
h mobile core
i Spring: stainless steel
j Spring: stainless steel
k Gasket: NBr
2-58
PIV.I VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 8, ON BASE
Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø Kv Max oper. pressure [bar]
[mm] Factor DC AC
5W 5VA
W4018000200 PIV42I0S NC 1.2 0.65 10 10
W4018000300 PIV72I0S NC 1.6 1 8 8
W4018001200 PIV43I0S NC 1.2 0.65 10 10
W4018001300 PIV73I0S NC 1.6 1 8 8
DISTRIBUTORS
PIV.T VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 9, ON BASE
Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø Kv Pressure range [bar]
[mm] Factor DC AC
3.8W 6.5VA
W4025002101 PIV73T0B NO 1.6 0.75 0.5 to 7 0.5 to 7
PIV VALVES ON BASE

W4025002301 PIV83T0B NO 1.8 0.85 0.5 to 6.5 0.5 to 6.5
W4025002100 PIV73T0B NC 1.6 0.8 0.5 to 10 0.5 to 10
W4025002300 PIV83T0B NC 1.8 1 0.5 to 8 0.5 to 8
PIV.T VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 9, ON BASE WITH CONVEYED EXHAUST

Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø Kv Pressure range [bar]
[mm] Factor DC AC
3.8W 6.5VA
W4025002001 PIV73T00 NO 1.6 0.75 0.5 to 7 0.5 to 7
W4025002501 PIV83T00 NO 1.8 0.85 0 to 6 0.5 to 6.5
W4025002000 PIV73T00 NC 1.6 0.8 0.5 to 10 0.5 to 10
W4025002500 PIV83T00 NC 1.8 1 0.5 to 8 0.5 to 8
PIV.T VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 13, ON BASE

Symbol Code Description Air hole Ø Kv Max oper. pressure [bar]
NOrmALLy [mm] Factor DC AC
CLOSED 10W 13VA
W4026003000 PIVy3B0S NC 2.4 2.2 8 10
2-59
KEY TO CODES
P I V 5 3 T 0 O N C
FAMILY AIR HOLE NUMBER CONNECTION THREAD VERSION FURTHER DETAILS
OF WAYS
2 0.8 mm 2 2 ways I 22x22 0 on base O on base NC normally closed
4 1.2 mm 3 3 ways operator Ø 8 with conveyed NO normally open
5 1.4 mm T 22x22 exhaust
7 1.6 mm operator Ø 9 B on base
8 1.8 mm B 30x30 S standard
Y 2.4 mm operator Ø 13
W 3 mm
X 4 mm
Z 6 mm
DISTRIBUTORS
ACCESSORIES
MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 8

W0400111101 Base 1 position EB 6001 22
ACCESSOrIES FOr PIV VALVES ON BASE
W0400111102 Base 2 positions EB 6002 50

MANIFOLD BASES FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 8

W0400111200 manifold base EB 8000 I 24
W0400111201 LH end plate EB 8000 TI 17
W0400111202 rH end plate EB 8000 T2 15
BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.I PIV.T VALVES, UNUSED POSITION

W0400112000 Unused position EB 6000 5
MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV.T SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 9

W0400101101 Base 1 position 19001 36
W0400101102 Base 2 positions 19002 104
W0400101103 Base 3 positions 19003 148
W0400101104 Base 4 positions 19004 192
W0400101105 Base 5 positions 19005 236
W0400101106 Base 6 positions 19006 280
W0400101107 Base 7 positions 19007 324
W0400101108 Base 8 positions 19008 368
W0400101109 Base 9 positions 19009 452
W0400101110 Base 10 positions 19010 456
2-60
NC/NO ADAPTER FOR PIV.T VALVES
W0400101190 NC/NO adapter I-9000 15
BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.T VALVES, UNUSED POSITIONS
DISTRIBUTORS
W0400112000 Blanking plate B6000 5

MULTIPLE BASES FOR PIV.B VALVES
W0400101201 Base 1 position B4001 42
W0400101202 Base 2 positions B4002 94
BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR PIV.B VALVES, UNUSED POSITIONS

W0400112001 Blanking plate 14
COILS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 8
• Voltage tolerance: –10 to +15%

• Insulation class: F155
• Degree of protection: IP65 – EN60529 with connector
• Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents.
• maximum coil temperature at 100% use: 70°C at 20° ambient temperature
• According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Code Abbrev. Nominal Absorption

voltage Inrush Holding
W0215000051 Coil 22 Ø 8 5W-12VDC 12Vcc 5W 5W
W0215000011 Coil 22 Ø 8 5VA-24VAC 24V 50/60Hz 8VA 5VA
2-61
COILS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.T SOLENOID VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 9

• Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
• maximum coil temperature at 100% use: 70°C at 20° ambient temperature

W0216000001 Coil 22 Ø9 3.8W-24VDC 24Vcc 3.8W 3.8W
W0216000011 Coil 22 Ø9 6.5VA-24VAC 24V 50/60Hz 9VA 6.5VA
DISTRIBUTORS
COILS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.B SOLENOID VALVES

• Insulation class: m180
Code Abbrev. Nominal Power absorption

voltage (average power input)

W0216001001 Coil 30 Ø13 10W-24VDC 24Vcc 10W
W0216001011 Coil 30 Ø13 13VA-24VAC 24V 50/60Hz 13VA
CONNECTORS, SIDE 22 mm FOR PIV.I-PIV.T

CONNECTORS, SIDE 30 mm FOR PIV.B

NOTES
2-62
PIV VALVES IN LINE
• PIV.I – PIV.B in-line solenoid valves

• Threaded ports: m5, G1/8”, G1/4”
• 2/2 – 3/2 solenoid valves - normally closed/normally open
• Particularly suitable for high operating frequencies
and low response times.
DISTRIBUTORS
PIV VALVES IN LINE
TECHNICAL DATA PIV.I IN LINE PIV.B IN LINE
Absorption 5W to 5VA 10W - 13VA
Voltage available 24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac - 50/60 Hz 24Vdc - 24-110-220 Vac - 50/60 Hz
Voltage tolerance % –10 to 15 –10 to 15
max operating frequency Hz 30 15
Solenoid rating % 100 100
response time ms 8 to 15 10 to 15
Type of protection IP 65 IP 65
Type of coil Coil side 22 Ø 8 DIN 43650 Coil side 30 DIN 43650
Insulation class 155 155
Ambient temperature °C –15 to 50 –15 to 50
Fluid temperature °C –15 to 50 –15 to 50
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
Working life 25 million cycles –
Weight 35 to 40 (depending on version) 130
maximum coil/nut torque Nm 1 1
Note on use:
The 2/2 NC and 2/2 NO valves work only
with inlet pressure $ outlet pressure.
COMPONENTS
a Body: aluminium
b Springs: steel
c Sleeve
d Gasket: NBr
e Springs: steel
f mobile core
g Gasket: FKm/FPm
h Coil locking ring
2-63
PIV.I VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 8 mm, IN LINE – M5 – 1/8”
Symbol Code Description Input Air hole Ø Kv Max oper. pressure [bar]
m5 thread [mm] Factor DC AC
5W 5VA
W4017000100 PIV42I5S NC m5 1.2 0.65 30 30
W4017001300 PIV92I8S NC G1/8’’ 2.4 2 6 7
W4017001100 PIV42I8S NC G1/8’’ 1.2 0.65 30 30
W4017001200 PIV72I8S NC G1/8’’ 1.6 1.2 15 14
W4017000101 PIV72I5S NO m5 1.4 0.8 10 10
W4017001201 PIV72I8S NO G1/8’’ 1.4 0.8 10 10
W4017003100 PIV43I5S NC m5 1.2 0.65 10 10

DISTRIBUTORS
W4017004100 PIV43I8S NC G1/8’’ 1.2 0.65 10 10

W4017004200 PIV73I8S NC G1/8’’ 1.6 1 6.5 6.5
W4017004201 PIV73I8S NO m5 1.4 0.7 6 7
1/8”
PIV VALVES IN LINE
PIV.B VALVES, OPERATOR Ø 13, IN LINE

Symbol Code Description Input Ø Air hole Factor Max oper. pressure [bar]
thread [mm] kv DC AC
10W 13VA
W4026005001 PIV73B8S NO G1/8’’ 1.6 1.2 6 12
W4026005101 PIV73B4S NO G1/4’’ 1.6 1.2 6 12
W4026005111 PIV93B4S NO G1/4’’ 2.4 2 3 4
W4026005010 PIV93B8S NC G1/8’’ 2.4 2.8 8 10
W4026005020 PIVW3B8S NC G1/8’’ 3 4 5.5 6
W4026005000 PIV73B8S NC G1/8’’ 1.6 1.4 14 17
W4026005100 PIV73B4S NC G1/4’’ 1.6 1.4 14 17
W4026005110 PIV93B4S NC G1/4’’ 2.4 2.8 8 8
W4026005120 PIVW3B4S NC G1/4’’ 3 4 5.5 6
W4026004000 PIV92B4S NC G1/4’’ 2.4 3 15 30
W4026004010 PIVX2B4S NC G1/4’’ 4 7 6 12
W4026004020 PIVZ2B4S NC G1/4’’ 6 9 1.5 5
W4026004001 PIV92B4S NO G1/4’’ 2.4 2.6 13 15
KEY TO CODES
P I V 7 2 B 4 5 N C
FAMILY AIR HOLE NUMBER CONNECTION THREAD VERSION FURTHER DETAILS
OF WAYS
4 1.2 mm 2 2 ways I 22 x 22 5 m5 S standard NC normally closed
7 1.6 mm 3 3 ways operator Ø 8 4 G1/4’’ NO normally open
9 2.4 mm B 30 x 30 8 G1/8’’
W 3 mm operator Ø 13
X 4 mm
Z 6 mm
2-64
ACCESSORIES
COIL, SIDE 30 mm - FOR PIV.B SOLENOID VALVES

• Insulation class: m180
voltage (average)
W0216001001 Coil 30 Ø13 10W-24VDC 24Vcc 10W
DISTRIBUTORS
COIL, SIDE 22 mm - FOR PIV.I SOLENOID VALVES

ACCESSOrIES FOr PIV VALVES IN LINE

• maximum temperature of coil at 100% use: 70°C at 20° ambient temperature
• According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD

W0215000051 Coil 22 Ø8 5W-12VDC 12Vcc 5W 5W
W0215000011 Coil 22 Ø8 5VA-24VAC 24V 50/60Hz 8VA 5VA
CONNECTOR, SIDE 22 mm
CONNECTOR, SIDE 30 mm
2-65
CNOMO SOLENOID VALVE
Solenoid valve to CNOmO 060580.

• 3/2 version normally closed
• Bistable and monostable manual actuation
• Assembly on manifold base
DISTRIBUTORS
CNOmO SOLENOID VALVE
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure bar max 10
Operating temperature range °C –10 to 60
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air
System With poppet
Nominal flow rate Nl/min 40
TrA/Trr at 6 bar ms 22/32
COMPONENTS DIMENSIONS
a VALVE BODy: HOSTAFOrm® Code Description

b GASKETS: NBr 9453920 Cnomo 3/2 with monostable manual actuation
c OPErATOr: Brass pipe – Stainless steel core 9453922 Cnomo 3/2 with bistable manual actuation
MODULAR CONFIGURATION OF CNOMO BASES
a Two fixing screws (included in input kit)

b CNOmO manifold base kit
c CNOmO manifold base input kit
2-66
ACCESSORIES
CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE INPUT KIT
Code Description
0227000200 Cnomo manifold base input kit
DISTRIBUTORS
CNOMO MANIFOLD BASE KIT
Code Description
0227000150 Cnomo manifold base kit
ACCESSOrIES FOr CNOmO SOLENOID VALVE

COILS, SIDE 30 mm
• Electric contact DIN 43650 Shape A

• Voltage tolerance: –10% to +10%
• Degree of protection: IP65 EN 60529 with connector
• Solenoid rating: 100% ED
• maximum coil temperature at 100% ED use 70°C at 20° ambient temperature

CONNECTOR ON SIDE 30 mm
2-67
VALVES
Space-saving valve, ideal for in industrial automation applications.

made according to the well-proven design of the mach series,
the minimach has a painted aluminium body to ensure extra sturdiness
and reliable operation in even the harshest of environments.
The internal seals are made of FKm/FPm and are compatible
with all oils used in compressors.
The pneumatic couplings are m5 threaded, allowing the user to choose
the diameter, type and angle of the fi tting.
The valve can be mounted in line or on a panel or multiple-port base.
• 3/2 normally open or normally closed
DISTRIBUTORS
• 5/2 monostable or bistable

• 5/3 closed centres, open centres, pressure centres.
Electropneumatic actuation with a 24V DC pilot.
VALVES mINImACH
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port thread m5
Type of actuation electric-pneumatic
maximum external diameter of fi ttings mm Ø 11
°F 14 to +140
Pressure range mPa 0.3 to 0.7
bar 3 to 7
psi 44 to 102
Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 1 3/2 Nl/min 140
Voltage range 24 VDC ± 10%
Power W 0.9
manual operator monostable
TrA/Trr 3/2 at 6 bar ms 8/23
TrA/Trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar ms 8/30
TrA/Trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar ms 9/30
TrA/Trr 5/3 at 6 bar ms 9/30
Degree of protection IP 51
Installation In any position. As for the bistable ones, if subject to vibration, the vertical assembly is not advisable
COMPONENTS
a VALVE BODy: chemically nickel-plated aluminium

b CONTrOL/END CAP: Hostaform®
c SPOOL: aluminium
d DISTANCE PLATES: tecnopolymer
e GASKETS: FKm-FPm
g PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane
j PILOT: with integrated coil
2-68
FLOW CHART
Flow rates (Nl/min)
3/2
DISTRIBUTORS
Outlet pressure (bar)
VALVES mINImACH
Flow rates (Nl/min)
5/2
Flow rates (Nl/min)

5/3
2-69
HOW TO FIX THE VALVE TO THE BASE
Proceed as follows:
1. screw the pins A onto the valve
2. secure them with the ready-mounted grub screws B
on the base (0.5 Nm max)
ImPOrTANT
To secure properly, press the valve down onto the base
while tightening the two grub screws.
Do not tighten one grub screw completely before starting
to tighten the other.
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES mINImACH
HOW TO FIX THE BASE
A From the top using m4 screws

B From below using m5 screws
C From the side using m4 screws
D From the top on the DIN bar via
the m4 screws and bracket
code 0225004600 (using 1 screw per bracket)
KEY TO CODES
M S V 0 5 S O B O O 2 4 V D C
MSV minivalves 0 m5 3 3/2 SO solenoid B bistable NC normally closed 24VDC
solenoid 5 5/2 S mechanical springs NO normally open
6 5/3 OO 5/2 standard
CC closed centres
OC open centres
PC pressure centres
2-70
MINIMACH VALVES SOLENOID-PNEUMATIC
MONOSTABLE 3/2 MONOSTABLE 5/2
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES mINImACH
7080020532 mSV 03 SOS NC 24VDC 36.2 7080020132 mSV 05 SOS OO 24VDC 43.3
7080020632 mSV 03 SOS NO 24VDC 36.2
BISTABLE 5/2 MONOSTABLE 5/3
7080020112 mSV 05 SOB OO 24VDC 57 7080020212 mSV 06 SOS CC 24VDC 57
7080020312 mSV 06 SOS OC 24VDC 57
7080020412 mSV 06 SOS PC 24VDC 57
2-71
ACCESSORIES: MULTIPLE BASE
3/2 MULTIPLE BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR 3/2 VALVES
DISTRIBUTORS
ACCESSOrIES FOr VALVES mINImACH
Code Description Position Weight [g] Code Description Weight [g]

0225010201 Base 2 posn. for 3/2 valves minimach 2 60 0226009500 Blanking plate for 3/2 bases minimach 9.5
0225010401 Base 4 posn. for 3/2 valves minimach 4 99
5/2 - 5/3 MULTIPLE BASE BLANKING PLATE FOR 5/2 - 5/3 VALVES
Code Description Position Weight [g] Code Description Weight [g]

0225020201 Base 2 posn. for 5/2-5/3 valves minimach 2 95 0226009501 Blanking plate for 5/2-5/3 bases minimach 11
0225020401 Base 4 posn. for 5/2-5/3 valves minimach 4 154
2-72
ACCESSORIES SPARE PARTS
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR PLUG-IN PILOT
DISTRIBUTORS
W0970512000 Plug-in connector for mACH 11 L = 300 722113541100 PLT-10 722113541100
ACCESSOrIES - SPArE PArTS FOr VALVES mINImACH

ADAPTER FOR BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) KIT OF SPARE GASKET BASES FOR 3/2 VALVES
Code Descrizione Weight [g] Code Description Weight [g]

0225004600 Adapter for bar omega 46 0226009000 Kit of spare gasket bases for 3/2 valves 2.5
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM KIT OF SPARE GASKET BASES FOR 5/2 - 5/3 VALVES

0226009010 multiple base diaphragm 3.5 0226009001 Kit of spare gasket bases for 5/2-5/3 valves 2.5
2-73
MACH 11 VALVES
The mach 11 in-line valves with m7 threaded connection come

in the following versions:
• 5/2 monostable and bistable
• 5/3 with closed, open or pressure centres.
Control:
• pneumatic
• solenoid/pneumatic 24 V
With an exceptional compact design only 11 mm wide, and excellent
high performance, these valves can be used in numerous applications
in industrial automation.
DISTRIBUTORS
mACH 11 VALVES
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port thread m7
Pilot thread m5
maximum external diameter of fittings mm Pneumatic: m7 = Ø 11 - m5 = Ø 9 - Electric: m7 - m5 = Ø 11
Screw for valve wall-mounting m3
Pressure range bar Electric Electric pilot-assisted Pneumatic
monostable: 2 to 7 pilot pressure: 2 to 7 monostable control pres.values: 2 to 10
bistable: 2 to 7 valve: vacuum to 10 bistable control pres. values: 1 to 10
5/3: 2 to 7 control pressure 5/3: 2 to 10
valve: vacuum to 10
Voltage range 24 VDC ± 10% 24 VDC ± 10% -
Power W 0.9 0.9 -
Insulation class F155 F155 -
Degree of protection IP 51 IP 51 -
Solenoid rating 100% ED 100% ED -
TrA/Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 10 / 45 10 / 45 4 / 9
TrA/Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 22 / 22 22 / 22 4 / 4
TrA/Trr 5/3 monostable at 6 bar ms 22 / 22 22 / 22 4 / 4
COMPONENTS

c SPOOL: Aluminium
d GASKETS: Polyurethane
e PISTONS: HOSTAFOrm®
f PISTON GASKET: Polyurethane
g FILTEr: sintered bronze
h PILOT: with integrated coil
j rEmOVABLE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
2-74
MODULARITY
DISTRIBUTORS
mACH 11 VALVES
HOW TO FIX THE BASE
KEY TO CODES
M S V 1 5 S O B O O 2 4 V D C
MSV mini-solenoid 1 m7 5 5/2 SO solenoid B bistable OO 5/2 standard 24VDC
valve 6 5/3 SE solenoid S mechanical springs CC closed centres
MSV mini-pneumatic assisted OC open centres
valve PN pneumatic PC pressure centres

2-75
MACH 11 VALVES, PNEUMATIC
MONOSTABLE 5/2
7061010130 mPV 15 PNS OO 52
DISTRIBUTORS
mACH 11 VALVES, PNEUmATIC
MONOSTABLE 5/3
7061010210 mPV 16 PNS CC 62
7061010310 mPV 16 PNS OC 62
7061010410 mPV 16 PNS PC 62
BISTABLE 5/2
7061010110 mPV 15 PNB OO 52
2-76
MACH 11 VALVES, SOLENOID-PNEUMATIC
MONOSTABLE 5/2
7061020132 mSV 15 SOS OO 24VDC 60
7061030132 mSV 15 SES OO 24VDC 60
DISTRIBUTORS
mACH 11 VALVES, SOLENOID-PNEUmATIC
MONOSTABLE 5/3
7061020212 mSV 16 SOS CC 24VDC 82
7061020312 mSV 16 SOS OC 24VDC 82
7061020412 mSV 16 SOS PC 24VDC 82
7061030212 mSV 16 SES CC 24VDC 82
7061030312 mSV 16 SES OC 24VDC 82
7061030412 mSV 16 SES PC 24VDC 82
BISTABLE 5/2
7061020112 mSV 15 SOB OO 24 VDC 72
7061030112 mSV 15 SEB OO 24 VDC 88
2-77
ACCESSORIES: MANIFOLD BASES
a MULTIPLE MANIFOLD BASE b SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE
DISTRIBUTORS

0227400201 Base, 2 posn. for mach 11 94 0227400200 Separate feed manifold base for mach 11 44
0227400301 Base, 3 posn. for mach 11 140
ACCESSOrIES FOr mACH 11 VALVES
c 90° END PLATE d STRAIGHT END PLATE

0227400101 90° end plate 1/4 mach 11 82 0227400100 Straight end plate 1/4 for mach 11 93
e BLANKING PLATE f FEED BLOCK

0227400500 Blanking plate for mach 11 13 0227400503 m7 feed block for mach 11 11
2-78
g DIAPHRAGM h BASE FIXING PLATE
DISTRIBUTORS
0227400000 Diaphragm for mach 11 bases 3 0227400504 Fixing plate for mach 11 bases 28
ACCESSOrIES - SPArE PArTS FOr mACH 11 VALVES

ACCESSORIES
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR
Code Description
W0970512000 Plug-in connector for mach 11 L = 300
CONNECTION BRACKET ON BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)

Code Description
~50 0227300600 Connection bracket on DIN bar
14
~9
SPARE PARTS
PLUG-IN PILOT
Code Description
722113541100 PLT-10 722113541100
2-79
MACH 16 VALVES
Available in size 1/8” only, versions 5/2 and 5/3 and with pneumatic
and solenoid actuation. The mach 16 valve is a typical small size valve,
only 16 mm wide, with excellent performance 750 NL/min flow rate
at 6 bar DP 1 bar.
The valve can be used in line, on a panel or on a base (multiple or manifold)
The mach design is the result of the miniaturisation concept with the same
durability, sturdiness and reliability.
DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve port thread 1/8’’
Type of control m5 pneumatic actuation - Solenoid/pneumatic operation with integrated coil
mACH 16 VALVES
maximum outer diameter of gaskets for ports 1 - 3 - 5 mm 15

maximum outer diameter for ports 2 - 4 mm 15
minimum pressure pilot-pneumatic controls bar monostable with pneumatic spring: see picture on page 2-82
bar 1.6 bar for monostable valves – mechanical spring
bar 1 bar for bistable valves – 1.9 bar for valves 5/3
Operating pressure bar vacuum -10
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated air lubrication, if used, must be continuous
recommended lubricant ISO e UNI FD22
Solenoid pilot Integrated coil DIN 43650 C shape
manual monostable on solenoid pilot (with bistable manual valve on request)
Number of ways in base 1-3-5 and pilot exhaust
Screws for wall-mounting single valve 2 screws m3
Screws for base-mounting valve 2 screws m2.5x30

c SPOOL: Aluminium
g INTErFACE GASKETS: NBr nitrile rubber
2-80
MANIFOLD BASES
DISTRIBUTORS
mACH 16 VALVES

a 0227100201 m16/VDmA Input end-plate kit
b 0227100150 m16 manifold base kit
c 0227100301 m16 separate feed manifold base kit
d 0227100302 m16 exhaust feed manifold base kit
e 0227100200 m16/VDmA output end-plate kit
f 0225004500 m16 blanking plate
g 0227100000 Intermediate diaphragm
h 0227300600 Connection bracket on DIN-bar
KEY TO CODES
M S V 2 5 S O B O O 2 4 V D C
FAMILY DIMENSIONS FUNCTION OPERATORS 14 RESETTING 12 FURTHER DETAILS VOLTAGE
MSV solenoid/pneumatic 2 1/8” 5 5/2 SO solenoid/pneumatic P pneumatic spring OO 5/2 24VDC
MPV pneumatic 6 5/3 SE solenoid pilot S mechanical springs CC closed centres 24VAC
PN pneumatic B bistable OC open centres 110VAC
PC pressure centres 220VAC
2-81
MACH 16 VALVES MPV, PNEUMATIC
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure bar Vacuum to10
minimum operating pressure: bar
• monostable with pneumatic spring see graph
• monostable with mechanical spring 1.6
• monostable 5/3 1.9
• bistable 1
repositioning response times at 6 bar:
• monostable ms 4
• bistable ms 4
DISTRIBUTORS
repositioning response times at 6 bar:

• monostable ms 8.4
• bistable ms 4
mACH 16 VALVES
7062010100 mPV 25 PNP OO 60 7062010110 mPV 25 PNB OO 62
7062010130 mPV 25 PNS OO 61
MONOSTABLE 5/3 OPERATING PRESSURE

minimum actuation pressure (bar)

7062010210 mPV 26 PNS CC 73
7062010310 mPV 26 PNS OC 73
7062010410 mPV 26 PNS PC 73 Supply pressure (bar)
2-82
MACH 16 VALVES MPV, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: bar
• monostable 1.9 to10
• bistable 1 to10
• pilot-assisted Vacuum to10
minimum pilot pressure bar 2
Type of operation: manual monostable on the solenoid pilot
DISTRIBUTORS
(also with bistable manual valve on request)
Pilot with integrated coil 24 VDC - 24 VAC - 110 VAC - 220 VAC
Power W 1
Voltage tolerance -10% to +15%
Degree of protection IP 65 EN60529 with connector
Electrical contacts DIN 43650 C shape
mACH 16 VALVES
MONOSTABLE 5/2
7062020102 mSV 25 SOP OO 24VDC 92
7062020103 mSV 25 SOP OO 24VAC 92
7062020104 mSV 25 SOP OO 110VAC 92
7062020105 mSV 25 SOP OO 220VAC 92
7062020132 mSV 25 SOS OO 24VDC 93
7062020133 mSV 25 SOS OO 24VAC 93
7062020134 mSV 25 SOS OO 110VAC 93
7062020135 mSV 25 SOS OO 220VAC 93
7062030132 mSV 25 SES OO 24VDC 93
7062030133 mSV 25 SES OO 24VAC 93
7062030134 mSV 25 SES OO 110VAC 93
7062030135 mSV 25 SES OO 220VAC 93
BISTABLE 5/2
7062020112 mSV 25 SOB OO 24VDC 124
7062020113 mSV 25 SOB OO 24VAC 124
7062020114 mSV 25 SOB OO 110VAC 124
7062020115 mSV 25 SOB OO 220VAC 124
7062030112 mSV 25 SEB OO 24VDC 125
7062030113 mSV 25 SEB OO 24VAC 125
7062030114 mSV 25 SEB OO 110VAC 125
7062030115 mSV 25 SEB OO 220VAC 125
2-83
MONOSTABLE 5/3
7062020212 mSV 26 SOS CC 24VDC 142
7062020213 mSV 26 SOS CC 24VAC 142
7062020214 mSV 26 SOS CC 110VAC 142
7062020215 mSV 26 SOS CC 220VAC 142
7062020312 mSV 26 SOS OC 24VDC 142
7062020313 mSV 26 SOS OC 24VAC 142
7062020314 mSV 26 SOS OC 110VAC 142
7062020315 mSV 26 SOS OC 220VAC 142
7062020412 mSV 26 SOS PC 24VDC 142
7062020413 mSV 26 SOS PC 24VAC 142
7062020414 mSV 26 SOS PC 110VAC 142
DISTRIBUTORS
7062020415 mSV 26 SOS PC 220VAC 142

7062030212 mSV 26 SES CC 24VDC 143
7062030213 mSV 26 SES CC 24VAC 143
7062030214 mSV 26 SES CC 110VAC 143
7062030215 mSV 26 SES CC 220VAC 143
7062030312 mSV 26 SES OC 24VDC 143
7062030313 mSV 26 SES OC 24VAC 143
7062030314 mSV 26 SES OC 110VAC 143
7062030315 mSV 26 SES OC 220VAC 143
7062030412 mSV 26 SES PC 24VDC 143
mACH 16 VALVES
7062030413 mSV 26 SES PC 24VAC 143

7062030414 mSV 26 SES PC 110VAC 143
7062030415 mSV 26 SES PC 220VAC 143
ACCESSORIES FOR MACH 16 VALVES MSV, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC
CONNECTOR 15 mm SHAPE C TO DIN 43650

Code Description
W0970501021 Connector 15 mm shape C DIN 43650
W0970501022 Connector 15 mm shape C DIN 43650 LED 24V
W0970501025 Connector 15 mm shape C DIN 43650 LED+VDr 24V
SPARE PARTS FOR MACH 16 VALVES MSV, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC
COIL MACH 16 (OLD)

Code Description
W4015101000 In-line pilot m16 24VDC
W4015101010 In-line pilot m16 24VAC 50/60 HZ
COIL MACH 16 (NEW)

Code Description
W4015301000 In-line pilot m16 24VDC
NB: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing CE, you have to order among the NEW
pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots
2-84
MANIFOLD BASES FOR MACH 16 VALVES
a MACH 16 INPUT END-PLATE b MACH 16 MANIFOLD BASE
DISTRIBUTORS
0227100201 Input end-plate kit m16/VDmA 125 0227100150 manifold base kit m16 121
ACCESSOIrES FOr mACH 16 VALVES

c MACH 16 SEPARATE FEED MANIFOLD BASE d MACH 16 EXHAUST FEED MANIFOLD BASE
A Separate feed A Exhaust feed
B Separate exhaust B Separate exhausts
C Separate feed/exhausts

0227100301 manifold base kit-separate feed m16 119 0227100302 manifold base kit-exhaust feed m16 113
e MACH 16 OUTPUT END-PLATE f BLANKING PLATE – UNUSED POSITION

0227100200 Output end-plate kit m16/VDmA 122 0225004500 Accessories - blanking plate for mach 16 18
2-85
g INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM h CONNECTION BRACKET ON BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)
~50
~50
14 14
~9 ~9
0227100000 Intermediate diaphragm 1 0227300600 Connection bracket on DIN bar 7
DISTRIBUTORS
MULTIPLE BASES FOR MACH 16 VALVES
MULTIPLE BASE FOR MACH 16 ADAPTER FOR BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)
ACCESSOIrES FOr mACH 16 VALVES
Code Description N° of positions Weight [g] Code Description Weight [g]

0225000201 Base CVm.PN-08-02-0-000 2 180 0225004600 Omega-adapter mach 16 46
0225000401 Base CVm.PN-08-04-0-000 4 286
0225000601 Base CVm.PN-08-06-0-000 6 390
0225000801 Base CVm.PN-08-08-0-000 8 500
0225001001 Base CVm.PN-08-10-0-000 10 613
0225001201 Base CVm.PN-08-12-0-000 12 706
INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM GASKET KIT (FOR OLD BASES)

0226007001 m16 multiple base gasket kit 5
KIT OF SPARE INTEGRATED GASKET

0227100001 Acc. multiple base diaphragm 6 0226007003 m16 multiple base gasket kit 5
2-86
MULTIPLE CONNECTORS MACH 16
mach 16 valves can be mounted on bases with pneumatic or electrical connection.

The electric contacts of the individual valves are connected by means of a printed circuit
board in a sealed conduit to a single connection point suitable for up to 16 controls.
The number 16 was chosen because the number of outputs of most PLC output boards
is 16 or a multiple of it.
The system has numerous alternatives and variants for a wide range of requirements:
• Base for monostable or bistable valves.
• Connection via a multiple connector or wired cable.
• Supply of individual parts or ready prepared bases or complete valve units
• The configuration can be modified at any time to convert bases for monostable
valves into bases for bistable valves.
• The return cable can be used to connect two monostable valve units to a single
DISTRIBUTORS
multiple connector.
All versions are certified for electromagnetic compatibility and hence they bear
the CE mark. The system is prearranged for mounting a slave for field buses, which
can be added at any time. Valve units with multiple pneumatic/electrical connection
are supplied complete with valves and are tested.
System modularity means that the valve sequence can be ordered to meet your
own requirements (see key to codes).
mULTIPLE CONNECTOrS mACH 16

TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage 24VDC - 24VAC
maximum absorption 50 mA for each position
Valve actuation indicator yellow LED
Protection Fuse
Degree of protection with valves mounted IP65
Insulation class In compliance with IEC 664-1and VDE 0110 Group C
Electromagnetic compatibility In compliance with EEC 366/89
maximum number of solenoid valves which can be applied 16
n° of contacts 19, 16 of which for solenoid valves, 2 common and 1 earth
Pre-wired version
Cable length m 5
n° of wires 19, 16 of which for solenoid valves, 2 common and 1 earth
Wire section mm2 0.22
Shielding Tin plated – covering 80 to 90%
Cable Outer oil-proof and flame-proof PVC sheath
Cable outside diameter mm 8.5
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR VERSION WITH CONNECTOR NOTES

Position of Colour of the
electrical contact corresponding wire
V1 Green /black
V2 yellow
V3 White/black
V4 Blue
V5 red
V6 yellow/black
V7 White
V8 Brown/red
V9 red/white
V10 red/black
V11 Green/red
V12 Blue/red
V13 Brown
V14 Orange/black
V15 Orange
V16 Blue/black
TERRA yellow/red
– COM Brown/black
– COM Green
2-87
COMPONENTS
DISTRIBUTORS
a multiple base: extruded anodised aluminium h LED (LED on = Solenoid valve energised) o Small blanking plate - electric connector:
b modular base: anodised aluminium i Identification label (for writing on) painted aluminium
c main assembly, version with connector j Bistable solenoid valve mACH 16
d main assembly, pre-wired version k monostable solenoid valve mACH 16
e Secondary unit/additional secondary unit m 19-wire cable for pre-wired version
f 10-wire return cable n Blanking plate - pneumatic position:
g Socket for 10-wire return cable anodised aluminium
KEY TO CODES
A 0 8 B W C 5 0 8 M M 6 V L 2 4 V D C
FAMILY NO. OF POSITIONS SIZE VOLTAGE
A multiple base for 04 4 posn. M electrical MCN electrical 08 G 1/8’’ M mSV 25 SmS OO 24VDC
solenoid/pneumatic 06 6 posn. connection connection M6 mSV G5 SmS OO 24VAC
connection mach 16 08 8 posn. only for M8 mSV H5 SmS OO
10 10 posn. monostable WC5 pre-wired V mSV 25 SCS OO
B manifold base 12 12 posn. valves cable 5 m L mSV 25 SmP OO
for mach 16 L6 mSV G5 SmP OO
solenoid/pneumatic B electrical ACM additional L8 mSV H5 SmP OO
connection connection connection J mSV 25 SmB OO
for bistable for monostable J6 mSV G5 SmB OO
valves battery J8 mSV H5 SmB OO
K mSV 25 SCB OO
G mSV 26 SmS CC
G6 mSV G6 SmS CC
G8 mSV H6 SmS CC
O mSV 26 SCS CC
E mSV 26 SmS OC
E6 mSV G6 SmS OC
E8 mSV H6 SmS OC
F mSV 26 SCS OC
B mSV 26 SmS PC
B6 mSV G6 SmS PC
B8 mSV H6 SmS PC
C mSV 26 SCS PC
A blanking plate
D intermediate diaphragm
N.B.: The valve insertion order inside the descriptive key is the following, starting from the connector, from the left towards the right: the first left square corresponds to the first valve close to the connector
on the base. There are 12 squares available for the description: if you order a base with less than 12 positions, complete by placing a 0 in the remaining boxes.
2-88
MACH 16 VALVES FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTOR
M MONOSTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - MECHANICAL SPRING
Symbol Code Description Weight [g]
7062040132 mSV 25 SmS OO 24VDC 92
7062040133 mSV 25 SmS OO 24VAC 92
Symbol Code Description Ø H Weight [g]

7066040132 mSV G5 SmS OO 24VDC 6 32.7 96
DISTRIBUTORS
7067040132 mSV H5 SmS OO 24VDC 8 34 98
7066040133 mSV G5 SmS OO 24VAC 6 32.7 96
7067040133 mSV H5 SmS OO 24VAC 8 34 98

V MONOSTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - MECHANICAL SPRING
7062060132 mSV 25 SCS OO 24VDC 93
7062060133 mSV 25 SCS OO 24VAC 93
L MONOSTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - PNEUMATIC SPRING

7062040102 mSV 25 SmP OO 24VDC 93
7062040103 mSV 25 SmP OO 24VAC 93

7066040102 mSV G5 SmP OO 24VDC 6 32.7 96
7067040102 mSV H5 SmP OO 24VDC 8 34 98
7066040103 mSV G5 SmP OO 24VAC 6 32.7 96
7067040103 mSV H5 SmP OO 24VAC 8 34 98
2-89
J BISTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC
7062040112 mSV 25 SmB OO 24VDC 139
7062040113 mSV 25 SmB OO 24VAC 139

7066040112 mSV G5 SmB OO 24VDC 6 32.7 143
DISTRIBUTORS
7067040112 mSV H5 SmB OO 24VDC 8 34 146

7066040113 mSV G5 SmB OO 24VAC 6 32.7 143
7067040113 mSV H5 SmB OO 24VAC 8 34 146
K BISTABLE 5/2, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED

7062060112 mSV 25 SCB OO 24VDC 140
7062060113 mSV 25 SCB OO 24VAC 140
G MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - CLOSED CENTRES

7062040212 mSV 26 SmS CC 24VDC 142
7062040213 mSV 26 SmS CC 24VAC 142

7066040212 mSV G6 SmS CC 24VDC 6 32.7 146
7067040212 mSV H6 SmS CC 24VDC 8 34 146
7066040213 mSV G6 SmS CC 24VAC 6 32.7 146
7067040213 mSV H6 SmS CC 24VAC 8 34 146
2-90
O MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - CLOSED CENTRES
7062060212 mSV 26 SCS CC 24VDC 143
7062060213 mSV 26 SCS CC 24VAC 143
DISTRIBUTORS
E MONOSTABLE 5/3 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - OPEN CENTRES
7062040312 mSV 26 SmS OC 24VDC 142
7062040313 mSV 26 SmS OC 24VAC 142

7066040312 mSV G6 SmS OC 24VDC 6 32.7 146
7067040312 mSV H6 SmS OC 24VDC 8 34 146
7066040313 mSV G6 SmS OC 24VAC 6 32.7 146
7067040313 mSV H6 SmS OC 24VAC 8 34 146
F MONOSTABLE 5/3 SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - OPEN CENTRES

7062060312 mSV 26 SCS OO 24VDC 143
7062060313 mSV 26 SCS OO 24VAC 143
2-91
B MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC - PRESSURE CENTRES
7062040412 mSV 26 SmS PC 24VDC 142
7062040413 mSV 26 SmS PC 24VAC 142

7066040412 mSV G6 SmS PC 24VDC 6 32.7 146
DISTRIBUTORS
7067040412 mSV H6 SmS PC 24VDC 8 34 146

7066040413 mSV G6 SmS PC 24VAC 6 32.7 146
7067040413 mSV H6 SmS PC 24VAC 8 34 146
C MONOSTABLE 5/3, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC, PILOT-ASSISTED - PRESSURE CENTRES

7062060412 mSV 26 SCS PC 24VDC 143
7062060413 mSV 26 SCS PC 24VAC 143
SPARE PARTS
COIL MACH 16 (OLD)

Code Description
W4015201000 Pilot – multiple connection 24 VDC
W4015201010 Pilot – multiple connection 24 VAC
COIL MACH 16 (NEW)

Code Description
W4015401000 In-line pilot 24 VDC
W4015401010 In-line pilot 24 VAC 50/60 Hz
N.B.: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing CE, you have to order among the NEW
pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots.
2-92
BASES WITH MULTIPLE CONNECTION
MONOSTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 POSITIONS
DISTRIBUTORS
Pos.-Nr. L1 L2 L3 Description Code 24VDC Code 24VAC Weight [g]
With multiple connector 4 148.5 86 153 CVm EP 08 04 m mCN . . . . . 0225100401 0225110401 504

6 182.5 120 187 CVm EP 08 06 m mCN . . . . . 0225100601 0225110601 644
8 216.5 154 221 CVm EP 08 08 m mCN . . . . . 0225100801 0225110801 784
10 250.5 188 255 CVm EP 08 10 m mCN . . . . . 0225101001 0225111001 924
12 284.5 222 289 CVm EP 08 12 m mCN . . . . . 0225101201 0225111201 1264
With pre-wired cable 4 148.5 86 153 CVm EP 08 04 m WC5 . . . . . 0225400401 0225410401 3642
6 182.5 120 187 CVm EP 08 06 m WC5 . . . . . 0225400601 0225410601 3781
8 216.5 154 221 CVm EP 08 08 m WC5 . . . . . 0225400801 0225410801 3923
10 250.5 188 255 CVm EP 08 10 m WC5 . . . . . 0225401001 0225411001 4070
12 284.5 222 289 CVm EP 08 12 m WC5 . . . . . 0225401201 0225411201 4195
. . . . . : • 24VDC = direct current
• 24VAC = alternating current
BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 12 POSITIONS
Pos.-Nr. Description Code 24VDC Code 24VAC Weight [g]

With multiple connector 12 CVm EP 08 12 B mCN . . . . . 0225201201 0225211201 1315
With pre-wired cable 12 CVm EP 08 12 B WC5 . . . . . 0225501201 0225511201 4700

2-93
BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 10 POSITIONS
DISTRIBUTORS
Pos.-Nr. Description Code 24VDC Code 24VAC Weight [g]

With multiple connector 10 CVm EP 08 10 B mCN . . . . . 0225201001 0225211001 1245
With pre-wired cable 10 CVm EP 08 10 B WC5 . . . . . 0225501001 0225511001 4600

BISTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8 POSITIONS
Pos.-Nr. L1 L2 L3 L4 Description Code 24VDC Code 24VAC Weight [g]

With multiple connector 4 148.5 86 153 113 CVm EP 08 04 B mCN . . . . . 0225200401 0225210401 770
6 182.5 120 187 147 CVm EP 08 06 B mCN . . . . . 0225200601 0225210601 965
8 216.5 154 221 181 CVm EP 08 08 B mCN . . . . . 0225200801 0225210801 1200
With pre-wired cable 4 148.5 86 153 113 CVm EP 08 04 B WC5 . . . . . 0225500401 0225510401 3910
6 182.5 120 187 147 CVm EP 08 06 B WC5 . . . . . 0225500601 0225510601 4086
8 216.5 154 221 181 CVm EP 08 08 B WC5 . . . . . 0225500801 0225510801 4264
2-94
ADDITIONAL MONOSTABLE SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC BASE WITH 4, 6, 8 POSITIONS
DISTRIBUTORS
Pos.-Nr. L2 L3 L4 Description Code 24VDC Code 24VAC Weight [g]
4 86 117.5 113 CVm EP 08 04 m ACm . . . . . 0225300401 0225310401 500
6 120 151.5 147 CVm EP 08 06 m ACm . . . . . 0225300601 0225310601 640
8 154 185.5 181 CVm EP 08 08 m ACm . . . . . 0225300801 0225310801 780

NOTES
2-95
MODULAR MULTIPLE CONNECTOR KIT
It is possible to buy the various assembly kits separately, to obtain a wide unit, or only one additional secondary unit, are mounted together on the
range of customised applications. multiple (or manifold) base. It has to be connected to the sockets shown in
The main units of the version with connector a or the pre-wired version b the diagram.
can easily be assembled with the multiple base l or the modular manifold For different requirements, it is also possible to have return cables with
base m. The manifold base allows particular circuits on the individual a connector at one end only g, or just the 10-wire cable h. These types
valves (feed from exhaust outlets, pressure differentiation, etc.) are available in different lengths. A 10-wire connector kit i is also availa-
Likewise, on the other side it is also simple to mount the secondary unit c. ble if you need to complete the wiring.
This possibility is very interesting because it allows you to convert In the version with a connector, the 19-wire flying connector e pilots
a base for monostable valves into a base for bistable valves. the entire assembled base. This connector must be welded onto the 19-wire
If you fit an additional secondary unit d on a base, you obtain an cable k, which is available in different lengths. The 19-wire connector
additional solenoid base that can be connected by means of return cables complete with cable j is available in various lengths.
DISTRIBUTORS
to a main base for monostable valves. The only thing to remember is that The male connector q allows the free electrical connection of the multiple
in all cases the total number of positions (connection to solenoid valve coil) connector to be used, in order to control the valves placed in the system
must not exceed sixteen. or to control the bistable valves by a monostable multiple electrical
The 10 pin return cable f is used when a main unit and a secondary connection base.
2-96
a MAIN KIT - VERSION WITH CONNECTOR
0226500401 main multiple connection kit, 4 positions 24VDC 245
0226510401 main multiple connection kit, 4 positions 24VAC 245
0226510601 Kmain multiple connection kit, 6 positions 24VAC 280
DISTRIBUTORS
b MAIN MULTIPLE PRE-WIRED CONNECTION KIT
0226400401 Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 4 positions 24VDC 3350
0226410401 Pre-wired multiple main connector kit, 4 positions 24VAC 3350

c SECONDARY KIT
0226200401 multiple secondary connector kit, 4 positions 24VDC 166
0226210401 multiple secondary connector kit, 4 positions 24VAC 166
d ADDITIONAL SECONDARY KIT

2-97
f 10-WIRE RETURN CABLE g 10-WIRE RETURN CABLE - ONE END WITH CONNECTOR

0226150022 10-whire return cable L = 22 cm 022613.... 10-wire return cable - one end with connector
022615.... 10-whire return cable
DISTRIBUTORS
....Length in cm
....Length in cm Please contact our sales offices
Please contact our sales offices
h CABLE WITH 10 CONNECTORS i 10-WIRE CONNECTOR KIT


0226107201 10-wires cable 0226170002 10-wire connector kit
Please specify the desired length in metres
j 19-WIRE CABLE, ONE END WITH CONNECTOR l SET OF IDENTIFICATION PLATES

0226140250 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 2.5 m 0226107000 Set of identification plates
0226140500 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 5 m
0226141500 19-wire cable, one end with connector L = 15 m Package: 10 pieces
m ELECTRIC CONTACT GASKETS n SET OF MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS

0226107001 Set of electric contact gaskets 0226007001 Set of m16 multiple base gaskets
Package: 10 pieces
2-98
o ELECTRIC CONNECTION BLANKING PLATE p BASE BLANKING PLATE

0225004502 mach 16 electric connection blanking plate 0225004500 mach 16 base blanking plate
DISTRIBUTORS
q MALE CONNECTOR r KIT OF MULTIPLE BASE GASKETS

W0970504021 male connector 2 mm 0226007003 Kit of m16 multiple base integrate gaskets
max power for each position = 5W

max total power of multiple connector = 36W
Example of a male connector
A SOV 1/8”
SOV 1/4”
SOV 1/2”
SOV on base
mACH 16
mACH 18
ISO 1 – ISO 2
PIV valves
APr: progressive starter
V3V: circuit switching valve
NOTES
2-99
REDUCER WITH GAUGE FOR VALVES,
SERIES RMV
The rmV-series miniature pressure regulator with pressure gauge for valves
is specifically conceived for mounting on the outlets of valves with a 1/8” port.
With limited cross dimension, it can be fitted to a series of small valves.
The body is 16.5 mm wide and fits exactly on the valves of the mach 16 series
for multiple electrical connection.
Using the rmV, it is possible to differentiate the pressure of each single output
of the valves. For example, if you mount it on port 2 and not on port 4,
the pressure can be reduced on port 2 only. If you mount one for each port,
the pressure on port 2 will differ from that on port 4, which in turn is less than
the feed pressure (outlet 1).
There are three 1/8” threaded rmV ports that are pneumatically connected
in parallel. A small pressure gauge is mounted in one port; another port
DISTRIBUTORS
is plugged by an A7-type fitting and a third can take a fitting.

The user, however, can decide whether the layout of components is
to be modified or not. He might, for example, decide to mount three fittings
to create a three-port reduced-pressure distributor.
rEDUCEr WITH GAUGE FOr VALVES, SErIES rmV
TECHNICAL DATA DIMENSIONES

Threaded input connection 1/8” male
Threaded output connection 1/8” female
regulation range bar 1 to 8
mpa 0.1 to 0.8
psi 14.5 to 116
Input pressure bar 2 to 10
mpa 0.2 to 1
psi 29 to 145
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 mpa - 91 psi) DP 1 bar Nl/min 140
Flow rate at free exhaust at 6.3 bar (0.63 mpa - 91 psi) Nl/min 360
Fluid Filtered lubricated
or unlubricated air
maximum temperature at 10 bar (1 mpa - 145 psi) °C -10 to +60
°F +14 to + 140
Assembly position On valves
Use instructions The pressure must always be
regulated in increasing values
Code Description
9061601 rmV 1/8”
APPLICATIONS - ASSEMBLY
Fixing the reducer onto the valve 3 outputs with G1/8” thread When mounting on valve units, with a pitch of less than
23 mm, alternate the gauge positions
2-100
VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/
VDMA 24563-02
SERIES MACH 18
mach 18 valve is manufactured according to the ISO 1507-1 standard,

which in turn absorbs the VDmA 24563-02 rule. It comes in 5-way
versions with 2 and 3 positions with solenoid or pneumatic actuation.
DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
VALVES TO ISO 15407-1/VDmA 24563-02 SErIES mACH 18

• monostable 1.5 to 10
• monostable 5/3 Vacuum to 10 pneumatic/1.9 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic
• bistable Vacuum to 10 pneumatic/1 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic
• pilot-assisted Vacuum to 10
minimum pilot pressure bar 2 to 10
Assembly On manifold bases
recommended lubricant ISO and UNI FD 22
Solenoid pilot Integrated coil to DIN 43650 C-shape
manual monostable on solenoid pilot (with manual monostable on request)

b CONTrOL/END CAP: HOSTAFOrm®
c SPOOL: Aluminium
g FILTEr: sintered bronze
2-101
MODULARITY
DISTRIBUTORS

a 0227100201 VDmA input end plate kit
b 0227200150 manifold side base kit size 2
c 0227200300 VDmA intermediate bases size 2
d 0227100200 VDmA output end plate kit
e 0227200500 VDmA blanking plate size 2
f 0227100000 Intermediate diaphragm
g 0227300600 Connection bracket on DIN bar
KEY TO CODES
M S V D 5 S O S O O 2 4 V D C
FAMILY DIMENSIONS FUNCTION OPERATORS 14 RESETTING (12) FURTHER DETAILS VOLTAGE
MSV solenoid/pneumatic D ISO 15407-1/ 5 5/2 SO solenoid/pneumatic S mechanical springs OO 5/2 24VDC
MPV pneumatic VDmA 6 5/3 SE solenoid-pilot-assisted B bistable CC closed centres 24VAC
24563-02 PN pneumatic OC open centres 110VAC
PC pressure centres 220VAC
2-102
MACH 18 ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02
MPV PNEUMATIC
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating pressure: bar Vacuumto10
minimum operating pressure: bar
• monostable 1.5
• monostable 5/3 1.9
• bistable 1
Actuation response times at 6 bar: ms
• monostable 4
• bistable 4
repositioning response times at 6 bar ms
DISTRIBUTORS
• monostable 8,4
• bistable 4
Operating temperature range °C -10 + 60

MONOSTABLE 5/2 MONOSTABLE 5/3
7063010130 mPV D5 PNS 00 80 7063010210 mPV D6 PNS CC 93
7063010310 mPV D6 PNS OC 93
7063010410 mPV D6 PNS PC 93
BISTABLE 5/2 NOTES

7063010110 mPV D5 PNB OO 78
2-103
MACH 18 ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02
SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC MSV
TECHNICAL DATA
• monostable 5/3 1.9 to 10
• bistable 1 to 10
minimum pilot pressure bar 2
DISTRIBUTORS
Type of manual actuation monostable on solenoid pilot

(with bistable manual valve on request)
Pilot with integrated coil 24 VDC - 24 VAC - 110 VAC - 220 VAC
Power W 1
Voltage tolerance -10% to -15%
Degree of protection IP 65 EN60529 with connector
Electrical contacts DIN 43650 C Shape
MONOSTABLE 5/2
7063020132 mSV D5 SOS OO 24VDC 110
7063020133 mSV D5 SOS OO 24VAC 110
7063020134 mSV D5 SOS OO 110VAC 110
7063020135 mSV D5 SOS OO 220VAC 110
7063030132 mSV D5 SES OO 24VDC 110
7063030133 mSV D5 SES OO 24VAC 110
7063030134 mSV D5 SES OO 110VAC 110
7063030135 mSV D5 SES OO 220VAC 110
MONOSTABLE 5/3
7063020212 mSV D6 SOS CC 24VDC 156
7063020213 mSV D6 SOS CC 24VAC 156
7063020214 mSV D6 SOS CC 110VAC 156
7063020215 mSV D6 SOS CC 220VAC 156
7063020312 mSV D6 SOS OC 24VDC 156
7063020313 mSV D6 SOS OC 24VAC 156
7063020314 mSV D6 SOS OC 110VAC 156
7063020315 mSV D6 SOS OC 220VAC 156
7063020412 mSV D6 SOS PC 24VDC 156
7063020413 mSV D6 SOS PC 24VAC 156
7063020414 mSV D6 SOS PC 110VAC 156
7063020415 mSV D6 SOS PC 220VAC 156
7063030212 mSV D6 SES CC 24VDC 156
7063030213 mSV D6 SES CC 24VAC 156
7063030214 mSV D6 SES CC 110VAC 156
7063030215 mSV D6 SES CC 220VAC 156
7063030312 mSV D6 SES OC 24VDC 156
7063030313 mSV D6 SES OC 24VAC 156
7063030314 mSV D6 SES OC 110VAC 156
7063030315 mSV D6 SES OC 220VAC 156
7063030412 mSV D6 SES PC 24VDC 156
7063030413 mSV D6 SES PC 24VAC 156
7063030414 mSV D6 SES PC 110VAC 156
7063030415 mSV D6 SES PC 220VAC 156
2-104
BISTABLE 5/2
7063020112 mSV D5 SOB OO 24VDC 143
7063020113 mSV D5 SOB OO 24VAC 143
7063020114 mSV D5 SOB OO 110VAC 143
7063020115 mSV D5 SOB OO 220VAC 143
7063030112 mSV D5 SEB OO 24VDC 143
7063030113 mSV D5 SEB OO 24VAC 143
7063030114 mSV D5 SEB OO 110VAC 143
7063030115 mSV D5 SEB OO 220VAC 143
DISTRIBUTORS
ACCESSORIES
CONNECTOR 15 mm DIN 43650 SHAPE C

Code Description
W0970501021 Connector 15 mm C shape DIN 43650
W0970501022 Connector 15 mm C shape DIN 43650 LED 24V
W0970501025 Connector 15 mm C shape DIN 43650 LED+VDr 24V
SPARE PARTS
PILOT MACH 18 (OLD)

Code Description
W4015101000 In-line pilot 24VDC
W4015101010 In-line pilot 24VAC 50/60 Hz
PILOT MACH 18 (NEW)

Code Description
W4015301000 In-line pilot 24VDC
N.B.: if the pilot to be replaced bears the writing CE, you have to order among the NEW
pilots, otherwise order among the OLD pilots.
2-105
BASES TO ISO 15407-1/VDMA 24563-02
FOR MACH 18 VALVES
a INPUT END PLATE TO VDMA 24563-02 b INPUT END PLATE TO VDMA 24563-02
DISTRIBUTORS

0227100201 VDmA input end plate kit 125 0227200150 VDmA base kit, manifold side, dimension 2 125
c INTERMEDIATE UPPER PORTS 24563-02 d OUTPUT END PLATE TO VDMA 24563-02


0227200300 VDmA intermediate upper ports kit 118 0227100200 VDmA output end-plate kit 122
e BLANKING PLATE - UNUSED POSITION f INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM

0227200500 VDmA blanking plate size 2 24 0227100000 Intermediate diaphragm 2
g CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022) NOTES
~50
14
~9

0227300600 Connection brackets on DIN bar 7
2-106
VALVES ISO 5599/1, SERIES IPV-ISV
The assembly surface dimensions of ISO1, ISO2 and ISO 3 valves are
to ISO5599-1. They are available in the 5-way versions with 2 and 3
positions and with pneumatic or solenoid actuation.
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES ISO 5599/1, SErIES IPV-ISV
TECHNICAL DATA ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO 3
• monostable Vacuum to 10 pneumatic / 2.5 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic
• bistable Vacuum to 10 pneumatic / 1 to 10 solenoid/pneumatic
Nominal diameter mm 7.5 12 15
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 250 657.14 971.43
Assembly On single and manifold bases according to ISO 5599/1
Solenoid pilot to CNOmO/in-line pilot / m12 to CNOmO
manual Bistable on solenoid pilot
monostable on valve body
COMPONENTS

b END CAP: HOSTAFOrm®
e GASKETS: NBr
2-107
FLOW CHART
ISO 1 ISO 2
Flow rates (Nl/min) Flow rates (Nl/min)

DISTRIBUTORS
Pressure (bar) Pressure (bar)

ISO 3
Flow rates (Nl/min)
Pressure (bar)
KEY TO CODES
I P V 5 5 PN S O O
IPV ISO pneumatic 5 ISO 1 5 5/2 PN pneumatic S mechanical springs OO 5/2
ISV ISO solenoid/pneumatic 6 ISO 2 6 5/3 SO solenoid/pneumatic B bistable CC closed centres
7 ISO 3 SE electric pilot-assisted D differential OC open centres
✱ DO solenoid/pneumatic in line PC pressure centres
✱ DE solenoid assisted in line m12
● CO m12 solenoid/pneumatic
● CE m12 solenoid assisted
✱ Only for ISO 1

● Only for ISO 1 and ISO 2
2-108
VALVES ISO 5599/1, PNEUMATIC
SERIES IPV
minimum operation pressure:
• bistable bar 1
Operating temperature range °C -10° to +60
Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 700 1800 3200
Flow rate at 6 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 1100 2700 4600
response times at 6 Bar:
• monostable ms 12 24 35
• bistable ms 20 30 45
DISTRIBUTORS
repositioning response times at 6 Bar:
• monostable ms 30 43 55
• bistable ms 20 30 45
manual monostable on valve body
PNEUMATIC ACTUATION ISO 1

7051011100 IPV 55 PNS OO 310
7051011200 IPV 55 PNB OO 310
7051011300 IPV 55 PND OO 310
7051012100 IPV 55 PNS CC 310
7051012200 IPV 55 PNS OC 310
7051012300 IPV 55 PNS PC 310

7052011100 IPV 65 PNS OO 705
7052011200 IPV 65 PNB OO 705
7052011300 IPV 65 PND OO 705
7052012100 IPV 65 PNS CC 705
7052012200 IPV 65 PNS OC 705
7052012300 IPV 65 PNS PC 705

7056011100 IPV 75 PNS OO 1175
7056011200 IPV 75 PNB OO 1175
7056011300 IPV 75 PND OO 1175
7056012100 IPV 75 PNS CC 1290
7056012200 IPV 75 PNS OC 1290
7056012300 IPV 75 PNS PC 1290
2-109
VALVES ISO 5599/1, SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC,
SERIES ISV
TrA / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 24 / 50 39 / 60 50 / 120
TrA / Trr bistable at 6 bar ms 20 / 20 25 / 25 35 / 35
DISTRIBUTORS
Solenoid pilot Standards CNOmO

Coils 30 mm side DIN 43650 Form A – ISO
22 mm side
MONOSTABLE 5/2 ISO 1


7051021100 ISV 55 SOS OO 344
7051021400 ISV 55 SES OO 344

7052021100 ISV 65 SOS OO 715
7052021400 ISV 65 SES OO 715

7056021100 ISV 75 SOS OO 1207
7056021400 ISV 75 SES OO 1207
2-110
BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1 - MONOSTABLE 5/3 ISO 1
7051021200 ISV 55 SOB OO 388
7051021300 ISV 55 SOD OO 375
7051022100 ISV 56 SOS CC 372
7051022200 ISV 56 SOS OC 372
7051022300 ISV 56 SOS PC 372
7051021500 ISV 55 SEB OO 388
DISTRIBUTORS
7051021600 ISV 55 SED OO 375
7051022400 ISV 56 SES CC 372
7051022500 ISV 56 SES OC 372
7051022600 ISV 56 SES PC 372

7052021200 ISV 65 SOB OO 740
7052021300 ISV 65 SOD OO 710
7052022100 ISV 66 SOS CC 720
7052022200 ISV 66 SOS OC 720
7052022300 ISV 66 SOS PC 720
7052021500 ISV 65 SEB OO 740
7052021600 ISV 65 SED OO 710
7052022400 ISV 66 SES CC 720
7052022500 ISV 66 SES OC 720
7052022600 ISV 66 SES PC 720

7056021200 ISV 75 SOB OO 1230
7056021300 ISV 75 SOD OO 1230
7056022100 ISV 76 SOS CC 1355
7056022200 ISV 76 SOS OC 1355
7056022300 ISV 76 SOS PC 1355
7056021500 ISV 75 SEB OO 1230
7056021600 ISV 75 SED OO 1230
7056022400 ISV 76 SES CC 1355
7056022500 ISV 76 SES OC 1355
7056022600 ISV 76 SES PC 1355
2-111
VALVES ISO 5599/1, PNEUMATIC, SERIES ISV
WITH IN-LINE SOLENOID PILOT
TECHNICAL DATA ISO 1
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 250
DISTRIBUTORS
Solenoid pilot In line pilot

Coils 30 mm side DIN 43650
Form A – ISO
22 mm side

7053021100 ISV 55 DOS OO 396
7053021400 ISV 55 DES OO 396
BISTABLE 5/2 ISO 1

7053021200 ISV 55 DOB OO 450
7053021500 ISV 55 DEB OO 450

7053022100 ISV 56 DOS CC 517
7053022200 ISV 56 DOS OC 516
7053022300 ISV 56 DOS PC 516
7053022400 ISV 56 DES CC 517
7053022500 ISV 56 DES OC 516
7053022600 ISV 56 DES PC 515
2-112
COILS AND CONNECTORS FOR ISO 5599/1
SOLENOID VALVES SERIES ISV
COILS SIDE 22 mm
• Voltage tolerance: –10% to + 15% • Coil temperature 100% ED: 70°C at 20°C –
• Insulation class: F155 Ambient temperature
• Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD
Inrush Holding
DISTRIBUTORS
COILS SIDE 30 mm
• Electric contact DIN43650 shape A – ISO 4400 • Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
• Voltage tolerance: -10% + 10% • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
• Insulation class: F155 • According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 3 GD

Inrush Holding

CONNECTOR FOR COILS SIDE 22 mm

CONNECTOR FOR COILS SIDE 30 mm

KIT COIL EEXM

Code Description
0227606913 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXmT5 cable 3 m
0227606915 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXmT5 cable 5 m
0227608013 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXmT5 cable 3 m
KIT COILS SIDE 22 IP65

Code Description
0222100100 Kit for coil 22 - IP65
Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure to atmospheric agents.

2-113
VALVES ISO 5599/1,
SOLENOID/PNEUMATIC,
SERIES ISV WITH M12 CONNECTOR
TECHNICAL DATA ISO 1 ISO 2

• bistable 1 to1 0
Nominal diameter mm 7.5 12
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 250 657.14
Critical ratio b bar/bar 0.36 0.25
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 0.5 bar Nl/min 700 1800
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Nl/min 1100 2700
TrA / Trr monostable at 6 bar ms 22 / 60 78 / 180
Solenoid pilot With built-in coil
DISTRIBUTORS
manual monostable on solenoid pilot

Coil power W 1.2 W
Voltage 24 VDC ±10%
Electrical connection m12
Degree of protection IP65 EN60529
Electrical protection Transil
VALVES ISO 5599/1, SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC, SErIES ISV WITH m12 CONNECTOr

7054021100 ISV 55 COS OO 508
7054021400 ISV 55 CES OO 508

7055021100 ISV 65 COS OO 901
7055021400 ISV 65 CES OO 901
2-114
7054021200 ISV 55 COB OO 512
7054021300 ISV 55 COD OO 490
7054022100 ISV 56 COS CC 496
7054022200 ISV 56 COS OC 496
7054022300 ISV 56 COS PC 496
7054021500 ISV 55 CEB OO 512
DISTRIBUTORS
7054021600 ISV 55 CED OO 490
7054022400 ISV 56 CES CC 496
7054022500 ISV 56 CES OC 496
7054022600 ISV 56 CES PC 496
VALVES ISO 5599/1, SOLENOID/PNEUmATIC, SErIES ISV WITH m12 CONNECTOr

7055021200 ISV 65 COB OO 860
7055021300 ISV 65 COD OO 860
7055022100 ISV 66 COS CC 868
7055022200 ISV 66 COS OC 868
7055022300 ISV 66 COS PC 868
7055021500 ISV 65 CEB OO 860
7055021600 ISV 65 CED OO 860
7055022400 ISV 66 CES CC 868
7055022500 ISV 66 CES OC 868
7055022600 ISV 66 CES PC 868
WIRING DIAGRAM
mONOSTABLE BISTABLE
2-115
BASES ISO 5599/1 FOR VALVES
SERIES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2
DISTRIBUTORS
BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SErIES IPV-ISV SIZE 1 AND 2
Reference Code ISO 1 Code ISO 2 Description

a 0228000150 0228001150 manifold base - side ports
b 0228000155 0228001155 manifold base with bottom ports
c 0228000200 0228001200 Input end plate
d 0228000201 0228001201 Additional input end plate
e 0228000210 0228001210 Blind end plate
f 0228000300 0228001300 Intermediate - top ports
g 0228000301 0228001301 Intermediate - back ports
h 0228000500 0228001500 Blanking plate
i 0228000400 0228001400 Intermediate diaphragm
j 0228000600 – ISO 1/ISO 2 port adapter
k 0228000100 0228001100 Individual base - side ports
l 0228000110 0228001110 Base - bottom ports
m 0228000700 0228001700 Assembly kit
2-116
a MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTS
ISO 1 ISO 2
DISTRIBUTORS
0228000150 manifold base, side ports, ISO 1 314
0228001150 manifold base, side ports, ISO 2 131
b MANIFOLD BASE, BOTTOM PORTS

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000155 manifold base, bottom ports, ISO 1 314
0228001155 manifold base, bottom ports, ISO 2 505
c INPUT END PLATE

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000200 Input end plate ISO 1 129
0228001200 Input end plate ISO 2 206
d ADDITIONAL INPUT END PLATE

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000201 Additional input end plate, ISO 1 84
0228001201 Additional input end plate, ISO 2 162
2-117
e BLIND END PLATE
ISO 1 ISO 2
DISTRIBUTORS

0228000210 Blind end plate, ISO 1 79
0228001210 Blind end plate, ISO 2 130
f INTERMEDIATE TOP PORTS

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000300 Intermediate top ports, ISO 1 235
0228001300 Intermediate top ports, ISO 2 299
g INTERMEDIATE REAR PORTS

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000301 Intermediate rear ports, ISO 1 237
0228001301 Intermediate rear ports, ISO 2 299
h BLANKING PLATE
ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000500 Blanking plate, ISO 1 47
0228001500 Blanking plate, ISO 2 96
2-118
i INTERMEDIATE DIAPHRAGM j DIMENSION ADAPTER
DISTRIBUTORS
0228000400 Intermediate diaphragm, ISO 1 4 0228000600 Dimension adapter ISO 1-2 454
0228001400 Intermediate diaphragm, ISO 2 7
k INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000100 Individual base side ports, ISO 1 165
0228001100 Individual base side ports, ISO 2 257
l INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS

ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000110 Individual base bottom ports, ISO 1 197
m ASSEMBLY KIT
ISO 1 ISO 2

0228000700 Assembly kit, ISO 1 47
0228001700 Assembly kit, ISO 2 47
2-119
BASES ISO 5599/1
FOR VALVES SERIES IPV-ISV SIZE ISO 3
DISTRIBUTORS
BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SErIES IPV-ISV SIZE ISO 3
Reference Code ISO 3 Description

b 0228002155 manifold base with bottom ports
c 0228002200 Input end plate
h 0228002500 Blanking plate
k 0228002100 Individual base - side ports
l 0228002110 Base - bottom ports
2-120
b MANIFOLD BASE, BOTTOM PORTS c INPUT END PLATE
DISTRIBUTORS
0228002155 manifold base, bottom ports, ISO 3 720 0228002200 Input end plate, ISO 3 670
BASES ISO 5599/1 FOr VALVES SErIES IPV-ISV SIZE ISO 3

h BLANKING PLATE k INDIVIDUAL BASE SIDE PORTS

0228002500 Blanking plate, ISO 3 265 0228002100 Individual base side ports, ISO 3 360
l INDIVIDUAL BASE BOTTOM PORTS NOTES

2-121
SANDWICH REGULATORS
FOR ISO 5599/1 BASES ISO1-2
TECHNICAL DATA ISO 1 ISO 2

max upstream pressure bar 13
Pressure range bar 0 to 12
Pressure gauge range bar 0 to 12
Flow rate at 6 bar DP 1 bar Nl/min 400 550
Fixing screw on ISO 5599/1 base m5 ant-extraction m6 anti-extraction
Instructions for use Downstream pressure must always
be set to increasing values
DISTRIBUTORS
SANDWICH rEGULATOrS FOr ISO 5599/1 BASES ISO1-2
SANDWICH REGULATOR FOR ISO 1 VALVES

0228000804 Sandwich regulator 1 760
0 to 12 bar ISO 1
0228000814* Sandwich regulator 3 760

0 to 12 bar ISO 1
* A pilot-assisted valve needs to be used since

port 1 relieves pressure, it is not under pressure
SANDWICH REGULATOR FOR ISO 2 VALVES

0228001804 Sandwich regulator 1 900
0 to 12 bar ISO 2
0228001814* Sandwich regulator 3 900

0 to 12 bar ISO 2
* A pilot-assisted valve needs to be used since

port 1 relieves pressure, it is not under pressure
2-122
VALVES FOR UL- AND CSA-APPROVED
COILS
The following valves come in a version for use with UL

and CSA-approved coils.
• Series 70 valves, sizes 1/8”, 1/4” and 1/2”

• Series 70 valves on base
• Namur valves
• ISO 5599/1 valves, sizes 1 and 2
• ISO 5599/1 valves with in-line pilot
UL certification refers to the coil system and pilot;

CSA certification refers to the coil only.
DISTRIBUTORS
VALVES FOr UL- AND CSA-APPrOVED COILS
NOTES
UL is an independent organisation involved in the safety certification of products for the North American market. Coils and solenoid pilots are certified under UL
429 - Electrically operated valves.
The Ur mark concerns UL-recognised components and is used for ones that are part of a larger product or system. This is why Ur can be read on the coil. The
certification of these components is only valid if they are used in the manufacturer’s stated conditions (in our case voltage ± 10% etc.).
The company that manufactures the certified components is included in a UL-listing of certified manufacturers. The list does not include the name metal Work, but
rather the name Nass magnet (UL file: mH13513), with which we have an agreement for the supply and customisation of coils and solenoid valves.
The use of approved coils and pilots does not automatically certify the whole valve, nor application of a specific machine or plant. Such approval will therefore
be up to the manufacturer of the machine or plant.
CSA (Canadian Standard Association) safety standards are applicable in Canada. The coil complies with CSA 22.2.
The valves on which these coils can be mounted have the same code and description as those of the corresponding standard valves, followed by the suffix “L”.
Example: Standard version Approved version

Code 7020020400 7020020400L
Description SOV 33 SOS NO SOV 33 SOS NO L
All valves and units of this type have a painted or anodized aluminium control and can only mount metal Work coils having a code that begins with W0217
(approved coil). For the technical data, a diagram of the components and the code key, please refer to the section in the catalogue of the corresponding family
of standard valves.
UL AND CSA COILS
Ur-marked coils are therefore components that can form part of a larger • Voltage tolerance: ±10%
product of system. Approval of the component is valid in the above operating • Insulation class: F155
• Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
conditions only. The coils must be mounted on suitable valves, ones for which • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
the Metal Work code ends with L. • Temperature range: from +20°C at +50°C (DC version)
from +20°C at +40°C (AC version)
• max coil temperature at ED 100%: from +58°C at +20°C (DC version)
from +81°C at +20°C (AC version)

voltage
W0217000151 Coil 22 Ø 9 2,9W 12VDC Ur 12Vcc 2.9 W
W0217000101 Coil 22 Ø 9 2,6W 24VDC Ur 24Vcc 2.6 W
W0217000111 Coil 22 Ø 9 6/4.9 VA 24V 50/60Hz Ur 24V 50 Hz 6VA
24V 60 Hz 4.9VA
W0217000121 Coil 22 Ø 9 6/4.9 VA 110V 50/60Hz Ur 110V 50 Hz 6 VA
110V 60 Hz 4.9 VA
48 Vcc 2.7 VA
W0217000131 Coil 22 Ø 9 6/4.9 VA 230V 50/60Hz Ur 230V 50 Hz 6 VA
230V 60 Hz 4.9 VA
2-123
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/8”, SERIES 70 VALVES ON BASE
SERIES 70 VALVES 1/8”

7010020400L SOV 23 SOS NO L 130
7010020200L SOV 23 SOS NC L 130
7010021100L SOV 25 SOS OO L 158
7010021200L SOV 25 SOB OO L 220
7010020100L SOV 23 SOB OO L 195

DISTRIBUTORS
7010022100L SOV 26 SOS CC L 250
7010022200L SOV 26 SOS OC L 250
7010022300L SOV 26 SOS PC L 250
SERIES 70 VALVES ON BASE

7011021100L SOV B5 SOS OO L 172
7011021200L SOV B5 SOB OO L 234
7011022100L SOV B6 SOS CC L 264
7011022200L SOV B6 SOS OC L 264
7011022300L SOV B6 SOS PC L 264
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/4”, NAMUR VALVES
SERIES 70 VALVES 1/4”

7020020400L SOV 33 SOS NO L 197
7020020200L SOV 33 SOS NC L 197
7020021100L SOV 35 SOS OO L 245
7020021200L SOV 35 SOB OO L 326
7020020100L SOV 33 SOB OO L 280
7020022100L SOV 36 SOS CC L 364
7020022200L SOV 36 SOS OC L 364
7020022300L SOV 36 SOS PC L 364
VALVES NAMUR
7021020100L SOV A5 SOS OO L 280
7021020200L SOV A5 SOB OO L 360
2-124
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: SERIES 70 VALVES 1/2”
7030020400L SOV 43 SOS NO L 930
7030020200L SOV 43 SOS NC L 930
7030021100L SOV 45 SOS OO L 1120
7030021200L SOV 45 SOB OO L 1140
7030020100L SOV 43 SOB OO L 955
7030022100L SOV 46 SOS CC L 1265
DISTRIBUTORS
7030022200L SOV 46 SOS OC L 1265
7030022300L SOV 46 SOS PC L 1265
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: ISO 5599/1 VALVES
• Overall length of monostable valves 5/2 (included solenoid pilot): ISO 5599/1 VALVES - ISO 1

add 2 mm to the length of the corresponding standard ones. Symbol Code Abbrev. Weight [g]
• Overall length of bistable valves 5/2 and monostable valves 5/3 (included solenoid pilot):
7051021100L ISV 55 SOS OO L 374
add 4 mm to the length of the corresponding standard ones.
7051021200L ISV 55 SOB OO L 448
7051022100L ISV 56 SOS CC L 432
7051022200L ISV 56 SOS OC L 432
7051022300L ISV 56 SOS PC L 432
ISO 5599/1 VALVES - ISO 2

7052021100L ISV 65 SOS OO L 745
7052021200L ISV 65 SOB OO L 800
7052022100L ISV 66 SOS CC L 780
7052022200L ISV 66 SOS OC L 780
7052022300L ISV 66 SOS PC L 780

Code Description
9453922L Cnomo 3/2 with bistable manual actuation
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: VALVES ISO 5599/1 WITH IN-LINE SOLENOID PILOT
7053021100L ISV 55 DOS OO L 396
7053021200L ISV 55 DOB OO L 450
7053022100L ISV 56 DOS CC L 516
7053022200L ISV 56 DOS OC L 516
7053022300L ISV 56 DOS PC L 516
A = 20 for 5/2
28.5 for 5/3
2-125
VALVES ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR®
Starting from a series of sturdy, reliable valves, such as those to ISO

5599/1, some special features have been added, such as the presence
of a valve status diagnostic system and the creation of a double channel
guaranteeing architecture redundancy.
The simplest version features one electropneumatically-operated 5/2

monostable valve. It is common knowledge that when this type of valve
is in the idle state (coil not energized), port 1 is connected to port 2, and
port 4 relieves. When the valve is operated (coil energized), port 1 is
connected to port 4, and port 2 relieves. When the coil is de-energized
again, the valve is returned to the idle state (so port 4 relieves) by means
DISTRIBUTORS
of a spring that returns the spool to the home position.

In the event of a failure, the spool may remain in the actuating position,
even with coil de-energized, leaving port 4 pressurized.
To offset this problem, we have added a Hall-effect sensor that reads the
spool position. This means that when the valve is deactivated, the sensor
is on, and when the valve is activated, the sensor is off. A status in which
the sensor is off and the coil de-energized indicates a problem.
VALVES ISO 5599/1 SErIES SAFE AIr®
To reduce the probability of risk during plant maintenance, the manual actuator mounted on the Cnomo electric control is the monostable type.
The sensor inside the valve is available in the standard version with a 2.5m three-wire cable (standard or ATEX certified) or with an m8 connector
and a 300 mm cable.
This valve, which is available in 3 sizes for the ISO 5599/1 series, is a category 2 component according to ISO EN 13849 and is suitable for use in
safety circuits up to PL=c.
For those requiring higher PLs, we have also developed a double-channel version (redundant) that requires the use of ISO 5599/1 valves with a
monitored coil arranged so that ports 2 are in parallel and ports 4 are in series. If just one of the valves de-energizes, port 4 relieves, so, even if one
of the two coils remains blocked, the other guarantees relief of the compressed-air circuit. In this case, too, the presence of spool position sensors can
be used to monitor the status.
The double valve is also available in 3 sizes for the ISO 5599/1 series. It is a category 4 component according to ISO EN 13849 and is suitable for
use in safety circuits up to PL=e.
Both the single- and the double-channel valve come with:
- a Type-Approval n° P13104/11/mC/nb issued by Bureau Veritas in accordance with EN ISO 13849
- a certificate of compliance examination to the machinery Directive 2006/42/EC CV **No. CV 002-10-2011 released by Bureau Veritas.
2-126
SINGLE VALVE ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR®
TECHNICAL DATA ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO3
Fluid Filtered unlubricated air (50µm); lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Operation 5/2 monostable
• non-assisted from 2.5 to 10
• pilot-assisted from vacuum to 10
Operating temperature range °C from -10 to +60 (from -10 to +45 for Atex version)
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 250 657 971
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆p 0.5 bar Nl/min 700 1800 3200
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆p 1 bar Nl/min 1100 2700 4600
TrA/Trr at 6.3 bar ms/ms 12 / 30 24 / 43 50 / 120
DISTRIBUTORS
Conductance C on relief Nl/min · bar 267 817 1095
Critical ratio b on relief bar/bar 0.34 0.24 0.56
Flow rate on relief at 6.3 bar SL Nl/min 1850 5900 6500
Installation any position
Assembly On single or manifold bases to ISO 5599/1 (*)
Solenoid pilot to CNOmO
manual actuator monostable on solenoid pilot and valve body
Compatibility with oils See webpage www.metalwork.it/eng/materiali_compatibilita.html
Coils

30 mm side, ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection, type A
22 mm side, ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection, type B
Certified EN 60204.1 and VDE 0580
refer to the Accessories section for the electrical features page 14 (*)
Class of protection IP65 with coil and connector mounted
Noise level max. 78 dBA with silenced relief
max coil ring nut torque Nm 1
CE marking In accordance with machinery Directive, Annexe V (**)
ATEX category (only for versions with an ATEX sensor) II 3G Ex nA c II T4 Gc x -10°C<Ta<45°C
II 3D Ex tD III T 135°C IP65 Dc
Safety function Cuts off the power supply and relieves the air circuit connected to port 4
Type of sensor used Hall effect (refer to page 13 for sensor details)
B10d 40 x 106 cycles
Category - ISO EN 13849 2
DC Low (80 %)
PL - ISO EN 13849 Suitable for use in safety circuits up to PL=c
* To avoid malfunctions, we recommend using metal Work accessories

** The declaration can be downloaded from www.metalwork.it
IMPORTANT: Do not mount 2 or more SAFE AIr® valves in adjacent positions.
Any ferromagnetic masses must be at least 30mm from the sensor.
Prevent magnetic fields from creating disturbance in the sensor area.
COMPONENTS

b END CAP: HOSTAFOrm®
e GASKETS: NBr
k LOCKING rING: special steel
l mAGNET: Neodymium
m SENSOr: Hall effect
2-127
FLOW CHARTS - SINGLE VALVE
ISO 1 - ON DELIVEry ISO 1 - ON rELIEF
Flow rates [Nl/min]

Flow rates [Nl/min]
DISTRIBUTORS
Outlet pressure [bar] Outlet pressure [bar]

Flow rates [Nl/min]

Flow rates [Nl/min]

Flow rates [Nl/min]
Flow rates [Nl/min]
KEY TO CODES
ISV 5 5 SO S OO 3F
FAMILY DIMENSIONS FUNCTION OPERATORS 14 RESETTING 12 FURTHER DETAILS SENSOR
ISV ISO solenoid/ 5 ISO1 5 5/2 SO solenoid/ S mechanical springs OO 5/2 3F 2.5 m
pneumatic 6 ISO2 pneumatic 3 wires
7 ISO3 SE electric M8 0.3 m m8
pilot-assisted AT 2 m ATEX
2-128
5/2 MONOSTABLE - ISO 1
Symbol Code Abbrev. Sensor Weight [g]
7057021100 ISV 55 SOS OO 3F 2.5 m 3 wires 380
7057121100 ISV 55 SOS OO m8 0.3 m m8 350
7057221100 ISV 55 SOS OO AT 2 m ATEX 370
7057021400 ISV 55 SES OO 3F 2.5 m 3 wires 380
7057121400 ISV 55 SES OO m8 0.3 m m8 350
7057221400 ISV 55 SES OO AT 2 m ATEX 370
DISTRIBUTORS
7058121100 ISV 65 SOS OO m8 0.3 m m8 720
7058121400 ISV 65 SES OO m8 0.3 m m8 720

7059121100 ISV 75 SOS OO m8 0.3 m m8 1210
7059121400 ISV 75 SES OO m8 0.3 m m8 1210
2-129
EXAMPLE OF A SAFETY CIRCUIT WITH A SINGLE VALVE
Below is an example of a wiring diagram for controlling metal Work SAFE AIr® single valves using Pilz® components.
Circuit components:
- a Pilz® safety module PNOZ® s3 for controlling the emergency stop button; terminal y32 indicates the status of the module, which can be relayed
to the machine control logic
- an emergency stop button S1 (Pilz® - PIT® es Set) linked to terminals S11-S12-S22-S23 of the PNOZ® s3
- a metal Work SAFE AIr® solenoid valve, the 24 VDC coil of which is fed by terminal 14 of the PNOZ® s3 (the other terminal of the coil is 0 V);
the valve’s Hall-effect sensor is 24 VDC
- a start/reset button S2
- a relay K1, controlled by the valve sensor; an NO contact of the relay is in series with button S2 of the PNOZ® s3.
Expected behaviour with the system operating correctly:

DISTRIBUTORS
- system deactivated:
• contact 14 is OFF
• the coil is de-energized
• the sensor is ON
• relay K1 is energized
• contact K1 is closed
• contact y32 is OFF
- with the system activated via the start/reset button:
• contact 14 is ON
• the coil is energized

• the sensor is OFF
• relay K1 is de-energized
• contact K1 is open
• contact y32 is ON
In the event of a malfunction (e.g. spool jam), the coil is de-energized but the sensor remains OFF, relay K1 remains de-energized, contact K1 remains
open (preventing subsequent restarts) and contact y32 is OFF.
In the event of a valve fault, the circuit in the diagram below does not allow relief of the compressed air system. Sensor status must be monitored to
assess valve operation. Contact y32 indicates the status of the PNOZ® s3, not the status of the sensor.
All the electrical connections between the various components must comply with the applicable safety regulations.
If the emergency button is operated at a frequency of 1 actuation per hour, the circuit activates a safety function with PL = c (calculations made with
the PAScal programme by Pilz®). responsibility for final checking that PL lies with the person assembling the circuit.
2-130
DOUBLE VALVE ISO 5599/1 SERIES SAFE AIR®
TECHNICAL DATA ISO 1 ISO 2 ISO3
Fluid Filtered unlubricated air (50µm); lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Operation double 5/2 monostable
• non-assisted from 2.5 to 10
• pilot-assisted from vacuum to 10
Operating temperature range °C from -10 to +60 (from -10 to +45 for Atex version)
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 228 498 720
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆p 0.5 bar Nl/min 770 1250 2500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆p 1 bar Nl/min 1050 1750 3400
Conductance C on relief Nl/min · bar 222 554 724
Critical ratio b on relief bar/bar
DISTRIBUTORS
0.30 0.02 0.41
Flow rate at 6.3 bar SL Nl/min 1600 4000 5300
TrA/Trr at 6.3 bar ms/ms 12 / 30 24 / 43 50 / 120
Installation any position
Solenoid pilot to CNOmO
manual actuator monostable on solenoid pilot and valve body
Compatibility with oils See webpage www.metalwork.it/eng/materiali_compatibilita.html
Coils 30 mm side, ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection, form A
22 mm side, ø 8 hole – EN175301-803 connection, form B

Certified EN 60204.1 and VDE 0580
refer to the Accessories section for electrical features page 14 (*)
Class of protection IP65 with coil and connector mounted
Noise level max. 78 dBA with silenced relief
CE marking in accordance with machinery Directive, Annexe V (**)
ATEX category (only for versions with an ATEX sensor) II 3G Ex nA c II T4 Gc x -10°C<Ta<45°C
II 3D Ex tD III T 135°C IP65 Dc
max coil ring nut torque Nm 1
Safety function Icuts off the power supply and relieves the air circuit connected to port 4
Type of sensor used Hall effect (refer to page 13 for sensor details)
B10d 40x106 cycles
Category - ISO EN 13849 4
DC High (≥ 99 %)
CCF 80
PL - ISO EN 13849 Suitable for use in safety circuits up to PL=e
* To avoid malfunctions, we recommend using metal Work accessories

** The declaration can be downloaded from www.metalwork.it
IMPORTANT: Any ferromagnetic masses must be at least 30mm from the sensor.
Prevent magnetic fields from creating disturbance in the sensor area.
WIRING DIAGRAM
2-131
FLOW CHARTS - DOUBLE VALVE
Flow rates [Nl/min]

Flow rates [Nl/min]
DISTRIBUTORS

Flow rates [Nl/min]
Flow rates [Nl/min]

Flow rates [Nl/min]
Flow rates [Nl/min]
KEY TO CODES
ISV 5 5 SO S DD 3F
FAMILY DIMENSIONS FUNCTION OPERATORS 14 RESETTING 12 FURTHER DETAILS SENSOR
ISV ISO solenoid/ 5 ISO1 5 5/2 SO solenoid/ S mechanical springs DD double 5/2 3F 2.5 m
pneumatic 6 ISO2 pneumatic 3 wires
7 ISO3 SE electric M8 0.3 m m8
pilot-assisted AT 2 m ATEX
2-132
DOUBLE 5/2 MONOSTABLE
DISTRIBUTORS
Code Size Abbrev. A B C D E F1 F2 G H I L S Sensor Weight [g]
7057021110 ISO 1 ISV 55 SOS DD 3F 112 152.5 100 118 86 G 1/4” m5 50 100 88 6 23.5 2.5 m 3 wires 2100
7057121110 ISO 1 ISV 55 SOS DD m8 112 152.5 100 118 86 G 1/4” m5 50 100 88 6 23.5 0.3 m m8 2100
7057221110 ISO 1 ISV 55 SOS DD AT 112 152.5 100 118 86 G 1/4” m5 50 100 88 6 23.5 2 m ATEX 2100
7057021410 ISO 1 ISV 55 SES DD 3F 112 152.5 100 118 86 G 1/4” m5 50 100 88 6 23.5 2.5 m 3 wires 2100
7057121410 ISO 1 ISV 55 SES DD m8 112 152.5 100 118 86 G 1/4” m5 50 100 88 6 23.5 0.3 m m8 2100
7057221410 ISO 1 ISV 55 SES DD AT 112 152.5 100 118 86 G 1/4” m5 50 100 88 6 23.5 2 m ATEX 2100
7058021110 ISO 2 ISV 65 SOS DD 3F 146 176 116 145 113 G 3/8” G 1/8” 63 134 104 13 29 2.5 m 3 wires 4000
7058121110 ISO 2 ISV 65 SOS DD m8 146 176 116 145 113 G 3/8” G 1/8” 63 134 104 13 29 0.3 m m8 4000
7058221110 ISO 2 ISV 65 SOS DD AT 146 176 116 145 113 G 3/8” G 1/8” 63 134 104 13 29 2 m ATEX 4000
7058021410 ISO 2 ISV 65 SES DD 3F 146 176 116 145 113 G 3/8” G 1/8” 63 134 104 13 29 2.5 m 3 wires 4000
7058121410 ISO 2 ISV 65 SES DD m8 146 176 116 145 113 G 3/8” G 1/8” 63 134 104 13 29 0.3 m m8 4000
7058221410 ISO 2 ISV 65 SES DD AT 146 176 116 145 113 G 3/8” G 1/8” 63 134 104 13 29 2 m ATEX 4000
7059021110 ISO 3 ISV 75 SOS DD 3F 186 188 116 155 123 G 1/2” G 1/8” 78 174 104 9 31.5 2.5 m 3 wires 5300
7059121110 ISO 3 ISV 75 SOS DD m8 186 188 116 155 123 G 1/2” G 1/8” 78 174 104 9 31.5 0.3 m m8 5300
7059221110 ISO 3 ISV 75 SOS DD AT 186 188 116 155 123 G 1/2” G 1/8” 78 174 104 9 31.5 2 m ATEX 5300
7059021410 ISO 3 ISV 75 SES DD 3F 186 188 116 155 123 G 1/2” G 1/8” 78 174 104 9 31.5 2.5 m 3 wires 5300
7059121410 ISO 3 ISV 75 SES DD m8 186 188 116 155 123 G 1/2” G 1/8” 78 174 104 9 31.5 0.3 m m8 5300
7059221410 ISO 3 ISV 75 SES DD AT 186 188 116 155 123 G 1/2” G 1/8” 78 174 104 9 31.5 2 m ATEX 5300
NOTES
2-133
EXAMPLE OF A SAFETY CIRCUIT WITH A DOUBLE VALVE
Below is an example of a wiring diagram for controlling double valves SAFE AIr® a metal Work using Pilz® components.
Circuit components:
- a Pilz® PNOZ® mm 0.1p modular safety system
- an emergency stop button S1 (Pilz® - PIT® es Set) linked to terminals T0-T1-I8-I9 of the PNOZ® mm 0.1p
- a metal Work double solenoid valve SAFE AIr®, the 24 VDC coils of which are fed by terminals O0 (SV1) and O1 (SV2) of the PNOZ®
mm 0.1p (the other terminals of the coils are OV); the valves’ Hall-effect sensors are 24 VDC
- the sensor signals are relayed to terminals 16 (SV1) and 17 (SV2) of the PNOZ® mm 0.1p
- a start/reset button S2
Expected behaviour with the system operating correctly:

- system deactivated:
DISTRIBUTORS
• contacts O0 and O1 are OFF

• the coils are de-energized
• the sensors are ON (and hence signals to terminals 16 and 17)
• if one of the sensors is OFF, the Pilz® module does not allow subsequent start/reset
- with the system activated via the start/reset button:
• contacts O0 and O1 are ON
• the coils are energized
• the sensors are OFF (and hence signals to terminals 16 and 17)
The PNOZ® mm0.1p module is programmed so that:

- when either sensor is OFF, and the coils are de-energized, the module does not allow subsequent restarts.
- when the valves are energized, the 2 sensors must go off within the valve actuation time (12 ms for ISO1s, 24 ms for ISO2s and 50 ms for ISO3s),
otherwise the 2 valves are switched off again.
The programme can be downloaded from www.metalwork.it (the licence for programming Pilz® modules is not included).
All the electrical connections between the various components must comply with the applicable safety regulations.
If the emergency button is operated at a frequency of 1 actuation per hour, the circuit activates a safety function with PL = e (calculations made with
the PAScal programme by Pilz®).
responsibility for final checking that PL lies with the person assembling the circuit.
2-134
TECHNICAL DATA SENSOR ATEX
EFFETTO HALL EFFETTO HALL
Type of contact N.O. N.O.
Switch PNP PNP
Supply voltage (Ub) V from 10 to 30 DC from 18 to 30 DC
Power W 3 # 1.7
Voltage variation # 10% of Ub # 10% of Ub
Voltage drop V # 2 # 2.2
Input current mA # 10 # 10
Output current mA # 100 # 70
Switching frequency Hz # 5000 1000
Short-circuit protection yes yes
Over-voltage suppression yes yes
Polarity inversion protection
DISTRIBUTORS
yes yes
EmC EN 60 947-5-2 EN 60 947-5-2
LED display yellow yellow
magnetic sensitivity 2.8 mT ± 25% 2.6 mT
repeatability # 0.1 mT # 0.1 mT (Ub and ta fixed)
Degree of protection (EN 60529) IP 67 IP 68, IP 69K
Vibration and shock resistance 30 g, 11 ms, from 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm 30 g, 11 ms, from 10 to 55 Hz, 1 mm
Temperature range °C from -25 to +75 from -20 to +45
Sensor capsule material PA66 + PA6I/6T PA
2.5 m/2 m connecting cable PVC; 3 x 0.14 mm2 PVC; 3 x 0.12 mm2
Connecting cable with m8x1

Polyurethane; 3 x 0.14 mm2 -
Wire NO. 3 3
Category ATEX - Ex II 3G EEx nA II T4 X/Ex II 3D T1 35°C IP 67
Certifications
WIRING DIAGRAM SENSOR
ACCESSORIES
NOTES
2-135
DISTRIBUTORS
2-136
NOTES
NOTES
DISTRIBUTORS
2-137
DISTRIBUTORS
2-138
NOTES
SUMMARy OF vAlve ISlAnDS
P HDM + MUlTI-pOle cOnnecTIOn PAGE 2-140
P HDM + AS-Interface PAGE 2-144
P HDM + pROFIBUS-Dp PAGE 2-149
DISTRIBUTORS
P HDM + cAnopen PAGE 2-153
SummAry of vAlvE iSlAndS

P HDM + B&R PAGE 2-159
P HDM – vAlveS, InTeRMeDIATeS eleMenTS AnD AcceSSORIeS PAGE 2-162
P MUlTIMAcH PAGE 2-166
P MUlTIMAcH + pROFIBUS SEE PAGE 2-190
P MUlTIMAcH + cAnopen SEE PAGE 2-190
P MUlTIMAcH + DevIce-neT SEE PAGE 2-190
P MUlTIMAcH + B&R PAGE 2-174
P cM cleveR MUlTIMAcH PAGE 2-175
2-139
+ MUlTI-pOle cOnnecTIOn
hdms are the ideal solution for those requiring the unbeatable performance,
flexibility and modularity of multimach valves combined with sturdy mechanics
and a high degree of protection against external agents. Each valve is enclosed
in a reinforced technopolymer protective shell that acts as a shock-absorber
and prevents the infiltration of dirt. the class of protection is iP65.
the smooth, rounded design makes hdms ideal for applications requiring frequent
washing without the deposit of residues. All the pneumatic connections are on one
side, with built-in push-in fittings. the user interface is on another side so that
the fitter and the service engineer have everything at hand.
flexibility is total: there are 1-16 valves, input and output terminals for pipes
of different sizes and intermediate modules for separate inputs and outputs.
one very important new feature is that valves of different capacities can be
DISTRIBUTORS
mounted as required. three different valve sizes can be combined at will.

this means a valve can be replaced at any time by another one offering
a different performance. it only takes a few seconds to replace or add a valve.
to do this, merely loosen the two grub screws fixing the valve to the adjacent
ones. Since the electrical signal is relayed from one valve to the next by means
of gold-plated contacts connected to an electronic board, the electrical connections
are entirely automatic.
the ratio of the hdm’s flow rate to its dimensions is unrivalled – miniaturisation
and efficiency have reached a peak.
hdm + multi-PolE connEction
TECHNICAL DATA
valve port connections Ø 4,6,8,10 mm automatic fitting for ports 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 or Ø 12 mm automatic fitting / 3/8 thread for exhaust port, m5 thread for exhaust pilot port
connection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots Automatic fitting Ø 4 mm
maximum number of pilots 16
maximum number of valves 16 ( same as the max. no. of pilots )
operating temperature range °c -10 to +60
fluid filtered air without lubrication; lubrication, if used, must be continuous
flow rate at 6.3 bar DP 1 bar nl/min 11.5 mm Ø 4 11.5 mm Ø 6 14 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 8 23 mm Ø 10
version 5/2 and 3/2 200 500 650 1000 1200
version 5/3 200 300 300 500 500
Pressure range bar X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply)
terminal 1-1 3 to 7 vacuum at 10
terminal 1 3 to 7
voltage range 24 vdc ± 10%
Power W 0.9
control PnP o nPn
insulation class f155
degree of protection iP65 (with conveyed exhust)
Solenoid rating 100% Ed
trA/trr 2x3/2 monostable at 6 bar ms 8 / 45
trA/trr 5/2 monostable at 6 bar ms 8 / 33
trA/trr 5/2 bistable at 6 bar ms 20 / 20
trA/trr 5/3 cc monostable at 6 bar ms 20 / 20
note on use insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves,
otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
compatibility with oils Please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation
COMPONENTS
a Exhaust - Solenoid pilot 82/84

b valve supply - port 1
c threaded connection of exhausts 3/5 m
d valve supply - port 11
e Electrical control supply X
f Blind end-plate or right end-plate 1-11
g Screw for valve wall-mounting
h utility port for pipe Ø 4, 6, 8 or 10 mm
k manual control n
l lEd (lEd on, solenoid valve energised)
m Pneumatic symbol
o
n identification of the monostable or bistable manual control p
o valve ordering code
p valve identification code
q
q Blank space for valve number
2-140
THE MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY
the numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly position
of the single elements represented as follows.
Refer to page 2-162 for valves, intermediates elements
and common accessories.
DISTRIBUTORS
FIXING THE BASE
A fixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal.
B C fixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the m5 threads on the bottom and the rear of the terminals.
D fixing from above using the 1 or 1-11 input terminal and the blind terminal, using the m5 threads on the front of the terminals.
An opening for the pipes is made in the plate.
E fixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate, using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.
F lateral fixing using the blind terminal, and its the m4 threads on the side lateral.
Note: The sole fixing admitted is the one showed.
KEY TO CODES
H D M 2 8 M I6 - W 8 - W 6 - O 4 - L 8 - 5 1 4 - 1 6
VALVE INPUT END-PLATE ELECTRICAL BASE MANUAL TYPE TYPE OF VALVE FURTHER DETAILS
heavy duty 2 End-plate 1-11 8 d-Sub 25 wire M monostable I n° 2 3/2 nc 14 iP65 25-wire shell
multimach iP65 pipe Ø 10 manual control W n° 2 3/2 no 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar
3 End-plate 1 B Bistable L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc
pipe Ø 10 manual control V 5/2 monostable
2S End-plate 1-11 K 5/2 bistable
pipe Ø 12 O 5/3 monostable
*F 5/2 monostable
4 right-end-plate 1-11 pipe Ø12
5 blind end-plate
6 Passing-intermede
7 Blind intermediate
20 Exhaust section
4 cartridge 4
6 cartridge 6
8 cartridge 8 - 14 mm
8S cartridge 8 - 23 mm
10 cartridge 10
* uses a single Pin (like the v) and occupies 2 signals.
2-141
WIRING DIAGRAM
Bistable 5/2 5/2

or mostable mostable
n° 2 3/2 type “ v “ type “ f “
DISTRIBUTORS
notE: the type f monostable valve

uses one Pin only (like the v)
but occupies 2 signals.
Common (P25)
b END-PLATE 1-11-25D - PIPE Ø10

0227301200 End-plate hdm 1-11-25d 370
Ø10
this end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated
• Port 2
• Port 4
• Pilot supply
A = holes for 25-pin iP51 connectors

(for example, code 0226180101)
v
2S END-PLATE 1-11-25D - PIPE Ø12
0227301220 End-plate hdm 1-11-25d 370
Ø12
this end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated

• Port 2
• Port 4
• Pilot supply

2-142
c END-PLATE 1-25D - PIPE Ø10
0227301201 End-plate hdm 1-25d 370
Ø10
DISTRIBUTORS
AcceSSORIeS

n 45° CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES IP65 CABLES

0226180107 45° connector kit, 25 wires iP 65 65 0226107201 10-wire cable 86
0226107101 19-wire cable 122
0226107102 25-wire cable 130
Specify the number of metres desired.
PRE-WIRED 45° CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES IP65 IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT

0226960100 connector iP 65 + 25-wire 45° cable l = 1 m 190 0226107000 identification plate kit
0226960250 connector iP 65 + 25-wire 45° cable l = 2.5 m 390
0226960500 connector iP 65 + 25-wire 45° cable l = 5 m 740
comes in 10-pc. packs
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTOR
25 pIn
1 blue/black 9 red/black 17 orange/white 25 green/black
2 red/brown 10 brown/white 18 green
3 white/black 11 red/orange 19 yellow/black
4 red/blue 12 light blue 20 white
5 black/orange 13 yellow/white 21 blue/white
6 yellow/red 14 yellow 22 brown
7 black/brown 15 red/green 23 green/white
8 white/red 16 orange 24 red
2-143
+ AS-Interface
the hdm+AS-interface system has been designed in such a way that the pneumatic input terminal
contains all the electronics, signals and AS-i connectors. it is a very compact and sturdy system where
everything is housed in a thick casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact.
the valves and accessories are hdm standard, which means that you only need to replace the input
terminal to convert the valve island with multiple connector into an AS-i island. All the advantages
of the hdm system can be exploited: the possibility of mounting valves of different size, with fittings
for pipes 4, 6 or 8; the insertion of intermediate modules with separate power supply or outlets;
aluminium valves with chemical nickel plating enclosed in a protective casing in reinforced
technopolymer, with an index of protection iP65. the arrangement of the functions continues
the traditional optimisation of the hdms: the user interface of the valves and bus all on one side,
so that the fitter and service engineer have everything within easy reach: all compressed air
connections on the other side; the connectors for AS-i cables on the opposite side longitudinally,
so that several valve islands can be arranged in line, fixed on a din bar.
there are many AS-i terminal variants to meet all possible requirements:
DISTRIBUTORS
• with 1 node, for controlling up to 4 valve solenoid pilots;

• with 2 nodes, for controlling up to 8 solenoid pilots;
• with 1 note for output and input for controlling up to 4 solenoid pilots and receiving
up to 4 input signals. the input connectors are m8 or m12;
• with 2 nodes for output and input for controlling up to 8 solenoid pilots and receiving
up to 8 input signals with m8 connectors;
• power supply with the AS-i yellow cable only;
• power supply with two cables: the yellow AS-i cable and the black power supply cable.
• traditional v.2.1 addressing or extended AB v.3.0 address for an increase in the node
numbers which can be connected up to 62 and for a better diagnostics
Note: if you use valves 8S type or 10 exploiting their flow capacity it is necessary that the feeding
pressure is at least 6 bar (to avoid the pressure to decrease too much on the pilots).
hdm + AS-interface
TECHNICAL DATA
valve port connections Ø 4,6,8,10 mm automatic fitting for ports 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 or 12* automatic fitting /
3/8 thread for exhaust port, m5 thread for exhaust pilot port
maximum number of pilots terminal with 1 node = 4 / terminal with 2 node = 8
maximum number of valves terminal with 2 node = 4 ( same as the max. no. of pilots ) / terminal with 2 node = 8 ( same as the max. no. of pilots )
version 5/2 and 3/2 200 500 650 1000 1200
version 5/3 200 300 300 500 500
Pressure range X (pilot supply) 1-11 (valve supply)
terminal 1-11 3 to 7 bar vacuum at 10 bar
terminal 1 3 to 7 bar
voltage range 24 vdc ±10%
Power for each pilot W 0.9
Solenoid Pilot insulation class f155
degree of protection iP 65 (with conveyed exhaust, and unused inPutS sealed with caps/plugs)
note on use insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves, otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat
by the flow of air.
*with right-end-plate 1-11
COMPONENTS

c threaded connection of exhausts 3/5
d valve supply - port 1-11-X m
f Blind end-plate or right-end-plate 1-11
h utility port for pipe Ø 4, 6, 8, 10 mm
k manual control
m Pneumatic symbol n
n identification of the monostable or bistable manual control
o valve ordering code o
q Blank space for valve number p
r Black cable for 24v (if present)
s AS-intErfAcE yellow cable
q
t AS-intErfAcE led
2-144
Refer to page 2-162 for valves, intermediates elements and common accessories.
DISTRIBUTORS
hdm + AS-interface
2
nodES
1
nodE
FIXING THE BASE
E fixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate, using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.
2-145
KEY TO CODES
H D M 3 A S - 4 M I6 - W 8 - W 6 - O 4 - L 8 - 5 1 6
heavy duty 3 End-plate 1 version with standard address M monostable I n° 2 3/2 nc 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar
multimach iP65 AS-4 1 node, 4 out, manual W n° 2 3/2 no
yellow cable control L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc
AS-8 2 nodes, 8 out, B Bistable V 5/2 monostable
yellow cable manual K 5/2 bistable
AO-4 1 node, 4 out e 4 in m8, control O 5/3 monostable
yellow cable *F 5/2 monostable
AP-4 1 node, 4 out e 4 in m12, 4 right-end-plate 1-11
yellow cable pipe Ø12
AZ-4 1 node, 4 out, 5 blind end-plate
DISTRIBUTORS
yellow cable and black cable 6 Passing-intermede

AZ-8 2 nodes, 8 out, 7 Blind intermediate
yellow cable and black cable 20 Exhaust section
AE-4 1 node, 4 out e 4 in m8, 4 cartridge 4
yellow cable and black cable 6 cartridge 6
AE-8 2 nodes, 8 out e 8 in m8, 8 cartridge 8 - 14 mm
yellow cable and black cable 8S cartridge 8 - 23 mm
10 cartridge 10
* uses a single Pin (like the v) and occupies 2 signals
hdm + AS-interface
WIRING DIAGRAM
NOTE: the type f monostable valve uses one Pin only (like the v) but occupies 2 signals.
Bistable 5/2 5/2

or monostable monostable
n°2 3/2 type “V” type “F”
node 2
node1
Common
c END-PLATE 1 AS-4, AS-8

0227301202 End-plate hdm 1 AS-4 465
1 node, 4 out, yellow cable
0227301208 End-plate hdm 1 AS-8 454
2 nodes, 8 out, yellow cable
* m7 plug for 2nd node addressing.

n.B. for versions with 2 nodes only
** 21 for AS-8
2-146
c END-PLATE 1 AO-4, M8
0227301218 End-plate hdm 1 Ao-4 759
1 node, 4 out and 4 in m8,
yellow cable
DISTRIBUTORS
hdm + AS-interface
c END-PLATE 1 AP-4, M12
0227301212 End-plate hdm 1 AP-4 756
yellow cable
c END-PLATE 1 AE-4, M8
0227301214 End-plate hdm 1 AE-4 761
yellow cable and black cable
2-147
c END-PLATE 1 AE-8, M8
0227301216 End-plate hdm 1 AE-8 773
2 nodes, 8 out and 8 in m8,
DISTRIBUTORS
c END-PLATE 1 AZ-4, AZ-8

hdm + AS-interface

0227301204 End-plate hdm 1 AZ-4 467
1 node, 4 out,
0227301210 End-plate hdm 1 AZ-8 456
2 nodes, 8 out,
* m7 plug for 2nd node addressing.

n.B. for versions with 2 nodes only
** 21 for AZ-8
AcceSSORIeS SpAReS
AS-interface ADDRESS CONNECTOR KIT AS-interface CONNECTOR KIT

0226950150 AS-interface address connector cable l = 1 m 0226950151 AS-interface connector kit
M8 - M12 PLUG
Code Description
0240009039 PluG m8
0240009040 PluG m12
2-148
+ pROFIBUS-Dp
the hdm+ProfiBuS system has been designed in such a way that the
pneumatic input terminal contains all the electronics, signals and connectors.
it is a very compact and sturdy system where everything is housed in a thick
casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact.
the valves and accessories are hdm standard, which means that you only
need to replace the input terminal to convert the valve island with multiple
connector into an ProfiBuS island. All the advantages of the hdm system
can be exploited: the possibility of mounting valves of different size,
with fittings for pipes 4, 6 or 8; the insertion of intermediate modules
with separate power supply or outlets; aluminium valves with chemical
nickel plating enclosed in a protective casing in reinforced technopolymer,
with an index of protection iP65.
DISTRIBUTORS
the arrangement of the functions continues the traditional optimisation
of the hdm: the user interface of the valves and bus all on one side,
so that the fitter and service engineer have everything within easy reach:
all compressed air connections are on the other side, and the electrical
connectors and selectors are at the end of the island.
It is advisable to earth the system to prevent electrical or electrostatic
discharge from damaging the electronic circuit.
hdm + ProfiBuS-dP
TECHNICAL DATA
connection on the end-plate 1-11 for the supply of pilots Automatic fitting Ø 4 mm
maximum number of valves 16 (same as the max. no. of pilots)
version 5/2 and 3/2 200 500 650 1000 1200
version 5/3 200 300 300 500 500
(slave protected against overload and reverse polarity)
degree of protection iP65 (with conveyed exhust, and that - in case of no use - the BuS out connector gets plugged)
note on use insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves,otherwise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat
by the flow of air.
*with right-end-plate 1-11
Profibus DP module for HDM valves

Protection outputs protected against overloads and shortcircuits
max input power (all valves on) ˜500 mA
Addressing By rotary selectors
highest settable address number 99
default address 3
Peripheral defect diagnosis local lEd indicator and relay to master
defects reported output shortcircuit or overload.
Auxiliary power supply failure.
module status in the event of peripheral defect Profibus communication active.
the “peripheral defect” bit is active and accessible at the master station.
data bit value 0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
output status in the absence of communication disabled
2-149
COMPONENTS

f Blind end-plate or right-end-plate-1-11
k manual control
m Pneumatic symbol
DISTRIBUTORS

r Profibus terminal

hdm + ProfiBuS-dP
Refer to page 2-162 for valves, intermediates elements
and common accessories.
FIXING THE BASE
E fixing on the din bar with end-plate 1 or 1-11 and blind and plate , using the push-in bracket code 0227301600.
2-150
KEY TO CODES
H D M 2 P M I6 - W 8 - W 6 - O 4 - L 8 - 5 1 6
heavy duty 2 End-plate 1-11 P profibus-dP M monostable manual I n° 2 3/2 nc 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar
multimach iP65 3 End-plate 1 control W n° 2 3/2 no
B Bistable manual L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc
control V 5/2 monostable
K 5/2 bistable
O 5/3 monostable
*F 5/2 monostable
4 right-end-plate 1-11
pipe Ø12
5 blind end-plate
DISTRIBUTORS
6 Passing-intermede
20 Exhaust section
4 cartridge 4
6 cartridge 6
10 cartridge 10
WIRING DIAGRAM
hdm + ProfiBuS-dP
PoWEr SuPPly ( m8 )
1 = +24v bus
2 = +24v valve
3 = Gnd
4 = Gnd
1 = +5v *
2=A
3 = ov*
4=B
4 = Shield
* do
* don’tnot connEct
connEct:Pin 1 andfor
feeding Pinexternal
3: to be used only
for termination
feeding of the external terminating resistors.
resistances
- for correct communication, use Profibus cables at least
1 metre long.
- the shield should be evenly distributed around the
thread. Should this not be possible, the shield can be
1 Adressing
connected to prin 5. Both of these methods can also
be
B used in combination.
terminal resistances
C reset button faulty
resettable fuse
1D Adressing
indicatorresistances
BE terminal lEd
Grounding
CF reset button faulty
D resettable fuse
E indicator led
F Grounding
Bistable 5/2 5/2

or monostable monostable
n°2 3/2 type “v” type “f”
notE: the type f monostable valve uses one Pin
only (like the v) but occupies 2 signals.
common
2-151
b END-PLATE 1-11 PROFIBUS-DP
0227301231 End-plate 730
hdm 1-11 ProfiBuS
DISTRIBUTORS
c END-PLATE 1 PROFIBUS-DP
hdm + ProfiBuS-dP

0227301230 End-plate 730
hdm 1 ProfiBuS
AcceSSORIeS
M12 MALE CONNECTOR OUT-BUS M12 FEMALE CONNECTOR IN-BUS

0240009035 male connector B coding 0240009036 m12 female connector B coding
M8 CONNECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY M8 - M12 PLUG
Pin cable color

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black

0240009037 m8 connector for power supply wire 5 m 0240009039 Plug m8
0240009040 Plug m12
2-152
+ cAnopen
the hdm+cAnopen system has been designed in such a way that the
pneumatic input terminal contains all the electronics, signals and connectors.
it is a very compact and sturdy system where everything is housed in a thick
casing aluminium to protect the delicate components against impact.
two versions of end-plate are available: one can handle up to 16 controls
(16 out) and one up to 16 controls and 8 inputs (16 out + 8 in).
the input connectors are m12. two inputs can be connected to each
connector. the functions are arranged to ensure the same optimisation
as the hdms. the user interface is all on one side to facilitate the work
of the fitter and service engineer. All pneumatic connections are on one side;
the electrical connectors and selectors are on top of the island.
DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
hdm + cAnopen
version 5/2 and 3/2 200 500 650 1000 1200
version 5/3 200 300 300 500 500
degree of protection iP65 (with conveyed exhausts and with not used connectors plugged)
note on use insert the pipes in the fittings, before passing air through the valves,otherwise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat
by the flow of air.
* with right-end-plate 1-11
CANopen module for HDM valves

Protection outputs protected against overloads and shortcircuits
max input power (all valves on) ˜800 mA
Addressing By diP SWitch
highest settable address number 127
default address 1
Peripheral defect diagnosis local lEd indicator and relay to master
defects reported output shortcircuit or overload.
Auxiliary power supply failure.
module status in the event of peripheral defect cAnopen communication active.
the “peripheral defect” bit is active and accessible at the master station.
data bit value 0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
output status in the absence of communication disabled
INPUT module for HDM valves

Sensor supply voltage 24 vdc ±10% (depending on the supply of the cAnopen module)
max sensor power (distribuited over eight connectors) mA 40
type of input PnP for sensor 2-3 wires according to En 60947-5-2
Protection Protected inputs against overload and short-circuit
Active inPut signalling one lEd for each inPut
2-153
COMPONENTS

f Blind end-plate or right-end-plate 1-11
k manual control
m Pneumatic symbol
DISTRIBUTORS

r cAnopen terminal

hdm + cAnopen
Refer to page 2-162 for valves, intermediates elements and common accessories.
2-154
FIXING THE BASE
DISTRIBUTORS
KEY TO CODES
H D M 2 CAN O M I6 - W 8 - W 6 - O 4 - L 8 - 5 1 6
hdm + cAnopen
heavy duty 2 End-plate 1-11 CAN O cAnopen M monostable manual I n° 2 3/2 nc 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar
multimach iP65 3 End-plate 1 16 outPut control W n° 2 3/2 no
CAN I/O cAnopen B Bistable manual L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc
8 inPut e control V 5/2 monostable
16 outPut K 5/2 bistable
O 5/3 monostable
*F 5/2 monostable
pipe Ø12
5 blind end-plate
6 Passing-intermede
20 Exhaust section
4 cartridge 4
6 cartridge 6
10 cartridge 10
WIRING DIAGRAM
PoWER SUPPLY
a Adressing
b terminal resistances
and baud-rate setting
c indicator lEd
d Grounding
2-155
2-o END-PLATE 1-11 CANopen O
0227301251 End-plate 1-11 745
hdm cAnopen
outPut
handles 16 outPutS (solenoid pilots)

DISTRIBUTORS
3-o END-PLATE 1 CANopen O

0227301253 End-plate 1 746
hdm cAnopen
outPut
hdm + cAnopen
2 - i/o END-PLATE 1-11 CANopen I/O

0227301250 End-plate 1-11 734
hdm cAnopen
in-out
3 - i/o END-PLATE 1 CANopen I/O

0227301252 End-plate 1 735
hdm cAnopen
in-out
2-156
AcceSSORIeS
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR FOR CANopen POWER SUPPLY
Code Description
W0970513001 Acc. 5-pin m12x1 straight connector
DISTRIBUTORS
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH CANopen POWER CABLE
Code Description
W0970513002 Acc. 5-pin m12x1 straight connector with wire l = 5 m
hdm + cAnopen
Pin Cable color
1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black
5 Grey
FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR CANopen BUS-IN

Code Description
0240009055 m12 female connector, A coding
MALE CONNECTOR FOR CANopen BUS-OUT

Code Description
0240009038 male connector Bus A coding
2-157
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITHOUT CABLE FOR CANopen INPUT
Code Description
0240009021 Straight fitting without cable
DISTRIBUTORS
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH CABLE FOR CANopen INPUT

Code Description
0240009002 Straight, with 1.5 m cable
0240009003 Straight, with 5 m cable
hdm + cAnopen
Pin Cable colour

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black
Y-DISTRIBUTOR WITH CABLE AND M12 STRAIGHT CONNECTORS FOR CANopen INPUT
Code Description
0240009031 y-distributor cable 0.6 m
0240009032 y-distributor cable 1.5 m
M12 PLUG FOR BUS OUT E INPUT CANopen

Code Description
0240009040 Plug m12
2-158
+ B&R
An advanced field bus system interfacing with the multimach world.

B&r has developed a new standard for automation, called formulA X.
for further details about features, functions and qualities of this system,
reference must be made to the B&r documentation, also available
on the web site www.br-automation.com
An overview is given below.
the X-system is a system handling analogue and digital inputs and outputs
for local or remote use, which B&r defines as decentralised backplane.
different types of modules are available. We present those designed
for connection with multimach and hdm valve islands. We only indicate
the B&r’s code root, since each type of module comes in different variants,
that differ by number of signals handled, that can be 8, 16 or 24,
DISTRIBUTORS
and by type of signal, that can be input, output or input/output indifferently.
common to all the modules is the presence of 4 connections: a signal input,
a signal output for the following modules, a power input (24v dc),
a power output for the following modules.
B&R cOnnecTORS AnD MODUleS
hdm + B&r
IP20 7XV---50-11 SMART CONNECTOR IP67 7XV---50-51 SMART CONNECTOR
it is a plug connector with iP20 protection that contains the X system it is a plug connector with iP67 protection, that contains the X system
electronics. it can be connected with hdm islands, using the special input electronics. it can be connected with hdm islands, using the special input
end-plate, type 1, code 0227301207 or the special input end-plate end-plate type 1, code 0227301207, or the special input end-plate,
type 1-11, code 0227301206. type 1-11 code 0227301206.
X67 1/O SYSTEM MODULES X67 BUS CONTROLLER MODULES
these are modules with iP67 protection, connected to the X system, these are modules with protection iP67, receiving a signal according to
for handling inputs and outputs. it is interesting to note that their size is such one of the dP Profibus, cAn open, device net, Ethernet Powerlink protocols
that they can be fixed directly to the hdm input end-plate type 1-11, (the module code differs obviously according to the protocol being
code 0227301206 controlled). the output signal is according to the X-system.
(N.B. NOT to be fixed to the HDM end-plate type 1, code 0227301207). these are gateways converting the signals of a field bus into an
X-system. these modules control the inputs and/or outputs via the m8
connectors provided. they can be fixed directly to the hdm input end-plate
type 1-11, code 0227301206
(N.B. NOT to be fixed to the HDM end-plate, type 1, code 0227301207).
ProfiBuS-dP
dEvicE-nEt
cAn-oPEn
X2X X2X EthErnEt X2X
2-159
APPLICATIONS OF B&R MODULES TO HDM END-PLATES
Refer to page 2-162 for valves, intermediates End-plate 1

elements and common accessories. or
end-plate 1-11
DISTRIBUTORS
hdm + B&r
Refer to page 2-162 for valves, intermediates End-plate 1-11 only

elements and common accessories.
user n°2 screws

m4x8 or m4x10
KEY TO CODES
H D M 2 B & R M I6 - W 8 - W 6 - O 4 - L 8 - 5 1 6
heavy duty 2 End-plate 1-11 B&R fit for B&r M monostable manual I n° 2 3/2 nc 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar
multimach iP65 3 End-plate 1 control W n° 2 3/2 no
B Bistable manual L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc
control V 5/2 monostable
K 5/2 bistable
O 5/3 monostable
*F 5/2 monostable
pipe Ø12
5 Blind end-plate
6 Passing-intermede
20 Exhaust section
4 cartridge 4
6 cartridge 6
10 cartridge 10
2-160
HDM 1-11 END-PLATE FOR B&R
0227301206 hdm 1-11 end-plate kit 340
for B&r
DISTRIBUTORS
hdm + B&r
HDM 1 END-PLATE FOR B&R
0227301207 hdm 1 end-plate kit 380
for B&r
NOTES
2-161
- vAlveS, InTeRMeDIATeS eleMenTS
AnD AcceSSORIeS
hdm valve can be included in islands with any available input terminal.
So the same valve can be connected to the multiple connection
terminal, the AS-interface terminal, the Profi bus-dP,
terminal or the cAn-open terminal.
Note: if you use valves 8S type or 10 exploiting their flow capacity, it is

appropriate to choose the inlet end plate 1-11 type by feeding the pilots
separately (to avoid the pressure to decrease too much on the pilots). If
you use simultaneously more than one valve 8S or 10 it is necessary to
potentiate the pneumatic feeding by inserting end plates having 12 mm
pipe and/or through intermediate modules
DISTRIBUTORS
MANUAL CONTROLS
hdm - vAlvES, intErmEdiAtES ElEmEntS And AccESSoriES
monoStABlE ovErridE Port 2 monoStABlE ovErridE Port 4 BiStABlE ovErridE Port 2 BiStABlE ovErridE Port 4
servo-assisted servo-assisted servo-assisted servo-assisted
• Press and hold the manual control in position • Press and hold the manual control in position • Press the manual control right in then turn it • Press the manual control right in then turn it 90
(not necessary for bistable type K valve) (not necessary for bistable type K valve) clockwise 90 degrees and leave it in position. degrees clockwise and leave it in position.
• release the manual control: • release the manual control: • rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise, • rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
- the manual control returns to the home position. - the manual control returns to the home position. and then release it. and then release it:
- valves type i, W, l, v, f, and o reposition. - valves type i, W, l, v and f reposition. - the manual control returns to the home position. - the manual control returns to the home position.
- the type K valve remains switched - the type K valve remains switched - valves type i, W, l, v, f, and o reposition. - valves type i, W, l and o reposition.
- the type K valve remains switched - the type K valve remains switched
With type f and v valves, this manual control is not With type f and v valves, this manual control is not
present. present.
N.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present. N.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present. N.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present. N.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present.
• the reference code for the monostable control ends in 0 (2 for type f). • the reference code for the monostable control ends in 1 (3 for type f).
Example: 707203053 Example: 707203053
a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø4 Symbol Code Manual control Weight [g]

7071030530 monostable 130
*uses a single Pin (like the v) and occupies 2 signals 7071030531 bistable
I4
7071030631 bistable
W4
7071030731 bistable
L4
7071030131 bistable
V4
7071030133 bistable
*F4
7071030111 bistable
K4
7071030211 bistable
O4
2-162
a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø6 Symbol Code Manual control Weight [g]
I6
7072030631 bistable
W6
7072030731 bistable
L6
7072030131 bistable
V6
DISTRIBUTORS
7072030133 bistable
*F6
7072030111 bistable
K6
7072030211 bistable
O6
a VALVE DIMENSIONS

Ø8 Symbol Code Manual control Weight [g]
I8
7073030631 bistable
W8
7073030731 bistable
L8
7073030131 bistable
V8
7073030133 bistable
*F8
7073030111 bistable
K8
7073030211 bistable
O8
a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 8S Symbol Code Manual control Weight [g]
I8S
7077030631 bistable
W8S
7077030731 bistable
L8S
7077030131 bistable
V8S
7077030133 bistable
*F8S
7077030111 bistable
K8S
7077030211 bistable
O8S
2-163
a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 10 Symbol Code Manual control Weight [g]
I10
7078030631 bistable
W10
7078030731 bistable
L10
7078030131 bistable
V10
DISTRIBUTORS

7078030133 bistable
*F10
7078030111 bistable
K10
7078030211 bistable
O10
f INTERMEDIATE THROUGH g INTERMEDIATE BLIND

0227301301 intermediate through hdm 120 0227301302 intermediate blind hdm 117
t INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH d RIGHT-END-PLATE 1-11 PIPE Ø 12

0227301303 intermediate exhaust switch hdm 125 0227301221 rigth-end-plate hdm 1-11 Ø 12 630
this end-plate allows for supplies to be differentiated:

• Port 2
• Port 4
2-164
e BLIND END-PLATE
0227301500 Blind end-plate hdm 230
DISTRIBUTORS
AcceSSORIeS
p CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR

0227301600 connection brackets on din bar hdm/cm 30
Supplied complete with one m4x45 screws and one m6 grub screw

individually packed
SILENCER FOR FITTING, Ø 8

W0970530084 Silencer for fitting, Ø 8 15
At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate throughreference 6 and of the exhaust switch reference 20
R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER

Code Rif. Length [mm] Ø Tube
2L17001 rl17 140 from 3 to 10
r17
2017001 r17 95 from 4 to 14
rl17
SpAReS
GRUB SCREW KIT

Code Description
0227301800 Grub screw for multimach hdm/cm
comes in 1 + 1 pc. packs
2-165
MUlTIMAcH
multimach is not a mere valve, it is an electropneumatic distribution “island”

- a single block ready for connection to power and air delivery pipes and a
multi-pin cable.
All the pneumatic connections are situated on one side with built-in push-in
fittings. the user interface is on the other side so that the fitter or serviceman
has everything within an easy reach: manual controls, active valve signalling
lights, compressed air system diagram, valve identification plates.
the user can count on four different orientations for the electric connector.
multimach provides full flexibility in the application of valves: 1 to 24 valves,
power plates and drain for pipes of various sizes, electric 9- or 25-pin plug
connector. But the real novelty, is the possibility of mounting valves of different
flow rates: three different valves can be mounted at a time and a valve can
DISTRIBUTORS
be replaced with another of a different flow rate. this revolutionary concept

enables the user to optimise space and costs and adapt the unit to different
performance requirements.
the ratio between the flow rate of the multimach system and sizes is
incomparable: the top in terms of miniaturisation and efficiency.
multimAch
TECHNICAL DATA
valve port connections Ø 4,6,8 mm automatic fitting for ports 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø8 or Ø10 automatic fitting /
connection on the end-plate for the supply of pilots Automatic fitting Ø 4
Screw for valve - wall-mounting According to the end-plate used: see page 2-155
flow rate at 6 bar DP 1bar nl/min 11 mm Ø 4: 200 11 mm Ø 6: 500 14 mm Ø 8: 700
Power W 1.2
insulation class f155
degree of protection iP51
terminal 1-11 bar 3 to 7 max vacuum at 10 bar
terminal 1 bar 3 to 7
terminal 1 reduced bar 3 to 7
otherwise the basket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
COMPONENTS
a Exhaust – Solenoid pilot

c Electrical multiple connection with 9 or 25 pins
d threaded connection of exhausts 3/5
e valve supply
f Electrical control supply
g lEd (lEd on, solenoid valve energised)
h removable identification labels
i Blind end-plate
j Screw for valve wall-mounting
k utility port for pipe Ø 8 mm
l utility port for pipe Ø 6 mm
m utility port for pipe Ø 4 mm
n manual control
2-166
of the single elements represented as follows
DISTRIBUTORS
multimAch
FIXING THE BASE
A fixing with reduced end-plate 1, codE 0227300300, supplied complete with bracket
B fixing with end-plate 1-11 codE 0227300200 or with end-plate codE 0227300201
C fixing with end-plate 1-11 codE 0227300200 or with end-plate 1 codE 0227300201 using the m4-thread found on the m5 end-plate
D fixing on the din bar with end-plate 1-11 codE 0227300 using the reduced end-plate 1 codE 0227300300
or end-plate codE 0227300201 using the push-in bracket codE 0227300600.
if you have to remove the base from the bar, this is rapid and can be performed without using any tools.
KEY TO CODES
M 5 1 2 8 I6 - W 8 - W 6 - O 4 - L 8 - 5 1 2 - 1 4
VALVE INPUT END-PLATE ELECTRICAL BASE TYPE OF VALVE FURTHER DETAILS
multimach iP51 2 End-plate 1-11 8 Axial 25-wire I n° 2 3/2 nc 12 9-wire connector
3 End-plate 1 connector base W n° 2 3/2 no 14 25-wire connector
4 reduced End-plate 1 9 Axial 9-wire L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc 16 Brackets for din bar
connector base V 5/2 monostable
10 25-wire rear K 5/2 bistable
connector base O 5/3 monostable
11 9-wire rear 5 Blind end-plate
connector base 6 Passing-intermede
20 Exhaust section
4 cartridge 4
6 cartridge 6
8 cartridge 8
2-167
a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø 4
Symbol Code Manual control Weight [g]
I4
W4
L4
V4
DISTRIBUTORS

K4
O4
multimAch
I6
W6
L6
V6
K6
O6
I8
W8
L8
V8
K8
O8
2-168
b END-PLATE 1-11 c END-PLATE 1
DISTRIBUTORS
0227300200 End-plate kit 1-11 223 0227300201 End-plate kit 1 224

port 2, port 4 and pilot supply
multimAch
d REDUCED END-PLATE 1 e BLIND END-PLATE

0227300300 reduced end-plate kit 1 148 0227300500 Blind end-plate 168
f INTERMEDIATE THROUGH g INTERMEDIATE BLIND

0227300301 intermediate through 92 0227300302 intermediate blind 89
2-169
t INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH h AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE, 25 WIRES
DISTRIBUTORS

0227300303 intermediate exhaust switch 95 0226180001 Axial connector base kit, 25 wires 54
multimAch
i AXIAL CONNECTOR BASE, 9 WIRES j REAR CONNECTOR BASE, 25 WIRES

0226180002 Axial connector base kit, 9 wires 51 0226180003 rear connector base kit, 25 wires 73
k REAR CONNECTOR BASE, 9 WIRES l STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT, 9 WIRES

0226180004 rEAr connEctor BASE Kit, 9 WirES 77 0226180102 Straight and 90° connector kit, 9 wires 31
2-170
n STRAIGHT AND 90° CONNECTOR KIT, 25 WIRES p CONNECTION BRACKETS ON THE BAR OMEGA (DIN EN 50022)
~50
14
~9
DISTRIBUTORS
0226180101 Straight and 90° connector kit, 25 wires 48 0227300600 connection brackets on din bar 8
individually packed
multimAch
q r s CONNECTOR KIT + WIRE SILENCER FOR FITTING, Ø 8

0226180399 connector kit + wire 1-6* 3
0226180400 connector kit + wire 7-12** 4
0226180401 connector kit + wire13-30*** 5
* for valve connection from 1st to 6th position counting from the connector W0970530084 Silencer for fitting, Ø 8 15
** for valve connection from 7th to 12th position, counting from the connector
*** for valve connection from 13th to 30th position, counting from the connector At the 3/5-exhaust port of the reduced end-plate 1 ref. 4
and of the intermediate through of the exhaust switch ref. 20
CABLES NOTES
Cod. Description Weight [g]

0226107201 10-wire cable 86
0226107101 19-wire cable 122
0226107102 25-wire cable 130
2-171
STRAIGHT PRE-WIRED CONNECTOR KIT PRE-WIRED 90° CONNECTOR

0226900100 connector + 9-wire axial cable l = 1 m 90 0226910100 connector + 9-wire 90° cable l = 1 m 90
DISTRIBUTORS
0226900250 connector + 9-wire axial cable l = 2.5 m 220 0226910250 connector + 9-wire 90° cable l = 2.5 m 220
0226920250 connector + 25-wire axial cable l = 2.5 m 320 0226930250 connector + 25-wire 90° cable l = 2.5 m 320
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR PRE-WIRED PLUG CONNECTORS
25 pIn 9 pIn
multimAch
1 blue/black 10 brown/white 19 yellow/black 1 green/black
2 red/brown 11 red/orange 20 white 2 white
3 white/black 12 light blue 21 blue/white 3 blue/black
4 red/blue 13 yellow/white 22 brown 4 blue
5 black/orange 14 yellow 23 green/white 5 yellow/black
6 yellow/red 15 red/green 24 red 6 yellow
7 black/brown 16 orange 25 green/black 7 red/black
8 white/red 17 orange/white 8 green
9 red/black 18 green 9 white/black
MALE CONNECTOR KIT + CONTACTS + COMMON TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT

0226180201 male connector kit - 25 pins 0226107000 identification plate kit
0226180202 male connector kit - 9 pins
GRUB SCREW R17 - PIPE RELEASE SPANNER
lenght = 140 mm
Code Description Code Description Ø Tube

0227300800 Grub screw for multimach 2L17001 rl17 from Ø 3 to Ø 10
comes in 10-pc. pack
2-172
WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE 9-PIN CONNECTOR
note: available with positive common wire on request.
DISTRIBUTORS
multimAch
WIRING DIAGRAM OF THE 25-PIN CONNECTOR
note: available with positive common wire on request.
2-173
MUlTIMAcH + B&R
An advanced field bus system interfacing with the multimach world.

B&r has developed a new standard for automation, called formulA X.
for further details about features, functions and qualities of this system,
referance must be made to the B&r documentation, also available
on the web site www.br-automation.com
refer to page 2-159 for details of iP20 and iP67 intelligent connectors
and X67 modules.
B&r smart connectors can be connected to multimach islands using
the multimach connector support for B&r presented below.
DISTRIBUTORS
multimAch + B&r
APPLICATIONS OF B&R MODULES TO THE MULTIMACH CONNECTOR SUPPORT
refer to page 2-156 for valves, intermediates elements and common accessories.
MULTIMACH CONNECTOR SUPPORT FOR B&R

0226180005 25-pin connector support kit for B&r 140
2-174
cleveR MUlTIMAcH
THE VALVE IN DETAIL
clever multimach valves can be used to form autonomous and intelligent

valve island subsystems. Each valve has a microchip that performs
a series of functions connected with operation and dialogue with the
valves before and after it. valves communicate via serial transmission.
cm refers to the communication protocol patented by metal Work.
it is a field-bus in its own right, designed specifically for very easy control
of islands of pneumatic solenoid valves. cm valves have a diagnosis
system that detects electrical faults. it can also be used to verify during
installation that all connections are correct.
cms communicate with the Pc/Plc via multi-core cables, which means
applications with cms do not require the use of other field-buses
DISTRIBUTORS
or master and slaves.
Addressing of single outputs is not required as the connection number
of each solenoid pilot is assigned automatically based on the position
occupied by the valve.
cm clEvEr multimAch
SMART VALVE
Each valve comes with a microchip that controls

operation and dialogue with the other valves.
LOCAL DIAGNOSTICS
Each clever multimach valve has a lEd leD 14 leD 12 DeScRIpTIOn OF THe FAUl
diagnostic system that identifies immediately
OFF OFF no fault, Ev1-Ev2=off
whether a pilot is energized, the contact
is interrupted or there is a short-circuit.
On (green) OFF no fault, Ev1=on - Ev2=off
On (green) On (green) no fault, Ev1-Ev2=on
OFF On (green) no fault, Ev1=off - Ev2=on
ReD (flashing) OFF Solenoid pilot Ev1 interrupted or disconnected
OFF ReD (flashing) Solenoid pilot Ev2 interrupted or disconnected
On (red) OFF Solenoid pilot Ev1 short circuit
OFF On (red) Solenoid pilot Ev2 short circuit
GReen (flashing) OFF data update time out, communication faulty
2-175
INPUT MODULES
By choosing the specially designed clever center you can add inPut/outPut signal management modules, wich can be used for:
• diGitAl inPutS, as cylinder sensors for example
• diGitAl outPutS
• AnAloGuE inPutS (but the lEds do not light up)
• AnAloGuE outPutS (but the lEds do not light up)
they can be combined, even on the same module. you can choose between PnP or nPn connections via a dip switch-type selector.
All the inPutS/outPutS must be the same type, i.e. all PnP or nPn.
DISTRIBUTORS
cm clEvEr multimAch
CLEVER CENTER
the clever center input terminal converts signals in parallel from

the connector pins into a serial transmission to the valves.
it interprets the return signals from the valve, relays signals to any slave 44-pin connector
islands and sends diagnosis messages back to the Pc/Plc. for valves
44-pin connector
for inputs
MAXIMUM EXPANSION
up to 4 modules can be connected, giving a total of 32 input signals.
ordering code
0227302900
A yellow lEd for each input/output

(visible for digital types)
2-176
EXAMPLE OF A CM LAYOUT
the clever center can relay command signals to other islands of “slaves”. transmission, in serial mode, is via a cable with m8 connectors.
commands can be sent from the first slave island to other slave islands in cascade, again via cables with m8 connectors. Addresses are assigned
automatically, based on intuitive sequential logic. this means that other slaves can be added downstream at any time, until all 32 available outputs
are in use.
DISTRIBUTORS
Slave 1 Slave 2
m8
cm clEvEr multimAch
Serial
connection
input/output module 3
Slave 3
clever center
Slave 4
NOTES
2-177
TECHNICAL DATA
valve port connections Ø 4,6,8 mm automatic fitting for ports 2 and 4 / power supply port for Ø10 automatic fitting /
flow rate at 6 bar DP 1bar nl/min 11 mm Ø 4 = 200 11 mm Ø 6 = 500 14 mm Ø 8 = 800
DISTRIBUTORS

degree of protection iP65 (with conveyed exhust, and that - in case of no use)
dc input current without valve modules nominal icc 30 mA - instantaneous icc (+ # 25 ms) 650 mA
max input current with all valves on A 1.5
diagnosis local through lEd and out fault reporting. for defects signalled look at the manual.
outlets protected against overload and short-circuit
maximum latency time of the serial transmission ms ,10
cm clEvEr multimAch

otherwise the gasket may be pulled out of its seat by the flow of air.
compatibility with oils Please refer to page 6-7 of the technical documentation
INPUT module for CM islands

Sensor supply voltage 24 vdc ±10%
max sensor power mA 200 (distributed over eight connectors)
input impedance KΩ 3.9
max input voltage vcc -5 to +30
type of input PnP/nPn configurable via dip switch
Protection Protected inputs against overload and short-circuit
Active input signalling one lEd for each inPut
COMPONENTS

f Blind end-plate
h utility port for pipe Ø 8 mm
i utility port for pipe Ø 6 mm
j utility port for pipe Ø 4 mm
k manual control
m Pneumatic symbol
r clever center terminal
2-178
THE CLEVER MULTIMACH WORLD: FLEXIBILITY
the numbers permit rapid identification of the function and assembly position of the single elements represented as follows.
DISTRIBUTORS
cm clEvEr multimAch
FIXING THE BASE
2-179
KEY TO CODES – CLEVER MULTIMACH
C M 2 I/O M I6 - W8 - W6 - O4 - L8 - 5 M8 - M8 - 15 - 16
VALVE INPUT END-PLATE FUNCTION MANUAL TYPE TYPE OF VALVE FURTHER DETAILS
clever multimach 2 End-plate 1-11 O only valves M monostable I n° 2 3/2 nc M8 module 8 input m8
3 End-plate 1 I/O input/output manual control W n° 2 3/2 no 14 Shell 44 pin
and valves B Bistable L 3/2 no + 3/2 nc 15 Shell 44 + 44 pin
ADD Additional manual control V 5/2 monostable 16 n° 2 brackets for din bar
(slave) K 5/2 bistable
O 5/3 monostable
5 blind end-plate
6 Passing-intermede
20 Exhaust section
DISTRIBUTORS
4 cartridge 4
6 cartridge 6
8 cartridge 8
MANUAL CONTROLS
cm clEvEr multimAch
monoStABlE ovErridE Port 2 monoStABlE ovErridE Port 4 BiStABlE ovErridE Port 2 BiStABlE ovErridE Port 4
servo-assisted servo-assisted servo-assisted servo-assisted
• Press and hold the manual control in position • Press and hold the manual control in position • Press the manual control right in then turn it • Press the manual control right in then turn it 90
(not necessary for bistable type K valve) (not necessary for bistable type K valve) clockwise 90 degrees and leave it in position. degrees clockwise and leave it in position.
• release the manual control: • release the manual control: • rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise, • rotate the manual control 90 degrees anticlockwise,
- the manual control returns to the home position. - the manual control returns to the home position. and then release it. and then release it:
- valves type i, W, l, v and o reposition. - valves type i, W, l , v and o reposition. - the manual control returns to the home position. - the manual control returns to the home position.
- the type K valve remains switched - the type K valve remains switched - valves type i, W, l, v and o reposition. - valves type i, W, l v and o reposition.
- the type K valve remains switched - the type K valve remains switched
With type v valves, this manual control is not present.
With type v valves, this manual control is not present.
n.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present. n.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present. n.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present. n.B.: the pilot power supply X must be present.
• the reference code for the monostable control ends in 0. • il codice di riferimento per il comando bistabile é quello con finale “1”
Example: 707403053 Example: 707403053
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE CLEVER CENTER TERMINAL - OUTPUTS ONLY
a indicator lEd
b Grounding
2-180
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE CLEVER CENTER TERMINAL - INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
inPut connEction diAGrAm
DISTRIBUTORS
cm clEvEr multimAch
mAlE fEmAlE
a indicator lEd
b Grounding
c input selector type PnP/nPn
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE ADDITIONAL TERMINAL
a indicator lEd
b Grounding
2-181
a VALVE DIMENSIONS Ø4
7074030531 bistable
I4
7074030631 bistable
W4
7074030731 bistable
L4
7074030131 bistable
V4
DISTRIBUTORS

7074030111 bistable
K4
7074030211 bistable
O4
cm clEvEr multimAch
7075030531 bistable
I6
7075030631 bistable
W6
7075030731 bistable
L6
7075030131 bistable
V6
7075030111 bistable
K6
7075030211 bistable
O6
7076030531 bistable
I8
7076030631 bistable
W8
7076030731 bistable
L8
7076030131 bistable
V8
7076030111 bistable
K8
7076030211 bistable
O8
2-182
2-o OUTPUT END-PLATE 1-11 3-o OUTPUT END-PLATE 1
DISTRIBUTORS
terminator terminator

0227302200 End-plate cm kit 1-11 out 722 0227302201 End-plate cm kit 1 out 722
port 2, port 4 and pilot supply note: terminator included
note: terminator included
cm clEvEr multimAch
2 - i/o INPUT END-PLATE 1-11 3 - i/o INPUT END-PLATE 1
terminator terminator

0227302223 End-plate cm kit 1-11 in 722 0227302225 End-plate cm kit 1 in 722
port 2, port 4 and pilot supply note: terminator included
note: terminator included
2 - Add ADDITIONAL END-PLATE 1-11 3 - Add ADDITIONAL END-PLATE 1

0227302224 End-plate cm kit 1-11 Add 770 0227302226 End-plate cm kit 1 Add 770

port 2, port 4 and pilot supply
2-183
e BLIND EN-PLATE f INTERMEDIATE THROUGHT
DISTRIBUTORS

0227302500 Blind en-plate cm 230 0227302301 intermediate throught cm 120
cm clEvEr multimAch
g INTERMEDIATE BLIND t INTERMEDIATE EXHAUST SWITCH

0227302302 intermediate blind cm 117 0227302303 intermediate exhaust switch cm 125
n 44-PIN CUP CONNECTOR KIT IP 65 o 44+44 PIN CUP CONNECTOR KIT IP 65 FOR I/O

0226180108 44-pin cup connector kit ip 65 60 0226180109 44+44 pin cup connector kit ip 65 for i/o 80
2-184
p CONNECTION BRACKETS ON DIN BAR SILENCER FOR FITTING, Ø 8
DISTRIBUTORS
0227301600 connection brackets on din bar hdm/cm 30 W0970530084 Silencer for fitting, Ø 8 15
Supplied complete with one m4x45 screws and one grub screw At the 3/5-exhaust port of the intermediate through reference 6
individually packed and the exhaust switch reference 20
cm clEvEr multimAch
8 - m8 M8 8-INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE
inPut PnP inPut nPn

1 = + 24 vdc 1 = + 24 vdc
3 = ovdc 3 = ovdc
4 = inPut 4 = inPut
outPut PnP outPut nPn

1 = + 24 vdc 1 = + 24 vdc
3 = ovdc 3 = ovdc
4 = inPut 4 = inPut
diP SWitch diP SWitch
outPut AnAloGic inPut AnAloGic

0227302900 m8 8-input module cm 273
CABLES M8 INPUT CONNECTOR
Code Description Weight [g/m]

0226107201 10-wire cable 86
0226107101 19-wire cable 122
0226107102 25-wire cable 130
0226107103 44-wire cable 160
M8 PLUG
Pin Cable colour

1 Brown
3 Blue
4 Black

0240009039 Plug m8 0240009009 m8-m8 straight connector with 3 m cable
2-185
44-PIN PRE-WIRED CUP CONNECTOR 44+44-PIN PRE-WIRED CUP CONNECTOR
DISTRIBUTORS

0226950500 Acc. connet. iP 65 + cable 44-wire l = 5 m 740 0226980500 Acc. connet. iP 65 + cable 44 + 44-wire l = 5 m 1550
WIRING DIAGRAM FOR THE 44-PIN CUP CONNECTOR KIT
44 pIn FeMAle pRe-WIReD FOR vAlve 44 pIn MAle pRe-WIReD FOR InpUT/OUTpUT
Position of Corresponding Function Position of Corresponding Function
cm clEvEr multimAch
electrical contact wire colour electrical contact wire colour

1 white out 1 1 white in 1
2 brown out 2 2 brown in 2
3 green out 3 3 green in 3
4 yellow out 4 4 yellow in 4
5 gray out 5 5 gray in 5
6 pink out 6 6 pink in 6
7 blue out 7 7 blue in 7
8 violet out 8 8 violet in 8
9 gray/pink out 9 9 gray/pink in 9
10 red/blue out 10 10 red/blue in 10
11 white/green out 11 11 white/green in 11
12 brown/green out 12 12 brown/green in 12
13 white/yellow out 13 13 white/yellow in 13
14 yellow/brown out 14 14 yellow/brown in 14
15 white/gray out 15 15 white/gray in 15
16 gray/brown out 16 16 gray/brown in 16
17 white/pink out 17 17 white/pink in 17
18 pink/brown out 18 18 pink/brown in 18
19 white/blue out 19 19 white/blue in 19
20 brown/blue out 20 20 brown/blue in 20
21 white/red out 21 21 white/red in 21
22 brown/red out 22 22 brown/red in 22
23 white/black out 23 23 white/black in 23
24 brown/black out 24 24 brown/black in 24
25 gray/green out 25 25 gray/green in 25
26 yellow/gray out 26 26 yellow/gray in 26
27 pink/green out 27 27 pink/green in 27
28 yellow/pink out 28 28 yellow/pink in 28
29 green/blue out 29 29 green/blue in 29
30 yellow/blue out 30 30 yellow/blue in 30
31 green/red out 31 31 green/red in 31
32 yellow/red out 32 32 yellow/red in 32
33 green/black fault reporting 33 green/black nc
34 gray/blue nc 34 gray/blue nc
35 gray/red nc 35 gray/red nc
36 red +24vdc 36 red +24vdc
39 yellow/black config. PnP/nPn 39 yellow/black nc
40 pink/red nc 40 pink/red nc
41 pink/blue nc 41 pink/blue nc
42 black 0 vdc 42 black 0 vdc
2-186
u
23 M8 PREWIRED CONNECTOR FOR VALVE ISLANDS CONNECTIONS
Code Description
0240005003 m8 prewired connector for valve islands conn. cm l = 5 m
Pin Cable colour

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black
DISTRIBUTORS
M8 INPUT CONNECTOR
Code Description
0240009010 m8 3-pin straight connector
cm clEvEr multimAch
IDENTIFICATION PLATE KIT
Code Description
0226107000 identification plate kit
GRUB SCREW KIT

Code Description
0227301800 Grub screw for multimach hdm/cm
comes 1 + 1 packs
R17 - DISASSEMBLY KEY

Code Description Ø Tube
2L17001 rl17 from Ø 3 to Ø 10
lenght = 140 mm
2-187
DISTRIBUTORS
2-188
NOTES
FIELDBUS SUMMARY
P HDM + AS-Interface SEE PAGE 2-144
P HDM + PROFIBUS-DP SEE PAGE 2-149
DISTRIBUTORS
P HDM + CANopen SEE PAGE 2-153
P HDM + B&R SEE PAGE 2-159
FIELDBUS SUMMARY
P PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE NET FOR MULTIMACH PAGE 2-190
AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION
P MULTIMACH + B&R SEE PAGE 2-174
P INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M12 PAGE 2-195
P INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8 PAGE 2-199
2-189
PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH
AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION
The expandable modular slaves for Multimach and bases for PLT-10 multi-
ple connection follow the same application philosophy of total modularity
common to the Multimach system. With full freedom, the slave can be
configured by fitting the various modules offered:
• Slaves are available for 3 alternate bus systems:
PROFIBUS-DP, CAN-OPEN, DEVICE NET.
Each of these can manage 24 outputs.
• The slaves are mounted on a 35 mm DIN bar, next to the Multimach
unit.
• The electric connection between the slave and the unit is simply
obtained with a kit comprised of pre-wired, 25-pin Sub-D connectors
with a 25-core cable.
DISTRIBUTORS
• Other modules – up to a maximum of 15 (31 for DeviceNet) can be

fitted alongside the slaves to manage other inputs and outputs.
These modules are electrically connected together, using a small
plate-connector (housed under the modules, inside the DIN bar).
• There are 4 other types of modules available: for 8 digital inputs;
for 8 digital outputs; for 4 analogue inputs and for 4 analogue outputs.
• With this system, a maximum of 144 Inputs/Outputs can be managed
with just one slave!
PROFIBUS-DP/CANopen/DEVICE-NET FOR MULTIMACH AND BASES FOR PLT-10 MULTIPLE CONNECTION
TECHNICAL DATA
Supply voltage 24 VDC + 20% - 15%
EMC and ESD test in compliance with IEC 801-2/IEC 801/4 (up to level 3: 8kV/2kV)
Resistance to vibration and impacts test according to IEC68-2-6/IEC 68-2-27 (1g/12g)
Operating temperature range °C 0 to 60
Storage temperature °C - 40 to + 85
Admitted relative humidity 95%
Assembly 35 mm DIN bar
THE MULTIMACH WORLD: SLAVES, INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
2-190
a SLAVE PROFIBUS-DP 24 OUTPUT
Code Slave kit
0240004002 SLAVE PROFIBUS+DO24xDC24V
Technical data
PROFIBUS-Interface RS485: 9 pins SubD
Transmission speed 9.6 kBaud up to 12 Mbaud
Max number of modules which can be connected 31 (depending on the maximun corrent)
Output interface 25 pins SubD
Number of outputs 24
Output data 4 Byte (3used +1)
Nominal supply voltage 24 VDC
DISTRIBUTORS
Maximum current for each output 1A, max total 4A
Absorption 24V (out excluded) 800 mA

c CAN-OPEN SLAVE, 24 OUTPUTS
Code Slave kit
0240004022 SLAVE CAN-OPEN+DO24xDC24V
Technical data
CANopen-Interface 9 pins SubD
Transmission speed 10 k Baud up to 1 Mbaud
Absorption 24 V (out excluded) 800 mA
2-191
d DEVICE NET SLAVE, 24 OUTPUTS
Code Slave kit
0240004032 SLAVE DEVICE-NET+DO24xDC24V
Technical data
DEVICE-NET-Interface DeviceNet Open Style
Transmission speed 125, 250, 500 k Baud
DISTRIBUTORS
Absorption 24 V (out excluded) 800 mA

e 8-DIGITAL INPUT MODULE

Code Description
0240004053 DI 8XDC24V unit
Technical data
Nominal input voltage 24 VDC
Number of inputs 8
Input data 1 Byte
Input voltage at “1” 15…28.8V
Output voltage at “0” 0…5V
Response time 3 ms
Internal Bus voltage 5V
Absorption 5V BUS 20 mA
f 8-DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE

Code Description
0240004051 DO 8XDC24V 0.5A unit
Technical data
Nominal voltage 24 VDC
Number of outputs 8
Output data 1 Byte
Absorption for each channel 1A (max 8A)
2-192
g 4-ANALOG INPUT MODULE
Code Description
0240004054 AL 4X16 BIT unit
Technical data
Number of Inputs 4
Input data 8 Byte
Input range Voltage 0 to 50 mV, 0...10V, ± 4 mV, ± 4V, ± 10V,
Current 0/4…20 mA, +/-20 mA
Temperature Pt100, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni1000
Resistance 60 Ω, 600 Ω, 3000 Ω, 16000 Ω
Thermoelements J, K, N, R, T, S
DISTRIBUTORS
Resolution 12/16 Bit
Input resistance 20M Ω voltage, 85 Ω current
Time 5…70 ms
h 4-ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE

Code Description
0240004055 AO 4X12 BIT unit

Technical data
Number of outputs 4
Output data 8 Byte
Output range Voltage 0…10V, ±10V, 1…5V
Current 0…20 mA, 4…20 mA, ±20 mA
Resolution 12 BIT
Output resistance Minimum voltage 1 kΩ, Maximum current 500 Ω
Conversion time 0.45 ms
i SLAVE/MULTIMACH CONNECTION KIT

Code Description
0226940000 Slave/Multimach connection kit
NOTES
2-193
CONNECTING ONE SLAVE WITH SEVERAL VALVE UNITS
DISTRIBUTORS
In order to make the best use of the available slave outputs, they can be distributed over several valve units using double-output connectors.
The above drawing refers to one possible configuration, but the user can combine cables and connectors as required.
The connector  mounted on the slave is used to distribute the outputs on two cables.
A cable for a certain number of outputs goes to connectors  and . Some wires are soldered to the connector pins and the unused ones can be
soldered to the wires of another cable from the second output carrying signals to the next unit.
 25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR KIT, DOUBLE OUTPUT FOR SLAVE  25-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR KIT, DOUBLE OUTPUT FOR MULTIMACH AND PLT-10

0226180105 25-pin plug connector for slave 0226180106 25-wire connector – double output kit
Complete with 2 cable clamps for wiring 2 cables Complete with 2 cable clamps for wiring 2 cables
 9-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR, STRAIGHT OR 90° OUTPUT FOR MULTIMACH    CABLES

0226180102 9-pin plug connector 0226107201 10-wire cable
0226107101 19-wire cable
0226107102 25-wire cable
Indicate the desired length in metres
2-194
INPUT/OUTPUT
PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12
The Profibus DP IP 67 is a robust metallic slave that can be connected flexibly sing
M12 connectors to outputs and solenoid valves and/or inputs.
Each connector can be used freely for:
• 1 Output + 1 diagnostic Input
• 2 Outputs
• 1 Output + 1 Input
• 2 Inputs
• 1 Input + 1 diagnostic Input
Each slave can handle a total of 16 signals, each according to one of the above
combinations.
Diagnostics provides information on the type and location of the error of each
DISTRIBUTORS
channel with:
• de-activation of the coupling point “involved” and not the complete module;
• signal to the controller;
• display with local LEDs.
One single slave or an island of solenoid valves complete with slave
and connectors can be ordered. The catalogue shows the 1/8” and 1/4” valve
islands in the 70 series and the ISO5599 valve islands, size 1 and size 2.
INPUT/OUTPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP 67 M12

TECHNICAL DATA
Application 8 inputs or outputs + 8 inputs or outputs or diagnostic
Supply voltage 24 VDC (18V......30,2V), according to EN 61131-2
Temperature 0 to 55°C (32 to 131° F)
Field Bus Data Transmission protocol Profibus-DP EN 50170
Transmission mode synchronous or Freeze-Mode
Transmission speed 12MBit/s
Addresses rotating switches BCD, 0......99
Inputs Output Technical Data Type pnp proximnity sensors or EN 61131-2 compatable mechanical limit switch
Supply 24 VDC (18-30.2V) to EN 61131-2; ≥ 200 mA for M12 coupling point.
Indicator One LED for each
Output Technical Data Voltage 24 VDC (18-30.2V) output, to EN 61131-2; cumulative I ≥ 9A
Maximum current for each actuator 1.6 A, system protected by fuse in case of short-circuit
Maximum current contemporary 10W
Maximum signal exchange frequency 20 Hz Ohm, 20 Hz induction
Indicator LED One LED for each output
Autotest Field bus RUN-LED
Insufficient voltage signal LED + alarm signal to master
Short-circuit sensor INPUT or OUTPUTS Red LED for channel on M12 coupling point
Autotest Desina® (pin 2) PIN 2 diagnostic with red LED for M12 coupling point and signal to master
N.B.: for the disposition of the contact, please look at the connectors at the following pages
COMPONENTS
a b IN-OUT diagnostic connectors BUS IN/OUT POWER-SUPPLY IN/OUT

c Led Power, Error, Run 1 = VP 1 = GND
2 = A (green) 2 = GND
d IN feeding connector 3 = DGN 3 = PE
e OUT feeding connector 4 = B (red) 4 = Sensor feeding
f IN BUS connector 5 = Sch 5 = Actuator feeding
g OUT BUS connector Thread, Sch
h Rotaring switches for addressing
i Diagnostic LED for single channel
IN/OUT CONNECTORS
1 = +24 VDC
2 = Diagnostic input
Digital input -. Closure contact
Opening contact
Digital output
3 = O VDC
4 = Digital input -. Closure contact
Opening contact
Digital output
5 = PE
2-195
SLAVE IP67
Code Description
0240008001 8 I/O + 8 I/O/autotest Profibus
DISTRIBUTORS
IP67 SLAVE, COMPLETE WITH SERIES 70 VALVES

A B C D E F G K P Q R
1/8’’ Manifold
25 105 142 225 20 12.5 85.8 103.5 230 305 Q + K + (A x *n°-1)
1/8’’ Multiple
25 105 142 225 20 7 98 115 230 24 Q + K + (A x *n°-1)
1/4’’ Manifold
27 112 156 239 25 10 85.5 104.5 237 31.5 Q + K + (A x *n°-1)
1/4’’ Multiple
27 112 156 239 25 7 98 118 237 27 Q + K + (A x *n°-1)
*n = number of mounted valves

N.B.: the unit is supplied complete with cables for valves
KEY TO CODES
B U S P V B O 0 2 D D
P Profibus V IP67 B 70 1/8’’ O Multiple base 02 2 positions D SOV 23 SOS NO - SOV 33 SOS NO
C 70 1/4’’ 04 4 positions H SOV 23 SOS NC - SOV 33 SOS NC
06 6 positions Z SOV 23 SOB 00 - SOV 33 SOB 00
08 8 positions M SOV 25 SOS 0 - SOV 35 SOS 00
10 10 positions J SOV 25 SOB 00 - SOV 35 SOB 00
12 12 positions G SOV 26 SOS CC - SOV 36 SOS CC
14 14 positions E SOV 26 SOS OC - SOV 36 SOS OC
16 16 positions B SOV 26 SOS PC - SOV 36 SOS PC
A Blanking plate
2-196
IP67 SLAVE, COMPLETE WITH ISO VALVES
DISTRIBUTORS
A B C D E F G H L M N P R
ISO1 43 80 140 158 28 10.5 76.4 22 11 47 150 230 H + L + (A x *n°)
ISO2 56 90 165 180 35 12.5 77.5 26 14 61 178 240 H + L + (A x *n°)
*n = number of mounted valves

N.B.: the unit is supplied complete with cables for valves
KEY TO CODES
B U S P V D 1 0 2 MM
P Profibus V IP67 D ISO1 1 Manifold base 02 2 positions M ISV 55 SOS 00 - ISV 65 SOS 00
E ISO2 side 04 4 positions J ISV 55 SOB 00 - ISV 65 SOB 00
06 6 positions G ISV 56 SOS CC - ISV 66 SOS CC
08 8 positions E ISV 56 SOS OC - ISV 66 SOS OC
10 10 positions B ISV 56 SOS PC - ISV 66 SOS PC
12 12 positions A Blanking plate
14 14 positions
16 16 positions
2-197
ACCESSORIES
90° ELBOW WITHOUT CABLE STRAIGHT FITTING WITHOUT CABLE

0240009001 90° Elbow without cable 0240009021 Straight fitting without cable
DISTRIBUTORS
90° ELBOW WITH CABLE STRAIGHT FITTING WITH CABLE
Pin Cable colour Pin Cable colour

1 Brown 1 Brown
2 White 2 White
3 Blue 3 Blue
4 Black 4 Black

0240009022 90° curve with cable 1.5 m 0240009002 Straight, with 1.5 m cable
0240009023 90° curve with cable 5 m 0240009003 Straight, with 5 m cable
Y-DISTRIBUTOR WITH CABLE AND M12 STRAIGHT CONNECTORS MALE CONNECTOR FOR FEEDING “IN”

0240009031 Y-Distributor cable 0.6 m 0240009033 Male connector “IN” feeding
0240009032 Y-Distributor cable 1.5 m
FEMALE CONNECTOR FOR FEEDING “OUT” M12 MALE CONNECTOR OUT-BUS

0240009034 Female connector “OUT” feeding 0240009035 M12 male connector B coding
M12 FEMALE CONNECTOR IN-BUS PLUG M12

0240009036 M12 female connector B coding 0240009040 M12 plug
2-198
INPUT PROFIBUS-DP IP67 M8
The Profibus DP “COMPACT” input module is a sturdy

and compact IP67 slave that can be used for connecting up to 8 inputs.
A series of diagnostic functions provides information
on the state of operation through lights and signals to the controller.
DISTRIBUTORS
TECHNICAL DATA
Application 8 PNP inputs
Power supply 24 VDC (13-28 V)
Index of protection IP67
Temperature range -20 to +70°C RH 5-95% - no condensate
Field Bus technical data Transmission protocol DP-VO Profibus to EN 50170
Transmission mode Synchronous or Freeze-Mode
Transfer rate Up to 12 MBit/s
Addresses Rotary switches, 1...99
Input technical data Type PNP proximity sensors or IEE 1131-2 compact mechanical stop
Power supply 24 VDC (18 to 28 V)
Signal One green LED for each input
Input 0 signal voltage 2...5 V
Input 1 signal voltage 10...30 V
Diagnosis Field bus “NET” LED+alarm signal to master
INPUT short-circuit sensor Red LED for each channel at M8 connection point M8 (600 mA)
SLAVE IP67
Code Description
0240008002 IP67 M8 PROFIBUS INPUT
2-199
PIN ASSIGNMENT
PROFIBUS CONNECTORS
BUS OUT BUS IN

M12 female connector M12 male connector
B coding for profibus B coding for profibus
1 - 5 VDC power 1 - 5 VDC power

2 - Bus A 2 - Bus A
DISTRIBUTORS
3 - GND 3 - GND
4 - Bus B 4 - Bus B
5 - Screen 5 - Screen
POWER CONNECTOR INPUT CONNECTORS

M12 male connector M8 three-pole female connector

A coding A coding
1 - Power supply module and input 1 - 24VDC

2 - NC 3 - GND
3 - GND 4 - INPUT
4 - GND
5 - INPUT
LED ASSIGNMENT
NETWORK
(red): slave not configured or
not communicating with master
(green): slave configured and
communicating with master
MODULE FAILURE
(red): check signal LEDs
Channel LEDs (inputs)

(green): input enabled
(red): sensor faulty, +24V
power supply short-circuit
NOT USED
INPUT MODULE POWER SUPPLY

(green): on
2-200
M12 BUS-OUT MALE CONNECTOR M12 BUS-IN FEMALE CONNECTOR

0240009035 M12 male connector, B coding 0240009036 M12 female connector, B coding
DISTRIBUTORS
M8-M12 PLUG M8 INPUT CONNECTOR WITH CABLE

0240009039 M8 plug 0240009009 M8-M8 straight connector with 3 m cable
0240009040 M12 plug
M8 INPUT CONNECTOR M12 STRAIGHT SUPPLY CONNECTOR

0240009010 M8 3-pin straight connector W0970513001 5-pin M12x1 straight connector
M12 STRAIGHT SUPPLY CONNECTOR WITH CABLE M12 90° SUPPLY CONNECTOR
Pin Cable colour

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black
5 Grey

W0970513002 5-pin M12x1 straight connector with 5 m cable W0970513003 M12x1 5-pin 90°connector
M12 90° SUPPLY CONNECTOR WITH CABLE NOTE
Pin Cable colour

1 Brown
2 White
3 Blue
4 Black
5 Grey
Code Description
W0970513004 M12x1 5-pin 90° connector with 5m cable
2-201
UNITS
UNITS
P SYNTESI PAGE 3-2

P BIT PAGE 3-49
P SKILLAIR PAGE 3-74
UNITS
P NEW DEAL PAGE 3-144
P ONE PAGE 3-191
P PRECISION REGULATORS, PROPORTIONAL VALVES, PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-205
3-1
SUMMARY
P INTRODUCTION PAGE 3-4
P KEY TO CODES PAGE 3-7
P FILTER PAGE 3-8
P DEPURATOR PAGE 3-11
P ACTIVE CARBON FILTER PAGE 3-14
P REGULATOR PAGE 3-17

UNITS
P IN-SERIES REGULATOR PAGE 3-20

SUMMARY Syntesi®
P FILTER-REGULATOR PAGE 3-23
P LUBRICATOR PAGE 3-27
P SHUT-OFF VALVE PAGE 3-30
P PROGRESSIVE STARTER PAGE 3-33
P PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-35
P AIR TAKE-OFF PAGE 3-37
3-2
P FR+LUB PAGE 3-38
P V3V+FR+LUB PAGE 3-40
P FIL+DEP PAGE 3-42
P FIL+LUB PAGE 3-44
P ACCESSORIES PAGE 3-46
P SPARE PARTS PAGE 3-47
UNITS
SUMMARY Syntesi®
3-3
AIR TREATMENT UNIT
Syntesi® is an important milestone achieved by Metal Work, the result

of thirty years’ experience producing air-treatment units. It has been
studied in minute detail to obtain the best possible performance
in a reduced space and with limited weight. The capacity is much higher
than that of other units of the same size.
This modular unit features a very simple yet effective system that requires
no brackets, stay bolts or yoke for assembling the elements.
The basic version of Syntesi® incorporates numerous functions that are
not provided or are only optional with traditional units. Examples are
padlockable knobs, additional pneumatic ports on the front and back,
fl ow options from left to right or vice versa, regulators with compensation
system - which are accurate even when the upstream pressure changes,
with rapid downstream pressure relief - full indelible marking, automatic
condensate drain even in size 1, and 360° visual inspection of oil
and condensate levels.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Max. input pressure bar 15
MPa
UNITS
1.5
psi 217
Flow rate See catalogue of the various elements
Min/max temperature at 10 bar; 1 MPa; 145 psi °C from -10 to +50
Padlockable knob The knobs of the regulators, fi lter regulators and standard sectioning valves can all be padlocked
Fluid Compressed air or other inert gases
Mounting position See catalogue of the various elements
Direction of fl ow Flow options right to left or vice versa
Additional air take-off, for pressure gauges or fi ttings 1/8”, front and rear, on all modules
AIR TREATMENT UNIT Syntesi®
Wall fi xing screws No. 2 M4 screws

Certifi cation for potentially explosive atmosphere Ex II 3 GD c T5 T 100°C -20°C<Ta<50°C
according to 94/9/CE
NOTE
3-4
MODULARITY AND FLEXIBILITY
UNITS
The various elements of Syntesi® can be fi xed together and connected to the air feed and delivery circuit using nickel brass bushes . The bushes are
easy to remove by unscrewing the two front screws . This solution has numerous advantages:
- Reduced overall dimensions.
- Free composition of multiple elements, without the need for brackets, stay bolts or yoke.
- The metal threads of the fi ttings, including taper thread, allow high torques.
- Maximum fl exibility, a unit can be transformed at any time by adding an element or replacing a port with another one, e.g. 1/4” instead of 1/8”.
- The pneumatic inlet port can be the same or different from the outlet port.
Standard ports for size 1 Syntesi® are: G 1/8”, G 1/4”, G 3/8”, intermediate, air take-off.
Additional ports . On the front and back of all Syntesi® is an 1/8” port for use with pressure gauges or pressure switches or, considering
the high fl ow rate, as additional air take-off . These ports are downstream of the element, so, for example, a regulator port can supply air at a set
pressure or a fi lter port can supply fi ltered air (not valid for actived carbon fi lter and depurator).
Wall fi xing. Only two through screws are needed. No bulky brackets or additional fl anges are required.
Regulator fi xing bracket. The regulators and fi lter regulators can be fi xed in position using a steel bracket .
Padlockable knob . The knobs on the regulators, fi lter regulator and sectioning valves can all be padlocked. The steel plate is included in the supply.
Either one or two padlocks can be applied.
3-5
MOUNTING OPTIONS
UNITS
On the wall, using two screws Using a bracket On a panel

FIXING TO FRONT PORTS LASER MARKING
Do not use a spanner for fixing taper threaded elements to the front ports. The following is marked indelibly on the body:
Mount by hand and apply a liquid sealant (not teflon®). - Metal Work trademark
- Code
- Maximum pressure and temperature
- Degree of filtration or pressure range, where relevant
- Week and year of manufacture
- Atex category
- Made in Italy
3-6
KEY TO CODES SINGLE ELEMENT
56 1 1 F 10 1
THREADED INPUT THREADED OUTPUT
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT TYPE
CONNECTION CONNECTION
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing F Filter Varies from element to element 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port D Depurator 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port C Active carbon filter 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port R Pressure regulator 3 3/8’’ port
B Filter-regulator
L Lubricator
V Shut off valve
A Progressive starter
S Pressure switches
P Air take-off
UNITS
KEY TO CODES UNIT COMPOSED OF TWO OR THREE ELEMENTS
56 1 1 V 10 B 24 L 10 1
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT 1 TYPE ELEMENT 2 TYPE ELEMENT 3 TYPE
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 1 1/8’’ port F Filter Varies from F Filter Varies from F Filter Varies from 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port D Depurator element to D Depurator element to D Depurator element to 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port C Active element C Active element C Active element 3 3/8’’ port
carbon carbon carbon
filter filter filter
R Pressure R Pressure R Pressure
regulator regulator regulator
B Filter- B Filter- B Filter-
regulator regulator regulator
L Lubricator L Lubricator L Lubricator
V Shut off V Shut off V Shut off
valve valve valve
A Progressive A Progressive A Progressive
starter starter starter
S Pressure S Pressure S Pressure
switches switches switches
P Air Take-off P Air Take-off P Air Take-off
3-7
FILTER
The job of the filter is to retain liquid or solid impurities present in the
compressed air.
The incoming air is moved by the centrifuge unit, so that liquid particles,
which are heavier, are projected against the walls of the container and
force to adhere to it. As they accumulate, the create drops that deposit on
the bottom by gravity.
The remaining solid particles are held back by the porous filtering element.
The condensate is maintained in a quiet state to prevent the deposited
impurities from re-entering the circulation. The condensate drains out
through the drain cock provided.
The RMSA drain discharges when the pressure in the filter drops to zero.
Alternatively the condensate can be drained by hand by pressing the
button.
The RA drain discharges condensate from the container automatically
whenever necessary, regardless of the pressure level.
On the front and the back is an 1/8” port for use with pressure gauges or
pressure switches or, considering the high flow rate, as additional filtered
air take-off.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 3.7.4

UNITS
20 (black) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 4.7.4

50 (blue) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 5.7.4
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa; 7 psi) Nl/min 900 1200 1300
scfm 32 42 46
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa; 14 psi) Nl/min 1300 1650 1750
scfm 46 58 62
Syntesi® FILTER
Min/max temperature at 10 bar; 1 MPa; 145 psi °C From -10 to +50

Weight g 178 173 164
Condensate drain RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure
RA: automatic drain with condensate discharge, independent of pressure and flow rate
Note: the maximum input pressure for the RA version must not exceed 10 bar
Condensate cup capacity cm3 30
Mounting position Vertical
Port for additional air take-off 1/8”, front and rear
Additional air take-off flow rate at 6.3 bar Nl/min 500
(0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa; 14 psi) scfm 18
Wall fixing screws No. 2 M4 screws
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer filter body

b OT58 brass IN/OUT bushing
c Technopolymer centrifuge
d Sintered HDPE filter cartridge
e Technopolymer screen
f Drain (RMSA)
g Technolpolymer plate
h NBR o-ring gaskets
i Clear technopolymer cup
3-8
FLOW CHARTS
FIL Syntesi® 1/8’’ FIL Syntesi® 1/4’’
∆P = (P In-P Out) ∆P = (P In-P Out)

psi MPa bar psi MPa bar
16 16
15
15
0.1 1 A B C D E 0.1 1 A B C D E
14 14
13 13
12 12
0.08 0.8 0.08 0.8
11 11
10 10
9 9 0.06 0.6
0.06 0.6
8 8
7 7
6 6 0.04 0.4
0.04 0.4
5 5
4 4
3 0.02 0.2 3 0.02 0.2
2 2
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Nl/min 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Nl/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 scfm 0 10 20 30 40 50 scfm
Flow rate Flow rate
FIL Syntesi® 3/8’’
UNITS
∆P = (P In-P Out)
psi MPa bar
16
15
14
0.1 1 A B C D E
13
12 0.08 0.8
11
10
9 0.06 0.6
Syntesi® FILTER
8
7
6 0.04 0.4 A = 2.5 bar - 0.25 MPa - 36 psi
5
4
B = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
3 0.02 0.2 C = 6.3 bar - 0.63 MPa - 91 psi
2
1 D = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
0 0 0 E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 Nl/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 scfm
Flow rate
DIMENSIONS
H (threaded port)
H (threaded port) 1/8” 1/4” 3/8”
A 42 42 44
BB RMSA
RMSA 148
RA
RA 152
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
G Hole for M4 screws
I 16
LL RMSA
RMSA 202
RA
RA 206
Q (no. 2 additional
Q (no. 2 additional 1/8”
air takes-off)
air takes-off)
3-9
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 F 10 1 RMSA: drain with manual

THREADED INPUT DEGREE OF FILTRATION AND THREADED OUTPUT condensate discharge and
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT
CONNECTION TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION automatic discharge at zero
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing F Filter 10 5 mm RMSA 0 Without bushing pressure.
1 1/8’’ port 20 20 mm RMSA 1 1/8’’ port RA: automatic drain with
2 1/4’’ port 30 50 mm RMSA 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 40 5 mm RA 3 3/8’’ port condensate discharge,
50 20 mm RA independent of pressure and flow
60 50 mm RA rate.
PURCHASE ORDER CODES HAVING A MORE FREQUENT USE

N.B. Besides the below mentioned codes, you can order elements composed at your will according to the key to codes.
UNITS
Code Description
5610F100 FIL SY1 5 RMSA without bushings
5610F200 FIL SY1 20 RMSA without bushings
5610F400 FIL SY1 5 RA without bushings
5610F500 FIL SY1 20 RA without bushings
5611F101 FIL SY1 1/8 5 RMSA

5611F201 FIL SY1 1/8 20 RMSA
5611F401 FIL SY1 1/8 5 RA
Syntesi® FILTER
5611F501 FIL SY1 1/8 20 RA

5612F102 FIL SY1 1/4 5 RMSA
5612F202 FIL SY1 1/4 20 RMSA
5612F402 FIL SY1 1/4 5 RA
5612F502 FIL SY1 1/4 20 RA
5613F103 FIL SY1 3/8 5 RMSA

5613F203 FIL SY1 3/8 20 RMSA
5613F403 FIL SY1 3/8 5 RA
5613F503 FIL SY1 3/8 20 RA
NOTES
3-10
DEPURATOR
The job of the filter purifier is to separate liquid and solid particles
dispersed in the compressed air with a high degree of efficiency.
This separation is achieved by means of a special filtering element called
a “coalescence cartridge”.
It is particularly indicated for eliminating traces of oil present in the
compressed air. The air flow rate must remain below the maximum values
to achieve the desired degree of purification. Beyond this value, there may
be a decline in the quality of air from the purifier.
There are two 1/8” ports, one on the front and one on the back, for use
with pressure gauges or pressure switches or, considering the high flow
rate, as additional air take-off. The air taken from here is not purified.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Degree of filtration mm 0.01 - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 1.7.2
Max. input pressure bar
UNITS
15
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Suggested flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) Nl/min 550
scfm 9
Maximun suggested flow rate See graph on the next page
N.B.: flow rates higher than the recommended value reduces purification efficiency
Weight g 194 189 180
Syntesi® DEPURATOR
Cup capacity cm3 15
Port for additional air take-off (not purified air) 1/8”, front and rear
Notes on use It is advisable to mount a 5 mm filter upstream of the purifier to retain solid particles
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer depurator body

c Coalescence cartridge
d Technopolymer cartridge support
e Drain (RMSA)
f Technolpolymer plate
g NBR o-ring gaskets
h Clear technopolymer cup
3-11
HOW THE COALESCENCE CARTRIDGE WORKS
Air from the mains – full of impurities – flows into the coalescence COALESCENCE CROSSED
cartridge and then passes through the crossed micro-fibres that FILTER MICRO-FIBRES
make up the cartridge. During this movement the liquid particles
come into contact with the crossed micro-fibres and adhere to
them. Due to the air pressure and gravity they join up with other
micro-drops at each cross-over point and gradually increase in
volume, leading to the physical phenomenon called coalescence.
When they stop moving, the drops deposit on the outside of the
cartridge, from which they detach and drop to the bottom.
Since the volume of liquid leaving the cartridge is exactly the same
as the drops arriving, the coalescence cartridge ought to work
indefinitely. Solid particles are caught with the same efficiency
but, unlike drops, they are not drained out and clog the cartridge.
To get round this problem, it is necessary to mount a 5mm prefilter
before the fine oil filter to separate the solid particles first.
FLOW CHARTS
DEP Syntesi® 1/8’’ DEP Syntesi® 1/4’’

UNITS

5.5 5.5
5 5
4.5 4.5
0.03 0.3 A B C D E 0.03 0.3 A B C D E
4 4
3.5 3.5
3 0.02 0.2 F 3 0.02 0.2
Syntesi® DEPURATOR
F
2.5 2.5
2 2
1.5 0.01 0.1 1.5 0.01 0.1
1 1
0.5 0.5
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Nl/min 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Nl/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 scfm 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 scfm
Flow rate Flow rate
DEP Syntesi® 3/8’’

∆P = (P In-P Out)
psi MPa bar
5.5
4.5 0.03 0.3

A B C D E
4
3.5
3 0.02 0.2
2.5
F
2 A = 2.5 bar - 0.25 MPa - 36 psi
1.5 0.01 0.1 B = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
1 C = 6.3 bar - 0.63 MPa - 91 psi
0.5 D = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
0 0 0 E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Nl/min
F = max suggested flow
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 scfm
Flow rate
3-12
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B RMSA 148
RA 152
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
I 16
L RMSA 202
air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 D 10 1 RMSA: drain with manual

condensate discharge and
UNITS
CONNECTION CONNECTION automatic discharge at zero
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing D Depurator 10 RMSA 0 Without bushing pressure.
1 1/8’’ port 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port
Syntesi® DEPURATOR

Code Description
5610D100 DEP SY1 RMSA without bushings
5611D101 DEP SY1 1/8 RMSA
3-13
ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
Activated-carbon filtering systems achieve the highest standard

of purification possible in industrial applications. They eliminate all traces
of oils, solvents and hydrocarbons, and remove unpleasant odours.
The operating principle uses activated carbon, which absorbs most
of the polluting particles in the air thanks to minute holes in the granules
of carbon.
rate, as additional air take-off. The air taken from here is not filtered by
the activated-carbon cartridge.
Cartridge life and efficiency can be increased by using pre-filtered (5mm)
and purified (0.01mm) air.
The cartridge must be replaced at set intervals as there is no difference
in load loss between an efficient cartridge and a saturated one.
N.B.: to ensure the performance and duration stated on the data sheet,
the load loss (∆P) must not exceed 75 mbar.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Residual oil at 20°C * mg/m3 0.003 - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 1.7.1
Duration of cartridge * ore
UNITS
4000
Max. inlet pressure bar 15
MPa 1.5
psi 217
scfm 12
N.B.: flow rates higher than the recommended value reduces purification efficiency
Weight g 195 190 181
Syntesi® ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
Fluid 0.01 mm filtred and depurated air
Mounting position In any position
Additional air take-off port (unfiltered air from cartridge CA) 1/8”, front and rear
Notes on use Upstream it’s necessary to mount a coalescence filter depurator of 0.01mm.
* if the load loss of 75 mbar is not exceeded
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer depurator body

c Active carbon cartridge
d Technopolymer cartridge support
e Drain (RMSA)
f Technolpolymer plate
g NBR o-ring gasket
h Clear technopolymer cup
3-14
FLOW CHARTS
FIL CA Syntesi® 1/8’’ FIL CA Syntesi® 1/4’’

5.5 5.5
5 5
4.5 4.5
0.03 0.3 A B C D E 0.03 0.3 A B C D E
4 4
3.5 3.5
3 0.02 0.2 3 0.02 0.2

2.5 2.5
2 2
1.5 0.01 0.1 1.5 0.01 0.1
1 1
0.5 0.5
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 Nl/min 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 Nl/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 scfm 0 5 10 15 20 25 scfm
Flow rate Flow rate
FIL CA Syntesi® 3/8’’
UNITS
∆P = (P In-P Out)
psi MPa bar
5.5
4.5
0.03 0.3 A B C D E
4
3.5
3 0.02 0.2

2.5
2 A = 2.5 bar - 0.25 MPa - 36 psi

1.5 0.01 0.1 B = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
1 C = 6.3 bar - 0.63 MPa - 91 psi
0.5 D = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
0 0 0 E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Nl/min
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 scfm
Flow rate
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B RMSA 148
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
I 16
L RMSA 202
air takes-off)
3-15
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 C 10 1 RMSA: drain with manual

THREADED INPUT THREADED OUTPUT condensate discharge and
CONNECTION CONNECTION automatic discharge at zero
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing C Active carbon 10 RMSA 0 Without bushing pressure.
1 1/8’’ port filter 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port

UNITS
Code Description
5610C100 AC SY1 RMSA without bushings
5611C101 AC SY1 1/8 RMSA
5612C102 AC SY1 1/4 RMSA
5613C103 AC SY1 3/8 RMSA
NOTES
3-16
REGULATOR
Syntesi® pressure regulator is based on the rolling diaphragm principle,

which offers numerous advantages compared to systems using a flat
diaphragm:
• Increased stroke, allowing wider valve aperture and hence greater
flow rate.
• Decreased dynamic and pick-up friction, and hence quicker response
and enhanced sensitivity.
• Greater accuracy in maintaining the pressure setting, both with both
variable flow rates and different supply pressures.
The regulator includes a compensation system that keeps the pressure
setting virtually constant, even when the upstream pressure changes.
This is achieved mainly by the design of the valve, which is pneumatically
balanced.
If the downstream pressure rises above the threshold value, the air is
discharged (relief valve) until it drops below the maximum value.
A special device relieves downstream pressure rapidly when the
upstream pressure drops to zero. This means the regulator can be
positioned between a valve and a cylinder because the air can flow in
both directions, towards the cylinder with regulated pressure, or return
towards the valve during relief.
The knob is the push-lock type – once the pressure has been set, press
it and it locks in position. In this position you can pull out the plate and
attach one or two padlocks to prevent manipulation.
UNITS
rate, as additional regulated air take-off.
Syntesi® REGULATOR
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
MPa 1.5
psi 217
(inlet pressure 10 bar) scfm 20 57 103
Relief valve flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) Nl/min 70
scfm 2.5
Full outflow with zero inlet pressure Included
Padlockable knob Included
Upstream pressure compensation Included, via balanced valve
Weight g 193 188 179
Additional air take-off, for pressure gauges or fittings 1/8”, front and rear
Notes on use The pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator
with a rated pressure as close as possible to the required value.
On request version without overpressure exaust
3-17
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer adjusting knob

b Technopolymer bell
c Steel adjusting spring
d Technopolymer flange
e Rolling diaphragm
f OT58 brass IN/OUT bushing
g Technopolymer regulator body
h OT58 brass valve, with NBR vulcanized gasket
i Stainless steel valve spring
j Plate for knob locking
k OT58 brass adjusting screw
l Technopolymer ring nut
m Technopolymer plate
n Technopolymer rod
o NBR o-ring gasket
p Technopolymer plug
FLOW CHARTS
REG Syntesi® 1/8’’ REG Syntesi® 1/4’’

UNITS
Regulated pressure Regulated pressure

90 90
0.6 6 0.6 6
80 80
C1 C1
0.5 5 0.5 5 C
70 C 70
60 60 0.4 4
0.4 4
50 50
Syntesi® REGULATOR
B1 0.3 3 B1
0.3 3
40 40
B B
30 30
0.2 2 A1 0.2 2
A1
20 A 20
0.1 1 0.1 1 A
10 10
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Nl/min 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 Nl/min
0 10 20 30 40 scfm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 scfm
Flow rate Flow rate
REG Syntesi® 3/8’’
Regulated pressure
psi MPa bar
90
0.6 6
80 C1
70 0.5 5 C
60
0.4 4
50 B1
40
0.3 3 B A = P In 7 bar - P Out 2.5 bar
B = P In 7 bar - P Out 4 bar
30 A1
0.2 2
C = P In 7 bar - P Out 6.3 bar
A
20
0.1 1
A1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 2.5 bar
10
B1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 4 bar
0 0 0 C1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 6.3 bar
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 Nl/min
0 25 50 75 100 scfm
Flow rate
3-18
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B 102
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
I 16
L M30x1.5
M (pressure gauge port 1/8”
or air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 R 14 1
UNITS
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT SETTING RANGE
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing R Pressure regulator 10 0 to 2 bar 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port 12 0 to 4 bar 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 14 0 to 8 bar 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 16 0 to 12 bar 3 3/8’’ port
Syntesi® REGULATOR

Code Description
5610R140 REG SY1 08 without bushings
5610R160 REG SY1 012 without bushings
5611R141 REG SY1 1/8 08

5611R161 REG SY1 1/8 012

5612R142 REG SY1 1/4 08
5612R162 REG SY1 1/4 012
5613R143 REG SY1 3/8 08

5613R163 REG SY1 3/8 012
3-19
IN-SERIES REGULATOR
The in-series regulator is used to take air at a set pressure from the ports
on the front and back of the body, while the pneumatic inlet and outlet
ports are connected directly.
It is possible for instance to assemble several regulators side by side, all
supplied at the same pressure, and obtain different regulated pressures,
regardless of the pressure of the previous module.
The in-series regulator uses the same construction principles as the
standard regulator, so the advantages are the same, such as compensation
for upstream pressure changes, relief valve, rapid relief of the downstream
pressure and a padlockable push-lock knob.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded inlet port, through 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Utility threaded port 1/8’’
UNITS
15
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa; 7 psi) Nl/min 330
scfm 12
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa; 14 psi) Nl/min 500
scfm 18
scfm 2.5
Syntesi® IN-SERIES REGULATOR

Weight g 193 188 179
On request version without overpressure exhaust
COMPONENTS

e Rolling diaphragm
g Technopolymer body
h OT58 brass valve, with NBR vulcanized gasket
i Stainless steel valve spring
n Technopolymer rod
o NBR o-ring gaskets
p Technopolymer plug
3-20
FLOW CHARTS
REG BATTERY Syntesi® 1/4’’-1/8’’-3/8’’
Regulated pressure
psi MPa bar
90
0.6 6
80 C1
0.5 5
70 C
60 0.4 4
50
B1
40
0.3 3 A = P In 7 bar - P Out 2.5 bar
B B = P In 7 bar - P Out 4 bar
30 0.2 2
A1 C = P In 7 bar - P Out 6.3 bar
20 A A1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 2.5 bar
0.1 1
10
B1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 4 bar
0 0 0 C1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 6.3 bar
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 Nl/min
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 scfm
Flow rate
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
UNITS
B 102
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
I 16
L M30x1.5
Syntesi® IN-SERIES REGULATOR

M (use) 1/8”
FUNCTION DIAGRAM
3-21
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 R 24 1
THREADED INPUT IN-SERIES REGULATOR THREADED OUTPUT
CONNECTION SETTING RANGE CONNECTION
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing R Pressure regulator 20 0 to 2 bar 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port 22 0 to 4 bar 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 24 0 to 8 bar 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 26 0 to 12 bar 3 3/8’’ port

UNITS
Code Description
5610R240 In-series REG SY1 08 without bushings
5610R260 In-series REG SY1 012 without bushings
5611R241 In-series REG SY1 1/8 08


Syntesi® BATTERY REGULATOR

NOTES
3-22
FILTER-REGULATOR
This device combines in a single unit the functions of filtration, condensate

separation and pressure regulation.
It is made up of the same elements forming the filter and the regulator, so
the performance and advantages are the same:
• Separation of condensate and larger liquid and solid particles by
centrifugation.
• Two condensate drain options (RMSA and RA).
• 360° visually inspection of the condensate level, via transport
spy-holes.
• Rolling diaphragm regulator, allowing maximum precision and flow
rate, and minimal friction.
• Compensation for upstream pressure changes.
• Pressure relief valve.
• Quick downstream pressure relief.
• Padlockable push-lock knob.
• Front and rear ports for pressure gauges, pressure switches or,
considering the high flow rate, for use as additional filtered and
regulated air take-off.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 3.7.4
UNITS
20 (black) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 4.7.4
50 (blue) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 5.7.4
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Syntesi® FILTER-REGULATOR
scfm 2.5
Weight g 244 239 230
Cup capacity cm3 15
On request version without overpressure exaust
3-23
COMPONENTS

e Rolling diaphragm
g Technopolymer body
h OT58 brass valve, with NBR vulcanized valve
i Clear technopolymer cup
n Technopolymer rod
o Stainless steel valve spring
p O-ring NBR gaskets
q Drain (RMSA)
r Sintered HDPE filter cartridge
s Technopolymer screen
FLOW CHARTS
FR Syntesi® 1/8’’ FR Syntesi® 1/4’’

UNITS
Regulated pressure Regulated pressure

90 90
0.6 6 0.6 6
80 80
C1
70
0.5 5 C C1 70
0.5 5 C
60 60
0.4 4 0.4 4
50 50
0.3 3
B1 0.3 3 B1
40 40
B B
30 0.2 2 30 0.2 2
A1 A1
20 20
0.1 1
A 0.1 1 A
10 10
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 Nl/min 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Nl/min
0 10 20 30 40 scfm 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 scfm
Flow rate Flow rate
FR Syntesi® 3/8’’
Regulated pressure
psi MPa bar
90
0.6 6
80 C1
0.5 5 C
70
60
0.4 4
50
B1
0.3 3 B A = P In 7 bar - P Out 2.5 bar
40
B = P In 7 bar - P Out 4 bar
30 0.2 2 A1
C = P In 7 bar - P Out 6.3 bar
A
20
0.1 1
A1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 2.5 bar
10 B1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 4 bar
0 0 0 C1 = P In 10 bar - P Out 6.3 bar
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 Nl/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 scfm
Flow rate
3-24
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B RMSA 198
RA 202
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
I 16
L M30x1.5
M RMSA 148
RA 152
N RMSA 122.2
RA 126.2
O RMSA 202
RA 206
P (pressure gauge port 1/8”
or additional air
takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 B 24 1
UNITS
THREADED INPUT DEGREE OF FILTRATION, TYPE OF THREADED OUTPUT
CONNECTION CONDENSATE DRAIN AND SETTING RANGE CONNECTION
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing B Filter-regulator 10 5 mm, RMSA, 0 to 2 bar 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port 20 20 mm, RMSA, 0 to 2 bar 1 1/8’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 40 5 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar 3 3/8’’ port
50 20 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
60 50 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
12 5 mm, RMSA, 0 to 4 bar
42 5 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
52 20 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
62 50 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
44 5 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
54 20 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
64 50 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
46 5 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
56 20 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
66 50 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure.
RA: automatic drain with condensate discharge, independent of pressure and flow rate.
3-25

5610B140 FR SY1 5 08 RMSA without bushings 5612B142 FR SY1 1/4 5 08 RMSA
5610B440 FR SY1 5 08 RA without bushings 5612B442 FR SY1 1/4 5 08 RA
5611B141 FR SY1 1/8 5 08 RMSA 5613B143 FR SY1 3/8 5 08 RMSA

5611B441 FR SY1 1/8 5 08 RA 5613B443 FR SY1 3/8 5 08 RA
5611B541 FR SY1 1/8 20 08 RA 5613B543 FR SY1 3/8 20 08 RA
5611B461 FR SY1 1/8 5 012 RA 5613B463 FR SY1 3/8 5 012 RA
5611B561 FR SY1 1/8 20 012 RA 5613B563 FR SY1 3/8 20 012 RA
NOTES
UNITS
3-26
LUBRICATOR
The pneumatic lubricator is the simplest way of efficiently lubricating

the actuators linked to a circuit. As compressed air flows towards the
lubricator, it encounters a flexible diaphragm which partially blocks the
way, creating a small pressure difference between the inlet and outlet air.
Being at the higher pressure, the oil in the cup is pumped through a tube
with a filter towards the regulation pin. The quantity of oil can be metered
accurately since the drops can be viewed through the transparent dome.
Filling with oil must take place in the absence of pressure, unscrewing
the plug next to the dome.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Type of lubrication Oil mist
Version Manual filling from the top
MPa
UNITS
1.5
psi 217
scfm 46 60 78
scfm 57 106 129
Weight g 185 180 171
Syntesi® LUBRICATOR
Quantity of filled oil cm3 60
Port for additional air take-off 1/8”, front and rear, lubricated air
Recommended oils ISO and UNI FD22 (Energol HPL; Spinesso; Mobil DTE; Tellus oil)
Notes on use Install the lubricator as close as possible to the point of use. Fill the lubricator bowl with
oil before pressurizing the system. Do not use cleaning oils, brake fluid oils or solvents in general.
For the best lubrication results, set the drip rate to one drop for 300-600 Nl
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer oil filling plug

b Technopolymer flange
c OT58 brass IN/OUT bushing
d Venturi NBR diaphragm
e Technopolymer body
f Clear technopolymer cup
g OT 58 brass oil flow regulation needle
h Clear technopolymer cover
i NBR o-ring gasket
j Rilsan® oil suction pipe
k Oil filter
3-27
FLOW CHARTS
LUB Syntesi® 1/8’’ LUB Syntesi® 1/4’’

16 16
15 15
0.1 1 A B C D E 0.1 1 A B C D E
14 14
13 13
12 12
0.08 0.8 0.08 0.8
11 11
10 10
9 0.06 0.6 9 0.06 0.6
8 8
7 7
6 0.04 0.4 6 0.04 0.4
5 5
4 4
3 0.02 0.2 3 0.02 0.2
2 2
1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 Nl/min 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 Nl/min
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Nl/min 0 25 50 75 100 125 scfm
Flow rate Flow rate
LUB Syntesi® 3/8’’
∆P = (P In-P Out)
psi MPa bar
UNITS
16
15
0.1 1 A B C D E
14
13
12
0.08 0.8
Minimum operating flow chart
11
10
9 0.06 0.6
8
7
6 0.04 0.4
5
4
3 0.02 0.2
2
1
0 0 0
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 3600 3800 4000 4200 Nl/min
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 scfm
Flow rate
A = 2.5 bar - 0.25 MPa - 36 psi D = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
B = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi E = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
C = 6.3 bar - 0.63 MPa - 91 psi
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B 162
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.8
I 16
L 158
air takes-off)
3-28
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 L 10 1
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT OIL FILLING
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing L Lubricator 10 Manual filling from 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port the top 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port

UNITS
Code Description
5610L100 LUB SY1 without bushings
5611L101 LUB SY1 1/8
5612L102 LUB SY1 1/4
5613L103 LUB SY1 3/8
NOTES
3-29
SHUT-OFF VALVE
This device separates the compressed air circuit from the main air supply.
It is a three-way valve that relieves the downstream system in the closed
position. This makes it useful for maintenance operations or when the air
supply to a machine or piece of equipment needs to be shut off.
Manual, pneumatic, electro-pneumatic and assisted electro-pneumatic
control versions are available. The last version must be used if the inlet
pressure is outside the electro-pneumatic valve operating range, so for
particularly low or high pressures.
The manual version can be locked when the valve is in the closed
position, using one or two padlocks.
rate, as additional air take-off.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Threaded discharge port 1/8’’
Type of control
UNITS
Manual - pneumatic - solenoid - solenoid pilot - assisted

Max inlet pressure for pneumatic and solenoid pilot-assisted versions bar 15
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Inlet pressure for solenoid version bar 3-10
MPa 0.3-1
psi 43-145
Pilot pressure for pneumatic and solenoid pilot-assisted versions bar 3-10
MPa 0.3-1
Syntesi® SHUT-OFF VALVE
psi 43-145
scfm 28 35 39
scfm 39 53 57
Drain flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) Nl/min 500
scfm 18
Weight g 197 192 183
Bobbin capacity for electro-pneumatic version W 12 VDC and 24 VDC: 2W; 24 VAC, 110 VAC and 220 VAC: 3.5 VA
Manual control of electro-pneumatic versions Bistable, with screwdriver slot (horizontal = OFF, vertical = ON)
3-30
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer knob
b Technopolymer hinge
c Technopolymer body
d NBR o-ring gasket
e OT58 brass IN/OUT bushing
f OT58 brass valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
g Stainless steel valve spring
h Technopolymer plug
i OT58 brass threaded insert
k Stainless steel spring stem recovery
l OT58 brass stem
DIMENSIONS
MANUAL PNEUMATIC
UNITS
SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED*
SOLENOID/SOLENOID
MANUAL PNEUMATIC
PILOT-ASSISTED
H (threaded port) 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/8” 1/4” 3/8”
A 42 42 44 42 42 44 42 42 44
B 80 66 104
Manual control C 44 44 44
D 51.5 51.5 51.5
E 33.5 33.5 33.5
F 32.2 32.2 32.2
G Hole for M4 screws Hole for M4 screws Hole for M4 screws
I (exhaust) 1/8’’ 1/8’’ 1/8’’
L 16 16 16
O (pilot) - M5 -
Q (no. 2 additional 1/8’’ 1/8’’ 1/8’’
air takes-off)
* Pilot - - M5
3-31
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 V 10 1
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing V Shut-off valve 10 Manual 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port 20 Pneumatic 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 30 Solenoid pilot-assisted 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 70 Solenoid 3 3/8’’ port

UNITS

5610V100 V3V SY1 manuale without bushings 5610V700 V3V SY1 solenoid without bushings
5611V101 V3V SY1 1/8 manual 5611V701 V3V SY1 1/8 solenoid
5610V200 V3V SY1 pneumatic without bushings

5611V201 V3V SY1 1/8 pneumatic

5610V300 V3V SY1 solenoid pilot-assisted without bushings
5611V301 V3V SY1 1/8 solenoid pilot-assisted
NOTES
3-32
PROGRESSIVE STARTER
The progressive starter is a pneumatic component that allows air enter the
circuit gradually, thereby avoiding excessive pressure bursts.
A sophisticated system of internal valves allows two separate stages of
operation. During the first stage, a quantity of air that can be regulated via
a pin flows from the APR. The second stage starts when the downstream
pressure reached 40to60% of the upstream pressure, during which full-port
flow is achieved. When the mechanism is deactivated, the air flow is cut off
and the downstream circuit is relieved.
The progressive starter is particularly useful on machinery where it is
important to prevent actuators from moving rapidly and out of control, or
where, for safety reasons, the air in-feed needs to be gentle and gradual.
It, however, there is a major leak in the downstream system, it may never be
possible to achieve the pressure required to open the valve completely.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Threaded discharge port 1/8’’
Type of control Solenoid
Inlet pressure bar 3-10
MPa
UNITS
0.3-1
psi 43-145
scfm 32 39 39
scfm 44 53 57
scfm 18
Maximum flow rate start-up, at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) Nl/min 170
Syntesi® PROGRESSIVE STARTER

with regulation pin completely unscrewed scfm 6
Weight g 203 198 189
Bobbin capacity for electro-pneumatic version W 12 VDC and 24 VDC: 2W; 24 VAC, 110 VAC and 220 VAC: 3.5 VA
Manual control Bistable, with screwdriver slot (horizontal = OFF, vertical = ON)
COMPONENTS
a Sleeve ø8
b Anodized aluminium upper block
c Technopolymer flange
d Technopolymer body
e OT58 brass IN/OUT bushing
f O-ring NBR gasket
h Technopolymer bottom plug
i OT58 brass progressive start regulation pin
j OT58 brass internal valve
k Stainless steel spring stem recoveryng
l OT58 brass stem
m OT58 brass main valve with vulcanized gasket
n OT58 brass threaded insert
3-33
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B 105
Manual control C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 32.2
I (exhaust) 1/8’’
L 16
air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 A 70 1
UNITS

56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing A Progressive starter 70 Solenoid 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port APR 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port
Syntesi® PROGRESSIVE STARTER

Code Description
5610A700 APR SY1 without bushings
5611A701 APR SY1 1/8 elpn
3-34
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Syntesi® pressure switches feature a high degree of miniaturisation

and a modern attractive design.
As they are extremely modular, the Syntesi® series can be installed facing
up or down.
They come ready assembled with a 2-metre cable or an M8 connector with
a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be normally open or
normally closed.
It can be regulated via a knurled push-lock handle.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Adjustable pressure interval bar 0.5 to 10
Hysteresis (not adjustable) bar
UNITS
From 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
Maximum pressure bar 15
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Min/Max temperature at 10 bar; 1 MPa; 145 psi °C From -10 to 50
Maximum current A 2
Maximum voltage V 250
Outside diameter of cable mm 4.9
Number of wires and cross section 3 x 0.5 mm2
Syntesi® PRESSURE SWITCHES

Contacts Normally-Open (NO) and Normally-Closed (NC)
Protection IP65
Number of switchings 5 x 106
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Weight g 255 250 241
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer adjusting “push lock” handle

b OT58 brass adjusting screw
c Steel piston spring
d OT58 brass piston
e Aluminium top plug
f Technopolymer body
g OT58 brass IN/OUT bushing
h Technopolymer bottom plug
i Technopolymer pressure switch body
j Resin finish for IP65
k Electrical contact
l O-ring NBR gasket
m Technopolymer flange
3-35
DIMENSIONS

A 42 42 44
B 93
C 44
D 51.5
E 33.5
F 25.6
I 16
air takes-off)
WIRING DIAGRAM HYSTERESIS GRAPH
VERSION WITH CABLE

High switching pressure
UNITS
VERSION WITH M8 CONNECTOR

Syntesi® PRESSURE SWITCHES
Low switching pressure
CHIAVE DI CODIFICA
56 1 1 S 10 1
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 0 Without bushing S Pressure switches 10 2 m cable 0 Without bushing
1 1/8’’ port 20 300 mm cable with 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port M8 connector 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port
SPARES
ORDERING CODES SECURITY KNOB

Code Description
5610S100 Pressure switch 2 m cable SY1 without bushings
5611S101 Pressure switch 2 m cable SY1 1/8
5610S200 Pressure switch M8 connector SY1 without bushings
5611S201 Pressure switch M8 connector SY1 1/8 Code Description
5612S202 Pressure switch M8 connector SY1 1/4 9200703 Security knob
5613S203 Pressure switch M8 connector SY1 3/8
NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the pressure switch on the unit. Insert the
security knob and regulate the pressure switch. Then press the handle firmly to lock it in
position. If the pressure switch needs to be reset, remove the security knob by forcing it
laterally with a screwdriver.
3-36
AIR TAKE-OFF
The air take-off is a connecting element that is mounted between two

Syntesi® modules. It has two threaded ports, one in the top and one
underneath, giving two additional air outlets for use as required.
All Syntesi® modules come with two threaded ports, one on the front and
one on the back, for use as air take-off.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port No. 2 1/8’’ threads
Flow rate of the air take-off at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa; 14 psi) Nl/min 1550
scfm
UNITS
55
Mounting position Between any of two Syntesi® modules
Usage temperature and pressure Given by the Syntesi® modules it’s connected to
Weight g 62
Syntesi® AIR TAKE-OFF
DIMENSIONS ORDERING CODES

Code Description
5610P100 PA SY
3-37
FR + LUB
For full details and list of components refer to the sections about
filter-regulator and the lubricator.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 3.7.-
UNITS
20 (white) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 4.7.-

50 (blue) - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 5.7.-
MPa 1.5
psi 217
(P In=10 bar) scfm 12
FR + LUB Syntesi®
scfm 2.5
Weight g 414 409 400
Additional air take-off flow rate at 6.3 bar Nl/min 500 - 450
(0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa; 14 psi) scfm 18 - 16
Filter cup capacity (condensate) cm3 30
3-38
DIMENSIONS

A 84 84 86
B RMSA 198
RA 202
C 44
D 51.5
E 75.3
F 25.8
I 16
L M30x1.5
M RMSA 148
RA 152
M1 (pressure gauge port 1/8’’
or additional air take-off)
N RMSA 122.2
RA 126.2
O RMSA 202
RA 206
Q (no. 2 additional 1/8’’
air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
UNITS
56 1 1 B 24 L 10 1
DEGREE OF FILTRATION, TYPE
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT OF CONDENSATE DRAIN AND ELEMENT OIL FILLING
SETTING RANGE
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 1 1/8’’ port B Filter-regulator 10 5 mm, RMSA, 0 to 2 bar L Lubricator 10 Manual filling 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 20 20 mm, RMSA, 0 to 2 bar from the top 2 1/4’’ port
40 5 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
FR + LUB Syntesi®
50 20 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
60 50 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
42 5 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
52 20 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
62 50 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
44 5 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
54 20 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
64 50 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
46 5 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
56 20 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
66 50 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure

Code Description Code Description Code Description

5611B24L101 FR+LUB SY1 1/8 20 08 RMSA 5612B24L102 FR+LUB SY1 1/4 20 08 RMSA 5613B24L103 FR+LUB SY1 3/8 20 08 RMSA
5611B54L101 FR+LUB SY1 1/8 20 08 RA 5612B54L102 FR+LUB SY1 1/4 20 08 RA 5613B54L103 FR+LUB SY1 3/8 20 08 RA
3-39
V3V + FR + LUB
For full details and list of components refer to the sections about shut-off
valve, filter-regulator and lubricator.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
UNITS

MPa 1.5
psi 217
V3V + FR + LUB Syntesi®
scfm 2.5
Min/max temperature at10 bar; 1 MPa; 145 psi °C From -10 to +50
scfm 18
Padlockable knob Included with both V3V and regulator
Weight g 598 593 584
Filter cup capacity cm3 30
3-40
OVERALL DIMENSIONS

A 126 126 128
B RMSA 198
RA 202
C 44
D 51.5
E 117.1
F 25.8
I 16
L M30x1.5
M RMSA 148
RA 152
M1 (pressure gauge port 1/8’’
or additional air takes-off)
N RMSA 122.2
RA 126.2
O RMSA 202
RA 206
air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
UNITS
56 1 1 V 10 B 24 L 10 1
THREADED DEGREE OF FILTRATION, TYPE THREADED
SYNTESI SIZE INPUT ELEMENT TYPE ELEMENT OF CONDENSATE DRAIN ELEMENT OIL FILLING OUTPUT
CONNECTION AND SETTING RANGE CONNECTION
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 1 1/8’’ port V V3V 10 Manual B Filter- 10 5 mm, RMSA, 0 to 2 bar L Lubricator 10 Manual filling 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port regulator 20 20 mm, RMSA, 0 to 2 bar from the top 2 1/4’’ port
40 5 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
V3V + FR + LUB Syntesi®

50 20 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
60 50 mm, RA, 0 to 2 bar
42 5 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
52 20 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
62 50 mm, RA, 0 to 4 bar
44 5 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
54 20 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
64 50 mm, RA, 0 to 8 bar
46 5 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
56 20 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar
66 50 mm, RA, 0 to 12 bar


5611V10B24L101 V3V+FR+LUB SY1 1/8 20 08 RMSA 5613V10B24L103 V3V+FR+LUB SY1 3/8 20 08 RMSA
5611V10B54L101 V3V+FR+LUB SY1 1/8 20 08 RA 5613V10B54L103 V3V+FR+LUB SY1 3/8 20 08 RA
5612V10B24L102 V3V+FR+LUB SY1 1/4 20 08 RMSA

5612V10B54L102 V3V+FR+LUB SY1 1/4 20 08 RA
3-41
FIL + DEP
For full details and list of components refer to the sections about filter and
depurator.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
Purifier degree of filtration mm 0.01 - output air purity class ISO8573-1: 1.7.2
Filter degree of filtration
UNITS
mm 5
MPa 1.5
psi 217
scfm 9
Maximun suggested flow rate Look a the chart on the depurator page 3-12
NB: flow rates higher than the recommended value reduces purification efficiency
FIL + DEP Syntesi®
Weight Kg 358 353 344

Purifier condensate drain RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure
Filter condensate drain RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure
Cup capacity filter/depurator cm3 30/15
Port for additional air take-off 1/8”, front and rear
Additional air take-off flow rate (not purified air) Nl/min 500
at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa; 14 psi) scfm 18
3-42
DIMENSIONS

A 84 84 86
B RMSA 148
RA 152
C 44
D 51.5
E 75.3
F 25.8
I 16
L RMSA 202
RA 206
air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 F 10 D 10 1
UNITS
THREADED INPUT DEGREE OF FILTRATION AND TYPE THREADED OUTPUT
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT ELEMENT TYPE
CONNECTION OF CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 1 1/8’’ port F Filter 10 5 mm, RMSA D Depurator 10 RMSA 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 40 5 mm, RA 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 3 3/8’’ port
FIL + DEP Syntesi®


Code Description
5611F10D101 FIL+DEP SY1 1/8 05 RMSA
5611F40D101 FIL+DEP SY1 1/8 05 RA

5612F40D102 FIL+DEP SY1 1/4 05 RA

5613F40D103 FIL+DEP SY1 3/8 05 RA
3-43
FIL + LUB
For full details and list of components refer to the sections about filter and
lubricator.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’
UNITS

MPa 1.5
psi 217
scfm 30
scfm 51
FIL + LUB Syntesi®

Weight g 349 344 355
Filter cup capacity (condensate) cm3 30
3-44
DIMENSIONS

A 84 84 86
B 117.5
C 44
D 51.5
E 75.3
F 25.8
I 16
M RMSA 148
RA 152
N RMSA 122.2
RA 126.2
O RMSA 202
RA 206
air takes-off)
KEY TO CODES
56 1 1 F 10 L 10 1
UNITS
THREADED INPUT DEGREE OF FILTRATION AND THREADED OUTPUT
SYNTESI SIZE ELEMENT ELEMENT OIL FILLING
CONNECTION TYPE OF CONDENSATE DRAIN CONNECTION
56 Syntesi 1 Size 1 1 1/8’’ port F Filter 10 5 mm, RMSA L Lubricator 10 Manual filling 1 1/8’’ port
2 1/4’’ port 20 20 mm, RMSA from the top 2 1/4’’ port
3 3/8’’ port 30 50 mm, RMSA 3 3/8’’ port
40 5 mm, RA
50 20 mm, RA
60 50 mm, RA
FIL + LUB Syntesi®


Code Description
5611F20L101 FIL+LUB SY1 1/8 20 RMSA
5611F50L101 FIL+LUB SY1 1/8 20 RA

5612F50L102 FIL+LUB SY1 1/4 20 RA

5613F50L103 FIL+LUB SY1 3/8 20 RA
3-45
ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG. AND FR BOWL DISASSEMBLY SPANNER
9200701 SF100- BIT-ND 1/4 - SY 1 9170601 CS TF - TL BIT/SY 1
PRESSURE GAUGES THREADED PORT

9700101 M 40 1/8 12 9210001 Kit IN OUT 1/8 SY 1
9700102 M 40 1/8 04 9210002 Kit IN OUT 1/4 SY 1
9800101 M 50 1/8 12 9210003 Kit IN OUT 3/8 SY 1
9800102 M 50 1/8 04
Note: no. 20 each box
Max torque 0.4 Nm
COIL FOR APR AND

UNITS
CONNECTING NIPPLE KIT

V3V SOLENOID
W0215000101 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-24VDC 9210000 Connecting nipple kit SY 1
W0215000111 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC
W0215000121 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.5VA-110VAC
W0215000131 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.5VA-220VAC Note: no. 20 each box
Max torque 0.4 Nm

Syntesi® ACCESSORIES
KIT FOR COIL EEXM WALL-FIXING SCREW

0227606913 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 cable 3m 9210030 M4 x 55 fixing screw SY 1
0227606915 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 cable 5m
0227608013 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 cable 3m
0227608015 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 cable 5m Note: no. 20 screws each box
0227608025 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 cable 5m Max torque 0.8 Nm
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR
PADLOCK
FOR V3V-APR ELPN
W0970510011 Connector standard 9062401 Padlock
W0970510012 Connector 22 LED 24V
W0970510015 Connector 22 LED VDR 24V
W0970510070 Connector 22 ATEX II 3 GD
3-46
SPARE PARTS
KIT CONNECTING REGTRONIC 1/4 (PAGE 3-210)
AUTOMATIC DRAIN (RA)
AND GS REGULATOR (PAGE 3-206)
Code Description
9000802 RA automatic drain spare part
CUP RMSA/RA
Code Description
9210100 Cup FIL FR DEP RMSA SY 1
9210101 Cup FIL FR RA SY 1
Code Description
9210004 Adaptor for REGTRONIC 1/4 SY 1
Max torque for screw, 0.4 Nm
UNITS
Instructions:
1) Screw the connecting bushing onto the REGTRONIC 1/4 as far as it will go.
LUBRICATOR CUP
Use sealant on the G1/4 thread to provide a further seal. Code Description
2) Unscrew the bushing slightly until two surfaces of the hexagon are parallel to the body 9210110 Cup LUB SY 1
of REGTRONIC 1/4 (see diagram).
3) Insert the bushing into the Syntesi® unit.
4) Tighten the two self-tapping screws in the Syntesi® unit to a torque of 0.4 Nm max.
Syntesi® ACCESSORIES - SPARE PARTS

NOTES
FILTERING ELEMENT
Code Description
9210150 Filtering element 5 (yellow) mm SY 1
9210151 Filtering element 20 (white) mm SY 1
9210152 Filtering element 50 (blue) mm SY 1
PURIFIER FILTERING ELEMENT

Code Description
9210160 Cartridge DEP SY 1
3-47
AC FILTERING ELEMENT POPPET FOR REG
9210161 Cartridge AC SY 1 9210210 Poppet REG SY 1
TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR COVER POPPET FOR FR

9210180 Transparent cover LUB SY 1 9210211 Poppet FR 5 mm SY 1
9210212 Poppet FR 20 mm SY 1
9210213 Poppet FR 50 mm SY 1
UNITS
LUBRICATOR OIL-FILLING CAP NOTES

Code Description
9210181 Oil-filling cap LUB SY 1
Syntesi® SPARE PARTS
SPRINGS FOR REGULATORS AND FR

Code Description
9210190 Spares MO 02 SY 1
9210193 Spares MO 012 SY 1
BELL FOR REG AND FR

Code Description
9210200 Bell 02 SY 1
9210201 Bell 04 SY 1
9210202 Bell 08 SY 1
9210203 Bell 012 SY 1
3-48
SUMMARY
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA bit PAGE 3-50
P bit FILTER PAGE 3-52
P bit DEPURATOR PAGE 3-54
P bit MICRO-REGULATOR PAGE 3-56
P bit PADLOCKABLE MICROREGULATOR PAGE 3-58
P bit FILTER REGULATOR PAGE 3-59
UNITS
P bit LUBRICATOR PAGE 3-61
P bit TAKE-OFF PAGE 3-64
SUMMARY bit
P FIL+REG+LUB bit PAGE 3-65
P FR+LUB bit PAGE 3-67
P FIL+DEP bit PAGE 3-69
P FIL+LUB bit PAGE 3-70
P bit ACCESSORIES PAGE 3-71
P bit SPARE PARTS PAGE 3-72
3-49
The units in the BIT range feature:

• reduced dimensions
• negligible load loss
• long life
• excellent quality-to-price ratio
Thanks to its technical features the BIT air treatment range is particularly
suitable for de-centralized use near the fi nal actuators.
TECHNICAL DATA BIT 1/8’’ BIT 1/4’’

Threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’
Degree of fi ltration mm 5 (yellow) 20 (white) 50 (blue)
UNITS
Degree of purifi cation 99.97% a 0.01 mm

Setting range bar 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
Max. inlet pressure MPa 1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi) Nl/min 350
scfm 12
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C – 10° to + 50°
°F 14° to 122°
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA bit
Elements Filter – Regulator – Lubricator – Filter-regulator – Depurator

Units: FRL, FR+L, F+L, F+D
Mounting By means of the bracket provided
Fluid Compressed air
ASSEMBLY
Use ASSEMBLY PLATES (code 9170201) to assemble the Bit elements

correctly.
Assembly procedure:
• Fit the plates right into the slots under the body of the Bit element
• Check that there O-rings round the threaded outlet
• Assemble the elements, making sure that the fl ow run in the direction
of the arrows marked on the body.
3-50
GENERAL RULES - USE AND MAINTENANCE
MOUNTING THE GAUGE SETTING THE PRESSURE
The gauge must be mounted by hand without using a spanner. The air pressure must always be set upwards. The knob can be locked so
Use fl uid sealants to provide a good seal. that the set pressure cannot be altered.
UNITS
N.B. Do not use Tefl on.
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA bit
With the knob in the centre position, Press the button to drain Turn the knob anticlockwise To clean or replace the fi lter
the drain is semi-automatic. condensate when the bowl to close the valve with bowl element unscrew the screen
The drain operates when the bowl is pressurized. pressurized or not pressurized. of the centrifuge assembly.
is not pressurized and closes when Use a no. 3 compass spanner
it is. to unscrew the bowl.
3-51
FILTER
The units in the BIT range feature:

• negligible load loss
• long life
• excellent quality-to-price ratio
Thanks to its technical features the BIT air treatment range is particularly
suitable for de-centralized use near the final actuators.
TECHNICAL DATA BIT 1/8’’ BIT 1/4’’

Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) 20 (white) 50 (blue)
Max. inlet pressure MPa
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 30.5
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.6 MPa to 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) Nl/min 1200
scfm 42.5
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50
°F 122
bit FILTER
Weight g 40
Wall fixing screws M4 by means of the bracket provided
Bowl capacity cm3 16
SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge .
Operates by depression – requires variable air take-offs.
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded element

b Clear technopolymer bowl
c Technopolymer baffle plug
d Technopolymer centrifuge
e Condensate drain (RMSA)
f HDPE sintered filter cartridge
g NBR gaskets
3-52
FLOW CHARTS
FIL
∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit
• Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, Turin Polytechnic,

using the computerized test bench following CETOP RP50R recommendations
(ISO DIS 6358-2-approved) with ISO 5167 diaphragm gauge.
Flow rate
Chart referring to a filter with 1/4 ports (A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi (D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi

Code Description
5101001 FIL BIT 1/8 5 RMSA
UNITS
5101004 FIL BIT 1/8 5 SAC
5101002 FIL BIT 1/8 20 RMSA
5101005 FIL BIT 1/8 20 SAC
5101003 FIL BIT 1/8 50 RMSA
5101006 FIL BIT 1/8 50 SAC
5201001 FIL BIT 1/4 5 RMSA
5201004 FIL BIT 1/4 5 SAC
5201002 FIL BIT 1/4 20 RMSA
5201005 FIL BIT 1/4 20 SAC
bit FILTER
5201003 FIL BIT 1/4 50 RMSA
5201006 FIL BIT 1/4 50 SACC
KEY TO CODES
FIL BIT 1/8 5 RMSA

THREADED DEGREE CONDENSATE
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION DRAIN
FIL BIT 1/8 5 = 5 mm RMSA
1/4 20 = 20 mm SAC
50 = 50 mm
SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge.
3-53
DEPURATOR
Coalescing mini-depurator
• Space saving
• Minimum load loss as the fl ow rate varies
• All-round condensate level viewing
TECHNICAL DATA DEP BIT 1/8’’ DEP BIT 1/4’’

Degree of purifi cation 99.97% 0.01 mm
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Suggested fl ow at 6 bar Nl/min 200
scfm 7
Maximum suggested fl ow rate Please look at the fl ow rate curves at page 3-55
°F 122
Weight g 65
bit DEPURATOR
Wall fi xing screws M4 by means of the bracket provided

Condensate drain RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure.
Fluid Filtered 5 mm compressed air
Notes A It is advisable to mount a 5 m fi lter upstream the depurator acting as a rough fi lter.
USE AND MAINTENANCE
When replacing the coalescing cartridge, unscrew the bowl

and then unscrew the screen of the cartridge assembly.
Then replace the cartridge. Use a no. 3 compass spanner to unscrew
the bowl.
3-54
FLOW CHARTS
DEP
∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit

Flow rate
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi (H) = maximum flow rate
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi recommended for optimal
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi operation

Code Description
5112001 DEP BIT 1/8 RMSA
UNITS
5212001 DEP BIT 1/4 RMSA
bit DEPURATOR
KEY TO CODES
DEP BIT 1/8 RMSA

THREADED CONDENSATE
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT DRAIN
DEP BIT 1/8 RMSA
1/4
3-55
MICRO-REGULATOR
Micro-regulator with rolling diaphragm.

• Preset pressure stability as the upstream pressure varies.
• High flow rates with reduced pressure drops
• Quick overpressure exhaust
Versions available
Bit FC: controlled relief to allow greater accuracy in regulation
by means of slight continuous air relief.
Bit for water: used to regulate the pressure in water circuits;
without blowoff valve
Bit SR: for use when the downstream circuit needs to be relieved
quickly as the upstream pressure drops. Mount the SR regulator
between the power supply valve and the point of use.
TECHNICAL DATA MR BIT 1/8’’ MR BIT 1/4’’

Setting range 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 12
scfm 21
°F 122
bit MICRO-REGULATOR
Weight g 80
Gauge port G 1/8’’
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Notes The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value.
Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.
COMPONENTS

c Technopolymer fixing ring nut
d Technopolymer knob
e Rolling diaphragm
f Technopolymer plug
g Technopolymer anti-vibration screen
h NBR relieving gasket
i OT58 brass adjusting screws
j OT58 valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
k OT58 brass nut
l Steel adjusting spring
m Stainless steel valve compression spring
n NBR gaskets
3-56
FLOW CHARTS
MR
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit

Flow rate

Code Description
MICROREGULATOR (MR)
UNITS
5107004 MR BIT 1/8 012
5107001 MR BIT 1/8 02
5107002 MR BIT 1/8 04
5107003 MR BIT 1/8 08
5207004 MR BIT 1/4 012
5207001 MR BIT 1/4 02
5207002 MR BIT 1/4 04
5207003 MR BIT 1/4 08
MICROREGULATOR WITH CONTROLLED RELIEF
bit MICRO-REGULATOR
5111001 MR BIT FC 1/8 02
5111002 MR BIT FC 1/8 04
5211001 MR BIT FC 1/4 02
5211002 MR BIT FC 1/4 04
MICROREGULATOR WITH QUICK RELIEF
5102001 MR BIT SR 1/8 02
5102002 MR BIT SR 1/8 04
5102003 MR BIT SR 1/8 08
5102004 MR BIT SR 1/8 012
* Pressure gauge port 5202001 MR BIT SR 1/4 02
5202002 MR BIT SR 1/4 04
5202003 MR BIT SR 1/4 08
KEY TO CODES 5202004 MR BIT SR 1/4 012
WATER MICROREGULATOR
MR BIT FC 1/8 02 5108001 MRA BIT 1/8 02
THREADED CONDENSATE 5108002 MRA BIT 1/8 04
ELEMENT SIZE VERSION
PORT DRAIN 5108003 MRA BIT 1/8 08
MR BIT FC 1/8 02 = 0 to 2 bar 5108004 MRA BIT 1/8 012
BIT SR 1/4 04 = 0 to 4 bar 5208001 MRA BIT 1/4 02
BIT 08 = 0 to 8 bar 5208002 MRA BIT 1/4 04
MRA BIT (for WATER) 012 = 0 to 12 bar 5208003 MRA BIT 1/4 08
5208004 MRA BIT 1/4 012
FC: Controlled relief

SR: Quickly relieved
MRA: Without relief (for water)
3-57
PADLOCKABLE MICROREGULATOR
The padlockable microregulator has a pin with a hole in it that projects

from the top of the knob. When the knob is in the push-lock position,
the padlock can be inserted in the hole, preventing the knob from being
operated. A padlock and two keys are supplied with the regulator.
Refer to the bit microregulator for technical data and flow curves.
COMPONENTS

c Technopolymer fixing ring nut
e Rolling diaphragm
f Technopolymer plug
g Technopolymer anti-vibration screen
UNITS
h NBR relieving gasket

i Nickel-plated brass OT58 adjusting screws
j OT58 valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
k OT58 brass nut
l Steel adjusting spring
m Stainless steel valve compression spring
n NBR gaskets
o Padlock
bit PADLOCKABLE MICROREGULATOR

Code Description
5110001 MR BIT KEY 1/8 02
5110002 MR BIT KEY 1/8 04
5110003 MR BIT KEY 1/8 08
5110004 MR BIT KEY 1/8 012
5210001 MR BIT KEY 1/4 02
5210002 MR BIT KEY 1/4 04
5210003 MR BIT KEY 1/4 08
5210004 MR BIT KEY 1/4 012
LOCKING REGULATION
POSITION POSITION
* Pressure gauge port
KEY TO CODES
MR BIT KEY 1/8 02

THREADED SETTING
ELEMENT SIZE TYPE
PORT RANGE
MR BIT Padlockable 1/8 02 = 0 to 2 bar
1/4 04 = 0 to 4 bar
08 = 0 to 8 bar
012 = 0 to 12 bar
3-58
FILTER REGULATOR
Filter regulator with rolling diaphragm.

• High flow rate with reduced pressure drop
• Excellent degree of condensate separation
• Semi-automatic or automatic drain
The degree of filtration is shown by the colour of the cartridge:
yellow = 5 mm, white = 20 mm, blue = 50 mm.
TECHNICAL DATA FR BIT 1/8’’ FR BIT 1/4’’

Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) - 20 (white) - 50 (blue)
bar
UNITS
13
psi 188
scfm 10
scfm 21
°F 122
Weight g 110
bit FILTER REGULATOR

Gauge port G 1/8’’
SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge .
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as close as possible
to the required value.
COMPONENTS

c Technopolymer knob
d Technopolymer bell
e Technopolymer fixing ring nut
f OT58 brass nut
g OT58 brass adjusting screw
h Steel adjusting spring
i NBR relieving gasket
j Rolling diaphragm
k OT58 valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
l Stainless steel valve compression spring
m Technopolymer centrifuge
n Technopolymer baffle plug
o HDPE sintered filter cartridge
p Condensate drain (RMSA)
q NBR gaskets
3-59
FLOW CHARTS
FR
Pm = 0,7 MPa; 7 bar; 102 psi
Inlet pressure
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit

Flow rate

Code Description
5105001 FR BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA
5105013 FR BIT 1/8 5 02 SAC
5105002 FR BIT 1/8 20 02 RMSA
5105014 FR BIT 1/8 20 02 SAC
5105003 FR BIT 1/8 50 02 RMSA
UNITS
5105015 FR BIT 1/8 50 02 SAC

5105004 FR BIT 1/8 5 04 RMSA
5105016 FR BIT 1/8 5 04 SAC
5105005 FR BIT 1/8 20 04 RMSA
5105017 FR BIT 1/8 20 04 SAC
5105006 FR BIT 1/8 50 04 RMSA
5105018 FR BIT 1/8 50 04 SAC
5105007 FR BIT 1/8 5 08 RMSA
5105019 FR BIT 1/8 5 08 SAC
bit FILTER REGULATOR
5105008 FR BIT 1/8 20 08 RMSA

5105020 FR BIT 1/8 20 08 SAC
5105009 FR BIT 1/8 50 08 RMSA
5105021 FR BIT 1/8 50 08 SAC
5105010 FR BIT 1/8 5 012 RMSA
* Pressure gauge port 5105022 FR BIT 1/8 5 012 SAC
5105011 FR BIT 1/8 20 012 RMSA
5105023 FR BIT 1/8 20 012 SAC
KEY TO CODES 5105012 FR BIT 1/8 50 012 RMSA
5105024 FR BIT 1/8 50 012 SAC
FR BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA 5205001 FR BIT 1/4 5 02 RMSA
THREADED DEGREE SETTING CONDENSATE 5205013 FR BIT 1/4 5 02 SAC
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE DRAIN 5205002 FR BIT 1/4 20 02 RMSA
FR BIT 1/8 5 mm 02 = 0 to 2 bar RMSA 5205014 FR BIT 1/4 20 02 SAC
1/4 20 mm 04 = 0 to 4 bar SAC 5205003 FR BIT 1/4 50 02 RMSA
50 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar 5205015 FR BIT 1/4 50 02 SAC
012 = 0 to 12 bar 5205004 FR BIT 1/4 5 04 RMSA
5205016 FR BIT 1/4 5 04 SAC
5205005 FR BIT 1/4 20 04 RMSA
5205017 FR BIT 1/4 20 04 SAC
5205006 FR BIT 1/4 50 04 RMSA
5205018 FR BIT 1/4 50 04 SAC
5205007 FR BIT 1/4 5 08 RMSA
5205019 FR BIT 1/4 5 08 SAC
5205008 FR BIT 1/4 20 08 RMSA
5205020 FR BIT 1/4 20 08 SAC
5205009 FR BIT 1/4 50 08 RMSA
5205021 FR BIT 1/4 50 08 SAC
5205010 FR BIT 1/4 5 012 RMSA
5205022 FR BIT 1/4 5 012 SAC
RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure 5205011 FR BIT 1/4 20 012 RMSA
SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge . 5205023 FR BIT 1/4 20 012 SAC
Operates by depression – requires variable air take-offs. 5205012 FR BIT 1/4 50 012 RMSA
5205024 FR BIT 1/4 50 012 SAC
3-60
LUBRICATOR
Mini-lubricator with high lubrication stability.

• Quantity of lubricant proportioned to air flow
• Activates at low flow rates
• Micrometric regulation of lubricant flow
• All-round oil level viewing
TECHNICAL DATA LUB BIT 1/8’’ LUB BIT 1/4’’

Bowl capacity cm3
UNITS
26.5
Lubricator version Manual filling with the bowl disassembled
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 14
scfm 25
bit LUBRICATOR
°F 122
Weight g 40
Fluid Filtered compressed air
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer body with OT58 threaded elements

c Rilsan oil suction pipe
d Filter
e Technopolymer plug
f Oil flow adjustment regulation needle made of OT58 brass
g Clear technopolymer cover
h NBR Venturi diaphragm
i NBR gaskets
3-61
Use a no. 3 compass spanner to unscrew the bowl. REGULATING LUBRICATION FILLING THE BOWL WITH OIL
• Fit the lubricator as close as possible
to the point of use
• Fill the bowl with oil before pressurizing
the system
• Do not use cleaning oil, brake fl uid or solvents
in general
• For correct lubrication, set the drip rate
to approximately 1 drop every 300-600 Nl
via the adjusting screw.
• Recommended lubricants:
ISO and UNI FD22
E.g. Energol HLP 22 (BP) – Spinesso 22 (Esso)
- Mobil DTE 22 (Mobil) – Tellus Oil 22 (Shell).
FLOW CHARTS
LUB
UNITS
∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
bit LUBRICATOR
test unit

Flow rate
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi (D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
LUB 1/8-1/4 (C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
Pm
psi MPa bar
Flow rate
MINIMUM OPERATION FLOW CHARTS

Minimum fl ow tests were performed in compliance
with ISO/DP 6301/2.
3-62
Code Description
5103001 LUB BIT 1/8
5203001 LUB BIT 1/4
NOTES
UNITS
bit LUBRICATOR
3-63
TAKE-OFF
• The air take-off takes air from the FRL unit irrespective
of the assembly position.
• It is necessary when air needs to be taken from the FRL unit at any stage
of the treatment (normal, fi ltered, regulated, lubricated, etc.).
TECHNICAL DATA PA
Maximum operating pressure MPa 1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Maximum working temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50
°F
UNITS
bit TAKE-OFF
CONNECTION DIAGRAMS AND APPLICATION
Mounting the air Mounting the air

take-off at the inlet: take-off at the outlet:
only use two screws only use two screws
and the O-rings and the O-rings
supplied in the PA kit. supplied in the PA kit.
Seal is provided
by the contact
between O-rings.

Code Description
9100401 PAB 1/8 - 1/4 BIT
3-64
FIL+REG+LUB
Complete mini-FRL unit with rolling diaphragm.

• High flow rates with reduced pressure drop
TECHNICAL DATA F+R+L BIT 1/8’’ F+R+L BIT 1/4’’

Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) 20 (white) 50 (blue)
UNITS
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 5.3
scfm 10
FIL+REG+LUB bit
°F 122
Weight g 160
Gauge port G1/8”
Notes See chapters regarding individual elements.
DIMENSIONS
3-65
KEY TO CODES ORDERING CODES
Code Description
FRL BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA 5104008 FRL BIT 1/8 20 08 RMSA
THREADED DEGREE SETTING CONDENSATE 5104011 FRL BIT 1/8 20 012 RMSA
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE DRAIN 5204008 FRL BIT 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FRL BIT 1/8 5 = 5 mm 02 = 0 to 2 bar RMSA 5204011 FRL BIT 1/4 20 012 RMSA
1/4 20 = 20 mm 04 = 0 to 4 bar SAC*
50 = 50 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar
012 = 0 to 12 bar The following versions are available on request:
- with 5 µm or 50 mm degree of filtration
- with 0-2 bar or 0-4 bar setting range
- with SAC condensate discharge
NOTES
UNITS
FIL+REG+LUB bit
3-66
FR+LUB
Compact FR+L unit with rolling diaphragm.

• High flow rates with reduced pressure drop
TECHNICAL DATA FR+L BIT 1/8’’ FR+L BIT 1/4’’

Degree of filtration
UNITS
mm 5 (yellow) 20 (white) 50 (blue)
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 5
scfm 9.2
FR+LUB bit
°F 122
Weight g 170
Gauge port G1/8”
Notes See chapters regarding individual elements.
DIMENSIONS
3-67
Code Description
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 02 RMSA 5106008 FR+L BIT 1/8 20 08 RMSA
THREADED DEGREE SETTING CONDENSATE 5106011 FR+L BIT 1/8 20 012 RMSA
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE DRAIN 5206008 FR+L BIT 1/4 20 08 RMSA
FR+L BIT 1/8 5 = 5 mm 02 = 0 to 2 bar RMSA 5206011 FR+L BIT 1/4 20 012 RMSA
1/4 20 = 20 mm 04 = 0 to 4 bar SAC
50 = 50 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar
012 = 0 to 12 bar The following versions are available on request:
- with 0-2 bar or 0-4 bar setting range
NOTES
UNITS
FR+LUB bit
3-68
FIL+DEP
Compact filter + depurator unit for fine filtering followed by purification

by coalescence.
• Condensate drainage - manual/semi-auto (RMSA) or automatic (SAC)
on the filter
• 5 mm filter element.
TECHNICAL DATA F+D BIT 1/8’’ F+D BIT 1/4’’

Degree of purification 5 mm filter – 99.97% depurator at 0.01 mm
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Maximum suggested flow rate Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3-55
°F 122
Weight g 110
FIL+DEP bit
Notes See chapters regarding individual elements
DIMENSIONS KEY TO CODES
F+D BIT 1/4 5 RMSA

ELEMENT SIZE
F+D BIT 1/8 5 mm RMSA
1/4 SAC
RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge

at zero pressure
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
5114001 F+D BIT 1/8 5 RMSA - RMSA
5114002 F+D BIT 1/8 5 SAC - RMSA
5214001 F+D BIT 1/4 5 RMSA - RMSA
5214002 F+D BIT 1/4 5 SAC - RMSA
3-69
FIL+LUB
Compact filter + lubricator unit with different degrees of filtration

and high lubrication stability.
• Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drainage
• Lubrication activates at low flow rates
• All-round oil and condensate level viewing
TECHNICAL DATA F+L BIT 1/8’’ F+L BIT 1/4’’

Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) - 20 (white) - 50 (blue)
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa to 87 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi) Nl/min 300
scfm 10.6
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa to 87 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) Nl/min 600
scfm 21.2
FIL+LUB bit
°F 122
Weight g 90
Condensed drain RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge at zero pressure
Notes See chapters regarding individual elements
DIMENSIONS KEY TO CODES
F+L BIT 1/4 5 RMSA

ELEMENT SIZE
F+L BIT 1/8 5 = 5 mm RMSA
1/4 20 = 20 mm SAC
50 = 50 mm
RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge

at zero pressure
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
5113002 F+L BIT 1/8 20 RMSA
5213002 F+L BIT 1/4 20 RMSA
The following versions are available on request:
3-70
ACCESSORIES
PRESSURE GAUGE DOME DISASSEMBLY SPANNER
9700102 M 40 1/8 04 9220701 Cover LUB spanner
9700101 M 40 1/8 12
R/FR FIXING BRACKET COVER DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

9200701 SF100 - BIT - ND 1/4 - SY1 9170401 CS CS BIT
UNITS
bit ACCESSORIES -SPARE PARTS
ASSEMBLY PLATE (PAIR) REDUCER PLUG DISASSEMBLY SPANNER
9170201 PAB 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 9170501 CS OTR BIT
WALL MOUNTING BRACKET (PAIR) BOWL DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

9170301 SFB 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 9170601 CS TF - TL BIT - SY1
3-71
SPARE PARTS
UPPER COVER FOR MR COMPLETE POPPET FOR MR AND MRA
9250805 Spares CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 02 9250705 Spares poppet for MR
9250806 Spares CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 04 9250706 Spares poppet for MR-SR (rapid drain)
9250807 Spares CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 08 9250708 Spares poppet for MRA
9250808 Spares CS 1/8 1/4 BIT 012
UPPER COVER FOR MR FC FILTER AND FILTER-REGULATOR BOWL

9250817 Spares CS FC 1/8 1/4 BIT 02 9255001 Spares TF 1/8 1/4 BIT RMSA
UNITS
9250818 Spares CS FC 1/8 1/4 BIT 04 9255101 Spares TF 1/8 1/4 BIT SAC
UPPER COVER FOR MRA AUTOMATIC DRAIN (SAC)

9250809 CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 02 9000803 Spares SAC automatic drain
9250814 CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 04
9250815 CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 08
9250816 CSA 1/8 - 1/4 BIT 012
3-72
LUBRICATOR BOWL COMPLETE POPPET FOR FR
9251402 Spares TL 1/8 1/4 BIT 9250905 Spares OTFR 1/8 1/4 BIT 5
9250906 Spares OTFR 1/8 1/4 BIT 20
9250907 Spares OTFR 1/8 1/4 BIT 50
FILTER ELEMENT TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR COVER

9251708 Spares FP 1/8-1/4 BIT 5 (yellow) 9251302 Spares CVL 100-200-300-400 BIT
UNITS
9251709 Spares FP 1/8-1/4 BIT 20 (white)
9251710 Spares FP 1/8-1/4 BIT 50 (blue)
DEPURATOR FILTER ELEMENT SPRING FOR MR AND FR

9251712 Spares FP DEP. 1/8 1/4 BIT 9250610 Spares MO 02 BIT
9250611 Spares MO 04 BIT
3-73
SUMMARY
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA Skillair® PAGE 3-76
P Skillair® FILTER PAGE 3-79
P Skillair® DEPURATOR PAGE 3-83
P Skillair® ACTIVE CARBON FILTER PAGE 3-86
P DIAPHRAGM DRIER SERIES DRY 100 Skillair® PAGE 3-89
P Skillair® REGULATORS PAGE 3-92

UNITS
P Skillair® 100 IN-SERIES REGULATOR PAGE 3-96

SUMMARY Skillair®
P Skillair® PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR PAGE 3-97
P Skillair® PILOT REGULATOR PAGE 3-99
P Skillair® PILOT PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR PAGE 3-101
P Skillair® 300 PILOT OPERATED REGULATOR PAGE 3-102
P Skillair® FILTER REGULATOR PAGE 3-103
P Skillair® LUBRICATOR PAGE 3-106
3-74
P Skillair® SHUT-OFF VALVE PAGE 3-110
P Skillair® PROGRESSIVE START VALVE PAGE 3-115
P Skillair® PROGRESSIVE STARTER PAGE 3-117
P Skillair® AIR TAKE-OFF PAGE 3-121
P Skillair® PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-122
P Skillair® SUB-BASE AND ADAPTER BASE PAGE 3-124
UNITS
P FIL+REG+LUB Skillair® PAGE 3-126
SUMMARY Skillair®
P FR+LUB Skillair® PAGE 3-128
P V3V+FR+LUB Skillair® PAGE 3-130
P FIL+LUB Skillair® PAGE 3-132
P FIL+DEP Skillair® PAGE 3-134
P AIR TREATMENT VALVES AND UNITS FOR “UL” AND “CSA” APPROVED COILS PAGE 3-136
P Skillair® ACCESSORIES PAGE 3-139

P Skillair® SPARES PARTS PAGE 3-140
3-75
The superior technology of Skillair® FRL units is the expression of Metal Work
innovation. The FRL system is the brainchild of a joint study by Metal Work
engineers and researchers from the Department of Mechanics in Turin.
The integration of metal alloys and super-resistant techno-polymers
is the result of co-operation between CESAP (European Centre for the
Development of Plastic Applications) and leading international companies
such as Du Pont, EMS Chemie and Hoechst. The installation of advanced
processing and quality control systems guarantees the reliability of Skillair®
FRLs.
Technical features
The Skillair® units incorporate very interesting technological features:
• Compactness: with the same flow capacity our unit is one of the smallest
on the market.
• Modularity: various elements such as filters, reducers, lubricators, 3-way
valves, progressive actuators and air take-offs can be combined at will.
With the modular system the FRL units can be removed without disturbing
the pipes.
• Easy maintenance: Any of the elements or the entire unit can be removed
without disturbing the remaining part or pipes.
TECHNICAL DATA SK 100 SK 200 SK 300 SK 400

Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’ 1’’ 1 1/4’’ 1 1/2’’ 2’’
Degree of filtration mm 5 - 20 - 50
Degree of purification
UNITS
mm 99.97% a 0.01
Setting range bar 0 to 2 0 to 4 0 to 8 0 to 12
Max. input pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) Nl/min From 1100 to 20000
∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi)
Temperature range at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C –10 to +50
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA Skillair®
°F 14 to 122
Elements comprising the range Filter, Depurator, Regulator, Pilot operated regulator, In-series Regulator, Filter-regulator, Lubricator with various
lubricant filling systems, Circuit Shut-off Valve, Progressive Actuator.
Skillair® MODULARITY
The FRL units can be removed from the system without disturbing the pipes.
This can be done with a single element or with the entire system.
Assemble the unit so that the air flows in the direction marked
by the arrows.
3-76
DISASSEMBLING THE UNIT – WALL FIXING
How to disassemble Skillair® end plates:

• Remove the plate A.
• Unscrew the screws and remove the cams B
to disassemble the unit.
• Screws to fix the end plates to the wall C:
Series 100: M4x50
Series 200: M5x60
Series 300: M5x70
Series 400: M6x110
UNITS
Skillair® 400 - ROTARY SLIDING JOINT CLEANING AND/OR REPLACING THE FILTER ELEMENTS
The series 400 comes with a patented system with a rotary sliding Before unscrewing the bowl to replace the filter elements, check that
end joint to allow the unit to be adapted to the pipe cutting distance. the line is no longer pressurized.
For correct assembly and disassembly, loosen the screw in the end plate Replace as shown in the diagram.
before screwing in or unscrewing the bush.
3-77
GENERAL RULES FOR USE AND MAINTENANCE
MOUNTING THE PRESSURE GAUGE a b

a Do not use a spanner.
b The gauge must be mounted by hand.
Use liquid sealants only.
Do not use Teflon.
SETTING THE PRESSURE c d

c N.B.: the pressure in standard regulators
must always be set upwards.
Before setting the pressure, check that
the knob is raised.
d When the required pressure has been
reached, press the knob downwards.
UNITS
MOUNTING THE REGULATOR e f

AND FILTER-REGULATOR
e Panel mounting: remove the knob and lock

the regulator with the ring nut.
f Wall mounting: use a suitable bracket
(see Skillair® accessories).
SEMI-AUTO CONDENSATE DRAIN FOR FILTER, FILTER-REGULATOR AND DEPURATOR
The semi-auto condensate drain is the normally If necessary, it is possible to drain the When rotating the button clockwise, the valve
open type. When there is pressure in the bowl, condensate whilst the bowl is pressurised. becomes in locked position, and can only
the drain closes. When there is no pressure in the The simple manual operation of “pushing up work when the button is returned to the central
bowl, it opens and the condensate drains out. the valve” will allow the condensate to drain. position.
3-78
FILTER
The Job of the filter is to remove any solid or liquid impurities from the air
generated by the compressor.
Incoming air is rotated by the centrifuge unit. The heaviest liquid and solid
particles are projected against the walls of the container and forced to adhere
to it. As they accumulate they form drops that deposit on the bottom by gravity.
The remaining solid particles are held back by the porous element depending
on the filtering threshold.
The condensate accumulation area is kept still to prevent previously deposited
impurities from being re-circulated.
The accumulated condensate is drained out through the drain - automatically
when there is no pressure in the filter, or by hand pressing the button.
An automatic drain is available. It automatically eliminates condensate from
the container whenever necessary, whatever the pressure.
TECHNICAL DATA FIL 100 FIL 200 FIL 300 FIL 400
Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Degree of filtration mm 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50
Max. input pressure MPa
UNITS
1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) Nl/min 1400 2400 3800 16500 20000
∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi) scfm 50 85 135 590 710
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) Nl/min 2000 3100 5300 - -
∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) scfm 71 110 188 - -
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122 122
Skillair® FILTER
Weight kg 0.4 0.7 1.4 5.2 6
Wall fixing screws M4 x 50 M5 x 60 M5 x 70 M6 x 110 M6 x 110
Bowl capacity cm3 22 45 75 270 270
Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
Drain RMSA - SAC RMSA - SAC - RA RMSA - RA RMSA - RA RMSA - RA
SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge .Operates by depression – requires variable air take-offs.
Fluid Compressed air.
Notes on use The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.
COMPONENTS FIL 100 - 200 - 300
a Technopolymer body
b Zamak end plate
c Technopolymer centrifuge
d Bowl: technopolymer for FIL 100 and FIL 200, metal for FIL 300
e Technopolymer baffle
f Sintered HDPE filter cartridge
g Technopolymer screen
h Clear technopolymer glass
i NBR gaskets
j Drain (RMSA)
3-79
COMPONENTS FIL 400
a Aluminium body
b Aluminium end plate
c OT58 brass retaining ring
d OT58 threaded bush, axial adjustment
e Technopolymer centrifuge
f Aluminium bowl
g Sintered bronze filter cartridge
h Aluminium screen
i Clear technopolymer glass
j Technopolymer plug
k Drain (RMSA)
l NBR gaskets
FLOW CHARTS
FIL 100 1/4 - 3/8 FIL 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2 FIL 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1
∆P = (Pm-Pv) ∆P = (Pm-Pv) ∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar psi KPa bar psi KPa bar
UNITS
Skillair® FILTER
Flow rate Flow rate Flow rate
FIL 400 1’’ FIL 400 2’’

∆P = (Pm-Pv) ∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar psi KPa bar
Flow rate Flow rate

Pm Pv T P
∆
H2O
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
test unit
3-80
DIMENSIONS
100 - 200 - 300 400
FIL 100 FIL 200 FIL 300 FIL 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B RMSA 144 175 195 320
RA - 179 199 324
SAC 148 179 - -
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
UNITS
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 21.5 27.5 32.5 52.5
L M4 hole M5 hole M5 hole M6 hole
M RMSA 137 196 215 378
RA - 200 219 382
SAC 141 200 - -
Skillair® FILTER
NOTES
3-81
KEY TO CODES
FIL 100 1/4 20 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate

THREADED DEGREE TYPE discharge and automatic discharge
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION OF DRAIN at zero pressure
FIL. 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
3/8 20 = 20 mm SAC discharge, independent of pressure
200 1/4 50 = 50 mm RMSA
3/8 SAC and flow rate. (for size 300 and 400)
1/2 RA* SAC: automatic drain with condensate
300 1/2 RMSA discharge.
3/4 RA Operates by depression – requires
1 variable air take-offs.
400 1
1 1/4 (for size 100 and 200)
1 1/2 * For Skillair® 200 with RA, please contact
2 our sales assistance department.
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 FILTER Skillair® 300 FILTER Skillair® 400 FILTER
UNITS
3280001A FIL 100 5 RMSA without end plates 4480001A FIL 300 5 RMSA without end plates 6180001A FIL 400 5 RMSA without end plates
3280007A FIL 100 5 SAC without end plates 4480002A FIL 300 20 RMSA without end plates 6180002A FIL 400 20 RMSA without end plates
3280002A FIL 100 20 RMSA without end plates 4480003A FIL 300 50 RMSA without end plates 6180003A FIL 400 50 RMSA without end plates
3280008A FIL 100 20 SAC without end plates 4480004A FIL 300 5 RA without end plates 6180004A FIL 400 5 RA without end plates
3280003A FIL 100 50 RMSA without end plates 4480005A FIL 300 20 RA without end plates 6180005A FIL 400 20 RA without end plates
3280009A FIL 100 50 SAC without end plates 4480006A FIL 300 50 RA without end plates 6180006A FIL 400 50 RA without end plates
3280001 FIL 100 1/4 5 RMSA 4480001 FIL 300 1/2 5 RMSA 6180001 FIL 400 1 5 RMSA
3280007 FIL 100 1/4 5 SAC 4480002 FIL 300 1/2 20 RMSA 6180002 FIL 400 1 20 RMSA
3280002 FIL 100 1/4 20 RMSA 4480003 FIL 300 1/2 50 RMSA 6180003 FIL 400 1 50 RMSA
Skillair® FILTER
3280008 FIL 100 1/4 20 SAC 4480004 FIL 300 1/2 5 RA 6180004 FIL 400 1 5 RA
3280003 FIL 100 1/4 50 RMSA 4480005 FIL 300 1/2 20 RA 6180005 FIL 400 1 20 RA
3280009 FIL 100 1/4 50 SAC 4480006 FIL 300 1/2 50 RA 6180006 FIL 400 1 50 RA
3380001 FIL 100 3/8 5 RMSA 4580001 FIL 300 3/4 5 RMSA 6280001 FIL 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA
3380007 FIL 100 3/8 5 SAC 4580002 FIL 300 3/4 20 RMSA 6280002 FIL 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
3380002 FIL 100 3/8 20 RMSA 4580003 FIL 300 3/4 50 RMSA 6280003 FIL 400 1 1/4 50 RMSA
3380008 FIL 100 3/8 20 SAC 4580004 FIL 300 3/4 5 RA 6280004 FIL 400 1 1/4 5 RA
3380003 FIL 100 3/8 50 RMSA 4580005 FIL 300 3/4 20 RA 6280005 FIL 400 1 1/4 20 RA
3380009 FIL 100 3/8 50 SAC 4580006 FIL 300 3/4 50 RA 6280006 FIL 400 1 1/4 50 RA
Skillair® 200 FILTER 4680001 FIL 300 1 5 RMSA 6380001 FIL 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA
3480001A FIL 200 5 RMSA without end plates 4680002 FIL 300 1 20 RMSA 6380002 FIL 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
3480007A FIL 200 5 SAC without end plates 4680003 FIL 300 1 50 RMSA 6380003 FIL 400 1 1/2 50 RMSA
3480002A FIL 200 20 RMSA without end plates 4680004 FIL 300 1 5 RA 6380004 FIL 400 1 1/2 5 RA
3480008A FIL 200 20 SAC without end plates 4680005 FIL 300 1 20 RMSA 6380005 FIL 400 1 1/2 20 RA
3480003A FIL 200 50 RMSA without end plates 4680006 FIL 300 1 50 RA 6380006 FIL 400 1 1/2 50 RA
3480009A FIL 200 50 SAC without end plates 6480001 FIL 400 2 5 RMSA
3480001 FIL 200 1/4 5 RMSA 6480002 FIL 400 2 20 RMSA
3480007 FIL 200 1/4 5 SAC 6480003 FIL 400 2 50 RMSA
3480002 FIL 200 1/4 20 RMSA 6480004 FIL 400 2 5 RA
3480008 FIL 200 1/4 20 SAC 6480005 FIL 400 2 20 RA
3480003 FIL 200 1/4 50 RMSA 6480006 FIL 400 2 50 RA
3480009 FIL 200 1/4 50 SAC
3580001 FIL 200 3/8 5 RMSA
3580007 FIL 200 3/8 5 SAC
3580002 FIL 200 3/8 20 RMSA
3580008 FIL 200 3/8 20 SAC
3580003 FIL 200 3/8 50 RMSA
3580009 FIL 200 3/8 50 SAC
3680001 FIL 200 1/2 5 RMSA
3680007 FIL 200 1/2 5 SAC
3680002 FIL 200 1/2 20 RMSA
3680008 FIL 200 1/2 20 SAC
3680003 FIL 200 1/2 50 RMSA
3680009 FIL 200 1/2 50 SAC
3-82
DEPURATOR
The role of the depurator is to separate the liquid and solid particles
contained in the compressed air with a high degree of efficiency.
This separation is carried out using a special filtering element called
a “coalescence cartridge”.
TECHNICAL DATA DEP 100 DEP 200 DEP 300 DEP 400
Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Degree of purification 99.97% at 0.01 mm 99.97% at 0.01 mm 99.97% at 0.01 mm 99.97% at 0.01 mm
UNITS
1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188 188
Suggested flow at 6 bar Nl/min 230 360 500 2300 2250
Maximun suggested flow rate Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3-84
Max temperature at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122 122
Weight kg 0.4 0.9 1.4 4.2 5
Skillair® DEPURATOR
Bowl capacity cm3 22 45 75 270 270
Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical
Drain RMSA RMSA RMSA - RA RMSA - RA RMSA - RA
Notes on use It is advisable to mount a 5 mm pre-filter in order to separate the solid particles first.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.
HOW THE COALESCENCE CARTRIDGE WORKS
Air from the mains – full of impurities – flows into the coalescence cartridge COALESCENCE CROSSED
and then passes through the crossed micro-fibres that make up the cartridge. FILTER MICRO-FIBRES
During this movement the liquid particles come into contact with the crossed
micro-fibres and adhere to them. Due to the air pressure and gravity they
join up with other micro-drops at each cross-over point and gradually
increase in volume, leading to the physical phenomenon called coalescence.
When they stop moving, the drops deposit on the outside of the cartridge,
from which they detach and drop to the bottom.
Since the volume of liquid leaving the cartridge is exactly the same as the
drops arriving, the coalescence cartridge ought to work indefinitely.
Solid particles are caught with the same efficiency but, unlike drops,
they are not drained out and clog the cartridge.
To get round this problem, it is necessary to mount a 5 mm pre-filter before
the fine oil filter to separate the solid particles first.
3-83
FLOW CHARTS
DEP 100 1/4 - 3/8 DEP 400 1’’

psi Kpa bar psi Kpa bar
Flow rate
Flow rate
DEP 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2 DEP 400 2’’

UNITS
H
Flow rate
Flow rate
DEP 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi Kpa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit
H
Flow rate
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi (H) = maximum flow rate
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi recommended for optimal
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi operation
3-84
DIMENSIONS
100 - 200 - 300 400
DEP 100 DEP 200 DEP 300 DEP 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B RMSA 144 175 195 320
RA - - 199 324
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
UNITS
F 26 36 42 80
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 21.5 27.5 32.5 52.5
M RMSA 137 196 215 378
RA - - 219 382
KEY TO CODES
DEP 100 1/4 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate

discharge and automatic discharge
ELEMENT SIZE THREADED PORT TYPE OF DRAIN
at zero pressure
DEP 100 1/4 RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
3/8 discharge, independent of pressure
200 1/4
3/8 and flow rate.
1/2 (for size 300 and 400)
300 1/2 RMSA
3/4 RA
1
400 1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 DEPURATOR Skillair® 300 DEPURATOR Skillair® 400 DEPURATOR
3288001A D 100 RMSA without end plates 4488001A D 300 RMSA without end plates 6188001A D 400 RMSA without end plates
3288001 D 100 1/4 RMSA 4488002A D 300 RA without end plates 6188002A D 400 RA without end plates
3388001 D 100 3/8 RMSA 4488001 D 300 1/2 RMSA 6188001 D 400 1 RMSA
4488002 D 300 1/2 RA 6188002 D 400 1 RA
Skillair® 200 DEPURATOR 4588001 D 300 3/4 RMSA 6288001 D 400 1 1/4 RMSA
3488001A D 200 RMSA without end plates 4588002 D 300 3/4 RA 6288002 D 400 1 1/4 RA
3488001 D 200 1/4 RMSA 4688001 D 300 1 RMSA 6388001 D 400 1 1/2 RMSA
3588001 D 200 3/8 RMSA 4688002 D 300 1 RA 6388002 D 400 1 1/2 RA
3688001 D 200 1/2 RMSA 6488001 D 400 2 RMSA
6488002 D 400 2 RA
3-85
ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
Active carbon filtering systems are the most efficient in the industry
as they eliminate all traces of oils, solvents and hydrocarbons,
and remove unpleasant odours from the air.
The operating principle is based on active carbon’s ability to absorb
the majority of the polluting particles in the air thanks to the presence
of tiny passages inside the carbon granules.
The incoming air must be filtered (5 mm) and purified (0.01 mm)
to increase the duration and efficiency of the cartridge.
The cartridge must be replaced at set intervals since there is no difference
in load loss between an efficient cartridge and a saturated one.
N.B. To maintain the same performance and duration specified
on the data sheet, the load loss (∆P) must not exceed 75 mbar.
TECHNICAL DATA AC 100 AC 200 AC 300 AC 400

Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Residual oil at 20°C * mg/m3 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.003
UNITS
Duration of cartridge * hours 4000 4000 4000 1000

Max. inlet pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188
Max temperature at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122
Weight kg 0.4 0.9 1.4 4.2 5
Wall fixing screws M4 x 50 M5 x 60 M5 x 70 M6 x 110
Mounting position In any position.
Skillair® ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
Fluid 0.01mm filtred and depurated air.

Notes on use Upstream it’s necessary to mount a coalescence filter depurator of 0.01 mm.
* if the load loss of 75 mbar is not exceeded
FLOW CHARTS
AC 100 1/4 - 3/8

∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi Kpa bar
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi

(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
Nl/min
scfm
Flow rate
3-86
FLOW CHARTS
AC 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2

∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi Kpa bar
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi

(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
Nl/min
scfm
Flow rate
AC 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi Kpa bar
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi
UNITS
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi

Nl/min
scfm
Flow rate
AC 400 1 AC 400 2
Flow rate Flow rate

(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi (A) = 2 bar - 0.2 MPa - 29 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi (B) = 4 bar - 0.4 MPa - 58 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi (C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi (D) = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
(E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 MPa - 145 psi
3-87
DIMENSIONS
100 - 200 - 300 400
AC 100 AC 200 AC 300 AC 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 144 175 195 320
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
UNITS
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 21.5 27.5 32.5 52.5
M 137 196 215 378
KEY TO CODES
AC 100 1/4 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge

and automatic discharge
ELEMENT SIZE THREADED PORT TYPE
at zero pressure.
AC = Active carbon 100 1/4 RMSA
3/8
200 1/4
3/8
1/2
300 1/2
3/4
1
400 1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER Skillair® 300 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER Skillair® 400 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER
3288003A FIL AC 100 RMSA without end plates 4488003A FIL AC 300 RMSA without end plates 6188003A FIL AC 400 RMSA without end plates
3288003 FIL AC 100 1/4 RMSA 4488003 FIL AC 300 1/2 RMSA 6188003 FIL AC 400 1 RMSA
3388003 FIL AC 100 3/8 RMSA 4588003 FIL AC 300 3/4 RMSA 6288003 FIL AC 400 1 1/4 RMSA
4688003 FIL AC 300 1 RMSA 6388003 FIL AC 400 1 1/2 RMSA
Skillair® 200 ACTIVE CARBON FILTER 6488003 FIL AC 400 2 RMSA
3488003A FIL AC 200 RMSA without end plates
3488003 FIL AC 200 1/4 RMSA
3588003 FIL AC 200 3/8 RMSA
3688003 FIL AC 200 1/2 RMSA
3-88
DIAPHRAGM DRIER
SERIES DRY 100
Skillair® diaphragm driers are used to reduce the air’s moisture content
by lowering the dew point, i.e. the temperature at which condensate starts
to form. They use diaphragms with a new cross-fibre system that guarantees
a lower consumption of regenerated air and hence power.
This is an all-in-one unit complete with a filter, purifier, air intake and drier.
The air intake uses air that has been filtered and purified, but not dried,
and sends it to utilities not requiring dry air. This is a much more efficient
system as only the required quantity of compressed air is dried.
An alternative proposal is the drier by itself. As the Skillair® system is
modular, it can be inserted in any type of assembly. It is important, however,
to remember that only properly filtered and purified air must be supplied
to the drier. It’s advisable that the drier should be used at the highestpressure
as possible.
TECHNICAL DATA DRY 100 FIL + DEP + PA + DRY 100

Threaded port 1/4” - 3/8”
Max. inlet pressure 1.3 MPa / 13 bar /188 psi
Suggested flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa, 91 psi) Nl/min 230
scfm
UNITS
8
Consumption of compressed air for regeneration at 6.3 bar Nl/min 20
scfm 0.7
Minimum temperature 2°C / 35°F
Maximum temperature at 1MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi 50°C / 122°F
Noise level dB(A) < 45
Weight kg 0.84 1.24
Wall fixing screws M4 x 50
Mounting position In any position Vertical
DIAPHRAGM DRIER SERIES DRY 100 Skillair®

Drain - RMSA: drain with manual condensate
discharge and automatic discharge
at zero pressure
- SAC: automatic drain with condensate
discharge. Operates by depression – requires
variable air take-offs.
Filter bowl and purification bowl capacity cm3 - 22
Fluid Compressed air without condensate Compressed air
max solid particle size:1 mm
max oil residue: 0.01mg/m3
Important note The drier must always be preceded by a 5 mm filter and a purifier
COMPONENTS
a Body: painted anodized aluminium

b Diaphragm: poliester sulfone resin
c Inner tube: salt-water resistant aluminium
d O-Ring seals: NBR
e Adapter: anodized aluminium
f Flanges: brass
g Skillair® body: technopolymer
3-89
OPERATING PRINCIPLE
The drying element is comprised of cross-fibre diaphragms arranged around

an inner tube. The compressed air passes through the tube (A) and flows
back through the hollow diaphragms (B). At the same time, the regeneration
air required for drying is tapped from the outlet port, expands as it passes
through a nozzle (C), which reduces the relative humidity, and flows back
along the outer side of the fibres. This allows moist compressed air to flow
through the diaphragms and the dry regeneration air outside.
The difference in moisture content causes the water to pass from the
compressed air to the regeneration air, which is drained through holes (D)
at the bottom of the drier.
ADVANTAGES
• Drying is guaranteed as all the moisture is removed
• Minimum consumption of regeneration air
• Reduce drier maintenance as none of the components are subject to wear
• Environmentally friendly drying process.
FLOW CHARTS
DRY 100 FIL (5 mm) + DEP + PA + DRY 100

UNITS
A = 2.5 bar A = 2.5 bar

B = 4 bar B = 4 bar
C = 6.3 bar C = 6.3 bar
H = maximum
flow rate
recommended
for optimal
operation
Flow rate Flow rate
REGENERATION AIR
Thanks to the cross-fiber system, the flow rate loss is much lesser than in
traditional linear-fibre systems.
In the diagram on the right is indicated the drop-in air flow according to
the operating pressure.
NB: for the best drying efficiency the higest pressure possible is required,
though this implies an increase of the regeneration air.
Inlet pressure
Flow rate loss
3-90
DRYING
Dew point of the outgoing air in nominal reference conditions:
Dew point of the outgoing air at atmospheric pressure

• Dew point referred to atmospheric pressure
• Incoming air with dew point at 25°C (i.e. saturated at 25°C)
Outgoing flow rate
In the diagram below is indicated the dew point of the outgoing compressed air for various input air dew points, depending on the rate of flow of
compressed air.
INLET PRESSURE: 4 bar INLET PRESSURE: 6.3 bar INLET PRESSURE: 8 bar
UNITS
Dew point outgoing air


Outlet flow rate
Outlet flow rate Outlet flow rate
A: Incoming air with dew point at 45°C C: Incoming air with dew point at 25°C
B: Incoming air with dew point at 35°C D: Incoming air with dew point at 15°C
DRY 100 DIMENSIONS FIL+DEP+PA+DRY 100 DIMENSIONS

3290001A DRY 100 without end plates 3291001 F + D + PA + DRY 100 1/4’’ RMSA-RMSA
3290001 DRY 100 1/4’’ 3291005 F + D + PA + DRY 100 1/4’’ SAC-RMSA
3390001 DRY 100 3/8’’ 3291006 F + D + PA + DRY 100 1/4’’ SAC-SAC
3391001 F + D + PA + DRY 100 3/8’’ RMSA-RMSA
3391005 F + D + PA + DRY 100 3/8’’ SAC-RMSA
3391006 F + D + PA + DRY 100 3/8’’ SAC-SAC
3-91
REGULATORS
Each system served by the air supply mains (e.g. actuators and general
appliances) requires its own constant operating pressure. It is necessary to use
a regulator to regulate the pressure within a set range by means of regulating
springs, with the pressure never exceeding the mains pressure.
The new Skillair® regulator uses a rolling diaphragm which gives a much
better performance than the flat version.
Advantages of this system:
• Increased stroke, increased valve opening and hence higher flow rate.
• Decreased dynamic and inrush friction; prompter, more sensitive operation.
• Reduced working stress and hence longer life allowing the use of thinner
diaphragms (0.45 mm versus 1.5 mm for a flat one) which increases
regulator sensitivity and prompt action.
• Increased accuracy in maintaining the set pressure with both variable
flow rates and different feed pressures.
• Downstream overpressures relieved quickly.
TECHNICAL DATA REG 100 REG 200 REG 300 REG 400 PILOT OPERATOR*
Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Setting range bar 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 Depending on the pilot operated regulator
UNITS
1.5 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3

bar 15 15 13 13 13
psi 217 217 188 188 188
Max temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 80 80 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122 122
Skillair® REGULATORS
Weight kg 0.4 0.7 1.4 4.8 5.6

Pressure gauge port 1/8’’ 1/8’’ 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 1/4’’
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Notes on use The regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as close as possible to the required value.
*Supplied without a pilot regulator.
COMPONENTS REG 100 - 200 - 300
b Zamak end plate
e OT58 brass adjusting screw
f OT58 brass scroll
g Steel adjusting spring
h Technopolymer ring nut
i Rolling diaphragm
j NBR relieving gaskets
k OT58 brass stem
l Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
m Stainless steel valve spring
n Technopolymer plug
o NBR gaskets
3-92
COMPONENTS REG 400 PILOT OPERATED
a Aluminium body
b Aluminium end plate
c OT58 brass threaded bush, axial adjustment
d OT58 brass retaining ring
e Rolling diaphragm
f OT58 brass plug
h OT58 brass stem with air relief hole
i Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
j NBR gaskets
FLOW CHARTS
REG 100 1/4 - 3/8 REG 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2 REG 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1
Preset pressure Preset pressure Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi
psi Mpa bar psi Mpa bar psi Mpa bar
UNITS
REG 400 1’’ REG 400 2’’

Preset pressure Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi
psi Mpa bar psi Mpa bar
Flow rate Flow rate

∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit
3-93
DIMENSIONS
100 - 200 - 300 400
REG 100 REG 200 REG 300 REG 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 98 125 148 127
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
UNITS
H 30 x 1.5 40 x 1.5 48 x 1.5 -

I 21.5 27.5 32.5 52.5
M 43 55.5 65 105.4
N (pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8” 1/8” 1/4”
P 46 58 69 -
R (relief) - - - 1/4”
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE REG 400
a REMOTE PILOT
• Fit the A7 M5 plug into the threaded hole B
(close to the entrance).
• Fit the M5 fitting into the threaded hole A
as close to the entrance as possible.
• Connect the downstream circuit of the selected
pilot operated regulator to the input A
(R1 fitting).
• Set the required pressure on the pilot operated
regulator.
b DIRECT PILOT WITH Skillair® PILOT OPERATED

REGULATOR
• Remove the pins C and D under the pilot
operated regulator.
• Check that the two gaskets E and F under
the pilot are in place.
• Fix the pilot operated regulator to the base of the
regulator using the self-threading screws G.
Make sure the arrows H point in the same
direction as the arrows in relief under the base
of the regulator.
3-94
INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE REG 400
c PILOT REGULATOR FOLLOW-UP LINK

This is used when the regulator is mounted
downstream of a V3V valve or an APR.
The air can be bled from the V3V or APR valves
instead of from the regulator relieving system.
• Remove only the stud pin marked with a letter D
under the pilot regulator.
• Check the two gaskets under the pilot marked
E and F.
• Secure the pilot regulator to the regulator
base with the self-tapping screws marked with a
letter G. Making sure the arrows marked H
point in the same direction as the arrows in relief
under the regulator base.
• Remove the A7 M5 plug from the V3V or APR
plate and remount the fitting.
• Connect the pilot regulator supply to the fitting.
KEY TO CODES
REG 100 1/4 02 The pilot operated regulator is necessary

for size 400. See pag. 3-99
UNITS
ELEMENT SIZE THREADED PORT SETTING RANGE
REG 100 1/4 02 = 0 to 2 bar

3/8 04 = 0 to 4 bar
200 1/4 08 = 0 to 8 bar
3/8 012 = 0 to 12 bar
1/2
300 1/2
3/4
1
400 1 Depending on the pilot
1 1/4 used
1 1/2
2
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 REGULATOR Skillair® 200 REGULATOR Skillair® 300 REGULATOR
3202001A REG 100 02 without end plates 3402001A REG 200 02 without end plates 4402000A REG 300 02 without end plates
3202001 REG 100 1/4 02 3402001 REG 200 1/4 02 4402000 REG 300 1/2 02
3202002 REG 100 1/4 04 3402002 REG 200 1/4 04 4402001 REG 300 1/2 04
3202003 REG 100 1/4 08 3402003 REG 200 1/4 08 4402002 REG 300 1/2 08
3202004 REG 100 1/4 012 3402004 REG 200 1/4 012 4402003 REG 300 1/2 012
3302001 REG 100 3/8 02 3502001 REG 200 3/8 02 4502000 REG 300 3/4 02
3302002 REG 100 3/8 04 3502002 REG 200 3/8 04 4502001 REG 300 3/4 04
3302003 REG 100 3/8 08 3502003 REG 200 3/8 08 4502002 REG 300 3/4 08
3302004 REG 100 3/8 012 3502004 REG 200 3/8 012 4502003 REG 300 3/4 012
3602001 REG 200 1/2 02 4602000 REG 300 1 02
3602002 REG 200 1/2 04 4602001 REG 300 1 04
3602003 REG 200 1/2 08 4602002 REG 300 1 08
3602004 REG 200 1/2 012 4602003 REG 300 1 012
Skillair® 400 REGULATOR
6102001A REG 400 without end plates
6102001 REG 400 1
6202001 REG 400 1 1/4
6302001 REG 400 1 1/2
6402001 REG 400 2
3-95
100 IN-SERIES REGULATOR
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded inlet port 1/4”
Threaded user port G 1/8’’
Degree of purification bar 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
Max. input pressure 1.5 MPa - 15 bar - 217 psi
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) 500 Nl/min
∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi) 18 scfm
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) 950 Nl/min
∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) 34 scfm
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed
air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Max temperature °C 50
at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °F 122
Weight kg 0.4
Wall fixing screws M4x50
Pressure gauge port G 1/8’’
Notes on use The regulator pressure must always be set
upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a
pressure regulator with a rated pressure
DIMENSIONS
REG 100 REG 100
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8”
UNITS
A 78
B 98
C 50
D 43
E 63
F 26
G 1/4” 3/8”
H 30 x 1.5
I 21.5
Skillair® 100 IN-SERIES REGULATOR
L M4 hole
M 43
N (use) 1/8”
P 46
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
100 IN-SERIES REGULATOR Several of these Skillair® regulators can be mounted in series, all fed by
3202101A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-2 without end plates the same pressure. They can give different set pressures, each independent
3202102A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-4 without end plates of the previous regulator.
3202103A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-8 without end plates Operating compressed air can be taken from the pressure gauge ports
3202104A 100 IN-SERIES REG. 0-12 without end plates (G 1/8”).
3202101 100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-2
3202102 100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-4
3202103 100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-8
3202104 100 IN-SERIES REG. 1/4 0-12
3302101 100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-2
3302102 100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-4
3302103 100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-8
3302104 100 IN-SERIES REG. 3/8 0-12
3-96
PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR
The padlockable regulator has a pin with a hole in it that projects from the top
of the knob. When the knob is in the push-lock position, the padlock can be
inserted in the hole, preventing the knob from being operated. A padlock and
two keys are supplied with the regulator.
The new Skillair® regulator uses a rolling diaphragm which gives a much better
performance than the flat version.
Advantages of this system:
• Increased stroke, increased valve opening and hence higher flow rate.
• Decreased dynamic and inrush friction; prompter, more sensitive operation.
• Reduced working stress and hence longer life allowing the use of thinner
diaphragms (0.45 mm versus 1.5 mm for a flat one) which increases regulator
sensitivity and prompt action.
• Increased accuracy in maintaining the set pressure with both variable
flow rates and different feed pressures.
• Downstream overpressures relieved quickly.
Refer to the regulator for technical data and flow curves.
COMPONENTS
Zamak end plate
UNITS
b
e Nickel-plated OT58 brass adjusting screw
f OT58 brass scroll
h Technopolymer ring nut
i Rolling diaphragm
Skillair® PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

j NBR relieving gaskets
k OT58 brass stem
l Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
m Stainless steel valve spring
n Technopolymer plug
o NBR gaskets
p Padlock
DIMENSIONS
REG 100 KEY REG 200 KEY REG 300 KEY
Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 78 93.5 110 112 LOCKING
B 95 to 98 123 to 125 145 to 148 POSITION
C 50 63 72
D 43 55 65
E 63 78.5 92
F 26 36 42
H 30 x 1.5 40 x 1.5 48 x 1.5
I 21.5 27.5 32.5
REGULATION
L M4 hole M5 hole M5 hole POSITION
M 43 55.5 65
N 101 127 151
O (pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8” 1/8”
P 46 58 69
3-97
KEY TO CODES
REG 100 KEY 1/4 02

ELEMENT SIZE TYPE THREADED PORT SETTING RANGE
REG = Regulator 100 KEY = Padlockable 1/4 02 = 0 to 2 bar
3/8 04 = 0 to 4 bar
200 1/4 08 = 0 to 8 bar
3/8 012 = 0 to 12 bar
1/2
300 1/2
3/4
1
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR Skillair® 200 PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR Skillair® 300 PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR
UNITS
3210001A REG 100 KEY 02 without end plates 3410001A REG 200 KEY 02 without end plates 4410000A REG 300 KEY 02 without end plates
3210001 REG 100 KEY 1/4 02 3410001 REG 200 KEY 1/4 02 4410000 REG 300 KEY 1/2 02
Skillair® PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR
3610001 REG 200 KEY 1/2 02 4610000 REG 300 KEY 1 02
3610002 REG 200 KEY 1/2 04 4610001 REG 300 KEY 1 04
3610003 REG 200 KEY 1/2 08 4610002 REG 300 KEY 1 08
3610004 REG 200 KEY 1/2 012 4610003 REG 300 KEY 1 012
3-98
PILOT REGULATOR
The pilot regulator is used when great accuracy is required in maintaining

the set pressure under changing operating conditions.
It is ideal for use as:
• a precision regulator for flow rates < 100 Nl/min.
• a pilot in general - typically for large size regulators (see REG 400).
The system’s high operating accuracy and low hysteresis are determined
by the virtually total lack of friction.
The presence of a slight air leak is necessary for the regulator to operate
properly - it is not a malfunction. It is advisable to use filtered air.
TECHNICAL DATA PILOT REGULATOR

Threaded port 1/4”
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi) 120 Nl/min - 4.3 scfm
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) 140 Nl/min - 5 scfm
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air.
°F 122
Skillair® PILOT REGULATOR

Weight kg 0.6
Do not take air from the pressure gauge ports. Mount directly on REG 400.
COMPONENTS
a Aluminium body
b Technopolymer knob
c OT58 brass adjusting screw
d OT58 brass scroll
e Technopolymer bell
f Technopolymer ring nut
h Rolling diaphragm
i NBR relieving gaskets
j OT58 brass stem
k Stainless steel ball valve
l Stainless steel valve spring
m NBR gaskets
3-99
FLOW CHARTS
FLOW FEATURES REG. P 1/4’’ REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4’’ *

Preset pressure Flow rate: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm - B = 25 Nl/min = 0.88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1.76 scfm
Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi
Downstream pressure
Flow rate Upstream pressure
REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4’’ * REGULATION FEATURES REG. P 1/4’’ *

Flow rate: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm - B = 25 Nl/min = 0.88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1.76 scfm Flow rate: A = 0 Nl/min = 0 scfm - B = 25 Nl/min = 0.88 scfm - C = 50 Nl/min = 1.76 scfm

Downstream pressure
Downstream pressure
UNITS
Skillair® PILOT REGULATOR
Upstream pressure Upstream pressure

∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
* Pressure stability adjusted according to changes in upstream pressure.

test unit
DIMENSIONS
Code Description
3206001 REG. P 1/4’’ 02
3206002 REG. P 1/4’’ 04
3206003 REG. P 1/4’’ 08
3206004 REG. P 1/4’’ 012
*Pressure gauge port
3-100
PILOT PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR
The pilot regulator is used when great accuracy is required in maintaining

the set pressure under changing operating conditions.
It is ideal for use as:
• a precision regulator for flow rates < 100 Nl/min.
• a pilot in general - typically for large size regulators (see REG 400).
The system’s high operating accuracy and low hysteresis are determined by
the virtually total lack of friction. The presence of a slight air leak is necessary
for the regulator to operate properly - it is not a malfunction.
It is advisable to use filtered air.
The pilot padlockable regulator has a pin with a hole in it that projects from
the top of the knob. When the knob is in the push-lock position, the padlock
can be inserted in the hole, preventing the knob from being operated.
A padlock and two keys are supplied with the regulator.
Refer to the pilot regulator for technical data and flow curves.
COMPONENTS
a Aluminium body
Technopolymer knob
UNITS
b
c Nickel-plated brass OT58 adjusting screw
d OT58 brass scroll
f Technopolymer ring nut
h Rolling diaphragm
Skillair® PILOT PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR

j OT58 brass stem
k Stainless steel ball valve
m NBR gaskets
n Padlock
DIMENSIONS
Code Description
3208001 REG. P KEY 1/4’’ 02
LOCKING
3208002 REG. P KEY 1/4’’ 04
POSITION
3208003 REG. P KEY 1/4’’ 08
3208004 REG. P KEY 1/4’’ 012
REGULATION
POSITION
3-101
300 PILOT OPERATED REGULATOR
• Pilot-operated or servo-piloted regulator.

• Twin rolling diaphragm to ensure improved opening
and hence greater flow rate.
• Low load losses
• Excellent precision in pressure setting.
• Excellent sensitivity during relieving.
TECHNICAL DATA 300 PILOT OPERATED REG

Threaded port 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Setting range Depending on the pilot regulator
Max. input pressure MPa 1.3
bar 13
psi
UNITS
188
scfm 160
scfm 247
°F 122
Weight kg 1.3
Skillair® 300 PILOT OPERATED REGULATOR

Pressure gauge port 1/8’’
Do not take air from the pressure gauge ports.
DIMENSIONS
REG 300
Threaded port G 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 110 110 112
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
4403003A 300 PILOT OPERATED REG without end plates
4403003 300 1/2" PILOT OPERATED REG
4503003 300 3/4" PILOT OPERATED REG
4603003 300 1" PILOT OPERATED REG
3-102
FILTER REGULATOR
This device combines a filter and a pressure regulator in a single unit.

It has the dual function of filtering and regulating air from the compressor.
As the filter regulator is made up of the same elements as the regulator
and the filter, the performance is the same.
• High flow rates with low load loss.
• Special rolling diaphragm - higher flow rate, greater stability,
improved sensitivity.
• Rapid relief of downstream overpressures.
• Stability of the regulated pressure as the mains pressure fluctuates.
• Maximum degree of condensate separation.
• 360° condensate level display.
• Condensate drain with manual/semi-automatic or automatic function.
TECHNICAL DATA FR 100 FR 200 FR 300

Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Setting range bar 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
Degree of filtration mm 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50
Max. input pressure 1.5 MPa - 15 bar - 217 psi 1.3 MPa - 13 bar - 188 psi 1.3 MPa - 13 bar - 188 psi
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) Nl/min
UNITS
1100 1600 3500
∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7psi) scfm 39 57 125
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91 psi) Nl/min 1600 3000 5600
∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) scfm 57 71 200
Max temperature °C 50 50 50
at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °F 122 122 122
Weight kg 0.5 1 1.8
Wall fixing screws M4 x 50 M5 x 60 M5 x 70
Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical
Skillair® FILTER REGULATOR

Pressure gauge port 1/8” 1/8” 1/8”
Bowl capacity cm3 22 45 75
Drain RMSA - SAC RMSA - SAC - RA RMSA - RA
SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge. Operates by depression – requires variable air take-offs.
Notes on use The regulator pressure must always be set upwards. For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure
as close as possible to the required value. Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must not exceed 10 bar.
COMPONENTS
b Technopolymer knob
c OT58 brass adjusting screw
d OT58 brass scroll
f Steel adjusting spring
g Technopolymer ring nut
h Rolling diaphragm
j OT58 brass stem
k Valve with NBR vulcanized gasket
m Technopolymer centrifuge
n Technopolymer baffle plug
o Technopolymer screen
p Sintered HDPE filter cartridge
q Clear technopolymer glass
r Bowl: technopolymer for FR100 and FR200, metal for FR 300
s Drain (RMSA)
t Zamak end plate
u
21 NBR gaskets
3-103
FLOW CHARTS
FR 100 1/4 - 3/8

Preset pressure
Pm = 7 bar - 0.7 MPa - 100 psi
psi Mpa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit

Flow rate
FR 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2 FR 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1

UNITS

Flow rate Flow rate
DIMENSIONS
FR 100 FR 200 FR 300
Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 78 93.5 110 112
B RMSA 199 245 278
RA - 249 282
SAC 203 249 282
C 50 63 72
D 43 55 65
E 63 78.5 92
F 26 36 42
H 30 x 1.5 40x1.5 48 x 1.5
I 122.5 147.5 162.5
L M4 hole M5 hole M5 hole
M 43 55.5 65
N (pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8” 1/8”
P RMSA 147 178 200
RA - 182 204
SAC 151 182 204
R RMSA 137 196 215
RA - 200 219
SAC 141 200 219
3-104
KEY TO CODES
FR 100 1/4 5 02 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate

THREADED DEGREE SETTING TYPE discharge and automatic discharge
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE OF DRAIN at zero pressure.
FR 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm 02 = 0 to 2 bar RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
3/8 20 = 20 mm 04 = 0 to 4 bar SAC discharge, independent of pressure
200 1/4 50 = 50 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA
3/8 012 = 0 to 12 bar SAC and flow rate. (for size 300 and 400)
1/2 RA* SAC: automatic drain with condensate
(for size 100 and 200)
* For Skillair® 200 with RA, please
contact our sales assistance department.
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 FILTER REGULATOR Skillair® 200 FILTER REGULATOR Skillair® 300 FILTER REGULATOR
3283007A FR 100 5 08 RMSA without end plates 3483007A FR 200 5 08 RMSA without end plates 4483004A FR 300 5 08 RMSA without end plates
UNITS
3283031A FR 100 5 08 SAC without end plates 3483031A FR 200 5 08 SAC without end plates 4483013A FR 300 5 08 RA without end plates
3283007 FR 100 1/4 5 08 RMSA 3483007 FR 200 1/4 5 08 RMSA 4483004 FR 300 1/2 5 08 RMSA

3283031 FR 100 1/4 5 08 SAC 3483031 FR 200 1/4 5 08 SAC 4483013 FR 300 1/2 5 08 RA
3283032 FR 100 1/4 20 08 SAC 3483032 FR 200 1/4 20 08 SAC 4483014 FR 300 1/2 20 08 RA
3283033 FR 100 1/4 50 08 SAC 3483033 FR 200 1/4 50 08 SAC 4483015 FR 300 1/2 50 08 RA
3283034 FR 100 1/4 5 012 SAC 3483034 FR 200 1/4 5 012 SAC 4483016 FR 300 1/2 5 012 RA
3283035 FR 100 1/4 20 012 SAC 3483035 FR 200 1/4 20 012 SAC 4483017 FR 300 1/2 20 012 RA
3283036 FR 100 1/4 50 012 SAC 3483036 FR 200 1/4 50 012 SAC 4483018 FR 300 1/2 50 012 RA
3383031 FR 100 3/8 5 08 SAC 3583031 FR 200 3/8 5 08 SAC 4583013 FR 300 3/4 5 08 RA
3383032 FR 100 3/8 20 08 SAC 3583032 FR 200 3/8 20 08 SAC 4583014 FR 300 3/4 20 08 RA
3383033 FR 100 3/8 50 08 SAC 3583033 FR 200 3/8 50 08 SAC 4583015 FR 300 3/4 50 08 RA
3383034 FR 100 3/8 5 012 SAC 3583034 FR 200 3/8 5 012 SAC 4583016 FR 300 3/4 5 012 RA
3383035 FR 100 3/8 20 012 SAC 3583035 FR 200 3/8 20 012 SAC 4583017 FR 300 3/4 20 012 RA
3383036 FR 100 3/8 50 012 SAC 3583036 FR 200 3/8 50 012 SAC 4583018 FR 300 3/4 50 012 RA
3683007 FR 200 1/2 5 08 RMSA 4683004 FR 300 1 5 08 RMSA
3683008 FR 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA 4683005 FR 300 1 20 08 RMSA
3683009 FR 200 1/2 50 08 RMSA 4683006 FR 300 1 50 08 RMSA
3683010 FR 200 1/2 5 012 RMSA 4683007 FR 300 1 5 012 RMSA
3683011 FR 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA 4683008 FR 300 1 20 012 RMSA
3683012 FR 200 1/2 50 012 RMSA 4683009 FR 300 1 50 012 RMSA
3683031 FR 200 1/2 5 08 SAC 4683013 FR 300 1 5 08 RA
3683032 FR 200 1/2 20 08 SAC 4683014 FR 300 1 20 08 RA
3683033 FR 200 1/2 50 08 SAC 4683015 FR 300 1 50 08 RA
3683034 FR 200 1/2 5 012 SAC 4683016 FR 300 1 5 012 RA
3683035 FR 200 1/2 20 012 SAC 4683017 FR 300 1 20 012 RA
3683036 FR 200 1/2 50 012 SAC 4683018 FR 300 1 50 012 RA
3-105
LUBRICATOR
The pneumatic lubricator is the simplest way of properly lubricating actuators

connected to a circuit.
As air flows from the mains through the lubricator, it encounters the diaphragm
which obstruct the flow and the air is forced through the Venturi tube.
The inside of the Venturi tube is connected to the inspection dome, which
connects with the bowl via a tube with a regulating needle in between.
The drop in pressure caused by the Venturi tube sucks up air through
the dome, the tube and lastly into the bowl containing oil.
The quantity of oil controlled by the regulating needle then flows back from
the bowl to the circuit.
TECHNICAL DATA LUB 100 LUB 200 LUB 300 LUB 400
Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Type of lubrication Mist Mist Mist Mist
Bowl capacity cm3
UNITS
50 95 160 800
Versions Standard - CD Standard - CD Standard - CD - ML CD Standard - CD - ML CD
Max. inlet pressure Mpa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa to 91psi) Nl/min 1100 2200 3500 18000 21000
Skillair® LUBRICATOR
Max temperature at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50 50 50 50

°F 122 122 122 122 122
Weight Kg 0.4 0.7 1.4 4.9 5.7
Recommended oils ISO and UNI FD22 (Energol HPL to Spinesso to Mobil DTE to Tellus Oil).
Notes on use Install the lubricator as close as possible to the point of use. Fill the lubricator bowl with oil before pressurizing the system.
Do not use cleaning oils, brake fluid oils or solvents in general.
For the best lubrication results, set the drip rate to one drop per 300-600 Nl.
COMPONENTS LUB 100 - LUB 200 - LUB 300
b Bowl: technopolymer for LUB 100 and 200, metal for LUB 300
c Technopolymer plug
d Clear technopolymer glass
e NBR Venturi tube diaphragm
f Rilsan® oil suction tube
g Filter
h Clear technopolymer inspection dome
i OT58 brass oil flow regulating needle
j OT58 brass oil filling plug
k Zamak end plate
l NBR gaskets
3-106
COMPONENTS LUB 400
a Aluminium body
b Aluminium bowl
c Clear technopolymer glass
d NBR Venturi tube diaphragm
e Aluminium end plate
f OT58 brass retaining ring
g OT48 brass threaded bush with axial adjustment
h Rilsan® oil suction pipe
i Filter
j Technopolymer plug
k Clear technopolymer inspection dome
l OT58 brass oil flow regulating needle
m OT58 brass oil filling plug
n NBR gaskets
DEPRESSION FILLING WITH MINIMUM LEVEL (ML CD AUTOMATIC)

Available in sizes 300 and 400, this lubricator is controlled by a solenoid valve (2/2 NC minimum bore 3) situated on the
UNITS
lubricator body.
It reduces pressure inside the bowl allow it to be filled with oil taken from a tank at ambient pressure, which can be located in a
lower position than the lubricator (max. difference in height 2 m).
The electric indicator inside the bowl sends an electric signal used
to activate the valve. When the oil reaches the maximum level, another signal disactivates the valve. In this case, the lubricator
system operates with the oil level between minimum and maximum. If it is necessary
to keep the oil level in the bowl constant, only one of the two signals
can be used. Pressure range 3-10 bar. Connect the oil tank to the G1/4 fitting on the bowl.
Constant minimum level Constant maximum level Oil level between maximum and minimum
FILLING BY DEPRESSION (CD MANUAL)

Available in all sizes. It is operated by means of a button on the lubricator body. The pressure inside the bowl drops to allow it
to be filled with oil taken from a tank at ambient pressure, which can be located in a lower position than the lubricator
(max. difference in height 2 m). Oil filling stops when the level of oil raises the float and shuts off a specific valve.
Important – The SK4 lubricator is filled with oil by hand. Filling must stop when the oil level is visible through the spy-hole in the
bowl release lever. Pressure range 3-10 bar. Lubrication is discontinued during filling.
Connect the oil tank to the G1/4 fitting below the bowl.
3-107
FLOW CHARTS

Pm Pv T P
∆
H2O
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 MPa - 87 psi
test unit
LUB 100 1/4 - 3/8 LUB 400 1’’

∆P = (Pm-Pv) MINIMUM OPERATING ∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar FLOW CHART psi KPa bar
Pm
psi KPa bar
UNITS
LUB 200 1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2 LUB 400 2’’

∆P = (Pm-Pv) MINIMUM OPERATING ∆P = (Pm-Pv)

Pm
psi KPa bar
LUB 300 1/2 - 3/4 - 1 MINIMUM OPERATING FLOW CHART LUB 400 1’’ AND 2’’
∆P = (Pm-Pv) MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE
Pm
psi KPa bar
3-108
DIMENSIONS
100 - 200 - 300 400
LUB 100 LUB 200 LUB 300 LUB 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 162 193 214 338
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
UNITS
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 112 137.5 153 256
M 130 150 160 285
KEY TO CODES
LUB 100 1/4 - STD: Standard version filled with oil by
ELEMENT SIZE THREADED PORT TYPE OF OIL FILLING removing the bowl or through the top cap.
LUB 100 1/4 - = STD Requires circuit relieving.
3/8 ML-CD = AUTOMATIC ML CD: Depression filling with minimum level
200 1/4 CD = MANUAL
3/8
and valve
1/2 CD MANUAL: Filling by depression.
300 1/2
3/4
1
400 1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 LUBRICATOR Skillair® 300 LUBRICATOR Skillair® 400 LUBRICATOR
3281001A LUB 100 without end plates 4481001A LUB 300 without end plates 6181001A LUB 400 without end plates
3281005A LUB 100 CD manual without end plates 4481005A LUB 300 CD manual without end plates 6181004A LUB 400 CD manual without end plates
3281001 LUB 100 1/4 4481006A LUB 300 ML-CD automatic without end plates 6181006A LUB 400 ML-CD automatic without end plates
3281005 LUB 100 1/4 CD manual 4481001 LUB 300 1/2 6181001 LUB 400 1
3381001 LUB 100 3/8 4481005 LUB 300 1/2 CD manual 6181004 LUB 400 1 CD manual
3381005 LUB 100 3/8 CD manual 4481006 LUB 300 1/2 ML-CD automatic 6181006 LUB 400 1 ML-CD automatic
Skillair® 200 LUBRICATOR 4581001 LUB 300 3/4 6281001 LUB 400 1 1/4
3481001A LUB 200 without end plates 4581005 LUB 300 3/4 CD manual 6281004 LUB 400 1 1/4 CD manual
3481005A LUB 200 CD manual without end plates 4581006 LUB 300 3/4 ML-CD automatic 6281006 LUB 400 1 1/4 ML-CD automatic
3481001 LUB 200 1/4 4681001 LUB 300 1 6381001 LUB 400 1 1/2
3481005 LUB 200 1/4 CD manual 4681005 LUB 300 1 CD manual 6381004 LUB 400 1 1/2 CD manual
3581001 LUB 200 3/8 4681006 LUB 300 1 ML-CD automatic 6381006 LUB 400 1 1/2 ML-CD automatic
3581005 LUB 200 3/8 CD manual 6481001 LUB 400 2
3681001 LUB 200 1/2 6481004 LUB 400 2 CD manual
3681005 LUB 200 1/2 CD manual 6481006 LUB 400 2 ML-CD automatic
3-109
SHUT-OFF VALVE
The job of this valve is to make the circuit independent from the air supply.
It is basically a three-way valve. In the closed position, it cuts off the air
supply and discharges the downstream circuit at the same time,
which is means it is particularly useful during servicing operations.
The hand-operated version can be padlocked to lock the knob in a closed
position so that it can only be opened by someone with the right key.
An interlocked version is available for low pressure operation.
N.B.: With size 400, when the V3V is mounted upstream of the regulator,
the pilot regulator must be piloted at a pressure taken upstream of the
V3V, otherwise when the system is relieved, most of the air downstream
will be relieved by the regulator and not the V3V relief port.
For connecting instruction see page 3-95
TECHNICAL DATA V3V 100 V3V 200 V3V 300 V3V 400
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1’’ 1’’ 1’’1/4 1’’1/2 2’’
Min. inlet pressure for solenoid version ** MPa 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.3 0.3
bar
UNITS
3 3 2 3 3
psi 43.5 43.5 29 43.5 43.5
Max. input pressure* MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188 188
Skillair® SHUT-OFF VALVE
Max temperature °C 50 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122 122
Weight kg ~ 0.5 ~ 0.8 ~ 1.2 4.8 5.6
Type of control Manual - Pneumatic - Solenoid Manual - Pneumatic - Solenoid
Solenoid pilot-assisted Solenoid pilot-assisted - Key-operated
Note The end plates in the 400 series have a patented system with a rotary and sliding end joint to adapt the unit perfectly
to the pipe cutting distance.
* 1 MPa - 10 bar - 145 psi for solenoid version
** 0.01 MPa – 0.1 bar – 1.45 psi for manual, pneumatic and pilot-assisted versions with controls min. 0.3 MPa 3 bar 43.5 psi.
COMPONENTS
b Operating button
d Stainless steel safety lamination
e Locking unit
f OT58 brass piston rod
g OT58 brass top plug
h Zamak end plate
i Valve with vulcanized NBR gasket
j OT58 brass bottom plug
k Stainless steel valve spring
l NBR gaskets
3-110
DIMENSIONS OF V3V MANUAL VERSION
100 - 200 - 300 LOCKABLE 400 LOCKABLE
400 KEY-OPERATED
UNITS
V3V 100 V3V 200 V3V 300 V3V 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 106 119 132 137
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 33.5 40 46.5 72.5
M (relief) 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1”
P manual - - - 266
key-operated - - - 249
3-111
DIMENSIONS OF V3V PNEUMATIC VERSION
100 200
300 400
UNITS
V3V 100 V3V 200 V3V 300 V3V 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 83 96 106 137
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 63 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 33.5 40 46.5 72.5
M (relief) 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1”
R (pilot) 1/8” 1/8” 1/8” 1/8”
P - - - 150
3-112
DIMENSIONS OF V3V SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE
100 SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE 200 SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE
200 CNOMO 300 CNOMO SOLENOID/CNOMO SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE
UNITS
400 CNOMO SOLENOID/CNOMO SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE
V3V 100 V3V 200 V3V 300 V3V 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 78 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B Solenoid 128 129 152 137
Solenoid pilot-ass. 129 129 - 116
CNOMO control - 123 125 105
CNOMO pilot-ass. - - 138 141.4
C 50 63 72 80
D 43 55 65 -
E 63 78.5 92 -
F 26 36 42 -
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 33.5 40 46.5 72.5
M (relief) 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1”
* (pilot) 1/8” M5 M5 M5
P - - - 169
3-113
KEY TO CODES
V3V 100 1/4 MANUAL

ELEMENT SIZE THREADED PORT TYPE OF COMMAND
V3V 100 1/4 Manual (lockable)
3/8
200 1/4 Pneumatic
3/8
1/2 Solenoid pilot
300 1/2 assisted
3/4
1 Solenoid
400 1
1 1/4 Key-operated (400)
1 1/2
2
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 3-WAY VALVE Skillair® 300 3-WAY VALVE Skillair® 400 3-WAY VALVE
3270001A V3V 100 lockable without end plates 4470001A V3V 300 lockable without end plates 6169010A V3V 400 key-operated without end plates
3269000A V3V 100 pneumatic without end plates 4469000A V3V 300 pneumatic without end plates 6169000A V3V 400 pneumatic without end plates
3269001A V3V 100 solenoid without end plates 4469004A V3V 300 solenoid cnomo without end plates 6169004A V3V 400 solenoid cnomo without end plates
3269002A V3V 100 solenoid pilot assisted without end plates 4469005A V3V 300 solenoid cnomo pilot-assisted w/end plates 6169005A V3V 400 solenoid cnomo pilot-assisted w/end plates
3270001 V3V 100 1/4 lockable 4470001 V3V 300 1/2 lockable 6170002A V3V 400 lockable without end plates
3269000 V3V 100 1/4 pneumatic 4469000 V3V 300 1/2 pneumatic 6169010 V3V 400 1 key-operated
UNITS
3269001 V3V 100 1/4 solenoid 4469004 V3V 300 1/2 solenoid cnomo 6169000 V3V 400 1 pneumatic
3269002 V3V 100 1/4 solenoid pilot assisted 4469005 V3V 300 1/2 solenoid cnomo assisted 6169004 V3V 400 1 solenoid cnomo
3370001 V3V 100 3/8 lockable 4570001 V3V 300 3/4 lockable 6169005 V3V 400 1 solenoid cnomo assisted
3369000 V3V 100 3/8 pneumatic 4569000 V3V 300 3/4 pneumatic 6269010 V3V 400 1 1/4 key-operated
3369001 V3V 100 3/8 solenoid 4569004 V3V 300 3/4 solenoid cnomo 6269000 V3V 400 1 1/4 pneumatic
3369002 V3V 100 3/8 solenoid pilot assisted 4569005 V3V 300 3/4 solenoid cnomo assisted 6269004 V3V 400 1 1/4 solenoid cnomo
Skillair® 200 3-WAY VALVE 4669000 V3V 300 1 pneumatic 6269005 V3V 400 1 1/4 solenoid cnomo assisted
3470001A V3V 200 lockable without end plates 4669004 V3V 300 1 solenoid cnomo 6369010 V3V 400 1 1/2 key-operated
3469000A V3V 200 pneumatic without end plates 4669005 V3V 300 1 solenoid cnomo assisted 6369000 V3V 400 1 1/2 pneumatic
3469001A V3V 200 solenoid without end plates 4670001 V3V 300 1 lockable 6369004 V3V 400 1 1/2 solenoid cnomo
3469002A V3V 200 solenoid pilot assisted without end plates 6369005 V3V 400 1 1/2 solenoid cnomo assisted
3469004A V3V 200 solenoid cnomo comm. w/end plate 6469010 V3V 400 2 key-operated
3469005A V3V 200 solenoid cnomo ass. comm. w/end plate 6469000 V3V 400 2 pneumatic
3470001 V3V 200 1/4 lockable 6469004 V3V 400 2 solenoid cnomo
3469000 V3V 200 1/4 pneumatic 6469005 V3V 400 2 solenoid cnomo assisted
3469001 V3V 200 1/4 solenoid 6170002 V3V 400 1 lockable
3469002 V3V 200 1/4 solenoid pilot assisted 6270002 V3V 400 1 1/4 lockable
3469004 V3V 200 1/4 solenoid cnomo comm. 6370002 V3V 400 1 1/2 lockable
3469005 V3V 200 1/4 solenoid cnomo pilot-assisted 6470002 V3V 400 2 lockable
3570001 V3V 200 3/8 lockable
3569000 V3V 200 3/8 pneumatic
3569001 V3V 200 3/8 solenoid
3569002 V3V 200 3/8 solenoid pilot assisted
3569004 V3V 200 3/8 solenoid cnomo comm.
3569005 V3V 200 3/8 solenoid cnomo pilot-assisted
3670001 V3V 200 1/2 lockable
3669000 V3V 200 1/2 pneumatic
3669001 V3V 200 1/2 solenoid
3669002 V3V 200 1/2 solenoid pilot assisted
3669004 V3V 200 1/2 solenoid cnomo comm.
3669005 V3V 200 1/2 solenoid cnomo pilot-assisted
3-114
PROGRESSIVE START VALVE
The 2/2 progressive valve comes in two versions, with solenoid or pneumatic
actuation.
STD progressive start valve: a differential balanced valve automatically opens
the air port fully when the downstream pressure is about 50% of the upstream
pressure.
Progressive start valve with pneumatic or solenoid actuation: without a pilot,
the upstream air flows downstream through the regulation needle.
When an external or pneumatic solenoid signal is generated, the valve opens
the main port to create full flow. It does not relieve the downstream circuit.
TECHNICAL DATA VAP 100

Min. inlet pressure ** MPa 0.3
bar
UNITS
3
psi 43.5
Max. inlet pressure* MPa 1.5
bar 15
psi 217
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa to 87 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 MPa to 7 psi) Nl/min 1300
scfm 46
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa to 87 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa to 14 psi) Nl/min 2000
scfm 71
Skillair® PROGRESSIVE START VALVE

Max temperature °C 50
°F 122
Weight kg 0.5 ~
Type of control Automatic - Pneumatic – Solenoid – Solenoid pilot-assisted
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
** 0.01 MPa – 0.1 bar – 1.45 psi for pneumatic and pilot-assisted versions
with controls at min. 0.3 MPa 3 bar 43.5 psi.
* 1 MPa – 10 bar – 1.45 psi
3-115
DIMENSIONS OF VAP 100 STD/PNEUMATIC VALVE
VAP 100
Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8”
A 78
B 83.5
C 50
D 43
E 63
F 26
H 43
I 29
L M4 hole
R (pilot - pneumatic version) 1/8”
DIMENSIONS OF VAP 100 SOLENOID/SOLENOID PILOT-ASSISTED VALVE

VAP 100
Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8”
UNITS
A 78
B 122.5
C 50
D 43
E 63
F 26
H 43
I 29
L M4 hole
Skillair® PROGRESSIVE START VALVE
O 89
* (pilot assisted) M5
ORDERING CODES NOTES

Code Description
3271000A VAP 100 without end plates
3271500A VAP 100 pneumatic without end plates
3271600A VAP 100 solenoid without end plates
3271700A VAP 100 solenoid pilot-assisted without end plates
3271000 VAP 100 1/4
3271500 VAP 100 1/4 pneumatic
3271600 VAP 100 1/4 solenoid
3271700 VAP 100 1/4 solenoid pilot-assisted
3371000 VAP 100 3/8
3371500 VAP 100 3/8 pneumatic
3371600 VAP 100 3/8 solenoid
3371700 VAP 100 3/8 solenoid pilot-assisted
3-116
PROGRESSIVE STARTER
The job of the progressive starter is to feed air into the circuit gradually with
controlled flow. It comes in two versions with solenoid or pneumatic actua-
tion. Both control signals cause the valve to open, which allows the air con-
trolled by the flow regulator to flow slowly towards the downstream circuit.
In the APR, when the pressure in the downstream circuit reaches 50%-60%
of the upstream pressure, the valve opens the main inlet duct connecting.
The time elapsing between starting and opening the valve can be adjusted
via the built-in flow regulator. If it is necessary to relieve the downstream
circuit quickly, merely operate the control valve which cuts off air flow
in the pipe. This closes the valve and starts relieving the downstream circuit.
The progressive starter acts both as an actuator positioner, which eliminates
the risk of sudden kickback, and as a valve.
N.B. With size 400, when the APR is mounted upstream of the regulator,
the pilot regulator must be piloted at a pressure taken upstream of the APR,
otherwise when the system is relieved, most of the air downstream will be
relieved by the regulator and not the APR relief port.
For connecting instruction see page 3-95
UNITS
TECHNICAL DATA APR 100 APR 200 APR 300 APR 400
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1’’ 1’’ 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2’’
Min. inlet pressure MPa 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.3 0.3
bar 3 3 4 3 3
psi 43.5 43.5 58 43.5 43.5
Max. inlet pressure* MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
Skillair® PROGRESSIVE STARTER

bar 15 13 13 13 13
psi 217 188.5 188.5 188.5 188.5
Max temperature °C 50 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122 122
Weight kg ~ 0.8 ~ 0.9 ~ 1.5 5.6 6.4
Type of control Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic Pneumatic - Solenoid
Solenoid Solenoid CNOMO Solenoid
CNOMO Solenoid
Notes on use For the pneumatic version 200 the pilot pressure must range between the inlet P and the inlet P + 2 bar.
For pneumatic version 300, the pilot pressure must be greater or equal to the input pressure.
* 1 MPa - 10 bar - 145 psi for solenoid version
3-117
DIMENSIONS APR SOLENOID
APR 100 SOLENOID APR 200 SOLENOID
APR 200 CNOMO SOLENOID APR 300 CNOMO SOLENOID

UNITS
APR 400 SOLENOID
APR 100 ELPN APR 200 ELPN APR 200 ELPN CNOMO APR 300 ELPN CNOMO APR 400 ELPN
Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 121 93.5 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 128 125 120 152 218
C 50 63 63 72 106
D 43 55 55 65 105
E 106 78.5 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 36 42 80
H 43 55.5 55.5 65 105.4
I 34.5 36 36 74 80
L M4 hole M5 hole M5 hole M5 hole M6 hole
M (relief) 1/8” 1/4” 1/4” 1/2” 1”
0 83.5 - - - -
P - - - - 138
3-118
DIMENSIONS APR PNEUMATIC
APR 100 PNEUMATIC APR 200 PNEUMATIC
APR 300 PNEUMATIC APR 400 PNEUMATIC
UNITS
APR 100 PN APR 200 PN APR 300 PN APR 400 PN

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 121 93.5 110 112 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 83 92 122 193
C 50 63 72 116
D 43 55 65 105
E 106 78.5 92 141.4
F 26 36 42 80
H 43 55.5 65 105.4
I 34.5 36 74 80
M (relief) 1/8” 1/4” 1/2” 1”
R (pilot) 1/8” 1/8” 1/4” M5
P - - - 119
3-119
KEY TO CODES
APR 100 1/4 PNEUMATIC

ELEMENT SIZE THREADED PORT TYPE OF CONTROL
APR 100 1/4 Pneumatic
3/8 Solenoid
200 1/4
3/8
1/2
300 1/2
3/4
1
400 1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
ORDERING CODES
Skillair® 100 PROGRESSIVE STARTER Skillair® 300 PROGRESSIVE STARTER
3267001A APR 100 pneumatic without end plates 4471900A APR 300 pneumatic without end plates
3267051A APR 100 solenoid without end plates 4471901A APR 300 solenoid cnomo without end plates
3267001 APR 100 1/4 pneumatic 4471900 APR 300 1/2 pneumatic
3267051 APR 100 1/4 solenoid 4471901 APR 300 1/2 solenoid cnomo control
3367001 APR 100 3/8 pneumatic 4571900 APR 300 3/4 pneumatic
3367051 APR 100 3/8 solenoid 4571901 APR 300 3/4 solenoid cnomo control
UNITS
Skillair® 200 PROGRESSIVE STARTER 4671900 APR 300 1 pneumatic

3471000A APR 200 pneumatic without end plates 4671901 APR 300 1 solenoid cnomo control
3471001A APR 200 solenoid without end plates Skillair® 400 PROGRESSIVE STARTER
3471004A APR 200 solenoid cnomo without end plates 6171002A APR 400 pneumatic without end plates
3471000 APR 200 1/4 pneumatic 6171003A APR 400 solenoid without end plates
3471001 APR 200 1/4 solenoid 6171002 APR 400 1 pneumatic
3471004 APR 200 1/4 solenoid cnomo control 6171003 APR 400 1 solenoid
3571000 APR 200 3/8 pneumatic 6271002 APR 400 1 1/4 pneumatic
3571001 APR 200 3/8 solenoid 6271003 APR 400 1 1/4 solenoid
AVVIATORE PROGRESSIVO Skillair®
3571004 APR 200 3/8 solenoid cnomo control 6371002 APR 400 1 1/2 pneumatic
3671000 APR 200 1/2 pneumatic 6371003 APR 400 1 1/2 solenoid
3671001 APR 200 1/2 solenoid 6471002 APR 400 2 pneumatic
3671004 APR 200 1/2 solenoid cnomo control 6471003 APR 400 2 solenoid
3-120
AIR TAKE-OFF
The air take-off takes air from the Skillair® FRL unit irrespective of the
assembly position. It is necessary when air needs to be taken from the FRL
unit at any stage of the treatment (normal, filtered and regulated,
lubricated, etc.). If used separately from the FRL unit, which is infinitely
modular, it acts as a distributor allowing air take-off through the threaded
ports.
TECHNICAL DATA PA 100 PA 200 PA 300 PA 400

Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
Max. working temperature °C 50 50 50 50
at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °F
UNITS
122 122 122 122
Max. operating pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188
Threaded port G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G1
Weight kg 0.3 0.5 0.8 4.3 5.1
Skillair® AIR TAKE-OFF

100 - 200 - 300 400
PA 100 PA 200 PA 300 PA 400 Code Description

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2” 9200402A PA 100 without end plates
A 59 63 177 179 225 to 255 283 to 313 9200402 PA 100 1/4
B - - - 120 9300401 PA 100 3/8
C 50 63 72 116 9300402A PA 200 without end plates
D 43 55 65 105 9300404 PA 200 1/2
E 44 48 59 141.4 9300402 PA 200 1/4
F 26 36 42 80 9300403 PA 200 3/8
H 24 25 32 105.4 9400402A PA 300 without end plates
I - - - 67.5 9500402 PA 300 1
L M4 hole M5 hole M5 hole M6 hole 9400402 PA 300 1/2
M 1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 1” 9500401 PA 300 3/4
9700401A PA 400 without end plates
9700401 PA 400 1
9700403 PA 400 1 1/2
9700402 PA 400 1 1/4
9700404 PA 400 2
3-121
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Skillair® pressure switches feature a high degree of miniaturisation

and a modern attractive design. As they are extremely modular,
the Skillair® series can be installed facing up or down.
They come ready assembled with a 2-metre cable or an M8 connector
with a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be normally open
or normally closed. It can be regulated via a knurled push-lock handle.
On the side opposite the regulation handle is a threaded air inlet port that
can be used by removing the threaded plug.
TECHNICAL DATA PS 100 PS 200 PS 300

Hysteresis (not adjustable) bar from 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
Maximum pressure bar
UNITS
15 13 13
MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3
psi 217 188 188
Operating temperature range at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C -10 to 50
°F 14 to 122
Lower threaded port 1/4” 1/4” 3/8”
Maximum current A 2
Skillair® PRESSURE SWITCHES

Protection IP65
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
Weight kg 0.160 0.185 0.250
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer adjusting push-lock handle

b Brass adjusting screw
d Brass piston
e NBR gasket
f Choke to reduce peaks in pressure
g Technopolymer pressure switch body
h Resin finish for IP65
i Electrical contact
j Technopolymer body
k Supplementary air inlet port
l A7 plug
3-122
DIMENSIONS
PS 100 PS 200 PS 300
A 59 63 177
B 76 85 99
C 50 63 72
D 43 55 65
E 44 48 59
F 26 36 42
G 52 58 63
H 24 25 32
WIRING DIAGRAM HYSTERESIS GRAPH
VERSION WITH CABLE
UNITS
Skillair® PRESSURE SWITCHES

ACCESSORIES
ORDERING CODES SECURITY KNOB

Code Description
Skillair® 100 PRESSURE SWITCHES
3240000A PS 100 2A NO/NC 2 m cable without end plates
3240001A PS 100 2A NO/NC M8 connector without end plates

3440000A PS 200 2A NO/NC 2 m cable without end plates
3440001A PS 200 2A NO/NC M8 connector without end plates

4440000A PS 300 2A NO/NC 2 m cable without end plates Code Description
4440001A PS 300 2A NO/NC M8 connector without end plates 9200703 Acc. security knob
NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the pressure switch on the unit.
Insert the security knob and regulate the pressure switch. Then press the handle firmly
to lock it in position. If the pressure switch needs to be reset, remove the security knob
by forcing it laterally with a screwdriver.
3-123
SUB-BASE AND ADAPTER BASE
The adapter base is used to adapt the Skillair® FRL system to various
assemblies without affecting modularity or servicing.
If you use the universal adopter base plus the intermediate plate,
you can assemble several elements of different sizes.
DIMENSIONS
2-POSITION SUB-BASE
UNITS
Skillair® SUB-BASE AND ADAPTER BASE
3-POSITION SUB-BASE
100 - 2 POS. 100 - 3 POS. 200 - 2 POS. 200 - 3 POS. 300 - 2 POS. 300 - 3 POS.
A 50 50 55 55 60 60
B 34 34 44 44 49 49
C 113 165 135 200 155 230
D 52 52 65 65 75 75
E 10 10 8.5 8.5 10.5 10.5
F 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”
G 30 30 40 40 40 40
L 128 180 150 215 170 245
3-124
DIMENSIONS OF ADAPTER BASE
BA 100 BA 200 BA 300
A 46 59 69
B 34 44 49
C 34 44 49
D 43 55 65
E 10 8.5 10.5
F 10 15 18
G M4 hole M4 hole M5 hole
H Es. 7 Es. 7 Es. 7
I 5 2 5
DIMENSIONS OF SIZE ADAPTERS

BA 100 - 200 BA 100 - 300 BA 200 - 300
A 38.5 40.5 39
UNITS
Skillair® SUB-BASE AND ADAPTER BASE

Code Description
MULTIPLE SUB-BASES FOR REGULATORS
9200202 SB 2 100
9300202 SB 2 200
9400202 SB 2 300
9200302 SB 3 100
9300302 SB 3 200
9400302 SB 3 300
ADAPTER BASE
9201801 BA 100
9321801 BA 200
9401801 BA 300
SIZE ADAPTER
9301801 BA 100 - 200
9301802 BA 100 - 300
9301803 BA 200 - 300
3-125
FIL+REG+LUB
Refer to the sections on the single modules for a further description,

components and other technical data.
TECHNICAL DATA FRL 100 FRL 200 FRL 300 FRL 400
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1’’ 1’’ 1’’1/4 1’’1/2 2’’
Setting range 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 Depending on pilot regulator
UNITS
mm 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50
Max. inlet pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 300 1300 2500 9000 14000
scfm 11 46 89 320 500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 800 3000 4500 - -
scfm 28 106 160 - -
Max temperature at 10 bar °C 50 50 50 50 50
FIL+REG+LUB Skillair®
°F 122 122 122 122 122

Weight kg 0.75 1.5 2.9 ~ 10 ~ 10
KEY TO CODES
FRL 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge
THREADED DEGREE SETTING TYPE OF CONDEN- and automatic discharge at zero pressure
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE SATION DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate
FRL 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
3/8 20 = 20 mm 012 = 0 to 12 bar SAC and flow rate.
200 1/4 50 = 50 mm RMSA
3/8 SAC (for size 200, 300 and 400)
1/2 RA SAC: automatic drain with condensate
400 1
1 1/4 (for size 100 and 200)
1 1/2
2
3-126
DIMENSIONS FIL+REG+LUB
100 - 200 - 300 400
FIL+REG+LUB 100 FIL+REG+LUB 200 FIL+REG+LUB 300 FIL+REG+LUB 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 164 204.5 240 240 242 436 to 466 494 to 524
B RMSA 199 245 278 444
UNITS
RA - 249 282 448
SAC 203 249 282 448
C 50 63 72 116
E 149 189.5 222 352
F 26 36 42 80
N (pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8” 1/8” 1/4”
FIL+REG+LUB Skillair®
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
FIL+REG+LUB Skillair® 100
3282008 FRL 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3282011 FRL 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3382008 FRL 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3382011 FRL 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3482008 FRL 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3482011 FRL 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3582008 FRL 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3582011 FRL 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3682008 FRL 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
3682011 FRL 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
4482005 FRL 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
4482008 FRL 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
4582005 FRL 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
4582008 FRL 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
4682005 FRL 300 1 20 08 RMSA
4682008 FRL 300 1 20 012 RMSA
6182002 FRL 400 1 20 RMSA
6182005 FRL 400 1 20 RA
6282002 FRL 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
6382002 FRL 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
6482002 FRL 400 2 20 RMSA

- with 5 mm or 50 mm degree of filtration
- with SAC or RA condensate discharge
3-127
FR+LUB

TECHNICAL DATA FR+LUB 100 FR+LUB 200 FR+LUB 300

Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Setting range 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
UNITS
mm 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50
Max. inlet pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13
psi 217 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 300 1200 2300
scfm 11 43 82
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 800 2400 4000
scfm 28 85 142
Max temperature at 10 bar °C 50 50 50
FR+LUB Skillair®
°F 122 122 122

Weight kg 0.7 1.35 2.7
KEY TO CODES
FR+L 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE SATION RANGE RA: automatic drain with condensate
FR+L 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
200 1/4 50 = 50 mm RMSA
3/8 SAC (for size 200, 300)
3-128
DIMENSIONS FR+L
FR+LUB 100 FR+LUB 200 FR+LUB 300

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 121 149 175 177
B RMSA 199 245 278
UNITS
RA - 249 282
SAC 203 249 282
C 50 63 72
E 106 134 157
F 26 36 42
FR+LUB Skillair®
ORDERING CODES
Codie Description
FR+L Skillair® 100
3284008 FR+L 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3284011 FR+L 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3384008 FR+L 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3384011 FR+L 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
FR+L Skillair® 200
3484008 FR+L 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3484011 FR+L 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3584008 FR+L 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3584011 FR+L 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3684008 FR+L 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
3684011 FR+L 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
FR+L Skillair® 300
4484005 FR+L 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
4484008 FR+L 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
4584005 FR+L 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
4584008 FR+L 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
4684005 FR+L 300 1 20 08 RMSA
4684008 FR+L 300 1 20 012 RMSA

3-129
V3V+FR+LUB

TECHNICAL DATA V+FR+L 100 V+FR+L 200 V+FR+L 300

Threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Setting range 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
UNITS
Max. inlet pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13
psi 217 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 300 1200 2300
scfm 11 43 82
scfm 28 85 142
Max temperature at 10 bar °C 50 50 50
V3V+FR+LUB Skillair®
°F 122 122 122

Weight kg 1 1.8 3.2
KEY TO CODES
VFR+L 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE SATE DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate
VFRL+L 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
200 1/4 50 = 50 mm RMSA
3/8 SAC (for size 200, 300)
3-130
DIMENSIONS V3V+FR+L
V3V+FR+LUB 100 V3V+FR+LUB 200 V3V+FR+LUB 300

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 164 204.5 240 242
B RMSA 199 245 278
UNITS
RA - 249 282
SAC 203 249 282
C 50 63 72
E 149 189.5 222
F 26 36 42
V3V+FR+LUB Skillair®
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
VFR+L Skillair® 100
3272008 VFR+L 100 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3272011 VFR+L 100 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3372008 VFR+L 100 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3372011 VFR+L 100 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3472008 VFR+L 200 1/4 20 08 RMSA
3472011 VFR+L 200 1/4 20 012 RMSA
3572008 VFR+L 200 3/8 20 08 RMSA
3572011 VFR+L 200 3/8 20 012 RMSA
3672008 VFR+L 200 1/2 20 08 RMSA
3672011 VFR+L 200 1/2 20 012 RMSA
4472005 VFR+L 300 1/2 20 08 RMSA
4472008 VFR+L 300 1/2 20 012 RMSA
4572005 VFR+L 300 3/4 20 08 RMSA
4572008 VFR+L 300 3/4 20 012 RMSA
4672005 VFR+L 300 1 20 08 RMSA
4672008 VFR+L 300 1 20 012 RMSA

3-131
FIL+LUB

TECHNICAL DATA F+L 100 F+L 200 F+L 300 F+L 400
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1’’ 1’’ 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2’’
Degree of filtration mm 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50 5 - 20 - 50
UNITS
1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3

bar 15 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 600 1800 3200 9000 14000
scfm 21 64 113 320 500
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 1200 3200 4500 - -
scfm 42 113 160 - -
Max temperature at 10 bar °C 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122
FIL+LUB Skillair®
Weight kg 0.5 1.1 2.2 ~8

KEY TO CODES
F+L 100 1/4 20 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge
THAREADED DEGREE TYPE OF and automatic discharge at zero pressure
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION CONDENSATE DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate
F+L 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
3/8 20 = 20 mm SAC and flow rate.
200 1/4 50 = 50 mm RMSA
3/8 RA (for size 200, 300 and 400)
1/2 SAC: automatic drain with condensate
300 1/2 discharge.
3/4 Operates by depression – requires
400 1
1 1/4 (for size 100 and 200)
1 1/2
2
3-132
DIMENSIONS FIL+LUB
100 - 200 - 300 400
FIL+LUB 100 FIL+LUB 200 FIL+LUB 300 FIL+LUB 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2”
A 121 149 175 177 330 to 360 388 to 418
B RMSA 172.5 203.5 223.5 349.5
UNITS
RA - 207.5 227.5 353.5
SAC 176.5 207.5 227.5 353.5
C 50 63 72 116
E 106 134 157 247
F 26 36 42 80
FIL+LUB Skillair®
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
F+L Skillair® 100
3285002 F+L 100 1/4 20 RMSA
3385002 F+L 100 3/8 20 RMSA
F+L Skillair® 200
3485002 F+L 200 1/4 20 RMSA
3585002 F+L 200 3/8 20 RMSA
3685002 F+L 200 1/2 20 RMSA
F+L Skillair® 300
4485002 F+L 300 1/2 20 RMSA
4585002 F+L 300 3/4 20 RMSA
4585005 F+L 300 3/4 20 RA
4685002 F+L 300 1 20 RMSA
F+L Skillair® 400
6185002 F+L 400 1 20 RMSA
6185005 F+L 400 1 20 RA
6285002 F+L 400 1 1/4 20 RMSA
6385002 F+L 400 1 1/2 20 RMSA
6485002 F+L 400 2 20 RMSA

3-133
FIL+DEP

TECHNICAL DATA F+D 100 F+D 200 F+D 300 F+D 400
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1’’ 1’’ 1 1/4” 1 1/2” 2’’
Degree of filtration Filter mm 5 5 5 5
Depurator mm
UNITS
0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01

Max. inlet pressure MPa 1.5 1.3 1.3 1.3
bar 15 13 13 13
psi 217 188 188 188
Max temperature at 10 bar °C 50 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122 122
Weight Kg 0.6 1.3 2.2 ~7
Maximun suggested flow rate Please look at the flow rate curves at page 3-84
FIL+DEP Skillair®

KEY TO CODES
F+D 100 1/4 5 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge
THREADED DEGREE TYPE OF and automatic discharge at zero pressure
ELEMENT SIZE
PORT OF FILTRATION CONDENSATE DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate
F+D 100 1/4 5 = 5 mm RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
3/8 SAC and flow rate. (for size 300 and 400)
200 1/4 RMSA
1/2 discharge.
300 1/2 Operates by depression – requires
3/4 variable air take-offs.
1 (for size 100 and 200)
400 1
1 1/4
1 1/2
2
3-134
DIMENSIONS FIL+DEP
100 - 200 - 300 400
FIL+DEP 100 FIL+DEP 200 FIL+DEP 300 FIL+DEP 400

Threaded port G 1/4” 3/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1” 1” 1/4” 1” 1/2” 2”
A 121 149 175 177 330 to 360 388 to 418
B RMSA 144 175 195 320
UNITS
RA - 179 199 324
SAC 148 179 199 324
C 50 63 72 116
E 106 134 157 247
F 26 36 42 80
FIL+DEP Skillair®
ORDERING CODES
F+D Skillair® 100 F+D Skillair® 300
3289001 F+D 100 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA 4489001 F+D 300 1/2 5 RMSA-RMSA
3289005 F+D 100 1/4 5 SAC-RMSA 4489002 F+D 300 1/2 5 RA-RA
3289006 F+D 100 1/4 5 SAC-SAC 4589001 F+D 300 3/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
3389001 F+D 100 3/8 5 RMSA-RMSA 4589002 F+D 300 3/4 5 RA-RA
3389005 F+D 100 3/8 5 SAC-RMSA 4689001 F+D 300 1 5 RMSA-RMSA
3389006 F+D 100 3/8 5 SAC-SAC 4689002 F+D 300 1 5 RA-RA
F+D Skillair® 200 F+D Skillair® 400
3489001 F+D 200 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA 6189001 F+D 400 1 5 RMSA-RMSA
3489005 F+D 200 1/4 5 SAC-RMSA 6189002 F+D 400 1 5 RA-RA
3489006 F+D 200 1/4 5 SAC-SAC 6289001 F+D 400 1 1/4 5 RMSA-RMSA
3589001 F+D 200 3/8 5 RMSA-RMSA 6289002 F+D 400 1 1/4 5 RA-RA
3589005 F+D 200 3/8 5 SAC-RMSA 6389001 F+D 400 1 1/2 5 RMSA-RMSA
3589006 F+D 200 3/8 5 SAC-SAC 6389002 F+D 400 1 1/2 5 RA-RA
3689001 F+D 200 1/2 5 RMSA-RMSA 6489001 F+D 400 2 5 RMSA-RMSA
3689005 F+D 200 1/2 5 SAC-RMSA 6489002 F+D 400 2 5 RA-RA
3689006 F+D 200 1/2 5 SAC-SAC
3-135
UNITS FOR “UL” AND “CSA” APPROVED COILS
The following units come in a version for use

with UL- and CSA-approved coils.
• Skillair® VAP, APR and V3V
UL certification refers to the coil system and pilot; CSA certification refers
to the coil only.
NOTES
UL is an independent organisation involved in the safety certification of products for the North American market. Coils and solenoid pilots are certified
under UL 429 - Electrically operated valves.
The UR mark concerns UL-recognised components and is used for ones that are part of a larger product or system. This is why UR can be read on the coil.
The certification of these components is only valid if they are used in the manufacturer’s stated conditions (in our case voltage ± 10% etc.).
The company that manufactures the certified components is included in a UL-listing of certified manufacturers. The list does not include the name Metal
Work, but rather the name Nass Magnet (UL file: MH13513), with which we have an agreement for the supply and customisation of coils and solenoid
UNITS
valves.
The use of approved coils and pilots does not automatically certify the whole unit, nor application of a specific machine or plant. Such approval will
therefore be up to the manufacturer of the machine or plant.
CSA (Canadian Standard Association) safety standards are applicable in Canada. The coil complies with CSA 22.2.
Units on which these coils can be mounted have the same code and description as those of the corresponding standard valves, followed by the suffix “L”.
Example: Standard version Approved version

Code 3669001 3669001L

Description V3V 200 ELPN 1/2 V3V 200 ELPN 1/2 L
All units of this type have a painted or anodized aluminium control and can only mount Metal Work coils having a code that begins with W0217
(approved coil).
For the technical data, a diagram of the components and the code key, please refer to the section in the catalogue of the corresponding family of standard
units.
UL AND CSA COILS
UR-marked coils are therefore components that can form part of a larger pro- • Voltage tolerance: ±10%
duct of system. Approval of the component is valid in the above operating • Insulation class: F155
• Degree of protection: IP65 EN60529 with connector
conditions only. The coils must be mounted on suitable units, ones for which • Avoid prolonged exposure to the atmospheric agents
the Metal Work code ends with L. • Temperature range: + 20°C to + 50°C (DC version)
+ 20°C to + 40°C (AC version)
• Max coil temperature at ED 100%: + 58°C to + 20°C (DC version)
+ 81°C to + 20°C (AC version)

voltage
W0217000151 Coil 22 Ø9 2.9W 12VDC UR 12Vcc 2.9 W
W0217000101 Coil 22 Ø9 2.6W 24VDC UR 24Vcc 2.6 W
W0217000111 Coil 22 Ø9 6/4.9 VA 24V 50/60Hz UR 24V 50 Hz 6VA
24V 60 Hz 4.9VA
W0217000121 Coil 22 Ø9 6/4.9 VA 110V 50/60Hz UR 110V 50 Hz 6 VA
110V 60 Hz 4.9 VA
48 Vcc 2.7 VA
W0217000131 Coil 22 Ø9 6/4.9 VA 230V 50/60Hz UR 230V 50 Hz 6 VA
230V 60 Hz 4.9 VA
3-136
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: VAP Skillair® 100
Code Description
VAP Skillair® 100
3271600AL VAP 100 ELPN without end plates L
3271600L VAP 100 1/4 ELPN L
3371600L VAP 100 3/8 ELPN L
UNITS
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: APR and V3V Skillair® 100
Code Description
APR Skillair® 100
3267051AL APR 100 ELPN without end plates L
3267051L APR 100 1/4 ELPN L
3367051L APR 100 3/8 ELPN L
V3V Skillair® 100

3269001AL V3V 100 ELPN without end plates L
3269001L V3V 100 1/4 ELPN L
3369001L V3V 100 3/8 ELPN L
3-137
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: V3V and APR Skillair® 200 CNOMO,
V3V and APR Skillair® 300, V3V Skillair® 400 CNOMO, APR Skillair® 400
Code Description
9453922L CNOMO 3/2 with bistable manual actuation
Skillair® 200 V3V CNOMO

3469004AL V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO without end plates L
3469004L V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/4 L
3569004L V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO 3/8 L
3669004L V3V 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/2 L
Skillair® 200 APR CNOMO

3471004AL APR 200 ELPN CNOMO without end plates L
3471004L APR 200 ELPN CNOMO 1/4 L

4469004L V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO 1/2 L
4569004L V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO 3/4 L
4669004L V3V 300 ELPN CNOMO 1 L
Skillair® 300 APR CNOMO

4471901AL APR 300 ELPN CNOMO without end plates L
UNITS
4671901L APR 300 ELPN CNOMO 1 L
Skillair® 400 APR

6171003L APR 400 ELPN 1 L
6271003L APR 400 ELPN 1 1/4 L
6371003L APR 400 ELPN 1 1/2 L
6471003L APR 400 ELPN 2 L

6269004L V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO 1 1/4 L
6369004L V3V 400 ELPN CNOMO 1 1/2 L
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR: Skillair® 200 APR AND V3V

Code Description
Skillair® 200 APR
3471001L APR 200 ELPN 1/4 L
3571001L APR 200 ELPN 3/8 L
3671001L APR 200 ELPN 1/2 L
Skillair® 200 V3V

3469001AL V3V 200 ELPN without end plates L
3469001L V3V 200 ELPN 1/4 L
3569001L V3V 200 ELPN 3/8 L
3669001L V3V 200 ELPN 1/2 L
3-138
ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG. COIL FOR CDV CDML LUBRICATOR
9200701 SF100- BIT-ND1/4 W0216001001 Coil 24 V CC
9400701 SF200-ND-3/8 1/2 W0216001011 Coil 24V 50/60HZ
9400702 SF300 W0216001021 Coil 110V 50/60HZ
W0216001031 Coil 220V 50/60HZ
CodE A B C D E
9200701 32 20 12 5.5 14.2
9400701 42 40 12 5.5 15
9400702 48 49 12 5.5 17
PRESSURE GAUGES ELECTRIC CONNECTOR FOR V3V-APR ELPN

9700101 M 40 1/8 12 W0970510011 Connector standard
9700102 M 40 1/8 04 W0970510012 Connector 22 LED 24V
9900101 M 63 1/4 12 W0970510015 Connector 22 LED VDR 24V
UNITS
W0970510070 Connector 22 ATEX II 3 GD
Skillair® ACCESSORIES
COIL FOR APR AND V3V SOLENOID ELECTRIC CONNECTOR FOR V3V APR WITH CNOMO
W0215000101 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 2W-24VDC W0970520033 Connector 30 STD
W0215000111 Coil 22 Ø 8 BA 3.5VA-24VAC W0970520034 Connector 30 LED 24V
COIL FOR V3V APR WITH CNOMO CONNECTOR KIT FOR SKILLAIR CODE A
W0210010100 Coil 30 D8 4W-24VDC 9230301 Connector kit 100
W0210011100 Coil 30 D8 4VA-24VAC 50/60 HZ 9330301 Connector kit 200
3-139
SPARES PARTS
INPUT/OUTPUT END PLATE KIT FILTER BOWL
9230401 IN/OUT end plate kit 100 1/4 9253301 Spares TF 100 RMSA
9330501 IN/OUT end plate kit 100 3/8 9255301 Spares TF 100 SAC
9330701 IN/OUT end plate kit 200 3/8 9355301 Spares TF 200 SAC
9430701 IN/OUT end plate kit 300 1/2 9453301 Spares TF 300 RA
9531001 IN/OUT end plate kit 300 1 9653301 Spares TF 400 RA
9631001 IN/OUT end plate kit 400 1
9631101 IN/OUT end plate kit 400 1 1/4
KIT FOR COIL EEXM (FOR V3V-APR-LUB) LUBRICATOR BOWL

0227606913 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 cable 3 m 9253501 Spares TL 100
0227606915 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC EEXMT5 cable 5 m 9202503 Spares TL 100 CA
0227608013 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 cable 3 m 9202502 Spares TL 100 CD
0227608015 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC EEXMT5 cable 5 m 9202501 Spares TL 100 ML
0227608023 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 cable 3 m 9353501 Spares TL 200
0227608025 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC EEXMT5 cable 5 m 9302501 Spares TL 200 CA
0227608033 Kit for coil 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 cable 3 m 9302503 Spares TL 200 CD
0227608035 Kit for coil 30 230 VAC EEXMT5 cable 5 m 9302502 Spares TL 200 ML
9453501 Spares TL 300
UNITS
According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, group 2, category 2 GD 9202403 Spares TL 300 CA

9202401 Spares TL 300 CD
9202402 Spares TL 300 ML
9653501 Spares TL 400
9653502 Spares TL 400 CA
9653504 Spares TL 400 CD
9653503 Spares TL 400 ML
Skillair® ACCESSORIES - SPARES PARTS
KIT COIL SIDE 22 IP65 (FOR V3V-APR-LUB) FILTERING ELEMENTS

0222100100 Kit for coils 22 - IP65 9251705 Spares FP 100 5
9251706 Spares FP 100 20
9251707 Spares FP 100 50
Improved IP65 protection, even after prolonged exposure 9351705 Spares FP 200 5
to atmospheric agents. Applicable to valves with 9351706 Spares FP 200 20
a technopolymer control. 9351707 Spares FP 200 50
9451705 Spares FP 300 5
9451706 Spares FP 300 20
9451707 Spares FP 300 50
9651706 Spares FP 400 5
9651707 Spares FP 400 20
9651705 Spares FP 400 50
NOTES FILTERING/PURIFICATION ELEMENTS

Code Description
9251711 Spares FP DEP. 100
3-140
CARTRIDGE AC UPPER COVER FOR REGULATOR AND FR
CodE Description Code Description
9251713 Spares CARTRIDGE 100 AC 9250800 RIC.CS 100 02
9350800 RIC.CS 200 02
9350810 RIC.CS 200 04
9350811 RIC.CS 200 08
9350812 RIC.CS 200 012
9450805 RIC.CS 300 04
9450806 RIC.CS 300 08
9450807 RIC.CS 300 012
9450808 RIC.CS 300 02
VENTURI LUBRICATOR DIAPHRAGM COMPLETE POPPET FOR REGULATORS

9252001 Spares MB 100 ND 1/4 9250704 Spares OTR 100
9352001 Spares MB 200 ND 3/8-1/2 9350704 Spares OTR 200
9452001 Spares MB 300 9450704 Spares OTR 300
9652601 Spares MB 400 9650704 Spares OTR 400
UNITS
Skillair® SPARES PARTS
TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR COVER COMPLETE POPPET FOR FR
9251302 Spares CVL 100-200-300-400 BIT 9250902 Spares OTFR 100 5
9250903 Spares OTFR 100 20
9250904 Spares OTFR 100 50
9350902 Spares OTFR 200 5
9350903 Spares OTFR 200 20
9350904 Spares OTFR 200 50
9450902 Spares OTFR 300 5
9450903 Spares OTFR 300 20
9450904 Spares OTFR 300 50
SPRINGS FOR REDUCERS AND FRS UPPER COVER DISASSEMBLY SPANNER

9250605 RIC.MO 100 02 9220701 Spares cover spanner
9250606 RIC.MO 100 04
9250607 RIC.MO 100 08
9250608 RIC.MO 100 012
9350605 RIC.MO 200 02
9350606 RIC.MO 200 04
9350607 RIC.MO 200 08
9350608 RIC.MO 200 012
9450605 RIC.MO 300 04
9450606 RIC.MO 300 08
9450607 RIC.MO 300 012
9450608 RIC.MO 300 02
3-141
REG AND FR VISUAL DOME DISASSEMBLY SPANNER PROVISION FOR SOLENOID CONTROL TO CNOMO FOR APR-300
9220401 Spares dome dis. spanner 100 9454001 Spares PCE to CNOMO
9323401 Spares dome dis. spanner 200
9420401 Spares dome dis. spanner 300
POPPET DISASSEMBLY SPANNER (FOR REG.) PROVISION FOR MICRO SOLENOID CONTROL FOR APR-300
9220501 Spares R cap disass. WR. 100 9453601 Spares PCE MICRO
9323501 Spares R cap disass. WR. 200
9420501 Spares R cap disass. WR. 300
UNITS
Skillair® SPARES PARTS
POPPET DISASSEMBLY SPANNER (FOR FR) PROVISION FOR PNEUMATIC CONTROL FOR APR-300
9220801 Spares FR cap disass. WR. 100 9453701 Spares PCP pneumatic
9320801 Spares FR cap disass. WR. 200
9420801 Spares FR cap disass. WR. 300
CAP DISASSEMBLY SPANNER CNOMO SOLENOID CONTROL FOR APR-300 and V3V 300
9220601 Spares cap disass. 100 9453901 Spares CEC CNOMO 24CC
9323601 Spares cap disass. 200 9453902 Spares CEC CNOMO 24V
9420601 Spares cap disass. 300 9453903 Spares CEC CNOMO 110V
9453904 Spares CEC CNOMO 220V
3-142
MICRO SOLENOID CONTROL FOR APR-300 and V3V 300
INTERMEDIATE COVER PLATE
(NO MORE IN THE CATALOGUE)
9453801 Spares CEM MiCRo 24CC 9152107 Spares intermediate cover plate 100
9453802 Spares CEM MiCRo 24V 9152114 Spares intermediate cover plate 200
KEY-OPERATED V3V 400 AUTOMATIC DRAIN (RA)

9455401 Spares kit C.C. 400 9000802 Spares RA automatic drain
UNITS
Skillair® SpARES pARtS
MANUAL LOCKABLE V3V 400 AUTOMATIC DRAIN (SAC)
9455601 Spares kit lockable 400 9000803 Spares SAC automatic drain
INPUT/OUTPUT COVER PLATE NOTES

Code Description
9152103 Spares output cover plate 100
9152105 Spares input cover plate 100
3-143
SUMMARY
P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA New deal pAGE 3-146
P New deal FILTER pAGE 3-148
P New deal DEPURATOR pAGE 3-151
P New deal REGULATOR pAGE 3-153
P New deal PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR pAGE 3-156

UNITS
P New deal PILOT-ASSISTED REGULATOR pAGE 3-158

SuMMARY new deal
P New deal REGULATOR-REGULATOR WITH V3V 3/4”-1” pAGE 3-159
P New deal FILTER REGULATOR pAGE 3-162
P New deal LUBRICATOR pAGE 3-165
P New deal SHUT-OFF VALVE pAGE 3-168
P New deal V3V - 3/4”-1” CIRCUIT SHUT-OFF VALVE pAGE 3-170
3-144
P New deal AIR TAKE-OFF pAGE 3-172
P New deal SUB-BASE pAGE 3-173
P New deal AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE DRAIN pAGE 3-174
P FIL+REG+LUB New deal pAGE 3-175
P FRPL 3/4”-1” New deal pAGE 3-177
UNITS
P FR+LUB New deal pAGE 3-179
SuMMARY new deal

P V3V+FR+LUB New deal pAGE 3-181
P FIL+DEP New deal pAGE 3-183
P FIL+LUB New deal pAGE 3-185
P New deal ACCESSORIES pAGE 3-187
P New deal SPARE PARTS pAGE 3-189
3-145
newdeal is the forerunner of all air treatment units by Metal Work.

the entire range is top quality, heavy-duty and reliable.
these units are designed for use at high pressures* and in applications
where the temperature and quality of the ambient area are critical.
*For further details, refer to the Specification for the item in question.
TECHNICAL DATA ND 1/4’’ ND 3/8’’ ND 1/2’’ ND 3/4’’ ND 1’’

threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Degree of purification
UNITS
mm 99.97% at 0.01
Max. input pressure Mpa 1.8
bar 18
psi 261
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa to 7 psi) nl/min from 200 at 12000
temperature range at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C –10 to +50
°F 62 to 122
GEnERAL tECHniCAL DAtA new deal
Elements comprising the range Filter, Depurator, Regulator, pilot operated Regulator, in-series Regulator,
Filter-regulator, Lubricator, Circuit Shut-off Valve
Compatibility with oils please refer to page 6-7 of the tecnical documentation
WALL MOUNTING
3-146
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
ASSEMBLY TIE RODS
UNITS
Elements that can 1/4 3/8 - 1/2 3/4 - 1
be assembled Type Code Ref. Type Code Ref. Type Code Ref.
F/L+R/FR A 9250001 CVA 1/4 4x40 A 9450001 CVA 1/2 5x55 A 9650001 CVA 1 6x70
V3V+R/FR A 9250001 CVA 1/4 4x40 A 9450002 CVA 1/2 5x60 - - -
V3V+F/L+R/FR A 9250002 CVA 1/4 4x82 A 9450003 CVA 1/2 5x120 - - -
F/L/D+F/L/D B 9200901 F+L t 1/4 B 9400901 F+L t 3/8-1/2 B 9600901 F+L t 3/4-1
GEnERAL tECHniCAL DAtA new deal

the knob can be locked so that the air pressure must always
the set pressure cannot be altered. be set upwards.
With the knob in the centre position, press the button to drain condensate turn the knob anticlockwise to close to clean or replace the filter element
the drain is semi-automatic. when the bowl is pressurized. the valve with bowl pressurized or not unscrew the screen of the centrifuge
the drain operates when the bowl is pressurized. assembly. use a no. 3 compass spanner
not pressurized and closes when it is. to unscrew the bowl.
3-147
FILTER
Filter with different impurity filtration degrees.

• Metal bowl with external viewing
• Semi-automatic and condensate drainage
TECHNICAL DATA FIL ND 1/4’’ FIL ND 3/8’’ FIL ND 1/2’’ FIL ND 3/4’’ FIL ND 1’’
threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Max. inlet pressure Mpa 1.8 1.8 1.8
bar 18 18 18
psi
UNITS
261 261 261

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa to 7 psi) nl/min 1300 3100 9100
scfm 46 110 324
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 1 bar (0.1 Mpa to 14 psi) nl/min 1720 4100 11000
scfm 61 146 391
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50° 50° 50°
°F 122° 122° 122°
Weight kg 0.4 0.9 1.2
new deal FiLtER
Bowl capacity cm3 10 45 170

Mounting position Vertical Vertical Vertical
Drain RMSA - SAC RMSA - SAC - RA RMSA - RA
operates by depression – requires variable air take-offs.
note on use The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage must
not exceed 10 bar.
COMPONENTS
a Zamak body
b Aluminium bowl
c technopolymer centrifuge
d technopolymer baffle plug
e technopolymer screen
f Clear technopolymer bowl
g Drain (RMSA)
h HDpE bronze filter cartridge (1/4 - 3/8 - 1/2),
sintered bronze (1”)
i nBR gaskets
3-148
FLOW CHARTS
FiL 1/4
∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit
• Flow tests carried out at the Department of Mechanics, turin polytechnic,

using the computerized test bench following CEtop Rp50R recommendations
(iSo DiS 6358-2-approved) with iSo 5167 diaphragm gauge.
Flow rate
(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 Mpa - 29 psi (D) = 8 bar - 0.8 Mpa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 Mpa - 58 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 Mpa - 145 psi
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 Mpa - 87 psi
FiL 3/8 - 1/2 FiL 3/4 - 1’’

UNITS
new deal FiLtER

Flow rate
Flow rate
DIMENSIONS
FIL ND 1/4’’ FIL ND 3/8’’ FIL ND 1/2’’ FIL ND 3/4’’ FIL ND 1’’
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 42 60 80
B RMSA 142 180 235
RA - 184 239
SAC 146 184 239
C 42 60 80
D 42 60 80
E 32 46 66
G 10 14 22
H 21 30 40
M RMSA 185 230 325
RA - 234 329
SAC 189 234 329
3-149
KEY TO CODES
FIL 1/4 4 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge and automatic discharge
THREADED DEGREE TYPE OF CONDENSATE at zero pressure.
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTRATION DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate discharge, independent
FiL. 1/4 4 mm RMSA of pressure and flow rate.
20 mm SAC SAC: automatic drain with condensate discharge.
3/8 50 mm RMSA
1/2 SAC operates by depression – requires variable air take-offs.
RA
3/4 RMSA
1 RA

Code Description
NEW DEAL FILTER 1/4”
UNITS
1221005 FiL 1/4 4 RMSA

1221013 FiL 1/4 4 SAC
1221006 FiL 1/4 20 RMSA
1221014 FiL 1/4 20 SAC
1221008 FiL 1/4 50 RMSA
1221016 FiL 1/4 50 SAC
1321005 FiL 3/8 4 RMSA
1321009 FiL 3/8 4 RA
new deal FiLtER
1321013 FiL 3/8 4 SAC

1321006 FiL 3/8 20 RMSA
1321010 FiL 3/8 20 RA
1321014 FiL 3/8 20 SAC
1321008 FiL 3/8 50 RMSA
1321012 FiL 3/8 50 RA
1321016 FiL 3/8 50 SAC
1421005 FiL 1/2 4 RMSA
1421009 FiL 1/2 4 RA
1421013 FiL 1/2 4 SAC
1421006 FiL 1/2 20 RMSA
1421010 FiL 1/2 20 RA
1421014 FiL 1/2 20 SAC
1421008 FiL 1/2 50 RMSA
1421012 FiL 1/2 50 RA
1421016 FiL 1/2 50 SAC
1521005 FiL 3/4 4 RMSA
1521009 FiL 3/4 4 RA
1521006 FiL 3/4 20 RMSA
1521010 FiL 3/4 20 RA
1521008 FiL 3/4 50 RMSA
1521012 FiL 3/4 50 RA
NEW DEAL FILTER 1”
1621005 FiL 1 4 RMSA
1621009 FiL 1 4 RA
1621006 FiL 1 20 RMSA
1621010 FiL 1 20 RA
1621008 FiL 1 50 RMSA
1621012 FiL 1 50 RA
3-150
DEPURATOR
oil-proof depurator with coalescing cartridge

• Manual/semi-auto or automatic condensate drain
TECHNICAL DATA DEP ND 3/8’’ DEP ND 1/2’’

threaded port 3/8’’ 1/2’’
Degree of depuration mm 99.97% a 0.01
Max. inlet pressure Mpa 1.8
bar 18
psi
UNITS
261
Maximum suggested flow rate please look at the flow rate curves
Suggested flow rate at 6 bar nl/min 230
scfm 8
Fluid Filtered air 4 mm
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50
°F 122
Weight kg 0.9
new deal DEpuRAtoR

Drain RMSA - SAC - RA
note on use it is advisable to mount a 4 mm filter upstream the depurator acting as a rough filter.
the maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
must not exceed 10 bar.
FLOW CHARTS
D 3/8 - 1/2
∆P = (Pm-Pv)
psi KPa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2 O
test unit

(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 Mpa - 29 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 Mpa - 145 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 Mpa - 58 psi (H) = maximum flow rate
Flow rate (C) = 6 bar - 0.6 Mpa - 87 psi recommended for optimal
(D) = 8 bar - 0.8 Mpa - 116 psi operation
3-151
DIMENSIONS
DEP ND 3/8’’ DEP ND 1/2’’
A 60
B RMSA 180
RA 184
SAC 184
C 60
D 60
E 46
G 14
H 30
L M4 hole
M RMSA 230
RA 234
SAC 234
KEY TO CODES
DEP 3/8 RMSA RMSA: Manual/semi-auto drain

RA: Automatic drain. Float-type operation irrespective of the pressure
UNITS
THREADED CONDENSATE
ELEMENT
PORT DRAIN and flow rate.
DEp 3/8 RMSA SAC: Automatic drain. operates by depression - requires variable
1/2 RA air take-offs.
SAC
deal DEpuRAtoR
FITTINGS
new

Code Description
DEPURATOR 3/8”
1322002 DEp 3/8 RMSA
1322003 DEp 3/8 RA
1322004 DEp 3/8 SAC
DEPURATOR 1/2”
1422002 DEp 1/2 RMSA
1422003 DEp 1/2 RA
1422004 DEp 1/2 SAC
3-152
REGULATOR
Highly reliable, heavy-duty piston-operated regulator.

• Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure varies
• Standard overpressure blowoff valve
• Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of the body.
TECHNICAL DATA REG ND 1/4’’ REG ND 3/8’’ REG ND 1/2’’ REG ND 3/4’’ REG ND 1’’
threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Setting range bar 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 4 - 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
Max. inlet pressure Mpa
UNITS
1.8 1.8 1.8
bar 18 18 18
psi 261 261 261
scfm 7 39 89
scfm 23 89 160
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122
new deal REGuLAtoR

Weight kg 0.3 0.8 1.5
Gauge port 1/8’’ 1/8’’ 1/4’’
Mounting position in any position
note on use the regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
For increased sensitivity, use a pressure regulator with a rated pressure as close
as possible to the required value.
Do not take off air from gauge ports.
COMPONENTS
a Zamak body
b technopolymer bell
c technopolymer knob
d technopolymer piston rod
e technopolymer plug
f ot58 brass adjusting screw
g ot58 brass nut
h Ring nut : technopolymer (nD 1/4-3/8-1/2)
brass (nD 3/4-1)
i ot brass rod
j Valve with nBR vulcanized gasket
k nBR lip seal
l nBR relieving seal
m Steel adjusting spring
n Steel valve compression spring
o nBR gaskets
3-153
FLOW CHARTS
REG 1/4
Pm = 0.7 MPa - 7 bar - 100 psi
Inlet pressure
psi Mpa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit

REG 3/8 - 1/2 REG 3/4 - 1’’

Pm = 0.7 MPa - 7 bar - 100 psi Pm = 0.7 MPa - 7 bar - 100 psi
Inlet pressure Inlet pressure
UNITS

new deal REGuLAtoR
Flow rate
DIMENSIONS
REG ND 1/4’’ REG ND 3/8’’ REG ND 1/2’’ REG ND 3/4’’ REG ND 1’’
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 42 60 80
B 94 130 184
C 42 60 80
D 42 60 80
E 32 46 66
F 30 x 1.5 38 x 2 55 x 2
G 10 14 22
I 25 35 47
M 49 70 94
N (pressure 1/8” 1/8” 1/4”
gauge port)
3-154
Code Description
REG 1/4 04 NEW DEAL REGULATOR 1/4”
THREADED SETTING 1202001 REG 1/4 04
ELEMENT
PORT RANGE 1202002 REG 1/4 08
REG 1/4 04 = 0 to 4 bar 1202003 REG 1/4 012
3/8 08 = 0 to 8 bar 1202004 REG 1/4 02
1/2 012 = 0 to 12 bar NEW DEAL REGULATOR 3/8”
3/4 1302001 REG 3/8 04
1 1302002 REG 3/8 08
1302003 REG 3/8 012
NEW DEAL REGULATOR 1/2”
1402001 REG 1/2 04
1402002 REG 1/2 08
1402003 REG 1/2 012
NEW DEAL REGULATOR 3/4”
1502001 REG 3/4 04
1502002 REG 3/4 08
1502003 REG 3/4 012
NEW DEAL REGULATOR 1”
1602001 REG 1 04
1602002 REG 1 08
1602003 REG 1 012
NOTES
UNITS
new deal REGuLAtoR
3-155
PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR
the new Deal padlockable regulator has a pin with a hole in it that
projects from the top of the knob. When the knob is in the push-lock
position, the padlock can be inserted in the hole, preventing
the knob from being operated. A padlock and two keys are supplied
with the regulator.
Refer to the regulator for technical data and flow curves.
COMPONENTS
a Zamak body
technopolymer bell
UNITS
b
d technopolymer piston rod
e technopolymer plug
f nickel-plated brass ot58 adjusting screw
g ot58 brass nut
h technopolymer ring nut
i ot brass rod
new deal pADLoCKABLE REGuLAtoR
j Valve with nBR vulcanized gasket

k nBR lip seal
l nBR relieving seal
m Steel adjusting spring
n Steel valve compression spring
o nBR gaskets
p padlock
DIMENSIONS
REG KEY ND 1/4’’ REG KEY ND 3/8’’ REG KEY ND 1/2’’
LoCKinG Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
poSition A 42 60
B 90 to 94 126 to 130
C 42 60
D 42 60
E 32 46
F 30 x 1.5 38 x 2
G 10 14
REGuLAtion H 96 131
poSition I 25 35
L M4 hole M4 hole
M 49 70
N (pressure 1/8” 1/8”
gauge port)
3-156
Code Description
REG KEY 1/4 02 NEW DEAL PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR 1/4”
THREADED SETTING 1210011 REG KEY 1/4 02
ELEMENT
PORT RANGE 1210012 REG KEY 1/4 04
REG KEY = padlockable 1/4 02 = 0 to 2 bar 1210013 REG KEY 1/4 08
regulator 04 = 0 to 4 bar 1210014 REG KEY 1/4 012
08 = 0 to 8 bar NEW DEAL PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR 3/8”
012 = 0 to 12 bar 1310012 REG KEY 3/8 04
3/8 04 = 0 to 4 bar 1310013 REG KEY 3/8 08
1/2 08 = 0 to 8 bar
1310014 REG KEY 3/8 012
012 = 0 to 12 bar
NEW DEAL PADLOCKABLE REGULATOR 1/2”
1410012 REG KEY 1/2 04
1410013 REG KEY 1/2 08
1410014 REG KEY 1/2 012
NOTES
UNITS
new deal pADLoCKABLE REGuLAtoR
3-157
PILOT-ASSISTED REGULATOR
Remote pilot-assisted piston regulator for heavy-duty use.

• Stability of the set pressure as the upstream pressure varies;
• Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of the body.
TECHNICAL DATA REG PIL 3/8’’ REG PIL 1/2’’

threaded port 3/8’’ 1/2”
Setting range bar Depending on pilot
Max. inlet pressure Mpa
UNITS
1.8
bar 18
psi 261
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa to 7 psi) nl/min 3500
scfm 124
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 1 bar (0.1 Mpa to 14 psi) nl/min 4500
scfm 160
°F 122
new deal piLot-ASSiStED REGuLAtoR
Weight kg 0.8
Gauge port 1/8’’
note on use the regulator pressure must always be set upwards. overpressure relieving from the pilot.

Code Description
1302004 Rp 3/8 pilot-assisted regulator
1402004 Rp 1/2 pilot-assisted regulator
*pressure gauge port
3-158
REGULATOR-REGULATOR
WITH V3V 3/4” AND 1”
piloted regulator with integrated function, manual, electropneumatic

or pneumatic stop valve as required.
it performs two functions in the space usually occupied by a single module,
which ensures a high flow rate at all ∆p values including low ones.
Extremely quick responses in both discharge and feed.
the integrated pilot regulator is available with controlled leak.
TECHNICAL DATA
threaded port G 3/4’’ 1’’
*Max. inlet pressure Mpa
UNITS
1.3
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 423
scfm 460
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air. if lubrication is used, it must be continous.
Drain flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa to 87 psi) nl/min 1800
new deal REGuLAtoR-REGuLAtoR WitH V3V 3/4” AnD 1”

scfm 64
Max temperature at 10 bar (1 Mpa to 145 psi) °C 50
°F 122
Weight Kg 1.7
note on use Do not take air from pressure gauge ports.
* Version Reg + V3V Cnomo (1 Mpa - 10 bar -145 psi)

* Version Reg with solenoid (0.8 Mpa - 8 bar - 116 psi)
COMPONENTS
a pilot Reg. sub-assembly

b Manual V3V control sub-assembly
c Aluminium regulator body
d Aluminium upper plate
e Aluminium spacer
f nBR lip seal
g Aluminium Ø 63 piston rod
h Cap for ot 58 brass plain gasket
i nBR plain gasket
j ot 58 brass rod
k ot 58 brass valve
l Aluminium lower cap
m Steel valve compression spring
n nBR gaskets
3-159
DIMENSIONS
REG p + V3V MAnuAL REG p + V3V KEY
*pressure gauge port *pressure gauge port
REG p + V3V ELpn CnoMo REG p

UNITS
*pressure gauge port *pressure gauge port
REG p 00
3-160
FLOW CHARTS KEY TO CODES
Pm = 0.7 MPa - 7 bar - 100 psi

Inlet pressure
RV3V 1 02 ELPN
psi Mpa bar THREADED SETTING ELPN V3V
ELEMENT
PORT RANGE CONTROL
RV3V 1” 00 = without pilot ELpn
REGp 3/4” 02 = 0 to 2 bar KEY
04 = 0 to 4 bar MAnuAL
08 = 0 to 8 bar
012 = 0 to 12 bar
Flow rate RV3V: Regulator with built-in shut-off valve.

ELpn: CnoMo solenoid
REGp: piloted regulator
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS ORDERING CODES

Code Description
PILOTED REGULATOR NEW DEAL P 3/4”
UNITS
1519001 REGp 3/4 00
1518001 REGp 3/4 02
1518002 REGp 3/4 04
1518003 REGp 3/4 08
1518004 REGp 3/4 012
REGULATOR WITH BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE NEW DEAL 3/4”
1517001 RV3V 3/4 02 ELpn
1517002 RV3V 3/4 04 ELpn
1517003 RV3V 3/4 08 ELpn

1516101 RV3V 3/4 02 key
1516102 RV3V 3/4 04 key
1516103 RV3V 3/4 08 key
1516104 RV3V 3/4 012 key
1516001 RV3V 3/4 02 manual
1516002 RV3V 3/4 04 manual
1516003 RV3V 3/4 08 manual
this modular system makes it possible to make the following combinations: 1516004 RV3V 3/4 012 manual
A) Regulator with pilot regulator a or remote control f, the end plate PILOTED REGULATOR NEW DEAL 1”
is mounted on the right-hand side h. 1619001 REGp 1 00
B) V3V with manual lever-operated control b or key control c 1618001 REGp 1 02
or solenoid CnoMo e. the end plate is mounted on the left-hand 1618002 REGp 1 04
side d. 1618003 REGp 1 08
C) Regulator + V3V is the result of the free combination of the versions 1618004 REGp 1 012
specified above. REGULATOR WITH BUILT-IN SHUT-OFF VALVE NEW DEAL 1”
1617001 RV3V 1 02 ELpn
1617002 RV3V 1 04 ELpn
Code Description 1617003 RV3V 1 08 ELpn
a 9640501-02-03-04 pilot regulator kit 1616101 RV3V 1 02 key
b 9640401 V3V manual lever-operated control kit 1616102 RV3V 1 04 key
c 9640301 V3V manual key-operated control kit 1616103 RV3V 1 08 key
d 9640101 End plate kit for V3V 1616104 RV3V 1 012 key
e 9453922 V3V ELpn CnoMo bistable control kit 1616001 RV3V 1 02 manual
e 9453920 V3V ELpn CnoMo monostable control kit 1616002 RV3V 1 04 manual
f 9640001 Remote control plate kit 1616003 RV3V 1 08 manual
g 9640201 plate kit to mount Cnomo rotated by 180° 1616004 RV3V 1 012 manual
h 9640101 End plate kit for piloted regulator
3-161
FILTER REGULATOR
Highly reliable piston-operated filter regulator.

• Standard overpressure blow-off valve
• Can be fixed to the wall using the holes is the sides of the body
• Manual/semi-auto or automatic condensate drainage
TECHNICAL DATA FR ND 1/4” FR ND 3/8’’ FR ND 1/2’’

threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’
Setting range bar 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
Degree of filtration mm 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50
Max. inlet pressure Mpa 1.8 1.8
bar
UNITS
18 18
psi 261 261
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa to 7 psi) nl/min 260 1000
scfm 9.2 35.5
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 1 bar (0.1 Mpa to 14 psi) nl/min 700 2500
scfm 25 88.5
Max temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50
°F 122 122
Weight kg 0.5 1
new deal FiLtER REGuLAtoR
Wall fixing screws M4 x 40 M4 x 55

Gauge port 1/8’’ 1/8’’
Bowl capacity cm3 10 45
Mounting position Vertical Vertical
Drain RMSA SAC - RA
note on use the regulator pressure must always be set upwards.
The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
COMPONENTS
a Zamak body p Valve with nBR

b Aluminium bowl vulcanized gasket
c technopolymer bell q Steel adjusting spring
d technopolymer knob r nBR lip seal
e technopolymer piston rod s nBR relieving seal
f technopolymer plug t Steel valve compression spring
g technopolymer centrifuge 21 Sintered HDpE
u
h technopolymer baffle plug filter cartridge
i technopolymer screen 22 nBR gaskets
u
j technopolymer bowl
k Drain (RMSA)
l ot58 brass adjusting screw
m ot58 brass nut
n technopolymer ring nut
o ot58 brass rod
3-162
FLOW CHARTS
FR 1/4
Pm = 0.7 MPa - 7 bar - 100 psi
Inlet pressure
psi Mpa bar
∆
Pm Pv T P H2O
test unit

Flow rate
FR 3/8 - 1/2
Pm = 0.7 MPa - 7 bar - 100 psi
Inlet pressure
UNITS
psi Mpa bar

Flow rate
DIMENSIONS
FR ND 1/4’’ FR ND 3/8’’ FR ND 1/2’’
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
A 42 60
B RMSA 190 245
RA - 249
SAC 194 249
C 42 60
D 42 60
E 36 52
F 30 x 1.5 38 x 2
G 10 14
I 121 150
L M4 hole M4 hole
M RMSA 145 185
RA - 189
SAC 149 189
N (Pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8”
P RMSA 233 295
RA - 299
SAC 237 299
3-163
KEY TO CODES
FR 1/4 4 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate

THREADED DEGREE OF SETTING CONDENSATE discharge and automatic discharge
ELEMENT
PORT FILTRATION RANGE DRAIN at zero pressure.
FR 1/4 4 = 4 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
3/8 20 = 20 mm 012 = 0 to 12 bar SAC discharge, independent of pressure
1/2 50 = 50 mm RA*
and flow rate.
SAC: automatic drain with condensate
discharge.
operates by depression – requires
* For nD 3/8 and 1/2 with RA,
please contact our sales assistance
department

Code Description
NEW DEAL FILTER REGULATOR 1/4”
UNITS
1225029 FR 1/4 4 08 RMSA

1225053 FR 1/4 4 012 RMSA
1225509 FR 1/4 4 08 SAC
1225513 FR 1/4 4 012 SAC
1225030 FR 1/4 20 08 RMSA
1225510 FR 1/4 20 08 SAC
1225054 FR 1/4 20 012 RMSA
1225514 FR 1/4 20 012 SAC
1225032 FR 1/4 50 08 RMSA
1225511 FR 1/4 50 08 SAC

1225056 FR 1/4 50 012 RMSA
1225516 FR 1/4 50 012 SAC
1325029 FR 3/8 4 08 RMSA
1325509 FR 3/8 4 08 SAC
1325053 FR 3/8 4 012 RMSA
1325513 FR 3/8 4 012 SAC
1325030 FR 3/8 20 08 RMSA
1325510 FR 3/8 20 08 SAC
1325054 FR 3/8 20 012 RMSA
1325514 FR 3/8 20 012 SAC
1325032 FR 3/8 50 08 RMSA
1325512 FR 3/8 50 08 SAC
1325056 FR 3/8 50 012 RMSA
1325516 FR 3/8 50 012 SAC
1425029 FR 1/2 4 08 RMSA
1425509 FR 1/2 4 08 SAC
1425053 FR 1/2 4 012 RMSA
1425513 FR 1/2 4 012 SAC
1425030 FR 1/2 20 08 RMSA
1425510 FR 1/2 20 08 SAC
1425054 FR 1/2 20 012 RMSA
1425514 FR 1/2 20 012 SAC
1425032 FR 1/2 50 08 RMSA
1425512 FR 1/2 50 08 SAC
1425056 FR 1/2 50 012 RMSA
1425516 FR 1/2 50 012 SAC
3-164
LUBRICATOR
Lubricator with high lubrication stability.

• Micrometric regulation of lubricant flow
• All-round oil level viewing
TECHNICAL DATA LUB ND 1/4’’ LUB ND 3/8’’ LUB ND 1/2’’ LUB ND 3/4’’ LUB ND 1’’
threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
type of lubrication Mist Mist Mist
Bowl capacity cm3
UNITS
50 150 380
bar 18 18 18
psi 261 261 261
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa to 87 psi) ∆p 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa to 7 psi) nl/min 700 3000 12800
scfm 25 107 452
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa to 87 psi) ∆p 1 bar (0.1 Mpa to 14 psi) nl/min 1100 4300 16000
scfm 39 153 565
new deal LuBRiCAtoR

°F 122 122 122
Weight kg 0.4 0.9 1.3
note on use: • use the screw provided to set the drip rate to drop every 300-600 nl.
• Fit the lubricator as close as possible to the point of use
• Fill the bowl with oil before pressurizing the system
• Do not use cleaning oil, brake fluid or solvents in general
• Recommended lubricants: iSo and uni FD22 - E.g. Energol HLp 22 (Bp) - Spinesso 22 (Esso) -
Mobil DtE 22 (Mobil) - tellus oil 22 (Shell)
COMPONENTS
a Zamak body
b Rilsan® oil suction pipe
c Aluminium bowl
d Clear technopolymer bowl
e Filter
f technopolymer plug
g Venturi nBR diaphragm
h ot 58 brass oil flow regulation needle
i Clear technopolymer cover
j nBR gaskets
3-165
FLOW CHARTS

(A) = 2 bar - 0.2 Mpa - 29 psi (D) = 8 bar - 0.8 Mpa - 116 psi
(B) = 4 bar - 0.4 Mpa - 58 psi (E) = 10 bar - 1 Mpa - 145 psi
Pm Pv T P
∆
H2O
(C) = 6 bar - 0.6 Mpa - 87 psi
test unit
LuB 1/4
∆P = (Pm-Pv) Pm
MINIMUM ACTIVATION
FLOW CHARTS
the minimum activation flow charts
were carried out in compliance
with iSo/Dp 6301/2
UNITS
Flow rate
Flow rate
LuB 3/8 - 1/2

new deal LuBRiCAtoR
Pm
psi KPa bar
MINIMUM ACTIVATION
FLOW CHARTS
with iSo/Dp 6301/2
Flow rate
Flow rate
LuB 3/4 - 1”
∆P = (Pm-Pv) Pm
MINIMUM ACTIVATION
FLOW CHARTS
with iSo/Dp 6301/2
Flow rate
Flow rate
3-166
DIMENSIONS
LUB ND 1/4’’ LUB ND 3/8’’ LUB ND 1/2’’ LUB ND 3/4’’ LUB ND 1’’
Threaded port 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 42 60 80
B 156 195 260
C 42 60 80
D 42 60 80
E 32 46 66
G 10 14 22
I 107 136 182
M 176 220 290

Code Description
1223001 LuB 1/4
UNITS
1323001 LuB 3/8
1423001 LuB 1/2
1523001 LuB 3/4
1623001 LuB 1
new deal LuBRiCAtoR
3-167
SHUT-OFF VALVE
Manually-operated circuit shut-off valve.

• poppet seat system to ensure high flow rate
• Quick-actuation knob
• possible triple locking
• the valve is actuated by pressing the actuation disk until it clicks.
press the knob downwards to relieve pressure. in this position
you can extract the shim and fit a lock to avoid accidental operation.
TECHNICAL DATA V3V ND 1/4’’ V3V ND 3/8’’ V3V ND 1/2’’

threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’
bar
UNITS
18 18
psi 261 261
scfm 38.8 78
scfm 53 103
Flow rate on relieving at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa to 87 psi) nl/min 1600 2900
with direct rilieving into the atmosphere scfm 56.5 103
new deal SHut-oFF VALVE
°F 122 122
Weight Kg 0.35 0.8
type of control Manual
COMPONENTS
a Zamak body
b Actuation disk
d Stainless steel safety shim
e Clutching unit
f ot 58 brass rod
g upper ot 58 brass plug
h V3V valve with nBR vulcanized gasket
i Stainless steel valve compression spring
j Lower ot58 brass plug
k nBR gaskets
3-168
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
to assemble the V3V to the regulator filter 1/4”, or depurator 3/8-1/2,

use the adopter provided (see the assembly diagram at the left).
Adaptor V3V + FR 1/4” - code 9201001

Adaptor V3V + D 3/8” - code 9401001
Adaptor V3V + D 1/2” - code 9401002
DIMENSIONS
V3V ND 1/4’’ V3V ND 3/8’’ V3V ND 1/2’’
UNITS
A 42 60
B 105 126
C 42 60
D 42 60
E 32 46
F 10 14
G 42 60
I 32 43
L M4 hole M4 hole
new deal SHut-oFF VALVE

M 1/8” 1/4”

Code Description
1270001 V3V nD 1/4
1370001 V3V nD 3/8
1470001 V3V nD 1/2
3-169
3/4” AND 1”
SHUT-OFF VALVE
Circuit cut-off valve with three different controls:

• CnoMo electropneumatic
• Manual key-operated
• Manual lever-operated
TECHNICAL DATA V3V ND 3/4” V3V ND 1”

threaded port 3/4” 1”
Max. inlet pressure* Mpa 1.3
bar
UNITS
13
psi 188
scfm 268
scfm 360
Flow rate on relief at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa; 87 psi) nl/min 1800
scfm 64
Weight kg 2.2
new deal 3/4” AnD 1” SHut-oFF VALVE

*V3V CnoMo -10 bar - 1 Mpa - 145 psi
COMPONENTS
a V3V plate
b V3V manual sub-assembly control
c V3V aluminium body
d Aluminium top plate
e Aluminium spacer
f nBR lip seal
g Aluminium piston rod
h Cap for ot 58 brass plain gasket
i nBR plain gasket
j ot 58 brass rod
k ot 58 brass valve
l Aluminium bottom cap
m Steel valve spring
n nBR gaskets
3-170
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM V3V+F
A= V3V ADAptER + FiL 1” – code 9601001

to be used with filters not having o-ring seat
DIMENSIONS
V3V 3/4”-1” KEY-opERAtED ContRoL V3V 3/4”-1” ELpn CnoMo
UNITS
new deal 3/4” AnD 1” SHut-oFF VALVE
V3V 3/4”-1” pnEuMAtiC V3V 3/4”-1” MAnuAL ContRoL

Code Description
RV3V 3/4 ELPN SHUT-OFF VALVE NEW DEAL 3/4”
THREADED CONTROL 1575001 V3V 3/4 ELpn Cnomo
ELEMENT
PORT V3V 1574101 V3V 3/4 key
V3V 3/4” ELpn 1574001 V3V 3/4 manual
1” Key 1576001 V3V 3/4 pneumatic
Manual SHUT-OFF VALVE NEW DEAL 1”
pneumatic 1675001 V3V 1 ELpn Cnomo
1674101 V3V 1 key
1674001 V3V 1 manual
1676001 V3V 1 pneumatic
3-171
AIR TAKE-OFF
the air take-off has the job to take off the air from the newdeal FRL
unit irrespective of the position where it is assembled.
it is required whenever you need to take off air from the FRL unit
at different stages of the treatment (normal, filtered, filtered regulated,
lubricated, etc.)
TECHNICAL DATA PA ND 1/4’’ PA ND 3/8’’ PA ND 1/2’’ PA ND 3/4’’ PA ND 1’’

threaded port 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 1/2’’
Maximum working temperature at: 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50 50 50
°F 122 122 122
Maximum admissible pressure Mpa 1.8 1.8 1.8
bar 18 18 18
psi 261 261 261
Weight kg 0.06 0.18 0.41
UNITS
new deal AiR tAKE-oFF
DIMENSIONS
PA ND 1/4’’ PA ND 3/8’’ PA ND 1/2’’ PA ND 3/4’’ PA ND 1’’
A 42 60 80
B 42 60 80
C 15 20 30
D 34 49 64
E 34 49 64
F 8.5 14 16
G 8.5 14 16
H (n° 2 pos.) 1/8” 1/4” 1/2”
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
9200401 pA 1/4 take-off
9400401 pA 1/2 take-off
9600401 pA 3/4 take-off
Comes with 2 screws for F/L and R/FR fixing.
3-172
SUB-BASE
With the new deal sub-base, more than one regulators can be mounted
in parallel using a single pressure supply source.
DIMENSIONS
3 poSition
UNITS
2 poSition
new deal SuB-BASE

ND 1/4” ND 3/8” - 1/2” ND 3/4” - 1”
2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions 2 positions 3 positions
A 50 50 60 60 80 80
B 34 34 49 49 64 64
C 113 165 155 230 190 280
D 52 52 75 75 90 90
E 1/4” 1/4” 18 18 31 31
F 1/2” 1/2” 3/4” 3/4” 1 1/4” 1 1/4”
G 30 30 40 40 50 50
L 128 180 170 245 210 300
Weight [kg] 0.45 0.62 0.94 1.4 1.5 1.7
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
9200201 SB 1/4 sub-base 2 pos.
3-173
AUTOMATIC CONDENSATE DRAIN
System supply condensate drain:

• Automatic drain from inside the bowl
• Axial coupling
TECHNICAL DATA SCAL ND 1/2’’

threaded port 1/2”
Maximum working temperature at: 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50
°F
UNITS
122
Maximum admissible pressure Mpa 1.3
bar 13
psi 188
Weight kg 0.5
new deal AutoMAtiC ConDEnSAtE DRAin

Code Description
4589003 Autom. cond. drain 1/2 in line
3-174
FIL+REG+LUB
Highly reliable heavy-duty piston-operated FRL unit.

• Metal bowl with external sight glass
• Semi-automatic and automatic condensate drain
• Lubrication proportional to flow rate
• Micrometric lubrication regulation
• Activation guaranteed with low flow rates
TECHNICAL DATA FRL ND 1/4’’ FRL ND 3/8’’ FRL ND 1/2’’ FRL ND 3/4’’ FRL ND 1’’
threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Setting range bar 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
UNITS
mm 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50
bar 18 18 18
psi 261 261 261
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 0.5 bar (0.05 Mpa to 7 psi) nl/min 140 1300 1900 2000
scfm 5 46 68 71
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa to 91 psi) ∆p 1 bar (0.1 Mpa to 14 psi) nl/min 400 2000 3600 3700
scfm 14.2 71 128 132
FiL+REG+LuB new deal

°F 122 122 122
Weight kg 1 2.5 4
note on use The maximum inlet pressure for the version with RA automatic condensate drainage
DIMENSIONS
FRL ND 1/4’’ FRL ND 3/8’’ FRL ND 1/2’’ FRL ND 3/4’’ FRL ND 1’’
Threaded port F 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 42 60 80
B RMSA 190 245 332
RA - 249 336
SAC 194 249 336
D 126 180 240
E 116 166 226
G 20 28 44
N (pressure 1/8” 1/8” 1/4”
gauge port)
3-175
KEY TO CODES
FRL 1/4 4 mm 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge

THREADED DEGREE SETTING CONDENSATE and automatic discharge at zero
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE DRAIN pressure.
FRL 1/4 4 = 4 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
20 = 20 mm 012 = 0 to 12 bar SAC discharge, independent of pressure
3/8 50 = 50 mm RMSA
1/2 SAC and flow rate.
RA SAC: automatic drain with condensate
3/4 RMSA discharge.
1 RA operates by depression – requires
ORDERING CODES
FRL 1/4” FRL 3/8” FRL 3/4”
UNITS
1224029 FRL 1/4 4 08 RMSA 1324029 FRL 3/8 4 08 RMSA 1524017 FRL 3/4 4 08 RMSA
1224409 FRL 1/4 4 08 SAC 1324033 FRL 3/8 4 08 RA 1524021 FRL 3/4 4 08 RA
1224030 FRL 1/4 20 08 RMSA 1324409 FRL 3/8 4 08 SAC 1524018 FRL 3/4 20 08 RMSA
1224410 FRL 1/4 20 08 SAC 1324030 FRL 3/8 20 08 RMSA 1524022 FRL 3/4 20 08 RA
1224032 FRL 1/4 50 08 RMSA 1324034 FRL 3/8 20 08 RA 1524020 FRL 3/4 50 08 RMSA
1224412 FRL 1/4 50 08 SAC 1324410 FRL 3/8 20 08 SAC 1524024 FRL 3/4 50 08 RA
1224053 FRL 1/4 4 012 RMSA 1324032 FRL 3/8 50 08 RMSA 1524029 FRL 3/4 4 012 RMSA
1224413 FRL 1/4 4 012 SAC 1324036 FRL 3/8 50 08 RA 1524033 FRL 3/4 4 012 RA
1224054 FRL 1/4 20 012 RMSA 1324412 FRL 3/8 50 08 SAC 1524030 FRL 3/4 20 012 RMSA
FiL+REG+LuB new deal
1224414 FRL 1/4 20 012 SAC 1324053 FRL 3/8 4 012 RMSA 1524034 FRL 3/4 20 012 RA
1224056 FRL 1/4 50 012 RMSA 1324057 FRL 3/8 4 012 RA 1524032 FRL 3/4 50 012 RMSA
1224416 FRL 1/4 50 012 SAC 1324413 FRL 3/8 4 012 SAC 1524036 FRL 3/4 50 012 RA
1324054 FRL 3/8 20 012 RMSA FRL 1”
1324058 FRL 3/8 20 012 RA 1624017 FRL 1 4 08 RMSA
1324414 FRL 3/8 20 012 SAC 1624021 FRL 1 4 08 RA
1324056 FRL 3/8 50 012 RMSA 1624018 FRL 1 20 08 RMSA
1324060 FRL 3/8 50 012 RA 1624022 FRL 1 20 08 RA
1324416 FRL 3/8 50 012 SAC 1624020 FRL 1 50 08 RMSA
FRL 1/2” 1624024 FRL 1 50 08 RA
1424029 FRL 1/2 4 08 RMSA 1624029 FRL 1 4 012 RMSA
1424033 FRL 1/2 4 08 RA 1624033 FRL 1 4 012 RA
1424409 FRL 1/2 4 08 SAC 1624030 FRL 1 20 012 RMSA
1424030 FRL 1/2 20 08 RMSA 1624034 FRL 1 20 012 RA
1424034 FRL 1/2 20 08 RA 1624032 FRL 1 50 012 RMSA
1424410 FRL 1/2 20 08 SAC 1624036 FRL 1 50 012 RA
1424032 FRL 1/2 50 08 RMSA
1424036 FRL 1/2 50 08 RA
1424412 FRL 1/2 50 08 SAC
1424053 FRL 1/2 4 012 RMSA
1424057 FRL 1/2 4 012 RA
1424413 FRL 1/2 4 012 SAC
1424054 FRL 1/2 20 012 RMSA
1424058 FRL 1/2 20 012 RA
1424414 FRL 1/2 20 012 SAC
1424056 FRL 1/2 50 012 RMSA
1424060 FRL 1/2 50 012 RA
1424416 FRL 1/2 50 012 SAC
3-176
FRPL 3/4”-1”

TECHNICAL DATA FRPL ND 3/4” FRPL ND 1”

threaded port 3/4” 1”
Setting range 0 to 8 - 0 to 12
Max. temperature at 1 Mpa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C
UNITS
50
°F 122
bar 13
psi 188
scfm 235
FRpL 3/4”-1” new deal

scfm 266
Weight Kg 3.6
Drain RMSA - RA
RMSA: manual - semi-auto; RA: automatic.
DIMENSIONS
3-177
KEY TO CODES
FRPL 1/4 4 mm 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge

THREADED DEGREE SETTING TYPE and automatic discharge at zero
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTRATION RANGE OF DRAIN pressure.
FRpL 1” 4 = 4 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
3/4” 20 = 20 mm 012 = 0 to 12 bar RA discharge, independent of pressure
50 = 50 mm
and flow rate. (for size 300 and 400).
FRpL: Filter + pilotable regulator + lubricator.
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
FRPL 3/4”
UNITS
1528007 FRpL 3/4 4 08 RMSA

1528019 FRpL 3/4 4 08 RA
1528010 FRpL 3/4 4 012 RMSA
1528022 FRpL 3/4 4 012 RA
1528008 FRpL 3/4 20 08 RMSA
1528020 FRpL 3/4 20 08 RA
1528011 FRpL 3/4 20 012 RMSA
1528023 FRpL 3/4 20 012 RA
1528009 FRpL 3/4 50 08 RMSA
FRpL 3/4”-1” new deal
1528021 FRpL 3/4 50 08 RA

1528012 FRpL 3/4 50 012 RMSA
1528024 FRpL 3/4 50 012 RA
FRPL 1”
1628007 FRpL 1 4 08 RMSA
1628019 FRpL 1 4 08 RA
1628010 FRpL 1 4 012 RMSA
1628022 FRpL 1 4 012 RA
1628008 FRpL 1 20 08 RMSA
1628020 FRpL 1 20 08 RA
1628011 FRpL 1 20 012 RMSA
1628023 FRpL 1 20 012 RA
1628009 FRpL 1 50 08 RMSA
1628021 FRpL 1 50 08 RA
1628012 FRpL 1 50 012 RMSA
1628024 FRpL 1 50 012 RA
3-178
FR+LUB
Heavy duty and reliable piston-operated FR+L unit.

• Activation guaranteed with low flow rates
TECHNICAL DATA FR+L ND 1/4’’ FR+L ND 3/8’’ FR+L ND 1/2’’

threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’
UNITS
mm 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50
bar 18 18
psi 261 261
scfm 5.3 46
scfm 18 78
FR+LuB new deal

°F 122 122
Weight kg 0.9 2
DIMENSIONS
FR+L ND 1/4’’ FR+L ND 3/8’’ FR+L ND 1/2’’
Threaded port F 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
A 42 60
B RMSA 190 245
RA - 249
SAC 194 249
D 84 120
E 76 109
G 10 14
L M4 hole M4 hole
N (pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8”
3-179
KEY TO CODES
FR+L 1/4 4 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge

THREADED DEGREE SETTING CONDENSATE and automatic discharge at zero
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTERING RANGE DRAIN pressure.
FR+L 1/4 4 = 4 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
20 = 20 mm 012 = 0 to 12 bar SAC discharge, independent of pressure
3/8 50 = 50 mm RMSA
1/2 SAC and flow rate.
RA* SAC: automatic drain with condensate
discharge.
* For nD 3/8 and 1/2 with RA,
please contact our sales assistance
department.
ORDERING CODES
FR+L 1/4” FR+L 3/8”
UNITS
1226029 FR+L 1/4 4 08 RMSA 1326029 FR+L 3/8 4 08 RMSA

1226409 FR+L 1/4 4 08 SAC 1326409 FR+L 3/8 4 08 SAC
1226053 FR+L 1/4 4 012 RMSA 1326053 FR+L 3/8 4 012 RMSA
1226413 FR+L 1/4 4 012 SAC 1326413 FR+L 3/8 4 012 SAC
1226030 FR+L 1/4 20 08 RMSA 1326030 FR+L 3/8 20 08 RMSA
1226410 FR+L 1/4 20 08 SAC 1326034 FR+L 3/8 20 08 RA
1226054 FR+L 1/4 20 012 RMSA 1326410 FR+L 3/8 20 08 SAC
1226414 FR+L 1/4 20 012 SAC 1326054 FR+L 3/8 20 012 RMSA
1226032 FR+L 1/4 50 08 RMSA 1326058 FR+L 3/8 20 012 RA
FR+LuB new deal
1226412 FR+L 1/4 50 08 SAC 1326414 FR+L 3/8 20 012 SAC

1226056 FR+L 1/4 50 012 RMSA 1326032 FR+L 3/8 50 08 RMSA
1226416 FR+L 1/4 50 012 SAC 1326412 FR+L 3/8 50 08 SAC
1326056 FR+L 3/8 50 012 RMSA
1326416 FR+L 3/8 50 012 SAC
FR+L 1/2”
1426029 FR+L 1/2 4 08 RMSA
1426409 FR+L 1/2 4 08 SAC
1426053 FR+L 1/2 4 012 RMSA
1426413 FR+L 1/2 4 012 SAC
1426030 FR+L 1/2 20 08 RMSA
1426034 FR+L 1/2 20 08 RA
1426410 FR+L 1/2 20 08 SAC
1426054 FR+L 1/2 20 012 RMSA
1426058 FR+L 1/2 20 012 RA
1426414 FR+L 1/2 20 012 SAC
1426032 FR+L 1/2 50 08 RMSA
1426412 FR+L 1/2 50 08 SAC
1426056 FR+L 1/2 50 012 RMSA
1426416 FR+L 1/2 50 012 SAC
3-180
V3V+FR+LUB
Highly reliable heavy-duty piston-operated FRFL unit.

• Quantity of lubricant proportionate to the air flow
• Activation guaranteed at low air flows
• Quick filling and drainage of the downstream circuit
with the V3V element
TECHNICAL DATA VFR+L ND 1/4’’ VFR+L ND 3/8’’ VFR+L ND 1/2’’

threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’
UNITS
mm 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50
bar 18 18
psi 261 261
scfm 5 35.5
scfm 17 67.5
V3V+FR+LuB new deal

°F 122 122
Weight Kg 1.1 1.8
DIMENSIONS
VFR+L ND 1/4’’ VFR+L ND 3/8’’ VFR+L ND 1/2’’
Threaded port F 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
A 42 60
B RMSA 190 245
RA - 249
SAC 194 249
D 126 180
E 116 166
G 20 28
L M4 hole M4 hole
N (pressure gauge port) 1/8” 1/8”
3-181
KEY TO CODES
VFR+L 1/4 20 08 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge

THREADED DEGREE SETTING CONDENSATE and automatic discharge at zero pressure.
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTERING RANGE DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate
VFR+L 1/4 4 = 4 mm 08 = 0 to 8 bar RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
20 = 20 mm 012 = 0 to 12 bar SAC and flow rate.
3/8 50 = 50 mm RMSA
1/2 SAC SAC: automatic drain with condensate
RA discharge.
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
1272030 VFR+L 1/4 20 RMSA 08 n
UNITS
1272054 VFR+L 1/4 20 RMSA 012 n

1372030 VFR+L 3/8 20 RMSA 08 n
1372054 VFR+L 3/8 20 RMSA 012 n
1472030 VFR+L 1/2 20 RMSA 08 n
1472054 VFR+L 1/2 20 RMSA 012 n
1472032 VFR+L 1/2 50 RMSA 08 n
1472056 VFR+L 1/2 50 RMSA 012 n
V3V+FR+LuB new deal
the following versions are available on request:

3-182
FIL+DEP
Filter + depurator unit for fine filtering followed by purification

by coalescence
• Semi-automatic condensate drain
TECHNICAL DATA F+D ND 3/8’’ F+D ND -1/2’’

threaded port 3/8” 1/2”
Degree of filtration mm 4
Degree of depuration
UNITS
mm 99.97% 0.01
bar 18
psi 261
Maximum suggested flow rate please look at the flow rate curves at page 3-151
°F 122
Weight kg 1.8
FiL+DEp new deal

DIMENSIONS
F+D ND 3/8’’ F+D ND -1/2’’
Threaded port F 3/8” 1/2”
A 60
B RMSA 180
RA 184
SAC 184
D 120
E 106
G 14
L M4 hole
3-183
KEY TO CODES
F+D 3/8 4 RMSA RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge
THREADED DEGREE CONDENSATE CONDENSATE and automatic discharge at zero
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTERING DRAIN DRAIN pressure.
F+D 3/8 4 = 4 mm RMSA RMSA RA: automatic drain with condensate
1/2 SAC RA discharge, independent of pressure
RA
and flow rate.
SAC: automatic drain with condensate
discharge.
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
1327004 F+D 3/8 4 RMSA-RMSA
UNITS
1327007 F+D 3/8 4 RA-RA

1327104 F+D 3/8 4 SAC-RMSA
1427004 F+D 1/2 4 RMSA-RMSA
1427007 F+D 1/2 4 RA-RA
1427104 F+D 1/2 4 SAC-RMSA
FiL+DEp new deal
3-184
FIL+LUB
Filter + lubricator unit offering various degrees of filtration

and high lubrication stability.
• Activation guaranteed at low air flows
TECHNICAL DATA F+L ND 1/4’’ F+L ND 3/8’’ F+L ND 1/2’’ F+L ND 3/4’’ F+L ND 1’’
threaded port 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’
Lubrication mist mist mist
UNITS
mm 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50 4 - 20 - 50
bar 18 18 18
psi 261 261 261
scfm 21 89 282
scfm 35.5 124 335
FiL+LuB new deal

°F 122 122 122
Weight kg 0.8 1.8 2.5
DIMENSIONS
F+L ND 1/4’’ F+L ND 3/8’’ F+L ND 1/2’’ F+L ND 3/4’’ F+L ND 1’’
Threaded port F 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 3/4” 1”
A 42 60 80
B RMSA 170 209 273
RA - 213 277
SAC 174 213 277
D 84 120 160
E 74 106 146
G 10 14 22
3-185
KEY TO CODES
F+L 1/4 4 RMSA RMSA: drain with manual condensate discharge

THREADED DEGREE CONDENSATE and automatic discharge at zero pressure.
ELEMENT
PORT OF FILTERING DRAIN RA: automatic drain with condensate
F+L 1/4 4 = 4 mm RMSA discharge, independent of pressure
20 = 20 mm SAC and flow rate.
3/8 50 = 50 mm RMSA
1/2 SAC SAC: automatic drain with condensate
RA discharge.
3/4 RMSA operates by depression – requires
1 RA variable air take-offs.
ORDERING CODES
Code Description
1233006 F+L 1/4 20 RMSA
UNITS
1333006 F+L 3/8 20 RMSA

1433006 F+L 1/2 20 RMSA
1533006 F+L 3/4 20 RMSA
1633006 F+L 1 20 RMSA
the following versions are available on request:

FiL+LuB new deal
3-186
ACCESSORIES
MOUNTING BRACKET FOR REG. SPACERS FOR FRL WALL MOUNTING
9200701 SF 1/4 9200601 DF 1/4 spacer
9400701 SF 1/2 9400601 DF 1/2 spacer
9600601 DF 3/4 spacer
Code A B C D E
9200701 32 20 12 5.5 14.2
9400701 42 40 12 5.5 15
PRESSURE GAUGE DISASSEMBLY TOOL FOR BOWL

9700102 M 40 1/8 04 9601501 Disassembloy key
9700101 M 40 1/8 12
9800102 M 50 1/8 04
9800101 M 50 1/8 12
9900101 M 63 1/4 12
UNITS
TIE RODS ASSEMBLY SCREWS (2 PIECES)
9200901 t 1/4 F+L tie rods 9250001 CVA 1/4 screw M4x40
9400901 t 1/2 F+L tie rods 9250002 CVA 1/4 screw M4x82 V3V+F+R
9600901 t 3/4 F+L tie rods 9450001 CVA 1/2 screw M5x55
9450002 CVA 3/8 1/2 screw M5x60 V3V+R
9450003 CVA 3/8 1/2 screw M5x120 V3V+F+R
9650001 CVA 3/4 screw M6X70
new deal ACCESSoRiES

9604402 V3V+F+R 3/4-1 tie rods
ADAPTER FOR V3V REVERSE PLATE CNOMO CONTROL FOR V3V 3/4”-1”
Code Description Code Description Weight [g]
9201001 Adapt. X V3V+FR/D 1/4 9640201 Reverse plate kit 86
9401001 Adapt. X V3V+D 3/8 V3V cnomo control
9401002 Adapt. X V3V+D 1/2
9601001 Adapt. X V3V+F 1
REGULATOR CONNECTION BLOCK PLATE FOR REMOTE CONTROL FOR V3V 3/4”-1”
9200501 BC 1/4 block 90 9640001 Remote control plate kit 84
9400501 BC 1/2 block 244
9600501 BC 3/4 block 428
3-187
REG OR V3V END PLATE REEL FOR CNOMO CONTROL V3V
9640101 End plate kit 82 W0210010100 Reel 30 4W 24VDC
for regulator or V3V W0210011100 Reel 30 4VA 24VAC 50/60HZ
W0210012100 Reel 30 4VA 110VAC 50/60HZ
W0210013100 Reel 30 4VA 220VAC 50/60HZ
KEY CONTROL FOR V3V 3/4”-1” ELECTRIC CONNECTOR FOR CNOMO CONTROL V3V
9640301 Key control kit for V3V 364 W0970520033 Connector standard
W0970520037 Connector 30 VDR 24V
UNITS
MANUAL CONTROL FOR V3V 3/4”-1” KIT COIL EEXM

9640401 Manual control kit for V3V 340 0227606913 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC
EEXMt5 cable 3 m
0227606915 Kit for coil 30 24 VDC
EEXMt5 cable 5 m
0227608013 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC
EEXMt5 cable 3 m
new deal ACCESSoRiES
0227608015 Kit for coil 30 24 VAC

EEXMt5 cable 5 m
0227608023 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC
EEXMt5 cable 3 m
0227608025 Kit for coil 30 110 VAC
EEXMt5 cable 5 m
CNOMO CONTROL FOR V3V 3/4”-1” 0227608033 Kit for coil 30 230 VAC
Code Description EEXMt5 cable 3 m
9453920 Elpn cnomo control kit, According to Atex 94/9 CE rule, 0227608035 Kit for coil 30 230 VAC
manual monostable group 2, category 2 GD EEXMt5 cable 5 m
9453922 Elpn cnomo control kit,
manual bistable
PILOT REGULATOR FOR ND 3/4-1” KIT FOR COIL SIDE 22 IP65

9640501 02 pilot regulator kit 220 0222100100 Kit for coil 22 - ip65
9640502 04 pilot regulator kit 220
9640503 08 pilot regulator kit 220
9640504 012 pilot regulator kit 220 improved ip65 protection, even after prolonged exposure
to atmospheric agents.
3-188
SPARE PARTS
FILTER AND FILTER REGULATOR FILTERING ELEMENT AUTOMATIC DRAIN (RA)
9450102 Spares Fp 1/2 20 9000801 Spares RA automatic drain
9450103 Spares Fp 1/2 4
9450101 Spares Fp 1/2 50
9250102 Spares Fp 1/4 20
9250103 Spares Fp 1/4 4
9250101 Spares Fp 1/4 50
9650103 Spares Fp 3/4 4
9650102 Spares Fp 3/4 20
9650101 Spares Fp 3/4 50
FILTERING ELEMENT FOR DEPURATOR AUTOMATIC DRAIN (SAC)

9450105 Spares kit Fp DEp. 3/8 1/2 9000803 Spares SAC automatic drain
UNITS
new deal SpARE pARtS
METAL FILTER BOWL SPRINGS FOR REGULATORS AND FILTER REGULATOR
9450301 Spares tMVF 1/2 RMSA 9250601 Spares Mo 02 1/4
9455201 Spares tMVF 1/2 SAC 9250602 Spares Mo 04 1/4
9250301 Spares tMVF 1/4 RMSA 9250603 Spares Mo 08 1/4
9255201 Spares tMVF 1/4 SAC 9250604 Spares Mo 12 1/4
9650301 Spares tMVF 3/4 1 RMSA 9450601 Spares Mo 04 1/2
9450602 Spares Mo 08 1/2
9450603 Spares Mo 12 1/2
9650601 Spares Mo 04 3/4
9650602 Spares Mo 08 3/4
9650603 Spares Mo 12 3/4
VENTURI LUBRICATOR DIAPHRAGM METAL LUBRICATOR BOWL

9252001 Spares MB 100 1/4 9251201 Spares tMVL 1/4
9352001 Spares MB 200 1/4 3/8 1/2 9451201 Spares tMVL 1/2
9652002 Spares MB 3/4-1 9651201 Spares tMVL 3/4
3-189
TRANSPARENT LUBRICATOR COVER DOME DISASSEMBLY SPANNER
9251302 Spares CVL 100-200-300-400 Bit 9220701 Acc cover LuB spanner
COMPLETE POPPET FOR FILTER REGULATOR POPPET DISASSEMBLY SPANNER (FOR REG)
9250901 Spares otFR 1/4 9220501 R cap disass. wr. 100
9450901 Spares otFR 1/2
UNITS
new deal SpARE pARtS
COMPLETE POPPER FOR REGULATOR NOTES

Code Description
9250701 Spares otR 1/4
UPPER COVER FOR REGULATOR AND FILTER REGULATOR

Code Description
9250801 Spares CS 1/4 02
9250802 Spares CS 1/4 04
9250803 Spares CS 1/4 08
9250804 Spares CS 1/4 012
9450801 Spares CS 1/2 04
9450802 Spares CS 1/2 08
9450803 Spares CS 1/2 12
9650801 Spares CS 3/4 04
9650802 Spares CS 3/4 08
9650803 Spares CS 3/4 12
3-190
SUMMARY
P LEARNING ABOUT ONE PaGE 3-192
P SPECIFICATIONS PaGE 3-196
P HOW TO ORDER ONE PaGE 3-200
P ACCESSORIES PaGE 3-202
UNITS
P SPARE PARTS PaGE 3-203
summary ONE
3-191
LEARNING ABOUT
In the world of pneumatics, which is considered mature, it is rare to

encounter completely new and different products.
ONE a compressed air treatment unit with a high degree of integration,
that encompassed numerous pneumatic functions. In fact, it contains
so many innovations that a single patent is not enough to safeguard
it against imitation – three separate patent applications have been
registered with a total of 39 claims. This unit is so innovative that it
won the international novelty award at Fluidtrans Compomac.
ONE has a single high-performance valve on the main flow that handles
all the functions from regulation to relief. It is controlled by a
high-precision pilot regulator with controlled relief, in series with
the manual on-off valve, the electric valve and the progressive actuator.
unification of the valve has led to a significant reduction in overall
dimensions, enhanced capacity, precision and response speed.
INTEGRATION
One single unit houses the threaded ports, filter, condensate drain, pressure regulator, shut-off valve, soft start valve, pressure switch and three
supplementary air intakes.
UNITS
ONE: LEarNING aBOuT
MINIATURISATION
Extremely reduced dimensions, considering the No clearance is required above and below it to It weighs slightly more than one kilo instead
extra-high performance and flow rate reachable. make adjustments or change the filter or other of the 4 to 8 kilos of conventional units.
components. The actual space occupied is thus
further reduced.
3-192
EASY ADJUSTMENTS AND LITTLE MAINTENANCE CONFIGURABILITY
The entire user interface is at the front, which means that everything Considering that ONE is reduced in size but highly performing, and it
is visible and easy to reach. all the adjustments are made using can integrate tenths of functions, a single unit can cover the entire range
the push-lock knobs (no need for wrenches or screwdrivers), thus of applications, with cut-clear advantages in terms of standardisation
preventing accidental operations or manoeuvres. and reduction of the number of codes handled and goods in stock.
With a single size there are thousands of different configurations.
For example, there is choice between 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4” or 1”
threaded ports, manual and/or electric on-off or progressive valves, etc.
The customer decides the configuration he wants and creates the code,
using the key-to-coding table shown below in this catalogue.
He will receive the unit he wants marked with its code and the correct
pneumatic diagram.
WHAT YOU CAN SEE FROM THE OUTSIDE
a air intake, with swivel threaded port

b Fixing hole
UNITS
c access to filter cartridge
d Pressure regulation
f manual override (shut-off valve electrical)
g soft start valve regulation
h switching pressure regulation
i air outlet, with swivel threaded port
j LED signalling unit ON
ONE: LEarNING aBOuT

k LED signalling pressure below the value set
on pressure switch
l LED signalling pressure over the value set
on pressure switch
m 5-pin m12x1 electrical connector
n Pressure gauge
o 1/4” air intake. another regulated air intake
and a filtered non-regulated air intake are situated
on the top
p air exhaust with a G1/4”silencer
q Condensate tank
r Condensate drain
s Clogged filter signal
3-193
THREADED PORTS
• The threaded ports at the air intake and outlet are the swivel type • If the filter gets so clogged up that it causes an excessive drop
to facilitate coupling with the supply and delivery pipes. In this way, in pressure as the air passes through, the optical filter blockage
the unit can be mounted or removed without dismounting the pipes. indicator will project (see detail a) to indicate that the filter cartridge
• a range of 5 different threads, 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4” and 1” is also must be replaced.
available. • The cartridge can be replaced by unscrewing a plug at the front.
• The thread for the supply pipe may differ from that of the delivery one. This system is functional and, unlike conventional filters, does not
require manoeuvring space below the unit.
UNITS
• an automatic stop on-off valve is incorporated in the unit: when

the filter plug is unscrewed, the valve closes automatically. This means
there is not need to a tap upstream and there is no risk of the plug
being ejected violently.
ONE: LEarNING aBOuT
CONDENSATE DRAIN SINGLE AIR EXHAUST
Condesate
air exhaust
drain
• The condensate drain is located downstream of the filter and thus The air in the circuit is relieved via one outlet situated below the unit
uses cleaner air. This prevents the known problem of air leaks due and fitted with silencer. If you want to convey air relief to prevent
to the deposit of dirt on the condensate discharge valve. the emission of polluted air into the atmosphere, you can replace
• you can request ONE with two types of condensate drain: the silencer and install a fitting. (a pipe with a diameter of at least
- semi-automatic, type rmsa 6 mm is recommended)
- automatic, of the floating type ra Next to the air outlet there is the condensate drain, which in the ra
version can be connected to the thread with a 1/8” fitting.
3-194
SUPPLEMENTARY PORTS PANEL MOUNTING
In addition to the main outlet, there are three supplementary air ports ONE can be mounted inside the guard of the machine leaving only
with a 1/4” thread. the front visible. This is a considerable advantage in terms of functionality
• one for filtered non-regulated air (a) for use, for example, and aesthetics as the user interface is entirely at the front.
with a compressed air gun. among the accessories to be ordered separately, there is the kit
• two for filtered regulated air (B). of brackets for panel mounting.
The unit comes complete with supplementary plugged ports for use
with a7 fittings.
UNITS
ONE: LEarNING aBOuT
ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SOFT START VALVE
Pressure
a regulation for:
does not change with flow rate!
b Initial regulation
of conventional unit
c Low flow rate: activation
too abrupt
d High flow rate: activation
too slow
e Even higher flow rate: never
cuts in!
ON Time
Conventional unit
a standard five-pin m12x1 connector, with IP67 The soft start valve is an absolutely innovative feature among the functions provided by ONE.
protection is used for the opening solenoid soft start valve available from the trade are generally based on the principle of leaving
valve and the pressure switch. the passage of a small amount of air until the downstream pressure reaches a set value,
One cable only is required, thus improving and then opening the passage fully. In this way, the rate at which the pressure increases depends
reliability and reducing wiring times. on the flow rate of the utilities, which often feature a continuous flow rate, for example a blow,
and thus the starter can hardly activate. The solution offered by One is such that the pressure
increases gradually and it is independent of the flow rate of the utilities. Pressure increase can
be regulated precisely via the knob at the front.
another piece of news, among the several possible configurations you can have the soft start valve
operated by the manual V3V
3-195
SPECIFICATIONS
TECHNICAL DATA 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’

Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.6 mpa; 91 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar (0.05 mpa; 7 psi) Nl/min 2200 2900 3600
scfm 78 102 127
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.6 mpa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 mpa; 14 psi) Nl/min 2400 3300 4000
scfm 85 116 141
Flow rate on discharge at 6 bar (0.1 mpa; 14 psi) Nl/min 1600
scfm 56
1/4” port flow rate of non-regulated filtered air Nl/min 1800
at 6.3 bar (0.6 mpa; 91 psi) ∆p 1 bar scfm 64
* Flow rate of each supplementary 1/4” filtered Nl/min 2400
and regulated air port at 6.3 bar (0.6 mpa; 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar scfm 85
setting range bar 0.5 to 2 - 0.5 to 4 + 0.5 to 8
Degree of filtration mm 5 (yellow) or 20 (white)
Operating temperature range bar 10
mpa 1
psi 145
Operating temperature range °C -10 to 50
°F -14 to 122
Class of protection IP 65 with connector
Insulation class of the solenoid valve F155
switching time 100% ED
Electrical connector m12 x 1.5-pin to CEI IEC 60947-5-2
solenoid valve power W 3/0.3
solenoid valve voltage V 24 VDC± 10%
Pressure interval settable on the pressure switch bar 0.5 to 10
Pressure switch hysteresis (not adjustable) bar bar 0.4 to 0.8 (see diagram)
maximum pressure switch current a 0.5
UNITS
maximum pressure switch voltage V 3 to 30 aC/DC

Pressure switch contacts Normally open (NO) and normally closed (NC)
Number of switching 5 x 106
Weight kg From 1.15 to 1.25 according to configurations
Wall fixing (max. panel thickness 10 mm): Front, with m5 x 75 screws or back, with m6 x 70 screws
The screws are included in the supply
mounting position Vertical
Direction of flow From left to right
ONE: sPECIFICaTIONs
* Total flow rate from two supplementary outlets and the main one cannot exceed 4000 Nl/min
at 6.3 bar with ∆P=1
WIRING DIAGRAM
Version with solenoid valve and pressure switch Version with pressure switch Version with solenoid valve
3-196
PRESSURE SWITCH WIRING DIAGRAM
PRESSURE SWITCH HYSTERESIS CHART

FLOW CHARTS
1/4” 3/8”
UNITS
Flow rate Flow rate ONE: sPECIFICaTIONs
1/2” - 3/4” - 1”
Pm = 8 bar - 0.8 MPa - 116 psi
Preset pressure
psi Mpa bar
Flow rate
3-197
DIMENSIONS
UNITS
ONE: sPECIFICaTIONs
1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’ RA RMSA

A 180 195 B 20.4 16.4
CH 19 22 27 32 36 C 152 148
ØD For pipe internal diameter 6 mm 15
3-198
EXTERNAL DESIGN
you can get thousands of different configurations. The external design differs according on the versions chosen.
CLOGGED FILTEr V3V maNuaL V3V ELECTrICaL sOFT sTarT VaLVE
UNITS
sIGNaL
sTaNDarD PrEsENT
PrEsENT
PrEsENT manual
control
Led
LOCKaBLE
ONE: sPECIFICaTIONs
in course
of signalling
NOT PrEsENT NOT PrEsENT
in some versions holes are present
NOT PrEsENT
NOT PrEsENT holes

plug
in other configurations the cover has no holes

plug
CONDENsaTE DraIN PrEssurE sWITCH ONE NON-ELECTrICaL

PrEsENT
Led
auTOmaTIC (ra)
NOT PrEsENT
in some versions holes are present
plug holes
rmsa
in other configurations the cover has no holes
plug
3-199
HOW TO ORDER
ORDERING CODES
you can choose among numerous variants and options. The product code so personalised is made up by compiling the diagram below.
The code so compiled must be specified on the order. a label showing the code and its pneumatic diagram is affixed onto the product.
UNITS
ONE: HOW TO OrDEr
3-200
ONE electric or non-electric
ONE non-electric: there is no component actuated electrically: select code 53. In this case, the unit comes without any m12x1 connector, LED, pressure
switch,or electric V3V.
ONE electric: there is at least one component actuated electrically, and thus the pressure switch and/or electric V3V (and/or the electrical soft sta valve)
select code 54. In this case, the unit comes with the m12x1 connector and 3 LEDs. Only the LEDs associated with the functions installed will be active.
Air intake
There are 5 different gas cylindrical threads: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4” and 1”.
a cartridge with a degree of filtering of 5 mm (yellow) or 20 mm (white) is available. This value is marked on the plug.
Clogged filter signal

If the filter gets so clogged up that it causes an excessive drop in pressure as the air passes through, the orange indicator will project from the body by
a few millimetres.
Condensate drain
rmsa: the condensate is drained out automatically only by relieving the air pull the knurled knob for having the same result.
automatic (ra): a floating system that automatically drains the condensate out whenever the level of water in the bowl reaches the set value.
Pressure regulation
There are three possible regulation fields.
The value is marked on the regulation knob..
Valves
UNITS
There are 11 different combinations. The electric valves are clearly selectable only if the initial code is 54, i.e. ONE electric.
• 0 - No valves present
• 1 - V3V manual: is a 3/2 valve that in a set position allows the air to flow and in the other it closes the passage and discharges the pressure
downstream.
• 2 - V3V manual with padlock: like the previous one, with the possibility of inserting a padlock (included in the supply with 2 keys) in the valve
closed position.
• 3 - V3V manual and soft start valve: when the manual V3V valve is operated, the pressure starts to increase slowly, with a fine adjustable ramp,
ONE: HOW TO OrDEr

and when it reaches about 30-40% of the set value, the valve opens completely and the pressure rises to the set value.
• 4 - V3V manual with padlock and soft start valve: like the previous, with the padlock device on the manual V3V in “OFF” position.
• 5 - V3V manual and V3V electric: two V3V in series are present, one is manual the other electrical. By operating both the valve the air flow is
allowed. If one or two are switched OFF, the air downstream is relieved. The electrical one can also be operated manually by reefing pushed
the “TEsT” button
• 6 - V3V manual with padlock and V3V electric: like the previous, with the padlock device in “OFF” position.
• 7 - V3V manual and aPr electric: One manual V3V and one soft start valve are present. When both are operated, the pressure starts to increase
slowly, with a fine adjustable ramp, and when it reaches about 30-40% of the set value, the valve opens completely and the pressure rises
to the set value.
• 8 - V3V manual with padlock and aPr electric: like the previous, with the padlock device on the manual V3V in “OFF” position.
• 9 - V3V elettric: It’s present only the electrical V3V. The valve will open if it is powered on. When the power supply is switched off, the valve closes
and air downstream is relieved. The valve can also be operated manually by keeping pushed the test button.
• a - aPr elettric: It’s present only the electric soft start valve. Whent it is powered ON, the pressure starts to increase slowly,with a fine adjustable
ramp, and when it reaches about 30-40% of the set value, the valve opens completely and the pressure rises to the set value.
Pressure switch
The pressure switch has a switching contact, which means you can have a normally-open signal or a normally-close signal. It is also connected to
the NC and NO LEDs which come on if the actual pressure is less or greater than the set pressure, respectively. The LEDs only come on if an electric
charge is connected to them.
Air outlet
Five different gas cylindrical threads are available: 1/4”, 3/8”, 1/2”, 3/4” and 1”. It is possible to choose a thread other than the one on
the inlet port.
Free positions for special executions.
3-201
ACCESSORIES
PANEL MOUNTING BRACKETS STRAIGHT CONNECTOR
Code Description
W0970513001 5-PIN m12x1 straight connector
STRAIGHT CONNECTOR WITH WIRE
1 - brown
minimum dimensions 2 - white
of the window for the assembly 3 - blue
on the panel 4 - black
5 - gray
UNITS

9200702 Kit – panel mounting brackets W0970513002 5-PIN m12x1 straight connector with wire L = 5 m
NB: fixing screws included
aCCEssOrIEs ONE
COVER DISASSEMBLY WRENCH 90° CONNECTOR

9170401 Cover disassembly wrench W0970513003 m12x1 5-PIN 90° connector
SECURITY KNOB 90° CONNECTOR WITH WIRE
1 - brown
2 - white
3 - blue
4 - black
5 - gray

9200703 security knob apr/pressure switch W0970513004 m12x1 5-PIN 90° connector with wire L = 5 m
NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from the aPr/pressure switch on the unit.
Insert the security knob and regulate the aPr/ pressure switch. Then press the handle firmly
to lock it in position. If the aPr/pressure switch needs to be reset, remove the security knob
by forcing it laterally with a screwdriver.
3-202
SPARE PARTS
PRESSURE GAUGE THREADED PORT
9700106 m 39 1/8 0-4 9232001 1/4” spare thr. port for ONE
9700107 m 39 1/8 0-12 9232002 3/8” spare thr. port for ONE
9232003 1/2” spare thr. port for ONE
9232004 3/4” spare thr. port for ONE
9232005 1” spare thr. port for ONE
FILTER ELEMENT FILTER PLUG WITH FILTER ELEMENT

9251720 spare filter element 5 mm for ONE 9251723 spare plug + filter element 5 mm ONE
UNITS
9251721 spare filter element 20 mm for ONE 9251724 spare plug + filter element 20 mm ONE
sParE ParTs ONE
PILOT REGULATOR POPPET

9250820 spare pilot reg. 0.5 to 2 bar for ONE 9250707 spare poppet for ONE
9250821 spare pilot reg. 0.5 to 4 bar for ONE
9250822 spare pilot reg. 0.5 to 8 bar for ONE
3-203
SOLENOID VALVE PRESSURE SWITCH
OLD W4005001150 spare sol. valv. for ONE 9000500 spare press. switch for ONE
NEW 722123840101 PLT-10 7221233840101
To order the correct spare part of the solenoid valve, Note: with this kit we suggest you should order also the
we beg you to compare the pictures appearing above gauge, as it could get damaged during the disassembly.
with the one you have and then order the related code.
ELECTRIC BOARD AUTOMATIC DRAIN (RA)

9232010 spare electric board for ONE 9000802 spare ra automatic drain
UNITS
sParE ParTs ONE
Note: with this kit we suggest you should order also the
gauge, as it could get damaged during the disassembly.
NOTES
3-204
SUMMARY PRECISION REGULATORS,
PROPORTIONAL VALVES,
PRESSURE SWITCHES
P PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR WITH HIGH EXAUST FLOW, SERIE GS PAGE 3-206
P PROPORTIONAL PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR REGTRONIC SERIES PAGE 3-210
P PRESSURE SWITCHES PAGE 3-219
P DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCH PAGE 3-221
UNITS
SUMMARY PRECISION REGULATORS, PROPORTIONAL VALVES, PRESSURE SWITCHES
3-205
PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR
WITH HIGH EXAUST FLOW, SERIE GS
GS is a series of precision regulators, designed for rapid relief of overpressure

and a high flow rate.
They feature identical and opposing regulation valves on the inlet and outlet sides.
This enables the regulator to behave symmetrically – precise regulation with a high
rate of flow both in and out.
The pressure setting is virtually insensitive to changes in the upstream pressure
(see diagram below), which guarantees accuracy even when the mains pressure
fluctuates considerably.
A slight escape of air is required for correct operation of the regulator – it must
not be considered a defect.
The regulator can be fixed using the through holes in the body or a bracket
accessory.
The body has a 1/8” pressure gauge fitting.
GS regulators are suitable for applications requiring good accuracy in maintaining
the pressure and a certain sensitivity in relieving pressure peaks, e.g. to supply
low-friction cylinders, reel tensioners and coil winders.
Two sizes of compressed air fitting are available: 1/8” and 1/4”.
Three different setting ranges are available: 0 to 2 bar, 0 to 4 bar and 0 to 8 bar.
TECHNICAL DATA 1/8” 1/4”

Setting range bar 0 to 2 - 0 to 4 - 0 to 8
UNITS
10
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 900 1170
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 1200 1380
Fluid Unlubricated filtered air
The air must be at least 10 mm pre-filtered
Temperature range °C From -10 to +50
Weight g 600
PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR WITH HIGH EXAUST FLOW, SERIE GS
Exaust flow rate at 4 bar (regulated pressure)

∆P 0.1 bar Nl/min 450 810
∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 900 1190
Variation in regulated pressure (2 bar) with changes in upstream pressure (4-10 bar) mbar ± 20
Relieving sensitivity mbar 30
Air consumption – continuous escape Nl/min < 0.1
COMPONENTS
a Spring: stainless steel

b Cartridges: nickel-plated brass
c Poppet: nickel-plated brass
d Ring: vulcanized NBR
e Control lever: brass
f Bodies: painted aluminium
g Control diaphragm: oil-proof rubber
h Filter: sintered bronze
i Throttle cartridge: brass
j Ball: stainless steel
k Ball valve: brass
l Regulation diaphragm: NBR
m Ring nut: technopolymer
n Adjusting spring: steel
o Scroll: brass
p Bell: technopolymer
q Adjusting screw: brass
r Knob: technopolymer
3-206
FLOW RATE
ON EXHAUST ON REGULATION
Regulated pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
UNITS

Flow rate (Nl/min)
UPSTREAM PRESSURE SENSITIVITY

Upstream pressure (bar)
3-207
INSTALLATION
UNITS
A On the wall with 2 M3 hex screws

B On the base with legs code 9200710
C On the wall with legs code 9200710
D On the wall with bracket code 9200701
DIMENSIONS
Code Description
5511200 REG. GS 1/8 02
5511300 REG. GS 1/8 04
5511400 REG. GS 1/8 08
5512200 REG. GS 1/4 02
5512300 REG. GS 1/4 04
5512400 REG. GS 1/4 08
* M3 hole
3-208
ACCESSORIES SPARES PARTS
R/FR FIXING BRACKET UPPER COVER FOR REG GS
9200701 SF100 - BIT - ND 1/4 - SY1 9250835 SPARES CS REG GS 02
9250836 SPARES CS REG GS 04
9250837 SPARES CS REG GS 04
FIXING BRACKET KIT NOTES

Code Description
9200710 Fixing bracket kit
UNITS
N.B. supplied complete with four M4X6 screws
ACCESSORIES - SPARE PARTS PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR WITH HIGH EXAUST FLOW, SERIE GS
PRESSURE GAUGE
Code Description
9700102 M 40 1/8 04
9700101 M 40 1/8 12
3-209
PROPORTIONAL PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR
“REGTRONIC” SERIES
Proportional pressure regulators series REGTRONIC have the job of

precisely regulating the pressure in a system, the variables depending on
the input command. The pressure value and a series of information and
diagnostics are visible at all times on the graphic display.
The user-display interface, LEDs and buttons are all on one side.
The programming and reading software is comprehensive, simple and
intuitive. Pressure control takes place in a “closed-loop” with an electronic
precision pressure sensor that measures the downstream pressure, a
control system that compares it with the desired pressure, and two mini
solenoid valves that adjust the pressure to reach the target value.
REGTRONIC REGTRONIC REGTRONIC REGTRONIC

TECHNICAL DATA NEW DEAL 300 400
Threaded ports 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/4’’ 1’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’ 1’’ 1 1/4’’ 1 1/2’’ 2’’
Fluid Filtered, unlubricated air. The air must be filtered at least 10 µm
MIN inlet pressure bar
UNITS
Regulation pressure +1 bar

MAX inlet pressure bar 11
Pressure regulation range bar 0.05 to 10 (settable full scale and minimum pressure)
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 770 1490 10000 4500 18.000 20.000
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 1050 1700 13000 7000 - -
Exhaust flow rate at 6.3 bar with 0.1 bar overpressure Nl/min 320 500 1800 250 400 400
Exhaust flow rate at 6.3 bar with 0.5 bar overpressure Nl/min 650 1200 2000 500 850 850
Weight Kg 0.38 0.38 1.3 1.5 5 5.8
PROPORTIONAL PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR “REGTRONIC” SERIES
Class of protection IP 65
Power supply 24 Vcc +10% -5% I max 110 mA
Input signal (input impedence) Voltage 0 to 5 Vcc, 0 to10 Vcc (approx. 168 KΩ)
Current 4 to 20 mA (approx. 100 KΩ)
Serial ports RS 232
Manual Keypad
Output signal Analog 0 to 10 Vcc (1 V=1bar) - 1 mA max
Digital PNP open collector output:: max 24V 60 mA
NPN open collector output: max 24V 60 mA
Linearity ≤ ± 0.5% (Full scale)
Hysteresis ≤ ± 0.2% (Full scale)
Repeatability ≤ ± 0.2% (Full scale)
Sensitivity/Dead-band setting range 10 to 100 mbar
Output pressure display Accuracy ≤ ± 0,3% (Full scale)
Unit of measurement bar, Mpa, psi
Minimum resolution 0.01 bar - 0.001 MPa - 0.01 psi
Analog output accuracy ≤ ± 0,4% (Full scale)
Temperature characteristics max 2 mbar / °C
Response time with ∆P =1 bar volume 100 cc volume 1000 cc volume 1000 cc volume 1000 cc
from 6 to 7 bar s 0.2 0.3 0.45 0.35
from 7 to 6 bar s 0.3 0.3 0.45 0.7
Installation position in any position
Note The features shown refer to the static condition only. With air consumption on the output side, the pressure may vary.
3-210
LIQUID CRYSTAL GRAPHIC DISPLAY PROGRAMMABLE AND FLEXIBLE
Setting options:
LANGUAGE
UNIT OF MEASUREMENT
TYPE OF INPUT
TYPE OF DIGITAL OUTPUT
DEAD-BAND
FULL SCALE
As well as the pressure, it displays complete intuitive messages covering
several lines. MINIMUM PRESSURE
PRECISION M12 x 1 CONNECTOR
Linearity ± 0,5 % (full scale)
UNITS
Hysteresis ± 0,2 % (full scale)
PROPORTIONAL PRECISION PRESSURE REGULATOR “REGTRONIC” SERIES

Repeatability ± 0,2 % (full scale)
Sensitivity range 10 to100 mbar

8-pin connector
- standard
- available from the trade
CONFIGURATION OF THE M12X1 8-PIN CONNECTOR FUNCTION DIAGRAM
1 = TX (RS232) (White)
2 = RX (RS232) (Brown)
3 = set 0-10 V / 0-5 V / 4-20 mA (Green) DISPLAY
4 = digital out 0-24 V NPN (Yellow)
5 = analog out 0-10 V (Grey)
CONTROL OUTPUT SIGNAL
6 = digital out 0-24 V PNP (Pink)
7 = 0 V (GND) (Blue) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
8 = power supply +24V (Red)
INLET SOLENOID OUTLET SOLENOID

VALVE VALVE
2 1
3 7 PRESSURE SENSOR
8
4 6 IN OUT
5
Regulator connectorviewed from above
3-211
REGTRONIC 1/8’’; 1/4’’
COMPONENTS
a CARTRIDGES: nickel-plated brass

RING: vulcanized NBR
UNITS
b
c ROD: steel
d BODIES: painted aluminium
e PRESSURE SENSOR
f SOLENOID VALVE: 10 mm series PLT-10
g SHELL: technopolymer
h CONNECTOR M12 8 pin
i ELECTRONIC BOARDS
j CONTROL DIAPHRAGM: anti-oil rubber

k SPRING: stainless steel
l POPPET: nickel-plated brass
FLOW CHARTS
1/8’’ ON EXHAUST ON REGULATION 1/4’’ ON EXHAUST ON REGULATION

10 10
9 9
D D
8 8
7 7
C C
6 6
Inlet pressure [bar]
5 5
4
B 4
B
3
A 3
A
2 2
1 1
0 0
-1800 -1600 -1400 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 -1800 -1600 -1400 -1200 -1000 -800 -600 -400 -200 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Flow rate [Nl/min] Flow rate [Nl/min]
A = 2.5 bar B = 4 bar C = 6.3 bar D = 8 bar
3-212
INSTALLATION
IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT
UNITS
A On the wall with 2 M3 hex screws
B On the base with legs code 9200710
C On the wall with legs code 9200710

Code Description
5521500 REGTRONIC 1/8
IN OUT
3-213
REGTRONIC
COMPONENTS
a REGULATOR BODY: aluminium

b LOWER CAP: aluminium
UNITS
c UPPER PLATE: aluminium

d SPACER: aluminium
e GASKET: NBR
f PISTON ROD: aluminium
g CAP FOR PLAIN GASKET: OT58 brass
h PLAIN GASKET: NBR
i ROD: OT58 brass
REGTRONIC NEW DEAL
j VALVE: OT58 brass

k VALVE SPRING: steel
l GASKETS: NBR
m ELECTRONIC BOARDS
n CONNECTOR M12 8 PIN
o PRESSURE SENSOR
p SOLENOID VALVE: 10 mm series PLT-10
q SHELL: tecnopolymer
FLOW CHARTS DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES
8
7
C
6
5
B
4
3
A
0
-3000 -1500 0 1500 3000 4500 6000 7500 9000 10500 12000 13500
Flow rate [Nl/min]

Code Description
1620003 REGTRONIC 1
A = 2.5 bar B = 4 bar C = 6.3 bar Pm = 7 bar
3-214
REGTRONIC 300
COMPONENTS
a BODY: tecnopolymer
END PLATE: zamak
UNITS
b
c STEM: OT58 brass
d UPPER CUP: aluminium
e PISTON: OT58 brass
f CUP: aluminium
g PRESSURE SENSOR
h SOLENOID VALVE: 10 mm series PLT-10
i SHELL: tecnopolymer
REGTRONIC 300
j CONNECTOR M12 8 PIN
k ELECTRONIC BOARDS
l GASKET: NBR
m VALVE WITH NBR VULCANIZED GASKET
n VALVE SPRING: stainless steel
o LOWER CUP: tecnopolymer
FLOW CHARTS DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES
8
7
C
6
5
B
4
3
A
G A
2
1/2’’ 110
1 3/4’’ 110
1’’ 112
0
-1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
Flow rate [Nl/min] Code Description

4402012A REGTRONIC 300 without end plates
4402012 REGTRONIC 300 1/2
A = 2.5 bar B = 4 bar C = 6.3 bar Pm = 7 bar 4502012 REGTRONIC 300 3/4
4602012 REGTRONIC 300 1
3-215
REGTRONIC 400
COMPONENTS
a BODY: Aluminium
END PLATE: Aluminium
UNITS
b
c THREADED BUSH, AXIAL ADJUSTMENT: OT58 brass
d RETAINING RING: OT58 brass
e ROLLING DIAPHRAGM
f BRASS PLUG: OT58 brass
g VALVE SPRING: Stainless steel
h STEM: OT58 brass with air relief hole
i VALVE WITH NBR VULCANIZED GASKET
REGTRONIC 400
j GASKETS: NBR
k CONNECTOR M12 8 PIN
l SHELL: technopolymer
m SOLENOID VALVE: 10 mm series PLT-10
n PRESSURE SENSOR
o ELECTRONIC BOARDS
FLOW CHARTS
REGTRONIC 400 1’’ to 1 1/2’’

7
A
6
5
B
4
C
2
A = 6 bar 1
B = 4 bar
C = 2 bar
-7000 -5000 -3000 -1000 1000 3000 5000 7000 9000 11000 13000 15000 17000 19000
0
Pm = 7 bar Flow rate [Nl/min]
3-216
REGTRONIC 400 2’’
7
A
6

B
4
C
2
1
A = 6 bar
B = 4 bar
C = 2 bar -7000 -5000 -3000 -1000
0
1000 3000 5000 7000 9000 11000 13000 15000 17000 19000
Flow rate [Nl/min]

Pm = 7 bar
DIMENSIONS
REGTRONIC 400
Threaded port 1” 1 1/4’’ 1 1/2’’ 2’’
UNITS
A 225 to 255 283 to 313
B 127
C 116
D 105
E 141.4
F 80
G 1’’ 1 1/4’’ 1 1/2’’ 2’’
H 182
I 52.5
REGTRONIC 400
L M6 hole
M 105.4
N 16.5
R (exhaust) 1/4’’

Code Description
6102012A REGTRONIC 400 without edn plates
6102012 REGTRONIC 400 1
6202012 REGTRONIC 400 1 1/4
6302012 REGTRONIC 400 1 1/2
6402012 REGTRONIC 400 2
3-217
ACCESSORIES REGTRONIC
M12x1 PRE-WIRED 8-PIN FEMALE STRAIGHT CONNECTOR M12x1 PRE-WIRED 8-PIN FEMALE 90° CONNECTOR
W0970513010 M12X1 pre-wired W0970513011 M12X1 pre-wired
8-PIN strainght connector, 8-PIN 90° connector,
cable L = 5 m cable L= 5 m
1 - White 1 - White
2 - Brown 2 - Brown
3 - Green 3 - Green
4 - Yellow 4 - Yellow
5 - Grey 5 - Grey
6 - Pink 6 - Pink
7 - Blue 7 - Blue
8 - Red 8 - Red
FIXING BRACKET KIT FOR REGTRONIC 1/8’’ E 1/4’’ CONNECTOR KIT FOR SKILLAIR CODE A
9200710 Fixing bracket kit 9430301 Connector kit 300
UNITS
9630301 Connector kit 400
N.B. supplied complete with four M4X6 screws

ACCESSORIES REGTRONIC
INPUT/OUTPUT END PLATE KIT FOR SKILLAIR NOTES

Code Description
9430701 IN/OUT end plate kit 300 1/2
9530901 IN/OUT end plate kit 300 3/4
3-218
PRESSURE SWITCHES
This type of pressure switch features a high degree of miniaturisation

and a modern attractive design.
It can be installed in any position and also mounted onto a wall by means
of two transversal holes.
In order to reduce wiring times, it is supplied ready assembled with
a 2-metre electric cable or an M8 connector with a 300-mm cable.
The contact is the switching type, which means it can be normally open
or normally closed.
A knurled push-lock handle is provided for regulation
TECHNICAL DATA
Hysteresis (not adjustable) bar from 0.4 to 0.8 (See diagram)
Maximum pressure bar
UNITS
15
MPa 1.5
psi 217
Operating temperature range at: 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C 50
°F 122
Lower threaded port R 1/8”
Maximum current A 2
PRESSURE SWITCHES
Protection IP65
Fluid Filtered lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. Lubrication, if used, must be continuous
Weight kg 0.121
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer adjusting push-lock handle

b Brass adjusting screw
d Brass piston
e NBR gasket
f Body made of anodized aluminium
g Technopolymer pressure switch body
h Resin finish for IP65
i Electrical contact
j Choke to reduce peaks in pressure
3-219
ACCESSORIES
DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES SECURITY KNOB
Code Description
9200703 Acc. security knob
NOTE: Pull outwards to remove the knob from

the pressure switch on the unit. Insert the security knob
and regulate the pressure switch. Then press the handle
firmly to lock it in position. If the pressure switch needs
to be reset, remove the security knob by forcing
it laterally with a screwdriver.
Code Description
9000401 1/8 2A NO/NC pressure switch, 2-metre cable
9000402 1/8 2A NO/NC pressure switch, M8 connector
WIRING DIAGRAM NOTES
VERSION WITH CABLE

UNITS
PRESSURE SWITCHES
HYSTERESIS GRAPH
3-220
DIGITAL PRESSURE SWITCH
The digital pressure switch can be used to transmit electric pressure signals
and also display the pressure instantly.
The signal is transmitted for two settable pressure values and with
an analogue voltage signal. The values are clearly displayed on a LED
video and different parameters can be entered from the keypad.
Hysteresis can be adjusted and the unit of measurement for pressure can
be modified.
Two compressed air ports are provided, one at the back and one on
the bottom. The pressure switch comes with a threaded plug in the bottom
port. If you wish to connect to this port, merely unscrew the plug and screw
it into the back port.
A kit of accessories is provided for fixing to the top or wall, or to a panel.
TECHNICAL DATA
Working pressure range bar -1 to 10
MPa -0.1 to 1
Maximum admissible pressure bar
UNITS
15
MPa 1.5
Readable resolution: bar 0.01
MPa 0.001
Kg/cm2 0.01
Psi 0.1
Power supply VDC 12 to 24 ± 10%, max ripple 10%
Current consumption mA ≤ 55
Digital outputs 2 type PNP, with max current 80 mA, max voltage 30 VDC;

residual voltage ≤ 1V (at 80 mA)
Digital output repeatability ≤ ±0,2 % full scale ±2 digits
Hysteresis Adjustable or fixed at 3 digits for operation within a pressure range
Actuation response time ms ≤ 2.5
Interference suppression selectable at 24 ms, 192 ms, 768 ms
Short-circuit protection at the outputs Yes
LED 7 segment display 3 1/2 digit display (image update 5 times/ s)
Display accuracy ±2% full scale ±1 digit, ambient temperature 25° ±3°C
Indicators green LED (output 1), red LED (output 2)
Analogue output 1-5 V ±2.5 % (0 bar - 1V; 10 bar - 5V; it doesn’t read the vacum)
Linearity ≤ 1% full scale
Thermal characteristic ≤ ±2% full scale of the calibration pressure (at 25°C), in the temperature range 0 - 50°C
Compressed air ports Two 1/8’’
Power cable 2 m, with five 0.15 mm2 wires, oil-resistant
Weight g 135, including 2 m cable
AMBIENT CONDITIONS
Fluid Filtered and unlubricated air, inert non-corrosive and non-explosive gas
Degree of protection IP 40
Storage temperature °C -20 to +60, but without condensate or ice
Ambient humidity 35 to 85% relative humidity; no condensate
Insulation voltage 1000 VAC for one minute between casing and cable
Resistance of Insulation Min. 50 M Ohm minimo (at 500 VDC between casing and cable)
Vibration admitted 1.5 mm amplitude with scanning every minute from 10 to 55 Hz at 10 Hz,
for 2 hours in each direction x, y and z
Impact 980 m/s2 (100 g), 3 times in each direction x, y and z
3-221
Code Description
9000600 Digital pressure switch
USER INTERFACE
a 3 1/2 digit display: showing the pressure reading, all setting

information, and the error code
UNITS
b Digital output 1: green LED

c Digital output 2: red LED
d Button: modifies the value of the selected parameter
e Button: modifies the value of the selected parameter
f Setting button: selects the parameter to modify
WIRING DIAGRAM
3-222
ACCESSORIES
FIXING BRACKET KIT
Code Description
9000601 Kit of fixing brackets for digital pressure switches
NB: Each kit contains a bracket for fixing on the back and one for fixing at the bottom.
PANEL FIXING KIT

Code Description
9000602 Kit for panel fixing for the digital pressure switch
UNITS
PANEL FIXING KIT WITH VIDEO SCREEN

Code Description
9000603 Kit for panel fixing with screen for the digital pressure switch
3-223
FITTINGS
FITTINGS
P PUSH-IN FITTINGS PAGE 4-4

P PUSH-IN FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY PAGE 4-28
FITTINGS
P FITTINGS SERIES A - SERIES B - SERIES C - SERIES D PAGE 4-33
P TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE PAGE 4-50
4-1
FITTINGS
4-2
SUmmARY FITTINGS
P PUSH-IN FITTINGS PAGE 4-4
P SERIES F PUSH-IN FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY PAGE 4-28
P STANDARD FITTINGS SERIES A PAGE 4-33
P COmPRESSION FITTINGS SERIES B PAGE 4-40
P qUICk FITTINGS SERIES C PAGE 4-43
P BANJO FITTINGS SERIES D PAGE 4-47
FITTINGS
P TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE PAGE 4-50
SUMMARY FITTINGS
4-3
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Push-in fi ttings by Metal Work are the best elements for connecting
pipes and actuators.
quick and easy to use, the Metal Work push-in fi tting can be re-used
thousands of times without affecting the pneumatic and mechanical
seal in any way. It comes in various confi gurations and guarantees
a virtually unlimited, highly fl exible use. The clamping spring
with its special shape grips the pipe without scratching or deforming
it, which facilitates release.
In the fi ttings, the release bushing has patented screwdriver slots
to facilitate release in applications not accessible to the fi ngers.
Confi gurations RL19, RL21, RL22, RL23, RL23M, RL24, RL44,
and RL49 (except for Ø5), have a ring for fi xing to the wall
asymmetrically in order to contain the head of a screw within
the overall dimensions of the fi tting.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded coupling M3 - M5 - M7 - 1/8’’ - 1/4’’ - 3/8’’ - 1/2’’
Diameter mm Ø 3 - Ø 3.17 - Ø 4 - Ø 5 - Ø 6 - Ø 8 - Ø 10 - Ø 12 - Ø 14
Temperature range for brass fi ttings °C – 20 to + 80
°F – 4 to 176
Temperature range for technopolymer fi ttings °C – 20 to + 60
°F –4 to 140
Pressure range for brass fi ttings – 0.99 bar ... 16 bar / – 0.099 MPa ... 1.6 MPa
Pressure range for technopolymer fi ttings – 0.99 bar ... 12 bar / – 0.099 MPa ... 1.2 MPa
Recommended pipe Rilsan PA 11 - Nylon 6 - Polyamide 12 - Polypropylene
Fluid Vacuum - Compressed air
COMPONENTS
a Ring or release bushing: technopolymer

FITTINGS
b Locking bushing: brass or technopolymer

c Body: brass or technopolymer
d Clamping spring: stainless steel (for pipes Ø 3
and Ø 3.17 and R31 Ø 5 and R32 Ø 5:
brass gripper)
 Spring supporting ring: technopolymer
 Seal: NBR
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
O-RING BELOW R FITTINGS FOR Ø 8 PUSH-IN FITTINGS ONLY

Thread Initials Dimensions of O-ring
M3 .............. 2.6 x 1 The new series of Ø 8
M5 (for Ø 3 - Ø 3.17) .............. 3 x 1.2 miniature push-in fi ttings,
M5 .............. 3.5 x 1.2 identifi ed in the code by
M7 .............. 5 x 1.5 a letter L and visually by
M12x1.5 .............. 9.75 x 1.78 the screwdriver slot on
1/8 2031 7.66 x 1.78
the release ring, are not
1/4 2043 10.82 x 1.78
compatible with fi ttings R7,
3/8 2056 14 x 1.78
1/2 3068 17.13 x 2.62
R8 and R9 Ø 8 in the old
series.
4-4
SCREWING METHOD
Thread Max. Torque [Nm] CH [mm] Max. Torque [Nm]

M3 0.4 1.5 0.4
M5 1.8 2 0.7
M7 2.5 2.5 1.2
M12x1.5 8 3 2.5
G 1/8” 6 4 5
G 1/4” 8 5 8
G 3/8” 10 Over 5 See the values concerning threads
G 1/2” 15
NB: When using a socket spanner, the torque must not exceed that of the thread
(e.g. fi tting RL1 6 M7, with a 4 mm thread, has a maximum torque of 2.5 Nm,
highest value of the thread)
GENERAL FEATURES
All fi ttings have cylindrical threading and incorporate a O-ring Mounting fi ttings with an Allen wrench or pneumatic tool. All the elbows
FITTINGS
(Metal Work patent). The use of an O-ring considerably improves and tees are rotary. Drastic reduction in assembly times.
the seal of angled, rough, and slightly convex surfaces.
Tefl on® (PTFE) is no longer used.
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
A single tee can give central tees and lateral tees. The pipe is easy to assemble by pressing lightly on the pusher ring.
To remove the fi tting, merely push radially on the key.
4-5
FROM AN IDEA, A SYSTEM
• Four basic fi ttings can be used to make all

possible connections in a pneumatic circuit.
• Sharp drop in the number of fi ttings to be
stocked and hence reduced operating costs.
ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
Pre-assembling fi ttings on the workbench Pre-assembling fi ttings and pipe sections on quick connection and completion of the
with pneumatic tool even with very close centre the workbench. Pre-assembled confi gurations pneumatic circuit.
distances. can be stocked for assembly in series.
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
FROM A SYSTEM, INNOVATION
An Allen wrench is used to assemble rotary The special confi guration with two O-rings Fittings with a built-in gasket and reduced height
fi ttings even with very close centre distances. allows maximum orientation so as to follow (H) with the same threaded coupling and pipe
pipe movement in the specifi c application. diameter.
4-6
BRASS FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, CYLINDRICAL, MALE (R1)
Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 P L D E
2001B01 R1 3 M3 Ø 5.8 1.5 3 12.6 1.5 5.8
2001B02 R1 3 M5 Ø 5.8 2 3.5 13 2 5.8
2001A01 R1 3.17 M3 Ø 5.8 1.5 3 12.6 1.5 5.8
2001A02 R1 3.17 M5 Ø 5.8 2 3.5 13 2 5.8
2L01001 RL1 4 M5 Ø 9 2.5 4 20.3 2.6 9
2L01020 RL1 4 M7 Ø 9 3 5 18.9 3.1 9.8
2L01002 RL1 4 1/8 10 3 6 18 3.1 14
2L01003 RL1 4 1/4 10 3 8 19.8 3.1 18
2001004 R1 5 M5 Ø 12 2.5 4 22.5 2.6 12
2001005 R1 5 1/8 13 3 6 22 3.1 15
2001006 R1 5 1/4 12 3 8 24 3.1 18
2L01000 RL1 6 M5 Ø 11 2.5 4 21.9 2.6 11
2L01021 RL1 6 M7 Ø 11 4 5 23 4.1 11
2L01101 RL1 6 M12x1.5 12 4 8 23.2 4.1 17
2L01007 RL1 6 1/8 12 4 6 21.6 4.1 14
2L01008 RL1 6 1/4 12 4 8 20.3 4.1 18
2L01102 RL1 8 M12x1.5 14 6 8 24.5 6.2 17
2L01009 RL1 8 1/8 13 5 6 25.4 5.2 14
2L01010 RL1 8 1/4 14 6 8 24.4 6.2 18
2L01011 RL1 8 3/8 14 6 9 22.8 6.2 22
2L01012 RL1 10 1/4 16 7 8 29.2 7.2 18
2L01013 RL1 10 3/8 16 8 9 26.5 8.2 22
2L01018 RL1 10 1/2 16 8 11 29.8 8.2 26
2001019 RL1 12 1/4 19 7 8 30.5 7.2 21
2001014 RL1 12 3/8 19 10 9 28.1 10.2 22
2001015 RL1 12 1/2 19 10 11 29.3 10.2 26
2001016 RL1 14 3/8 22 10 9 33.8 10.2 24.6
2001017 RL1 14 1/2 22 12 11 31.5 12.2 26
STRAIGHT, CONICAL, MALE (R1C)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 D E L P
2L01C02 RL1C 4 1/8 10 3 3.1 11.3 18.5 6.2
2L01C07 RL1C 6 1/8 12 4 4.1 13.5 22.5 6.2
2L01C08 RL1C 6 1/4 12 4 4.1 13.2 22.3 8.5
2001Z07 RL1Z 6 12x1 conical 12 4 4.1 13.2 23.5 9
2001Z08 RL1Z 6 12x1.25 conical 12 4 4.1 13.2 23.5 9
FITTINGS
2L01C09 RL1C 8 1/8 13 6 6.2 14.3 26 6.2
2L01C10 RL1C 8 1/4 14 6 6.2 15.8 25.5 8.5
2L01C11 RL1C 8 3/8 14 6 6.2 16.6 24.9 9
2L01C13 RL1C 10 1/4 16 7 7.2 17.7 28.9 8.5
2L01C14 RL1C 10 3/8 16 8 8.2 17.7 26 9
2001C15 RL1C 12 3/8 19 10 10.2 21 28.5 9
2001C16 RL1C 12 1/2 19 10 10.2 21.3 26.6 11 PUSH-IN FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, FEMALE (R2)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch P L D E
2002B02 R2 3 M5 7 4.5 15.7 2.5 7.8
2002A02 R2 3.17 M5 7 4.5 15.7 2.5 7.8
2L02001 RL2 4 1/8 10 7 26.2 3 14
2L02002 RL2 4 1/4 10 8 28.6 3 17
2002003 R2 5 1/8 12 7 27 4 14
2002004 R2 5 1/4 12 8 29.5 4 17
2L02005 RL2 6 1/8 12 7 27.1 5 14
2L02006 RL2 6 1/4 12 8 29.3 5 17
2L02007 RL2 8 1/8 13 7 28.1 7 14
2L02008 RL2 8 1/4 14 8 30 7 17
2L02009 RL2 10 1/4 16 8 31.8 8 17.7
2L02010 RL2 10 3/8 16 10 36.8 8 20.8
2L02011 RL2 12 3/8 19 10 37 10 20.8
2L02012 RL2 12 1/2 19 11 40.5 10 23.8
4-7
STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE (R3)
Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 F L D
2003A02 R3 3 3 M8x0.75 18.4 2
2003A01 R3 3.17 3.17 M8x0.75 18.4 2
2L03001 RL3 4 4 M11x1 30.6 2.5
2003002 R3 5 5 M14x1 33.5 4
2L03003 RL3 6 6 M13x1 33 4.5
2L03004 RL3 8 8 M15x1 35.7 6.5
2L03005 RL3 10 10 M17x1 39.2 8
2003006 RL3 12 12 M20x1 40.7 10
2003007 RL3 14 14 M24x1 45.9 12
2L03301 RL3 4 6 M13x1 32.7 2.5

2L03302 RL3 4 8 M15x1 34.4 2.5
2L03303 RL3 6 8 M15x1 35 4.5
2L03304 RL3 6 10 M17x1 37.5 4.5
2L03306 RL3 6 12 M20x1 39 4.5
2L03305 RL3 8 10 M17x1 37.8 6.5
2L03307 RL3 8 12 M20x1 40.1 6
2L03308 RL3 10 12 M20x1 40.8 8
ELBOW, INTERMEDIATE (R4)

Code Ref. Ø L D E
2004A02 4 3 10.4 2 6.3
2004A01 R4 3.17 10.4 2 6.3
2L04001 RL4 4 16.7 2.5 9.5
2004002 R4 5 19.2 3 13.5
2L04003 RL4 6 19 4.5 11.5
2L04004 RL4 8 21.3 6.5 13.5
2L04005 RL4 10 23.3 8 16
2004006 RL4 12 26 10 20.5
2004007 RL4 14 29.3 12 22
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
TEE, INTERMEDIATE (R5)

Code Ref. Ø L L1 D E
2005A02 R5 3 10.4 20.8 2 6.3
2005A01 R5 3.17 10.4 20.8 2 6.3
2L05001 RL5 4 16.7 33.4 2.5 9.5
2005002 R5 5 19.2 38.4 3 13.5
2L05003 RL5 6 19 38 4.5 11.5
2L05004 RL5 8 21.3 42.6 6.5 13.5
2L05005 RL5 10 23.3 46.6 8 16
2005006 RL5 12 26 52 10 20.5
2005007 RL5 14 29.3 58.6 12 22
4-8
THREADED ADAPTER (R6)
Code Ref. Ø F Ch P L D E
2006A02 R6 3 M5 5 3.5 17.1 2 5.8
2006A01 R6 3.17 M5 5 3.5 17.1 2 5.8
2006001 R6 4 M5 8 4 25.2 2.5 9
2006020 R6 4 M7 8 5 26.5 2.5 9.8
2006002 R6 4 1/8 13 6 28.9 2.5 15
2006003 R6 4 1/4 14 8 32.4 2.2 18
2006004 R6 5 M5 8 4 25.2 2.7 9
2006005 R6 5 1/8 13 6 28.9 3 15
2006006 R6 5 1/4 14 8 32.4 3 18
2006000 R6 6 M5 9 4 25.7 2.7 10
2006021 R6 6 M7 8 5 27 4 9.8
2006007 R6 6 1/8 13 6 29.4 4 15
2006008 R6 6 1/4 14 8 32.9 4 18
2006009 R6 8 1/8 13 6 30.6 5.5 15
2006010 R6 8 1/4 14 8 34 6 18
2006011 R6 8 3/8 17 9 35.4 6 22
2006012 R6 10 1/4 14 8 38.2 7.8 18
2006013 R6 10 3/8 17 9 38.7 8 22
2006022 R6 10 1/2 19 11 41 8 26
2006019 R6 12 1/4 14 8 40.7 7.8 18
2006014 R6 12 3/8 17 9 42.2 10 22
2006015 R6 12 1/2 22 11 44.2 10 26
2006016 R6 14 3/8 17 9 46.2 10 22
2006017 R6 14 1/2 22 11 48.2 12 26
2006101 R6 6 M12X1.5 13 8 33 4 17
2006102 R6 8 M12X1.5 13 8 33.7 6 17
EXTENDED THREADED ADAPTER (R18)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch P L L1 L2 E E1
2018002 R18 4 1/8 13 6 40.4 18.2 6.7 15 7
2018007 R18 6 1/8 13 6 43.4 20.7 6.7 15 9
2018008 R18 6 1/4 14 8 46.9 22.2 8.2 18 9
2018009 R18 8 1/8 13 6 46.5 22.7 6.7 15 11
2018010 R18 8 1/4 14 8 50 24.2 8.2 18 11
2018011 R18 8 3/8 17 9 51.4 24.7 8.7 22 13
2018012 R18 10 1/4 14 8 57.2 27.2 8.2 18 12
FITTINGS
2018013 R18 10 3/8 17 9 58.7 27.7 8.7 22 12
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
EXTENSION (R7)
Code Ref. Ø L D
2007001 R7 4 34 2
2007002 R7 5 34 3
2007003 R7 6 37.5 4
2L07004 RL7 8 37.5 6
2007005 R7 10 45 8
2007006 R7 12 48 10
2007007 R7 14 58 12
4-9
REDUCER (R8)
Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 L D E
2008A01 R8 4 3 26 2 6.3
2008A02 R8 4 3.17 26 2 6.3
2008001 RL8 5 4 32.2 3 9.5
2L08002 RL8 6 4 29.9 2.8 9.5
2008003 R8 6 5 36 4 12
2L08004 RL8 8 4 28.7 2.8 9.5
2008005 R8 8 5 34.5 4 12
2L08006 RL8 8 6 31.9 4.5 11.5
2L08007 RL8 10 6 36.2 5 11.5
2L08008 RL8 10 8 40.8 7 14
2008009 RL8 12 4 36.7 3 13
2008010 RL8 12 6 42 5 13
2008011 RL8 12 8 40.1 7 14
2008015 RL8 12 10 44.3 8.2 16
2008014 RL8 14 8 44.1 7 15.5
2008017 RL8 14 10 44.3 8.2 16
2008018 RL8 14 12 50 10 19.5
ADDITION
2009001 RL8/M 4 6 34.5 2.5 11.5
PLUG (R9)
Code Rif. Ø L MATERIAL
2010A02 R9 3 20 Brass
2L10A01 RL9T 3.17 19.6 Technopolymer
2L10001 RL9T 4 27 Technopolymer
2010002 R9 5 27 Brass
2L10003 RL9T 6 29.8 Technopolymer
2L10006 RL9T 12 39 Technopolymer
2010007 R9 14 39.5 Brass
FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE, BULKMTAD (R10)

PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 F Ch L D I max

2011A02 R10 3 3 M8x0.75 10 18.4 2 5
2011A01 R10 3.17 3.17 M8x0.75 10 18.4 2 5
2L11001 RL10 4 4 M11x1 13 30.6 2.5 11
2011002 R10 5 5 M14x1 17 33.5 4 8
2L11003 RL10 6 6 M13x1 16 33 4.5 12
2L11004 RL10 8 8 M15x1 17 35.7 6.5 13.5
2L11005 RL10 10 10 M17x1 20 39.2 8 17
2011006 RL10 12 12 M20X1 24 40.7 10 20.3
2011007 RL10 14 14 M24x1 27 45.9 12 21.9
2L11301 RL10 4 6 M13x1 16 32.7 2.5 11

2L11302 RL10 4 8 M15x1 17 34.4 2.5 12
2L11303 RL10 6 8 M15x1 17 35 4.5 13
2L11304 RL10 6 10 M17x1 20 37.5 4.5 14.5
2L11306 RL10 6 12 M20x1 24 39 4.5 16
2L11305 RL10 8 10 M17x1 20 37.8 6.5 15
2L11307 RL10 8 12 M20x1 24 40.1 6 17.5
2L11308 RL10 10 12 M20x1 24 40.8 8 19
4-10
SINGLE RING (R13)
Code Ref. Ø Ø1 L L1 E E1
2012A02 R13 3 M5 12.9 9 9 7
2012A01 R13 3.17 M5 12.9 9 9 7
2012001 RL13 4 M5 20.2 9 9.5 9.5
2012002 RL13 4 1/8 21.3 15 14 9.5
2012003 R13 5 M5 23.8 9 9.5 12
2012004 R13 5 1/8 24.8 15 14 12
2012005 RL13 6 1/8 23 15 14 11.5
2012006 RL13 6 1/4 24.5 17 18 11.5
2012007 RL13 8 1/8 24.8 15 14 13.8
2012008 RL13 8 1/4 26.5 17 18 13.8
2012009 RL13 8 3/8 28.5 20 21 13.8
2012010 RL13 10 1/4 31.4 17 18 16.5
2012011 RL13 10 3/8 32.8 20 21 16
2012013 RL13 12 1/4 33 17 18 19.5
2012012 RL13 12 3/8 35.3 20 21 19.5
2012014 RL13 12 1/2 37 24 26 19.5
For the rods series D, see page 4-48
DUAL RING (R14)

2013001 RL14 4 M5 40.4 9 9.5 9.5
2013002 RL14 4 1/8 42.6 15 14 9.5
2013003 R14 5 M5 48 9 9.5 12
2013004 R14 5 1/8 49.5 15 14 13.5
2013005 RL14 6 1/8 46 15 14 11.5
2013006 RL14 6 1/4 49 17 18 11.5
2013007 RL14 8 1/8 49.6 15 14 13.8
2013008 RL14 8 1/4 53 17 18 13.8
2013009 RL14 8 3/8 57 20 21 13.8
2013010 RL14 10 1/4 62.8 17 18 16.5
2013011 RL14 10 3/8 65.6 20 21 16
FITTINGS
ROD, MALE SINGLE ROTARY RING (R15)

PUSH-IN FITTINGS
Code Ref. Ø F CH P L L1 E E1
2014101 R15 3 M3 1.5 3 12.2 13.2 5.8 5.8
2014102 R15 3.17 M3 1.5 3 12.2 13.2 5.8 5.8
2014103 R15 3 M5 2 3.5 12.7 13.7 5.8 7
2014104 R15 3.17 M5 2 3.5 12.7 13.7 5.8 7
2L14001 RL15 4 M5 2 4 20.2 18.4 9.5 9.5
2L14020 RL15 4 M7 3 5 20.2 18.5 9.8 9.5
2L14002 RL15 4 1/8 3 6 21.3 24.9 14 9.5
2014003 R15 5 M5 2 4 24 19 9.9 12
2014004 R15 5 1/8 3 6 25 27 14 12
2L14106 RL15 6 M5 2 4 23.5 18.4 9.5 11.3
2L14021 RL15 6 M7 3 5 23.5 18.5 9.8 11.3
2L14005 RL15 6 1/8 3 6 23 24.9 14 11.5
2L14007 RL15 6 1/4 4 8 24.5 29.4 18 11.5
2L14006 RL15 8 1/8 3 6 24.8 24.9 14 13.8
2L14008 RL15 8 1/4 4 8 26.5 29.4 18 13.8
2L14013 RL15 8 3/8 5 9 28.5 35.6 22 13.8
2L14009 RL15 10 1/4 4 8 31.4 29.4 18 16.5
2L14014 RL15 10 3/8 5 9 32.8 35.6 22 16
2014010 RL15 12 1/4 4 8 33 29.4 18 19.5
2014011 RL15 12 3/8 5 9 35.3 35.6 22 19.5
2014012 RL15 12 1/2 8 11 37 40.8 26 19.5
4-11
ROD, MALE DUAL ROTARY RING (R16)
2L15001 RL16 4 M5 2 4 40.4 18.4 9.5 9.5
2L15020 RL16 4 M7 3 5 40.4 18.5 9.8 9.5
2L15002 RL16 4 1/8 3 6 42.6 24.9 14 9.5
2015003 R16 5 M5 2 4 47.6 18.8 9.9 12
2015004 R16 5 1/8 3 6 49.5 27 14 13.5
2L15106 RL16 6 M5 2 4 47 18.4 9.5 11.3
2L15021 RL16 6 M7 3 5 47 18.5 9.8 11.3
2L15005 RL16 6 1/8 3 6 46 24.9 14 11.5
2L15007 RL16 6 1/4 4 8 49 29.4 18 11.5
2L15006 RL16 8 1/8 3 6 49.6 24.9 14 13.8
2L15008 RL16 8 1/4 4 8 53 29.4 18 13.8
2L15013 RL16 8 3/8 5 9 57 35.6 18 13.8
2L15009 RL16 10 1/4 4 8 62.8 29.4 22 16.5
2L15014 RL16 10 3/8 5 9 65.6 35.6 22 16
2015010 RL16 12 1/4 4 8 66 29.4 18 19.5
2015011 RL16 12 3/8 5 9 70.6 35.6 22 19.5
2015012 RL16 12 1/2 8 11 74 40.8 26 19.5
ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, CYLINDRICAL (R31)

Code Ref. Ø F CH E E1 L L1 P
2L31001 RL31 4 M5 9 9.9 9.5 18.6 15.3 4
2L31002 RL31 4 1/8 12 14 9.5 18.6 19.1 6
2L31003 RL31 4 1/4 14 18 9.5 18.6 21.1 8
2031004 R31 5 M5 9 9.9 13.5 22.8 17.5 4
2031005 R31 5 1/8 12 14 13.5 22.8 21 6
2031006 R31 5 1/4 14 18 13.5 22.8 24.5 8
2L31007 RL31 6 M5 9 9.9 11.8 21.9 15.3 4
2L31008 RL31 6 1/8 12 14 11.8 21.9 19.1 6
2L31009 RL31 6 1/4 14 18 11.8 21.9 21.1 8
2L31010 RL31 8 1/8 12 14 13.5 25.4 19.1 6
2L31011 RL31 8 1/4 14 18 13.5 25.4 21.1 8
2L31012 RL31 8 3/8 17 22 13.8 23.6 27.1 9
2L31013 RL31 10 1/4 14 18 16 27.2 24.8 8
FITTINGS
2L31014 RL31 10 3/8 17 22 16 27.2 27.1 9

2031015 RL31 10 1/2 22 26 16 27.2 30.7 11
2031016 RL31 12 1/4 14 18 20 30 25.6 8
2031017 RL31 12 3/8 17 22 20 30 27.1 9
2031018 RL31 12 1/2 22 26 20 30 30.7 11
2031019 RL31 14 1/2 22 26 21.3 33 32.3 11
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, CONICAL (R31C)

Code Rif. Ø F CH E E1 L L1 P
2L31C02 RL31/C 4 1/8 12 13.3 9.5 18.6 19.8 6.2
2L31C03 RL31/C 4 1/4 14 15.4 9.5 18.6 22.6 8.5
2L31C08 RL31/C 6 1/8 12 13.3 11.8 21.9 19.8 6.2
2L31C09 RL31/C 6 1/4 14 15.4 11.8 21.9 22.6 8.5
2L31C10 RL31/C 8 1/8 12 13.3 13.5 25.4 19.8 6.2
2L31C11 RL31/C 8 1/4 14 15.4 13.5 25.4 23.6 8.5
2L31C12 RL31/C 8 3/8 17 19.2 13.8 23.6 27.1 9
2L31C13 RL31/C 10 1/4 14 15.4 16 27.2 26.3 8.5
2L31C14 RL31/C 10 3/8 17 19.2 16 27.2 27.1 9
2031C15 RL31/C 12 3/8 17 19.2 20 30 27.1 9
2031C16 RL31/C 12 1/2 22 24.6 20 30 31.9 11
4-12
CENTRAL TEE, MALE, CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY (R32)
2L32001 RL32 4 M5 9 9.9 9.5 37.2 15.3 4
2L32002 RL32 4 1/8 12 14 9.5 37.2 19.1 6
2L32003 RL32 4 1/4 14 18 9.5 37.2 21.1 8
2032005 R32 5 1/8 12 14 13.5 45.6 19.1 6
2L32004 RL32 6 M5 9 9.9 11.8 43.8 15.3 4
2L32008 RL32 6 1/8 12 14 11.8 43.8 19.1 6
2L32009 RL32 6 1/4 14 18 11.8 43.8 21.1 8
2L32010 RL32 8 1/8 12 14 13.5 50.8 19.1 6
2L32011 RL32 8 1/4 14 18 13.5 50.8 21.1 8
2L32012 RL32 8 3/8 17 22 13.8 47.2 27.1 9
2L32013 RL32 10 1/4 14 18 16 44.4 21.8 8
2L32014 RL32 10 3/8 17 22 16 44.4 27.1 9
2032017 RL32 12 3/8 17 22 20 60 27.1 9
2032018 RL32 12 1/2 22 26 20 60 30.7 11
2032019 RL32 14 1/2 22 26 21.3 66 32.3 11
CENTRAL TEE, MALE, CONICAL, ROTARY (RL32C)

Code Rif. Ø F CH E E1 L L1 P
2L32C02 RL32/C 4 1/8 12 13.3 9.5 37.2 19.8 6.2
2L32C03 RL32/C 4 1/4 14 15.4 9.5 37.2 22.6 8.5
2L32C08 RL32/C 6 1/8 12 13.3 11.8 43.8 19.8 6.2
2L32C09 RL32/C 6 1/4 14 15.4 11.8 43.8 22.6 8.5
2L32C10 RL32/C 8 1/8 12 13.3 13.5 50.8 19.8 6.2
2L32C11 RL32/C 8 1/4 14 15.4 13.5 50.8 23.6 8.5
2L32C12 RL32/C 8 3/8 17 19.2 13.8 47.2 27.1 9
2L32C13 RL32/C 10 1/4 14 15.4 16 44.4 26.3 8.5
2L32C14 RL32/C 10 3/8 17 19.2 16 44.4 27.1 9
LATERAL TEE, MALE, CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY (R38)

2L38002 RL38 4 1/8 12 14 9.5 18.6 19.1 6
FITTINGS
2038005 R38 5 1/8 12 14 13.5 22.8 19.1 6
2L38008 RL38 6 1/8 12 14 11.5 21.9 19.1 6
2L38009 RL38 6 1/4 14 18 11.5 21.9 21.1 8
2L38010 RL38 8 1/8 12 14 13.5 25.4 19.1 6
2L38011 RL38 8 1/4 14 18 13.5 25.4 22.1 8
2L38013 RL38 10 1/4 14 18 16 27.2 21.8 8
2L38014 RL38 10 3/8 17 22 16 27.2 27.1 9
2038015 RL38 12 3/8 17 22 20 30 27.1 9
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
2038016 RL38 12 1/2 22 26 20 30 30.7 11
ELBOW, MALE, CONICAL (R39C)

Code Rif. Ø F CH E1 L L1 P
2L39C02 RL39/C 4 1/8 10 9.5 18.6 16 6.2
2L39C08 RL39/C 6 1/8 10 11.8 21.9 16 6.2
2L39C09 RL39/C 6 1/4 10 11.8 21.9 18.5 8.5
2039Z07 RL39/Z 6 12x1 conical 10 11.8 21.9 17.5 7
2039Z08 RL39/Z 6 12x1.25 conical 10 11.8 21.9 17.5 7
2L39C10 RL39/C 8 1/8 10 13.5 25.4 16 6.2
2L39C11 RL39/C 8 1/4 10 13.5 25.4 18.5 8.5
2L39C13 RL39/C 10 1/4 14 16 27.2 22 8.5
4-13
CROSS FITTING (RL40)
Code Ref. Ø D E L L1
2L40001 RL40 4 3 9.5 37.2 18.6
2L40003 RL40 6 4.5 11.3 43.8 21.9
2L40004 RL40 8 6.5 14 50.8 25.4
DUAL ROD SINGLE ROTARY RINGS (R50)

Code Ref. Ø F CH E E1 L L1 L2 L3 P
2L50001 RL50 4 M5 2 9.5 9.5 20.2 30.3 11.5 6.8 4
2L50002 RL50 4 1/8 3 14 9.5 20.2 40.9 15.5 9.1 6
2033002 R33 5 1/8 5 14 12 25 42 15 10.5 6
2L50007 RL50 6 M5 2 9.5 11.3 23.5 30.3 11.5 6.8 4
2L50008 RL50 6 1/8 3 14 11.3 23.5 40.9 15.5 9.1 6
2L50009 RL50 6 1/4 4 18 11.5 23 47 17.2 10.2 8
2L50010 RL50 8 1/8 3 14 13.8 24.8 40.9 15.5 9.1 6
2L50011 RL50 8 1/4 4 18 13.8 26.5 47 17.2 10.2 8
2L50013 RL50 10 1/4 4 18 16.5 31.4 47 17.2 10.2 8
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
DUAL ROD DUAL ROTARY RINGS (RL51)

2L51001 RL51 4 M5 2 9.5 9.5 40.4 30.3 11.5 6.8 4
2L51002 RL51 4 1/8 3 14 9.5 40.4 40.9 15.5 9.1 6
2L51007 RL51 6 M5 2 9.5 11.3 47 30.3 11.5 6.8 4
2L51008 RL51 6 1/8 3 14 11.3 47 40.9 15.5 9.1 6
2L51009 RL51 6 1/4 4 18 11.5 46 47 17.2 10.2 8
2L51010 RL51 8 1/8 3 14 13.8 49.6 40.9 15.5 9.1 6
2L51011 RL51 8 1/4 4 18 13.8 53 47 17.2 10.2 8
2L51013 RL51 10 1/4 4 18 16.5 62.8 47 17.2 10.2 8
4-14
TRIPLE ROD SINGLE ROTARY RINGS (RL52)
2L52002 RL52 4 1/8 3 14 9.5 20.2 56.7 15.5 9.1 6
2L52008 RL52 6 1/8 3 14 11.3 23.5 56.7 15.5 9.1 6
2L52009 RL52 6 1/4 4 18 11.5 23 64.3 17.2 10.2 8
2L52010 RL52 8 1/8 3 14 13.8 24.8 56.7 15.5 9.1 6
2L52011 RL52 8 1/4 4 18 13.8 26.5 64.3 17.2 10.2 8
2L52013 RL52 10 1/4 4 18 16.5 31.4 64.3 17.2 10.2 8
TRIPLE ROD DUAL ROTARY RINGS (RL53)

2L53002 RL53 4 1/8 3 14 9.5 40.2 56.7 15.5 9.1 6
2L53008 RL53 6 1/8 3 14 11.3 47 56.7 15.5 9.1 6
2L53009 RL53 6 1/4 4 18 11.5 46 64.3 17.2 10.2 8
2L53010 RL53 8 1/8 3 14 13.8 49.6 56.7 15.5 9.1 6
2L53011 RL53 8 1/4 4 18 13.8 53 64.3 17.2 10.2 8
2L53013 RL53 10 1/4 4 18 16.5 62.8 64.3 17.2 10.2 8
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
MALE ROD, SINGLE SWIVEL RING (RL54)

2L54001 RL54 4 M5 9 9.5 9.5 20.2 18.7 4.5
2L54002 RL54 4 1/8 13 14 9.5 21.3 25.3 6.2
2L54007 RL54 6 M5 9 9.5 11.3 23.5 18.7 4.5
2L54008 RL54 6 1/8 13 14 11.5 23 25.3 6.2
2L54009 RL54 6 1/4 16 18 11.5 24.5 29.2 8
2L54010 RL54 8 1/8 13 14 13.8 24.8 25.3 6.2
2L54011 RL54 8 1/4 16 18 13.8 26.5 29.2 8
2L54012 RL54 8 3/8 20 21 13.8 28.5 35.4 9
2L54013 RL54 10 1/4 16 18 16.5 31.4 29.2 8
2L54014 RL54 10 3/8 20 21 16 32.8 35.4 9
2L54018 RL54 12 1/4 16 18 19.5 33 29.2 8
2L54016 RL54 12 3/8 20 21 19.5 35.3 35.4 9
2L54017 RL54 12 1/2 25 26 19.5 37 40 11
4-15
MALE ROD, DUAL SWIVEL RING (RL55)
2L55001 RL55 4 M5 9 9.5 9.5 40.4 18.7 4.5
2L55002 RL55 4 1/8 13 14 9.5 42.6 25.3 6
2L55007 RL55 6 M5 9 9.5 11.3 47 18.7 4.5
2L55008 RL55 6 1/8 13 14 11.5 46 25.3 6
2L55009 RL55 6 1/4 16 18 11.5 49 29.2 8
2L55010 RL55 8 1/8 13 14 13.8 49.6 25.3 6
2L55011 RL55 8 1/4 16 18 13.8 53 29.2 8
2L55012 RL55 8 3/8 20 21 13.8 57 35.4 9
2L55013 RL55 10 1/4 16 18 16.5 62.8 29.2 8
2L55014 RL55 10 3/8 20 21 16 65.6 35.4 9
2L55018 RL55 12 1/4 16 18 19.5 66 29.2 8
2L55016 RL55 12 3/8 20 21 19.5 70.6 35.4 9
2L55017 RL55 12 1/2 25 26 19.5 74 40 11
DUAL ROD, MALE SINGLE SWIVEL RINGS (RL56)

2L56001 RL56 4 M5 9 9.5 9.5 20.2 30.2 11.5 5.8 4.5
2L56002 RL56 4 1/8 13 14 9.5 21.3 41 15.5 7.8 6
2L56007 RL56 6 M5 9 9.5 11.3 23.5 30.2 11.5 5.8 4.5
2L56008 RL56 6 1/8 13 14 11.5 23 41 15.5 7.8 6
2L56009 RL56 6 1/4 16 18 11.5 24.5 46.4 17.2 8.6 8
2L56010 RL56 8 1/8 13 14 13.8 24.8 41 15.5 7.8 6
2L56011 RL56 8 1/4 16 18 13.8 26.5 46.4 17.2 8.6 8
2L56012 RL56 8 3/8 20 21 13.8 28.5 56.8 21.4 10.7 9
2L56013 RL56 10 1/4 16 18 16.5 31.4 46.4 17.2 8.6 8
2L56014 RL56 10 3/8 20 21 16 32.8 56.8 21.4 10.7 9
2L56016 RL56 12 3/8 20 21 19.5 35.3 56.8 21.4 10.7 9
2L56017 RL56 12 1/2 25 26 19.5 37 64 24 12 11
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
DUAL ROD, MALE DUAL SWIVEL RINGS (RL57)

2L57001 RL57 4 M5 9 9.5 9.5 40.4 30.2 11.5 5.8 4.5
2L57002 RL57 4 1/8 13 14 9.5 42.6 41 15.5 7.8 6
2L57007 RL57 6 M5 9 9.5 11.3 47 30.2 11.5 5.8 4.5
2L57008 RL57 6 1/8 13 14 11.5 46 41 15.5 7.8 6
2L57009 RL57 6 1/4 16 18 11.5 49 46.4 17.2 8.6 8
2L57010 RL57 8 1/8 13 14 13.8 49.6 41 15.5 7.8 6
2L57011 RL57 8 1/4 16 18 13.8 53 46.4 17.2 8.6 8
2L57012 RL57 8 3/8 20 21 13.8 57 56.8 21.4 10.7 9
2L57013 RL57 10 1/4 16 18 16.5 62.8 46.4 17.2 8.6 8
2L57014 RL57 10 3/8 20 21 16 65.6 56.8 21.4 10.7 9
2L57016 RL57 12 3/8 20 21 19.5 70.6 56.8 21.4 10.7 9
2L57017 RL57 12 1/2 25 26 19.5 74 64 24 12 11
4-16
TECHNOPOLYmER FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE, TECHNOPOLYMER (R19)
Code Ref. Ø E L D F
2019001 RL19 4 9.2 30.4 3 3.3
2019002 R19 5 14 33.5 4 –
2019003 RL19 6 11.3 33 5 3.3
2019004 RL19 8 13.8 36.2 6.5 3.3
2019005 RL19 10 16 38 8.5 3.3
2019006 RL19 12 19.5 40 10.5 3.3
MALE ROD, SINGLE ROTARY RING, TECHNOPOLYMER (R20)

Code Ref. Ø F CH P L L1 L2 E E1
2020001 RL20 4 M5 2 4 18.7 18.4 9.1 8 9.2
2020002 RL20 4 1/8 3 6 21 24.9 12.3 14 9.2
2020003 R20 5 M5 2 4 21.5 18.8 8.5 9.9 13.5
2020004 R20 5 1/8 3 6 23 27 10.5 14 13.5
2020016 RL20 6 M5 2 4 20.8 18.4 9.1 8 11.3
2020005 RL20 6 1/8 3 6 22.3 24.9 12.3 14 11.3
2020007 RL20 6 1/4 4 8 24.3 29.4 14.3 18 11.3
2020006 RL20 8 1/8 3 6 25.6 24.9 12.3 14 13.8
2020008 RL20 8 1/4 4 8 27.2 29.4 14.3 18 13.8
2020009 RL20 10 1/4 4 8 28.6 29.4 14.3 18 16
2L20017 RL20 10 3/8 5 9 30.5 35.6 15.3 22 16
2020010 RL20 12 1/4 4 8 31 29.4 14.3 18 19.5
2020011 RL20 12 3/8 5 9 32.4 35.6 17.5 22 19.5
FITTINGS
2020012 RL20 12 1/2 8 11 34 40.8 19.2 26 19.5
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
MALE ROD, DUAL ROTARY RING, TECHNOPOLYMER (R20/A)

Code Ref. Ø F CH P L L1 L2 E E1
2020A01 R20/A 4 M5 2 4 40 16.8 6.5 9.9 10.9
2020A02 R20/A 4 1/8 3 6 45 27 10.5 14 12.5
2020A03 R20/A 5 M5 2 4 43 18.8 8.5 9.9 13.5
2020A04 R20/A 5 1/8 3 6 46 27 10.5 14 13.5
2020A05 R20/A 6 1/8 3 6 45 27 10.5 14 15
2020A07 R20/A 6 1/4 4 8 48 31.5 11.5 18 15
2020A06 R20/A 8 1/8 3 6 51 27 10.5 14 16.3
2020A08 R20/A 8 1/4 4 8 54 31.5 11.5 18 16.3
2020A09 R20/A 10 1/4 4 8 64 31.5 11.5 18 18.5
2020A10 R20/A 12 1/4 4 8 64 31.5 11.5 18 21
2020A11 R20/A 12 3/8 5 9 68 36 13.5 22 21
2020A12 R20/A 12 1/2 8 11 72 42 16.2 26 21
4-17
ELBOW, INTERMEDIATE, TECHNOPOLYMER (R21)
Code Ref. Ø L D E I F
2L21001 RL21 4 16.7 2.5 9.2 7.2 3.3
2021002 R21 5 20 3.5 13.5 – –
2L21003 RL21 6 19 4.2 11.3 8.2 3.3
2L21004 RL21 8 21.4 6.2 13.8 9.6 3.3
2021005 RL21 10 24 8.5 16 10.9 3.3
2021006 RL21 12 25.8 10.5 19.5 12.5 3.3
INTERMEDIATE TEE, TECHNOPOLYMER (R22)

Code Ref. Ø L L1 D E I I1 F
2L22001 RL22 4 16.7 33.4 2.5 9.2 7.2 14.4 3.3
2022002 R22 5 20 40 3.5 13.5 – – –
2L22003 RL22 6 19 38 4.2 11.3 8.2 16.4 3.3
2L22004 RL22 8 21.4 42.8 6.2 13.8 9.6 19.2 3.3
2022005 RL22 10 24 48 8.5 16 10.9 21.8 3.3
2022006 RL22 12 25.8 51.6 10.5 19.5 12.5 25 3.3
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
WYE (R23)
Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 L L1 E1 ØE2 I F L2
2023001 RL23 4 4 32.9 5 9.2 9.2 14.8 3.3 19.2
2023002 R23 5 5 35.5 6.5 13.5 13.5 – – 26.5
2023003 RL23 6 6 35.5 5.8 11.3 11.3 15 3.3 22.8
2023004 RL23 8 8 39.5 7.2 13.8 13.8 15.8 3.3 28.2
2L23005 RL23 10 10 43.1 8.3 16 16 17.4 3.3 32.6
2L23006 RL23 12 12 48 10 19.5 19.5 18 3.3 39.5
2L23301 RL23 6 4 34.2 5 11.3 9.2 14.8 3.3 19.2

2L23303 RL23 8 6 37.8 5.8 13.8 11.3 15 3.3 22.8
2L23306 RL23 10 8 40.4 7.2 16 13.8 15.8 3.3 28.2
2L23309 RL23 12 10 44.2 8.3 19.5 16 17.4 3.3 32.6
4-18
Y TECHNOPOLYMER, THREADED INPUT (RL23/M)
Code Rif. Ø F L L1 L2 I CH P E F1
2L23401 RL23/M 4 M5 38.7 5 19.2 14.8 9 4 9.9 3.3
2L23402 RL23/M 4 1/8 42.6 5 19.2 14.8 12 6 14 3.3
2L23403 RL23/M 4 1/4 46.6 5 19.2 14.8 14 8 18 3.3
2L23406 RL23/M 6 1/8 44.9 5.75 22.8 15 12 6 14 3.3
2L23407 RL23/M 6 1/4 47.9 5.75 22.8 15 14 8 18 3.3
2L23409 RL23/M 8 1/8 48.4 7.2 28.2 15.8 14 6 15 3.3
2L23410 RL23/M 8 1/4 52.8 7.2 28.2 15.8 14 8 18 3.3
2L23412 RL23/M 8 3/8 54.4 7.2 28.2 15.8 17 9 22 3.3
2L23413 RL23/M 10 1/4 53.8 8.3 32.6 17.4 16 8 18 3.3
2L23415 RL23/M 10 3/8 56 8.3 32.6 17.4 17 9 20 3.3
2L23419 RL23/M 12 3/8 62 10 39.5 18 19 9 22 3.3
2L23420 RL23/M 12 1/2 62.3 10 39.5 18 22 11 26 3.3
Y BRANCH WITH ADAPTER, TECHNOPOLYMER (R24)

Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 L L1 L2 E1 E2 I F
2024001 RL24 4 4 46.9 5 29.7 9.2 9.2 14.8 3.3
2024003 RL24 6 6 49.7 5.75 32 11.3 11.3 15 3.3
2L24004 RL24 8 8 55.1 7.2 35.9 13.8 13.8 15.8 3.3
2L24005 RL24 10 10 63.1 8.3 39.2 16 16 17.4 3.3
2L24006 RL24 12 12 70.5 10 44 19.5 19.5 18 3.3
2L24301 RL24 6 4 48.4 5 30.7 9.2 11.3 14.8 3.3

2L24303 RL24 8 6 53.4 5.75 34.2 11.3 13.8 15 3.3
2L24306 RL24 10 8 60.4 7.2 36.6 13.8 16 15.8 3.3
2L24309 RL24 12 10 66.7 8.3 40.2 16 19.5 17.4 3.3
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
TECHNOPOLYMER PARALLEL Y, THREADED INPUT (RL25)

Code Ref. Ø F L L1 L2 L3 E E1 CH P
2L25001 RL25 4 M5 17.7 13.1 5 19.2 8 9.2 2 4
2L25002 RL25 4 M7 17.7 14.6 5 19.2 9.8 9.2 3 5
2L25003 RL25 4 1/8 17.7 16.5 5 19.2 13 9.2 3 6
2L25004 RL25 6 1/8 23 18.3 5.75 22.8 14 11.3 3 6
2L25005 RL25 6 1/4 23 21.2 5.75 22.8 16.4 11.3 4 8
2L25008 RL25 8 1/4 25.8 22.2 7.2 28.2 18 13.8 4 8
2L25009 RL25 8 3/8 25.8 23.8 7.2 28.2 20 13.8 5 9
4-19
SINGLE RING, TECHNOPOLYMER (R28)
2012102 R28 4 1/8 22.5 17 15 12.5
2012104 R28 5 1/8 23 17 15 13.5
2012106 R28 6 1/8 22.5 17 15 15
2012107 R28 6 1/4 24 19 18 15
2012108 R28 8 1/8 25.5 17 15 16.5
2012109 R28 8 1/4 27 19 18 16.5
2012110 R28 8 3/8 29 22 21.5 16.5
2012111 R28 10 1/4 32 19 18 18.5
2012112 R28 10 3/8 32 22 21.5 18.5
2012113 R28 12 1/4 32 19 18 21
2012114 R28 12 3/8 34 22 21.5 21
2012115 R28 12 1/2 36 24 26 21
DUAL RING, TECHNOPOLYMER (R29)

2013102 R29 4 1/8 45 17 15 12.5
2013104 R29 5 1/8 46 17 15 13.5
2013106 R29 6 1/8 45 17 15 15
2013107 R29 6 1/4 48 19 18 15
2013108 R29 8 1/8 51 17 15 16.5
2013109 R29 8 1/4 54 19 18 16.5
2013110 R29 8 3/8 58 22 21.5 16.5
2013111 R29 10 1/4 64 19 18 18.5
2013112 R29 10 3/8 64 22 21.5 18.5
2013113 R29 12 1/4 64 19 18 21
2013114 R29 12 3/8 68 22 21.5 21
2013115 R29 12 1/2 72 24 26 21
FITTINGS

PUSH-IN FITTINGS
ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL 34)

2L34001 RL34 4 M5 8 4 16.4 15.2 9 9.2
2L34020 RL34 4 M7 8 5 16.4 16.2 9.8 9.2
2L34002 RL34 4 1/8 12 6 16.4 17.2 14 9.2
2L34003 RL34 4 1/4 14 8 16.4 20.1 18 9.2
2L34006 RL34 6 M5 8 4 18 16.3 9 11.3
2L34021 RL34 6 M7 9 5 19 17.5 9.9 11.3
2L34007 RL34 6 1/8 12 6 19 18.3 14 11.3
2L34008 RL34 6 1/4 14 8 19 21.2 18 11.3
2L34009 RL34 8 1/8 12 6 20.2 19.5 14 13.8
2L34010 RL34 8 1/4 14 8 20.2 22.4 18 13.8
2L34011 RL34 8 3/8 17 9 20.2 24.4 22 13.8
2L34013 RL34 10 1/4 14 8 23.3 23.5 18 16
2L34014 RL34 10 3/8 17 9 23.3 25.6 22 16
2L34016 RL34 12 3/8 17 9 25.2 27.3 22 19.5
2L34017 RL34 12 1/2 19 11 25.2 30.3 26 19.5
4-20
ELBOW, FEMALE, ROTARY, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL34/F)
2L34F01 RL34/F 4 M5 8 9 9.2 16.4 15.3 4
2L34F05 RL34/F 4 1/8 12 14 9.2 16.4 20.9 7
2L34F06 RL34/F 6 M5 8 9 11.3 18 16.4 4
2L34F07 RL34/F 6 1/8 12 14 11.3 19 26.5 7
2L34F08 RL34/F 6 1/4 14 17 11.3 19 28.2 8
2L34F09 RL34/F 8 1/8 12 14 13.8 20.2 27.7 7
2L34F10 RL34/F 8 1/4 14 17 13.8 20.2 29.4 8
2L34F13 RL34/F 10 1/4 14 17 16 23.3 33 8
2L34F14 RL34/F 10 3/8 17 21 16 23.3 38 10
2L34F16 RL34/F 12 3/8 17 21 19.5 25.2 40.3 10
2L34F17 RL34/F 12 1/2 19 23.8 19.5 25.2 42.8 11
CENTRAL TEE, MALE, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL35)

2L35001 RL35 4 M5 8 4 31 32.8 9 9.2
2L35020 RL35 4 M7 8 5 31 32.8 9.8 9.2
2L35002 RL35 4 1/8 12 6 31 32.8 14 9.2
2L35003 RL35 4 1/4 14 8 31 32.8 18 9.2
2L35006 RL35 6 M5 8 4 34.2 36 9 11.3
2L35007 RL35 6 1/8 12 6 36.2 38 14 11.3
2L35008 RL35 6 1/4 14 8 36.2 38 18 11.3
2L35009 RL35 8 1/8 12 6 38.6 40.4 14 13.8
2L35010 RL35 8 1/4 14 8 38.6 40.4 18 13.8
2L35011 RL35 8 3/8 17 9 38.6 40.4 22 13.8
2L35013 RL35 10 1/4 14 8 46.6 23.5 18 16
2L35014 RL35 10 3/8 17 9 46.6 25.6 22 16
2L35016 RL35 12 3/8 17 9 50.4 27.3 22 19.5
2L35017 RL35 12 1/2 19 11 50.4 30.3 26 19.5
CENTRAL TEE, FEMALE, ROTARY, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL35/F)

2L35F01 RL35/F 4 M5 8 9 9.2 32.8 15.3 4
FITTINGS
2L35F06 RL35/F 6 M5 8 9 11.3 36 16.4 4
2L35F07 RL35/F 6 1/8 12 14 11.3 38 26.5 7
2L35F08 RL35/F 6 1/4 14 17 11.3 38 28.2 8
2L35F09 RL35/F 8 1/8 12 14 13.8 40.4 27.7 7
2L35F10 RL35/F 8 1/4 14 17 13.8 40.4 29.4 8
2L35F13 RL35/F 10 1/4 14 17 16 46.6 33 8
2L35F14 RL35/F 10 3/8 17 21 16 46.6 38 10
2L35F16 RL35/F 12 3/8 17 21 19.5 50.4 40.3 10
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
2L35F17 RL35/F 12 1/2 19 23.8 19.5 50.4 42.8 11
ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, EXTENDED, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL 36)

2L36001 RL36 4 M5 8 4 16.4 26.7 9 9.2
2L36020 RL36 4 M7 8 5 16.4 27.7 9.8 9.2
2L36002 RL36 4 1/8 12 6 16.4 25.3 14 9.2
2L36006 RL36 6 M5 8 4 18 27.8 9 11.3
2L36021 RL36 6 M7 9 5 18 29.3 9.9 11.3
2L36007 RL36 6 1/8 12 6 19 30.9 14 11.3
2L36008 RL36 6 1/4 14 8 19 33.2 18 11.3
2L36009 RL36 8 1/8 12 6 20.2 32.1 14 13.8
2L36010 RL36 8 1/4 14 8 20.2 34.4 18 13.8
2L36012 RL36 10 1/4 14 8 23.3 38 18 16
4-21
CENTRAL TEE, MALE, ROTARY, EXTENDED, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL37)
2L37001 RL37 4 M5 8 4 32.8 26.7 9 9.2
2L37020 RL37 4 M7 8 5 32.8 27.5 9.8 9.2
2L37002 RL37 4 1/8 12 6 32.8 25.3 14 9.2
2L37006 RL37 6 M5 8 4 36 27.8 9 11.3
2L37007 RL37 6 1/8 12 6 38 30.9 14 11.3
2L37008 RL37 6 1/4 14 8 38 33.2 18 11.3
2L37009 RL37 8 1/8 12 6 40.4 32.1 14 13.8
2L37010 RL37 8 1/4 14 8 40.4 34.4 18 13.8
2L37012 RL37 10 1/4 14 8 46.6 38 18 16
DUAL Y BRANCH TECHNOPOLYMER (RL42)

Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 E1 E2 L L1 L2 I I1 F
2L42001 RL42 4 4 9.2 9.2 28.8 17.9 8.7 8 21.3 3.3
2L42002 RL42 4 6 9.2 11.3 31.3 17.9 8.7 8 21.3 3.3
2L42004 RL42 6 6 11.3 11.3 33.4 22.6 11.3 9.5 25.6 3.3
2L42005 RL42 6 8 11.3 14 34.8 22.6 11.3 9.5 25.6 3.3
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
DUAL Y BRANCH TECHNOPOLYMER, THREADED INPUT (RL43)

Code Ref. Ø1 F E1 E CH P L L1 L2 I I1 F1
2L43001 RL43 4 M5 9.2 8 9 4 35.5 17.9 8.7 8 21.3 3.3
2L43002 RL43 4 1/8 9.2 14 12 6 41.6 17.9 8.7 8 21.3 3.3
2L43003 RL43 4 1/4 9.2 18 14 8 44.6 17.9 8.7 8 21.3 3.3
2L43008 RL43 6 1/8 11.3 14 12 6 43.7 22.6 11.3 9.5 25.6 3.3
2L43009 RL43 6 1/4 11.3 18 14 8 46.7 22.6 11.3 9.5 25.6 3.3
4-22
MULTIPLE MANIFOLD, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL44)
Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 E1 E2 L L1 L2 I I1 F
2L44001 RL44 6 4 11.3 9.2 53.2 17.2 9.4 4.3 9.4 3.3
2L44003 RL44 8 6 14 11.3 61.4 19.6 11.5 5 11.5 3.3
MULTIPLE MANIFOLD, INPUT, THREADED, TECHNOPOLYMER (RL45)

Code Ref. F Ø1 Ø2 E1 E2 E CH P L L1 L2 L3 I I1 F1
2L45001 RL45 1/8 6 4 11.3 9.2 14 12 6 63.5 17.2 9.4 21.5 4.3 9.4 3.3
2L45002 RL45 1/4 6 4 11.3 9.2 18 14 8 66.5 17.2 9.4 22.5 4.3 9.4 3.3
2L45007 RL45 1/8 8 6 14 11.3 15 14 6 71.2 19.6 11.5 23 5 11.5 3.3
2L45008 RL45 1/4 8 6 14 11.3 18 14 8 75.6 19.6 11.5 25.4 5 11.5 3.3
2L45009 RL45 3/8 8 6 14 11.3 22 17 9 77.2 19.6 11.5 26 5 11.5 3.3
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
PLUG-IN ELBOWS (RL46)

Code Ref. Ø1 Ø2 L L1 L2 E E1
2L46001 RL46 4 4 16 22.5 8.1 6.8 9.2
2L46002 RL46 6 6 18.5 24 8.4 8 11.3
2L46003 RL46 8 8 21.2 28.5 11.3 10 13.8
2L46004 RL46 10 10 23.3 32 13.3 12.5 16
4-23
EXTENDED PLUG-IN ELBOWS (RL47)
2L47001 RL47 4 4 15.5 36.9 23.4 7.7 9.2
2L47002 RL47 6 6 18.1 40.6 25.9 9.3 11.3
2L47003 RL47 8 8 19.3 44.9 28.8 9.7 13.8
DOUBLE ELBOW (RL48)

2L48001 RL48 4 4 32 22.5 8.1 6.8 9.2
2L48002 RL48 6 6 37 37.5 16.4 9.7 11.3
2L48003 RL48 8 8 42.4 28.5 11.3 10 13.8
2L48004 RL48 10 10 46.6 46 27.7 14 16
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
DOUBLE LATERAL ELBOW (RL49)

Code Ref. Ø L L1 I I1 E D D1 F
2L49001 RL49 4 16.7 47.4 7.2 14.4 9.2 2.5 4 3.3
2L49003 RL49 6 19 52.5 8.2 16.4 11.3 4.2 6 3.3
2L49004 RL49 8 21.4 58.4 9.6 19.2 13.8 6.2 8 3.3
2L49005 RL49 10 24.1 68.2 10.9 21.8 16 8.5 10 3.3
2L49006 RL49 12 25.8 74.1 12.5 25 19.5 10.5 12 3.3
4-24
CARTRIDGES AND ACCESSORIES
BRASS CARTRIDGE WITH THREAD (R26)
Code Ref. Ø Brace of serration Brace of serration
on centers in plastic material [Nm] on metallic centers [Nm]
SERIES R
2026A02 R26 3 0.6 0.8
2026A01 R26 3.17 0.6 0.8
2026001 R26 4 0.8 1
2026002 R26 5 0.8 1.5
2026003 R26 6 0.8 1.2
2026004 R26 8 1 1.8
2026005 R26 10 0.8 2
2026006 R26 12 0.8 2
CARTRIDGE SLOT R26

Ø A ØB ØC Ø C1 D E F
Ø 3-3.17-4-6-8 3-3.17 M7x0.75 6.5 ± 01 4.5 + 0.12 4 max 10.5 + 0.3 9.5 + 0.1 7 ± 0.20
- 0 - 0 - 0.3
4 M9.5x0.75 9 + 0.10
- 0 4.1 + 0.10
- 0 3 max 12 + 0
- 0.20 9.5 + 0.15
- 0.05 7.5 ± 0.20
6 M11.5x0.75 11 + 0.10
- 0 6.1 + 0.10
- 0 5 max 12 ± 01 9.5 ± 01 7.5 ± 0.20
8 M13.5x0.75 13 + 0.10
- 0 8.1 + 0.10
- 0 7 max 15 + 0
- 0.20 10.5 + 0.15
- 0.05 8.5 ± 0.20
Ø G H
3-3.17 0.5 –
4 0.4 0.6
6 0.4 0.6
8 0.4 0.6
Ø A ØB ØC Ø C1 D E F
Ø 5-10-12 5 M10.5x0.75 10 + 0.1 5 + 0.15 4 max 11.8 ± 01 8.9 + 0.1 5.8 + 0.3
0 0 0 - 0
10 M15.5x0.75 15 + 0.1
0 10 + 0.15
0 9 max 15.6 ± 01 11 ± 0.05 7.5 + 0.3
- 0
12 M18x1 17.5 + 0.05

0.1 12 + 0.05
+ 0.15 11 max 18 ± 01 12 ± 0.05 6.8 + 0.3
- 0
Ø G H ØL M N ØP
5 0.3 0.9 + 0
- 0.3 11.2 + 0.12
+ 0.02 0.1 7.8 ± 0.05 9.7 ± 0.05
10 0.3 1.3 + 0
- 0.3 16.2 + 0.1
- 0.05 0.2 9 ± 0.05 14.9 + 0.10
- 0
12 0.6 1.3 + 0
- 0.3 18.8 + 0.1
- 0 0.2 9.75 + 0.1
- 0.15 17 + 0.1
- 0
FITTINGS
TOOL FOR SLOT R26
Code Ref. A ØB ØC
2025010 UT.SE. R26 3-3.17 4.5 10 10
2025011 UT.SE. R26 4 4.1 12 15
2025012 UT.SE. R26 5 5.1 15 19
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
2025013 UT.SE. R26 6 6.1 16 19

2025014 UT.SE. R26 8 8.1 16 21
2025015 UT.SE. R26 10 10.1 18 25
2025016 UT.SE. R26 12 12.1 15 25
MALE FOR CARTRIDGE SLOT R26

Code Ref. Ø A
2025020 MA R26 3-3.17 3-3.17 M7x0.75
2025021 MA R26 4 4 M9.5x0.75
2025022 MA R26 5 5 M10.5x0.75
2025023 MA R26 6 6 M11.5x0.75
2025024 MA R26 8 8 M13.5x0.75
2025025 MA R26 10 10 M15.5x0.75
2025026 MA R26 12 12 M18x1
4-25
BRASS COMPRESSION CARTRIDGE (R27)
Code Ref. Ø
SERIES R
2027001 R27 4
2027002 R27 5
2027003 R27 6
2027004 R27 8
2027005 R27 10
2027006 R27 12
CARTRIDGE SLOT R27

Ø ØA ØB ØC Ø C1 D E F G
Ø 4-6-8 FOR ALUMINIUM
4 9.2 + 0
- 0.10 9 + 0.10
- 0 4.1 + 0.10
- 0 3 MAX 12 + 0
- 0.20 9.3 + 0
- 0.10 6.7 + 0.10
- 0 0.5
6 11.3 + 0
- 0.08 11 + 0.10
- 0 6.1 + 0.10
- 0 5 MAX 12 + 0
- 0.20 9.3 + 0
- 0.10 6.7 + 0.10
- 0 0.5
8 13.3 + 0
- 0.08 13 + 0.10
- 0 8.1 + 0.10
- 0 7 MAX 15 + 0
- 0.20 10.3 + 0
- 0.10 7.7 + 0.10
- 0 0.5
FOR TECHNOPOLYMER
4 *9.2 + 0
- 0.10 9 + 0.10
- 0 4.1 + 0.10
- 0 3 MAX 12 + 0
- 0.20 9.3 + 0
- 0.10 6.7 + 0.10
- 0 0.5
6 *11.2 + 0
- 0.10 11 + 0.10
- 0 6.1 + 0.10
- 0 5 MAX 12 + 0
- 0.20 9.3 + 0
- 0.10 6.7 + 0.10
- 0 0.5
+ 0
8 *13.2 - 0.10 13 + 0.10
- 0 8.1 + 0.10
- 0 7 MAX 15 + 0
- 0.20 10.3 + 0
- 0.10 7.7 + 0.10
- 0 0.5
* N:B.: the diameter in interference is purely an indication and depends on the type of plastic material used and on its thickness.
We suggest you should effect practical assembling tests.
Ø ØA ØB ØC ØD ØE F H L M
Ø 5-10-12 FOR TECHNOPOLYMER
5 12.1 + 0.15
- 0 *10.2 + 0
- 0.10 4 MAX 5.1 + 0.15
- 0 9.7 ± 0.05 6 + 0.2
- 0 1.2 - 0
- 0.2 8.75 - 0
- 0.1 11.8 ± 0.10
+ 0.15
10 17.1 - 0 *15.15 + 0 9 MAX 10.15 + 0.1 14.9 ± 0.05 8 + 0.2 1.5 - 0 10.9 - 0 15.6 ± 0.10
FITTINGS
- 0.08 - 0 - 0 - 0.2 - 0.1
12 19.7 + 0.15
- 0 *17.55 + 0
- 0.08 11 MAX 12.15 + 0.1
- 0 17.1 ± 0.05 9 + 0.2
- 0 1.5 - 0
- 0.2 11.85 - 0
- 0.1 18 ± 0.10
FOR ALUMINIUM
5 12.1 + 0.15
- 0 10.3 + 0
- 0.08 4 MAX 5.1 + 0.15
- 0 9.7 ± 0.05 6 + 0.2
- 0 1.2 - 0
- 0.2 8.75 - 0
- 0.1 11.8 ± 0.10
10 17.1 + 0.15
- 0 15.4 + 0
- 0.08 9 MAX 10.15 + 0.1
- 0 14.9 ± 0.05 8 + 0.2
- 0 1.5 - 0
- 0.2 10.9 - 0
- 0.1 15.6 ± 0.10
12 19.7 + 0.15
- 0 17.8 + 0
- 0.08 11 MAX 12.15 + 0.1
- 0 17.1 ± 0.05 9 + 0.2
- 0 1.5 - 0
- 0.2 11.85 - 0
- 0.1 18 ± 0.10
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
* N:B.: the diameter in interference is purely an indication and depends on the type of plastic material used and on its thickness.
We suggest you should effect practical assembling tests.
TOOL FOR SLOT R27

Code Ref. A ØB ØC
FOR ALUMINIUM
2027021 UT.SE. R27 AL. 4 4.1 10 11.5
2027022 UT.SE. R27 AL. 5 5.1 12 16
2027023 UT.SE. R27 AL. 6 6.1 12 13.5
2027024 UT.SE. R27 AL. 8 8.1 12 15.5
2027025 UT.SE. R27 AL. 10 10.1 16 20
2027026 UT.SE. R27 AL. 12 12.1 16 22
FOR TECHNOPOLYMER
2027011 UT.SE. R27 P. 4 4.1 10 11.5
2027012 UT.SE. R27 P. 5 5.1 12 16
2027013 UT.SE. R27 P. 6 6.1 12 13.5
2027014 UT.SE. R27 P. 8 8.1 12 15.5
2027015 UT.SE. R27 P. 10 10.1 16 20
2027016 UT.SE. R27 P. 12 12.1 16 22
4-26
R17 – DISASSEMBLY KEY
Code Ref. Lenght [mm] Ø Tube
2L17001 RL17 140 from 3 to 10
2017001 R17 95.0 from 4 to 14
R17
RL17
R41 – CARTRIDGE KEY R26

Code Ref. Ø
2041001 R41 4
2041002 R41 5
2041003 R41 6
2041004 R41 8
2041005 R41 10
2041006 R41 12
NOTES
FITTINGS
PUSH-IN FITTINGS
4-27
SERIES F
PUSH-IN FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY
The materials of which these fittings are made can be used in the food
industry. The brass parts are chemically treated with phosphorus nickel-plating
according to the NSF®/ANSI 51 standard of the food programme.
The seals are made of FDA-approved FKM/FPM. There is no technopolymer
in the fitting, which solves the problems of incompatibility with detergents
and other chemicals. With these materials, the fittings can be used up to
150°C, which make them suitable for high-temperature applications other
than the food industry. The threads are cylindrical and under-head O-rings
provide a pneumatic seal. This avoids the need for sealants (e.g. Teflon®),
which could release solid fragments during screwing and unscrewing that
would contaminate the environment or the fluid. Our fittings can be screwed
and unscrewed any number of times and still remain clean and pneumatically
sealed. This choice of materials and treatments make these fittings suitable
for use in the chemical, pharmaceutical, medical and electronics industry.
A standard range of fittings is available, but other designs can be developed
on specific request.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Threaded port M5 - G1/8’’ - G1/4’’ - G3/8’’ - G1/2’’
Pipe diameter mm Ø 4 - Ø 6 - Ø 8 - Ø 10
°F – 4 to 302
Pressure range – 0.99 bar - 16 bar / – 0.099 MPa - 1.6 MPa
FITTINGS
SERIES F PUSH-IN FITTINGS FOR USE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY
COMPONENTS ADVANTAGES
Under-head O-ring
Can be screwed and unscrewed any number of times; no fragments
of Teflon® or sealant will contaminate the fluid.
Corrosion proof
Chemical nickel-plating + FKM/FPM compatible with numerous substances
No plastic parts
No risk of incompatibility
a Body: chemically nickel-plated brass to NSF®/ANSI 51 standards

b Gripper: chemically nickel-plated brass to NSF®/ANSI 51 standards
c Fitting seal: FKM/FPM
d Port seal: FKM/FPM
4-28
STRAIGHT, CYLINDRICAL, MALE R1 NSF
Code Ref. Ø F CH CH1 P L D E
2F01001 R1 NSF 4 M5 Ø 9.9 2.5 4 21.5 2.6 9.9
2F01002 R1 NSF 4 1/8 11 3 6 20.5 3.1 15
2F01003 R1 NSF 4 1/4 12 3 8 22.5 3.1 18
2F01000 R1 NSF 6 M5 Ø 12.9 2.5 4 25 2.6 12.9
2F01007 R1 NSF 6 1/8 13 4 6 27.5 4.2 15
2F01008 R1 NSF 6 1/4 13 4 8 26.5 4.2 18
2F01009 R1 NSF 8 1/8 14 5 6 28.5 5.2 15.6
2F01010 R1 NSF 8 1/4 15 6 8 27 6.2 18
2F01011 R1 NSF 8 3/8 15 6 9 28 6.2 21
2F01012 R1 NSF 10 1/4 17 7 8 33.5 7.2 20
2F01013 R1 NSF 10 3/8 17 8 9 30.5 8.2 21
2F01022 R1 NSF 10 1/2 17 10 11 31.5 10.2 26
STRAIGHT, CONICAL, MALE RL1C NSF

Code Ref. Ø F CH CH1 P L D E
2F01C02 R1C NSF 4 1/8 10 2.5 6.2 20.5 3.1 11.5
2F01C07 R1C NSF 6 1/8 12 4 6.2 24 4.2 13.8
2F01C08 R1C NSF 6 1/4 14 4 8.5 25.5 4.2 16
2F01C09 R1C NSF 8 1/8 14 5 6.2 27.5 5.2 16
2F01C10 R1C NSF 8 1/4 14 6 8.5 27.5 6.2 16
2F01C11 R1C NSF 8 3/8 17 6 9 27 6.2 19.6
2F01C13 R1C NSF 10 1/4 17 7 8.5 34.5 7.2 19.6
2F01C14 R1C NSF 10 3/8 17 7 9 30.5 7.2 19.6
STRAIGHT, FEMALE R2 NSF

Code Ref. Ø F CH P L D E
2F02001 R2 NSF 4 1/8 10 7 27 3 14
FITTINGS
2F02005 R2 NSF 6 1/8 13 7 30 5 15
2F02006 R2 NSF 6 1/4 13 8 32 5 17
2F02007 R2 NSF 8 1/8 14 7 30 7 17
2F02008 R2 NSF 8 1/4 14 8 32 7 17
2F02011 R2 NSF 10 1/4 17 8 35 9 20
STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE R3 NSF

Code Ref. Ø F L
2F03001 R3 NSF 4 M13X1 33
2F03003 R3 NSF 6 M15X1 40
2F03004 R3 NSF 8 M17X1 41
2F03005 R3 NSF 10 M20X1 47
4-29
ELBOW, INTERMEDIATE R4 NSF
Code Ref. Ø D E L
2F04001 R4 NSF 4 2.5 9.5 18
2F04003 R4 NSF 6 4.5 13.5 22
2F04004 R4 NSF 8 7 14 26
2F04005 R4 NSF 10 9 17 30
TEE, INTERMEDIATE R5 NSF

Code Ref. Ø L L1 D E
2F05001 R5 NSF 4 21 42 3.5 9.5
2F05003 R5 NSF 6 24 48 5 12.5
2F05004 R5 NSF 8 26 52 7 14
2F05005 R5 NSF 10 30 60 9 17
FITTINGS
THREADED ADAPTER R6 NSF

Code Ref. Ø F CH P L D E
2F06001 R6 NSF 4 M5 8 4 25.2 2.5 9
2F06002 R6 NSF 4 1/8 13 6 28.9 2.5 15
2F06003 R6 NSF 4 1/4 14 8 32.4 2.2 18
2F06000 R6 NSF 6 M5 9 4 25.7 2.7 10
2F06007 R6 NSF 6 1/8 13 6 29.4 4 15
2F06008 R6 NSF 6 1/4 14 8 32.9 4 18
2F06009 R6 NSF 8 1/8 13 6 30.6 5.5 15
2F06010 R6 NSF 8 1/4 14 8 34 6 18
2F06011 R6 NSF 8 3/8 17 9 35.4 6 22
2F06012 R6 NSF 10 1/4 14 8 35.6 7.8 18
2F06013 R6 NSF 10 3/8 17 9 37.1 8 22
4-30
STRAIGHT, INTERMEDIATE, BULKHEAD UNIONS R10 NSF
Code Ref. Ø F CH L I MAX
2F11001 R10 NSF 4 M13x1 16 33 11
2F11003 R10 NSF 6 M15x1 17 40 16
2F11004 R10 NSF 8 M17x1 20 41 19
2F11005 R10 NSF 10 M20x1 24 47 21
ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, CYLINDRICAL R31 NSF

2F31001 R31 NSF 4 M5 9 9 10 21 19 4
2F31002 R31 NSF 4 1/8 13 15 10 21 21 6
2F31003 R31 NSF 4 1/4 16 18 10 21 25 8
2F31007 R31 NSF 6 M5 9 8 11.8 24 17.5 4
2F31008 R31 NSF 6 1/8 13 15 12.5 24 21 6
2F31009 R31 NSF 6 1/4 16 18 12.5 25.5 25 8
2F31010 R31 NSF 8 1/8 13 15 14 26 22.5 6
2F31011 R31 NSF 8 1/4 16 18 14 26 25 8
2F31012 R31 NSF 8 3/8 19 22 14 27.5 30.5 9
2F31013 R31 NSF 10 1/4 16 18 16.5 30 27 8
2F31014 R31 NSF 10 3/8 19 22 16.5 30 30.5 9
2F31015 R31 NSF 10 1/2 22 26 16.5 31 32 11
FITTINGS
ROTARY ELBOW, MALE, CONICAL R31C NSF

2F31C02 R31C NSF 4 1/8 12 13.3 10 21 22 6.2
2F31C03 R31C NSF 4 1/4 16 17.7 10 21 27 8.5
2F31C08 R31C NSF 6 1/8 12 13.3 11.8 24 22 6.2
2F31C09 R31C NSF 6 1/4 16 17.7 12.5 25.5 27 8.5
2F31C10 R31C NSF 8 1/8 12 13.3 14 26 23.5 6.2
2F31C11 R31C NSF 8 1/4 16 17.7 14 26 27 8.5
2F31C12 R31C NSF 8 3/8 19 22 14 27.5 31 9
2F31C13 R31C NSF 10 1/4 16 17.7 16.5 30 29 8.5
2F31C14 R31C NSF 10 3/8 19 22 16.5 30 31 9
4-31
CENTRAL TEE, MALE, CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY R32 NSF
2F32002 R32 NSF 4 1/8 13 15 10 41.5 21 6
2F32008 R32 NSF 6 1/8 13 15 12.5 47.5 21 6
2F32009 R32 NSF 6 1/4 16 18 12.5 50.5 25 8
2F32010 R32 NSF 8 1/8 13 15 14 52 22.5 6
2F32011 R32 NSF 8 1/4 16 18 14 52 25 8
2F32012 R32 NSF 8 3/8 19 22 14 56 30.5 9
2F32013 R32 NSF 10 1/4 16 18 16.5 60.5 27 8
2F32014 R32 NSF 10 3/8 19 22 16.5 60.5 30.5 9
LATERAL TEE, MALE, CYLINDRICAL, ROTARY R38 NSF

2F38002 R38 NSF 4 1/8 13 15 9.5 22.5 21 6
2F38008 R38 NSF 6 1/8 13 15 12.5 24.5 21 6
2F38009 R38 NSF 6 1/4 16 18 12.5 26 25 8
2F38010 R38 NSF 8 1/8 13 15 14.5 27.5 22.5 6
2F38011 R38 NSF 8 1/4 16 18 14.5 27.5 25 8
2F38013 R38 NSF 10 1/4 16 18 17 31.5 27 8
2F38014 R38 NSF 10 3/8 19 22 17 31.5 30.5 9
FITTINGS
ELBOW, MALE, CONICAL R39 NSF

Code Ref. Ø F CH E1 L L1 P
2F39C02 R39 NSF 4 1/8 10 9.5 21 16 6.2
2F39C08 R39 NSF 6 1/8 10 11.8 23.5 16 6.2
2F39C09 R39 NSF 6 1/4 10 11.8 24 18.5 8.5
2F39C10 R39 NSF 8 1/8 12 14 26 17 6.2
2F39C11 R39 NSF 8 1/4 12 14 26 20 8.5
2F39C12 R39 NSF 8 3/8 14 14 27.5 22.5 9
2F39C13 R39 NSF 10 1/4 14 17 30.5 22 8.5
4-32
STANDARD FITTING
SERIES A
• Body: OT58 brass

• Maximum pressure 870 psi, 6000 KPa 60 bar
NIPPLE, PARALLEL (A1)
* Washer D11 can be used Code

2101A00
Ref.
A1
F
M5
F1
M5
Ch
8
P
4.0
P1
4.0
L
11.5
2101000 A1 M5 1/8 14 4.0 6.0 14.5
2101001 A1 1/8 1/8 14 6.0 6.0 17.0
2101002 A1 1/8 1/4 17 6.0 8.0 19.0
2101003 A1 1/8 3/8 20 6.0 9.0 20.0
2101004 A1 1/4 1/4 17 8.0 8.0 21.0
2101005 A1 1/4 3/8 20 8.0 9.0 22.0
2101006 A1 1/4 1/2 25 8.0 10.0 24.0
2101007 A1 3/8 3/8 20 9.0 9.0 24.0
2101008 A1 3/8 1/2 25 9.0 10.0 25.5
2101009 A1 1/2 1/2 25 10.0 10.0 26.5
2101010 A1 1/2 3/4 30 10.0 11.0 27.0
2101011 A1 3/4 3/4 30 11.0 11.0 28.0
FITTINGS
NIPPLE, CONICAL (A2)
Code Ref. F F1 Ch P P1 L
2102001 A2 1/8 1/8 12 8.0 8.0 21.0
2102002 A2 1/8 1/4 14 8.0 11.0 24.0
2102003 A2 1/8 3/8 17 8.0 11.5 25.0
2102004 A2 1/4 1/4 14 11.0 11.0 27.0
2102005 A2 1/4 3/8 17 11.0 11.5 28.0
STANDARD FITTING SERIES A
2102006 A2 1/4 1/2 22 11.0 14.0 32.0

2102007 A2 3/8 3/8 17 11.5 11.5 29.0
2102008 A2 3/8 1/2 22 11.5 14.0 32.5
2102009 A2 1/2 1/2 22 14.0 14.0 35.0
2102010 A2 1/2 3/4 27 14.0 16.5 37.5
2102011 A2 3/4 3/4 27 16.5 16.5 40.0
SLEEVE (A3)
Code Ref. F Ch L
2103000 A3 M5 8 11.0
2103001 A3 1/8 14 15.0
2103002 A3 1/4 17 22.0
2103003 A3 3/8 22 24.0
2103004 A3 1/2 27 30.0
4-33
REDUCER, CONICAL (A4)
2104001 A4 1/4 1/8 14 11.0 7.0 16.0
2104002 A4 3/8 1/8 17 11.5 7.0 17.0
2104003 A4 3/8 1/4 17 11.5 8.0 17.0
2104004 A4 1/2 1/4 22 14.0 8.0 20.0
2104005 A4 1/2 3/8 22 14.0 10.0 20.0
2104006 A4 3/4 1/2 27 16.5 11.0 23.5
REDUCER, PARALLEL (A4/Z)

2151000
Ref.
A4/Z
F
1/8
F1
M5
Ch
14
P
6.0
L
10.0
2151001 A4/Z 1/4 1/8 17 8.0 13.0
2151002 A4/Z 3/8 1/8 20 9.0 14.0
2151003 A4/Z 3/8 1/4 20 9.0 14.0
2151004 A4/Z 1/2 1/4 25 10.0 15.5
2151005 A4/Z 1/2 3/8 25 10.0 15.5
REDUCER, CONICAL (A5)

2105001 A5 1/8 1/8 14 8.0 7.0 20.0
FITTINGS
2105002 A5 1/8 1/4 17 8.0 8.0 22.5

2105003 A5 1/4 1/4 17 11.0 8.0 25.0
2105004 A5 1/4 3/8 22 11.0 10.0 28.5
2105005 A5 3/8 3/8 22 11.5 10.0 28.5
2105006 A5 3/8 1/2 24 11.5 11.0 32.0
2105007 A5 1/2 1/2 24 14.0 11.0 34.0
REDUCER, PARALLEL (A5/Z)

2152001
Ref.
A5/Z
F
M5
F1
1/8
Ch
12
P
4.0
P1
7.0
L
17.0
2152002 A5/Z 1/8 1/8 14 6.0 7.0 18.5
2152003 A5/Z 1/8 1/4 17 6.0 8.0 21.5
2152004 A5/Z 1/4 1/4 17 8.0 8.0 22.5
2152005 A5/Z 1/4 3/8 22 8.0 10.0 26.0
2152006 A5/Z 3/8 3/8 22 9.0 10.0 26.5
2152007 A5/Z 3/8 1/2 24 9.0 11.0 29.5
2152008 A5/Z 1/2 1/2 25 10.0 11.0 29.5
4-34
REDUCER A6
2106001 A6 1/8 1/4 17 8.0 8.0 21.5
2106002 A6 1/8 3/8 22 7.0 10.0 23.5
2106003 A6 1/4 3/8 22 9.0 10.0 25.5
2106004 A6 1/4 1/2 24 9.0 11.0 28.5
2106005 A6 3/8 1/2 24 11.0 11.0 29.5
PLUG WITH EXAGON EMBEDEDDED (A7)

Code Ref. F Ch P L E O ring
2107000 A7 M5 2.5 4.0 6.5 8 3.5x1.2
2107005 A7 M7 3 5.0 7.4 10 5x1.5
2107001 A7 1/8 3 7.0 9.5 15 2031
2107002 A7 1/4 6 8.0 11.0 18 2043
2107003 A7 3/8 8 9.0 12.5 21 2056
2107004 A7 1/2 10 11.0 14.5 26 3068
O-RING
NBR
NUB (A8)
Code Ref. F Ch P1 L
2108001 A8 1/8 14 7.0 13.0
FITTINGS
2108002 A8 1/4 17 8.0 15.0
2108003 A8 3/8 20 10.0 17.5
2108004 A8 1/2 24 11.0 20.0
ELBOW, FEMALE (A9)

Code Ref. F Ch P L E
2109001 A9 1/8 10 7.0 20.5 13.5
2109002 A9 1/4 13 8.0 26.0 17.0
2109003 A9 3/8 15 10.0 30.0 20.5
2109004 A9 1/2 20 11.0 36.0 25.5
4-35
ELBOW, MALE-FEMALE (A10)
Code Ref. F F1 Ch P P1 L L1 E
2110001 A10 1/8 1/8 10 8.0 7.0 16.5 20.5 13.5
2110002 A10 1/4 1/4 13 10.5 8.0 24.5 26.0 17.0
2110003 A10 3/8 3/8 15 11.0 10.0 26.0 30.0 20.5
2110004 A10 1/2 1/2 20 13.0 11.0 30.0 36.0 25.5
TEE, FEMALE (A11)

2111001 A11 1/8 10 7.0 20.5 13.5
2111002 A11 1/4 13 8.0 26.0 17.0
2111003 A11 3/8 15 10.0 30.0 20.5
2111004 A11 1/2 20 11.0 36.0 25.5
TEE, CENTRAL MALE (A12)

2112001 A12 1/8 1/8 10 8.0 7.0 16.5 20.5 13.5
2112002 A12 1/4 1/4 13 10.5 8.0 24.5 26.0 17.0
2112003 A12 3/8 3/8 15 11.0 10.0 26.0 30.0 20.5
FITTINGS
2112004 A12 1/2 1/2 20 13.0 11.0 30.0 36.0 25.5

TEE, LATERAL MALE (A13)

2113001 A13 1/8 1/8 10 8.0 7.0 37.0 20.5 13.5
2113002 A13 1/4 1/4 13 10.5 8.0 50.5 26.0 17.0
2113003 A13 3/8 3/8 15 11.0 10.0 56.0 30.0 20.5
2113004 A13 1/2 1/2 20 13.0 11.0 66.0 36.0 25.5
4-36
EQUAL FEMALE CROSS (A14)
2114001 A14 1/8 10 7.0 20.5 13.5
2114002 A14 1/4 13 8.0 26.0 17.0
2114003 A14 3/8 15 10.0 28.0 20.5
ELBOW, MALE (A15)

Code Ref. F Ch P L
2115001 A15 1/8 10 8.0 16.5
2115002 A15 1/4 13 10.5 24.5
2115003 A15 3/8 15 11.0 26.0
2115004 A15 1/2 20 13.0 30.0
TEE, MALE (A16)

Code Ref. F Ch P L
2116001 A16 1/8 10 8.0 16.5
2116002 A16 1/4 13 10.5 24.5
2116003 A16 3/8 15 11.0 26.0
FITTINGS
2116004 A16 1/2 20 13.0 30.0
TEE, CENTRAL FEMALE (A17)

2117001 A17 1/4 1/4 13 10.5 8.0 26.0 24.5 17.0
2117002 A17 1/8 1/8 10 8.0 7.0 20.5 16.5 13.5
2117003 A17 3/8 3/8 15 11.0 10.0 30.0 26.0 20.5
2117004 A17 1/2 1/2 20 13.0 11.0 36.0 30.0 25.5
4-37
TEE, LATERAL FEMALE (A18)
Code Ref. F F1 Ch P P1 L L1 E L2
2118000 A18 1/8 1/8 10 8.0 7.0 20.5 16.5 13.5 37.0
2118001 A18 1/4 1/4 13 10.5 8.0 26.0 24.5 17.0 50.5
2118002 A18 3/8 3/8 15 11.0 10.0 30.0 26.0 20.5 56.0
2118003 A18 1/2 1/2 20 13.0 11.0 36.0 30.0 25.5 66.0
HOSE ADAPTER, PARALLEL (A19)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch P L O ring
2119001 A19 7 1/8 15 6.0 31.0 2031
2119002 A19 7 1/4 18 8.0 33.0 2043
2119003 A19 8 1/8 15 6.0 31.0 2031
2119004 A19 9 1/8 15 6.0 31.0 2031
2119005 A19 9 1/4 18 8.0 33.0 2043
2119006 A19 9 3/8 21 9.0 34.0 2056
2119007 A19 12 1/4 18 8.0 33.0 2043
2119008 A19 12 3/8 21 9.0 34.0 2056
2119009 A19 12 1/2 26 11.0 36.0 3068
2119010 A19 17 3/8 21 9.0 34.0 2056
2119011 A19 17 1/2 26 11.0 36.0 3068
O-RING
FITTINGS
NBR
MALE-FEMALE EQUAL CROSS (A20)

2120001 A20 1/8 1/8 10 8.0 7.0 16.5 20.5 13.5
2120002 A20 1/4 1/4 13 10.5 8.0 24.5 26.0 17.0
4-38
TEE CROSS (A21)
Code Ref. F Ø P L THICKNESS
2121001 A21 1/8 4.5 8.0 31.0 17.5
2121002 A21 1/4 5.5 9.0 40.0 24.0
2121003 A21 3/8 5.5 12.0 50.0 28.0
2121004 A21 1/2 5.5 12.0 50.0 34.0
Technopolymer
Maximum operating conditions for the A21s are different from other A-series fittings, namely max P13 bar, max T 50°C
Brass
Y, FEMALE 90° (A23)

Code Ref. F Ch P L L1
2123001 A23 1/8 13 8 26.5 14.5
2123002 A23 1/4 17 11 32.0 18.0
2123003 A23 3/8 20 11.5 36.5 20.5
2123004 A23 1/2 25 14 44.5 26.5
Y, MALE 90° (A24)

Code Ref. F F1 Ch P P1 L L1
2124001 A24 1/8 1/8 13 8.0 8.0 32.0 14.5
FITTINGS
2124002 A24 1/4 1/4 17 11.0 11.0 38.0 18.0
2124003 A24 3/8 3/8 20 11.5 11.5 42.0 20.5
2124004 A24 1/2 1/2 25 14.0 14.0 53.0 26.5
EXTENSION (A25)
Code Ref. F Ch P L P1
2150003 A25 1/8 14 6.0 22.0 8.0
2150004 A25 1/8 14 6.0 42.0 8.0
2150005 A25 1/8 14 6.0 51.0 8.0
2150006 A25 1/4 17 8.0 35.0 11.0
2150007 A25 1/4 17 8.0 51.0 11.0
4-39
COmPRESSION FITTINGS
SERIES B

• Maximum pressure 870 psi, 6000 kPa 60 bar
• For use with copper tubes
STRAIGHT, MALE CONICAL (B1)

Code Ref. Ø F1 Ch Ch1 P L I
2201001 B1 4/2 1/8 10 10 8.0 27.5 16.0
2201002 B1 6/4 1/8 12 12 8.0 28.0 14.5
2201003 B1 6/4 1/4 14 12 11.0 31.0 17.5
2201004 B1 8/6 1/8 12 14 8.0 30.0 16.5
2201005 B1 8/ 6 1/4 14 14 11.0 33.0 19.5
2201006 B1 8/6 3/8 17 14 11.5 33.5 20.0
2201007 B1 10/8 1/4 17 19 11.0 38.5 20.0
2201008 B1 10/8 3/8 17 19 11.5 39.0 20.5
2201009 B1 10/8 1/2 22 19 14.0 42.5 24.0
2201010 B1 12/10 3/8 19 22 11.5 38.5 20.5
2201011 B1 12/10 1/2 22 22 14.0 42.0 24.0
2201012 B1 15/12 1/2 22 27 14.0 43.5 25.0
FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, FEMALE (B2)

Code Ref. Ø F1 Ch Ch1 P L I
2202001 B2 6/4 1/8 14 12 7 28.5 15.0
2202002 B2 6/4 1/4 17 12 8 31.5 18.0
2202003 B2 8/6 1/8 14 14 7 29.5 16.0
2202004 B2 8/6 1/4 17 14 8 32.0 18.5
2202005 B2 8/6 3/8 22 14 10 36.0 22.5
COMPRESSION FITTINGS SERIES B
2202006 B2 10/8 1/4 17 19 8 37.5 19.0

2202007 B2 10/8 3/8 22 19 10 41.0 22.5
STRAIGHT, CONNECTOR (B3)

Code Ref. Ø Ch Ch1 L I
2203001 B3 4/2 10 10 35 12.0
2203002 B3 6/4 12 12 36 9.0
2203003 B3 8/6 14 14 39 12.0
2203004 B3 10/8 17 19 50 13.0
2203005 B3 12/10 19 22 50 14.0
2203006 B3 15/12 24 27 53 16.0
4-40
BULKHEAD CONNECTOR (B4)
2204001 B4 6/4 14 12 53.0 26
2204002 B4 8/6 16 14 56.0 29
2204003 B4 10/8 19 19 66.5 29.5
2204004 B4 12/10 22 22 67.0 31
2204005 B4 15/12 25 27 73.5 36.5
ELBOW, MALE (B5)

Code Ref. Ø F1 Ch Ch1 P L L1 I
2205001 B5 4/2 1/8 9 10 8.0 16.0 21.5 10.0
2205002 B5 6/4 1/8 9 12 8.0 16.0 22.0 8.5
2205003 B5 6/4 1/4 11 12 11.0 20.0 23.5 10.0
2205004 B5 8/6 1/8 11 14 8.0 17.0 24.0 10.5
2205005 B5 8/6 1/4 11 14 11.0 20.0 24.0 10.5
2205006 B5 8/6 3/8 13 14 12.0 23.5 27.0 13.5
2205007 B5 10/8 1/4 13 19 11.0 22.5 32.0 13.5
2205008 B5 10/8 3/8 13 19 12.0 23.5 32.0 13.5
2205009 B5 10/8 1/2 20 19 13.0 30.0 39.0 20.5
2205010 B5 12/10 3/8 15 22 11.5 24.0 33.5 15.5
2205011 B5 12/10 1/2 20 22 13.0 30.0 38.0 20.0
2205012 B5 15/12 1/2 20 27 13.0 30.0 38.5 20.0
ELBOW, FEMALE (B6)

2206001 B6 4/2 9 10 21.5 10.0
FITTINGS
2206002 B6 6/4 9 12 22.0 8.5
2206003 B6 8/6 11 14 24.0 10.5
2206004 B6 10/8 13 19 32.0 13.5
2206005 B6 12/10 15 22 33.5 15.5
2206006 B6 15/12 20 27 38.5 20.0
TEE, CENTRAL MALE (B7)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 P L L1 I
2207001 B7 4/2 1/8 9 10 8.0 16.0 21.5 10.0
2207002 B7 6/4 1/8 9 12 8.0 16.0 22.0 8.5
2207003 B7 6/4 1/4 11 12 11.0 20.0 23.5 10.0
2207004 B7 8/6 1/8 11 14 8.0 17.0 24.0 10.5
2207005 B7 8/6 1/4 11 14 11.0 20.0 24.0 10.5
2207006 B7 8/6 3/8 13 14 12.0 23.5 27.0 13.5
2207007 B7 10/8 1/4 13 19 11.0 22.5 32.0 13.5
2207008 B7 10/8 3/8 13 19 12.0 23.5 32.0 13.5
2207010 B7 12/10 3/8 15 22 11.5 24.0 33.5 15.5
2207011 B7 12/10 1/2 20 22 13.0 30.0 38.0 20.0
2207012 B7 15/12 1/2 20 27 13.0 30.0 38.5 20.0
4-41
TEE, LATERAL MALE (B8)
Code Ref. Ø F1 Ch Ch1 P L L1 I
2208000 B8 4/2 1/8 9 10 8.0 37.5 21.5 10.0
2208001 B8 6/4 1/8 9 12 8.0 38.5 22.0 8.5
2208002 B8 6/4 1/4 11 12 11.0 43.5 23.5 10.0
2208003 B8 8/6 1/8 11 14 8.0 41.0 24.0 10.5
2208004 B8 8/6 1/4 11 14 11.0 44.0 24.0 10.5
2208005 B8 8/6 3/8 13 14 12.0 50.5 27.0 13.5
2208006 B8 10/8 1/4 13 19 11.0 54.5 32.0 13.5
2208007 B8 10/8 3/8 13 19 12.0 55.5 32.0 13.5
2208009 B8 12/10 3/8 15 22 11.5 57.5 33.5 15.5
2208010 B8 12/10 1/2 20 22 13.0 68.0 38.0 20.0
2208011 B8 15/12 1/2 20 27 13.0 68.5 38.5 20.0
TEE, MALE (B9)

2209001 B9 4/2 9 10 21.5 10.0
2209002 B9 6/4 9 12 22.0 8.5
2209003 B9 8/6 11 14 24.0 10.5
2209004 B9 10/8 13 19 32.0 13.5
2209005 B9 12/10 15 22 33.5 15.5
2209006 B9 15/12 20 27 38.5 20.0
NUT (B10)
FITTINGS
Code Ref. Ø Ch1 L F

2210001 B10 4/2 10 11.0 M8x1
2210002 B10 6/4 12 11.5 M10x1
2210003 B10 8/6 14 13.0 M12x1
2210004 B10 10/8 19 15.5 M16x1.5
2210005 B10 12/10 22 15.5 M18x1.5
2210006 B10 15/12 27 17.0 M22x1.5
OLIVE (B11)
Code Ref. Ø L
2211001 B11 4/2 6
2211002 B11 6/4 7
2211003 B11 8/6 7
2211004 B11 10/8 10
2211005 B11 12/10 10
2211006 B11 15/12 10
INTERNAL BUSH (B12)

Code Ref. Ø J L
2212001 B12 6/4 3 12.0
2212002 B12 8/6 5 14.0
2212003 B12 10/8 7 15.0
2212004 B12 12/10 9 16.0
2212005 B12 15/12 11 17.0
4-42
qUICk FITTINGS
SERIES C

STRAIGHT, MALE CONICAL (C1)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 P L D
2301017 C1 5/3 1/8 12 9 8.0 26.0 2.0
2301001 C1 6/4 1/8 12 12 8.0 26.5 3.0
2301002 C1 6/4 1/4 14 12 11.0 30.0 3.0
2301003 C1 8/6 1/8 12 14 8.0 26.5 5.0
2301004 C1 8/6 1/4 14 14 11.0 30.0 5.0
2301005 C1 8/6 3/8 17 14 11.5 31.0 5.0
2301020 C1 10/8 1/8 14 16 8.0 29.0 5.0
2301006 C1 10/8 1/4 14 16 11.0 32.0 6.8
2301007 C1 10/8 3/8 17 16 11.5 33.0 6.8
2301008 C1 10/8 1/2 22 16 14.0 36.0 6.8
2301009 C1 12/10 3/8 17 19 11.5 35.0 8.5
2301010 C1 12/10 1/2 22 19 14.0 38.0 8.5
2301015 C1 15/12.5 1/2 22 22 14.0 39.5 11.0
FITTINGS
STRAIGHT, MALE PARALLEL WITH O-RING (C1/Z)
Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 P L D O ring
2351001 C1/Z 4/2 M5 9 9 4.0 23.0 1.5 4x1.5
2351002 C1/Z 6/4 M5 9 9 4.0 23.0 2.7 4x1.5
2351003 C1/Z 6/4 1/8 13 12 6.0 25.0 3.0 2031
2351004 C1/Z 6/4 1/4 16 12 8.0 27.0 3.0 2043
2351005 C1/Z 8/6 1/8 14 14 6.0 25.0 5.0 2031
qUICK FITTINGSI SERIES C
2351006 C1/Z 8/6 1/4 16 14 8.0 27.0 5.0 2043

2351007 C1/Z 8/6 3/8 19 14 9.0 29.0 5.0 2056
2351008 C1/Z 10/8 1/4 16 16 8.0 29.0 6.8 2043
2351009 C1/Z 10/8 3/8 19 16 9.0 31.0 6.8 2056
2351010 C1/Z 10/8 1/2 24 16 11.0 33.0 6.8 3068
2351011 C1/Z 12/10 3/8 19 19 9.0 33.0 8.5 2056
O-RING 2351012 C1/Z 12/10 1/2 24 19 11.0 35.0 8.5 3068
NBR
STRAIGHT, MALE METRIC THREAD (C1/C)

2356001 C1/C 5/3 M5 9 9 4 23 2
2356002 C1/C 6/4 M6 9 9 5 24 3
2356003 C1/C 6/4 M12x1.5 17 12 8 27 3
2356004 C1/C 6/4 3/8 19 12 9 27 3
2356005 C1/C 8/6 M12x1.5 17 14 8 27 5
4-43
STRAIGHT, FEMALE (C2)
2302001 C2 6/4 1/8 14 12 7.0 26.5 3.0
2302002 C2 6/4 1/4 17 12 8.0 29.5 3.0
2302003 C2 8/6 1/8 14 14 7.0 26.5 5.0
2302004 C2 8/6 1/4 17 14 8.0 29.0 5.0
2302005 C2 8/6 3/8 20 14 10.0 33.0 5.0
2302006 C2 10/8 1/4 17 16 8.0 31.0 6.8
2302007 C2 10/8 3/8 20 16 10.0 35.0 6.8
2302008 C2 10/8 1/2 24 16 11.0 38.0 6.8
STRAIGHT, CONNECTOR (C3)

Code Ref. Ø Ch Ch1 L D
2303001 C3 6/4 12 12 33.0 3.0
2303002 C3 8/6 12 14 33.0 5.0
2303003 C3 10/8 14 16 37.0 6.8
2303004 C3 12/10 17 19 42.0 8.5
BULKHEAD CONNECTOR (C4)

Code Ref. Ø Ch Ch1 L D B F
2304001 C4 6/4 14 12 47.0 3.0 11.0 M10x1
FITTINGS
2304002 C4 8/6 16 14 48.0 5.0 12.0 M12x1

2304003 C4 10/8 17 16 49.0 6.8 9.0 M14x1
2304004 C4 12/10 19 19 53.0 8.5 9.0 M16x1
ELBOW, MALE CONICAL (C5)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 P L L1 D
2305016 C5 5/3 1/8 8 9 8.0 17.0 22.0 2.0
2305001 C5 6/4 1/8 9 12 8.0 17.0 22.0 3.0
2305002 C5 6/4 1/4 9 12 11.0 20.0 22.0 3.0
2305003 C5 8/6 1/8 12 14 8.0 17.0 22.0 5.0
2305004 C5 8/6 1/4 12 14 11.0 20.0 22.0 5.0
2305005 C5 8/6 3/8 12 14 12.0 22.0 21.5 5.0
2305006 C5 10/8 1/4 12 16 11.0 20.5 25.0 6.8
2305007 C5 10/8 3/8 12 16 12.0 21.5 25.0 6.8
2305008 C5 10/8 1/2 17 16 14.0 26.0 28.5 6.8
2305009 C5 12/10 3/8 17 19 12.0 24.0 31.0 8.5
2305010 C5 12/10 1/2 17 19 14.0 26.0 31.0 8.5
2305017 C5 15/12.5 1/2 17 22 14.0 28.0 32.8 10.7
4-44
ELBOW FEMALE (C5/F)
Code Ref. Ø F Ch Ch1 L L1 D P
2352001 C5/F 6/4 1/8 9 12 21.0 22.0 3.0 7.0
2352002 C5/F 8/6 1/4 12 14 24.0 23.5 5.0 7.0
ELBOW, MALE METRIC THREAD (C5/C)

2357001 C5/C 6/4 M12x1.5 10 12 9 22 22.5 3
2357002 C5/C 8/6 M12x1.5 10 14 9 22 22.5 5
ELBOW CONNECTOR (C6)

2306001 C6 6/4 9 12 22.0 3.0
FITTINGS
2306002 C6 8/6 12 14 22.0 5.0
2306003 C6 10/8 12 16 25.0 6.8
2306004 C6 12/10 17 19 31.0 8.5
2306006 C6 15/12.5 18 22 32.8 10.7
TEE, CENTRAL MALE (C7)

2307015 C7 5/3 1/8 9 9 8.0 17.0 22.0 2.0
2307001 C7 6/4 1/8 9 12 8.0 17.0 22.0 3.0
2307002 C7 6/4 1/4 9 12 11.0 20.0 22.0 3.0
2307003 C7 8/6 1/8 12 14 8.0 17.0 22.0 5.0
2307004 C7 8/6 1/4 12 14 11.0 20.0 22.0 5.0
2307005 C7 8/6 3/8 12 14 12.0 22.0 23.0 5.0
2307006 C7 10/8 1/4 12 16 11.0 21.0 25.0 6.8
2307007 C7 10/8 3/8 12 16 12.0 22.0 25.0 6.8
2307008 C7 10/8 1/2 17 16 14.0 26.0 28.5 6.8
2307009 C7 12/10 3/8 17 19 12.0 24.0 31.0 8.5
2307010 C7 12/10 1/2 17 19 14.0 26.0 31.0 8.5
2307016 C7 15/12.5 1/2 18 22 14.0 28.0 32.8 10.7
4-45
TEE, LATERAL MALE (C8)
2308012 C8 5/3 1/8 9 9 8.0 39.0 22.0 2.0
2308001 C8 6/4 1/8 9 12 8.0 39.0 22.0 3.0
2308002 C8 6/4 1/4 9 12 11.0 42.0 22.0 3.0
2308003 C8 8/6 1/8 12 14 8.0 39.0 22.0 5.0
2308004 C8 8/6 1/4 12 14 11.0 42.0 22.0 5.0
2308005 C8 8/6 3/8 12 14 12.5 45.0 23.0 5.0
2308006 C8 10/8 1/4 12 16 11.5 46.0 25.0 6.8
2308007 C8 10/8 3/8 12 16 12.5 47.0 25.0 6.8
2308008 C8 10/8 1/2 17 16 13.5 54.5 28.5 6.8
2308009 C8 12/10 3/8 17 19 11.5 55.0 31.0 8.5
2308010 C8 12/10 1/2 17 19 13.5 57.0 31.0 8.5
TEE CONNECTOR (C9)

2309001 C9 6/4 9 12 22.0 3.0
2309002 C9 8/6 12 14 22.0 5.0
2309003 C9 10/8 12 16 25.0 6.8
2309004 C9 12/10 17 19 31.0 8.5
2309007 C9 15/12.5 18 22 32.8 10.7
NUT (C10)
FITTINGS
Code Ref. Ø F Ch1 L

2310001 C10 4/2 M7x0.5 9 9.0
2310009 C10 5/3 M7x0.5 9 9.0
2310002 C10 6/4- M5 M8x0.5 9 9.0
2310003 C10 6/4 M10x1 12 11.0
2310004 C10 8/6 M12x1 14 11.0
2310005 C10 10/8 M14x1 16 12.0
2310006 C10 12/10 M16x1 19 12.0
2310011 C10 15/12.5 M20x1 22 16.0
EQUAL CROSS CONNECTOR (C11)

2311001 C11 6/4 10 12 21.5 3.0
2311002 C11 8/6 10 14 22.0 5.0
2311003 C11 10/8 12 16 24.5 6.8
4-46
BANJO FITTINGS
SERIES D

SINGLE BANJO BODY (D5)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch1 L L1 D E
2405000 D5 4/2 M5 9 9.0 20.5 1.5 9.5
2405013 D5 5/3 1/8 9 15.0 24.3 2.0 14.0
2405018 D5 5/3 M5 9 9.0 20.7 2.0 9.5
2405001 D5 6/4 M5 9 9.0 20.5 3.0 9.5
2405002 D5 6/4 1/8 12 15.0 24.5 3.0 14.0
2405003 D5 6/4 1/4 12 17.0 26.5 3.0 18.0
2405005 D5 8/6 1/8 14 15.0 24.0 5.0 14.0
2405006 D5 8/6 1/4 14 17.0 26.0 5.0 18.0
2405007 D5 8/6 3/8 14 20.0 28.5 5.0 21.0
2405009 D5 10/8 1/4 16 17.0 28.0 6.8 18.0
2405010 D5 10/8 3/8 16 20.0 29.0 6.8 21.0
2405011 D5 10/8 1/2 16 24.0 30.5 6.8 26.0
2405012 D5 12/10 1/2 19 24.0 33.5 8.5 26.0
2405017 D5 12/10 3/8 19 20.0 31.0 8.5 21.0
FITTINGS
BANjO FITTINGS SERIES D
DOUBLE BANJO BODY (D6)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch1 L L1 D E
2406001 D6 6/4 1/8 12 15.0 24.5 3.0 14.0
2406002 D6 6/4 1/4 12 17.0 26.5 3.0 18.0
2406004 D6 8/6 1/8 14 15.0 24.0 5.0 14.0
2406005 D6 8/6 1/4 14 17.0 26.0 5.0 18.0
2406006 D6 8/6 3/8 14 20.0 28.5 5.0 21.0
2406008 D6 10/8 1/4 16 17.0 28.0 6.8 18.0
2406009 D6 10/8 3/8 16 20.0 29.0 6.8 21.0
2406010 D6 10/8 1/2 16 24.0 30.5 6.8 26.0
2406011 D6 12/10 1/2 19 24.0 33.5 8.5 26.0
4-47
BANJO STEM SINGLE (D7)
Code Ref. F Ch L P
Version with washer D11 for models R13-R14-D12-D17-D5-D6

2407001 D7 M5 8 18.0 3
2407002 D7 1/8 14 28.0 6
2407003 D7 1/4 17 33.0 8
2407004 D7 3/8 20 37.0 9
Washer 2407005 D7 1/2 27 42.0 10
OR 2407006 D7 M12x1.5 17 33.0 8
Version with O-ring for models R28-R29

2407102 D7 with OR 1/8 14 28.0 6
2407103 D7 with OR 1/4 17 33.0 8
2407104 D7 with OR 3/8 20 37.0 9
BANJO STEM DOUBLE (D8)

Code Ref. F Ch L P

2408001 D8 1/8 14 44.5 6
2408002 D8 1/4 17 51.5 8
2408003 D8 3/8 20 58.5 9
2408004 D8 1/2 27 67.5 10

Washer
2408102 D8 with OR 1/8 14 44.5 6
OR 2408103 D8 with OR 1/4 17 51.5 8
2408104 D8 with OR 3/8 20 58.5 9
FITTINGS
BANJO PASSING TROUGHT SINGLE (D9)

Code Ref. F F1 Ch L P P1

2409001 D9 1/8 1/8 14 36.5 6 7
2409002 D9 1/4 1/4 17 42.5 8 8
2409003 D9 3/8 3/8 20 49.5 9 10
2409004 D9 1/2 1/2 27 56.5 10 11

2409102 D9 1/8 1/8 14 36.5 6 7
2409103 D9 1/4 1/4 17 42.5 8 8
OR
2409104 D9 3/8 3/8 20 49.5 9 10
Washer
4-48
BANJO PASSING TROUGHT STEM DOUBLE (D10)
Code Ref. F F1 Ch L P P1

2410001 D10 1/8 1/8 14 53.0 6 7
2410002 D10 1/4 1/4 17 61.0 8 8
2410003 D10 3/8 3/8 20 71.0 9 10
2410004 D10 1/2 1/2 27 82.0 10 11

2410102 D10 with OR 1/8 1/8 14 53.0 6 7
2410103 D10 with OR 1/4 1/4 17 61.0 8 8
2410104 D10 with OR 3/8 3/8 20 71.0 9 10
OR
Washer
WASHER (D11)
Code Ref. F E P
2411001 D11 M5 9 1.5 (nylon)
2411002 D11 1/8 13.8 1.5
2411003 D11 1/4 17.8 1.5
2411004 D11 3/8 21.0 1.5
2411005 D11 1/2 26.0 1.5
SINGLE BANJO PASSING TROUGHT BODY (D12)

Code Ref. A G B C L L1 P
2412001 D12 1/8 1/8 14 13.5 15 21.5 7
FITTINGS
2412002 D12 1/4 1/4 18 17.0 17 25.5 8
2412003 D12 3/8 3/8 21 20.5 20 31.0 10
SINGLE BANJO WITH “B” INTERFACE (D17)

Code Ref. Ø F Ch1 L L1 E
2417006 D17 4/2 1/8 10 15 24.5 14
2417002 D17 6/4 1/8 12 15 26.0 14
2417003 D17 6/4 1/4 12 17 28.0 18
2417004 D17 8/6 1/8 14 15 26.0 14
2417005 D17 8/6 1/4 14 17 28.0 18
4-49
TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE
Metal Work can supply fittings with a tapered thread coated in

polytetrafluorethylene. This system provides the pneumatic seal between
the fitting and the female thread. It is therefore not necessary to add
other sealing systems during assembly, such as adhesives or Teflon tape.
This significantly reduces assembly times. The physical and technical
features of the material used ensure that the properties are maintained
through time and in a wide range of operating temperatures.
This coating can be used with all Metal Work products that have a 1/8”
to 1/2” gas taper thread, particularly the following;
• push-in fittings type R1C, R31C, R32C and R39C
• series A fittings types A2, A4, A5, A10, A12, A13, A15, A16, A17,
A18 and A25
• series B bicone fittings, types B1, B5, B7 and B8
• series C push-in fittings, types C1, C5, C7, C8.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded coupling covered by PTFE 1/8’’ - 1/4’’ - 3/8’’ - 1/2’’
Temperature range for PTFE °C – 45 to + 80
°F – 49 to + 176
Except for limitations established for the fitting on which PTFE is applied.
Pressure range The same as for the fitting on which PTFE is applied.
Fluid Vacuum, compressed air.
FITTINGS
TAPERED THREAD FITTINGS WITH PTFE
KEY TO CODES
Fittings with a PTFE thread have the same code as the standard fitting, with the addition of the suffix T.
Example
The 1/8” 1/8” A2 fitting has code 2102001, so the PTFE version has code 2102001T.
4-50
NOTES
FITTINGS
4-51
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES
P LINE ON LINE PAGE 5-3

P COUPLINGS PAGE 5-41
ACCESSORIES
P FLOW REGULATORS PAGE 5-51

P AUXILIARY VALVES PAGE 5-69
P VARIOUS ACCESSORIES PAGE 5-81
P PNEUMO POWER PAGE 5-101
5-1
ACCESSORIES
5-2
SUMMARY
P INTRODUCTION LINE-ON-LINE PAGE 5-4
P IN-LINE PNEUMATIC VALVE SERIES PNV L PAGE 5-6
P IN-LINE SOLENOID VALVES SERIES SOV L PAGE 5-9
P MINIATURE REDUCER SERIES RML-RMS-RMC PAGE 5-12
P IN-LINE PRESSURE GAUGE SERIES MAN L PAGE 5-16
P IN-LINE PRESSURE INDICATOR SERIES LAM L PAGE 5-18
P IN-LINE SHUTOFF VALVES SERIES V2V L - V3V L PAGE 5-20
P IN-LINE FLOW MICRO REGULATOR SERIES RFL L PAGE 5-23
SUMMARY LINE-ON-LINE
P IN-LINE FIXED-REGULATION FLOW REGULATOR SERIE RFF L PAGE 5-26
P IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR L PAGE 5-29 ACCESSORIES
P IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVE WITH REGULATED EXHAUST PAGE 5-31

SERIES VSRR L
P IN-LINE STOP VALVE SERIES STP L PAGE 5-34
P IN-LINE CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR L PAGE 5-37
P LINE-ON-LINE ACCESSORIES PAGE 5-39
5-3
LINE OF PRODUCTS ON LINE
Line on Line is an exclusive range of products for mounting on pneumatic

circuits. With these small, highly efficient components it is possible
to perform all pneumatic functions at any point of the circuit.
Line on Line is ultra-modular - the components can be connected
in parallel, in series or combined parallel/series.
All Line on Line products are available for pipe-pipe connection with two
push-in fittings, or for thread-pipe connection with a brass nickel-plated
male thread and a push-in fitting.
The body is made of technopolymer, giving a product that is extremely
lightweight and compact.
One side of the body is marked with an indelible pneumatic symbol
to facilitate identification and indicate the direction of flow.
CONNECTION FREE
PARALLEL LINES SERIAL LINE PARALLEL FITTING SERIAL LINE IN-LINE FITTING
INTRODUCTION LINE-ON-LINE
FIXING FREE
WALL FIXING PLATE FIXING PANEL FIXING UNDER WALL FIXING

ACCESSORIES
5-4
ALL THE PNEUMATIC FUNCTIONS WITH THE SAME EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS
PIPE-PIPE THREAD-PIPE
APPLICATION EXAMPLE INTRODUCTION LINE-ON-LINE

ACCESSORIES
5-5
IN-LINE PNEUMATIC VALVE
SERIES PNV L
The PNV L in-line pneumatic valve belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family
and can be connected in series or in parallel with the other products in
the same family.
It is available in a version for pipe-pipe connection, which includes two
push-in fittings, and a version for thread-pipe connection, which includes
a nickel-plated brass male thread and a push-in fitting.
The compressed air port is a push-in fitting for Ø 4 pipe. The valve is the
normally-closed 3/2 pipe. It is a unidirectional valve, meaning it only
works properly if supplied from port 1.
TECHNICAL DATA Ø6 Ø8
Max. operating pressure MPa 1
bar 10
psi 145
°F – 4 to + 140
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered air
IN-LINE PNEUMATIC VALVE SERIES PNV L
COMPONENTS
ACCESSORIES
b Nickel-plated brass insert

c Nickel-plated brass pilot insert
d Brass piston rod
e Stainless steel clamping spring
f NBR seal
g Stainless steel poppet spring
h NBR seal
i Technopolymer spring ring
j Stainless steel clamping spring
k Technopolymer stop bushing
l Technopolymer release bushing
5-6
FLOW CHARTS
PNV L Ø 6 PNV L Ø 8
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Pressure (bar) Flow rate (Nl/min) Pressure (bar)
MINIMUM PILOT PRESSURE
PNV L Ø 6 PNV L Ø 8
Pilot pressure (bar)

Circuit pressure (bar) Circuit pressure (bar)
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B D
ACCESSORIES
How to mount the PNV L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the PNV L straight onto the actuator or the control valve.
• Fig. B Fixing to the plate with the special SQU L bracket.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the PNV L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the PNV L body for panel mounting.
5-7
PNV L 3/2 NC PIPE - PIPE
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E G H I I1 Ch Nmax
9067616 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø6 - Ø6 6 49.4 43.2 14.7 6.4 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4.7
9067624 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø8 - Ø8 8 57.3 49.7 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
PNV L 3/2 NC PIPE - THREAD

Code Ref. F Ø P A A1 B C D E E1 G H I I1 Ch Nmax
9067808 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø6 - 1/8 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4.7
9067809 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø6 - 1/4 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4.7
9067810 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø8 - 1/8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
9067811 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø8 - 1/4 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 49.7 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
9067812 PNV L 3/2 NC Ø8 - 3/8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
PNV L 3/2 NC THREAD - PIPE

ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C D E E1 G H I I1 Ch Nmax

9067708 PNV L 3/2 NC 1/8 - Ø6 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4.7
9067709 PNV L 3/2 NC 1/4 - Ø6 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4.7
9067710 PNV L 3/2 NC 1/8 - Ø8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
9067711 PNV L 3/2 NC 1/4 - Ø8 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 49.7 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
9067712 PNV L 3/2 NC 3/8 - Ø8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
5-8
IN-LINE SOLENOID VALVE
SERIES SOV L
SOV L solenoid valves belong to the LINE ON LINE® family, which means
they can be connected to all the other components in series or in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two push-in fittings,
and in the version for thread-pipe connection with a brass nickel-plated
Though small in size, SOV L valves are solenoid-piloted and feature very
high performance.
The spool distributor is fitted with special polyurethane gaskets to ensure
a very long working life.
Each valve comes complete with a monostable manual control and LED.
Exhaust can be damped with an annular silencer or conveyed via a pipe
fitting. The fitting for conveyed exhaust can be oriented freely.
Operating pressure MPa 0.25 - 0.7
bar 2.5 - 7
psi 36 - 101
°F +14 to +140
Flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 0.5bar Nl/min 270 500
IN-LINE SOLENOID VALVE SERIES SOV L

Conductance C Nl/min·bar 95.8 178.1
Coefficient b bar/bar 0.145 0.129
Voltage VDC 24
Power W 0.9
Recommended pipe Rilsan PA11 - Nylon 6 - Polyamide 12 - Polypropylene
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C
ACCESSORIES
How to mount the SOV L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the SOV L straight onto the actuator.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the SOV L straight onto the wall.
5-9
SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-PIPE SILENCED EXHAUST
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E I I1
9069016 SOV L 3/2 NC 6-6 6 49.4 57.5 14.7 6.4 11.4 14.6 20
9069116 SOV L 3/2 NO 6-6
9069024 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-8 8 57.3 63.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 18.7 24
9069124 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-8
SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-PIPE CONVEYED EXHAUST

ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E F I I1 L
9069216 SOV L 3/2 NC 6-6-6 6 49.4 57.5 14.7 6.4 11.4 Ø 6 14.6 20 28.3
9069316 SOV L 3/2 NO 6-6-6
9069224 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-8-8 8 57.3 63.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 Ø 8 18.7 24 30
9069324 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-8-8
5-10
SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-THREAD SILENCED EXHAUST
Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C D E E1 I I1 Ch
9069408 SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 57.5 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 14.6 20 12
9069508 SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/8
9069409 SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 57.5 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 14.6 20 14
9069509 SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/4
9069410 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.3 63.5 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 18.7 24 14
9069510 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/8
9069411 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 63.5 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 18.7 24 14
9069511 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/4
9069412 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 63.5 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 18.7 24 17
9069512 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-3/8
SOV L 3/2 NC-NO PIPE-THREAD CONVEYED EXHAUST

Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C D E E1 F1 I I1 L Ch
9069608 SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/8-6 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 57.5 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 Ø 6 14.6 20 28.3 12
9069708 SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/8-6
9069609 SOV L 3/2 NC 6-1/4-6 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 57.5 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 Ø 6 14.6 20 28.3 14
9069709 SOV L 3/2 NO 6-1/4-6
ACCESSORIES
9069610 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/8-8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 63.5 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 Ø 8 18.7 24 30 14
9069710 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/8-8
9069611 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-1/4-8 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 63.5 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 Ø 8 18.7 24 30 14
9069711 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-1/4-8
9069612 SOV L 3/2 NC 8-3/8-8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 63.5 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 Ø 8 18.7 24 30 17
9069712 SOV L 3/2 NO 8-3/8-8
ACCESSORIES SPARES
PLUG-IN CONNECTOR PLUG-IN PILOT

W0970512000 Plug-in connector 722213541100 PLT-10 722213541100
Mach 11 L = 300
5-11
MINIATURE REDUCER/ECONOMIZER,
SERIES RML, RMC AND RMS
The RML R miniature pressure regulator belongs to the LINE ON LINE®

family and can be connected in series or in parallel with all the other products.
The miniature pressure regulator is available in five different types:
• In-line with push-in input and output fitting
• In-line with threaded input port and push-in output fitting
• In-line with push-in input fitting and threaded output port
• At an angle with threaded input port and push-in output fitting
• Cartridge type for direct assembly in suitably worked slot. The miniature
pressure regulator is fitted with a relief valve for over-pressure exhaust.
• Particularly suitable for use between the valve and actuator and as a
pressure regulator in secondary branches of the pneumatic system.
The data in brackets refer to the angle version.

MINIATURE REDUCER/ECONOMIZER, SERIES RML, RMC AND RMS
TECHNICAL DATA RML Ø 6 RMC 1/8 RMS 1/8 RML Ø 8 RMC 1/4 RMS 1/4
Threaded ports 1/8”-1/4” 1/8” 1/8” 1/8”-1/4”-3/8” 1/4” 1/4”
Pipe coupling Ø 6 Ø 4 - Ø 6 - Ø 8 – Ø 8 Ø 6 - Ø 8 - Ø 10 –
Regulation range 1 to 8 bar - 0.1 to 0.8 MPa - 14.5 to 116 psi
Inlet pressure MPa 0.2 - 1
bar 2 - 10
psi 29 - 145
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa - 91 psi) ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 150 260
Flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar (0.63 MPa - 91 psi) 400 600
Max. temperature at 1 MPa; 10 bar; 145 psi °C – 20 to + 60
°F – 4 to + 140
Assembly position Available
Notes In the miniature regulator the pressure must always be set upwards.
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer body (brass for RMC) RML RMC

ACCESSORIES

c Nickel-plated brass adjusting screw
d Steel adjusting spring
e Brass piston rod
f NBR shutter
g Stainless steel shutter spring
h Adjusting screw ring nut
i Nickel-plated brass wall ring nut
j Technopolymer release bushing
k Technopolymer stop bushing (brass for RMC)
l Stainless steel crimping spring
m Technopolymer spring ring
n NBR gasket
o Nickel-plated brass rotating ring
5-12
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B D E
How to assembly RML/RMC:

• Fig. A Thanks to the male threaded part it’s possible to assembly directly on the actuator or on the valve.
• Fig. B By using the ring nut screwed on the threaded body it’s possible the assembling on panels.
• Fig. C On the plastic body there are two strong ring for the direct wall assembly.
• Fig. D Fixing on plate trought the proper small square SQU L.
• Fig. E For maintaining the tube the most parallel possible to the system , had been designed a specific version (RMC) with inlet and outlet at 90°.
POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS
ECONOMIZER REMOTE REDUCER CARTRIDGE REDUCER, SERIE RMS
P1 . P2 P1 . P2 P1 . P2
ACCESSORIES
If in a cylinder you require a thrust in one The cartridge regulator can be used:
direction only, e.g. piston rod extension, • Fitted directly into the structure or along the air
and a lower thrust and pressure is sufficient supply ducting.
in the oth er direction, you can save a lot • Package with common feed and separate
of energy by mounting an economizer valve. regulated outlets.
Example
Cylinder Ø 80 mm, stroke 200 mm, 6 bar,
12 cycles/min, 16 hours a day, 230 days a year.
Consumption: 144 Nl/min => 3460 kWh/year =>
880 litres of oil => 2428 kg of CO2 => € 346/year.
If you install an economizer that reduces the pressure
from 6 to 2 bar, you SAVE: € 115/year.
5-13
LINE-MOUNTED MINIATURE REDUCER, SERIES RML
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E G H I I1 Ch I Nmax

9061316 RML 6-6 6 49.4 46 - 52 14.7 6.4 11.4 24.8 M9x0.75 14.6 20 11 14.6 4.5
9061324 RML 8-8 8 57.3 52 - 58 18.7 9.1 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 18.7 3.8
LINE-MOUNTED R/F MINIATURE REDUCER SERIES RML

Code Ref. F Ø P A A1 B C D E E1 G H I I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

9061408 RML 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 46-52 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 24.8 M9x0.75 14.6 20 11 12 4.5
9061409 RML 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 46-52 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 24.8 M9x0.75 14.6 20 11 14 4.5
9061410 RML 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 52-58 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 14 3.8
9061411 RML 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 52-58 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 14 3.8
9061412 RML 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 52-58 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 17 3.8
LINE-MOUNTED F/R MINIATURE REDUCER, SERIES RML

ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C D E E1 G H I I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

9061508 RML 6-1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 46-52 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 24.8 M9x0.75 14.6 20 11 12 4.5
9061509 RML 6-1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 46-52 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 24.8 M9x0.75 14.6 20 11 14 4.5
9061510 RML 8-1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 52-58 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 14 3.8
9061511 RML 8-1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 52-58 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 14 3.8
9061512 RML 8-3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 52-58 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 27.4 M11x1 18.7 24 13 17 3.8
5-14
MINIATURE REDUCER, SERIES RMC
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E E1 Ch
9061102 RMC 1/8-4 4 51-57 20.4 6 12.7 14 9.5 14
9061108 RMC 1/8-6 6 51-57 23.7 6 12.7 14 11.3 14
9061110 RMC 1/8-8 8 51-57 25.6 6 12.7 14 13.8 14
9061109 RMC 1/4-6 6 57-63 25.1 8 11 18 11.3 17
9061111 RMC 1/4-8 8 57-63 27 8 11 18 13.8 17
9061112 RMC 1/4-10 10 57-63 32.2 8 11 18 16.5 17
CARTRIDGE REDUCER, SERIES RMS

Code Ref. F A B C Ch
9061001 RMS 1/8 1/8 51-57 24.3 15 14
9061002 RMS 1/4 1/4 57-63 27.8 19 17

SEAT OF A MINIATURE CARTRIDGE REDUCER
F A B C D E G H I L M N
SE.RMS 1/8 1/8 9.8 +0.1/-0 11.2 ±0.05 0.5 ±0.5 15.6 ±0.07 24.6 0.3 27 18.1 ±0.2 15.4 3.5 12
SE.RMS 1/4 1/4 13.5 +0.1/-0 14.4 ±0.05 0.5 ±0.5 17.5 ±0.07 28 0.4 31.2 20.8 ±0.2 19.4 3.5 13.5
ACCESSORIES
TOOL FOR RMS SEAT

Code Ref. ØA ØB
9062001 UT.SE 1/8 16 12
9062002 UT.SE 1/4 20 15
5-15
IN-LINE PRESSURE GAUGE
SERIES MAN L
The MAN L pressure gauge belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family, which
means it can be connected to all the other components in series or in
parallel.
Though small in size, this pressure gauge, which is supplied in a metal
casing, ensures accurate reading. It can be angled in any direction simply
by rotating manually.
TECHNICAL DATA Ø4 Ø6 Ø8
Operating pressure MPa 1.2
bar 12
psi 174
°F – 4 to + 140
Precision ± 4% full scale
IN-LINE PRESSURE GAUGE SERIES MAN L
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
ACCESSORIES
A B C D
How to mount the MAN L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the MAN L straight onto the female thread.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the MAN L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D Use the SQL L bracket for panel mounting the MAN L.
5-16
MAN L PIPE-PIPE
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E E1 I I1
9067001 MAN L 4-4 4 41.8 36.1 10.7 5.6 10 23 12.8 16
9067016 MAN L 6-6 6 49.4 35 14.7 6.4 11.4 23 14.6 20
9067024 MAN L 8-8 8 57.3 41 18.7 9.1 13.8 23 18.7 24
MAN L THREAD-PIPE
Code Ref. F Ø P A A1 B C D E E1 E2 I I1 Ch
9067101 MAN L M5-4 M5 4 4 47.7 26.7 36.1 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 23 12.8 16 9
9067102 MAN L 1/8-4 1/8 4 6 51.5 30.6 36.1 10.7 5.6 14 10 23 12.8 16 12
9067108 MAN L 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 35 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 23 14.6 20 12
9067109 MAN L 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 35 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 23 14.6 20 14
9067110 MAN L 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 41 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 23 18.7 24 14
9067111 MAN L 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 41 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 23 18.7 24 14
IN-LINE PRESSURE GAUGE SERIES MAN L

9067112 MAN L 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 41 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 23 18.7 24 17
NOTES
ACCESSORIES
5-17
IN-LINE PRESSURE INDICATOR
SERIES LAM L
The LAM L pneumatic light indicator belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family,
which means it can be connected to all the other components in series or
in parallel.
Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two FOX push-in
fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection with a brass nickel-
plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
When there is no pressure, the clear technopolymer bell looks empty.
When there is pressure, a red signal appears.
The clear bell can be cleaned using normal detergents or ethyl alcohol,
as the technopolymer used is fully compatible.
Operating pressure MPa 0.2 - 1
bar 2 - 10
psi 29 - 145
°F – 4 to + 140
IN-LINE PRESSURE INDICATOR SERIES LAM L
Colour with pressure Orange - Green

Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air; if used, must be continuous
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
ACCESSORIES
A B C D
How to mount the LAM L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the LAM L straight onto the female thread.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the LAM L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the LAM L body for panel mounting.
5-18
LAM L PIPE-PIPE
Code Ref. Ø A B C D E E1 G H I I1 Ch Nmax

9068016 LAM L 6-6-A 6 49.4 37 14.7 6.4 11.4 10.6 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 4.5
9068216 LAM L 6-6-V
9068024 LAM L 8-8-A 8 57.3 41 18.7 9.1 13.8 10.6 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4.5
9068224 LAM L 8-8-V
A = Orange
V = Green
IN-LINE PRESSURE INDICATOR SERIES LAM L

LAM L THREAD-PIPE
ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. F Ø P A A1 B C D E E1 E2 G H I I1 Ch Ch1 Nmax

9068108 LAM L 1/8-6-A 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 37 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 10.6 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12 4.5
9068308 LAM L 1/8-6-V
9068109 LAM L 1/4-6-A 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 37 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 10.6 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14 4.5
9068309 LAM L 1/4-6-V
9068110 LAM L 1/8-8-A 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 41 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 10.6 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 4.5
9068310 LAM L 1/8-8-V
9068111 LAM L 1/4-8-A 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 41 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 10.6 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 4.5
9068311 LAM L 1/4-8-V
9068112 LAM L 3/8-8-A 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 41 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 10.6 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 4.5
9068312 LAM L 3/8-8-V
A = Orange
V = Green
5-19
IN-LINE SHUTOFF VALVE
SERIES V2V L AND V3V L
V2V L and V3V L shutoff valves belong to the LINE ON LINE® family which
means they can be connected to all the other components in series or in
parallel. Available in the version for pipe-pipe connection with two push-in
fittings, and in the version for thread-pipe connection with a brass nickel-
plated male thread and a push-in fitting.
V2V is a two-way unidirectional valve, while V3V is a three-way valve
with free discharge in the area around the control knob.
The locked version is probably the smallest available on the market.
A lock is provided to ensure the valve is kept in the closed position during
machine maintenance. The valve is supplied complete with a lock and two
keys.
Operating pressure MPa 1
bar 10
psi 145
IN-LINE SHUTOFF VALVE SERIES V2V L AND V3V L
°F – 4 to + 140
Exhaust flow rate at 6.3 bar Nl/min 110 110
COMPONENTS
c Brass rod
e NBR valve
f Stainless steel valve compression spring
g Nickel-plated brass wall-mount ring nut
h NBR gasket
j Stainless steel folding spring
k Technopolymer locking bushing
ACCESSORIES
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C D
How to mount the V2V/V3V L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the V2V/V3V L straight onto the female thread.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the V2V/V3V L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D The rig nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the V2V/V3V L body for panel mounting.
5-20
V2V/V3V L PIPE-PIPE
9065016 V2V L 6-6 6 49.4 41 14.7 6.4 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 5.5
9066016 V3V L 6-6
9065024 V2V L 8-8 8 57.3 46 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 5.5
9066024 V3V L 8-8 KEY
V2V/V3V L PIPE-PIPE PADLOCKED

9065116 V2V L 6-6 KEY 6 49.4 41 14.7 6.4 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 5.5
9066116 V3V L 6-6 KEY
9065124 V2V L 8-8 KEY 8 57.3 46 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 5.5

9066124 V3V L 8-8 KEY
V2V/V3V L PIPE-THREAD
ACCESSORIES

9065208 V2V L 6-1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12 5.5
9066208 V3V L 6-1/8
9065209 V2V L 6-1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14 5.5
9066209 V3V L 6-1/4
9065210 V2V L 8-1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066210 V3V L 8-1/8
9065211 V2V L 8-1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066211 V3V L 8-1/4
9065212 V2V L 8-3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 5.5
9066212 V3V L 8-3/8
5-21
V2V/V3V L PIPE-THREAD PADLOCKED
9065308 V2V L 6-1/8 KEY 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12 5.5
9066308 V3V L 6-1/8 KEY
9065309 V2V L 6-1/4 KEY 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14 5.5
9066309 V3V L 6-1/4 KEY
9065310 V2V L 8-1/8 KEY 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066310 V3V L 8-1/8 KEY
9065311 V2V L 8-1/4 KEY 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066311 V3V L 8-1/4 KEY
9065312 V2V L 8-3/8 KEY 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 5.5
9066312 V3V L 8-3/8 KEY
V2V/V3V L THREAD-PIPE
9065408 V2V L 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12 5.5
9066408 V3V L 1/8-6
9065409 V2V L 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14 5.5
9066409 V3V L 1/4-6

9065410 V2V L 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066410 V3V L 1/8-8
9065411 V2V L 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066411 V3V L 1/4-8
9065412 V2V L 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 5.5
9066412 V3V L 3/8-8
V2V/V3V L THREAD-PIPE PADLOCKED

ACCESSORIES

9065508 V2V L 1/8-6 KEY 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 12 5.5
9066508 V3V L 1/8-6 KEY
9065509 V2V L 1/4-6 KEY 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 21 M15x1 14.6 20 17 14 5.5
9066509 V3V L 1/4-6 KEY
9065510 V2V L 1/8-8 KEY 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 46 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066510 V3V L 1/8-8 KEY
9065511 V2V L 1/4-8 KEY 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 46 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 5.5
9066511 V3V L 1/4-8 KEY
9065512 V2V L 3/8-8 KEY 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 46 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 5.5
9066512 V3V L 3/8-8 KEY
5-22
IN-LINE FLOW
MICRO-REGULATOR
SERIE RFL L
The RLF L flow micro-regulator belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family and can
be connected in series or in parallel with all the other products.
The RFL L regulates the air input and thus the speed in pneumatic actuators.
Two versions are available:
Type U (unidirectional) regulates the flow only in one of the two directions
of air flow. The following types of fitting can be mounted:
• Push-in input and output fitting
• Push-in input fitting and threaded port on the exhaust (cylinder type)
• Input threaded port and push-in fitting on the exhaust (valve type)
Type B (bidirectional) regulates the flow in both directions of air flow.
The following types of fitting can be mounted:
• Push-in input and output fitting
• Threaded port and push-in fitting
There are four possible types of assembly (see example below).
bar 10
psi 145
°F – 4 to + 140
Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar Nl/min 155 450 850
Flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar Nl/min 160 550 950
Adjustment Manual or using a screwdriver
Internal system Tapered needle
IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIE RFL L

COMPONENTS
b Nickel-plated brass seal support
c NBR gasket
d Brass adjusting needle
UNIDIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL
e Nickel-plated brass needle ring nut
f Wall fixing ring nut
g NBR seal
h Technopolymer spring ring
i Stainless steel clip-on spring
j Technopolymer stop bushing
k Technopolymer release bushing
ACCESSORIES
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C D
How to mount the RFL L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the RFL L straight onto the actuator or the control valve.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the RFL L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the RFL L body for panel mounting.
5-23
FLOW RATE CHARTS AT 6.3 bar DEPENDING ON THE TURNS EFFECTED BY THE REGULATION SCREW
RFL L Ø 4 RFL L Ø 6 RFL L Ø 8

P (Nl/min)
P (Nl/min)
P (Nl/min)
Turns no. Turns no. Turns no.
RFL L PIPE-PIPE UNIDIRECTIONAL

9041301 RFL L U 4-4 4 42 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 4
9041316 RFL L U 6-6 6 49.4 36-41 14.7 6.4 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4
9041324 RFL L U 8-8 8 57.3 44-49 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 4.5
RFL L THREAD-PIPE UNIDIRECTIONAL CYLINDER VERSION

ACCESSORIES

9041401 RFL L U M5-4 M5 4 4 47.7 22.7 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 9 4
9041402 RFL L U 1/8-4 1/8 4 6 51.6 24.6 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 14 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 12 4
9041408 RLF L U 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 36-41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 4
9041409 RFL L U 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 36-41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 4
9041410 RFL L U 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 44-49 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 14 4.5
9041411 RFL L U 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 44-49 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 14 4.5
9041412 RFL L U 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 44-49 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 17 4.5
5-24
RFL L PIPE-THREAD UNIDIRECTIONAL VALVE VERSION
9041501 RFL L U 4-M5 4 M5 4 47.7 22.7 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 9 4
9041502 RFL L U 4-1/8 4 1/8 6 51.6 24.6 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 14 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 12 4
9041508 RFL L U 6-1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 36-41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 4
9041509 RFL L U 6-1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 36-41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 4
9041510 RFL L U 8-1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 44-49 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 14 4.5
9041511 RFL L U 8-1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 44-49 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 14 4.5
9041512 RFL L U 8-3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 44-49 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 17 4.5
RFL L PIPE-PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL

9041601 RFL L B 4-4 4 42 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 4
9041616 RFL L B 6-6 6 49.4 36-41 14.7 6.4 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4
9041624 RFL L B 8-8 8 57.3 44-49 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 4.5
RFL L THREAD-PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL

ACCESSORIES

9041701 RFL L B M5-4 M5 4 4 47.7 22.7 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 9 4
9041702 RFL L B 1/8-4 1/8 4 6 51.6 24.6 33.5-36.5 10.7 5.6 14 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 12 4
9041708 RFL L B 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 36-41 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 4
9041709 RFL L B 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 36-41 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 4
9041710 RFL L B 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 44-49 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 14 4.5
9041711 RFL L B 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 44-49 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 14 4.5
9041712 RFL L B 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 44-49 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 20 17 4.5
5-25
IN-LINE FIXED-REGULATION FLOW REGULATOR
SERIE RFF L
The in-line fixed regulation flow regulator belongs to the LINE ON LINE®
family and can be connected in series or in parallel with the other
products in the same family. The RFF L regulates the flow of air, and
hence the rate of operation of pneumatic actuators. Air flow is regulated
by means of a choke with a calibrated diameter. A full range of diameters
is available. The advantage of the RFF L over other adjustable versions is
that there is no need for regulation during machine installation.
Subsequent adjustments are not required either. Two versions are
available. Version U (unidirectional) regulates the flow in one direction
only. Version B (bidirectional) regulates the air flow in both directions.
The flow regulator can be mounted in three different ways (see example
below).
bar 10
psi 145
IN-LINE FIXED-REGULATION FLOW REGULATOR SERIE RFF L
°F – 4 to + 140
Choke flow rate Nl/min See table below
COMPONENTS
b Nickel-plated brass gasket holding insert
c NBR gasket
d Brass choke cartridge
e NBR seal
f Technopolymer spring ring
g Stainless steel clip-on spring
h Technopolymer stop bushing
i Technopolymer release bushing
ACCESSORIES
CHOKE FLOW-RATE AT 6 bar

EXHAUST FLOW RATE AT 6.3 bar FOR VERSIONS C-U-V (Nl/min)
WITH RELIEF VALVE OPEN
Choke (mm) Ø4 Ø6 Ø8 Choke (mm) Flow rate (Nl/min)
Ø 0.2 142 552 912 Ø 0.2 2
Ø 0.3 144 554 914 Ø 0.3 4
Ø 0.4 147 557 917 Ø 0.4 7
Ø 0.5 153 563 923 Ø 0.5 13
Ø 0.6 155 565 925 Ø 0.6 15
Ø 0.8 172 582 942 Ø 0.8 32
Ø 1.0 190 600 960 Ø 1.0 50
Ø 1.3 225 635 995 Ø 1.3 85
Ø 1.5 250 660 1020 Ø 1.5 110
5-26
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C
How to mount the RFF L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the RFF L straight onto the actuator or the control valve.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the RFF L straight onto the wall.
RFF L PIPE - PIPE UNIDIRECTIONAL

9070U11_ _* RFF-U L 4-4 4 42 17.5 10.7 5.6 10 12.8 16
9070U22_ _* RFF-U L 6-6 6 49.4 20 14.7 6.4 11.4 14.6 20
9070U33_ _* RFF-U L 8-8 8 57.3 25.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 18.7 24
* The last two digits indicate the narrowing Ø. To complete the code please look at the key to codes.

RFF L THREAD - PIPE UNIDIRECTIONAL CYLINDER VERSION
Code Ref. F Ø P A A1 B C E E1 I I1 Ch1
9070C51_ _* RFF-C L M5 - Ø4 M5 4 4 47.7 22.7 17.5 10.7 9.9 10 12.8 16 9
9070C61_ _* RFF-C L 1/8" - Ø4 1/8 4 6 51.6 24.6 17.5 10.7 14 10 12.8 16 12
9070C62_ _* RFF-C L 1/8" - Ø6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 20 14.7 14 11.4 14.6 20 12
9070C72_ _* RFF-C L 1/4" - Ø6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 20 14.7 18 11.4 14.6 20 14
9070C63_ _* RFF-C L 1/8" - Ø8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 25.5 18.7 15 13.8 18.7 24 14
9070C73_ _* RFF-C L 1/4" - Ø8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 25.5 18.7 18 13.8 18.7 24 14
9070C83_ _* RFF-C L 3/8" - Ø8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 25.5 18.7 22 13.8 18.7 24 17
ACCESSORIES
RFF L PIPE - THREAD UNIDIRECTIONAL VALVE VERSION

Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C E E1 I I1 Ch1
9070V15_ _* RFF-V L Ø4 - M5 4 M5 4 47.7 22.7 17.5 10.7 9.9 10 12.8 16 9
9070V16_ _* RFF-V L Ø4 - 1/8" 4 1/8 6 51.6 24.6 17.5 10.7 14 10 12.8 16 12
9070V26_ _* RFF-V L Ø6 - 1/8" 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 20 14.7 14 11.4 14.6 20 12
9070V27_ _* RFF-V L Ø6 - 1/4" 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 20 14.7 18 11.4 14.6 20 14
9070V36_ _* RFF-V L Ø8 - 1/8" 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 25.5 18.7 15 13.8 18.7 24 14
9070V37_ _* RFF-V L Ø8 - 1/4" 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 25.5 18.7 18 13.8 18.7 24 14
9070V38_ _* RFF-V L Ø8 - 3/8" 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 25.5 18.7 22 13.8 18.7 24 17
5-27
RFF L PIPE - PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL
9070B11_ _* RFF-B L 4-4 4 42 17.5 10.7 5.6 10 12.8 16
9070B22_ _* RFF-B L 6-6 6 49.4 20 14.7 6.4 11.4 14.6 20
9070B33_ _* RFF-B L 8-8 8 57.3 25.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 18.7 24
RFF L THREAD - PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL

9070B51_ _* RFF-B L M5 - Ø 4 M5 4 4 47.7 22.7 17.5 10.7 9.9 10 12.8 16 9
9070B61_ _* RFF-B L 1/8" - Ø 4 1/8 4 6 51.6 24.6 17.5 10.7 14 10 12.8 16 12

9070B62_ _* RFF-B L 1/8" - Ø 6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 20 14.7 14 11.4 14.6 20 12
9070B72_ _* RFF-B L 1/4" - Ø 6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 20 14.7 18 11.4 14.6 20 14
9070B63_ _* RFF-B L 1/8" - Ø 8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 25.5 18.7 15 13.8 18.7 24 14
9070B73_ _* RFF-B L 1/4" - Ø 8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 25.5 18.7 18 13.8 18.7 24 14
9070B83_ _* RFF-B L 3/8" - Ø 8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 25.5 18.7 22 13.8 18.7 24 17
KEY TO CODES
9 0 7 0 B 11 02
TYPE FUNCTION Ø IN - Ø OUT Ø CHOKE
9070 RFF L B Bidirectional n 11 = Ø 4 - Ø 4 02 = Ø 0.2
ACCESSORIES
C For cylinder Q 15 = Ø 4 - M5 03 = Ø 0.3

U Unidirectional Q 16 = Ø 4 - 1/8” 04 = Ø 0.4
V For valve n 22 = Ø 6 - Ø 6 05 = Ø 0.5
Q 26 = Ø 6 - 1/8” 06 = Ø 0.6
Q 27 = Ø 6 - 1/4” 08 = Ø 0.8
n 33 = Ø 8 - Ø 8 10 = Ø 1.0
Q 36 = Ø 8 - 1/8” 13 = Ø 1.3
Q 37 = Ø 8 - 1/4” 15 = Ø 1.5
Q 38 = Ø 8 - 3/8”
l 51 = M5 - Ø 4
l 61 = 1/8” - Ø 4
l 62 = 1/8” - Ø 6
l 63 = 1/8” - Ø 8
l 72 = 1/4” - Ø 6
l 73 = 1/4” - Ø 8
l 83 = 3/8” - Ø 8
n Only for B (bidirectional) and U (unidirectional) versions

Q Only for V (valve) versions
l Only for C (cylinder) and B (bidirectional) versions
5-28
IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVES
SERIES VSR L
The VSR L quick-exhaust valve belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family,

which means it can be connected to all the other components in series
or in parallel.
Exhaust can be silenced using a STAINLESS steel wire silencer, or conveyed
using a push-in fitting.
bar 1 - 10
psi 14.5 - 145
°F –4 to +140
IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR L

Inlet flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 50 270 400
Exhaust flow rate at 6.3 bar Nl/min 100 700 1000
COMPONENTS
c NBR valve
d NBR gasket
e Technopolymer spring ring
f Stainless steel folding spring
g Brass or technopolymer locking bushing
h Technopolymer release bushing
i Stainless steel wire silencer
ACCESSORIES
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C
How to mount the VSR L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the RFL R straight onto the actuator.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the RFL R straight onto the wall.
5-29
VSR L PIPE-PIPE, CONVEYED EXHAUST
9063001 VSR L 4-4-4 4 41.8 25.8 10.7 5.6 10 9.7 12.8 16
9063016 VSR L 6-6-6 6 49.4 30.2 14.7 6.4 11.4 13 14.6 20
9063024 VSR L 8-8-8 8 57.3 35.9 18.7 9.1 13.8 15 18.7 24
VSR L PIPE-PIPE, SILENCED EXHAUST

9063101 VSR L 4-4-SIL 4 41.8 19.8 10.7 5.6 10 10 12.8 16
9063116 VSR L 6-6-SIL 6 49.4 25.5 14.7 6.4 11.4 14 14.6 20
9063124 VSR L 8-8-SIL 8 57.3 31.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 18 18.7 24
IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR L
VSR L PIPE-THREAD, CONVEYED EXHAUST

Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C D E E1 E2 I I1 Ch
9063201 VSR L 4-M5-4 4 M5 4 47.7 22.7 25.8 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 9.7 12.8 16 9
9063202 VSR L 4-1/8-4 4 1/8 6 50.6 24.6 25.8 10.7 5.6 14 10 9.7 12.8 16 12
9063208 VSR L 6-1/8-6 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 30.2 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 13 14.6 20 12
9063209 VSR L 6-1/4-6 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 30.2 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 13 14.6 20 14
9063210 VSR L 8-1/8-8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 35.9 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 15 18.7 24 14
9063211 VSR L 8-1/4-8 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 35.9 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 15 18.7 24 14
9063212 VSR L 8-3/8-8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 35.9 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 15 18.7 24 17
ACCESSORIES
VSR L PIPE-THREAD, SILENCED EXHAUST

Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C D E E1 E2 I I1 Ch
9063301 VSR L 4-M5-SIL 4 M5 4 46.7 22.7 19.8 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 10 12.8 16 9
9063302 VSR L 4-1/8-SIL 4 1/8 6 50.6 24.6 19.8 10.7 5.6 14 10 10 12.8 16 12
9063308 VSR L 6-1/8-SIL 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 25.5 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 14 14.6 20 12
9063309 VSR L 6-1/4-SIL 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 25.5 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 14 14.6 20 14
9063310 VSR L 8-1/8-SIL 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 31.5 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 18 18.7 24 14
9063311 VSR L 8-1/4-SIL 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 31.5 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 18 18.7 24 14
9063312 VSR L 8-3/8-SIL 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 31.5 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 18 18.7 24 17
5-30
IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVE
WITH REGULATED EXHAUST
SERIES VSRR L
The VSRR L quick-exhaust valve with regulated exhaust belongs to the

LINE ON LINE® family of products and can be linked in series or in
parallel to all the other products.
It comes in a version for pipe-pipe connection, which includes two push-in
fittings, and a version for thread-pipe connection, which includes
a nickel-plated brass taper thread and push-in fitting.
The main feature of these valves is that the discharge flow can be adjusted
via a pin regulator. This allows you to control the speed of the actuator
connected to the valve, giving a higher speed than with an MRF regulator.
IN-LINE QUICK-EXHAUST VALVE WITH REGULATED EXHAUST SERIES VSRR L

bar 10
psi 145
°F –4 to +140
Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 50 270 400
Flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar Nl/min 170 460 960
Adjustment Manual or using a screwdriver
Internal system Tapered needle
COMPONENTS
ACCESSORIES
b Nickel-plated brass seal support
c NBR gasket
d Brass adjusting needle
e Nickel-plated brass needle ring nut
f Nickel-plated brass wall fixing ring nut
g NBR seal
h Technopolymer spring ring
i Stainless steel clip-on spring
j Technopolymer stop bushing
k Technopolymer release bushing
l Sintered bronze silencer
5-31
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C D
How to mount the VSRR L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the VSRR L straight onto the actuator or the control valve.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the VSRR L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the VSRR L body for panel mounting.
EXHAUST FLOW CHARTS VSRR L
VSRR L Ø 4 VSRR L Ø 6 VSRR L Ø 8

Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
VSRR PIPE-PIPE
ACCESSORIES

9063501 VSRR L 4-4 4 42 39.5-43.5 10.7 5.6 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 11.5
9063516 VSRR L 6-6 6 49.4 47-52 14.7 6.4 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 15.5
9063524 VSRR L 8-8 8 57.3 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 18.5
5-32
VSRR L THREAD-PIPE
9063601 VSRR L M5-4 M5 4 4 47.7 22.7 39.5-43.5 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 9 11.5
9063602 VSRR L 1/8-4 1/8 4 6 51.6 24.6 39.5-43.5 10.7 5.6 14 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 12 11.5
9063608 VSRR L 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 47-52 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 15.5
9063609 VSRR L 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 47-52 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 15.5
9063610 VSRR L 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 26 17 14 18.5
9063611 VSRR L 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 26 17 14 18.5
9063612 VSRR L 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 26 17 17 18.5

VSRR L PIPE-THREAD
9063701 VSRR L 4-M5 4 M5 4 47.7 22.7 39.5-43.5 10.7 5.6 9.9 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 9 11.5
9063702 VSRR L 4-1/8 4 1/8 6 51.6 24.6 39.5-43.5 10.7 5.6 14 10 17.5 M9x0.75 12.8 16 11 12 11.5
9063708 VSRR L 6-1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 47-52 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 15.5
9063709 VSRR L 6-1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 47-52 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 15.5
9063710 VSRR L 8-1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 26 17 14 18.5
9063711 VSRR L 8-1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 26 17 14 18.5
9063712 VSRR L 8-3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 56-61.2 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 26 17 17 18.5
NOTES
ACCESSORIES
5-33
IN-LINE STOP VALVE
SERIES STP L
The STP L stop valve belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family and can be
connected in series or in parallel with the other products in the same family.
It is available in a version for pipe-pipe connection, which includes two
push-in fittings, and a version for thread-pipe connection, which includes
a nickel-plated brass male thread and a push-in fitting. The stop valve is
normally mounted on the inlet port of cylinders and allows the flow of air
only in the presence of a pneumatic pilot.
Cylinder movement ceases if there is a drop in pneumatic pilot pressure.
The compressed air port is a push-in fitting for Ø 4 pipe. This stop valve
is available in a unidirectional version, so the flow can be interrupted
in one direction, but remains free in the other direction.
This valve can also be used as a unidirectional normally-closed 2/2
pneumatic control valve.
bar 10
psi 145
°F –4 to +140
IN-LINE STOP VALVE SERIES STP L
COMPONENTS
ACCESSORIES
c Nickel-plated brass pilot insert
d Brass piston rod
e Stainless steel clamping spring
f NBR seal
g Stainless steel poppet spring
h NBR seal
j Stainless steel clip-on spring
k Technopolymer stop bushing
5-34
FLOW CHARTS
STP L Ø 6 STP L Ø 8
Circuit pressure (bar) Pilot pressure (bar) Circuit pressure (bar)
MINIMUM PILOT PRESSURE
STP L Ø 6 STP L Ø 8
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)

Pressure (bar) Pressure (bar)
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C D
ACCESSORIES
How to mount the STP L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the STP L straight onto the actuator or the control valve.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the STP L straight onto the wall.
• Fig. D The ring nut is screwed onto the threaded metal part of the STP L body for panel mounting.
5-35
STP L 2/2 PIPE - PIPE
9065616 STP L 2/2 Ø6 - Ø6 6 49.4 43.2 14.7 6.4 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 4.7
9065624 STP L 2/2 Ø8 - Ø8 8 57.3 49.7 18.7 9.1 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 4
STP L 2/2 PIPE - THREAD

9065808 STP L 2/2 Ø6 - 1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 4.7
9065809 STP L 2/2 Ø6 - 1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 4.7
9065810 STP L 2/2 Ø8 - 1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 4
9065811 STP L 2/2 Ø8 - 1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 49.7 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 4
9065812 STP L 2/2 Ø8 - 3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 4
STP L 2/2 THREAD - PIPE

ACCESSORIES

9065708 STP L 2/2 1/8 - Ø6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 14 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 12 4.7
9065709 STP L 2/2 1/4 - Ø6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 43.2 14.7 6.4 18 11.4 20 M12x0.75 14.6 20 15 14 4.7
9065710 STP L 2/2 1/8 - Ø8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 15 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 4
9065711 STP L 2/2 1/4 - Ø8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 49.7 18.7 9.1 18 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 14 4
9065712 STP L 2/2 3/8 - Ø8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 49.7 18.7 9.1 22 13.8 26 M15x1 18.7 24 17 17 4
5-36
IN-LINE CHECK VALVE
SERIES VNR L
The VNR L check valve belongs to the LINE ON LINE® family, which means
it can be connected to all the other components in series or in parallel.
It is still the only check valve with holes for wall mounting.
Operating pressure MPa 0.05 - 1.2
bar 0.5 - 12
psi 7.2 - 174
°F –4 to +140
IN-LINE CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR L

COMPONENTS
c NBR valve
d Stainless steel valve compression spring
e NBR gasket
f Technopolymer spring ring
g Stainless steel folding spring
h Technopolymer locking bushing
i Technopolymer release bushing
ACCESSORIES
ASSEMBLY OPTIONS
A B C
How to mount the VNR L:

• Fig. A With the male threaded port it is possible to mount the VNR L straight onto the female thread.
• Fig. C There are two robust rings on the plastic body for fixing the VNR L straight onto the wall.
5-37
VNR L PIPE-PIPE
9064001 VNR L 4-4 4 41.8 17.5 10.7 5.6 10 12.8 16
9064016 VNR L 6-6 6 49.4 20 14.7 6.4 11.4 14.6 20
9064024 VNR L 8-8 8 57.3 25.5 18.7 9.1 13.8 18.7 24
VNR L THREAD-PIPE
9064101 VNR L M5-4 M5 4 4 47.7 22.7 17.5 10.7 9.9 10 12.8 16 9
9064102 VNR L 1/8-4 1/8 4 6 50.6 24.6 17.5 10.7 14 10 12.8 16 12
9064108 VNR L 1/8-6 1/8 6 6 58.5 27.8 20 14.7 14 11.4 14.6 20 12
9064109 VNR L 1/4-6 1/4 6 8 61.5 28.8 20 14.7 18 11.4 14.6 20 14
9064110 VNR L 1/8-8 1/8 8 6 66.2 31.8 25.5 18.7 15 13.8 18.7 24 14
9064111 VNR L 1/4-8 1/4 8 8 70.6 34.2 25.5 18.7 18 13.8 18.7 24 14
9064112 VNR L 3/8-8 3/8 8 9 72.2 34.8 25.5 18.7 22 13.8 18.7 24 17
IN-LINE CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR L
VNR L PIPE-THREAD
ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. Ø F P A A1 B C E E1 I I1 Ch1

9064201 VNR L 4-M5 4 M5 4 47.7 22.7 17.5 10.7 9.9 10 12.8 16 9
9064202 VNR L 4-1/8 4 1/8 6 50.6 24.6 17.5 10.7 14 10 12.8 16 12
9064208 VNR L 6-1/8 6 1/8 6 58.5 27.8 20 14.7 14 11.4 14.6 20 12
9064209 VNR L 6-1/4 6 1/4 8 61.5 28.8 20 14.7 18 11.4 14.6 20 14
9064210 VNR L 8-1/8 8 1/8 6 66.2 31.8 25.5 18.7 15 13.8 18.7 24 14
9064211 VNR L 8-1/4 8 1/4 8 70.6 34.2 25.5 18.7 18 13.8 18.7 24 14
9064212 VNR L 8-3/8 8 3/8 9 72.2 34.8 25.5 18.7 22 13.8 18.7 24 17
5-38
ACCESSORIES LINE ON LINE®
FIXING SQUARE KIT
Code Description A B C F I I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 S
9062110 SQU L 30 22 14.5 4.2 6.8 4.8 5.9 9.1 2 6.5 1.2
NOTE: comes with two m3x16 screws (for L.O.L. Ø 6 - 8), two m3 hexagonal nuts, 2 groovers, 4 washers.
U-BOLT
Code Description
9062216 TUB L 6-6
9062224 TUB L 8-8
ACCESSORIES LINE ON LINE®
NOTES
ACCESSORIES
5-39
ACCESSORIES
5-40
NOTES
SUMMARY COUPLINGS
P COMPRESSED AIR QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS SERIES IAC PAGE 5-42
P QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS FOR MOULD CONDITIONING SERIES ICS PAGE 5-46
SUMMARY COUPLINGS
ACCESSORIES
5-41
COMPRESSED AIR QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS
SERIES IAC
The compressed air quick-fit coupling by Metal Work allows quick

replacement of pneumatic equipment (drills, milling machines, screwers
and actuators in general) without having to set the line pressure to zero
each time. Rapid tool changeover can be easily obtained by fitting
a female body on the branch under pressure and the male coupling
on the actuator. The presence of a female coupling with a safety valve on
the branch under pressure prevents air dispersion during disconnection.
TECHNICAL DATA MINI 100 200 300

Threaded coupling 1/8” 1/4” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
Maximum inlet pressure MPa 3 3
bar
COMPRESSED AIR QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS SERIES IAC
30 30
psi 435 435
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa - 87 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 MPa - 14 psi) Nl/min 480 750 1450 1750
Maximum temperature °C 80 80
°F 176 176
COMPONENTS
a Body: nickel-plated brass

b Ring nut: nickel-plated brass
c Valve: nickel-plated brass
d Coupling: carbonitrured and zinc-plated steel
e Ball: stainless steel
f Ring nut spring: AISI 302
g Valve spring: AISI 302
ACCESSORIES
The actual male couplings don’t have lateral AUTOMATIC

holes. They cannot be coupled with the manual NEW COUPLING
ports old production. (AFTER 1992)
MANUAL
OLD COUPLING
(BEFORE 1992)
HOLES
5-42
FLOW CHARTS
CURVE WITH ∆P = 1 bar CURVE WITH FREE EXHAUST FLOW TEST DIAGRAMS
TYPICAL ASSEMBLIES

ACCESSORIES
5-43
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES
QUICK-FIT PORT, MALE
Code Ref. Mod. F Ch1 P L E O-ring
0101001 01 mini 1/8 16 6.0 38.0 18.8 2031
0101002 02 mini 1/4 16 8.0 40.0 18.8 2043
0201101 101 100 1/4 21 8.0 50.0 24.4 2043
0301201 201 200 3/8 23 9.0 57.6 26.4 2056
0300202 201/A 200 1/4 23 8.0 56.6 26.4 2043
0401301 301 300 1/2 30 11.0 70.8 33.0 3068
QUICK-FIT PORT, FEMALE

Code Ref. Mod. F Ch1 P L E
0101003 03 mini 1/8 16 7.0 40.5 18.8
0101004 04 mini 1/4 16 8.0 42.0 18.8
0201102 102 100 1/4 21 8.0 52.0 24.4
0301202 202 200 3/8 23 10.0 60.7 26.4
0401302 302 300 1/2 30 11.0 73.8 33.0
QUICK-FIT PORT, NYLON PIPE

Code Ref. Mod. Ø Ch1 Ch3 P L E
0101005 05 mini 6/4 16 12 14.0 46.0 18.8
0101006 06 mini 8/6 16 14 14.0 46.0 18.8
QUICK-FIT PORT, NYLON PIPE WITH SPRING

Code Ref. Mod. Ø Ch1 Ch3 E
0101007 07 mini 6/4 16 12 18.8
0101008 08 mini 8/6 16 14 18.8
QUICK-FIT COUPLING, MALE

ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. Mod. F Ch1 P L M O-ring

0102011 11 mini 1/8 13 6.0 29.3 15 2031
0102012 12 mini 1/4 14 8.0 32.7 18 2043
0202111 111 100 1/4 14 8.0 42.2 18 2043
0302211 211 200 3/8 17 9.0 45.8 20 2056
0303205 211/A 200 1/4 16 8.0 46.2 18 2043
0402311 311 300 1/2 22 11.0 55.2 26 3068
QUICK-FIT COUPLING, FEMALE

Code Ref. Mod. F Ch1 P L
0102013 13 mini 1/8 14 7.0 29.5
0102014 14 mini 1/4 17 8.0 30.5
0202112 112 100 1/4 17 8.0 42.0
0302212 212 200 3/8 20 10.0 48.0
0402312 312 300 1/2 24 11.0 55.0
5-44
QUICK-FIT COUPLING, NYLON PIPE
Code Ref. Mod. Ø Ch1 Ch2 L
0102015 15 mini 6/4 12 12 35.5
0102016 16 mini 8/6 14 14 35.5
QUICK-FIT COUPLING, NYLON PIPE WITH SPRING

Code Ref. Mod. Ø Ch1 Ch2
0102017 17 mini 6/4 12 12
0102018 18 mini 8/6 14 14
NYLON PIPE FITTING WITH SPRING

Code Ref. F B Ch1 Ch2 P
0010001 C1/Z 1/4 8 18 14 8

0010002 C1/Z 3/8 8 21 14 9
0010003 C1/Z 1/4 10 18 17 8
0010004 C1/Z 3/8 10 21 17 9
0010005 C1/Z 3/8 12 21 19 9
HOSE FITTING
Code Ref. F Ø Ch1 Ch2 P L E
2601001 40 1/4 6x14 18 16 8.0 29.0 23.0
2601002 41 1/4 8x17 21 16 8.0 31.0 25.0
2601003 42 1/4 10x19 23 17 8.0 31.0 27.0
2601004 43 1/2 13x23 27 24 11.0 35.5 31.0
SWIVEL NYLON PIPE FITTING WITH SPRING

ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. F Ø Ch1 Ch2 Ch3 P O-ring

2501010 50 1/4 6/4 16 14 12 8.0 2043
2501011 51 1/4 8/6 16 14 14 8.0 2043
2501012 52 3/8 10/8 19 17 17 9.0 2056
2501013 53 3/8 12/10 19 17 19 9.0 2056
NOTES
5-45
QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS FOR MOULD CONDITIONING
SERIES ICS
The mould conditioning coupling was specifically designed to speed

up and facilitate the replacement of moulds in injection moulding
machines. Rapid mould changeover can be easily obtained by fitting
a female body at the end of the pipes conveying the thermoregulating
fluid and a male coupling to the moulds. With this configuration, each
mould can be connected and disconnected from the thermoregulation
circuit rapidly. The presence of a female coupling with a safety valve
on the pipework prevents the outflow of fluid when coupling with or
releasing from the mould.
QUICK-FIT COUPLINGS FOR MOULD CONDITIONING SERIES ICS
TECHNICAL DATA 501 V with valve 401 V with valve 503 V without valve 403 V without valve
Threaded coupling 1/8” 1/4” 1/8” 1/4”
Maximum temperature at: 1.8 MPa; 18 bar; 261 psi °F +248
°C +120
Minimum temperature at: 1.8 MPa; 18 bar; 261 psi °F –68
°C –20
Maximum pressure MPa 1.8
bar 18
psi 261
Type of gasket FKM/FPM
COMPONENTS
ACCESSORIES
a Body: nickel-plated brass

b Ring nut: nickel-plated brass
c Valve: nickel-plated brass
d Coupling: nickel-plated brass
e Ball: stainless steel
f Ring nut spring: AISI 302
g Valve spring: AISI 302
5-46
ICS WATER FLOW CHARTS WITH SAFETY VALVE
ICS/500 1/8’’
∆P - Pressure
Flow rate
ICS/400 1/4’’ WITH SAFETY VALVE

∆P - Pressure
The female body with safety valve prevents the outflow of thermoregulator
fluid when coupling with or releasing from the mould.

Flow rate
ICS WATER FLOW CHARTS WITHOUT SAFETY VALVE
ICS/500 1/8’’
∆P - Pressure
ACCESSORIES
Flow rate
ICS/400 1/4’’ WITHOUT SAFETY VALVE

∆P - Pressure
A version having a female body without a safety valve is available
for when a high flow rate is required. This version allows a greater
thermoregulator fluid flow rate but does not act as a fluid check valve
when coupling with or releasing from the mould.
Flow rate
5-47
GENERAL FEATURES
Female body plus conventional hose fitting

(pipe locked with metal circlip).
Female body plus self-locking hose fitting

patented by Metal Work. When the outer ring
nut is tightened, the gripper locks on the pipe.
FIG. A FIG. 1 FIG. 2 The male fitting should be coupled with the mould
so that it remains embedded (Fig. 2-4). This saves
space and protects the coupling. The mould has no
projecting parts, which would occupy more space
on the storage shelving (Fig. A).
d G H1 Ch D H
4/6 1/8 7 13 20 23
7/9 1/4 9 14 26 30
ACCESSORIES
FIG. B FIG. 3 FIG. 4 The Extension (see A25 fittings) is available as an

accessory. It is extremely useful when parts inside
the moulds need to be thermoregulated or when
the presence of trucks makes it impossible to
connect the moulds to the rubber pipe. (Fig. B).
d G H1 Ch D H D1
4/6 1/8 7 13 20 23 17
7/9 1/4 9 14 26 30 21
5-48
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES
FEMALE PORT
Code Ref. F Safety valve Ch1 P L E
0601040 501V 1/8 yes 16 7.0 45.0 19.0
0501040 401V 1/4 yes 21 8.0 56.0 25.0
0600040 503V 1/8 no 16 7.0 45.0 19.0
0500040 403V 1/4 no 21 8.0 56.0 25.0
MALE COUPLING
Code Ref. F Ch1 P L E O-ring FKM/FPM
0602001 511 1/8 13 6.0 28.5 15.0 2031
0501040 411 1/4 14 8.0 37.0 18.0 2043

FEMALE COUPLING
Code Ref. F Ch1 P L E
0602002 512 1/8 12 7.0 28.0 14
0502002 412 1/4 14 8.0 37.5 17
ACCESSORIES
NOTES
5-49
ACCESSORIES
5-50
NOTES
SUMMARY FLOW REGULATOR
P INTRODUCTION FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR PAGE 5-52
P FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES COMPACT N and O PAGE 5-54
P FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF HIGH-FLOW PAGE 5-63
P FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF PUSH-LOCK PAGE 5-65
P IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES RFL L SEE PAGE 5-23
P IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES RFL PAGE 5-67
SUMMARY FLOW REGULATOR

ACCESSORIES
5-51
INTRODUCTION FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
The job of flow microregulators is to regulate speed in the pneumatic

cylinders. The configuration of both type C (to be mounted on the
cylinder inlet) and type V (to be mounted on the valve port) is such as
to ensure full flow on feed and regulated flow on discharge. Type B
(bidirectional) can be used to regulate the flow both on feed and discharge.
Flow microregulators are divided into 4 series:
• MRF COMPACT O: can be adjusted using a screwdriver; the regulation
pin is lubrified with a particular antivivration grease; it has reduced
dimensions and fine adjustment in the first turns; adjustgment can be
prevented by assembling a disposable cap (supplied separately) that
can be removed using a tool.
• MRF COMPACT N: can be adjusted using the knob and/or screwdriver;
adjustment can be prevented by tightening the ring nut; it has the same
regulation curve as those in series O.
• MRF HIGH-FLOW: can be adjusted using the knob and/or screwdriver;
adjustment can be prevented by tightening the ring nut; it is ideal for
use in installations requiring high flow rates both on regulation and
discharge. Available in 1/8” and 1/4” and with a technopolymer ring.
• MRF PUSH-LOCK: it is the only one in the MRF series with a PUSH-LOCK
knob, that can be replaced by an anti-tampering knob (supplied
separately). Available in 1/8” and 1/4” and with a technopolymer ring.
INTROdUCTION FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
All the MRF with a pipe engage-release system of the latest generation The rings can be rotated even with the MRF installed, which means that
that facilitates detachment of the pipe even under difficult operating they can be mounted with the pipe facing towards any direction.
conditions.
ACCESSORIES
Special focus has been placed on miniaturisation of the components

(mainly for COMPACT MRF series O), which saves considerable space.
5-52
FLOW CHARTS
Flow rate (Nl/min) The regulation curve in the MRF series COMPACT N, COMPACT O
and PUSH-LOCK takes place in two sections: in the first half of the flash
pin stroke for very fine regulation and relatively low flow rates;
in the second half, the flash pin quickly opens the passage so as to
reach the maximum flow rate quickly.
Turns no.
Flow rate (Nl/min) The regulation curve in the MRF series HIGH-FLOW is divided into
3 sections: regulation is particularly accurate along the entire flash
pin stroke and the maximum flow rate is reached at a good steady rate;
in this way, the user can choose the solution which best fits the specific
application.
Turns no.
INTROdUCTION FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR

A major innovative aspect of the new MRF is the possibility of using
the PUSH-LOCK series that can be mounted with either a push-lock (A)
or an anti-tampering knob (B). The push-lock knob prevents decalibration
A B of the MRF due to vibration or incorrect torque. With the anti-tampering
knob there is no way to change the position unless you remove the knob
using a special tool.
ACCESSORIES
All the new MRF can be fixed from the top using a universal wrench,
a pipe wrench or an automatic screwer.
Thread Maximum torque [Nm]*

M5 max 1.8
G 1/8’’ max 6
G 1/4’’ max 8
G 3/8’’ max 10
G 1/2’’ max 15
* measured on a metal female thread
5-53
FLOW MICROREGULATOR
SERIES COMPACT N and O
Main features:
• excellent regulation
• regulation with a screwdriver and disposable anti-tampering
cap (COMPACT O)
• regulation with either a screwdriver and/or a knob, can
be fixed with a ring nut (COMPACT N)
• available in all sizes (from M5 to 1/2”) with a brass
or a technopolymer ring
• can be mounted with an automatic screwdriver
• comes with a ring that can rotate even with the MRF
mounted in position.
TECHNICAL DATA M5 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”

Pipe Ø4 Ø 5* Ø6 Ø4 Ø 5* Ø6 Ø8 Ø6 Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 12 Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 12 Ø 12
Max input pressure MPa 1
FLOW MICROREGULATOR SERIES COMPACT N ANd O
bar 10
psi 145
Temperature range: Technopolymer ring °C – 10 to + 50
°F + 14 to + 122
Brass ring °C – 10 to + 70
°F + 14 to +158
Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar Nl/min 150 155 155 350 360 380 400 750 850 950 1000 1250 1300 1400 2000
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with closed pin Nl/min 140 145 150 300 320 350 390 450 275 500 550 1030 1050 1250 1750
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with open pin Nl/min 240 245 245 450 510 600 650 850 1050 1150 1250 1700 1700 2100 2700
Regulation Manual (COMPACT N only) or using a screwdriver
Internal system Tapered pin
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air
* Pipe Ø 5 is only available with a brass ring
TYPE N COMPONENTS - M5 THREAD

ACCESSORIES
a Nichel-plated brass knob

b Nickel-plated brass securing ring nut CYLINdER
c Brass pin
d Nickel-plated brass bush
e Nickel-plated brass body
f Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
g NBR gasket
VALVE
h Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
i NBR gasket
j Technopolymer spring supporting ring
k Stainless steel grabbing spring
l Technopolymer retaining bush
m Technopolymer release bush BIdIREC.
5-54
TYPE O COMPONENTS - M5 THREAD
a Brass pin
b Nickel-plated brass bush
CYLINdER
c Nickel-plated brass body
d Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
e NBR gasket
f Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
g NBR gasket
h Technopolymer spring supporting ring VALVE
i Stainless steel grabbing spring
j Technopolymer retaining bush
k Technopolymer release bush
BIdIREC.
TYPE N COMPONENTS - THREAD 1/8” TO 1/2”
a Nickel-plated brass knob

b Nickel-plated brass securing ring nut
c Brass pin CYLINdER
d Nickel-plated brass body
e Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
f Brass gasket holding insert
g NBR gasket
h Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring VALVE
i NBR gasket
m Technopolymer release bush
BIdIREC.
TYPE O COMPONENTS - THREAD FROM 1/8’’ TO 1/2’’

ACCESSORIES
a Brass pin
b Nickel-plated brass body CYLINdER
c Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
d Brass gasket holding insert
e NBR gasket
f Nickel-plated or technopolymer brass revolving ring
g NBR gasket
VALVE
h Technopolymer spring supporting ring
i Stainless steel grabbing spring
j Technopolymer retaining bush
k Technopolymer release bush
BIdIREC.
5-55
FLOW CHARTS
MRF M5 - PIPE Ø 4 - Ø 6 MRF 1/8” - PIPE Ø 4 - Ø 6 - Ø 8
Flow rate (Nl/min) Flow rate (Nl/min)
Turns no.
Turns no.
MRF 1/4” - PIPE Ø 6 - Ø 8 - Ø 10 - Ø 12 MRF 3/8” - PIPE Ø 8 - Ø 10 - Ø 12

ø8
Turns no. Turns no.
MRF 1/2” - PIPE Ø 12

Flow rate (Nl/min)
ACCESSORIES
Turns no.
KEY TO CODES
M R F N M C 4 M5
ELEMENT TYPE RING FUNCTION Ø PIPE Ø THREAD
N With knob M Nickel-plated C For cylinder 4: Ø4 M5: M5
and ring nut brass with V For valve 5: Ø5 1/8: G 1/8’’
O Flash pin push-in fitting B Bidirectional 6: Ø6 1/4: G 1/4’’
T Technopolymer 8: Ø8 3/8: G 3/8’’
with push-in 10: Ø 10 1/2: G 1/2’’
fitting 12: Ø 12
F Nickel-plated 1/8: G 1/8’’ F
brass with 1/4: G 1/4’’ F
female thread 3/8: G 3/8’’ F
5-56
MRF COMPACT ‘‘O’’ BRASS RING
cylinder valve bidirectional

version version version
* OPTIONAL ANTI-TAMPERING CAP
Code Description F Ø CH A min A max A1 B C D E

9001001C MRF O M C 4 M5 M5 4 9 23.9 25 26.5 20.2 4 9.2 9.5
9001110V MRF O M V 4 M5 M5 4 9 23.9 25 26.5 20.2 4 9.2 9.5
9001601B MRF O M B 4 M5 M5 4 9 23.9 25 26.5 20.2 4 9.2 9.5

9001002C MRF O M C 5 M5 M5 5 9 23.9 25 26.5 23.8 4 9.2 12
9001113V MRF O M V 5 M5 M5 5 9 23.9 25 26.5 23.8 4 9.2 12
9001603B MRF O M B 5 M5 M5 5 9 23.9 25 26.5 23.8 4 9.2 12
9001007C MRF O M C 6 M5 M5 6 9 23.9 25 26.5 23.5 4 9.2 11.3
9001105V MRF O M V 6 M5 M5 6 9 23.9 25 26.5 23.5 4 9.2 11.3
9001612B MRF O M B 6 M5 M5 6 9 23.9 25 26.5 23.5 4 9.2 11.3
9001011C MRF O M C 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 29.8 30.9 34 21.3 6 9.8 9.5
9001111V MRF O M V 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 29.8 30.9 34 21.3 6 9.8 9.5
9001602B MRF O M B 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 29.8 30.9 34 21.3 6 9.8 9.5
9001012C MRF O M C 5 1/8 1/8 5 12 29.8 30.9 34 24.8 6 9.8 12
9001112V MRF O M V 5 1/8 1/8 5 12 29.8 30.9 34 24.8 6 9.8 12
9001604B MRF O M B 5 1/8 1/8 5 12 29.8 30.9 34 24.8 6 9.8 12
9001003C MRF O M C 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 29.8 30.9 34 23 6 9.8 11.5
9001101V MRF O M V 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 29.8 30.9 34 23 6 9.8 11.5
9001605B MRF O M B 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 29.8 30.9 34 23 6 9.8 11.5
9001005C MRF O M C 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 29.8 30.9 34 24.8 6 9.8 13.8
9001103V MRF O M V 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 29.8 30.9 34 24.8 6 9.8 13.8
9001607B MRF O M B 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 29.8 30.9 34 24.8 6 9.8 13.8
9001004C MRF O M C 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 35.4 37 38.9 24.5 8 11.1 11.5
9001102V MRF O M V 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 35.4 37 38.9 24.5 8 11.1 11.5
9001606B MRF O M B 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 35.4 37 38.9 24.5 8 11.1 11.5
9001006C MRF O M C 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 35.4 37 38.9 26.5 8 11.1 13.8
ACCESSORIES
9001104V MRF O M V 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 35.4 37 38.9 26.5 8 11.1 13.8

9001608B MRF O M B 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 35.4 37 38.9 26.5 8 11.1 13.8
9001010C MRF O M C 8 3/8 3/8 8 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 28.5 9 13.4 13.8
9001115V MRF O M V 8 3/8 3/8 8 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 28.5 9 13.4 13.8
9001611B MRF O M B 8 3/8 3/8 8 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 28.5 9 13.4 13.8
9001008C MRF O M C 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 35.4 37 38.9 31.4 8 11.1 16.5
9001106V MRF O M V 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 35.4 37 38.9 31.4 8 11.1 16.5
9001609B MRF O M B 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 35.4 37 38.9 31.4 8 11.1 16.5
9001014C MRF O M C 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 35.4 37 38.9 33 8 11.1 19.5
9001123V MRF O M V 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 35.4 37 38.9 33 8 11.1 19.5
9001623B MRF O M B 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 35.4 37 38.9 33 8 11.1 19.5
9001009C MRF O M C 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 32.8 9 13.4 16
9001114V MRF O M V 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 32.8 9 13.4 16
9001610B MRF O M B 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 32.8 9 13.4 16
9001015C MRF O M C 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 35.3 9 13.4 19.5
9001124V MRF O M V 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 35.3 9 13.4 19.5
9001624B MRF O M B 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 35.3 9 13.4 19.5
9001016C MRF O M C 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 50.6 51.4 55.3 37 11 15.9 19.5
9001125V MRF O M V 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 50.6 51.4 55.3 37 11 15.9 19.5
9001625B MRF O M B 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 50.6 51.4 55.3 37 11 15.9 19.5
5-57
MRF COMPACT ‘‘O’’ TECHNOPOLYMER RING

Code Description F Ø CH A min A max A1 B C D E

9011001C MRF O T C 4 M5 M5 4 9 23.9 25 26.5 19.1 4 9.5 9.2
9011110V MRF O T V 4 M5 M5 4 9 23.9 25 26.5 19.1 4 9.5 9.2
9011601B MRF O T B 4 M5 M5 4 9 23.9 25 26.5 19.1 4 9.5 9.2
9011007C MRF O T C 6 M5 M5 6 9 23.9 25 26.5 20.8 4 9.5 11.3

9011105V MRF O T V 6 M5 M5 6 9 23.9 25 26.5 20.8 4 9.5 11.3
9011612B MRF O T B 6 M5 M5 6 9 23.9 25 26.5 20.8 4 9.5 11.3
9011011C MRF O T C 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 29.8 30.9 34 21 6 12.9 9.2
9011111V MRF O T V 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 29.8 30.9 34 21 6 12.9 9.2
9011602B MRF O T B 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 29.8 30.9 34 21 6 12.9 9.2
9011003C MRF O T C 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 29.8 30.9 34 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9011101V MRF O T V 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 29.8 30.9 34 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9011605B MRF O T B 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 29.8 30.9 34 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9011005C MRF O T C 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 29.8 30.9 34 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9011103V MRF O T V 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 29.8 30.9 34 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9011607B MRF O T B 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 29.8 30.9 34 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9011004C MRF O T C 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 35.4 37 38.9 24.3 8 15 11.3
9011102V MRF O T V 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 35.4 37 38.9 24.3 8 15 11.3
9011606B MRF O T B 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 35.4 37 38.9 24.3 8 15 11.3
9011006C MRF O T C 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 35.4 37 38.9 27.2 8 15 13.8
9011104V MRF O T V 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 35.4 37 38.9 27.2 8 15 13.8
9011608B MRF O T B 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 35.4 37 38.9 27.2 8 15 13.8
9011008C MRF O T C 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 35.4 37 38.9 28.6 8 15 16
9011106V MRF O T V 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 35.4 37 38.9 28.6 8 15 16
9011609B MRF O T B 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 35.4 37 38.9 28.6 8 15 16
9011014C MRF O T C 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 35.4 37 38.9 31 8 15 19.5
ACCESSORIES
9011123V MRF O T V 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 35.4 37 38.9 31 8 15 19.5

9011623B MRF O T B 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 35.4 37 38.9 31 8 15 19.5
9011009C MRF O T C 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 30.3 9 17.9 16
9011114V MRF O T V 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 30.3 9 17.9 16
9011610B MRF O T B 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 30.3 9 17.9 16
9011015C MRF O T C 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 32.4 9 17.9 19.5
9011124V MRF O T V 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 32.4 9 17.9 19.5
9011624B MRF O T B 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 32.4 9 17.9 19.5
9011016C MRF O T C 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 50.6 51.4 55.3 34 11 20.1 19.5
9011125V MRF O T V 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 50.6 51.4 55.3 34 11 20.1 19.5
9011625B MRF O T B 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 50.6 51.4 55.3 34 11 20.1 19.5
5-58
MRF COMPACT ‘‘O’’ THREADED BRASS RING

Code Description F F2 CH A min A max A1 B C D E I

9001020C MRF O F C 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 12 29.8 30.9 34 21.4 6 9.8 13.3 6.7
9001120V MRF O F V 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 12 29.8 30.9 34 21.4 6 9.8 13.3 6.7
9001620B MRF O F B 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 12 29.8 30.9 34 21.4 6 9.8 13.3 6.7

9001021C MRF O F C 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 15 35.4 37 38.9 25.5 8 11.1 16.7 8
9001121V MRF O F V 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 15 35.4 37 38.9 25.5 8 11.1 16.7 8
9001621B MRF O F B 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 15 35.4 37 38.9 25.5 8 11.1 16.7 8
9001022C MRF O F C 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 31.5 9 13.4 20.2 10
9001122V MRF O F V 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 31.5 9 13.4 20.2 10
9001622B MRF O F B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 19 42.7 42.7 49.5 31.5 9 13.4 20.2 10
ACCESSORIES
ACCESSORIES MRF COMPACT “O”
ANTI-TAMPERING CAP
Code Description
9090001 Cap MRF O M5
9090002 Cap MRF O 1/8-1/4
9090003 Cap MRF O 3/8-1/2
NOTE: Adjust the flow rate via the regulating pin.

Apply the anti-tampering cap and press on firmly to prevent access to the regulation pin.
If the MRF needs to be recalibrated, remove the cap using the grippers provided.
IMPORTANT: The cap cannot be re-used after it has been removed.
5-59
MRF COMPACT ‘‘N’’ BRASS RING

Code Description F Ø CH A min A max B C D E

9031001C MRF N M C 4 M5 M5 4 9 27.7 31 20.2 4 9.2 9.5
9031101V MRF N M V 4 M5 M5 4 9 27.7 31 20.2 4 9.2 9.5
9031201B MRF N M B 4 M5 M5 4 9 27.7 31 20.2 4 9.2 9.5
9031003C MRF N M C 5 M5 M5 5 9 27.7 31 23.8 4 9.2 12

9031103V MRF N M V 5 M5 M5 5 9 27.7 31 23.8 4 9.2 12
9031203B MRF N M B 5 M5 M5 5 9 27.7 31 23.8 4 9.2 12
9031005C MRF N M C 6 M5 M5 6 9 27.7 31 23.5 4 9.2 11.3
9031105V MRF N M V 6 M5 M5 6 9 27.7 31 23.5 4 9.2 11.3
9031205B MRF N M B 6 M5 M5 6 9 27.7 31 23.5 4 9.2 11.3
9031002C MRF N M C 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 33.5 37.6 21.3 6 9.8 9.5
9031102V MRF N M V 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 33.5 37.6 21.3 6 9.8 9.5
9031202B MRF N M B 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 33.5 37.6 21.3 6 9.8 9.5
9031004C MRF N M C 5 1/8 1/8 5 12 33.5 37.6 24.8 6 9.8 12
9031104V MRF N M V 5 1/8 1/8 5 12 33.5 37.6 24.8 6 9.8 12
9031204B MRF N M B 5 1/8 1/8 5 12 33.5 37.6 24.8 6 9.8 12
9031006C MRF N M C 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 33.5 37.6 23 6 9.8 11.5
9031106V MRF N M V 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 33.5 37.6 23 6 9.8 11.5
9031206B MRF N M B 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 33.5 37.6 23 6 9.8 11.5
9031008C MRF N M C 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 33.5 37.6 24.8 6 9.8 13.8
9031108V MRF N M V 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 33.5 37.6 24.8 6 9.8 13.8
9031208B MRF N M B 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 33.5 37.6 24.8 6 9.8 13.8
9031007C MRF N M C 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 38.8 43.7 24.5 8 11.1 11.5
9031107V MRF N M V 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 38.8 43.7 24.5 8 11.1 11.5
9031207B MRF N M B 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 38.8 43.7 24.5 8 11.1 11.5
9031009C MRF N M C 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 38.8 43.7 26.5 8 11.1 13.8
ACCESSORIES
9031109V MRF N M V 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 38.8 43.7 26.5 8 11.1 13.8

9031209B MRF N M B 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 38.8 43.7 26.5 8 11.1 13.8
9031010B MRF N M C 8 3/8 3/8 8 19 47.2 52 28.5 9 13.4 13.8
9031110V MRF N M V 8 3/8 3/8 8 19 47.2 52 28.5 9 13.4 13.8
9031210B MRF N M B 8 3/8 3/8 8 19 47.2 52 28.5 9 13.4 13.8
9031011C MRF N M C 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 38.8 43.7 31.4 8 11.1 16.5
9031111V MRF N M V 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 38.8 43.7 31.4 8 11.1 16.5
9031211B MRF N M B 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 38.8 43.7 31.4 8 11.1 16.5
9031014C MRF N M C 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 38.8 43.7 33 8 11.1 19.5
9031114V MRF N M V 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 38.8 43.7 33 8 11.1 19.5
9031214B MRF N M B 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 38.8 43.7 33 8 11.1 19.5
9031012C MRF N M C 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 47.2 52 32.8 9 13.4 16
9031112V MRF N M V 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 47.2 52 32.8 9 13.4 16
9031212B MRF N M B 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 47.2 52 32.8 9 13.4 16
9031015C MRF N M C 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 47.2 52 35.3 9 13.4 19.5
9031115V MRF N M V 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 47.2 52 35.3 9 13.4 19.5
9031215B MRF N M B 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 47.2 52 35.3 9 13.4 19.5
9031016C MRF N M C 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 53 59.8 37 11 15.9 19.5
9031116V MRF N M V 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 53 59.8 37 11 15.9 19.5
9031216B MRF N M B 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 53 59.8 37 11 15.9 19.5
5-60
MRF COMPACT ‘‘N’’ TECHNOPOLYMER RING


9021001C MRF N T C 4 M5 M5 4 9 27.7 31 19.1 4 9.5 9.2
9021101V MRF N T V 4 M5 M5 4 9 27.7 31 19.1 4 9.5 9.2
9021201B MRF N T B 4 M5 M5 4 9 27.7 31 19.1 4 9.5 9.2

9021005C MRF N T C 6 M5 M5 6 9 27.7 31 20.8 4 9.5 11.3
9021105V MRF N T V 6 M5 M5 6 9 27.7 31 20.8 4 9.5 11.3
9021205B MRF N T B 6 M5 M5 6 9 27.7 31 20.8 4 9.5 11.3
9021002C MRF N T C 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 33.5 37.6 21 6 12.9 9.2
9021102V MRF N T V 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 33.5 37.6 21 6 12.9 9.2
9021202B MRF N T B 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 33.5 37.6 21 6 12.9 9.2
9021006C MRF N T C 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 33.5 37.6 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9021106V MRF N T V 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 33.5 37.6 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9021206B MRF N T B 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 33.5 37.6 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9021008C MRF N T C 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 33.5 37.6 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9021108V MRF N T V 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 33.5 37.6 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9021208B MRF N T B 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 33.5 37.6 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9021007C MRF N T C 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 38.8 43.7 24.3 8 15 11.3
9021107V MRF N T V 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 38.8 43.7 24.3 8 15 11.3
9021207B MRF N T B 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 38.8 43.7 24.3 8 15 11.3
9021009C MRF N T C 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 38.8 43.7 27.2 8 15 13.8
9021109V MRF N T V 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 38.8 43.7 27.2 8 15 13.8
9021209B MRF N T B 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 38.8 43.7 27.2 8 15 13.8
9021011C MRF N T C 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 38.8 43.7 28.6 8 15 16
9021111V MRF N T V 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 38.8 43.7 28.6 8 15 16
9021211B MRF N T B 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 38.8 43.7 28.6 8 15 16
9021014C MRF N T C 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 38.8 43.7 31 8 15 19.5
ACCESSORIES
9021114V MRF N T V 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 38.8 43.7 31 8 15 19.5

9021214B MRF N T B 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 38.8 43.7 31 8 15 19.5
9021012C MRF N T C 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 47.2 52 30.3 9 17.9 16
9021112V MRF N T V 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 47.2 52 30.3 9 17.9 16
9021212B MRF N T B 10 3/8 3/8 10 19 47.2 52 30.3 9 17.9 16
9021015C MRF N T C 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 47.2 52 32.4 9 17.9 19.5
9021115V MRF N T V 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 47.2 52 32.4 9 17.9 19.5
9021215B MRF N T B 12 3/8 3/8 12 19 47.2 52 32.4 9 17.9 19.5
9021016C MRF N T C 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 53 59.8 34 11 20.1 19.5
9021116V MRF N T V 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 53 59.8 34 11 20.1 19.5
9021216B MRF N T B 12 1/2 1/2 12 22 53 59.8 34 11 20.1 19.5
5-61
MRF COMPACT ‘‘N’’ THREADED BRASS RING

Code Description F F2 CH A min A max B C D E I

9031301C MRF N F C 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 12 33.5 37.6 21.4 6 9.8 13.3 6.7
9031401V MRF N F V 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 12 33.5 37.6 21.4 6 9.8 13.3 6.7
9031501B MRF N F B 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 12 33.5 37.6 21.4 6 9.8 13.3 6.7
9031302C MRF N F C 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 15 38.8 43.7 25.5 8 11.1 16.7 8
9031402V MRF N F V 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 15 38.8 43.7 25.5 8 11.1 16.7 8
9031502B MRF N F B 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 15 38.8 43.7 25.5 8 11.1 16.7 8
9031303C MRF N F C 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 19 47.2 52 31.5 9 13.4 20.2 10
9031403V MRF N F V 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 19 47.2 52 31.5 9 13.4 20.2 10
9031503B MRF N F B 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 19 47.2 52 31.5 9 13.4 20.2 10
ACCESSORIES
5-62
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
SERIES MRF HIGH-FLOW
Main features:
• high flow rate during regulation and discharge
• excellent regulation features
• regulation using a screwdriver and/or a knob and fixing using a ring nut
• available in sizes 1/8” and 1/4” only with a technopolymer ring
• can be mounted with an automatic screwdriver
• fitted with a swivel ring with the MRF mounted in position.

Pipe Ø4 Ø6 Ø8 Ø6 Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 12
Max input pressure MPa 1
bar 10
psi 145
Temperature range: technopolymer ring °C – 10 to + 50
°F + 14 to + 122
Max flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar Nl/min 500 600 650 850 900 1150 1200
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with closed pin Nl/min 400 500 600 700 850 875 950
Max flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 bar with open pin Nl/min 500 750 900 1000 1250 1350 1450
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF HIGH-FLOW

Regulation Manual or via screwdriver
COMPONENTS
a Nickel-plated brass knob CYLINdER

b Nickel-plated brass securing ring nut
c Brass pin
d Nickel-plated brass bush
e Nickel-plated brass body
VALVE
f Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
g NBR gasket
h Technopolymer swivel ring
i NBR gasket
BIdIREC.
m Technopolymer release bush
ACCESSORIES
FLOW CHARTS
MRF 1/8’’- PIPE Ø 4 - Ø 6 - Ø 8 MRF 1/4’’- PIPE Ø 6 - Ø 8 - Ø 10 - Ø 12

Turns no.
Turns no.
5-63
MRF HIGH-FLOW


9025002C MRF H T C 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 38.5 43.3 21 6 12.9 9.2
9025102V MRF H T V 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 38.5 43.3 21 6 12.9 9.2
9025602B MRF H T B 4 1/8 1/8 4 12 38.5 43.3 21 6 12.9 9.2
9025006C MRF H T C 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 38.5 43.3 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF HIGH-FLOW
9025106V MRF H T V 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 38.5 43.3 22.3 6 12.9 11.3

9025606B MRF H T B 6 1/8 1/8 6 12 38.5 43.3 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9025008C MRF H T C 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 38.5 43.3 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9025108V MRF H T V 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 38.5 43.3 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9025608B MRF H T B 8 1/8 1/8 8 12 38.5 43.3 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9025007C MRF H T C 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 44.3 49.8 24.3 8 15 11.3
9025107V MRF H T V 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 44.3 49.8 24.3 8 15 11.3
9025607B MRF H T B 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 44.3 49.8 24.3 8 15 11.3
9025009C MRF H T C 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 44.3 49.8 27.2 8 15 13.8
9025109V MRF H T V 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 44.3 49.8 27.2 8 15 13.8
9025609B MRF H T B 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 44.3 49.8 27.2 8 15 13.8
9025011C MRF H T C 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 44.3 49.8 28.6 8 15 16
9025111V MRF H T V 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 44.3 49.8 28.6 8 15 16
9025611B MRF H T B 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 44.3 49.8 28.6 8 15 16
9025014C MRF H T C 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 44.3 49.8 31 8 15 19.5
9025114V MRF H T V 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 44.3 49.8 31 8 15 19.5
9025614B MRF H T B 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 44.3 49.8 31 8 15 19.5
ACCESSORIES
KEY TO CODES
M R F H T C 4 M5
ELEMENT TYPE RING FUNCTION Ø PIPE Ø THREAD
H High flow T Technopolymer C For cylinder 4: Ø4 1/8: G 1/8’’
with push-in V For valve 6: Ø6 1/4: G 1/4’’
fitting B Bidirectional 8: Ø8
10: Ø 10
12: Ø 12
5-64
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
SERIE MRF PUSH-LOCK
Main features:
• excellent regulation
• regulation with a push-lock knob: when the desired position
has been reached, the knob can moved to the lock position
to maintain the set regulation
• possibility of purchasing the anti-tampering cap that, when
pushed into the lock position, prevents the MRF from being
operated and any undesired regulation
• available in the sizes 1-8” and 1/4” only with a technopolymer ring
• can be fitted with an automatic screwdriver
• come with a swivel ring with the MRF mounted in position.

Pipe Ø4 Ø6 Ø8 Ø6 Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 12
Max. input pressure MPa 1
bar 10
psi 145
Temperature range: technopolymer ring °C – 10 to + 50
°F + 14 to + 122
Max. flow rate on regulation at 6.3 bar Nl/min 350 380 400 750 850 950 1000
Max. flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 with closed pin Nl/min 300 350 390 450 475 500 550
Max. flow rate on exhaust at 6.3 with open pin Nl/min 450 600 650 850 1050 1150 1250
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF PUSH-LOCK

Regulation Manual with Push-Lock knob
COMPONENTS
a Technopolymer knob
b Brass pin CYLINdER
c Nickel-plated brass body
d Nickel-plated brass retaining ring
e Brass gasket holder insert
f NBR gasket VALVE
g Technopolymer revolving ring

h NBR gasket
i Technopolymer spring supporting ring
j Stainless steel grabbing spring BIdIREC.
k Technopolymer retaining bush

l Technopolymer release bush
ACCESSORIES
FLOW CHARTS
MRF 1/8’’- PIPE Ø 4 - Ø 6 - Ø 8 MRF 1/4’’- PIPE Ø 6 - Ø 8 - Ø 10 - Ø 12
Turns no. Turns no.

5-65
MRF PUSH-LOCK


9026002C MRF P T C 4 1/8 1/8 4 14 41.2 43.4 21 6 12.9 9.2
9026102V MRF P T V 4 1/8 1/8 4 14 41.2 43.4 21 6 12.9 9.2
9026602B MRF P T B 4 1/8 1/8 4 14 41.2 43.4 21 6 12.9 9.2
9026006C MRF P T C 6 1/8 1/8 6 14 41.2 43.4 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
9026106V MRF P T V 6 1/8 1/8 6 14 41.2 43.4 22.3 6 12.9 11.3
FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES MRF PUSH-LOCK
9026606B MRF P T B 6 1/8 1/8 6 14 41.2 43.4 22.3 6 12.9 11.3

9026008C MRF P T C 8 1/8 1/8 8 14 41.2 43.4 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9026108V MRF P T V 8 1/8 1/8 8 14 41.2 43.4 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9026608B MRF P T B 8 1/8 1/8 8 14 41.2 43.4 25.6 6 12.9 13.8
9026007C MRF P T C 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 46.6 48.8 24.3 8 15 11.3
9026107V MRF P T V 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 46.6 48.8 24.3 8 15 11.3
9026607B MRF P T B 6 1/4 1/4 6 15 46.6 48.8 24.3 8 15 11.3
9026009C MRF P T C 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 46.6 48.8 27.2 8 15 13.8
9026109V MRF P T V 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 46.6 48.8 27.2 8 15 13.8
9026609B MRF P T B 8 1/4 1/4 8 15 46.6 48.8 27.2 8 15 13.8
9026011C MRF P T C 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 46.6 48.8 28.6 8 15 16
9026111V MRF P T V 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 46.6 48.8 28.6 8 15 16
9026611B MRF P T B 10 1/4 1/4 10 15 46.6 48.8 28.6 8 15 16
9026014C MRF P T C 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 46.6 48.8 31 8 15 19.5
9026114V MRF P T V 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 46.6 48.8 31 8 15 19.5
9026614B MRF P T B 12 1/4 1/4 12 15 46.6 48.8 31 8 15 19.5
KEY TO CODES
ACCESSORIES
M R F P T C 4 1/8
ELEMENT TYPE RING RING Ø PIPE Ø THREAD
P Push-look T Technopolymer C For cylinder 4: Ø4 1/8: G 1/8’’
with push-in V For valve 6: Ø6 1/4: G 1/4’’
fitting B Bidirectional 8: Ø8
10: Ø 10
12: Ø 12
ACCESSORIES MRF PUSH-LOCK
ANTI-TAMPERING KNOB
Code Description
9200703 Anti-tampering knob
NOTE: Remove the knob on the Push-Lock MRF by pulling outwards. Fit on the anti-tampe-
ring knob and make the necessary settings.
When the MRF has been set, press the knob firmly until it locks in position. If the MRF needs
to be recalibrated, remove the anti-tampering knob and push laterally using a screwdriver.
5-66
IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR
SERIES RFL
The in-line flow regulator regulates the speed of the piston rod in
the pneumatic cylinders.
Two versions are available:
• type U (unidirectional) regulates the flow only in one of the two
directions of air flow.
• type B (bidirectional) regulates the flow in both directions of air flow.
Regulation: manual or with a screwdriver.
Max. temperature 70°C (158°F)
Max. pressure: 10 bar (1MPa-145 psi)
COMPONENTS
a Aluminium block
b Brass knob locking ring nut
c Brass wall locking ring nut
d Brass nipple
IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES RFL

e Brass adjusting knob
f Technopolymer gasket insert
g NBR gasket
h Brass regulation needle
i Part of needle
j Flow window
OVERALL DIMENSIONS THREAD F M5 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2

ACCESSORIES
P 4.2 7 8 10 11
E 15 25 35 35 44
H M10x0.75 M12x1 M12x1 M15x1 M15x1
Nmax 3.3 5.5 5 7.5 7.5
A 21 31 45 50 59
B 37 48 53.5 59 67
C 14 16 20 25 30
G 18 25 33 34 43.5
I 11.6 15 22 22 24
D 16 22 30 30 40
M 12.5 18.2 24.5 25.5 35
Ch 12 16 16 20 20
L 4.2 4.2 6.5 6.5 6.5
5-67
FLOW CHARTS Pm = 6 bar
RFL M5 RFL G 1/8” RFL G 1/4”
Flow rate (Nl/min) Flow rate (Nl/min) Flow rate (Nl/min)
RFL G 3/8” RFL G 1/2”

IN-LINE FLOW MICRO-REGULATOR SERIES RFL
Turns no. Turns no.
ORDERING CODES
ACCESSORIES
RFL U (UNIdIRECTIONAL) RFL B (BIdIRECTIONAL)
Code Ref. Code Ref.

9041001 RFL U M5 9041201 RFL B M5
9041002 RFL U 1/8 9041202 RFL B 1/8
9041003 RFL U 1/4 9041203 RFL B 1/4
9041004 RFL U 3/8 9041204 RFL B 3/8
9041005 RFL U 1/2 9041205 RFL B 1/2
5-68
SUMMARY AUXILIARY VALVES
P QUICK EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR PAGE 5-70
P STOP VALVES SERIES STP PAGE 5-71
P SLIDE VALVES SERIES VCS PAGE 5-74
P CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES SERIES VOR PAGE 5-75
P CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR PAGE 5-76
P PNEUMATIC LOGIC PAGE 5-77
SUMMARY AUXILIARY VALVES

ACCESSORIES
5-69
QUICK EXHAUST VALVES
SERIES VSR
New, more compact and lighter version.

Used to evacuate air in the cylinder quickly, which increases cylinder
speed.
• Temperature 0-80°C (32°-176°F)
• Max. pressure 12 bar (1200 KPa)
• Min. pressure 0.5 bar (50 KPa)
Nominal flow rate (P R A) ∆P = 1 bar [Nl/min]:
Pm [bar] 1/8 1/4 1/2
2.5 550 800 2400
4 700 1200 2800
6.3 900 1400 3600
Empty flow rate (A R R) [Nl/min]:

Pm [bar] 1/8 1/4 1/2
2.5 800 1500 4400
4 1200 2450 6300
6.3 1800 3500 8000
COMPONENTS
a Cap: nickel-plated brass for 1/8-1/4

anodised aluminium for 1/2
b O-ring: NBR
c Lip-seal: Polyurethane
d Body: nickel-plated brass
QUICK EXHAUST VALVES SERIES VSR
OVERALL DIMENSIONS AND ORDERING CODES SPARE GASKETS

ACCESSORIES
Code Ref. F B D CH L L1 Weight [g] Code Ref.

9101201 VSR 1/8 1/8 18.5 29.5 14 32.5 13.4 80 9151501 Spare gaskets VSR 1/8
9201201 VSR 1/4 1/4 23.3 34 17 40.5 16.9 115 9251501 Spare gaskets VSR 1/4
9401201 VSR 1/2 1/2 35 47 27 245.7 16.2 230 9451501 Spare gaskets VSR 1/2
5-70
STOP VALVES
SERIES STP
Stop valves mounted on the cylinder inlets allow a flow of air only in the
presence of an pneumatic pilot. Unidirectional and bidirectional versions
are available.This item is mainly used as a safety valve. When pressure
drops in the pneumatic pilot, all cylinder movement is halted.
UNIDIRECTIONAL BIDIRECTIONAL
TECHNICAL DATA 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2” 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”
Operating pressure bar 0.5 - 10
MPa 0.05 - 1
Operating temperature °C –10 to 60
°F 14 to 148
Flow rate (6 bar) Nl/min 250 350 950 1450 320 700 1060 1700
Type Female threaded ports - R automatic cartridge
STOP VALVES SERIES STP
UNIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE COMPONENTS BIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE COMPONENTS

ACCESSORIES
a Body: nickel-plated brass a Pilot ring: nickel-plated brass

b Piston rod: steel b Piston rod: nickel-plated brass
c Rotary ring: nickel-plated brass c Rotary ring: nickel-plated brass
d Valve: steel d Stem with valve: brass
 Gasket: technopolymer  Body: nickel-plated brass
 Gasket O-Ring: NBR  Gasket O-Ring: NBR
5-71
STARTING PRESSURE
UNIDIRECTIONAL VALVE BIDIRECTIONAL VALVE

Minimum starting pressure (bar)
Minimum starting pressure (bar)

Pressure at port 2
Pressure at port 1
Working pressure (bar)

Working pressure (bar)
BIDIRECTIONAL THREADED STOP VALVE

Code Description F F1 F2 A B C D E E1 G L CH
W6001101001 STP-B 1/8 108 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 57.5 21.5 6.9 16 7 7 21.5 41.9 14
W6001111011 STP-B 1/4 104 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/8 65.7 25.5 8 19.5 8 7 21.5 48.1 17
W6001121021 STP-B 3/8 138 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/8 70.9 31 8 22.3 10 7 21.5 53.3 22
THREAD + PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE

ACCESSORIES
Code Description F F1 Ø2 A B C D E G L CH
W6001101002 STP-BX 1/8-1/8 04 G 1/8 G 1/8 4 57.5 21.5 6.9 16 7 25 41.9 14
W6001111012 STP-BX 1/4-1/4 04 G 1/4 G 1/4 4 65.7 25.5 8 19.5 8 25 48.1 17
W6001121022 STP-BX 3/8-3/8 04 G 3/8 G 3/8 4 70.9 31 8 22.3 10 25 53.3 22
5-72
PIPE BIDIRECTIONAL STOP VALVE
Code Description F Ø1 Ø2 A B C D G L CH
W6001101106 STP-B 1/8 006 G 1/8 6 4 57.5 25 6.9 16 25 41.9 14
W6001111106 STP-B 1/4 006 G 1/4 6 4 65.7 27.5 8 19.5 25 48.1 17
W6001111108 STP-B 1/4 008 G 1/4 8 4 65.7 32 8 19.5 25 48.1 17
W6001121108 STP-B 3/8 008 G 3/8 8 4 70.9 31.5 8 22.3 25 53.3 22
W6001121110 STP-B 3/8 010 G 3/8 10 4 70.9 36.5 8 22.3 25 53.3 22
W6001131112 STP-B 1/2 012 G 1/2 12 4 83.5 41.5 12 27 25 71.5 27
UNIDIRECTIONAL THREADED STOP VALVE

Code Description F F2 A B C D E F1 CH
W6001001001 STP-U 1/8 108 G 1/8 G 1/8 43.5 21.5 6 13 7 M5 14
W6001011011 STP-U 1/4 114 G 1/4 G 1/4 49.5 25.5 7 13.5 8 G 1/8 17
W6001021021 STP-U 3/8 138 G 3/8 G 3/8 54.9 31 9 15 10 G 1/8 19
UNIDIRECTIONAL PIPE STOP VALVE

ACCESSORIES
Code Description F Ø A B C D F1 CH
W6001001106 STP-U 1/8 006 G 1/8 6 43.5 25 6 13 M5 14
W6001011106 STP-U 1/4 006 G 1/4 6 49.5 27.5 7 13.5 G 1/8 17
W6001011108 STP-U 1/4 008 G 1/4 8 49.5 32 7 13.5 G 1/8 17
W6001021108 STP-U 3/8 008 G 3/8 8 54.9 31.5 9 15 G 1/8 19
W6001021110 STP-U 3/8 010 G 3/8 10 54.9 36.5 9 15 G 1/8 19
W6001031112 STP-U 1/2 012 G 1/2 12 61.4 41.5 10 17 G 1/8 24
5-73
SLIDE VALVES
SERIES VCS
The 3/2 slide valve is normally used as a circuit on-off valve. When the
ring nut is moved back, the system downstream is relieved; when the ring
nut is moved forward, the system is supplied with compressed air.
TECHNICAL DATA 1/8” 1/4” 3/8” 1/2”

Operating pressure 0 - 10 bar (0 - 1 MPa)
Operating temperature range °C –10 to + 80
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa - 91 psi) ∆P 0.5 bar Nl/min 430 680 1400 2200
Flow rate at 6.3 bar (0.63 Mpa - 91psi) ∆P 1bar Nl/min 630 1040 2070 3330
Conductance C Nl/min · bar 170 247 537 833
Critical ratio b bar/bar 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.2
COMPONENTS
SLIDE VALVES SERIES VCS
a Body: chromium-plated brass

b Ring nut: anodized aluminium
c Seals: NBR
ACCESSORIES

Code Description F Ø I L CH
W0970050001 Slide valves 3/2 1/8’’ 25 10 48 11
W0970050002 Slide valves 3/2 1/4’’ 30 12 58 19
W0970050003 Slide valves 3/2 3/8’’ 35 12 68 22
W0970050004 Slide valves 3/2 1/2’’ 40 15 80 27
5-74
CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES
SERIES VOR
Circuit selector valves select two separate input signal without creating
reciprocal interference, giving a single output signal.

Nominal flow rate at 6.3 bar ∆P 1 bar Nl/min 500 1300
°F 14 to 176
Operating pressure bar 2 - 10
MPa 0.2 - 1
CIRCUIT SELECTOR VALVES SERIES VOR

COMPONENTS
a Body: passivated aluminium

b Insert: brass
c Seal: NBR
d Ball: stainless steel
ACCESSORIES

Code Description A C G H E B F Ø
W3603000001 VOR 1/8 36 20 15 7.5 4 25 G 1/8 4.5
W3603000002 VOR 1/4 43 25 20 8.5 6.5 25 G 1/4 4.5
5-75
CHECK VALVE
SERIES VNR
This allow air flow in only one of the two directions.

Ports G 1/8” G 1/4”
Nominal diameter mm 5.2 7
Nominal flow rate Nl/min 900 1100
°F 14 to 158
Operating pressure bar 2 - 10
MPa 0.2 - 1
Opening pressure bar 0.05 (5 KPa)
COMPONENTS
CHECK VALVE SERIES VNR
a Body: OT58 brass

b Valve spring: steel
c Seal: NBR for 1/8 valve - FKM/FPM for 1/4 valve
d Stem with OT58 brass valve
 Stem insert: OT58 brass
ACCESSORIES

Code Description F L CH
W3601000001 VNR 1/8 1/8 35 13
W3601000002 VNR 1/4 1/4 41 17
5-76
PNEUMATIC LOGIC
Metal Work logic elements are available with 5 different functions:

OR, AND, NOT, YES, MEMORY.
Main features common to all elements:
• Adaptor for Ω bar (DIN EN 50022) integral with the body.
• Built-in pressure indicator.
• Pipe locking system using Ø 4 built-in fittings.
TECHNICAL DATA
Operating temperature °C – 10 to + 60
Valve fitting Push-in fitting for Ø 4 pipe
Pressure range bar OR - AND: from 1.5 to 8 bar
YES-NOT -MEMORY: from 0 to 8 bar, pilot pressure from 1.5 to 8 bar
NOT: 6 bar switching thereshold = 0.4
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 MPa-87 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 Mpa-14.5 psi) Nl/min 100
Fluid Lubricated or unlubricated filtered compressed air; must be uninterrupted when lubricated
Recommended lubricant ISO e UNI FD22
Actionament Via compressed air
Reset AND-OR: via compressed air
YES-NOT via mechanical spring
MEMORY: via compressed air
Mounted On Omega bar (DIN EN 50022) size 35 x 7 or 35 x 15
PNEUMATIC LOGIC
Wall-mounted with Ø 4.2 holes
MATERIALS
Body Technopolymer
Spool Aluminium
Seal NBR (FKM/FPM on request)
LOGIC ELEMENT: OR LOGIC ELEMENT: AND

ACCESSORIES

W3604000001 OR - logic product W3604000002 AND - logic sum
5-77
LOGIC ELEMENT: NOT NOTES
Code Description
W3604000003 NOT - Negation
LOGIC ELEMENT: YES

PNEUMATIC LOGIC
Code Description
W3604000004 YES - Affirmation
LOGIC ELEMENT: MEMORY

ACCESSORIES
Code Description
W3604000005 Memory
5-78
TIMER
The Timer is part of Metal Work range of logic elements, which also
includes OR, AND, NOT, YES, MEMORY.
The value of the signal output delay is set by rotating a knob. It can work
both as 3/2 NC and 3/2 NO, depending on whether feeding is through
port “a“ or port “b”.
The maximum delay time can be increased by unscrewing a plug
and connecting the port to an external auxiliary tank.
• Adaptor for Ω bar (DIN EN 50022) integrated in the body.
• Pressure indicator via an orange pin
• Pipe clamping system using Ø 4 built-in push-on fittings.
TECHNICAL DATA
Valve coupling mm Push-in fitting for Ø 4 pipe
Pressure range bar From 2.5 to 82.7
Flow rate at 6 bar (0.6 Mpa, 87 psi) ∆P 1 bar (0.1 Mpa, 14.5 psi) Nl/min From 0 to 30, at 6 bar
Delay setting range s < 0.1
Signal shutoff time s ± 0.4
Repeatability s Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated compressed air. If used, must be continuous
Fluid By compressed air
Operating By mechanical spring
Repositioning In any direction
Installation On Ω bar (DIN EN 50022) size 35 x 7 o 35 x 15 - Wall mounting using Ø 4.2 holes
Assembly
MATERIALS
Body Anodised aluminium / Technopolymer
Internal parts Brass / Technopolymer
Gaskets NBR
Spring Spring steel
TIMER

ACCESSORIES
Code Description
W3604000006 Timer
5-79
NORMALLY OPEN AND NORMALLY CLOSED OPERATION CHANGE IN THE DELAY WITH CHANGE IN PRESSURE
NO NC Pressure at X [bar]
Delay time [sec]
HOW TO INCREASE THE DELAY
Tank volume [cm3]
A = coupling (plugged) for external

additional tanks
B = external tank
Bit Filter Bowl Volume ( used as a tank)

TIMER
Time [sec]
NOTES
ACCESSORIES
5-80
SUMMARY VARIOUS ACCESSORIES
P AIR-AIR PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (BOOSTER) PAGE 5-82
P IN-LINE PROGRESSIVE STARTER VAP 1/4’’ AND 1/2’’ PAGE 5-89
P DISTRIBUTION FRAMES AND ROTARY JOINTS G1/8” - 1/2” PAGE 5-91
P SILENCERS PAGE 5-95
SUMMARY VARIOUS ACCESSORIES

ACCESSORIES
5-81
AIR-AIR PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (BOOSTER)
The air-air pressure multiplier, or booster, is an automatic device that

compresses air to give an outlet pressure that is double the inlet pressure.
It is normally used to locally intensify the input pressure of one or more
actuators. As it is entirely pneumatic it can be used when electric devices
are not recommended. The booster can be supplied with or without a
pressure regulator. It is fitted with check valves that maintain the outlet
pressure even when the supply of compressed air is switched off.
This means it is necessary to interrupt the supply and relieve the circuit
before intervening on the device in any way.
It is advisable to install a tank after the booster to prevent fluctuations
in outlet pressure.
TECHNICAL DATA Booster Ø 40 Booster Ø 40 with regulator Booster Ø 63 Booster Ø 63 with regulator
Bore ø 40 ø 63
Fluid Filtered unlubricated compressed air, Lubrication, if used, must be continuous.
bar 2 - 10
psi 29 - 145
Outlet pressure MPa max 2 max 1.6 (regulated) max 2 max 1.6 (regulated)
bar max 20 max 16 (regulated) max 20 max 16 (regulated)

psi max 290 max 232 (regulated) max 290 max 232 (regulated)
Operating temperature °C -10 to +60 -10 to +60 -10 to +60 -10 to +60
°F 14 to 140 14 to 122 14 to 140 14 to 140
Weight g 1.380 1.600 4.240 5.350
Mounting Wall or panel
OPERATING LAYOUT
ACCESSORIES
The pressure booster is comprised of a central body (with one 3-2 valve,
one 5-2 valve and four check valves), two side liners and a through rod
on which two pistons are mounted.
The supply air is compressed alternately by the two pistons in one of
the two central chambers (B and C); the other central chamber and one
of the two side chambers (A and D) operate the pistons; the external
chamber, which is not involved in compression, is relieved.
Air compressed at a ratio of 2:1 passes through a check valve that
maintains the output pressure even when compressed air is no longer
supplied.
The valves in the central body, which are operated by mechanical pusher
pistons, switch the function of the two pairs of chambers (A and D, B and
C) at each piston stroke.
5-82
COMPONENTS

a PRESSURE REGULATOR (for 9002200 - 9002600 only) l CYLINDER BASE: anodized aluminium
b INTERFACE BLOCK (for 9002200 - 9002600 only): m VALVE CONTROL: anodized aluminium
anodized aluminium n VALVE CONTROL GASKET: NBR rubber
c CENTRAL BODY: anodized aluminium o VALVE PISTON: technopolymer
d OR SEAL: NBR rubber p GASKET: NBR rubber
e BARREL: anodized aluminium alloy section q SPACER: technopolymer
f GUIDE BUSHING: steel strip with bronze and PTFE insert r SPOOL: nickel-plated aluminium
g POPPET: NBR rubber s DIFFERENTIAL BUSHING: brass
h CHECK VALVE: brass t PUSHER: stainless steel
i PISTON GASKET: NBR rubber u
21 SILENCER: technopolymer
j PISTON: aluminium u
22 SPRING: stainless steel
k SELF-LOCKING NUT: stainless steel u
23 GUIDE BUSHING: brass
MOUNTING
ACCESSORIES
On a wall using the M4 x 40 - M6 x 10 screws provided with the Booster. On a panel using M5 - M8 screws.
Ø 40 Ø 63 Ø 40 Ø 63
A 8 12 A 8 10
M M4 M6 M M5 M8
5-83
TANK FILLING CURVES
WITHOUT REGULATOR WITH REGULATOR

Compression ratio [p2:p1]
Compression ratio [p2:p1]

ø 40
10-litre tank filling time [sec] ø 63 10-litre tank filling time [sec]
The graphs refer to the filling of a 10-litre tank and show the ratio of outlet to inlet pressure (= p2:p1) as a function of time (sec).
The graphs are valid for any inlet pressure between 2 and 10 bar.
The following formula can be used to calculate the time t (sec) required to switch from pressure ratio 1 to pressure ratio 2 in a tank of volume V (litres):
t = V (t2 – t1)
10
where t1 and t2 are the times shown on the x-axis, corresponding to ratios 1 and 2.
E.g.
1 = 0.4 => t1 = 2.5 sec
2 = 1.2 => t2 = 10 sec
The time required to switch from 1 to 2 with a 25-litre tank is:

t = 25 (10 –2.5) sec = 18.75 sec

10
FLOW CHARTS
WITHOUT REGULATOR ø 40 WITH REGULATOR ø 40

Outlet pressure [bar]
INLET
PRESSURE
ACCESSORIES
Outlet flow rate [Nl/min] Outlet flow rate [Nl/min]
WITHOUT REGULATOR ø 63 WITH REGULATOR ø 63

Outlet flow rate [Nl/min] Outlet flow rate [Nl/min]
5-84
PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (BOOSTER Ø 40)

Code Description
9002100 Booster ø 40
PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (BOOSTER Ø 63)
ACCESSORIES
Code Description
9002300 Booster ø 63
5-85
PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (Ø 40 BOOSTER WITH REGULATOR)
Code Description
9002200 Booster ø 40 with regulator
PRESSURE MULTIPLIER (Ø 63 BOOSTER WITH REGULATOR)

ACCESSORIES
Code Description
9002600 Booster ø 63 with regulator
5-86
ACCESSORIES
Ø 63 REGULATOR UNIT Ø 40 REGULATOR UNIT
Code Description
9002180 ø 40 regulator unit
Note: Supplied with 2 screws, 3 O-ring
PRESSURE GAUGE
Code Description
9002380 ø 63 regulator unit
Note: supplied with 4 screws, 4 o-ring
Code Description
9700101 M 40 1/8 12
MW SPL-F SILENCER FOR BOOSTER Ø 40 MW SCQ SILENCER FOR BOOSTER Ø 63

Code A B +-0.2 F +-0.5 L +-3% CH Code A B +-0.2 F +-0.5 L +-3% CH
W0970530072 G1/8 16.3 85.5 29 10 W0970530014 G3/8 19 8.5 29.2 10
Materials: Materials:
Black acetal resin Nickel-plated brass
Felt Sintered nickel-plated bronze
ACCESSORIES
Features: Features:
Pmax: 12 bar Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: -10°C to +60°C Temp.: –10°C to +80°C
SILENCER FLOW GRAPH
MW SPL-F MW SCQ
5-87
SPARE PARTS
SET OF GASKETS
Ø 40 Ø 63
ACCESSORIES
Code Description
9002190 Set of gaskets for ø 40 Booster (includes all gaskets numbered 1 to 17)
9002390 Set of gaskets for ø 63 Booster (includes all gaskets numbered 1 to 18)
5-88
IN-LINE PROGRESSIVE STARTER
VAP 1/4’’ AND 1/2’’
The in-line progressive starter is a valve that regulates the flow of air
until the outlet pressure reaches a certain value, at which the valve
opens and allows air to flow at full rate.
This valve can be used to control a group of valves or a single valve,
or it can be mounted between another valve and an actuator.
The air that enters inlet 1 passes through a choke that has a knob
adjustment to control the flow. The valve opens completely when
the outlet pressure reaches about 60% of the inlet pressure.
If the air supply is switched off, the valve discharges air from outlet
2 to inlet 1.
TECHNICAL DATA VAP 1/4 VAP 1/2

Threaded ports 1/4’’ 1/2’’
Type of valve 2/2 NC
Minimum operating pressure bar 2
IN-LINE PROGRESSIVE STARTER VAP 1/4’’ AND 1/2’’

psi 29
Mpa 0.2
Maximum operating pressure bar 10
psi 145
Mpa 1
Switching pressure About 60% of inlet pressure
Operating frequency Hz max 5
Flow rate at 6.3 bar, ∆P=0.5 bar: Nl/min 1050 2350
scfm 37 83
Flow rate at 6.3 bar, ∆P=1 bar: Nl/min 1500 3100
scfm 53 110
Maximum flow rate through flow regulator at 6.3 bar: Nl/min 200 300
scfm 7 11
Operating temperature °C from -10 to 70
°F from 14 to 158
Fluid Filtered, lubricated or unlubricated, compressed air.
Weight g 90 220
Wall fixing screws Min. M4x25 Min. M4x35
Mounting In any position
ACCESSORIES
COMPONENTS
a BODY: anodized aluminium

b BALL: steel
c INSERT: nickel-plated brass
d O-Ring: NBR
e POPPET: NBR
f PISTON: anodized aluminium
g PISTON GASKET: NBR
h O-Ring: NBR
i SPRING : steel
j PIN: nickel-plated brass
k NUT: nickel-plated brass
l PIN HOLDER: nickel-plated brass
m SNAP RING: galvanized steel
5-89
OPERATION
Pressure [p] Pi = inlet pressure

Po = outlet pressure
Pc = switching pressure
Time [t]
DIMENSION
IN-LINE PROGRESSIVE STARTER VAP 1/4’’ AND 1/2’’
Code Description F F1 A A1 B C Ch D E H I I1 I2 L P P1
W3606000002 VAP 1/4 G1/4 G1/4 56 50 20 30 8 4.5 10 49-52 25.5 18 16 10 9 9
W3606000004 VAP 1/2 G1/2 G1/2 75.8 65 30 40 8 4.5 13 59-62 35.5 26.5 16 15 12 12
ACCESSORIES
NOTES
5-90
DISTRIBUTION FRAMES
AND ROTARY JOINTS
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded ports 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2
Max pressure bar 0 - 12
MPa 0 - 1.2
Operating temperature °C –10 - 80
Body Rotary joints: Nickel-plated brass
Distribution frame: Anodised aluminium
Gaskets NBR
DISTRIBUTION FRAME
4-WAY DISTRIBUTION FRAME
DISTRIBUTION FRAMES AND ROTARY JOINTS

Code A G K L M
W0501101001 G 1/8 17 4.5 25 15
W0501111002 G 1/4 26 5.5 40 20
W0501121003 G 3/8 34 5.5 50 25
W0501131004 G 1/2 34 5.5 50 30
RIPARTITORE 2 USCITE LINEARI 1/8’’

ACCESSORIES
INLETS OUTLETS
Code N° A N° B D E F H K L M
W0502111001 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/8 15 30 60 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0502121002 2 G 3/8 2 G 1/4 18 36 72 6 6.5 40 20
W0502131002 2 G 1/2 2 G 1/4 22 36 80 6 6.5 40 30
5-91
DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH MULTIPLE STRAIGHT 1/4” OUTLETS
INLETS OUTLETS
Code N° A N° B D E F G H K I C L M
W0502121006 2 G 3/8 3 G 1/4 18 36 108 36 6 6.5 19 11 30 20
W0502121008 2 G 3/8 4 G 1/4 18 36 144 36 6 6.5 19 11 30 20
W0502121010 2 G 3/8 5 G 1/4 18 36 180 36 6 6.5 19 11 30 20
W0502121012 2 G 3/8 6 G 1/4 18 36 216 36 6 6.5 19 11 30 20
W0502131006 2 G 1/2 3 G 1/4 18 36 108 36 6 6.5 24 16 40 30
W0502131008 2 G 1/2 4 G 1/4 18 36 144 36 6 6.5 24 16 40 30
W0502131010 2 G 1/2 5 G 1/4 18 36 180 36 6 6.5 24 16 40 30
W0502131012 2 G 1/2 6 G 1/4 18 36 216 36 6 6.5 24 16 40 30
DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH MULTIPLE STRAIGHT 1/8” OUTLETS

INLETS OUTLETS
Code N° A N° B D E F G H K L M
W0502111005 2 G 1/4 3 G 1/8 15 30 90 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0502111007 2 G 1/4 4 G 1/8 15 30 120 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0502111009 2 G 1/4 5 G 1/8 15 30 150 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0502111011 2 G 1/4 6 G 1/8 15 30 180 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH 2 OPPOSED OULETS

ACCESSORIES
INLETS OUTLETS
Code N° A N° B D E F H K L M
W0503111013 2 G 1/4 2 + 2 G 1/8 15 30 60 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0503121014 2 G 3/8 2 + 2 G 1/4 18 36 72 6 6.5 40 20
W0503131014 2 G 1/2 2 + 2 G 1/4 22 36 80 6 6.5 40 30
5-92
DISTRIBUTION FRAME WITH 1/8”-1/4” OPPOSED OUTLETS
INLETS OUTLETS
Code N° A N° B D E F G H K L M
W0503111015 2 G 1/4 3 + 3 G 1/8 15 30 90 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0503111017 2 G 1/4 4 + 4 G 1/8 15 30 120 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0503111019 2 G 1/4 5 + 5 G 1/8 15 30 150 30 4.5 5.3 30 20
W0503121016 2 G 3/8 3 + 3 G 1/4 18 36 108 36 6 6.5 40 20
W0503121018 2 G 3/8 4 + 4 G 1/4 18 36 144 36 6 6.5 40 20
W0503121020 2 G 3/8 5 + 5 G 1/4 18 36 180 36 6 6.5 40 20

W0503131016 2 G 1/2 3 + 3 G 1/4 22 36 116 40 6 6.5 40 30
W0503131018 2 G 1/2 4 + 4 G 1/4 22 36 152 40 6 6.5 40 30
W0503131020 2 G 1/2 5 + 5 G 1/4 22 36 188 40 6 6.5 40 30
DISTRIBUTOR, Ø 4-6-8 mm
ACCESSORIES
Code N. positions Ø F A B C D E G H L M N P R S
7304106 6 4 1/8 12 20 12 4.2 3.7 3.1 29 84 6 3.7 8.5 11.4 25
7304112 12 4 156
7306206 6 6 1/4 14 20 14.6 4.2 21.3 3.1 34 101 6 3.7 10 11 30
7306212 12 6 188.6
7308306 6 8 3/8 18 25 16.6 4.2 26.3 4.2 39 119 5 5 14 14 35
7308312 12 8 218.6
5-93
ROTARY JOINT
SINGLE ROTARY JOINT
Code A B C D E F G H I CH r.p.m.
W0511101101 32 30 G 1/8 G 1/8 16 22 – 16 8 16 550
W0511121121 32 30 G 1/4 G 1/4 16 22 – 16 8 16 550
W0511131131 39 40 G 3/8 G 3/8 20 26 G 1/8 25 12.5 24 300
W0511141141 55 65 G 1/2 G 1/2 30 35 G 3/8 40 20 30 200
W0511151151 70 65 G 3/4 G 3/4 40 45 G 1/2 40 20 36 160
W0511161161 80 80 G1 G1 45 52.5 G 3/4 50 26 45 140
MULTIPLE ROTARY JOINT

INLETS OUTLETS
Code Figure A B N° C N° D E F G H K L M N P CH r.p.m.
W0513131101 1 40 50 1 G 3/8 6 G 1/8 20 26 42 4.2 G 1/8 4 35 16 23.7 22 300
W0512131121 2 40 50 1 G 3/8 3 G 1/4 20 26 42 4.2 G 1/4 4 35 19 23 22 300
2 INDEPENDENT WAY ROTARY JOINTS

ACCESSORIES
INLETS OUTLETS
Code A B N° C N° D E F G H I L M N O Q R S T U V Z CH r.p.m.
W0514101101 97.5 64 2 G 1/8 2 G 1/8 9.5 25 2 5 43 44 3.5 15 40 25 6.3 50 10 20 9 25 30 300
W0514121121 132 64 2 G 1/4 2 G 1/4 15 30 2 5 60 60 5 24.5 50 40 6.3 50 10 25 15 30 36 200
3 INDEPENDENT WAY ROTARY JOINTS
INLETS OUTLETS
Code A B N° C N° D E F G H I L M N O P Q R S T CH r.p.m.
W0515121121 128 64 3 G 1/4 3 G 1/4 16 27 2 5 30 86 5 24.5 50 54 40 6.3 50 10 36 200
5-94
SILENCERS
SILENCER MW SC
Code A B ± 0.2 F L ± 3%
Materials: W0970530001 M5 6 4.5 ± 0.5 10
Nickel-plated brass W0970530002 G 1/8 12 6 ± 0.5 15
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970530003 G 1/4 15 6.7 ± 0.5 19
W0970530004 G 3/8 19 8.5 ± 0.5 28.5
W0970530005 G 1/2 23 8.7 ± 0.5 33
Features: W0970530006 G 3/4 29 11 ± 1 40.5
Pmax: 12 bar W0970530007 G1 36 11.5 ± 1 50.5
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
SILENCER MW SCQ
Code A B ± 0.2 F L ± 3% CH
Materials: W0970530012 G 1/8 12 6 ± 0.5 15 7
Nickel-plated brass W0970530013 G 1/4 15 7.5 ± 0.5 19 8
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970530014 G 3/8 19 8.5 ± 0.5 29.2 10
W0970530015 G 1/2 23 9 ± 0.5 31.5 14
W0970530016 G 3/4 29 10 ± 1 41.5 17
Features: W0970530017 G1 36 12 ± 1 51.2 23
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
SILENCER MW SE
Code A B ± 0.5 F L ± 5% CH
Materials: W0970530021 M5 4 4 ± 0.5 13 8
Nickel-plated brass W0970530020 M7 5 5 ± 0.5 21 10
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970530022 G 1/8 7 6 ± 0.5 21 13
W0970530023 G 1/4 8.5 8 ± 0.5 23.5 16
W0970530024 G 3/8 11 8 ± 0.5 33 19
Features: W0970530025 G 1/2 15 10 ± 0.5 37 24
Pmax: 12 bar W0970530026 G 3/4 21.5 10 ± 1 43.5 30
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C W0970530027 G1 27 11.5 ± 1 56 36
HIGH-CAPACITY SILENCER MW SL
Code A B ±1 F L ± 5% CH
Materials: W0970530036 G 3/4 37 12 ±1 215 50
Nickel-plated brass W0970530037 G1 37 12 ±1 215 50
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970530038 G 1 1/4 37 15 ±1.5 215 50
W0970530039 G 1 1/2 37 15 ±1.5 215 50
W0970530040 G2 37 17 ±1.5 220 65
SILENCERS
Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
SILENCER MW STT
ACCESSORIES
Code A B ± 0.2 F L ± 3% C
Materials: W0970530042 G 1/8 9.5 6.5 ± 0.5 6 2
Nickel-plated brass W0970530043 G 1/4 12.6 6 ± 0.5 7 1.5
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970530044 G 3/8 16.2 7.5 ± 0.5 8.5 1.5
W0970530045 G 1/2 20.5 10 ± 0.5 9.6 2.5
W0970530046 G 3/4 26 11 ± 1 12 1.5
Features: W0970530047 G1 33 13 ± 1 11 –
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
SILENCER MW SFE
Code A F L ± 3% CH
Materials: W0970530051 M5 3.7 ± 0.5 4.7 8
Nickel-plated brass W0970530052 G 1/8 6.2 ± 0.5 8.2 13
Stainless steel wire W0970530053 G 1/4 7.7 ± 0.5 11.3 16
W0970530054 G 3/8 8 ± 0.5 11.5 19
W0970530055 G 1/2 10.3 ± 0.5 13 24
Features: W0970530056 G 3/4 10 ± 1 15 30
Pmax: 12 bar W0970530057 G1 12 ± 1 18 36
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
5-95
DYNAMIC SILENCER MW SPL
Code A B ± 0.2 F L ± 3%
Materials: W0970530062 G 1/8 15.4 6.2 ± 0.5 27
Black acetal resin W0970530063 G 1/4 19.6 8 ± 0.5 35
Acoustic insulation W0970530064 G 3/8 24.7 11.3 ± 0.5 47
W0970530065 G 1/2 24.7 10.7 ± 0.5 47
W0970530066 G 3/4 48 18 ± 1 96
Features: W0970530067 G1 48 18 ± 1 97
Pmax: 6 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +60°C
SILENCER MW SPL-F
Code A B ± 0.2 F ± 0.5 L ± 3% CH
Materials: W0970530072 G 1/8 16.3 5.5 29 10
Black acetal resin W0970530073 G 1/4 20 7.4 36.5 13
Felt W0970530074 G 3/8 24.8 11 47 17
W0970530075 G 1/2 24.8 11 47 17
Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +60°C
SILENCED EXHAUST REGULATOR MW SVE

Code A F L ± 0.5 CH
Materials: W0970520001 G 1/8 6.7 ± 0.5 19 - 23 13
Nickel-plated brass W0970520002 G 1/4 7.4 ± 0.5 21 - 24.5 15
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970520003 G 3/8 9.7 ± 0.5 23.5 - 29.5 22
Stainless steel spring W0970520004 G 1/2 10.6 ± 0.5 23 - 28 22
W0970520005 G 3/4 12 ± 1 29 - 35 30
Features: W0970520006 G1 13.8 ± 1 27 - 34 36
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
SILENCED EXHAUST REGULATOR MW SVL

Code A F L ± 0.5 CH CH1
Materials: W0970520010 M5 4 ± 0.5 17 - 27 8 6
Nickel-plated brass W0970520011 G 1/8 7 ± 0.5 31 - 40 16 9
Sintered nickel-plated bronze W0970520012 G 1/4 7.5 ± 0.5 30 - 37.5 16 9
W0970520013 G 3/8 10.5 ± 0.5 37.5 - 51.5 22 9
W0970520014 G 1/2 12.4 ± 0.5 39.5 - 47.5 22 9
SILENCERS
Features: W0970520015 G 3/4 12.4 ± 1 56.5 - 81 30 13

Pmax: 12 bar W0970520016 G1 12.4 ± 1 58.5 - 84.5 36 13
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
EXHAUST REGULATOR MW DSN

ACCESSORIES
Code A B CH CH1
Materials: W0970520021 G 1/8 G1/8 12 12
Nickel-plated brass W0970520022 G 1/4 G1/8 14 16
W0970520023 G 3/8 G1/4 19 17
W0970520024 G 1/2 G1/4 24 22
Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
EXHAUST REGULATOR MW DSE

Code A F L ± 0.5 CH
Materials: W0970520031 G 1/8 7.5 ± 0.5 16.8 - 20 14
Nickel-plated brass W0970520032 G 1/4 10 ± 0.5 21.5 - 29 17
Features:
Pmax: 12 bar
Temp.: –10°C - +80°C
5-96
FLOW CHARTS
SILENCER MW SC
SILENCER MW SCQ
SILENCERS
SILENCER MW SE
ACCESSORIES
5-97
FLOW CHARTS
SILENCER MW STT
SILENCER MW SFE
SILENCERS
SILENCER MW SPL
ACCESSORIES
5-98
FLOW CHARTS
SILENCER MW SPL-F
SILENCER MW SVE
SILENCER MW SVL
SILENCERS
ACCESSORIES
NOISE ABATEMENT
Reduction of the noise that you obtain mounting a silencer on a compressed air exhaust, measured by feeding at 5 bar, at a distance of 1 m
with 45° angle to the axis of the silencer (for SFE model at 90° in order to avoid the direct jet).
Middle values in the sizes.

MW SC - 35 Db
MW SCQ - 35 Db
MW SE - 28 Db
MW STT - 32 Db
MW SFE - 30 Db
MW SPL - 30 Db
MW SPL-F - 35 Db
MW SVE - 25 Db
MW SVL - 25 Db
5-99
ACCESSORIES
5-100
NOTES
SUMMARY
P pnEUMO-pOwER PAGE 5-102
SUMMARY PnEUMo-PowER
ACCESSORIES
5-101
Supplies 24V electric power via an M8 connector. Compressed air
to power the generator can be supplied merely by connecting a pipe
to the 1/8” threaded port. To interrupt energy production, all you have
to do is to switch off the compressed air supply by means of a cock or
solenoid valve. Voltage remains constant irrespective of changes in input
pressure or the load applied (within the limits specified in the catalogue).
An easy-to-read light display shows the status of the appliance at all times.
TECHNICAL DATA 50-1 50-2 50-3

Maximum power at 7 bar w 3 7.5 12
nominal voltage supplied 24 VDC
Voltage tolerance ±3%
Including line regulation, load regulation and factory setup
Ripple and noise mMax 250 mV p-p o 79 mV rms
Measured at 20Mhz bandwidth by using a pair-wire terminated with a 0.1mF and 47mF load capacitor
Rise time at 7 bar at max. load sec 2.5 1.5 1
See graph page 5-105
Hold time at 7 bar at 50% of load sec 1.3 0.9 0.8
See graph page 5-105
Electrical connector M8 - 3 poles
overload protection e cortocircuito “Hiccup mode” with automatic recovery upon cessation of overload
overvoltage protection Intervention if output voltage > 120% than nominal value
Electromagnetic compatibility In compliance with the following standards:
En 61000-2: Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments
En 61000-2: Part 6-3: Generic standards - Emission standard for residential, commercial and light-industrial environments
Life at 6.3 bar h 20.000
PnEUMo-PowER
Signals LED diagnostics.

Visual signals are flanked by a diagnostic pin on the M8 connector, which closet a GnD contact when the voltage
is 24 VDC ±3%
Index of protection for electronic devices IP 65
Input fluid Filter unlubricated air
Minimum input pressure bar 4 3 3
Maximum input pressure bar 7 7 7
Max air consumption at 7 bar (Leq) nl/min 32 50 75
Air ports Input: G1/8”
ACCESSORIES
Exhaust: G1/8”
Temperature range °C 0 - 50
Max noise level at 7 bar 75 dB
Casing material Painted aluminium
Assembly position Any
Fixing Using 3 M4x10 screws
The device can be stabilised using rubber vibration dampers forniti in dotazione
weight g 330
LED DIAGNOSTICS OVERVIEW

LED off or red LED flashing Temporarily on start-up: the output voltage has not yet reached 24V
It this condition persists, the applied load is probably excessive with respect to the input pressure.
Green LED fixed normal operation: the output voltage has reached 24V
optimal use of the compressed air supply.
Green LED flashing normal operation: the output voltage has reached 24V but the generator is used below capacity
(can supply more power at the same compressed air supply)
Red and Green LED flashing Charge short-circuited: output voltage is automatically cut off. It will return within the tolerance range upon elimination
of overload.
Red LED fixed The maximum supply pressure has been exceeded and the device risks getting damaged.
5-102
COMPONENTS
Aluminium body, treated and painted

Aluminium body, treated and painted
Aluminium base, treated and painted
Brass nozzle
Turbine and electrical generator unit
M8 3-pin connector
nBR gaskets
Electronic board
Vibration dampers
Silencer
FUNCTION DIAGRAM
The compressed air is supplied via a nozzle

that converts pressure energy into kinetic energy.
The supersonic jet of air strikes the blades VD
C
24
of a micro-turbine, which is integral with an
electrical generator. An electronic power
management unit ensures constant voltage
output at varying input pressures and applied
electrical loads. The electrical power thus COMPRESSED AIR
generated can supply any type of utility.
nozzle
Micro-turbine Power control unit
PnEUMo-PowER
Electric generator
FIXING
ACCESSORIES
The generator can be fixed on a flat surface using A B

the 3 M4x10 screws (fig A), and the 3 vibra-
tion dampers supplied with the device (fig. B)
5-103
PRESSURE / AVAILABLE POWER
Important: if the input pressure

Power [w]
is not sufficient to generate

the power required by the electric
load, the generator keeps switching
on and off (intermittently).
You only need to increase the
air pressure (as shown in the chart)
to get the required power.
Pressure [bar]
Size 50-3 Size 50-2 Size 50-1
PRESSURE / AIR CONSUMPTION

Consumption [nl/min]
PnEUMo-PowER
Pressure [bar]
PRESSURE AND ACTUATION TIME WITH ELECTRICAL LOAD

ACCESSORIES
The above graph shows, for a set

Time [sec]
input pressure, the maximum time

required to reach the rated output
voltage (with maximum electrical load
applicable for this pressure)
as the size of the device changes.
For example, with a size 50-2 device
having an input pressure of 5.2 bar,
a 24VDC output voltage will be
available about two seconds after
start-up.
Pressure [bar]
5-104
AVAILABLE AIR / POWER CONSUMPTION RISE TIME AND HOLD TIME GRAPH
Power [w]
Time
Rise time: the delay from activation of the compressed air supply to 24V
Consumption [nl/min]
power supply to the M8 connector.
Size 50-1 Hold time: the time for which 24V is maintained after the compressed air
Size 50-3 Size 50-2
supply has been switched off.
DIMENSIONS
Silenced exhaust
G 1/8
G 1/8’’ input
Common
Diagnostic PnEUMo-PowER
signal
M8 connector Diagnostics light
ACCESSORIES
Code Description
0251530000 PnEUMo PowER 50-1 3 w 24 VDC
0251550000 PnEUMo PowER 50-2 7.5 w 24 VDC
0251570000 PnEUMo PowER 50-3 12 w 24 VDC
ACCESSORIES
M8 CONNECTOR WITH CABLE

Code Description
0240009053 M8 male 3-pin connector with 2.5 metres of cable
Pin wire color

1 Brown + 24V
3 Blue GnD
4 Black Diagnostics
5-105
DOCUMEnTATIOn
DOCUMENTATION
P TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION PAGE 6-2

DOCUMENTATION
P ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING PAGE 6-14

P EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC (ATEX) PAGE 6-22
P SAFETY COMPONENTS: OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARDS PAGE 6-26
P ALPHANUMERIC INDEX PAGE 6-30
6-1
TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
PRINCIPLES OF PNEUMATICS
Pressure: The ratio between a force and the surface on which it acts.
AtmosPheric Pressure: Equivalent to the pressure exerted on a surface at sea level at 20°C and with 65% humidity:
10.33 m H2O; 760 mm Hg; 1.013 x 105 Pa.
Absolute Pressure: The pressure above the absolute zero value - pressure 0 = absolute vacuum.
GAuGe Pressure: The pressure referring to ambient atmospheric pressure: it is normally indicated by the pressure
gauges used in pneumatic circuits.
Pressure read
on gauge (6 bar)
Gauge pressure
Absolute pressure
(6 bar)
(7 bar)
Atmospheric pressure
Absolute vacuum
Gauge pressure = (absolute P) - (atmospheric P.)
uPstreAm Pressure: Pressure of the compressed air at the pneumatic component inlet.
DownstreAm Pressure: Pressure of the compressed air at the pneumatic component outlet.
∆P Pressure DroP: Difference between upstream and downstream pressure.
Flow rAte: The volume of air passing through a given section in a unit of time.
In pneumatics, the volume unit of measurement is Nl (Normal litre).
In practice it represents the volumetric capacity of the air referring to ambient atmospheric pressure.
E.g. in a conduit of a given section, there is a mass flow of 1 litre of air (1 dm3) at 7 bar absolute
pressure. This value expressed as volume of air corresponds to 7 litres of air (7 dm3) at the ambient
atmospheric pressure (1 bar).
1 dm3 1 dm3 1 dm3 1 dm3 1 dm3

7 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar 1 bar
absolute absolute absolute absolute absolute
mass flow
1 dm3 1 dm3 1 dm3
1 bar 1 bar 1 bar
absolute absolute absolute
Volumetric flow rate (referring to absolute pressure)
• With the same pressure, the flow rate is directly proportional to the port cross section.
• With the same cross section, the pressure is directly proportional to the flow rate.
• Without a ∆P (difference between upstream and downstream pressure), there can be no flow rate.
PAscAl’s lAw: A confined fluid transmits externally applied pressure uniformly in all directions.
DOCUMENTATION
kg
Density of air, measured to 20°C to the atmospheric pressure: 1.275
m3
6-2
cAlculAtinG the Flow rAte oF A VAlVe usinG Flow coeFFicient kV
Coefficient kV gives approximate values when used for compressed air.

The flow rate QN at a normal volume through a valve is:
P1 P1
Subsonic flow: P2 . Supersonic flow: P2 ,
2 2
where
QN = flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
QN* = critical flow rate at a normal volume [Nl/min]
kV = hydraulic coefficient in

P1 = absolute upstream pressure [bar]
P2 = absolute downstream pressure [bar]
∆P = difference in pressure P1 – P2 [bar]
t = input air temperature [°C]
cAlculAtinG the Flow rAte oF A VAlVe usinG Flow coeFFicients c AnD b
Subsonic flow: P2 . b · P1 Supersonic flow: P2 , b · P1
where
C = conductance in [Nl/min · bar]
r = upstream pressure : downstream pressure ratio P2 /P1
b = critical pressure ratio b = P2* /P1
cAlculAtinG the Flow rAte oF A VAlVe usinG Flow coeFFicients cV
Subsonic flow: P2 . 0,528 · P1 Supersonic flow: P2 , 0,528 · P1
where
DOCUMENTATION

CV = coefficient of flow [US · GPM / p.s.i.]
6-3
cAlculAtinG the nominAl Flow rAte
The nominal flow rate QNm of a valve, i.e. the flow at normal volume passing through a valve with (P1 = 6 [bar] (P1 = 7 [bar] absolute)
and ∆P = 1 [bar], can be obtained from the previous formula as follows:
QNn = 66 · kv
QNn = 943,8 · CV
QNn = 7 · C ·
Equalising the first two formulae gives: kv = 14,3 · CV
• REACTIONS BETWEEN QNn - CV - kv - KV - S - de2

QNn = flow rate in [Nl/min] with p1 = 6 [bar] (P1 = 7 [bar] absolute) and ∆P = 1 [bar]
kv hydraulic coefficient in
KV hydraulic coefficient in
DOCUMENTATION
CV coefficient of flow [US · GPM / p.s.i.]
Se equivalent cross section [mm2]
4
de2 = S · through diameter2 in [mm2] obtained from the equivalent cross section
p
6-4
CONVERSION TABLES
tAble 1 - conVersion between sYstems oF meAsurement
technical system
and cGs system multiply by international system multiply by british system
Length m 1 m 0.0254 in (inch)
m 0.3048 ft (foot)
Time s 1 s 1 s
Area m2 1 m2 0.000645 in2
m2 0.0929 ft2
Volume m3 1 m3 16.39·10–4 in2
m3 0.02832 ft2
Speed m·s–1 1 m·s–1 0.3048 ft·s–1
Acceleration m·s–2 1 m·s–2 0.3048 ft·s–2
Mass kg·s2·m–1 9.81 kg 0.4536 lb (pound)
kg 14.594 slug = lb ƒ ·s2·ft–1
Force kg o kp 9.81 N 4.4483 lb ƒ (pound)
kg 0.981 da N = 10 N
Torque kg·m 9.81 N·m 1.356 lb ƒ ·ft
Density kg·s2·m–1 9.81 kg·m–3 16.02 lb·ft–3
Specific weight kg·m–1 9.81 N·m–3 157.16 lb ƒ ·ft–3
Work, energy kg·m 9.81 J 1.356 lb ƒ ·ft
KWh = 3,6·106J
Heat Cal 4186 J 1055.1 BTU
Power kg·m·s–1 9.81 W 1.3558 lb ƒ ·ft·s–1
CV 735 W 745.7 HP
Pressure kg·m–2 9.81 Pa 6.8948·10 p.s.i.=lb ƒ ·in–2
kg·cm–2 9.81·10 Pa
kg·cm–2 0.981 bar = 105 Pa
Mass flow kg·s·m–1 9.81 kg·s–1 0.4536 lb·s–2
Volume flow m3·s–1 1 m3·s–1 0.02832 ft·s–1
Nl/min–1 0.0000167 Nm3 · S–1 0.000472 scfm
Dynamic viscosity kg·s·m–2 9.81 Pa·s 6.896 lb ƒ ·s·in–2
Po (poise-system CGS) 0.1 Pa·s
Kinematic viscosity m2·s–2 1 m2·s–2 0.0929 ft2·s–1
St (stokes-system CGS) 10–4 m2·s–2
technical system
and cGs system Divide by international system Divide by british system
tAble 2 - temPerAture conVersion tAble 3 - multiPles AnD sub-multiPles
°F = [1.8 · °C] + 32 name symbol Value

°C = [°F - 32] · 0.55 tera T 1012
°K = °C + 273 giga G 109
mega M 106
kilo k 103
°C = degrees Celsius etto h 102
deca da 10
°K = degrees Kelvin deci d 10–1
centi c 10–2
°F = degrees Fahrenheit milli m 10–3
micro m 10–6
nano n 10–9
pico p 10–12

tAble 4 - Pressure unit conVersion FActors
To obtain the pressure for the following units, multiply the number given for the source units by the coefficient shown.
source units Pa kPa mPa bar mbar kp/cm2 cm h2o mm h2o mm hg p.s.i.
DOCUMENTATION
Pa 1 10–3 10–5 10–5 10–2 10.1972·10–6 10.1972·10–3 101.972·10–3 7.50062·10–3 0.145038·10–3

kPa 103 1 10–3 10–2 10 10.1972·10–3 10.1972 101.972 7.50062 0.145038
MPa 106 103 1 10 104 10.1972 10.1972·103 101.972·103 7.50062·103 0.145038·103
bar 105 102 10–1 1 103 1.01972 1.01972·103 10.1972·103 750.062 14.5038
mbar 100 0.1 10–4 10–3 1 1.01972·10–3 1.01972 10.1972 0.750062 14.5038·10–3
kp/cm2 98066.5 98.0665 98.0665·10–3 0.989665 980.665 1 1000 10.000 735.559 14.2233
cm H2O 98.0665 98.0665·10–3 98.0665·10–6 0.98665·10–3 0.98665 10–3 1 10 0.735559 14.2233·10–3
mm H2O 9.80665 9.80665·10–3 9.80665·10–6 98.0665·10–6 98.0665·10–3 10–4 0.1 1 73.5559·10–3 14.2233·10–3
mm Hg 133.322 133.322·10–3 133.322·10–3 1.33322·10–3 1.33322 1.35951·10–3 1.35951 13.5951 1 19.3368·10–3
p.s.i. 6894.76 6.89476 6.89476·10–3 68.9476·10–3 68.9476 70.307·10–3 70.307 703.07 51.7149 1
6-5
tAble 5 - Air constAnts
entity symbol Value

Dynamic viscosity m 17.89·10–6 Pa s
Kinematic viscosity g 14.61·10–6 m2s–1
Density r 1.225 kg m–3
Specific heat at constant pressure Cp 1.004 KJ kg–1 K–1
Speed of sound a 340.29 m s–1
Gas constant R 287.1 J kg–1 K–1
tAble 6 - content oF wAter VAPour in sAturAteD comPresseD Air
Grams of water vapour per cubic metre (g/m3) of air at ambient atmospheric pressure 1.013 bar (0 bar gauge pressure), saturated and compressed
at the given pressures and temperatures.
Pressure - bar
temperature °c 0 0,4 0,63 1 1,6 2,5 4 6,3 8 10 12,5 16 20
0 4.82 3.45 2.97 2.42 1.87 1.39 0.97 0.67 0.54 0.44 0.36 0.29 0.23
5 6.88 4.93 4.24 3.46 2.68 1.99 1.39 0.95 0.77 0.63 0.52 0.41 0.33
10 9.41 6.74 5.80 4.73 3.66 2.72 1.90 1.30 1.06 0.87 0.70 0.56 0.45
15 12.7 9.08 7.83 6.39 4.94 3.67 2.56 1.76 1.43 1.17 0.95 0.76 0.61
20 17.4 12.5 10.7 8.75 6.77 5.02 3.51 2.41 1.95 1.60 1.30 1.04 0.84
25 23.6 16.9 14.6 11.9 9.18 6.82 4.77 3.27 2.65 2.17 1.77 1.40 1.14
30 30.5 21.8 18.8 15.3 11.9 8.81 6.16 4.22 3.43 2.81 2.29 1.81 1.47
35 39 27.9 24 19.6 15.2 11.3 7.87 5.40 4.38 3.59 2.92 2.32 1.88
40 49.6 35.5 30.6 24.9 19.3 14.3 10 6.87 5.57 4.55 3.72 2.95 2.39
45 63.5 45.45 39.2 31.9 24.7 18.3 12.8 8.79 7.13 5.84 4.76 3.77 3.06
50 81 58 49.9 40.7 31.5 23.4 16.4 11.2 9.10 7.45 6.07 4.82 3.90
tAble 7 - Volume Flow unit conVersion FActors
To obtain volume flow for the following units, multiply the number given for the source units by the coefficient shown.
source units m3/s l/s cm3/s m3/h m3/min l/h l/min ft3/min (scfm) gallone/min uK gallone/min usA
m3/s 1 103 106 3600 60 3.6·103 60·103 2.1188·103 13.198·103 15.850·103
l/s 10–3 1 103 3.6 60·10–3 3.6·103 60 2.1188 13.198 15.850
cm3/s 10–6 10–3 1 3600·10–6 60·10–6 3.6 60·10–3 2.1188·10–3 13.198·10–3 15.850·10–3
m3/h 0.277778·10–3 0.27778 0.277778·103 1 16.667·10–3 103 16.667 0.58856 3.6661 4.4028
m3/min 16.667·10–3 16.667 16.667·103 60 1 6·104 103 35.313 219.97 264.17–3
l/h 0.27778·10–6 0.27778·10–3 0.27778 10–3 16.667·10–6 1 16.667·10–3 0.58856·10–3 3.6661·10–3 4.4028·10–3
l/min 16.667·10–6 16.667·10–3 16.667–6 60·10–3 10–3 60–3 1 35.313·10–3 219.97·10–3 264.17·10–3
ft3/min 0.47195·10–3 0.47195 0.47195·103 1.6990 28.317·10–3 1.6990·103 28.317 1 6.2288 7.4804
UK gallon/min 75.768·10–6 75.768–3 75.768 0.27276 4.5461·10–3 272.76 4.5461 0.16054 1 1.2009
US gallon/min 63.090·10–6 63.090·10–3 63.090 0.22712 3.7854·10–3 227.12 3.7854 0.13368 0.83266 1
tAble 8 - recommenDeD Flow rAte
Maximum recommended flow rate in Nl/min for pneumatic circuit piping. Flow rate values are calculated as follows:
• pipes Ø 2 to Ø 12 with a pressure drop equal to 0.3% of operating pressure per metre of pipe.
• pipes Ø 15 to Ø 40 with a pressure drop equal to 0.15% of the operating pressure per metre of pipe.
DOCUMENTATION
inside diameter in mm - nominal diameter in gas inches

Pressure 1/8’’ 1/4’’ 3/8’’ 1/2’’ 3/4’’ 1’’ 1 1/4” 1 1/2”
bar Ø2 Ø4 Ø6 Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 12 Ø 15 Ø 20 Ø 25 Ø 32 Ø 40
2 3,5 19 53 110 190 300 370 750 1350 2500 4300
4 6,2 35 97 200 350 550 700 1400 2400 4500 7800
6 9 50 140 290 500 800 1000 2000 3500 6500 11500
8 11,8 66 185 380 660 1050 1300 2600 4500 8500 15000
10 14,5 82 230 470 820 1300 1600 3250 5700 10500 18500
6-6
tAble 9 - inDicAtiVe Air consumPtion For DiFFerent tYPes oF eQuiPment
type of equipment consumption at full load nl/min. type of equipment consumption at full load nl/min.
6 mm Ø drill 300 Bench tamper 350
12 mm Ø drill 500 8 kg tamper 700
20 mm Ø drill 1150 10 mm Ø riveting machine 450
45 mm Ø drill 1650 20 mm Ø riveting machine 1000
M6 screwdriver or bolt screwer 300 4 kg chisel 380
M10 screwdriver or bolt screwer 400 6 kg chisel 500
M16 impulse screwer 1150 Small paint-spray gun 160
M25 impulse screwer 1650 Industrial paint-spray gun 500
1” Ø wheel grinder 350 1 mm Ø cleaning bellows 65
6” Ø disk grinder 1500 2 mm Ø cleaning bellows 250
9” Ø disk grinder 2100 5 mm Ø nozzle sandblasting machine 1600
Polishing machine 1200 8 mm Ø nozzle sandblasting machine 4200
1000 kg hoist 2150 Plaster sprayer 500
Spot welder 300 Heavy-duty concrete vibrator 2500
35 kg concrete breaker 1650
18 kg breaker 1850
30 kg breaker 2850
DEGREE OF PROTECTION
normA en 60529 e cei 529
1nd no. DescriPtion 2nd no. DescriPtion

0 Not protected 0 Not protected
1 Protected against solid bodies 1 Protected against water falling

greater than Ø 50 mm vertically (condensate)
DEGREE 2 Protected against solid bodies 2 Protected against drops of water
OF PROTECTION greater than Ø 12 mm falling up to 15° off the vertical
AGAINST 3 Protected against solid bodies 3 Protected against rain water up
greater than Ø 2.5 mm to 60° off the vertical
THE PENETRATION
4 Protected against solid bodies 4 Protected against sprays of water
OF LIQUIDS
greater than Ø 1 mm from any direction.
5 Protected against dust 5 Protected against jets of water fired
DEGREE OF PROTECTION AGAINST from any direction
THE PENETRATION OF FOREIGN 6 Totally protected against dust 6 Protected against sea waves
BODIES COMING INTO CONTACT or the like
WITH LIVE PARTS. 7 Protected against the effects
of immersion
CHECK COMPATIBILITY
Pneumatic products include elastomer gaskets that are made The website www.parker.com/o-ring/fcg/fcg.asp of Parker Pradifa,
of acryl-nitrile butadiene (NBR), polyurethane or fluorocarbon rubber one of our gasket suppliers, contains an interactive table defining
(FKM/FPM). incompatibility.
It is important for them not to come into contact with incompatible
substances, which could cause them to swell or crack and subsequently Below are some the oils that are definitely compatible with all
malfunction. the elastomers used with our products:
• UNI and ISO FD 22 lubricants (Energol HPL, Spinesso, Mobil DTE,
In particular, it is necessary to check compatibility of: Tellus Oil).
• the oil used in the air compressor • low pressure compressor oil: SHELL CORENA OIL D 46
• any oil used in the lubricator • high pressure compressor oil: SHELL RIMULA X OIL 40.
DOCUMENTATION
• the oil or cutting fluids used on the machine,

which could get into the cylinders and from there the valves. Please note that some ester-based synthetic oils used in compressors
are extremely incompatible with nbr and polyurethane.
We have drawn up a compatibility table containing a list of chemicals rotoroil 8000 F2 is one of them.
and elastomers, and also Hostaform®, the technopolymer most
commonly used in our products. Please refer to the English webpage Metal Work can provide you with further information or carry out
www.metalwork.it/eng/materiali_compatibilità.html or the Italian research and tests if required.
webpage www.metalwork.it/ita/materiali_compatibilità.html.

6-7
AIR PURITY CLASS
The ISO 8573-1 standard establishes the level of air quality in terms of solid particles, humidity and oil concentration.
Example:
1 7 2
Oil class (table 3)
Humidity class (tables 2A and 2B)

Solid particle class (table 1)
tAble 1 - soliD PArticle clAsses
class maximum number of particles for m3

Particle size, d Particle size concentration
mm mm mg/m3
≤ 0.10 0.10 < d ≤ 0.5 0.5 < d ≤ 1.0 1.0 < d ≤ 5.0
0 As specified by the equipment user or supplier and more stringent than class 1 Not applicable Not applicable
1 Not specified 100 1 0
2 Not specified 100000 1000 10
3 Not specified Not specified 10000 500
4 Not specified Not specified Not specified 1000
5 Not specified Not specified Not specified 20000
6 Not applicable ≤5 ≤5
7 Not applicable ≤ 40 ≤ 10
tAble 2A - humiDitY clAsses
class Pressure dewpoint

°C
0 As specified by the equipment user or supplier and more stringent than class 1
1 ≤ -70
2 ≤ -40
3 ≤ -20
4 ≤ +3
5 ≤ +7
6 ≤ +10
tAble 2b - humiDitY clAsses
class concentration of liquid water, cw

g/m3
7 Cw ≤ 0.5
8 0.5 < Cw ≤ 5
9 5 < Cw ≤ 10
DOCUMENTATION
tAble 3 - oil clAsses
class oil concentration (aerosol, liquid, vapour)

°C
0 As specified by the equipment user or supplier and more stringent than class 1
1 ≤ 0.01
2 ≤ 0.1
3 ≤1
4 ≤5
6-8
PNEUMATIC SYMBOL
Distribution AnD reGulAtion
2-way/2 positions valve (2/2) Sequence valve

normally closed
2-way/2 positions valve (2/2) Pressure reducer

normally open without blowoff valve
3-way/2 positions valve (3/2) Pressure reducer with blowoff

normally closed relief valve

3-way/2 positions valve (3/2) Pressure piloted reducer

normally open with blowoff relief valve

3-way/2 positions valve (3/2) Shutoff valve

NC-NO
5-way/2 positions valve (5/2) Dual pressure valve

(AND element)
5-way/3 positions valve (5/3) Progressive pneumatic

pressurized centres starter (APR)
5-way/3 positions valve (5/3) Progressive solenoid

open centres starter (APR)
5-way/3 positions valve (5/3) Progressive pneumatic starter

closed centres (APR) (SK 100 only)
Unidirectional valve Progressive solenoid starter

(APR) (SK 100 only)
Check valve with spring 3-way shutoff valve (V3V)

with lockable control
Circuit selector valve 3-way shutoff valve (V3V)

(OR element) with pneumatic control
Quick-release valve 3-way shutoff valve (V3V)

with solenoid control
Flow regulator with variable choke 2/2 progressive pneumatic valve

(VAP) (SK 100 only)
Unidirectional flow regulator 2/2 progressive solenoid valve

DOCUMENTATION
with variable throat (VAP) (SK 100 only)
6-9
controls
Manual control Mechanical control

with sensitive roller lever
Manual pushbutton control Mechanical control

with unidirectional roller lever
Manual lever control Mechanical control with drawer
Manual control with 2-position lever Electrical control
Manual control with 3-position lever Solenoid control
Manual pedal-operated control Solenoid, pilot-assisted control
Mechanical control with ferrule Piezoelectric control
Mechanical control with sensitive ferrule Pneumatic control
Mechanical control with spring Mechanical stop
Mechanical control with roller lever Release device

DOCUMENTATION
6-10
trAnsmission AnD PrePArAtion
Pneumatic pressure source Quick-fit

(de-coupling with closed
terminal section)
Operating line 1-way swivel coupling
Pilot line 3-way swivel coupling
Discharge line Silencer
Flexible line connection Tank
Electric cable Filter
Line connection Condensate separator

(welding, screwing) with manual discharge
Line connection Condensate separator

(welding, screwing) with automatic discharge
Crossing of unconnected lines Filter with condensate

separator with
manual discharge
Discharge point Filter with condensate

separator with automatic discharge
Discharge hole without connection Lubricator
Discharge hole with connection Pressure gauge

Power pick-up point with closing cap Pressure switch
Power pick-up point with port Optical tester
Quick-fit coupling FRL+pressure gauge

DOCUMENTATION
without unidirectional valve maintenance unit
Quick-fit coupling FRL+pressure gauge

with unidirectional valve simplified maintenance unit
Quick-fit coupling FR+pressure gauge

(de-coupling with open terminal section) maintenance unit
6-11
trAnsFormAtion
DE magnetic cylinder SE magnetic cylinder

with adjustable
bilateral cushioning
DE magnetic twin-rod Hydraulic brake with adjustment

cylinder with adjustable in one direction only
DE magnetic twin-rod Hydraulic brake with adjustment

cylinder with adjustable in both directions
DE magnetic twin-rod Cushion

cylinder with adjustable
bilateral cushioning-single through rod
DE magnetic cylinder Pressure multiplier for fluids

with adjustable bilateral cushioning with identical characteristics
+ DZB mechanical lock
DE magnetic cylinder Pressure multiplier for fluids

with adjustable bilateral cushioning with different characteristics
+ DZBA mechanical lock
DE cylinder with adjustable bilateral Pneumatic/hydraulic transducer

cushioning, through-rod
DE through-rod cylinder Constant volume compressor
DE magnetic cylinder with adjustable Constant volume pneumatic motor,

bilateral cushioning, through-rod unidirectional flow
DE magnetic cylinder, through-rod Constant volume pneumatic motor,

bidirectional flow
DE cylinder Variable volume pneumatic motor,

unidirectional flow
DE cylinder with cushioning Variable volume pneumatic motor,

bi-directional flow
DE magnetic cylinder Rotary pneumatic motor
SE cylinder Cylinder with adjustable

single cushioning
DOCUMENTATION
6-12
notes
6-13
DOCUMENTATION TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
DOCUMENTATION ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING
6-14
ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING
etal Work SpA has always placed great emphasis
M
on environmental issues, and now – following creation
of the Environmental Management System and receipt
of UNI EN ISO 14001 certifi cation in 2000 – we wish
to make our commitment public.
Metal Work is fully committed to:

A. complying with all the applicable laws
and regulations
B. continuously seeking to reduce emissions
and waste
C. continuously seeking to reduce the consumption
of water, energy and raw materials
D. adopting technological processes having
the lowest environmental impact
E. training all employees in order to encourage
the adoption of measures to safeguard
the environment.
Metal Work products are sold all over the world.

Being pneumatic products, they intrinsically consume
large amounts of energy. We are aware of this
and we feel it our responsibility to provide our customers
with information to help them reduce energy wastage.
At the end of their working life, our products have

to be disposed of. Even at this fi nal stage, it is important ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING
to note that most of their parts can be recycled,
which is why we provide you with information to help
you to dispose of them correctly.
DOCUMENTATION
6-15
MATERIALS USED IN METAL WORK PRODUCTS
early all Metal Work products are designed so that at the end of their working life they can be taken apart to separate
N
the constituents. Only certain small subassemblies are diffi cult to dismantle, so they have to be disposed of still assembled.
The materials of which our products are made are listed in detail on the fi rst page of the catalogue for each family,
under the heading “Component Parts”. There is a full list and a cutaway drawing of a typical product in each family.
The choice of using selected materials and lubricants has contributed to position Metal Work products in the class
of NON-HAZARDOUS SPECIAL WASTE at the end of their useful life, in accordance with Directive 91/689/CE.
This condition only applies if the products have not been contaminated during operation by pollutants included in the list
of hazardous substances.
Product packaging adopts the following criteria:

• Each product comes in a cardboard box. The cardboard is corrugated and made of recycled material.
The printed words cover a small area to save as much ink as possible.
• When cardboard boxes cannot be used as they do not provide enough protection or the right shape is
unavailable, some products are protected by sheets of polyethylene bubble wrap.
• Small products are contained in clear polyethylene bags.
• Gaskets are contained in black polyethylene bags as they are sensitive to light.
• Pneumatic cylinders are protected by polyethylene mesh.
• The single products are then placed in larger boxes, which are also made of recycled corrugated cardboard and have
a white paper fi lm on the outside.
• The boxes and loose products are held in position inside the larger box by means of crumbled sheets of paper which are fully
recycled and can be reused.
As a result of this policy, 95% of the packaging material is comprised of cardboard, and 80% of this is obtained
from recycled paper.
Metal Work is a member of CONAI, the Italian Packaging Consortium, set up to promote the recovery and recycling
of packaging material. It must be highlighted that Metal Work is required by law to pay CONAI an environmental contribution
of €€ 30/tonne for paper and cardboard, and € 72.30/tonne for plastic packaging (2008 fi gures). Clearly, it is in the interest
of all of us to reduce the weight of packaging, recycle it and prefer paper to plastic.
DOCUMENTATION
6-16
Below is a list of materials and general indications on how to dispose of them.
metAl
• Aluminium
• Cast aluminium alloy
• Cast zamak
• Steel
• Brass
• Sintered bronze
These materials can be taken to a recycling plant as scrap.
PlAstic
• POM - Acetal Polyoxymethylene Copolymer: Hostaform® and others
• PA - Polyamide polymer/Nylon: Grilamid, Durethaned, Zytel and others
• ABS - Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene polymer: Novodur and others
• PET - Polyester resin: Rynite® and others
• PPS - Poly-Phenylene Sulphide: Fortron®
• PTFE - Polytetrefl uoroethene
These materials can be taken to a recycling plant.
elAstomers
• NBR
• Polyurethane
• FKM/FPM
Since they are only used in our products in small quantities, are greasy and, after long use,
are also covered in metal fi lings, these materials are not taken to a recycling plant but are classifi ed
as non-hazardous special waste.
others
• Magnets (neodymium, plastoferrite, plasto-neodymium)
• PC boards
• Magnetic sensors
• Coils (PA+steel+copper)
• Power cables (PA or PU + copper)
These materials, which are generally present in our products in small quantities, are classifi ed as non-hazardous special waste
and are normally accepted as urban waste.
Large amount of power cables and coils can be sold as scrap to companies specialised in recycling power cables.
PAcKAGinG
• Cardboard
• Polyethylene bubble wrap – LDPE
• Polyethylene mesh – LDPE
• Clear or black polyethylene bags
These materials can be fully recycable and can be taken to disposal centres for paper and plastic.
DOCUMENTATION
6-17
SYMBOLS LABELLING OF MATERIALS AND PACKAGING
L abelling to identify the packaging material is optional, and is a self-declared statement by the manufacturer.
The normative reference for handling used packaging is Directive 94/62/CE as revised by Directive 2004/12/CE.
Other interesting international standards are:
• EN ISO 1043:2002: Plastics – Symbols and abbreviations
• EN ISO 11469:2001: Plastics – Identifi cation and marking of plastic products
• EN ISO 14021:2002: Environmental labels and declarations – Self-declared environmental claims.
Mobius cycle. This means the material can be recycled.

This means that the material, which can be recycled, contains X % by mass of recycled material.
X %
The RESY symbol, together with the manufacturer’s identifi cation code,
certifi es that the cardboard packaging possesses the requirements to be recycled
by the Paper Mills Association.
Marks indicating the material used for packaging and liquid containers.
no lonGer useD.
material identiﬁcation abbreviation and number (resolution 97/129/ce) + graphic symbol (cr 14311:2002)
MATERIAL ABBREVIATION NUMBER SYMBOL

Polyethylene terephthalate PET 1
High-density polyethylene HDPE 2
Polyvinyl chloride PVC 3
Low-density polyethylene LDPE 4
Polypropylene PP 5
Polystyrene PS 6
Other technopolymers 7
Corrugated cardboard PAP 20
Non-corrugated cardboard PAP 21
Paper PAP 22
Steel FE 40
Aluminium ALU 41
Other metals 42
Wood FOR 50
Colourless glass GL 70
Green glass GL 71
Brown glass GL 72
Paper and cardboard/various metals C/* 80
Paper and cardboard/plastic C/* 81
Paper and cardboard/aluminium C/* 82
Paper and cardboard/tin C/* 83
Paper and cardboard/plastic/aluminium C/* 84
Paper and cardboard/plastic/aluminium/tin C/* 85
Plastic/aluminium C/* 90
Plastic/tin C/* 91
Plastic/various metals C/* 92
DOCUMENTATION
Glass/plastic C/* 95
Glass/aluminium C/* 96
Glass/tin C/* 97
Glass/various metals C/* 98
* : Abbreviation of predominant material. Examples:

C/PAP 84: material comprised of paper or cardboard, plastic and aluminium, with a predominance of paper or cardboard (brick).
C/LPDE 90: material comprised of plastic and aluminium, with a predominance of plastic (coffee pack).
6-18
ENERGY SAVING
ompressed air is clean energy but producing it requires electricity, which costs money and consumes environmental resources.
C
Below are some indicative averages of the energy ratio of compressed air to its sources.
The values vary as a function of the output of the compressor and other factors.
pecifi c power:
S 6.5 W/Nl/min i .e. it takes 6.5 W to generate 1 normal litre per minute
of compressed air.
Oil factor: 0.254 lit oil/kWh i.e. 0.254 litres of oil are burnt to produce
1 kW/h.
0.00165 lit oil/Nl/min/h i.e. 0.00165 litres of oil are burnt to produce
1 Nl/min of compressed air.
CO2 factor: 0.702 kg/kWh i.e. 0.702 kg of carbon dioxide is dispersed
into the environment to produce 1 kWh.
0.00456 kg/Nl/min/h i.e. 0.00456 kg of carbon dioxide is dispersed
into the environment to produce 1 Nl/min. for 1 hour.
Cost of air: 0.00065 €/Nl/min/h i.e. it cost € 0.00065 to generate 1 normal litre/minute
of compressed air for one hour.
eXAmPle:
Flow rate 100 nl/min, for 10 hours a day for 230 days a year:
Power: 6.5 x 100 Nl/min = 650 w

electricity consumption: 650 W x 10 hours/day x 230 days/year = 1495.000 Wh = 1495 Kwh/year
oil burnt equivalent: 0.254 l/kWh x 1495 kWh = 380 litres/year
carbon dioxide emissions: 0.702 kg/kWh x 1495 kWh = 1050 kg/year

DOCUMENTATION
6-19
THE 4 PILLARS OF SAVING
Considerable energy savings can be achieved
by following four simple rules
1 Choose the correct

2 Use economizers

cylinder size
P neumatic actuators, especially cylinders, consume at each I f in a cylinder you require a thrust in one direction only,
stroke an amount of air that depends on the pressure e.g. piston rod extension, and a lower thrust and pressure
and the bore. is suffi cient in the other direction, you can save a lot of energy
Using the right cylinder at the right pressure allows by mounting an economizer valve.
considerable saving. It reduces feed pressure to the cylinder chamber and allows
A cylinder that requires a smaller fl ow enables you air to fl ow freely during discharge.
to associate valves, fi ttings and pipes of a smaller size, example
thereby saving on the cost of the products. If, in the previous example, you install on one of the ports
example of the Ø 80 cylinder an econimizer that reduces the pressure
Cylinder Ø 80 mm, stroke 200 mm, 6 bar, from 6 to 12 bar,
12 cycles/min, 16 hours a day, 230 days a year. you sAVe: € 115 a year.
Consumption: 144 Nl/min => 940 W => 3460 kWh/year
=>880 litres of oil => 2428 kg of CO2
If you pay € 0.10/kWh: => € 346/year.
If the cylinder has been oversized by mistake and a 63 mm
cylinder could be used in its place, the fi gure would be:
Consumption: 90 Nl/min=>584W =>2140 kWh/year
=> 546 litres of oil => 1502 kg of CO2
If you pay € 0.10/kWh: => € 214/year.
sAVe: € 132 a year.
provides easy-to-use software called eAsY siZer... proposes a series of miniature economizers...
DOCUMENTATION
. ..for sizing pneumatic cylinders, valves, pipes and units. . ..to mount straight onto the cylinder port or in line
You can download it from www.metalwork.it on the pipe.
See the line-on-line catalogue, series RML-RMS-RMC.
6-20
3 Eliminate air leaks
4 Design and operate the air
distribution system correctly
ompressed air leaks in the system waste a large amount
C T he rules of good practice must be followed when designing,
of money. developing and operating a pneumatic system.
The problem is that, besides electricity consumption, The followings aspects should be taken into consideration.
the compressor undergoes more stress than necessary, • Size pipes so as not to have excessive load losses.
even when the machine is not in operation. See Table 8 – RECOMMENDED FLOW RATE on page 6-6
Two things can be done to reduce this wastage. in the catalogue.
• Periodically check for air leaks. • Size the compressor and the system for the minimum
This should be done when the machinery is not running, required pressure - pressure that is too high requires
so that the leaks can be heard. additional energy, which is then lost.
So-called sniffers can be bought from the trade to help you If a system contains a few components requiring a higher
detect even small leaks. pressure, you can use a pressure multiplier, or booster,
• Fit solenoid valves on each machine. for them only.
These cutout devices seal off the fl ow of air when • Deactivate compressors when not used.
the machine is off. Even when not in use, they consume 30-40% of the full power.
This prevents accidental leaks and wastage for production example
requirements when cleaning using compressed air. A system operates at 7 bar. The average air consumption
example is 10 Nm3/min for 16 hours a day for 230 days a year.
In a system operating at 6 bar, there is a leak equivalent But it would be enough to use air at 6 bar.
to that of a 2 mm hole. Reducing the pressure from 7 to 6 bar gives the following:
The air fl ow, in this case, is 220 Nl/min. Air saving of 142 Nm3/min. => 929 kWh
The leak is 24 hours a day all year round. => 34100 kWh/year => 8680 litres of oil => 24 tonnes CO2
Consumption: 220 Nl/min => 1430 W => 12526 kWh/year If electricity costs 0.10 €/kWh: =>
=> 3180 litres of oil => 8.8 tonnes CO2 you sAVe € 3410 a year
If electricity costs € 0.10/kWh =>
you wAste € 1252 a year
offers shut-off solenoid valves... proposes high-effi ciency pressure multipliers boosters...
DOCUMENTATION
. ..of the V3V type, with instant opening, or the APR type, . ..that can be used to increase the air pressure only
with progressive start up. for components that effectively require it.
Refer to the catalogue of Skillair, New Deal and One units.
6-21
PNEUMATICS AND POTENTIALLY
EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERES:
EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC (ATEX)
As from 1st July 2003, all products marketed in the European Union and intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres must be approved
in compliance with European Directive 94/9/EC, also known as ATEX.
This new directive also applies to non-electrical components, such as pneumatic controls, for which approval is mandatory.
the main innovations introduced by the new directive 94/9/ec are:
• Inclusion of non-electrical equipment and devices, such as pneumatic cylinders.

• Each device is assigned a category associated to certain potentially explosive atmospheres.
• All products must bear the CE marking.
• Instructions for use and declarations of conformity must be supplied for each product sold for use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
• Products intended for use in potentially explosive atmospheres due to the presence of dust come under this directive,
as do products destined for areas in which hazardous gases are present.
A potentially explosive atmosphere may contain gases, mists, vapours or dust that form in factories or other areas in which flammable substances
are continuously or occasionally present.
An explosion can occur when flammable substances and a source of ignition are present simultaneously in a potentially explosive atmosphere.
A source of ignition can be:
• of electrical origin (electric arcs, induced currents, heat generated by the Joule effect)
• of mechanical origin (hot surfaces generated by friction, sparks generated by impact between metal bodies, electrostatic discharge,
adiabatic compression)
• of chemical origin (exothermic reactions between materials)
• a naked flame
Products subject to approval are all those which, during normal use or due to a malfunction, present one or more sources of ignition for potentially
explosive atmospheres.
Responsibility lies both with the manufacturer of the device and whoever installs it in equipment that is to operate in a hazardous atmosphere.
This requires co-operation between the parties to ensure correspondence between the category of device and the hazardous area in which
it is to operate.
The manufacturer of the device must comply with the specifications and classify the product according to directive 94/9/EC. The manufacturer
of the equipment, who knows the area in which the device will be operating, must select a suitable device according to the category, pursuant
to directive 99/92/EC.
the combinAtion oF electricAl AnD mechAnicAl PArts
According to Directive 94/9/EC, both electrical and mechanical devices

are subject to approval.
It is important to note that the component which is classified in the lowest Coil marking
category defines the category of the entire device of which it is a part.
If, for example, the coil is marked Ex II 2 … and the valve is marked
Ex II 3… the coil + valve assembly must not be put into service in zone 1
or 21, only in zone 2 or 22.
DOCUMENTATION
Valve marking
6-22
GrouPs AnD cAteGories
Devices for use in potentially explosive areas are divided into the following groups:
• GROUP I: devices used in mines
• GROUP II: devices used in surface installations
DeVices For mines GrouP i
explosive gas content no limit below a set limit

Category of device to be used according to 94/9/EC M1 M2

DeVices For surFAce instAllAtions GrouP ii
Zones 0 20 1 21 2 22
Type of atmosphere G D G D G D
GAS DUST GAS DUST GAS DUST
Presence of hazardous Continuously Not present during Accidental presence
atmosphere (.1000 h/year)* normal operation (.0.1,10 h/year)*
(.10 ,1000 h/year)*
Category of devices
to use according 1 2 3
to 94/9/EC

*indicative
corresPonDence between Zones AnD cAteGories AccorDinG to 94/9/ec.
ZONE 0/ZONE 20 CATEGORY 1: Devices in this category ensure an adequate degree of safety even in the presence
of rare malfunctions.
These devices are used in zones in which an explosive atmosphere is present continuously for long
periods.
ZONE 1/ZONE 21 CATEGORY 2: Devices in this category ensure an adequate degree of safety even in the presence of a probable
malfunction.
These devices are used in zones in which an explosive atmosphere is present occasionally.
ZONE 2/ZONE 22 CATEGORY 3: Devices in this category ensure an adequate degree of safety during normal operation.
These devices are used in zones in which an explosive atmosphere is rarely present and only
for brief periods.
DOCUMENTATION
6-23
mArKinG: how to reAD it
EXAMPLE
= Ce mark
= This means the device can be used in a hazardous area
= Group to which the device belongs (mines or surface installations)
= Category: indicates use in different hazardous areas
= The type of explosive atmosphere: G=gas; D=dust
= Type of protection against sources of ignition
= Temperature class: maximum surface temperature
= Max temperature for use in areas that are hazardous due to dust
= Temperature range within which the device can be used in a hazardous atmosphere
tYPe oF Protection AGAinst sources oF iGnition
Protection symbol Zones Description

0 20 1 21 2 22
Protection through constructional safety
c X X X X
(PrEN13463-5).
Flameproof enclosure
d X X X X Type of protection of an electrical apparatus that contains parts capable of triggering an explosion
in an enclosure able to withstand the pressures generated by internal explosions.

Enhanced safety
e X X X X
Electrical appliance with a high safety coefficient.
ia X X X X X X Intrinsic safety
i Electrical circuit in which neither sparks nor temperatures
ib X X X X can trigger an explosion during normal operation or a malfunction.
Encapsulation
m X X X X Special casing in which the parts that could trigger an explosion
are immersed in a substance that prevents contact with the explosive atmosphere.
Type of protection for electrical appliances designed so that they do not ignite the surrounding explosive
atmosphere during normal operation and in specific conditions of malfunction. There are 5 categories:
n X X nA ( non-scintillating); nC (hermetic seal);
nR (limited respiration ); nL (limited energy);
nP (pressurisation).
Immersion
o X X X X
Electrical appliance immersed in oil.
DOCUMENTATION
Pressurised enclosure
p X X X X
Pressurisation with respect to the external pressure is maintained by means of an inert gas.
q X X X X Enclosure containing filling powder

6-24
temPerAture clAs
GROUP I: Temperature = 150 °C or = 450 °C according to the layer of dust accumulated on the device.
GROUP II temperature classes for gas (G) Admissible surface temperature
T1 450 °C
T2 300 °C
T3 200 °C
T4 135 °C
T5 100 °C
T6 85 °C

user AnD suPPlier: obliGAtions AnD resPonsibilities
It is important to highlight the need for the user and supplier to collaborate and to exchange all the information required to define the types
of products that can be used in full compliance with the safety standards.
user: after performing a company-wide risk analysis (pursuant to directive 99/92/EC) and identifying the risk zone in which the purchased part
will be operating, the user must inform the SUPPLIER, who must check that the products supplied are compatible with the zone indicated and that
the environmental conditions are within the set operating range for the parts.
It is also important to make sure that the operating instructions are always attached to the products supplied. EUROPEAN DIRECTIVE 94/9/EC (ATEX)
conFormitY DeclArAtions, certiFicAtes, instructions
Please look at our website www.metalwork.it under the heading “Directives and certificates”, then “Atex”.
DOCUMENTATION
6-25
SAFETY COMPONENTS:
OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARDS
introDuction
The issue of safety in the workplace is of absolute importance and over the years the standard setters have developed a series of continuously evolving
standards, the focal point of which remains the Machinery Directive.
In order to ensure conformity of the machine, the manufacturer must verify that it meets the safety requirements listed in the directive and guarantee
compliance with the harmonised standards published in the European Union’s Official Journal and relating to the product in question.
There are three types of safety standard for machinery:
• type A, which establish general principles applying to the design of all machinery
• type b, which deal with one or more safety aspects for a wide range of machinery
• type c, which deal in detail with the specific category of machines
Type A standards include EN ISO 12100, which cover the basic concepts and general principles for the design of safe machinery, and EN ISO
14121, which describe a hazard identification and risk assessment method.
Type b standards include EN ISO 13840, which provides the tools for designing parts of control systems linked to machine safety, mainly the control
systems, which are made of components featuring various kinds of technology to reduce risks associated with use of the machine, and IEC 62061,
which only refers to systems using electrical and electronic technologies.
One of the main affinities between EN ISO 13849 and IEC 62061 is that the former establishes as the desired safety parameter an index called PL
(performance level) and the latter identifies a similar parameter called SIL (safety integrity level). Both indices represent the machine’s reliability in
terms of the probability of a dangerous failure. The table below shows their relationship:
Pl sil
a No correspondence
b 1
c 1
d 2
e 3
EN 982 and EN 983 are also type B standards and both deal with safety, but unlike the previous standards they concern components (hydraulic and
pneumatic respectively) rather than controlled devices.
When type c standards exist for a particular machine, the manufacturer can adopt them directly to achieve the presumption of compliance with the
Machinery Directive; if no type C standard exists, it is still necessary to implement a risk-reduction strategy like the one described in harmonised
standards type A and B.
Since revision 98/37/EC, the Machinery Directive has dealt not only with machines but also with safety components, namely components made and
SAFETY COMPONENTS: OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARDS
sold specifically to achieve a safety function and the breakage or malfunction of which jeopardizes personal health and safety.
en iso 13849
When type C standards do not exist for a particular machine, the manufacturer can adopt the risk-reduction strategy indicated in EN ISO 13849.
This standard is divided into two parts: the first part sets out the general principles and the method to follow; the second part is dedicated to validation
of the results.
According to the first part of the standard, a machine designer can reduce the risk by designing special safety-related parts of control systems
(SRP/CS) that perform one or more safety functions, such as emergency stops, prevention of unexpected start-up, isolation and energy dissipation.
We quote the example of a function comprising three SRP/CSs: a safety barrier (input – sensor), a PLC (processing - logic) and a valve (output -
actuator). In the event of intrusion, the barrier relays a signal to the PLC, which activates the valve, the job of which is to relieve a section of the
pressurized pneumatic circuit, thereby providing isolation and energy dissipation.
DOCUMENTATION
Sensor Logic Actuator
6-26
For each safety function it is necessary to determine the Performance Level requested (PLr), according to the procedure indicated in Annexe A to the
standard. The following are assessed:
• the severity of the lesion (S), resulting from the failure
• the hazard exposure frequency (F)
• the possibility of avoiding the hazard (P)
If, for example, the severity of a lesion resulting from a failure is low and/or the hazard exposure frequency is low and/or the hazard avoidance
possibility is high, the PLr will be low. On the contrary, if the severity and/or exposure frequency is/are high and/or the hazard avoidance possibility
is low, then the PLr for that safety function will be high.
Therefore, for each SRP/CS or combination of SRP/CSs performing a safety function, the machine designer must determine the achievable
performance level PL.
Certain parameters including the following must be used for this calculation:

• MTTFd (Mean Time to dangerous Failure) of the single components
• DC (Diagnostic Coverage)
• CCF (Common Cause Failure)
• function structure
• compliance of the components used with the basic and/or proven safety principles.
The mttFd, which is the mean time between two dangerous failures, can be obtained from values referring to the operating cycles of the safety
function and the B10d of the components, namely the number of cycles 10 percent of the components suffer a dangerous failure. The B10d is equal to
double B10, which in turn is an index of the reliability of the component obtainable by following the instructions in EN ISO 19973.
The B10d values of Metal Work products are published on the company’s website: http://www.metalwork.it/ita/dirett_macchine.html.
Dc (diagnostic coverage) and ccF (common cause failure) are obtained using the appendices to EN ISO 13849-1; DC can be determined using
failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) or a similar method.
The structure of the function depends on the architecture. One possible kind is unmonitored single-channel architecture:

Were:
im: interconnection means
i: input device, e.g. sensor
l: logic
DOCUMENTATION
o: output device, e.g. valve
6-27
Then comes single-channel architecture with diagnostics. In this case, a module called Test Equipment (TE) provides an output (OTE) in some way
linked to the status of the safety function:

Were:
i: input device, e.g. sensor
l: logic
m: means of surveillance
o: output device, e.g. valve
ote: Test Equipment OUTPUT
te: Test Equipment
A third example is double-channel architecture, which exploits the redundancy of a function – if one channel fails the other remains active:

Were:
i1, i2: input device, e.g. sensor
l1, l2: logic
m: means of surveillance
o1, o2: output device, e.g. valve
c: crossed check
As regards the conformity of components used to the basic and/or proven safety principles, reference should be made to a series of considerations
presented in EN ISO 13849 standards, which guarantee that the SRP/CS and related components comply with the design, construction and assembly
principles.
With these data, the machine designer can determine the safety function category (B, 1, 2, 3 or 4, in increasing order of importance) and the PL
achieved; It is important therefore to check it is equal to or greater than the PLr required.
DOCUMENTATION
6-28
notes
6-29
DOCUMENTATION SAFETY COMPONENTS: OVERVIEW OF THE STANDARDS
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
code Page code Page code Page code Page code Page
0010001 5-45 0090165080 1-138 0090505024P 1-144 0223000701 2-37 0225401201 2-93
0010002 5-45 0090165081 1-138 0090505025P 1-144 0223000801 2-37 0225410401 2-93
0010003 5-45 0090165082 1-138 0090506____P 1-144 0223000901 2-37 0225410601 2-93
0010004 5-45 0090165083 1-138 0090635015 1-138 0223001001 2-37 0225410801 2-93
0010005 5-45 0090165084 1-138 0090635016 1-138 0223100201 2-42 0225411001 2-93
009___0001 1-109 0090165085 1-138 0090635017 1-138 0223100401 2-42 0225411201 2-93
009___0005 1-109 0090166____ 1-138 0090635018 1-138 0223100601 2-42 0225500401 2-94
009___0006 1-109 0090255009P 1-144 0090635022 1-138 0223100801 2-42 0225500601 2-94
009___0010 1-109 0090255015 1-138 0090635023 1-138 0223101001 2-42 0225500801 2-94
009___0011 1-109 0090255016 1-138 0090635060 1-138 0223106301 2-42 0225501001 2-94
009___0015 1-109 0090255017 1-138 0090635080 1-138 0223106302 2-42 0225501201 2-93
009___0021 1-109 0090255018 1-138 0090635081 1-138 0223106303 2-42 0225510401 2-94
009___0023 1-109 0090255019 1-138 0090635082 1-138 0223106500 2-42 0225510601 2-94
009___0031 1-109 0090255022 1-138 0090635083 1-138 0224000201 2-37 0225510801 2-94
009___0033 1-109 0090255023 1-138 0090635084 1-138 0224000301 2-37 0225511001 2-94
009___0101 1-48 0090255024P 1-144 0090635085 1-138 0224000401 2-37 0225511201 2-93
009___0101F 1-47 0090255025P 1-144 0090636____ 1-138 0224000501 2-37 0226004000 2-36
009___0110 1-48 0090255060 1-138 0101001 5-44 0224000601 2-37 0226004001 2-36
009___0110F 1-47 0090255080 1-138 0101002 5-44 0224000701 2-37 0226004150 2-35
009___0110n 1-48 0090255081 1-138 0101003 5-44 0224000801 2-37 0226004200 2-35
009___0111 1-48 0090255082 1-138 0101004 5-44 0224000901 2-37 0226004201 2-35
009___0111n 1-48 0090255083 1-138 0101005 5-44 0224001001 2-37 0226004300 2-35
009___0304 1-48 0090255084 1-138 0101006 5-44 0225000201 2-86 0226004500 2-36
009___0304n 1-48 0090255085 1-138 0101007 5-44 0225000401 2-86 0226004600 2-35
009___0305 1-48 0090256____ 1-138 0101008 5-44 0225000601 2-86 0226004701 2-37
009___0305n 1-48 0090256____P 1-144 0102011 5-44 0225000801 2-86 0226005000 2-36
009___0502 1-48 0090325009P 1-144 0102012 5-44 0225001001 2-86 0226005001 2-36
009___0602 1-48 0090325015 1-138 0102013 5-44 0225001201 2-86 0226005150 2-35
009___0604 1-48 0090325016 1-138 0102014 5-44 0225004500 2-85 0226005200 2-35
009___0702 1-48 0090325017 1-138 0102015 5-45 0225004502 2-99 0226005201 2-35
009___0702n 1-48 0090325018 1-138 0102016 5-45 0225004600 2-73 0226005300 2-35
009___0704 1-48 0090325019 1-138 0102017 5-45 0225010201 2-72 0226005500 2-36
009___0704F 1-47 0090325022 1-138 0102018 5-45 0225010401 2-72 0226005600 2-35
009___0704n 1-48 0090325023 1-138 0201101 5-44 0225010601 2-72 0226005701 2-37
009___0800 1-48 0090325024P 1-144 0201102 5-44 0225010801 2-72 0226006600 2-36
009___7001 1-96 0090325060 1-138 0202111 5-44 0225020201 2-72 0226007001 2-86
009___7001F 1-96 0090325080 1-138 0202112 5-44 0225020401 2-72 0226007003 2-86
009___7060 1-97 0090325081 1-138 0210040004 2-51 0225020601 2-72 0226009000 2-73
009___7101 1-96 0090325082 1-138 0210040008 2-51 0225020801 2-72 0226009001 2-73
009___7101F 1-96 0090325083 1-138 0210240004 2-51 0225100401 2-93 0226009010 2-73
009___7160 1-97 0090325084 1-138 0210240008 2-51 0225100601 2-93 0226009500 2-72
009___7201 1-96 0090325085 1-138 0210240012 2-51 0225100801 2-93 0226009501 2-72
009___7260 1-97 0090326____ 1-138 0210240016 2-51 0225101001 2-93 0226009701 2-49
009___7401 1-71 0090326____P 1-144 0210240020 2-51 0225101201 2-93 0226009702 2-49
009___7460 1-97 0090327101 1-96 0210240024 2-51 0225110401 2-93 0226009703 2-49
009___7501 1-71 0090327101F 1-96 0221000190 2-33 0225110601 2-93 0226107000 2-55
009___7901 1-96 0090327160 1-97 0221000191 2-33 0225110801 2-93 0226107001 2-98
009___7901F 1-96 0090327201 1-96 0221000192 2-33 0225111001 2-93 0226107101 2-54
009___7960 1-97 0090327901 1-96 0221000200 2-33 0225111201 2-93 0226107102 2-54
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
009___8101 1-96 0090327901F 1-96 0221000300 2-33 0225200401 2-94 0226107103 2-185
009___8101F 1-96 0090327960 1-97 0221000400 2-33 0225200601 2-94 0226107201 2-54
009___8160 1-97 0090405009P 1-144 0221000500 2-33 0225200801 2-94 022613____ 2-98
009___8201 1-96 0090405015 1-138 0221000600 2-33 0225201001 2-94 0226140250 2-98
009___8260 1-97 0090405016 1-138 0221000700 2-33 0225201201 2-93 0226140500 2-98
009___8901 1-96 0090405017 1-138 0222000190 2-33 0225210401 2-94 0226141000 2-98
009___8901F 1-96 0090405018 1-138 0222000191 2-33 0225210601 2-94 0226141500 2-98
009___8960 1-97 0090405022 1-138 0222000192 2-33 0225210801 2-94 0226142000 2-98
009___l001 1-71 0090405023 1-138 0222000200 2-33 0225211001 2-94 0226143000 2-98
009___l101 1-71 0090405024P 1-144 0222000300 2-33 0225211201 2-93 022615____ 2-98
DOCUMENTATION
009___l201 1-71 0090405025P 1-144 0222000400 2-33 0225300401 2-95 0226150022 2-98
009___l401 1-71 0090405080 1-138 0222000500 2-33 0225300601 2-95 0226170002 2-98
009___l501 1-71 0090405081 1-138 0222000600 2-33 0225300801 2-95 0226180001 2-170
009___l901 1-71 0090405082 1-138 0222000700 2-33 0225310401 2-95 0226180002 2-170
0090165015 1-138 0090405083 1-138 0222100100 2-46 0225310601 2-95 0226180003 2-170
0090165016 1-138 0090405084 1-138 0223000201 2-37 0225310801 2-95 0226180004 2-170
0090165017 1-138 0090405085 1-138 0223000301 2-37 0225400401 2-93 0226180005 2-174
0090165018 1-138 0090406____ 1-138 0223000401 2-37 0225400601 2-93 0226180101 2-54
0090165022 1-138 0090406____P 1-144 0223000501 2-37 0225400801 2-93 0226180102 2-54
0090165023 1-138 0090505009P 1-144 0223000601 2-37 0225401001 2-93 0226180105 2-194
6-30
0226180106 2-194 0227100302 2-85 0227608033 2-46 0251530000 5-105 0950324004 1-137
0226180107 2-143 0227200150 2-106 0227608035 2-46 0251550000 5-105 0950324013 1-143
0226180108 2-184 0227200300 2-106 0227700000 2-11 0251570000 5-105 0950324041 1-143
0226180109 2-184 0227200500 2-106 0228000100 2-119 0300202 5-44 0950324050 1-152
0226180201 2-172 0227300200 2-169 0228000110 2-119 0301201 5-44 0950402007 1-40
0226180202 2-172 0227300201 2-169 0228000150 2-117 0301202 5-44 0950402010 1-38
0226180399 2-171 0227300300 2-169 0228000155 2-117 0302211 5-44 0950402090 1-46
0226180400 2-171 0227300301 2-169 0228000200 2-117 0302212 5-44 0950402107 1-40
0226180401 2-171 0227300302 2-169 0228000201 2-117 0303205 5-44 0950403060 1-93
0226200401 2-97 0227300303 2-170 0228000210 2-118 0351000050 2-7 0950403061 1-69
0226200601 2-97 0227300500 2-169 0228000300 2-118 0401301 5-44 0950404002 1-137
0226200801 2-97 0227300600 2-79 0228000301 2-118 0401302 5-44 0950404004 1-137
0226210401 2-97 0227300800 2-172 0228000400 2-119 0402311 5-44 0950404051 1-143
0226210601 2-97 0227301200 2-142 0228000500 2-118 0402312 5-44 0950502007 1-40
0226210801 2-97 0227301201 2-143 0228000700 2-119 0500040 5-49 0950502010 1-38
0226300401 2-97 0227301202 2-146 0228000804 2-122 0501040 5-49 0950502090 1-46
0226300601 2-97 0227301204 2-148 0228000814 2-122 0502001 5-49 0950502107 1-40
0226300801 2-97 0227301206 2-161 0228001100 2-119 0502002 5-49 0950503060 1-93
0226310401 2-97 0227301207 2-161 0228001110 2-119 0600040 5-49 0950503061 1-69
0226310601 2-97 0227301208 2-146 0228001150 2-117 0601040 5-49 0950632007 1-40
0226310801 2-97 0227301210 2-148 0228001155 2-117 0602001 5-49 0950632090 1-46
0226400401 2-97 0227301212 2-147 0228001200 2-117 0602002 5-49 0950632107 1-40
0226400601 2-97 0227301214 2-147 0228001201 2-117 0950002001 1-46 0950633060 1-93
0226400801 2-97 0227301216 2-148 0228001210 2-118 0950002002 1-46 0950633061 1-69
0226401001 2-97 0227301218 2-147 0228001300 2-118 0950002003 1-46 0950634002 1-137
0226401201 2-97 0227301220 2-142 0228001301 2-118 0950002004 1-46 0950634004 1-137
0226410401 2-97 0227301221 2-164 0228001400 2-119 0950002006 1-46 0950636092 1-244
0226410601 2-97 0227301230 2-152 0228001500 2-118 0950003000 1-290 0950802007 1-40
0226410801 2-97 0227301231 2-152 0228001700 2-119 0950003001 1-290 0950802010 1-38
0226411001 2-97 0227301250 2-156 0228001804 2-122 0950003002 1-290 0950802090 1-46
0226411201 2-97 0227301251 2-156 0228001814 2-122 0950004001 1-216 0950802107 1-40
0226500401 2-97 0227301252 2-156 0228002100 2-121 0950004002 1-216 0950803060 1-93
0226500601 2-97 0227301253 2-156 0228002110 2-121 0950004003 1-137 0950803061 1-69
0226500801 2-97 0227301301 2-164 0228002155 2-121 0950004004 1-137 0951002007 1-40
0226501001 2-97 0227301302 2-164 0228002200 2-121 0950004005 1-137 0951002090 1-46
0226501201 2-97 0227301303 2-164 0228002500 2-121 0950004006 1-137 0951002107 1-40
0226510401 2-97 0227301500 2-165 0240004002 2-191 0950004007 1-137 0951003060 1-93
0226510601 2-97 0227301600 2-54 0240004022 2-191 0950004008 1-199 0951003061 1-69
0226510801 2-97 0227301800 2-165 0240004032 2-192 0950004009 1-204 0951252007 1-40
0226511001 2-97 0227302200 2-183 0240004051 2-192 0950004010 1-204 0951252010 1-38
0226511201 2-97 0227302201 2-183 0240004053 2-192 0950004011 1-199 0951252090 1-46
0226900100 2-55 0227302223 2-183 0240004054 2-193 0950080010 1-15 0951252107 1-40
0226900250 2-55 0227302224 2-183 0240004055 2-193 0950080011 1-15 0951602093 1-59
0226900500 2-55 0227302225 2-183 0240005003 2-187 0950120010 1-15 101_________ 1-12
0226910100 2-55 0227302226 2-183 0240005005 2-187 0950120011 1-15 102_________ 1-12
0226910250 2-55 0227302301 2-184 0240005006 2-187 0950123060 1-93 104_________ 1-12
0226910500 2-55 0227302302 2-184 0240005008 2-187 0950164001 1-136 104_32______ 1-100
0226920100 2-55 0227302303 2-184 0240008001 2-196 0950164002 1-137 104_40______ 1-100
0226920250 2-55 0227302500 2-184 0240008002 2-199 0950164003 1-137 104_50______ 1-100
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
0226920500 2-55 0227302900 2-185 0240009001 2-198 0950164040 1-152 106_________ 1-12
0226930100 2-55 0227400000 2-79 0240009002 2-158 0950164050 1-152 109_________ 1-12
0226930250 2-55 0227400100 2-78 0240009003 2-158 0950200010 1-15 109_32______ 1-100
0226930500 2-55 0227400101 2-78 0240009009 2-185 0950200011 1-15 109_40______ 1-100
0226940000 2-193 0227400200 2-78 0240009010 2-187 0950203060 1-69 109_50______ 1-100
0226950150 2-148 0227400201 2-78 0240009021 2-158 0950204040 1-152 110_________ 1-12
0226950151 2-148 0227400301 2-78 0240009022 2-198 0950204050 1-152 110_32______ 1-100
0226950500 2-186 0227400401 2-78 0240009023 2-198 0950253060 1-69 110_40______ 1-100
0226960100 2-143 0227400500 2-78 0240009031 2-158 0950254002 1-137 110_50______ 1-100
0226960250 2-143 0227400501 2-78 0240009032 2-158 0950254004 1-137 1103________ 1-14
DOCUMENTATION
0226960500 2-143 0227400503 2-78 0240009033 2-198 0950254013 1-143 1104________ 1-14
0226980500 2-186 0227400504 2-79 0240009034 2-198 0950254041 1-143 111_________ 1-12
0227000150 2-67 0227400600 2-79 0240009035 2-152 0950254051 1-143 111_32______ 1-100
0227000200 2-67 0227400601 2-78 0240009036 2-152 0950254094 1-133 111_40______ 1-100
0227100000 2-86 0227606913 2-46 0240009037 2-152 0950322007 1-40 111_50______ 1-100
0227100001 2-86 0227606915 2-46 0240009038 2-157 0950322010 1-15 112_________ 1-12
0227100150 2-85 0227608013 2-46 0240009039 2-148 0950322090 1-46 112_32______ 1-100
0227100200 2-85 0227608015 2-46 0240009040 2-148 0950322107 1-40 112_40______ 1-100
0227100201 2-85 0227608023 2-46 0240009053 5-105 0950323060 1-69 112_50______ 1-100
0227100301 2-85 0227608025 2-46 0240009055 2-157 0950324002 1-137 1123________ 1-14
6-31
1124________ 1-14 1224032 3-176 125G________ 1-24 1325056 3-164 1421014 3-150
113_________ 1-12 1224053 3-176 125s________ 1-24 1325509 3-164 1421016 3-150
113_32______ 1-100 1224054 3-176 1260________ 1-24 1325510 3-164 1422002 3-152
113_40______ 1-100 1224056 3-176 1263________ 1-27 1325512 3-164 1422003 3-152
113_50______ 1-100 1224409 3-176 1264________ 1-27 1325513 3-164 1422004 3-152
114_________ 1-12 1224410 3-176 1265________ 1-27 1325514 3-164 1423001 3-167
114_32______ 1-100 1224412 3-176 126A________ 1-26 1325516 3-164 1424029 3-176
114_40______ 1-100 1224413 3-176 126b________ 1-26 1326029 3-180 1424030 3-176
114_50______ 1-100 1224414 3-176 126c________ 1-26 1326030 3-180 1424032 3-176
1143________ 1-14 1224416 3-176 126G________ 1-24 1326032 3-180 1424033 3-176
1144________ 1-14 1225029 3-164 126s________ 1-24 1326034 3-180 1424034 3-176
115_________ 1-12 1225030 3-164 1270________ 1-24 1326053 3-180 1424036 3-176
115_32______ 1-100 1225032 3-164 1270001 3-169 1326054 3-180 1424053 3-176
115_40______ 1-100 1225053 3-164 1272030 3-182 1326056 3-180 1424054 3-176
115_50______ 1-100 1225054 3-164 1272054 3-182 1326058 3-180 1424056 3-176
116_________ 1-12 1225056 3-164 1273________ 1-27 1326409 3-180 1424057 3-176
117_________ 1-12 1225509 3-164 1274________ 1-27 1326410 3-180 1424058 3-176
1200________ 1-24 1225510 3-164 1275________ 1-27 1326412 3-180 1424060 3-176
1200______FP 1-35 1225511 3-164 127A________ 1-26 1326413 3-180 1424409 3-176
120160______ 1-56 1225513 3-164 127b________ 1-26 1326414 3-180 1424410 3-176
120200______ 1-56 1225514 3-164 127c________ 1-26 1326416 3-180 1424412 3-176
1202001 3-155 1225516 3-164 127G________ 1-24 1327004 3-184 1424413 3-176
1202002 3-155 1226029 3-180 127s________ 1-24 1327007 3-184 1424414 3-176
1202003 3-155 1226030 3-180 129_________ 1-26 1327104 3-184 1424416 3-176
1202004 3-155 1226032 3-180 130_________ 1-26 1333006 3-186 1425029 3-164
120G________ 1-24 1226053 3-180 1302001 3-155 1340________ 1-24 1425030 3-164
120G______FP 1-35 1226054 3-180 1302002 3-155 1343________ 1-27 1425032 3-164
120s________ 1-24 1226056 3-180 1302003 3-155 1344________ 1-27 1425053 3-164
120s______FP 1-35 1226409 3-180 1302004 3-158 1345________ 1-27 1425054 3-164
120sA3______ 1-56 1226410 3-180 131_________ 1-24 134A________ 1-26 1425056 3-164
120sA4______ 1-56 1226412 3-180 1310012 3-157 134b________ 1-26 1425509 3-164
1210________ 1-24 1226413 3-180 1310013 3-157 134c________ 1-26 1425510 3-164
1210______FP 1-35 1226414 3-180 1310014 3-157 134G________ 1-24 1425512 3-164
1210011 3-157 1226416 3-180 1321005 3-150 134s________ 1-24 1425513 3-164
1210012 3-157 122A________ 1-26 1321006 3-150 1360________ 1-24 1425514 3-164
1210013 3-157 122A______FP 1-35 1321008 3-150 1363________ 1-27 1425516 3-164
1210014 3-157 122b________ 1-26 1321009 3-150 1364________ 1-27 1426029 3-180
121160______ 1-56 122b______FP 1-35 1321010 3-150 1365________ 1-27 1426030 3-180
121200______ 1-56 122c________ 1-26 1321012 3-150 136A________ 1-26 1426032 3-180
1213________ 1-27 122c______FP 1-35 1321013 3-150 136b________ 1-26 1426034 3-180
1214________ 1-27 122G________ 1-24 1321014 3-150 136c________ 1-26 1426053 3-180
1215________ 1-27 122G______FP 1-35 1321016 3-150 136G________ 1-24 1426054 3-180
121A________ 1-26 122s________ 1-24 1322002 3-152 136s________ 1-24 1426056 3-180
121A______FP 1-35 122s______FP 1-35 1322003 3-152 1370________ 1-24 1426058 3-180
121b________ 1-26 122sA3______ 1-56 1322004 3-152 1370001 3-169 1426409 3-180
121b______FP 1-35 122sA4______ 1-56 1323001 3-167 1372030 3-182 1426410 3-180
121c________ 1-26 123_________ 1-24 1324029 3-176 1372054 3-182 1426412 3-180
121c______FP 1-35 1233006 3-186 1324030 3-176 1373________ 1-27 1426413 3-180
121G________ 1-24 1235________ 1-27 1324032 3-176 1374________ 1-27 1426414 3-180
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
121G______FP 1-35 1240________ 1-24 1324033 3-176 1375________ 1-27 1426416 3-180
121s________ 1-24 124160______ 1-56 1324034 3-176 137A________ 1-26 1427004 3-184
121s______FP 1-35 124200______ 1-56 1324036 3-176 137b________ 1-26 1427007 3-184
121sA3______ 1-56 1243________ 1-27 1324053 3-176 137c________ 1-26 1427104 3-184
121sA4______ 1-56 1244________ 1-27 1324054 3-176 137G________ 1-24 1433006 3-186
1220________ 1-24 1245________ 1-27 1324056 3-176 137s________ 1-24 1470001 3-169
1220______FP 1-35 124A________ 1-26 1324057 3-176 1402001 3-155 1472030 3-182
1221005 3-150 124b________ 1-26 1324058 3-176 1402002 3-155 1472032 3-182
1221006 3-150 124c________ 1-26 1324060 3-176 1402003 3-155 1472054 3-182
1221008 3-150 124G________ 1-24 1324409 3-176 1402004 3-158 1472056 3-182
DOCUMENTATION
1221013 3-150 124s________ 1-24 1324410 3-176 1410012 3-157 1502001 3-155
1221014 3-150 124sA3______ 1-56 1324412 3-176 1410013 3-157 1502002 3-155
1221016 3-150 124sA4______ 1-56 1324413 3-176 1410014 3-157 1502003 3-155
122160______ 1-56 1250________ 1-24 1324414 3-176 1421005 3-150 1516001 3-161
122200______ 1-56 1253________ 1-27 1324416 3-176 1421006 3-150 1516002 3-161
1223________ 1-27 1254________ 1-27 1325029 3-164 1421008 3-150 1516003 3-161
1223001 3-167 1255________ 1-27 1325030 3-164 1421009 3-150 1516004 3-161
1224________ 1-27 125A________ 1-26 1325032 3-164 1421010 3-150 1516101 3-161
1224029 3-176 125b________ 1-26 1325053 3-164 1421012 3-150 1516102 3-161
1224030 3-176 125c________ 1-26 1325054 3-164 1421013 3-150 1516103 3-161
6-32
1516104 3-161 1621009 3-150 2005A02 4-8 2012104 4-20 2020005 4-17
1517001 3-161 1621010 3-150 2006000 4-9 2012106 4-20 2020006 4-17
1517002 3-161 1621012 3-150 2006001 4-9 2012107 4-20 2020007 4-17
1517003 3-161 1623001 3-167 2006002 4-9 2012108 4-20 2020008 4-17
1518001 3-161 1624017 3-176 2006003 4-9 2012109 4-20 2020009 4-17
1518002 3-161 1624018 3-176 2006004 4-9 2012110 4-20 2020010 4-17
1518003 3-161 1624020 3-176 2006005 4-9 2012111 4-20 2020011 4-17
1518004 3-161 1624021 3-176 2006006 4-9 2012112 4-20 2020012 4-17
1519001 3-161 1624022 3-176 2006007 4-9 2012113 4-20 2020016 4-17
1520003 3-214 1624024 3-176 2006008 4-9 2012114 4-20 2020A01 4-17
1521005 3-150 1624029 3-176 2006009 4-9 2012115 4-20 2020A02 4-17
1521006 3-150 1624030 3-176 2006010 4-9 2012A01 4-11 2020A03 4-17
1521008 3-150 1624032 3-176 2006011 4-9 2012A02 4-11 2020A04 4-17
1521009 3-150 1624033 3-176 2006012 4-9 2013001 4-11 2020A05 4-17
1521010 3-150 1624034 3-176 2006013 4-9 2013002 4-11 2020A06 4-17
1521012 3-150 1624036 3-176 2006014 4-9 2013003 4-11 2020A07 4-17
1523001 3-167 1628007 3-178 2006015 4-9 2013004 4-11 2020A08 4-17
1524017 3-176 1628008 3-178 2006016 4-9 2013005 4-11 2020A09 4-17
1524018 3-176 1628009 3-178 2006017 4-9 2013006 4-11 2020A10 4-17
1524020 3-176 1628010 3-178 2006019 4-9 2013007 4-11 2020A11 4-17
1524021 3-176 1628011 3-178 2006020 4-9 2013008 4-11 2020A12 4-17
1524022 3-176 1628012 3-178 2006021 4-9 2013009 4-11 2021002 4-18
1524024 3-176 1628019 3-178 2006022 4-9 2013010 4-11 2021005 4-18
1524029 3-176 1628020 3-178 2006101 4-9 2013011 4-11 2021006 4-18
1524030 3-176 1628021 3-178 2006102 4-9 2013102 4-20 2022002 4-18
1524032 3-176 1628022 3-178 2006A01 4-9 2013104 4-20 2022005 4-18
1524033 3-176 1628023 3-178 2006A02 4-9 2013106 4-20 2022006 4-18
1524034 3-176 1628024 3-178 2007001 4-9 2013107 4-20 2023001 4-18
1524036 3-176 1633006 3-186 2007002 4-9 2013108 4-20 2023002 4-18
1528007 3-178 1674001 3-171 2007003 4-9 2013109 4-20 2023003 4-18
1528008 3-178 1674101 3-171 2007005 4-9 2013110 4-20 2023004 4-18
1528009 3-178 1675001 3-171 2007006 4-9 2013111 4-20 2024001 4-19
1528010 3-178 1676001 3-171 2007007 4-9 2013112 4-20 2024003 4-19
1528011 3-178 2001004 4-7 2008001 4-10 2013113 4-20 2025010 4-25
1528012 3-178 2001005 4-7 2008003 4-10 2013114 4-20 2025011 4-25
1528019 3-178 2001006 4-7 2008005 4-10 2013115 4-20 2025012 4-25
1528020 3-178 2001014 4-7 2008009 4-10 2014003 4-11 2025013 4-25
1528021 3-178 2001015 4-7 2008010 4-10 2014004 4-11 2025014 4-25
1528022 3-178 2001016 4-7 2008011 4-10 2014010 4-11 2025015 4-25
1528023 3-178 2001017 4-7 2008014 4-10 2014011 4-11 2025016 4-25
1528024 3-178 2001019 4-7 2008015 4-10 2014012 4-11 2025020 4-25
1533006 3-186 2001101 4-7 2008017 4-10 2014101 4-11 2025021 4-25
1574001 3-171 2001A01 4-7 2008018 4-10 2014102 4-11 2025022 4-25
1574101 3-171 2001A02 4-7 2008A01 4-10 2014103 4-11 2025023 4-25
1575001 3-171 2001b01 4-7 2008A02 4-10 2014104 4-11 2025024 4-25
1576001 3-172 2001b02 4-7 2009001 4-10 2015003 4-12 2025025 4-25
1602001 3-155 2001c13 4-7 2010002 4-10 2015004 4-12 2025026 4-25
1602002 3-155 2001c14 4-7 2010007 4-10 2015010 4-12 2026001 4-25
1602003 3-155 2001c15 4-7 2010A02 4-10 2015011 4-12 2026002 4-25
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
1616001 3-161 2001Z07 4-7 2011002 4-10 2015012 4-12 2026003 4-25
1616002 3-161 2001Z08 4-7 2011006 4-10 2017001 4-27 2026004 4-25
1616003 3-161 2002003 4-7 2011007 4-10 2018002 4-9 2026005 4-25
1616004 3-161 2002004 4-7 2011A01 4-10 2018007 4-9 2026006 4-25
1616101 3-161 2002A02 4-7 2011A02 4-10 2018008 4-9 2026A01 4-25
1616102 3-161 2002b02 4-7 2012002 4-11 2018009 4-9 2026A02 4-25
1616103 3-161 2003002 4-8 2012002 4-11 2018010 4-9 2027001 4-26
1616104 3-161 2003006 4-8 2012003 4-11 2018011 4-9 2027002 4-26
1617001 3-161 2003007 4-8 2012004 4-11 2018012 4-9 2027003 4-26
1617002 3-161 2003A01 4-8 2012005 4-11 2018013 4-9 2027004 4-26
DOCUMENTATION
1617003 3-161 2003A02 4-8 2012006 4-11 2019001 4-17 2027005 4-26
1618001 3-161 2004002 4-8 2012007 4-11 2019002 4-17 2027006 4-26
1618002 3-161 2004006 4-8 2012008 4-11 2019003 4-17 2027011 4-26
1618003 3-161 2004007 4-8 2012009 4-11 2019004 4-17 2027012 4-26
1618004 3-161 2004A01 4-8 2012010 4-11 2019005 4-17 2027013 4-26
1619001 3-161 2004A02 4-8 2012011 4-11 2019006 4-17 2027014 4-26
1620003 3-214 2005002 4-8 2012012 4-11 2020001 4-17 2027015 4-26
1621005 3-150 2005006 4-8 2012013 4-11 2020002 4-17 2027016 4-26
1621006 3-150 2005007 4-8 2012014 4-11 2020003 4-17 2027021 4-26
1621008 3-150 2005A01 4-8 2012102 4-20 2020004 4-17 2027022 4-26
6-33
2027023 4-26 2105002 4-34 2119009 4-38 2203001 4-40 2211006 4-42
2027024 4-26 2105003 4-34 2119010 4-38 2203002 4-40 2212001 4-42
2027025 4-26 2105004 4-34 2119011 4-38 2203003 4-40 2212002 4-42
2027026 4-26 2105005 4-34 212_________ 1-108 2203004 4-40 2212003 4-42
2031004 4-12 2105006 4-34 2120001 4-38 2203005 4-40 2212004 4-42
2031005 4-12 2105007 4-34 2120002 4-38 2203006 4-40 2212005 4-42
2031006 4-12 2106001 4-35 2121001 4-39 2204001 4-41 222_________ 1-108
2031015 4-12 2106002 4-35 2121002 4-39 2204002 4-41 223_________ 1-108
2031016 4-12 2106003 4-35 2121003 4-39 2204003 4-41 23_______FP 1-85
2031017 4-12 2106004 4-35 2121004 4-39 2204004 4-41 230_________ 1-83
2031018 4-12 2106005 4-35 2123001 4-39 2204005 4-41 2301001 4-43
2031019 4-12 2107000 4-35 2123002 4-39 2205001 4-41 2301002 4-43
2031c15 4-12 2107001 4-35 2123003 4-39 2205002 4-41 2301003 4-43
2031c16 4-12 2107002 4-35 2123004 4-39 2205003 4-41 2301004 4-43
2032005 4-13 2107003 4-35 2124001 4-39 2205004 4-41 2301005 4-43
2032017 4-13 2107004 4-35 2124002 4-39 2205005 4-41 2301006 4-43
2032018 4-13 2107005 4-35 2124003 4-39 2205006 4-41 2301007 4-43
2032019 4-13 2108001 4-35 2124004 4-39 2205007 4-41 2301008 4-43
2033002 4-14 2108002 4-35 213_________ 1-108 2205008 4-41 2301009 4-43
2038005 4-13 2108003 4-35 214_________ 1-108 2205009 4-41 2301010 4-43
2038015 4-13 2108004 4-35 215_________ 1-108 2205010 4-41 2301015 4-43
2038016 4-13 2109001 4-35 2150003 4-39 2205011 4-41 2301017 4-43
2039Z07 4-13 2109002 4-35 2150004 4-39 2205012 4-41 2301020 4-43
2039Z08 4-13 2109003 4-35 2150005 4-39 2206001 4-41 2302001 4-44
2041001 4-27 2109004 4-35 2150006 4-39 2206002 4-41 2302002 4-44
2041002 4-27 211_________ 1-108 2150007 4-39 2206003 4-41 2302003 4-44
2041003 4-27 2110001 4-36 2151000 4-34 2206004 4-41 2302004 4-44
2041004 4-27 2110002 4-36 2151001 4-34 2206005 4-41 2302005 4-44
2041005 4-27 2110003 4-36 2151002 4-34 2206006 4-41 2302006 4-44
2041006 4-27 2110004 4-36 2151003 4-34 2207001 4-41 2302007 4-44
208_________ 1-108 2111001 4-36 2151004 4-34 2207002 4-41 2302008 4-44
209_________ 1-108 2111002 4-36 2151005 4-34 2207003 4-41 2303001 4-44
210_________ 1-108 2111003 4-36 2152001 4-34 2207004 4-41 2303002 4-44
2101000 4-33 2111004 4-36 2152002 4-34 2207005 4-41 2303003 4-44
2101001 4-33 2112001 4-36 2152003 4-34 2207006 4-41 2303004 4-44
2101002 4-33 2112002 4-36 2152004 4-34 2207007 4-41 2304001 4-44
2101003 4-33 2112003 4-36 2152005 4-34 2207008 4-41 2304002 4-44
2101004 4-33 2112004 4-36 2152006 4-34 2207010 4-41 2304003 4-44
2101005 4-33 2113001 4-36 2152007 4-34 2207011 4-41 2304004 4-44
2101006 4-33 2113002 4-36 2152008 4-34 2207012 4-41 2305001 4-44
2101007 4-33 2113003 4-36 217_________ 1-108 2208000 4-42 2305002 4-44
2101008 4-33 2113004 4-36 218_________ 1-108 2208001 4-42 2305003 4-44
2101009 4-33 2114001 4-37 219001200 1-109 2208002 4-42 2305004 4-44
2101010 4-33 2114002 4-37 219001600 1-109 2208003 4-42 2305005 4-44
2101011 4-33 2114003 4-37 219002500 1-109 2208004 4-42 2305006 4-44
2101A00 4-33 2115001 4-37 219003200 1-109 2208005 4-42 2305007 4-44
2102001 4-33 2115002 4-37 219004000 1-109 2208006 4-42 2305008 4-44
2102002 4-33 2115003 4-37 219005000 1-109 2208007 4-42 2305009 4-44
2102003 4-33 2115004 4-37 219008000 1-109 2208009 4-42 2305010 4-44
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
2102004 4-33 2116001 4-37 219010000 1-109 2208010 4-42 2305016 4-44
2102005 4-33 2116002 4-37 2201001 4-40 2208011 4-42 2305017 4-44
2102006 4-33 2116003 4-37 2201002 4-40 2209001 4-42 2306001 4-45
2102007 4-33 2116004 4-37 2201003 4-40 2209002 4-42 2306002 4-45
2102008 4-33 2117001 4-37 2201004 4-40 2209003 4-42 2306003 4-45
2102009 4-33 2117002 4-37 2201005 4-40 2209004 4-42 2306004 4-45
2102010 4-33 2117003 4-37 2201006 4-40 2209005 4-42 2306006 4-45
2102011 4-33 2117004 4-37 2201007 4-40 2209006 4-42 2307001 4-45
2103000 4-33 2118000 4-38 2201008 4-40 221_________ 1-108 2307002 4-45
2103001 4-33 2118001 4-38 2201009 4-40 2210001 4-42 2307003 4-45
DOCUMENTATION
2103002 4-33 2118002 4-38 2201010 4-40 2210002 4-42 2307004 4-45
2103003 4-33 2118003 4-38 2201011 4-40 2210003 4-42 2307005 4-45
2103004 4-33 2119001 4-38 2201012 4-40 2210004 4-42 2307006 4-45
2104001 4-34 2119002 4-38 2202001 4-40 2210005 4-42 2307007 4-45
2104002 4-34 2119003 4-38 2202002 4-40 2210006 4-42 2307008 4-45
2104003 4-34 2119004 4-38 2202003 4-40 2211001 4-42 2307009 4-45
2104004 4-34 2119005 4-38 2202004 4-40 2211002 4-42 2307010 4-45
2104005 4-34 2119006 4-38 2202005 4-40 2211003 4-42 2307015 4-45
2104006 4-34 2119007 4-38 2202006 4-40 2211004 4-42 2307016 4-45
2105001 4-34 2119008 4-38 2202007 4-40 2211005 4-42 2308001 4-46
6-34
2308002 4-46 23cs800040XP 1-90 2417006 4-49 2F01010 4-29 2F32009 4-32
2308003 4-46 24_______FP 1-85 242_________ 1-83 2F01011 4-29 2F32010 4-32
2308004 4-46 240_________ 1-83 243_________ 1-83 2F01012 4-29 2F32011 4-32
2308005 4-46 2405000 4-47 244_________ 1-83 2F01013 4-29 2F32012 4-32
2308006 4-46 2405001 4-47 245_________ 1-83 2F01022 4-29 2F32013 4-32
2308007 4-46 2405002 4-47 246_________ 1-83 2F01c02 4-29 2F32014 4-32
2308008 4-46 2405003 4-47 247_________ 1-83 2F01c07 4-29 2F38002 4-32
2308009 4-46 2405005 4-47 24A_________ 1-83 2F01c08 4-29 2F38008 4-32
2308010 4-46 2405006 4-47 25_______FP 1-85 2F01c09 4-29 2F38009 4-32
2308012 4-46 2405007 4-47 250_________ 1-83 2F01c10 4-29 2F38010 4-32
2309001 4-46 2405009 4-47 2501010 5-45 2F01c11 4-29 2F38011 4-32
2309002 4-46 2405010 4-47 2501011 5-45 2F01c13 4-29 2F38013 4-32
2309003 4-46 2405011 4-47 2501012 5-45 2F01c14 4-29 2F38014 4-32
2309004 4-46 2405012 4-47 2501013 5-45 2F02001 4-29 2F39c02 4-32
2309007 4-46 2405013 4-47 251_________ 1-83 2F02005 4-29 2F39c08 4-32
231_________ 1-83 2405017 4-47 252_________ 1-83 2F02006 4-29 2F39c09 4-32
2310001 4-46 2405018 4-47 253_________ 1-83 2F02007 4-29 2F39c10 4-32
2310002 4-46 2406001 4-47 254_________ 1-83 2F02008 4-29 2F39c11 4-32
2310003 4-46 2406002 4-47 255_________ 1-83 2F02011 4-29 2F39c12 4-32
2310004 4-46 2406004 4-47 256_________ 1-83 2F03001 4-29 2F39c13 4-32
2310005 4-46 2406005 4-47 25A_________ 1-83 2F03003 4-29 2l01000 4-7
2310006 4-46 2406006 4-47 25b0320020XP 1-89 2F03004 4-29 2l01001 4-7
2310009 4-46 2406008 4-47 25b0500030XP 1-89 2F03005 4-29 2l01002 4-7
2310011 4-46 2406009 4-47 25bs320020XP 1-89 2F04001 4-30 2l01003 4-7
2311001 4-46 2406010 4-47 25bs500030XP 1-89 2F04003 4-30 2l01007 4-7
2311002 4-46 2406011 4-47 25c0320020XP 1-90 2F04004 4-30 2l01008 4-7
2311003 4-46 2407001 4-48 25c0500030XP 1-90 2F04005 4-30 2l01009 4-7
232_________ 1-83 2407002 4-48 25c0800030XP 1-90 2F05001 4-30 2l01010 4-7
233_________ 1-83 2407003 4-48 25c0800040XP 1-90 2F05003 4-30 2l01011 4-7
234_________ 1-83 2407004 4-48 25cs320020XP 1-90 2F05004 4-30 2l01012 4-7
235_________ 1-83 2407005 4-48 25cs500030XP 1-90 2F05005 4-30 2l01013 4-7
2351001 4-43 2407006 4-48 25cs800030XP 1-90 2F06000 4-30 2l01018 4-7
2351002 4-43 2407102 4-48 25cs800040XP 1-90 2F06001 4-30 2l01020 4-7
2351003 4-43 2407103 4-48 26_______FP 1-85 2F06002 4-30 2l01021 4-7
2351004 4-43 2407104 4-48 260_________ 1-83 2F06003 4-30 2l01101 4-7
2351005 4-43 2408001 4-48 2601001 5-45 2F06007 4-30 2l01102 4-7
2351006 4-43 2408002 4-48 2601002 5-45 2F06008 4-30 2l01c02 4-7
2351007 4-43 2408003 4-48 2601003 5-45 2F06009 4-30 2l01c07 4-7
2351008 4-43 2408004 4-48 2601004 5-45 2F06010 4-30 2l01c08 4-7
2351009 4-43 2408102 4-48 261_________ 1-83 2F06011 4-30 2l01c09 4-7
2351010 4-43 2408103 4-48 262_________ 1-83 2F06012 4-30 2l01c10 4-7
2351011 4-43 2408104 4-48 263_________ 1-83 2F06013 4-30 2l01c11 4-7
2351012 4-43 2409001 4-48 264_________ 1-83 2F11001 4-31 2l01c13 4-7
2352001 4-45 2409002 4-48 265_________ 1-83 2F11003 4-31 2l01c14 4-7
2352002 4-45 2409003 4-48 266_________ 1-83 2F11004 4-31 2l02001 4-7
2356001 4-43 2409004 4-48 267_________ 1-83 2F11005 4-31 2l02002 4-7
2356002 4-43 2409102 4-48 26A_________ 1-83 2F31001 4-31 2l02005 4-7
2356003 4-43 2409103 4-48 270_________ 1-122 2F31002 4-31 2l02006 4-7
2356004 4-43 2409104 4-48 271_________ 1-122 2F31003 4-31 2l02007 4-7
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
2356005 4-43 241_________ 1-83 272_________ 1-122 2F31007 4-31 2l02008 4-7
2357001 4-45 2410001 4-49 273_________ 1-122 2F31008 4-31 2l02009 4-7
2357002 4-45 2410002 4-49 275_________ 1-131 2F31009 4-31 2l02010 4-7
236_________ 1-83 2410003 4-49 276_________ 1-131 2F31010 4-31 2l02011 4-7
23A_________ 1-83 2410004 4-49 277_________ 1-126 2F31011 4-31 2l02012 4-7
23b0200015XP 1-89 2410102 4-49 277________P 1-142 2F31012 4-31 2l03001 4-8
23b0320020XP 1-89 2410103 4-49 278_________ 1-126 2F31013 4-31 2l03003 4-8
23b0500030XP 1-89 2410104 4-49 27A_________ 1-151 2F31014 4-31 2l03004 4-8
23bs200015XP 1-89 2411001 4-49 27b_________ 1-151 2F31015 4-31 2l03005 4-8
23bs320020XP 1-89 2411002 4-49 27c_________ 1-151 2F31c02 4-31 2l03301 4-8
DOCUMENTATION
23bs500030XP 1-89 2411003 4-49 27D_________ 1-151 2F31c03 4-31 2l03302 4-8
23c0200015XP 1-90 2411004 4-49 28__________ 1-67 2F31c08 4-31 2l03303 4-8
23c0320020XP 1-90 2411005 4-49 29__________ 1-67 2F31c09 4-31 2l03304 4-8
23c0500030XP 1-90 2412001 4-49 2F01000 4-29 2F31c10 4-31 2l03305 4-8
23c0800030XP 1-90 2412002 4-49 2F01001 4-29 2F31c11 4-31 2l03306 4-8
23c0800040XP 1-90 2412003 4-49 2F01002 4-29 2F31c12 4-31 2l03307 4-8
23cs200015XP 1-90 2417002 4-49 2F01003 4-29 2F31c13 4-31 2l03308 4-8
23cs320020XP 1-90 2417003 4-49 2F01007 4-29 2F31c14 4-31 2l04001 4-8
23cs500030XP 1-90 2417004 4-49 2F01008 4-29 2F32002 4-32 2l04003 4-8
23cs800030XP 1-90 2417005 4-49 2F01009 4-29 2F32008 4-32 2l04004 4-8
6-35
2l04005 4-8 2l23403 4-19 2l34008 4-20 2l38012 4-13 2l53011 4-15
2l05001 4-8 2l23406 4-19 2l34009 4-20 2l38013 4-13 2l53013 4-15
2l05003 4-8 2l23407 4-19 2l34010 4-20 2l38014 4-13 2l54001 4-15
2l05004 4-8 2l23409 4-19 2l34011 4-20 2l39c02 4-13 2l54002 4-15
2l05005 4-8 2l23410 4-19 2l34013 4-20 2l39c08 4-13 2l54007 4-15
2l07004 4-9 2l23412 4-19 2l34014 4-20 2l39c09 4-13 2l54008 4-15
2l08002 4-10 2l23413 4-19 2l34016 4-20 2l39c10 4-13 2l54009 4-15
2l08004 4-10 2l23415 4-19 2l34017 4-20 2l39c11 4-13 2l54010 4-15
2l08006 4-10 2l23419 4-19 2l34020 4-20 2l39c13 4-13 2l54011 4-15
2l08007 4-10 2l23420 4-19 2l34021 4-20 2l40001 4-14 2l54012 4-15
2l08008 4-10 2l24004 4-19 2l34F01 4-21 2l40003 4-14 2l54013 4-15
2l10001 4-10 2l24005 4-19 2l34F05 4-21 2l40004 4-14 2l54014 4-15
2l10003 4-10 2l24006 4-19 2l34F06 4-21 2l42001 4-22 2l54016 4-15
2l10004 4-10 2l24301 4-19 2l34F07 4-21 2l42002 4-22 2l54017 4-15
2l10005 4-10 2l24303 4-19 2l34F08 4-21 2l42004 4-22 2l54018 4-15
2l10006 4-10 2l24306 4-19 2l34F09 4-21 2l42005 4-22 2l55001 4-16
2l10A01 4-10 2l24309 4-19 2l34F10 4-21 2l43001 4-22 2l55002 4-16
2l11001 4-10 2l25001 4-19 2l34F13 4-21 2l43002 4-22 2l55007 4-16
2l11003 4-10 2l25002 4-19 2l34F14 4-21 2l43003 4-22 2l55008 4-16
2l11004 4-10 2l25003 4-19 2l34F16 4-21 2l43008 4-22 2l55009 4-16
2l11005 4-10 2l25004 4-19 2l34F17 4-21 2l43009 4-22 2l55010 4-16
2l11301 4-10 2l25005 4-19 2l35001 4-21 2l44001 4-23 2l55011 4-16
2l11302 4-10 2l25008 4-19 2l35002 4-21 2l44003 4-23 2l55012 4-16
2l11303 4-10 2l25009 4-19 2l35003 4-21 2l45001 4-23 2l55013 4-16
2l11304 4-10 2l31001 4-12 2l35006 4-21 2l45002 4-23 2l55014 4-16
2l11305 4-10 2l31002 4-12 2l35007 4-21 2l45008 4-23 2l55016 4-16
2l11306 4-10 2l31003 4-12 2l35008 4-21 2l45009 4-23 2l55017 4-16
2l11307 4-10 2l31007 4-12 2l35009 4-21 2l46001 4-23 2l55018 4-16
2l11308 4-10 2l31008 4-12 2l35010 4-21 2l46002 4-23 2l56001 4-16
2l14001 4-11 2l31009 4-12 2l35011 4-21 2l46003 4-23 2l56002 4-16
2l14002 4-11 2l31010 4-12 2l35013 4-21 2l46004 4-23 2l56007 4-16
2l14005 4-11 2l31011 4-12 2l35014 4-21 2l47001 4-24 2l56008 4-16
2l14006 4-11 2l31012 4-12 2l35016 4-21 2l47002 4-24 2l56009 4-16
2l14007 4-11 2l31013 4-12 2l35017 4-21 2l47003 4-24 2l56010 4-16
2l14008 4-11 2l31014 4-12 2l35020 4-21 2l48001 4-24 2l56011 4-16
2l14009 4-11 2l31c02 4-12 2l35F01 4-21 2l48002 4-24 2l56012 4-16
2l14013 4-11 2l31c03 4-12 2l35F06 4-21 2l48003 4-24 2l56013 4-16
2l14014 4-11 2l31c08 4-12 2l35F07 4-21 2l48004 4-24 2l56014 4-16
2l14020 4-11 2l31c09 4-12 2l35F08 4-21 2l49001 4-24 2l56016 4-16
2l14021 4-11 2l31c10 4-12 2l35F09 4-21 2l49003 4-24 2l56017 4-16
2l14106 4-11 2l31c11 4-12 2l35F10 4-21 2l49004 4-24 2l57001 4-16
2l15001 4-12 2l31c12 4-12 2l35F13 4-21 2l49005 4-24 2l57002 4-16
2l15002 4-12 2l31c13 4-12 2l35F14 4-21 2l49006 4-24 2l57007 4-16
2l15005 4-12 2l31c14 4-12 2l35F16 4-21 2l50001 4-14 2l57008 4-16
2l15006 4-12 2l32001 4-13 2l35F17 4-21 2l50002 4-14 2l57009 4-16
2l15007 4-12 2l32002 4-13 2l36001 4-21 2l50007 4-14 2l57010 4-16
2l15008 4-12 2l32003 4-13 2l36002 4-21 2l50008 4-14 2l57011 4-16
2l15009 4-12 2l32004 4-13 2l36006 4-21 2l50009 4-14 2l57012 4-16
2l15013 4-12 2l32008 4-13 2l36007 4-21 2l50010 4-14 2l57013 4-16
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
2l15014 4-12 2l32009 4-13 2l36008 4-21 2l50011 4-14 2l57014 4-16
2l15020 4-12 2l32010 4-13 2l36009 4-21 2l50013 4-14 2l57016 4-16
2l15021 4-12 2l32011 4-13 2l36010 4-21 2l51001 4-14 2l57017 4-16
2l15106 4-12 2l32012 4-13 2l36012 4-21 2l51002 4-14 3202001 3-95
2l17001 4-27 2l32013 4-13 2l36020 4-21 2l51007 4-14 3202001A 3-95
2l20017 4-17 2l32014 4-13 2l36021 4-21 2l51008 4-14 3202002 3-95
2l21001 4-18 2l32c02 4-13 2l37001 4-22 2l51009 4-14 3202002A 3-95
2l21003 4-18 2l32c03 4-13 2l37002 4-22 2l51010 4-14 3202003 3-95
2l21004 4-18 2l32c08 4-13 2l37006 4-22 2l51011 4-14 3202003A 3-95
2l22001 4-18 2l32c09 4-13 2l37007 4-22 2l51013 4-14 3202004 3-95
DOCUMENTATION
2l22003 4-18 2l32c10 4-13 2l37008 4-22 2l52002 4-15 3202004A 3-95
2l22004 4-18 2l32c11 4-13 2l37009 4-22 2l52008 4-15 3202101 3-96
2l23005 4-18 2l32c12 4-13 2l37010 4-22 2l52009 4-15 3202101A 3-96
2l23006 4-18 2l32c13 4-13 2l37012 4-22 2l52010 4-15 3202102 3-96
2l23301 4-18 2l32c14 4-13 2l37020 4-22 2l52011 4-15 3202102A 3-96
2l23303 4-18 2l34001 4-20 2l38002 4-13 2l52013 4-15 3202103 3-96
2l23306 4-18 2l34002 4-20 2l38008 4-13 2l53002 4-15 3202103A 3-96
2l23309 4-18 2l34003 4-20 2l38009 4-13 2l53008 4-15 3202104 3-96
2l23401 4-19 2l34006 4-20 2l38010 4-13 2l53009 4-15 3202104A 3-96
2l23402 4-19 2l34007 4-20 2l38011 4-13 2l53010 4-15 3206001 3-100
6-36
3206002 3-100 3283010 3-105 3382011 3-127 3472008 3-131 3570001 3-114
3206003 3-100 3283010A 3-105 3383007 3-105 3472011 3-131 3571000 3-120
3206004 3-100 3283011 3-105 3383008 3-105 3480001 3-82 3571001 3-120
3208001 3-101 3283011A 3-105 3383009 3-105 3480001A 3-82 3571001l 3-138
3208002 3-101 3283012 3-105 3383010 3-105 3480002 3-82 3571004 3-120
3208003 3-101 3283012A 3-105 3383011 3-105 3480002A 3-82 3571004l 3-138
3208004 3-101 3283031 3-105 3383012 3-105 3480003 3-82 3572008 3-131
3210001 3-98 3283031A 3-105 3383031 3-105 3480003A 3-82 3572011 3-131
3210001A 3-98 3283032 3-105 3383032 3-105 3480007 3-82 3580001 3-82
3210002 3-98 3283032A 3-105 3383033 3-105 3480007A 3-82 3580002 3-82
3210002A 3-98 3283033 3-105 3383034 3-105 3480008 3-82 3580003 3-82
3210003 3-98 3283033A 3-105 3383035 3-105 3480008A 3-82 3580007 3-82
3210003A 3-98 3283034 3-105 3383036 3-105 3480009 3-82 3580008 3-82
3210004 3-98 3283034A 3-105 3384008 3-129 3480009A 3-82 3580009 3-82
3210004A 3-98 3283035 3-105 3384011 3-129 3481001 3-109 3581001 3-109
3240000A 3-123 3283035A 3-105 3385002 3-133 3481001A 3-109 3581005 3-109
3240001A 3-123 3283036 3-105 3388001 3-85 3481005 3-109 3582008 3-127
3267001 3-120 3283036A 3-105 3388003 3-88 3481005A 3-109 3582011 3-127
3267001A 3-120 3284008 3-129 3389001 3-135 3482008 3-127 3583007 3-105
3267051 3-120 3284011 3-129 3389005 3-135 3482011 3-127 3583008 3-105
3267051A 3-120 3285002 3-133 3389006 3-135 3483007 3-105 3583009 3-105
3267051Al 3-137 3288001 3-85 3390001 3-91 3483007A 3-105 3583010 3-105
3267051l 3-137 3288001A 3-85 3391001 3-91 3483008 3-105 3583011 3-105
3269000 3-114 3288003 3-88 3391005 3-91 3483008A 3-105 3583012 3-105
3269000A 3-114 3288003A 3-88 3391006 3-91 3483009 3-105 3583031 3-105
3269001 3-114 3289001 3-135 3402001 3-95 3483009A 3-105 3583032 3-105
3269001A 3-114 3289005 3-135 3402001A 3-95 3483010 3-105 3583033 3-105
3269001Al 3-137 3289006 3-135 3402002 3-95 3483010A 3-105 3583034 3-105
3269001l 3-137 3290001 3-91 3402002A 3-95 3483011 3-105 3583035 3-105
3269002 3-114 3290001A 3-91 3402003 3-95 3483011A 3-105 3583036 3-105
3269002A 3-114 3291001 3-91 3402003A 3-95 3483012 3-105 3584008 3-129
3270001 3-114 3291005 3-91 3402004 3-95 3483012A 3-105 3584011 3-129
3270001A 3-114 3291006 3-91 3402004A 3-95 3483031 3-105 3585002 3-133
3271000 3-116 3302001 3-95 3410001 3-98 3483031A 3-105 3588001 3-85
3271000A 3-116 3302002 3-95 3410001A 3-98 3483032 3-105 3588003 3-88
3271500 3-116 3302003 3-95 3410002 3-98 3483032A 3-105 3589001 3-135
3271500A 3-116 3302004 3-95 3410002A 3-98 3483033 3-105 3589005 3-135
3271600 3-116 3302101 3-96 3410003 3-98 3483033A 3-105 3589006 3-135
3271600A 3-116 3302102 3-96 3410003A 3-98 3483034 3-105 3602001 3-95
3271600Al 3-137 3302103 3-96 3410004 3-98 3483034A 3-105 3602002 3-95
3271600l 3-137 3302104 3-96 3410004A 3-98 3483035 3-105 3602003 3-95
3271700 3-116 3310001 3-98 3440000A 3-123 3483035A 3-105 3602004 3-95
3271700A 3-116 3310002 3-98 3440001A 3-123 3483036 3-105 3610001 3-98
3272008 3-131 3310003 3-98 3469000 3-114 3483036A 3-105 3610002 3-98
3272011 3-131 3310004 3-98 3469000A 3-114 3484008 3-129 3610003 3-98
3280001 3-82 3367001 3-120 3469001 3-114 3484011 3-129 3610004 3-98
3280001A 3-82 3367051 3-120 3469001A 3-114 3485002 3-133 3669000 3-114
3280002 3-82 3367051l 3-137 3469001Al 3-138 3488001 3-85 3669001 3-114
3280002A 3-82 3369000 3-114 3469001l 3-138 3488001A 3-85 3669001l 3-138
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
3280003 3-82 3369001 3-114 3469002 3-114 3488003 3-88 3669002 3-114
3280003A 3-82 3369001l 3-137 3469002A 3-114 3488003A 3-88 3669004 3-114
3280007 3-82 3369002 3-114 3469004 3-114 3489001 3-135 3669004l 3-138
3280007A 3-82 3370001 3-114 3469004A 3-114 3489005 3-135 3669005 3-114
3280008 3-82 3371000 3-116 3469004Al 3-138 3489006 3-135 3670001 3-114
3280008A 3-82 3371500 3-116 3469004l 3-138 3502001 3-95 3671000 3-120
3280009 3-82 3371600 3-116 3469005 3-114 3502002 3-95 3671001 3-120
3280009A 3-82 3371600l 3-137 3469005A 3-114 3502003 3-95 3671001l 3-138
3281001 3-109 3371700 3-116 3470001 3-114 3502004 3-95 3671004 3-120
3281001A 3-109 3372008 3-131 3470001A 3-114 3510001 3-98 3671004l 3-138
DOCUMENTATION
3281005 3-109 3372011 3-131 3471000 3-120 3510002 3-98 3672008 3-131
3281005A 3-109 3380001 3-82 3471000A 3-120 3510003 3-98 3672011 3-131
3282008 3-127 3380002 3-82 3471001 3-120 3510004 3-98 3680001 3-82
3282011 3-127 3380003 3-82 3471001A 3-120 3569000 3-114 3680002 3-82
3283007 3-105 3380007 3-82 3471001Al 3-138 3569001 3-114 3680003 3-82
3283007A 3-105 3380008 3-82 3471001l 3-138 3569001l 3-138 3680007 3-82
3283008 3-105 3380009 3-82 3471004 3-120 3569002 3-114 3680008 3-82
3283008A 3-105 3381001 3-109 3471004A 3-120 3569004 3-114 3680009 3-82
3283009 3-105 3381005 3-109 3471004Al 3-138 3569004l 3-138 3681001 3-109
3283009A 3-105 3382008 3-127 3471004l 3-138 3569005 3-114 3681005 3-109
6-37
3682008 3-127 4410001 3-98 4483018A 3-105 4602012 3-215 5105010 3-60
3682011 3-127 4410001A 3-98 4484005 3-129 4603003 3-102 5105011 3-60
3683007 3-105 4410002 3-98 4484008 3-129 4610000 3-98 5105012 3-60
3683008 3-105 4410002A 3-98 4485002 3-133 4610001 3-98 5105013 3-60
3683009 3-105 4410003 3-98 4488001 3-85 4610002 3-98 5105014 3-60
3683010 3-105 4410003A 3-98 4488001A 3-85 4610003 3-98 5105015 3-60
3683011 3-105 4440000A 3-123 4488002 3-85 4669000 3-114 5105016 3-60
3683012 3-105 4440001A 3-123 4488002A 3-85 4669004 3-114 5105017 3-60
3683031 3-105 4469000 3-114 4488003 3-88 4669004l 3-138 5105018 3-60
3683032 3-105 4469000A 3-114 4488003A 3-88 4669005 3-114 5105019 3-60
3683033 3-105 4469004 3-114 4489001 3-135 4670001 3-114 5105020 3-60
3683034 3-105 4469004A 3-114 4489002 3-135 4671900 3-120 5105021 3-60
3683035 3-105 4469004Al 3-138 4502000 3-95 4671901 3-120 5105022 3-60
3683036 3-105 4469004l 3-138 4502001 3-95 4671901l 3-138 5105023 3-60
3684008 3-129 4469005 3-114 4502002 3-95 4672005 3-131 5105024 3-60
3684011 3-129 4469005A 3-114 4502003 3-95 4672008 3-131 5106008 3-68
3685002 3-133 4470001 3-114 4502012 3-215 4680001 3-82 5106011 3-68
3688001 3-85 4470001A 3-114 4503003 3-102 4680002 3-82 5107001 3-57
3688003 3-88 4471900 3-120 4510000 3-98 4680003 3-82 5107002 3-57
3689001 3-135 4471900A 3-120 4510001 3-98 4680004 3-82 5107003 3-57
3689005 3-135 4471901 3-120 4510002 3-98 4680005 3-82 5107004 3-57
3689006 3-135 4471901A 3-120 4510003 3-98 4680006 3-82 5108001 3-57
37c2130000 1-277 4471901Al 3-138 4569000 3-114 4681001 3-109 5108002 3-57
37c2150000 1-277 4471901l 3-138 4569004 3-114 4681005 3-109 5108003 3-57
37c2230000 1-277 4472005 3-131 4569004l 3-138 4681006 3-109 5108004 3-57
37c2250000 1-277 4472008 3-131 4569005 3-114 4682005 3-127 5110001 3-58
37D1221000 1-272 4480001 3-82 4570001 3-114 4682008 3-127 5110002 3-58
37D1332000 1-273 4480001A 3-82 4571900 3-120 4683004 3-105 5110003 3-58
37D1442000 1-274 4480002 3-82 4571901 3-120 4683005 3-105 5110004 3-58
37D2200000 1-275 4480002A 3-82 4571901l 3-138 4683006 3-105 5111001 3-57
37D2400000 1-276 4480003 3-82 4572005 3-131 4683007 3-105 5111002 3-57
37D2r00000 1-277 4480003A 3-82 4572008 3-131 4683008 3-105 5112001 3-55
37m1110000 1-270 4480004 3-82 4580001 3-82 4683009 3-105 5113002 3-70
37m1120000 1-270 4480004A 3-82 4580002 3-82 4683013 3-105 5114001 3-69
37m1120001 1-270 4480005 3-82 4580003 3-82 4683014 3-105 5114002 3-69
37m1430000 1-270 4480005A 3-82 4580004 3-82 4683015 3-105 5201001 3-53
37m1440000 1-270 4480006 3-82 4580005 3-82 4683016 3-105 5201002 3-53
37m1450000 1-271 4480006A 3-82 4580006 3-82 4683017 3-105 5201003 3-53
37m2200000 1-271 4481001 3-109 4581001 3-109 4683018 3-105 5201004 3-53
37m2220000 1-271 4481001A 3-109 4581005 3-109 4684005 3-129 5201005 3-53
37m2330000 1-271 4481005 3-109 4581006 3-109 4684008 3-129 5201006 3-53
371032______ 1-257 4481005A 3-109 4582005 3-127 4685002 3-133 5202001 3-57
371032______1110 1-257 4481006 3-109 4582008 3-127 4688001 3-85 5202002 3-57
371032______1120 1-257 4481006A 3-109 4583004 3-105 4688002 3-85 5202003 3-57
371032______1121 1-257 4482005 3-127 4583005 3-105 4688003 3-88 5202004 3-57
371032______2200 1-257 4482008 3-127 4583006 3-105 4689001 3-135 5203001 3-63
371032______2220 1-257 4483004 3-105 4583007 3-105 4689002 3-135 5204008 3-66
371050______ 1-257 4483004A 3-105 4583008 3-105 5101001 3-53 5204011 3-66
371050______1430 1-257 4483005 3-105 4583009 3-105 5101002 3-53 5205001 3-60
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
371050______1440 1-257 4483005A 3-105 4583013 3-105 5101003 3-53 5205002 3-60
371050______2220 1-257 4483006 3-105 4583014 3-105 5101004 3-53 5205003 3-60
371050______2330 1-257 4483006A 3-105 4583015 3-105 5101005 3-53 5205004 3-60
371063______ 1-257 4483007 3-105 4583016 3-105 5101006 3-53 5205005 3-60
371063______1450 1-257 4483007A 3-105 4583017 3-105 5102001 3-57 5205006 3-60
371063______2330 1-257 4483008 3-105 4583018 3-105 5102002 3-57 5205007 3-60
4402000 3-95 4483008A 3-105 4584005 3-129 5102003 3-57 5205008 3-60
4402000A 3-95 4483009 3-105 4584008 3-129 5102004 3-57 5205009 3-60
4402001 3-95 4483009A 3-105 4585002 3-133 5103001 3-63 5205010 3-60
4402001A 3-95 4483013 3-105 4585005 3-133 5104008 3-66 5205011 3-60
DOCUMENTATION
4402002 3-95 4483013A 3-105 4588001 3-85 5104011 3-66 5205012 3-60
4402002A 3-95 4483014 3-105 4588002 3-85 5105001 3-60 5205013 3-60
4402003 3-95 4483014A 3-105 4588003 3-88 5105002 3-60 5205014 3-60
4402003A 3-95 4483015 3-105 4589001 3-135 5105003 3-60 5205015 3-60
4402012 3-215 4483015A 3-105 4589002 3-135 5105004 3-60 5205016 3-60
4402012A 3-215 4483016 3-105 4589003 3-174 5105005 3-60 5205017 3-60
4403003 3-102 4483016A 3-105 4602000 3-95 5105006 3-60 5205018 3-60
4403003A 3-102 4483017 3-105 4602001 3-95 5105007 3-60 5205019 3-60
4410000 3-98 4483017A 3-105 4602002 3-95 5105008 3-60 5205020 3-60
4410000A 3-98 4483018 3-105 4602003 3-95 5105009 3-60 5205021 3-60
6-38
5205022 3-60 6171003A 3-120 6371003 3-120 7010001150 2-15 7020000500 2-18
5205023 3-60 6171003Al 3-138 6371003l 3-138 7010001160 2-15 7020000600 2-18
5205024 3-60 6171003l 3-138 6380001 3-82 7010001200 2-16 7020000700 2-18
5206008 3-68 6180001 3-82 6380002 3-82 7010001300 2-16 7020000900 2-18
5206011 3-68 6180001A 3-82 6380003 3-82 7010001400 2-15 7020001000 2-18
5207001 3-57 6180002 3-82 6380004 3-82 7010001500 2-16 7020001100 2-18
5207002 3-57 6180002A 3-82 6380005 3-82 7010001600 2-16 7020001400 2-18
5207003 3-57 6180003 3-82 6380006 3-82 7010001700 2-15 7020001700 2-18
5207004 3-57 6180003A 3-82 6381001 3-109 7010001800 2-16 7020010100 2-25
5208001 3-57 6180004 3-82 6381004 3-109 7010001900 2-16 7020010200 2-25
5208002 3-57 6180004A 3-82 6381006 3-109 7010010100 2-24 7020010400 2-25
5208003 3-57 6180005 3-82 6382002 3-127 7010010200 2-23 7020011100 2-25
5208004 3-57 6180005A 3-82 6385002 3-133 7010010400 2-23 7020011200 2-25
5210001 3-58 6180006 3-82 6388001 3-85 7010011100 2-24 7020011300 2-25
5210002 3-58 6180006A 3-82 6388002 3-85 7010011200 2-24 7020012100 2-25
5210003 3-58 6181001 3-109 6388003 3-88 7010011300 2-24 7020012200 2-25
5210004 3-58 6181001A 3-109 6389001 3-135 7010012100 2-24 7020012300 2-25
5211001 3-57 6181004 3-109 6389002 3-135 7010012200 2-24 7020020100 2-30
5211002 3-57 6181004A 3-109 6402001 3-95 7010012300 2-24 7020020100l 2-124
5212001 3-55 6181006 3-109 6402012 3-217 7010020100 2-28 7020020200 2-29
5213002 3-70 6181006A 3-109 6469000 3-114 7010020100l 2-124 7020020200l 2-124
5214001 3-69 6182002 3-127 6469004 3-114 7010020200 2-27 7020020300 2-30
5214002 3-69 6182005 3-127 6469004l 3-138 7010020200l 2-124 7020020400 2-29
53__________ 3-200 6185002 3-133 6469005 3-114 7010020300 2-28 7020020400l 2-124
54__________ 3-200 6185005 3-133 6469010 3-114 7010020400 2-27 7020020500 2-29
5511200 3-208 6188001 3-85 6470002 3-114 7010020400l 2-124 7020021100 2-29
5511300 3-208 6188001A 3-85 6471002 3-120 7010020500 2-27 7020021100l 2-124
5511400 3-208 6188002 3-85 6471003 3-120 7010021100 2-28 7020021200 2-29
5512200 3-208 6188002A 3-85 6471003l 3-138 7010021100l 2-124 7020021200l 2-124
5512300 3-208 6188003 3-88 6480001 3-82 7010021200 2-28 7020021300 2-29
5512400 3-208 6188003A 3-88 6480002 3-82 7010021200l 2-124 7020021500 2-29
5521500 3-213 6189001 3-135 6480003 3-82 7010021300 2-28 7020021600 2-29
5522500 3-213 6189002 3-135 6480004 3-82 7010021500 2-28 7020022100 2-30
561_A___ 3-34 6202001 3-95 6480005 3-82 7010021600 2-28 7020022100l 2-124
561_b___ 3-26 6202012 3-217 6480006 3-82 7010022100 2-28 7020022200 2-30
561_b__l___ 3-39 6269000 3-114 6481001 3-109 7010022100l 2-124 7020022200l 2-124
561_c___ 3-16 6269004 3-114 6481002 3-109 7010022200 2-28 7020022300 2-30
561_D___ 3-13 6269004l 3-138 6481006 3-109 7010022200l 2-124 7020022300l 2-124
561_F___ 3-10 6269005 3-114 6482002 3-127 7010022300 2-28 7020022400 2-30
561_F__D___ 3-43 6269010 3-114 6485002 3-133 7010022300l 2-124 7020022500 2-30
561_F__l___ 3-45 6270002 3-114 6488001 3-85 7010022400 2-28 7020022600 2-30
561_F__l___ 3-45 6271002 3-120 6488002 3-85 7010022500 2-28 7021010100 2-44
561_l___ 3-29 6271003 3-120 6488003 3-88 7010022600 2-28 7021010110 2-44
561_P___ 3-37 6271003l 3-138 6489001 3-135 7011011100 2-40 7021010200 2-44
561_r___ 3-19 6280001 3-82 6489002 3-135 7011011200 2-40 7021010210 2-44
561_r1__ 3-19 6280002 3-82 7001000100 2-20 7011011300 2-40 7021020100 2-45
561_r2__ 3-22 6280003 3-82 7001000110 2-20 7011012100 2-40 7021020100l 2-124
561_s___ 3-36 6280004 3-82 7001000200 2-21 7011012200 2-40 7021020110 2-44
561_V___ 3-32 6280005 3-82 7001000210 2-21 7011012300 2-40 7021020200 2-45
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
561_V__b__l___ 3-41 6280006 3-82 7001000400 2-22 7011021100 2-41 7021020200l 2-124
6102001 3-95 6281001 3-109 7001000410 2-22 7011021100l 2-124 7021020210 2-44
6102001A 3-95 6281004 3-109 7001000500 2-21 7011021200 2-41 7030000100 2-19
6102012 3-217 6281006 3-109 7001000510 2-21 7011021200l 2-124 7030000200 2-19
6102012A 3-217 6282002 3-127 7001000600 2-21 7011021300 2-41 7030000300 2-19
6169000 3-114 6285002 3-133 7001000610 2-21 7011021500 2-41 7030000400 2-19
6169000A 3-114 6288001 3-85 7001000700 2-22 7011021600 2-41 7030000500 2-19
6169004 3-114 6288002 3-85 7001000710 2-22 7011022100 2-41 7030000600 2-19
6169004A 3-114 6288003 3-88 7001000900 2-22 7011022100l 2-124 7030000700 2-19
6169004Al 3-138 6289001 3-135 7001000910 2-22 7011022200 2-41 7030000900 2-19
DOCUMENTATION
6169004l 3-138 6289002 3-135 7010000100 2-14 7011022200l 2-124 7030001000 2-19
6169005 3-114 6302001 3-95 7010000200 2-14 7011022300 2-41 7030001100 2-19
6169005A 3-114 6302012 3-217 7010000300 2-14 7011022300l 2-124 7030010100 2-26
6169010 3-114 6369000 3-114 7010000400 2-14 7011022400 2-41 7030010200 2-26
6169010A 3-114 6369004 3-114 7010000500 2-15 7011022500 2-41 7030010400 2-26
6170002 3-114 6369004l 3-138 7010000600 2-15 7011022600 2-41 7030011100 2-26
6170002A 3-114 6369005 3-114 7010000700 2-15 7020000100 2-18 7030011200 2-26
6171002 3-120 6369010 3-114 7010000900 2-15 7020000200 2-18 7030011300 2-26
6171002A 3-120 6370002 3-114 7010001000 2-15 7020000300 2-18 7030012100 2-26
6171003 3-120 6371002 3-120 7010001100 2-15 7020000400 2-18 7030012200 2-26
6-39
7030012300 2-26 7052022500 2-111 7057221400 2-129 7062020414 2-84 7063030112 2-105
7030020100 2-32 7052022600 2-111 7057221410 2-133 7062020415 2-84 7063030113 2-105
7030020100l 2-125 7053021100 2-112 7058021100 2-129 7062030112 2-83 7063030114 2-105
7030020200 2-31 7053021100l 2-125 7058021110 2-133 7062030113 2-83 7063030115 2-105
7030020200l 2-125 7053021200 2-112 7058021400 2-129 7062030114 2-83 7063030132 2-104
7030020300 2-32 7053021200l 2-125 7058021410 2-133 7062030115 2-83 7063030133 2-104
7030020400 2-31 7053021400 2-112 7058121100 2-129 7062030132 2-83 7063030134 2-104
7030020400l 2-125 7053021500 2-112 7058121110 2-133 7062030133 2-83 7063030135 2-104
7030020500 2-31 7053022100 2-112 7058121400 2-129 7062030134 2-83 7063030212 2-104
7030021100 2-31 7053022100l 2-125 7058121410 2-133 7062030135 2-83 7063030213 2-104
7030021100l 2-125 7053022200 2-112 7058221100 2-129 7062030212 2-84 7063030214 2-104
7030021200 2-31 7053022200l 2-125 7058221110 2-133 7062030213 2-84 7063030215 2-104
7030021200l 2-125 7053022300 2-112 7058221400 2-129 7062030214 2-84 7063030312 2-104
7030021300 2-31 7053022300l 2-125 7058221410 2-133 7062030215 2-84 7063030313 2-104
7030021500 2-31 7053022400 2-112 7059021100 2-129 7062030312 2-84 7063030314 2-104
7030021600 2-31 7053022500 2-112 7059021110 2-133 7062030313 2-84 7063030315 2-104
7030022100 2-32 7053022600 2-112 7059021400 2-129 7062030314 2-84 7063030412 2-104
7030022100l 2-125 7054021100 2-114 7059021410 2-133 7062030315 2-84 7063030413 2-104
7030022200 2-32 7054021200 2-115 7059121100 2-129 7062030412 2-84 7063030414 2-104
7030022200l 2-125 7054021300 2-115 7059121110 2-133 7062030413 2-84 7066040102 2-89
7030022300 2-32 7054021400 2-114 7059121400 2-129 7062030414 2-84 7066040103 2-89
7030022300l 2-125 7054021500 2-115 7059121410 2-133 7062030415 2-84 7066040112 2-90
7030022400 2-32 7054021600 2-115 7059221100 2-129 7062040102 2-89 7066040113 2-90
7030022500 2-32 7054022100 2-115 7059221110 2-133 7062040103 2-89 7066040132 2-89
7030022600 2-32 7054022200 2-115 7059221400 2-129 7062040112 2-90 7066040133 2-89
7051011100 2-109 7054022300 2-115 7059221410 2-133 7062040113 2-90 7066040212 2-90
7051011200 2-109 7054022400 2-115 7061010110 2-76 7062040132 2-89 7066040213 2-90
7051011300 2-109 7054022500 2-115 7061010130 2-76 7062040133 2-89 7066040312 2-91
7051012100 2-109 7054022600 2-115 7061010210 2-76 7062040212 2-90 7066040313 2-91
7051012200 2-109 7055021100 2-114 7061010310 2-76 7062040213 2-90 7066040412 2-92
7051012300 2-109 7055021200 2-115 7061010410 2-76 7062040312 2-91 7066040413 2-92
7051021100 2-110 7055021300 2-115 7061020112 2-77 7062040313 2-91 7067040102 2-89
7051021100l 2-125 7055021400 2-114 7061020132 2-77 7062040412 2-92 7067040103 2-89
7051021200 2-111 7055021500 2-115 7061020212 2-77 7062040413 2-92 7067040112 2-90
7051021200l 2-125 7055021600 2-115 7061020312 2-77 7062060112 2-90 7067040113 2-90
7051021300 2-111 7055022100 2-115 7061020412 2-77 7062060113 2-90 7067040132 2-89
7051021400 2-110 7055022200 2-115 7061030112 2-77 7062060132 2-89 7067040133 2-89
7051021500 2-111 7055022300 2-115 7061030132 2-77 7062060133 2-89 7067040212 2-90
7051021600 2-111 7055022400 2-115 7061030212 2-77 7062060212 2-91 7067040213 2-90
7051022100 2-111 7055022500 2-115 7061030312 2-77 7062060213 2-91 7067040312 2-91
7051022100l 2-125 7055022600 2-115 7061030412 2-77 7062060312 2-91 7067040313 2-91
7051022200 2-111 7056011100 2-109 7062010100 2-82 7062060313 2-91 7067040412 2-92
7051022200l 2-125 7056011200 2-109 7062010110 2-82 7062060412 2-92 7067040413 2-92
7051022300 2-111 7056011300 2-109 7062010130 2-82 7062060413 2-92 7068030112 2-168
7051022300l 2-125 7056012100 2-109 7062010210 2-82 7063010110 2-103 7068030132 2-168
7051022400 2-111 7056012200 2-109 7062010310 2-82 7063010130 2-103 7068030212 2-168
7051022500 2-111 7056012300 2-109 7062010410 2-82 7063010210 2-103 7068030532 2-168
7051022600 2-111 7056021100 2-110 7062020102 2-83 7063010310 2-103 7068030632 2-168
7052011100 2-109 7056021200 2-111 7062020103 2-83 7063010410 2-103 7068030732 2-168
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
7052011200 2-109 7056021300 2-111 7062020104 2-83 7063020112 2-105 7069030112 2-168
7052011300 2-109 7056021400 2-110 7062020105 2-83 7063020113 2-105 7069030132 2-168
7052012100 2-109 7056021500 2-111 7062020112 2-83 7063020114 2-105 7069030212 2-168
7052012200 2-109 7056021600 2-111 7062020113 2-83 7063020115 2-105 7069030532 2-168
7052012300 2-109 7056022100 2-111 7062020114 2-83 7063020132 2-104 7069030632 2-168
7052021100 2-110 7056022200 2-111 7062020115 2-83 7063020133 2-104 7069030732 2-168
7052021100l 2-125 7056022300 2-111 7062020132 2-83 7063020134 2-104 7070030112 2-168
7052021200 2-111 7056022400 2-111 7062020133 2-83 7063020135 2-104 7070030132 2-168
7052021200l 2-125 7056022500 2-111 7062020134 2-83 7063020212 2-104 7070030212 2-168
7052021300 2-111 7056022600 2-111 7062020135 2-83 7063020213 2-104 7070030532 2-168
DOCUMENTATION
7052021400 2-110 7057021100 2-129 7062020212 2-84 7063020214 2-104 7070030632 2-168
7052021500 2-111 7057021110 2-133 7062020213 2-84 7063020215 2-104 7070030732 2-168
7052021600 2-111 7057021400 2-129 7062020214 2-84 7063020312 2-104 7071030110 2-163
7052022100 2-111 7057021410 2-133 7062020215 2-84 7063020313 2-104 7071030111 2-163
7052022100l 2-125 7057121100 2-129 7062020312 2-84 7063020314 2-104 7071030130 2-163
7052022200 2-111 7057121110 2-133 7062020313 2-84 7063020315 2-104 7071030131 2-163
7052022200l 2-125 7057121400 2-129 7062020314 2-84 7063020412 2-104 7071030132 2-163
7052022300 2-111 7057121410 2-133 7062020315 2-84 7063020413 2-104 7071030133 2-163
7052022300l 2-125 7057221100 2-129 7062020412 2-84 7063020414 2-104 7071030210 2-163
7052022400 2-111 7057221110 2-133 7062020413 2-84 7063020415 2-104 7071030211 2-163
6-40
7071030530 2-163 7076030731 2-182 9000600 3-222 9002600 5-86 9021212b 5-61
7071030531 2-163 7077030110 2-163 9000601 3-223 9011001c 5-58 9021214b 5-61
7071030630 2-163 7077030111 2-163 9000602 3-223 9011003c 5-58 9021215b 5-61
7071030631 2-163 7077030130 2-163 9000603 3-223 9011004c 5-58 9021216b 5-61
7071030730 2-163 7077030131 2-163 9000801 3-189 9011005c 5-58 9025002c 5-64
7071030731 2-163 7077030132 2-163 9000802 3-143 9011006c 5-58 9025006c 5-64
7072030110 2-163 7077030133 2-163 9000802 3-47 9011007c 5-58 9025007c 5-64
7072030111 2-163 7077030210 2-163 9000803 3-143 9011008c 5-58 9025008c 5-64
7072030130 2-163 7077030211 2-163 9001001c 5-57 9011009c 5-58 9025009c 5-64
7072030131 2-163 7077030530 2-163 9001002c 5-57 9011011c 5-58 9025011c 5-64
7072030132 2-163 7077030531 2-163 9001003c 5-57 9011014c 5-58 9025014c 5-64
7072030133 2-163 7077030630 2-163 9001004c 5-57 9011015c 5-58 9025102V 5-64
7072030210 2-163 7077030631 2-163 9001005c 5-57 9011016c 5-58 9025106V 5-64
7072030211 2-163 7077030730 2-163 9001006c 5-57 9011101V 5-58 9025107V 5-64
7072030530 2-163 7077030731 2-163 9001007c 5-57 9011102V 5-58 9025108V 5-64
7072030531 2-163 7078030110 2-164 9001008c 5-57 9011103V 5-58 9025109V 5-64
7072030630 2-163 7078030111 2-164 9001009c 5-57 9011104V 5-58 9025111V 5-64
7072030631 2-163 7078030130 2-164 9001010c 5-57 9011105V 5-58 9025114V 5-64
7072030730 2-163 7078030131 2-164 9001011c 5-57 9011106V 5-58 9025602b 5-64
7072030731 2-163 7078030132 2-164 9001012c 5-57 9011110V 5-58 9025606b 5-64
7073030110 2-163 7078030133 2-164 9001014c 5-57 9011111V 5-58 9025607b 5-64
7073030111 2-163 7078030210 2-164 9001015c 5-57 9011114V 5-58 9025608b 5-64
7073030130 2-163 7078030211 2-164 9001016c 5-57 9011123V 5-58 9025609b 5-64
7073030131 2-163 7078030530 2-164 9001020c 5-59 9011124V 5-58 9025611b 5-64
7073030132 2-163 7078030531 2-164 9001021c 5-59 9011125V 5-58 9025614b 5-64
7073030133 2-163 7078030630 2-164 9001022c 5-59 9011601b 5-58 9026002c 5-66
7073030210 2-163 7078030631 2-164 9001101V 5-57 9011602b 5-58 9026006c 5-66
7073030211 2-163 7078030730 2-164 9001102V 5-57 9011605b 5-58 9026007c 5-66
7073030530 2-163 7078030731 2-164 9001103V 5-57 9011606b 5-58 9026008c 5-66
7073030531 2-163 7080020112 2-71 9001104V 5-57 9011607b 5-58 9026009c 5-66
7073030630 2-163 7080020132 2-71 9001105V 5-57 9011608b 5-58 9026011c 5-66
7073030631 2-163 7080020212 2-71 9001106V 5-57 9011609b 5-58 9026014c 5-66
7073030730 2-163 7080020312 2-71 9001110V 5-57 9011610b 5-58 9026102V 5-66
7073030731 2-163 7080020412 2-71 9001111V 5-57 9011612b 5-58 9026106V 5-66
7074030110 2-182 7080020532 2-71 9001112V 5-57 9011623b 5-58 9026107V 5-66
7074030111 2-182 7080020632 2-71 9001113V 5-57 9011624b 5-58 9026108V 5-66
7074030130 2-182 722113340000 2-48 9001114V 5-57 9011625b 5-58 9026109V 5-66
7074030131 2-182 722113340100 2-48 9001115V 5-57 9021001c 5-61 9026111V 5-66
7074030210 2-182 722113541000 2-48 9001120V 5-59 9021002c 5-61 9026114V 5-66
7074030211 2-182 722113541100 2-48 9001121V 5-59 9021005c 5-61 9026602b 5-66
7074030530 2-182 722116841000 2-48 9001122V 5-59 9021006c 5-61 9026606b 5-66
7074030531 2-182 722116841100 2-48 9001123V 5-57 9021007c 5-61 9026607b 5-66
7074030630 2-182 722123340000 2-53 9001124V 5-57 9021008c 5-61 9026608b 5-66
7074030631 2-182 722123340010 2-53 9001125V 5-57 9021009c 5-61 9026609b 5-66
7074030730 2-182 722123340100 2-53 9001601b 5-57 9021011c 5-61 9026611b 5-66
7074030731 2-182 722123340110 2-53 9001602b 5-57 9021012c 5-61 9026614b 5-66
7075030110 2-182 722123541000 2-53 9001603b 5-57 9021014c 5-61 9031001c 5-60
7075030111 2-182 722123541010 2-53 9001604b 5-57 9021015c 5-61 9031002c 5-60
7075030130 2-182 722123541100 2-53 9001605b 5-57 9021016c 5-61 9031003c 5-60
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
7075030131 2-182 722123541110 2-53 9001606b 5-57 9021101V 5-61 9031004c 5-60
7075030210 2-182 722126841000 2-53 9001607b 5-57 9021102V 5-61 9031005c 5-60
7075030211 2-182 722126841010 2-53 9001608b 5-57 9021105V 5-61 9031006c 5-60
7075030530 2-182 722126841100 2-53 9001609b 5-57 9021106V 5-61 9031007c 5-60
7075030531 2-182 722126841110 2-53 9001610b 5-57 9021107V 5-61 9031008c 5-60
7075030630 2-182 722213340000 2-48 9001611b 5-57 9021108V 5-61 9031009c 5-60
7075030631 2-182 722213340100 2-48 9001612b 5-57 9021109V 5-61 9031010b 5-60
7075030730 2-182 722213541000 2-48 9001620b 5-59 9021111V 5-61 9031011c 5-60
7075030731 2-182 722213541100 2-48 9001621b 5-59 9021112V 5-61 9031012c 5-60
7076030110 2-182 722216841000 2-48 9001622b 5-59 9021114V 5-61 9031014c 5-60
DOCUMENTATION
7076030111 2-182 722216841100 2-48 9001623b 5-57 9021115V 5-61 9031015c 5-60
7076030130 2-182 7304106 5-93 9001624b 5-57 9021116V 5-61 9031016c 5-60
7076030131 2-182 7304112 5-93 9001625b 5-57 9021201b 5-61 9031101V 5-60
7076030210 2-182 7306206 5-93 9002100 5-85 9021202b 5-61 9031102V 5-60
7076030211 2-182 7306212 5-93 9002180 5-87 9021205b 5-61 9031103V 5-60
7076030530 2-182 7308306 5-93 9002190 5-88 9021206b 5-61 9031104V 5-60
7076030531 2-182 7308312 5-93 9002200 5-86 9021207b 5-61 9031105V 5-60
7076030630 2-182 9000401 3-220 9002300 5-85 9021208b 5-61 9031106V 5-60
7076030631 2-182 9000402 3-220 9002380 5-87 9021209b 5-61 9031107V 5-60
7076030730 2-182 9000500 3-204 9002390 5-88 9021211b 5-61 9031108V 5-60
6-41
9031109V 5-60 9061002 5-15 9064109 5-38 9066511 5-22 9070b51_ _ 5-28
9031110V 5-60 9061102 5-15 9064110 5-38 9066512 5-22 9070b61_ _ 5-28
9031111V 5-60 9061108 5-15 9064111 5-38 9067001 5-17 9070b62_ _ 5-28
9031112V 5-60 9061109 5-15 9064112 5-38 9067016 5-17 9070b63_ _ 5-28
9031114V 5-60 9061110 5-15 9064201 5-38 9067024 5-17 9070b72_ _ 5-28
9031115V 5-60 9061111 5-15 9064202 5-38 9067101 5-17 9070b73_ _ 5-28
9031116V 5-60 9061112 5-15 9064208 5-38 9067102 5-17 9070b83_ _ 5-28
9031201b 5-60 9061316 5-14 9064209 5-38 9067108 5-17 9070c51_ _ 5-27
9031202b 5-60 9061324 5-14 9064210 5-38 9067109 5-17 9070c61_ _ 5-27
9031203b 5-60 9061408 5-14 9064211 5-38 9067110 5-17 9070c62_ _ 5-27
9031204b 5-60 9061409 5-14 9064212 5-38 9067111 5-17 9070c63_ _ 5-27
9031205b 5-60 9061410 5-14 9065016 5-21 9067112 5-17 9070c72_ _ 5-27
9031206b 5-60 9061411 5-14 9065024 5-21 9067616 5-8 9070c73_ _ 5-27
9031207b 5-60 9061412 5-14 9065116 5-21 9067624 5-8 9070c83_ _ 5-27
9031208b 5-60 9061508 5-14 9065124 5-21 9067708 5-8 9070u11_ _ 5-27
9031209b 5-60 9061509 5-14 9065208 5-21 9067709 5-8 9070u22_ _ 5-27
9031210b 5-60 9061510 5-14 9065209 5-21 9067710 5-8 9070u33_ _ 5-27
9031211b 5-60 9061511 5-14 9065210 5-21 9067711 5-8 9070V15_ _ 5-27
9031212b 5-60 9061512 5-14 9065211 5-21 9067712 5-8 9070V16_ _ 5-27
9031214b 5-60 9061601 2-100 9065212 5-21 9067808 5-8 9070V26_ _ 5-27
9031215b 5-60 9062001 5-15 9065308 5-22 9067809 5-8 9070V27_ _ 5-27
9031216b 5-60 9062002 5-15 9065309 5-22 9067810 5-8 9070V36_ _ 5-27
9031301c 5-62 9062110 5-39 9065310 5-22 9067811 5-8 9070V37_ _ 5-27
9031302c 5-62 9062216 5-39 9065311 5-22 9067812 5-8 9070V38_ _ 5-27
9031303c 5-62 9062224 5-39 9065312 5-22 9068016 5-19 9090001 5-59
9031401V 5-62 9062401 3-46 9065408 5-22 9068024 5-19 9090002 5-59
9031402V 5-62 9063001 5-30 9065409 5-22 9068108 5-19 9090003 5-59
9031403V 5-62 9063016 5-30 9065410 5-22 9068109 5-19 9100401 3-64
9031501b 5-62 9063024 5-30 9065411 5-22 9068110 5-19 9101201 5-70
9031502b 5-62 9063101 5-30 9065412 5-22 9068111 5-19 9151501 5-70
9031503b 5-62 9063116 5-30 9065508 5-22 9068112 5-19 9152103 3-143
9041001 5-68 9063124 5-30 9065509 5-22 9068216 5-19 9152104 3-143
9041002 5-68 9063201 5-30 9065510 5-22 9068224 5-19 9152105 3-143
9041003 5-68 9063202 5-30 9065511 5-22 9068308 5-19 9152106 3-143
9041004 5-68 9063208 5-30 9065512 5-22 9068309 5-19 9152107 3-143
9041005 5-68 9063209 5-30 9065616 5-36 9068310 5-19 9152108 3-143
9041201 5-68 9063210 5-30 9065624 5-36 9068311 5-19 9152114 3-143
9041202 5-68 9063211 5-30 9065708 5-36 9068312 5-19 9152115 3-143
9041203 5-68 9063212 5-30 9065709 5-36 9069016 5-10 9152116 3-143
9041204 5-68 9063301 5-38 9065710 5-36 9069024 5-10 9152117 3-143
9041205 5-68 9063302 5-30 9065711 5-36 9069116 5-10 9152118 3-143
9041301 5-24 9063308 5-30 9065712 5-36 9069124 5-10 9152119 3-143
9041316 5-24 9063309 5-30 9065808 5-36 9069216 5-10 9170201 3-71
9041324 5-24 9063310 5-30 9065809 5-36 9069224 5-10 9170301 3-71
9041401 5-24 9063311 5-30 9065810 5-36 9069316 5-10 9170401 3-71
9041402 5-24 9063312 5-30 9065811 5-36 9069324 5-10 9170501 3-71
9041408 5-24 9063501 5-32 9065812 5-36 9069408 5-11 9170601 3-71
9041409 5-24 9063516 5-32 9066016 5-21 9069409 5-11 9200201 3-173
9041410 5-24 9063524 5-32 9066024 5-21 9069410 5-11 9200202 3-125
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
9041411 5-24 9063601 5-33 9066116 5-21 9069411 5-11 9200301 3-173
9041412 5-24 9063602 5-33 9066124 5-21 9069412 5-11 9200302 3-125
9041501 5-25 9063608 5-33 9066208 5-21 9069508 5-11 9200401 3-172
9041502 5-25 9063609 5-33 9066209 5-21 9069509 5-11 9200402 3-121
9041508 5-25 9063610 5-33 9066210 5-21 9069510 5-11 9200402A 3-121
9041509 5-25 9063611 5-33 9066211 5-21 9069511 5-11 9200501 3-187
9041510 5-25 9063612 5-33 9066212 5-21 9069512 5-11 9200601 3-187
9041511 5-25 9063701 5-33 9066308 5-22 9069608 5-11 9200701 3-46
9041512 5-25 9063702 5-33 9066309 5-22 9069609 5-11 9200702 3-202
9041601 5-25 9063708 5-33 9066310 5-22 9069610 5-11 9200703 3-123
DOCUMENTATION
9041616 5-25 9063709 5-33 9066311 5-22 9069611 5-11 9200710 3-209
9041624 5-25 9063710 5-33 9066312 5-22 9069612 5-11 9200901 3-187
9041701 5-25 9063711 5-33 9066408 5-22 9069708 5-11 9201001 3-187
9041702 5-25 9063712 5-33 9066409 5-22 9069709 5-11 9201201 5-70
9041708 5-25 9064001 5-38 9066410 5-22 9069710 5-11 9201801 3-125
9041709 5-25 9064016 5-38 9066411 5-22 9069711 5-11 9202401 3-140
9041710 5-25 9064024 5-38 9066412 5-22 9069712 5-11 9202402 3-140
9041711 5-25 9064101 5-38 9066508 5-22 9070b11_ _ 5-28 9202403 3-140
9041712 5-25 9064102 5-38 9066509 5-22 9070b22_ _ 5-28 9202501 3-140
9061001 5-15 9064108 5-38 9066510 5-22 9070b33_ _ 5-28 9202502 3-140
6-42
9202503 3-140 9250803 3-190 9323501 3-142 9450806 3-141 9650704 3-141
9210000 3-46 9250804 3-190 9323601 3-142 9450807 3-141 9650801 3-190
9210001 3-46 9250805 3-72 9330301 3-139 9450901 3-190 9650802 3-190
9210002 3-46 9250806 3-72 9330501 3-140 9450902 3-141 9650803 3-190
9210003 3-46 9250807 3-72 9330601 3-140 9450903 3-141 9651201 3-189
9210004 3-47 9250808 3-72 9330701 3-140 9450904 3-141 9651301 3-190
9210030 3-46 9250809 3-72 9330801 3-140 9451201 3-189 9651705 3-140
9210100 3-47 9250810 3-141 9350605 3-141 9451501 5-70 9651706 3-140
9210101 3-47 9250811 3-141 9350606 3-141 9451705 3-140 9651707 3-140
9210110 3-47 9250812 3-141 9350607 3-141 9451706 3-140 9651711 3-140
9210150 3-47 9250814 3-72 9350608 3-141 9451707 3-140 9651712 3-141
9210151 3-47 9250815 3-72 9350704 3-141 9451711 3-140 9652002 3-189
9210152 3-47 9250816 3-72 9350800 3-141 9451713 3-141 9652601 3-141
9210160 3-47 9250817 3-72 9350810 3-141 9452001 3-141 9653301 3-140
9210161 3-48 9250818 3-72 9350811 3-141 9453301 3-140 9653401 3-140
9210180 3-48 9250820 3-203 9350812 3-141 9453401 3-140 9653501 3-140
9210181 3-48 9250821 3-203 9350902 3-141 9453501 3-140 9653502 3-140
9210190 3-48 9250822 3-203 9350903 3-141 9453601 3-142 9653503 3-140
9210191 3-48 9250835 3-209 9350904 3-141 9453701 3-142 9653504 3-140
9210192 3-48 9250836 3-209 9351705 3-140 9453802 3-143 9700101 3-46
9210193 3-48 9250837 3-209 9351706 3-140 9453803 3-143 9700102 3-46
9210200 3-48 9250901 3-190 9351707 3-140 9453804 3-143 9700106 3-203
9210201 3-48 9250902 3-141 9351711 3-140 9453901 3-142 9700107 3-203
9210202 3-48 9250903 3-141 9351713 3-141 9453902 3-142 9700401 3-121
9210203 3-48 9250904 3-141 9352001 3-141 9453903 3-142 9700401A 3-121
9210210 3-48 9250905 3-73 9353301 3-140 9453904 3-142 9700402 3-121
9210211 3-48 9250906 3-73 9353501 3-140 9453920 2-66 9700403 3-121
9210212 3-48 9250907 3-73 9355301 3-140 9453922 2-66 9700404 3-121
9210213 3-48 9251201 3-189 9400201 3-173 9453922l 2-125 9800101 3-46
9220401 3-142 9251301 3-190 9400202 3-125 9454001 3-142 9800102 3-46
9220501 3-142 9251302 3-141 9400301 3-173 9455201 3-189 9900101 3-139
9220601 3-142 9251402 3-73 9400302 3-125 9455401 3-143 w0210010100 2-67
9220701 3-141 9251501 5-70 9400401 3-172 9455601 3-143 w0210011100 2-67
9220801 3-142 9251705 3-140 9400402 3-121 9500401 3-121 w0210012100 2-67
9230301 3-139 9251706 3-140 9400402A 3-121 9500402 3-121 w0210013100 2-67
9230401 3-140 9251707 3-140 9400501 3-187 9530901 3-140 w0215000001 2-61
9232001 3-203 9251708 3-73 9400601 3-187 9531001 3-140 w0215000011 2-61
9232002 3-203 9251709 3-73 9400701 3-139 9600201 3-173 w0215000021 2-61
9232003 3-203 9251710 3-73 9400702 3-139 9600301 3-173 w0215000031 2-61
9232004 3-203 9251711 3-140 9400901 3-187 9600401 3-172 w0215000051 2-61
9232005 3-203 9251712 3-73 9401001 3-187 9600501 3-187 w0215000101 2-46
9232010 3-204 9251713 3-141 9401002 3-187 9600601 3-187 w0215000111 2-46
9250001 3-187 9251720 3-203 9401201 5-70 9600901 3-187 w0215000121 2-46
9250002 3-187 9251721 3-203 9401801 3-125 9601001 3-187 w0215000131 2-46
9250101 3-189 9251723 3-203 9420401 3-142 9601501 3-187 w0215000151 2-46
9250102 3-189 9251724 3-203 9420501 3-142 9604402 3-187 w0216000001 2-62
9250103 3-189 9252001 3-141 9420601 3-142 9630301 3-139 w0216000011 2-62
9250301 3-189 9253301 3-140 9420801 3-142 9631001 3-140 w0216000021 2-62
9250601 3-189 9253501 3-140 9430301 3-139 9631101 3-140 w0216000031 2-62
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
9250602 3-189 9255001 3-72 9430701 3-140 9631201 3-140 w0216001001 2-62
9250603 3-189 9255101 3-72 9450001 3-187 9631301 3-140 w0216001011 2-62
9250604 3-189 9255201 3-189 9450002 3-187 9640001 3-161 w0216001021 2-62
9250605 3-141 9255301 3-140 9450003 3-187 9640101 3-161 w0216001031 2-62
9250606 3-141 9300202 3-125 9450101 3-189 9640201 3-161 w0217000101 2-123
9250607 3-141 9300302 3-125 9450102 3-189 9640301 3-161 w0217000111 2-123
9250608 3-141 9300401 3-121 9450103 3-189 9640401 3-161 w0217000121 2-123
9250610 3-73 9300402 3-121 9450301 3-189 9640501 3-161 w0217000131 2-123
9250611 3-73 9300402A 3-121 9450601 3-189 9640502 3-161 w0217000151 2-123
9250612 3-73 9300403 3-121 9450602 3-189 9640503 3-161 w0351000011 2-7
DOCUMENTATION
9250613 3-73 9300404 3-121 9450603 3-189 9640504 3-161 w0351000013 2-7
9250701 3-190 9301801 3-125 9450605 3-141 9650001 3-187 w0351000014 2-7
9250704 3-141 9301802 3-125 9450606 3-141 9650101 3-189 w0351000015 2-7
9250705 3-72 9301803 3-125 9450607 3-141 9650102 3-189 w0351000016 2-7
9250706 3-72 9302501 3-140 9450701 3-190 9650103 3-189 w0351000017 2-7
9250707 3-203 9302502 3-140 9450704 3-141 9650301 3-189 w0351000018 2-7
9250708 3-72 9302503 3-140 9450801 3-190 9650601 3-189 w0351000021 2-7
9250800 3-141 9320801 3-142 9450802 3-190 9650602 3-189 w0351000030 2-7
9250801 3-190 9321801 3-125 9450803 3-190 9650603 3-189 w0351000031 2-7
9250802 3-190 9323401 3-142 9450805 3-141 9650701 3-190 w0351000032 2-7
6-43
w0351000033 2-7 w0501131004 5-91 w0710010002 1-182 w0950200025 1-16 w0950406002F 1-92
w0351000034 2-7 w0502111001 5-91 w0710010003 1-182 w0950200030 1-70 w0950406003 1-92
w0351000035 2-7 w0502111005 5-92 w0710010004 1-182 w0950206001 1-68 w0950406021 1-70
w0351000036 2-7 w0502111007 5-92 w0950000108 1-17 w0950206002 1-68 w0950407001 1-133
w0351000037 2-7 w0502111009 5-92 w0950000110 1-17 w0950206004 1-68 w0950407032 1-133
w0351000049 2-7 w0502111011 5-92 w0950000112 1-17 w0950254004 1-134 w0950500002 1-101
w0351000050 2-7 w0502121002 5-91 w0950000116 1-17 w0950256001 1-68 w0950500005 1-101
w0351000056 2-7 w0502121006 5-92 w0950000120 1-17 w0950256002 1-68 w0950500010 1-101
w0400100101 2-49 w0502121008 5-92 w0950000125 1-17 w0950256004 1-68 w0950502001 1-37
w0400100102 2-49 w0502121010 5-92 w0950000132 1-102 w0950257001 1-133 w0950502002 1-38
w0400100103 2-49 w0502121012 5-92 w0950000140 1-102 w0950257031 1-133 w0950502003 1-37
w0400100104 2-49 w0502131002 5-91 w0950000150 1-102 w0950257033 1-136 w0950502004 1-37
w0400100105 2-49 w0502131006 5-92 w0950000160 1-290 w0950257034 1-136 w0950502006 1-37
w0400100106 2-49 w0502131008 5-92 w0950000201 1-286 w0950257035 1-136 w0950502008 1-37
w0400100107 2-49 w0502131010 5-92 w0950000222 1-286 w0950257038 1-143 w0950502012 1-237
w0400100108 2-49 w0502131012 5-92 w0950000232 1-286 w0950258001 1-135 w0950502017 1-38
w0400100109 2-49 w0503111013 5-92 w0950000252 1-287 w0950258037 1-135 w0950502020 1-39
w0400100110 2-49 w0503111015 5-93 w0950000253 1-287 w0950320002 1-101 w0950502025 1-39
w0400100200 2-49 w0503111017 5-93 w0950000508 1-17 w0950320005 1-101 w0950502030 1-39
w0400101001 2-57 w0503111019 5-93 w0950000510 1-17 w0950320010 1-101 w0950502108 1-38
w0400101002 2-57 w0503121014 5-92 w0950000512 1-17 w0950322001 1-37 w0950502111 1-237
w0400101003 2-57 w0503121016 5-93 w0950000516 1-17 w0950322002 1-68 w0950503001 1-51
w0400101004 2-57 w0503121018 5-93 w0950000520 1-17 w0950322003 1-37 w0950503002 1-52
w0400101005 2-57 w0503121020 5-93 w0950000525 1-17 w0950322004 1-37 w0950506001 1-91
w0400101006 2-57 w0503131014 5-92 w0950000608 1-16 w0950322006 1-37 w0950506001F 1-91
w0400101007 2-57 w0503131016 5-93 w0950000610 1-16 w0950322008 1-37 w0950506002 1-92
w0400101008 2-57 w0503131018 5-93 w0950000612 1-16 w0950322009 1-40 w0950506002F 1-92
w0400101009 2-57 w0503131020 5-93 w0950000616 1-16 w0950322017 1-38 w0950506003 1-92
w0400101010 2-57 w0511101101 5-94 w0950000620 1-16 w0950322020 1-16 w0950506021 1-70
w0400101101 2-60 w0511121121 5-94 w0950000625 1-16 w0950322025 1-16 w0950506302 1-91
w0400101102 2-60 w0511131131 5-94 w0950000711 1-45 w0950322030 1-39 w0950506312 1-91
w0400101103 2-60 w0511141141 5-94 w0950000712 1-45 w0950322108 1-38 w0950632001 1-37
w0400101104 2-60 w0511151151 5-94 w0950000713 1-45 w0950323001 1-51 w0950632002 1-38
w0400101105 2-60 w0511161161 5-94 w0950000715 1-59 w0950323002 1-52 w0950632003 1-37
w0400101106 2-60 w0512131121 5-94 w0950000716 1-59 w0950324004 1-134 w0950632004 1-37
w0400101107 2-60 w0513131101 5-94 w0950001001 1-45 w0950326021 1-70 w0950632006 1-37
w0400101108 2-60 w0514101101 5-94 w0950001100 1-165 w0950326302 1-91 w0950632008 1-37
w0400101109 2-60 w0514121121 5-94 w0950001103 1-16 w0950327001 1-133 w0950632009 1-40
w0400101110 2-60 w0515121121 5-94 w0950014360 1-287 w0950327032 1-133 w0950632012 1-237
w0400101190 2-61 w0700121___ 1-21 w0950037391 1-182 w0950327033 1-136 w0950632017 1-38
w0400101201 2-61 w0700122___ 1-20 w0950044180 1-289 w0950327034 1-136 w0950632108 1-38
w0400101202 2-61 w0700123___ 1-20 w0950045390 1-289 w0950327035 1-136 w0950632111 1-237
w0400101203 2-61 w0700161___ 1-21 w0950060000 1-291 w0950327038 1-143 w0950633001 1-51
w0400101204 2-61 w0700162___ 1-20 w0950080001 1-15 w0950328035 1-135 w0950633002 1-52
w0400101205 2-61 w0700163___ 1-20 w0950080002 1-15 w0950328036 1-135 w0950636001 1-91
w0400101206 2-61 w0700201___ 1-21 w0950080005 1-15 w0950328037 1-135 w0950636001F 1-91
w0400101207 2-61 w0700202___ 1-20 w0950080020 1-16 w0950400002 1-101 w0950636002 1-92
w0400101208 2-61 w0700203___ 1-20 w0950080025 1-16 w0950400005 1-101 w0950636002F 1-92
w0400101209 2-61 w0700251___ 1-21 w0950120001 1-15 w0950400010 1-101 w0950636003 1-92
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
w0400102000 2-57 w0700252___ 1-20 w0950120002 1-15 w0950402001 1-37 w0950637001 1-133
w0400102002 2-57 w0700253___ 1-20 w0950120005 1-15 w0950402002 1-38 w0950637032 1-134
w0400111101 2-60 w0700321___ 1-44 w0950120020 1-16 w0950402003 1-37 w0950637033 1-136
w0400111102 2-60 w0700322___ 1-44 w0950120025 1-16 w0950402004 1-37 w0950637034 1-136
w0400111103 2-60 w0700323___ 1-44 w0950120030 1-95 w0950402006 1-37 w0950637035 1-136
w0400111104 2-60 w0700401___ 1-44 w0950126001 1-91 w0950402008 1-37 w0950637036 1-134
w0400111105 2-60 w0700402___ 1-44 w0950126002 1-92 w0950402009 1-40 w0950802001 1-37
w0400111106 2-60 w0700403___ 1-44 w0950126004 1-91 w0950402012 1-237 w0950802002 1-38
w0400111107 2-60 w0700501___ 1-44 w0950164004 1-134 w0950402017 1-38 w0950802003 1-37
w0400111108 2-60 w0700502___ 1-44 w0950167001 1-133 w0950402020 1-39 w0950802004 1-37
DOCUMENTATION
w0400111109 2-60 w0700503___ 1-44 w0950167031 1-133 w0950402025 1-39 w0950802006 1-37
w0400111110 2-60 w0700631___ 1-44 w0950167033 1-136 w0950402030 1-39 w0950802008 1-37
w0400111200 2-60 w0700632___ 1-44 w0950167034 1-136 w0950402108 1-38 w0950802012 1-237
w0400111201 2-60 w0700633___ 1-44 w0950167035 1-136 w0950402111 1-237 w0950802017 1-38
w0400111202 2-60 w0700801___ 1-44 w0950168001 1-135 w0950403001 1-51 w0950802020 1-39
w0400112000 2-61 w0700802___ 1-44 w0950168037 1-135 w0950403002 1-52 w0950802025 1-39
w0400112001 2-61 w0700803___ 1-44 w0950200001 1-15 w0950404004 1-134 w0950802030 1-39
w0501101001 5-91 w0701001___ 1-44 w0950200002 1-15 w0950406001 1-91 w0950802108 1-38
w0501111002 5-91 w0701002___ 1-44 w0950200005 1-15 w0950406001F 1-91 w0950802111 1-237
w0501121003 5-91 w0701003___ 1-44 w0950200020 1-16 w0950406002 1-92 w0950803001 1-51
6-44
w0950803002 1-52 w095X320011 1-160 w0970050003 5-74 w0970530024 5-95 w1450203___ 1-213
w0950806001 1-91 w095X320020 1-159 w0970050004 5-74 w0970530025 5-95 w1450204___ 1-214
w0950806002 1-92 w095X322001 1-163 w0970500011 2-57 w0970530026 5-95 w1450205___ 1-215
w0950806002F 1-92 w095X322002 1-164 w0970500012 2-57 w0970530027 5-95 w1450252___ 1-212
w0950806003 1-92 w095X322003 1-163 w0970500013 2-57 w0970530036 5-95 w1450253___ 1-213
w0950806021 1-94 w095X322004 1-164 w0970500015 2-57 w0970530037 5-95 w1450254___ 1-214
w0950806302 1-91 w095X322007 1-163 w0970500016 2-57 w0970530038 5-95 w1450255___ 1-215
w0950806312 1-91 w095X322008 1-164 w0970501021 2-84 w0970530039 5-95 w1450302___ 1-212
w0951002001 1-37 w095X322011 1-165 w0970501022 2-84 w0970530040 5-95 w1450303___ 1-213
w0951002002 1-38 w095X322020 1-165 w0970501025 2-84 w0970530042 5-95 w1450304___ 1-214
w0951002003 1-37 w095X322050 1-163 w0970504021 2-99 w0970530043 5-95 w1450305___ 1-215
w0951002004 1-37 w095X400002 1-159 w0970510011 2-46 w0970530044 5-95 w1460162___ 1-218
w0951002006 1-37 w095X400005 1-159 w0970510012 2-46 w0970530045 5-95 w1460163___ 1-219
w0951002008 1-37 w095X400007 1-160 w0970510013 2-46 w0970530046 5-95 w1460164___ 1-220
w0951002009 1-40 w095X400010 1-159 w0970510014 2-46 w0970530047 5-95 w1460165___ 1-221
w0951002017 1-38 w095X400011 1-160 w0970510015 2-46 w0970530051 5-95 w1460202___ 1-218
w0951002108 1-38 w095X400020 1-159 w0970510016 2-46 w0970530052 5-95 w1460203___ 1-219
w0951003001 1-51 w095X402001 1-163 w0970510017 2-46 w0970530053 5-95 w1460204___ 1-220
w0951003002 1-52 w095X402002 1-164 w0970510070 2-46 w0970530054 5-95 w1460205___ 1-221
w0951006001 1-91 w095X402003 1-163 w0970512000 2-49 w0970530055 5-95 w1460252___ 1-218
w0951006002 1-92 w095X402004 1-164 w0970513001 2-157 w0970530056 5-95 w1460253___ 1-219
w0951006003 1-92 w095X402007 1-163 w0970513002 2-157 w0970530057 5-95 w1460254___ 1-220
w0951252001 1-37 w095X402008 1-164 w0970513003 2-201 w0970530062 5-96 w1460255___ 1-221
w0951252002 1-38 w095X402011 1-165 w0970513004 2-201 w0970530063 5-96 w1460302___ 1-218
w0951252003 1-37 w095X402020 1-165 w0970513010 3-218 w0970530064 5-96 w1460303___ 1-219
w0951252004 1-37 w095X402050 1-163 w0970513011 3-218 w0970530065 5-96 w1460304___ 1-220
w0951252006 1-37 w095X500002 1-159 w0970520001 5-96 w0970530066 5-96 w1460305___ 1-221
w0951252008 1-37 w095X500005 1-159 w0970520002 5-96 w0970530067 5-96 w1471063___ 1-226
w0951252017 1-38 w095X500007 1-160 w0970520003 5-96 w0970530072 5-96 w1471103___ 1-226
w0951252020 1-39 w095X500010 1-159 w0970520004 5-96 w0970530073 5-96 w1471163___ 1-226
w0951252025 1-39 w095X500011 1-160 w0970520005 5-96 w0970530074 5-96 w1471203___ 1-226
w0951602001 1-57 w095X500020 1-159 w0970520006 5-96 w0970530075 5-96 w1530320180 1-184
w0951602002 1-57 w095X502001 1-163 w0970520010 5-96 w0970530084 2-165 w1530400180 1-184
w0951602003 1-57 w095X502002 1-164 w0970520011 5-96 w1000060005 1-111 w1550200001 1-173
w0951602004 1-57 w095X502003 1-163 w0970520012 5-96 w1000060010 1-111 w1550320001 1-173
w0951602008 1-58 w095X502004 1-164 w0970520013 5-96 w1000060015 1-111 w1570160200 1-175
w0951602009 1-58 w095X502007 1-163 w0970520014 5-96 w1000100005 1-111 w1570160300 1-186
w0951602010 1-58 w095X502008 1-164 w0970520015 5-96 w1000100010 1-111 w1570200200 1-175
w0951602020 1-58 w095X502011 1-165 w0970520016 5-96 w1000100015 1-111 w1570200300 1-186
w0952002001 1-57 w095X502020 1-165 w0970520021 5-96 w1000160005 1-111 w1570250200 1-175
w0952002002 1-57 w095X502050 1-163 w0970520022 5-96 w1000160010 1-111 w1570250300 1-186
w0952002003 1-57 w095X630002 1-159 w0970520023 5-96 w1000160015 1-111 w1570600300 1-186
w0952002004 1-57 w095X630005 1-159 w0970520024 5-96 w120_______ 1-56 w1580100200 1-177
w0952002025 1-58 w095X630007 1-160 w0970520031 5-96 w121_______ 1-56 w1580120200 1-177
w0952022180 1-288 w095X632001 1-163 w0970520032 5-96 w122_______ 1-56 w1580160200 1-177
w0952022500 1-288 w095X632002 1-164 w0970520033 2-62 w123_______ 1-56 w1580250200 1-178
w0952025390 1-288 w095X632003 1-163 w0970520034 2-62 w124_______ 1-56 w1580300200 1-178
w0952025500 1-288 w095X632004 1-164 w0970520035 2-62 w140_______ 1-50 w1590160200 1-179
w0952028184 1-288 w095X632007 1-163 w0970520036 2-62 w142_______ 1-50 w1590200200 1-180
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
w0952029394 1-288 w095X632008 1-164 w0970520037 2-62 w143_______ 1-117 w1590320200 1-180
w0952029504 1-288 w095X632050 1-163 w0970520038 2-62 w1440122___ 1-208 w1590500200 1-180
w0952125556 1-288 w095X802001 1-163 w0970520039 2-62 w1440123___ 1-209 w1620122090 1-193
w0952128184 1-288 w095X802002 1-164 w0970530001 5-95 w1440162___ 1-208 w1620122180 1-193
w095X120001 1-155 w095X802003 1-163 w0970530002 5-95 w1440163___ 1-209 w1620162090 1-193
w095X120002 1-155 w095X802004 1-164 w0970530003 5-95 w1440202___ 1-208 w1620162180 1-193
w095X120005 1-155 w095X802007 1-163 w0970530004 5-95 w1440203___ 1-209 w1620202090 1-193
w095X120010 1-155 w095X802008 1-164 w0970530005 5-95 w1440252___ 1-208 w1620202180 1-193
w095X120011 1-156 w095X802011 1-165 w0970530006 5-95 w1440253___ 1-209 w1620252090 1-194
w095X120020 1-156 w095X802020 1-165 w0970530007 5-95 w1440302___ 1-208 w1620252180 1-194
DOCUMENTATION
w095X200001 1-155 w095X802050 1-163 w0970530012 5-95 w1440303___ 1-209 w1630162180 1-196
w095X200002 1-155 w095XA12001 1-163 w0970530013 5-95 w1450122___ 1-212 w1630164090 1-201
w095X200005 1-155 w095XA12002 1-164 w0970530014 5-95 w1450123___ 1-213 w1630164180 1-201
w095X200010 1-155 w095XA12003 1-163 w0970530015 5-95 w1450124___ 1-214 w1630165180 1-196
w095X200011 1-156 w095XA12004 1-164 w0970530016 5-95 w1450125___ 1-215 w1630202180 1-196
w095X200020 1-156 w095XA12007 1-163 w0970530017 5-95 w1450162___ 1-212 w1630204090 1-202
w095X320002 1-159 w095XA12008 1-164 w0970530020 5-95 w1450163___ 1-213 w1630204180 1-202
w095X320005 1-159 w095XA12050 1-163 w0970530021 5-95 w1450164___ 1-214 w1630205180 1-196
w095X320007 1-160 w0970050001 5-74 w0970530022 5-95 w1450165___ 1-215 w1630222180 1-197
w095X320010 1-159 w0970050002 5-74 w0970530023 5-95 w1450202___ 1-212 w1630224090 1-202
6-45
w1630224180 1-202 w3120000301 2-9 w4017000101 2-64

w1630252180 1-197 w3120000311 2-9 w4017001100 2-64
w1630253180 1-197 w3120000321 2-9 w4017001200 2-64
w1630254090 1-203 w3120000331 2-9 w4017001201 2-64
w1630254180 1-203 w3120000401 2-9 w4017001300 2-64
w1630255180 1-197 w3120000411 2-9 w4017003100 2-64
w1630256180 1-197 w3501000100 2-5 w4017004100 2-64
w1630302180 1-198 w3501000101 2-5 w4017004200 2-64
w1630303180 1-198 w3501000110 2-5 w4017004201 2-64
w1630304090 1-203 w3501000111 2-5 w4018000200 2-59
w1630304180 1-203 w3501000200 2-6 w4018000300 2-59
w1630305180 1-198 w3501000201 2-6 w4018001200 2-59
w1630306180 1-198 w3501000210 2-6 w4018001300 2-59
w1630402180 1-198 w3501000211 2-6 w4025002000 2-59
w1630403180 1-198 w3501000300 2-6 w4025002001 2-59
w1630404090 1-204 w3501000311 2-6 w4025002100 2-59
w1630404180 1-204 w3501000400 2-5 w4025002101 2-59
w165_______ 1-191 w3501000411 2-5 w4025002300 2-59
w166_______ 1-191 w3501001100 2-5 w4025002301 2-59
w170001____ 1-237 w3501001101 2-5 w4025002500 2-59
w170001____l 1-237 w3501001110 2-5 w4025002501 2-59
w170011____ 1-237 w3501001111 2-5 w4026003000 2-59
w170021____ 1-237 w3501001200 2-6 w4026004000 2-64
w170023____ 1-237 w3501001201 2-6 w4026004001 2-64
w170024____ 1-237 w3501001210 2-6 w4026004010 2-64
w170025____ 1-237 w3501001211 2-6 w4026004020 2-64
w170026____ 1-237 w3501001301 2-6 w4026005000 2-64
w170101____ 1-237 w3501001311 2-6 w4026005001 2-64
w170101____l 1-237 w3501001401 2-5 w4026005010 2-64
w170102____ 1-237 w3501001411 2-5 w4026005020 2-64
w170102____l 1-237 w3601000001 5-76 w4026005100 2-64
w170111____ 1-237 w3601000002 5-76 w4026005101 2-64
w170112____ 1-237 w3603000001 5-75 w4026005110 2-64
w170121____ 1-237 w3603000002 5-75 w4026005111 2-64
w170122____ 1-237 w3604000001 5-77 w4026005120 2-64
w170123____ 1-237 w3604000002 5-77 w5010001099 1-18
w170124____ 1-237 w3604000003 5-78 w5010001100 1-18
w170125____ 1-237 w3604000004 5-78 w5010001101 1-18
w170126____ 1-237 w3604000005 5-78 w5010001102 1-41
w170201____ 1-237 w3604000006 5-79 w5010001103 1-41
w170201____l 1-237 w3605000001 2-10 w5010001104 1-41
w170202____ 1-237 w3606000002 5-90 w5010001106 1-41
w170202____l 1-237 w3606000004 5-90 w5010001107 1-41
w170211____ 1-237 w4005001150 3-204 w5010001108 1-41
w170212____ 1-237 w4015001000 2-57 w5010001109 1-41
w170221____ 1-237 w4015001010 2-57 w6001001001 5-73
w170222____ 1-237 w4015001020 2-57 w6001001106 5-73
w170301____ 1-237 w4015001030 2-57 w6001011011 5-73
w170301____l 1-237 w4015001100 2-57 w6001011106 5-73
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX
w170302____ 1-237 w4015001110 2-57 w6001011108 5-73

w170302____l 1-237 w4015001120 2-57 w6001021021 5-73
w170311____ 1-237 w4015001130 2-57 w6001021108 5-73
w170312____ 1-237 w4015002000 2-57 w6001021110 5-73
w170321____ 1-237 w4015002010 2-57 w6001031112 5-73
w170322____ 1-237 w4015002020 2-57 w6001101001 5-72
w173________ 1-240 w4015002030 2-57 w6001101002 5-72
w18__16____ 1-154 w4015101000 2-84 w6001101106 5-73
w18__20____ 1-154 w4015101010 2-84 w6001111011 5-72
w18__25____ 1-154 w4015101020 2-84 w6001111012 5-72
DOCUMENTATION
w18__32____ 1-158 w4015101030 2-84 w6001111106 5-73

w18__40____ 1-158 w4015201000 2-92 w6001111108 5-73
w18__50____ 1-158 w4015201010 2-92 w6001121021 5-72
w18__63____ 1-158 w4015301000 2-84 w6001121022 5-72
w184_______ 1-162 w4015301010 2-84 w6001121108 5-73
w185_______ 1-162 w4015301020 2-84 w6001121110 5-73
w3120000001 2-9 w4015301030 2-84 w6001131112 5-73
w3120000011 2-9 w4015401000 2-92
w3120000021 2-9 w4015401010 2-92
w3120000212 2-10 w4017000100 2-64
6-46

Metal Work General PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Metal Work General PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Metal Work General PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

G E N E R A L C ATA L O G U E

BARI MILANO TORINO

24040 Verdellino BG Tel. 059 23 98 06 Fax 0422 48 45 79

P SERVICE S.p.A. P SERVICE S.r.l. 36035 Marano Vicentino VI

Fax 0372 45 71 42 Fax 0381 82 733

OLEODINAMICA & PNEUMATICA S.a.s.

R.C.P. Service S.r.l.

EUROPE AMERICAS ASIA - OCEANIA

BELGIUM CZECH REPUBLIC BRAZIL AUSTRALIA

2670 Greve - Denmark 121354, Moscow, USA SYDNEY OFFICE

de l’Esplanade - BP 222 Tel. 0034 946 203 999 info@metalworkchina.cn

Voltastraat 9 - 6716 AJ EDE District Pune - 412 115 (India)

metalwork@metalwork.pl Kiev, 02081 Ukraine www.metalwork.eu

BULGARIA TURKEY ALGERIA COLOMBIA SAUDI ARABIA

Romania Lomè 01 - RP Du Togo Fax 00886 22 29 88 436

SLOVENIA and CROATIA

ACTUATORS P CYLINDERS PAG. 1-2

UNITS P SYNTESI PAGE 3-2

ACCESSORIES P LINE ON LINE PAGE 5-3

P FLOW REGULATOR PAGE 5-51

P ENVIRONMENT AND ENERGY SAVING PAGE 6-14

P CYLINDERS PAG. 1-2

P GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA PAGE 1-4

CYLINDERS ACCORDING TO STANDARDS AND VARIANTS

P ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS – SERIES STD PAGE 1-10

P ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS – SERIES TP PAGE 1-13

P ACCESSORIES FOR ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDERS PAGE 1-15

P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-22

P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES STD PAGE 1-23

P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – TYPE A PAGE 1-25

P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – SERIES 3 PAGE 1-27

P ISO 15552 LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS PAGE 1-28

P ISO 15552 ULTRA-LOW FRICTIONS CYLINDERS PAGE 1-29

P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS – DIMENSIONS PAGE 1-32

P ISO 15552 TWO-FLAT CYLINDERS PAGE 1-35

P TWIN-ROD CYLINDER – SERIES TWNC PAGE 1-49

P ISO 15552 CYLINDERS Ø 160-200 PAGE 1-54

P ISO 21287 CYLYNDER – SERIES LINER PAGE 1-60

P COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC PAGE 1-72

P COMPACT CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPC TWO-FLAT PAGE 1-84

P ROUND CYLINDER – SERIES RNDC PAGE 1-98

P CARTRIDGE MICRO-CYLINDER – SERIES CRTC PAGE 1-110

P COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDERS – SERIES CMPG PAGE 1-112

P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES STD PAGE 1-118

P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH GUIDE “V” PAGE 1-123

P RODLESS CYLINDER WITH BALL RECIRCULATING GUIDE PAGE 1-127

P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES DOUBLE PAGE 1-132

P RODLESS CYLINDER – SERIES PU PAGE 1-139

STAINLESS STELL CYLINDERS

P STAINLESS STEEL ISO 6432 MINI-CYLINDER PAGE 1-153

P STAINLESS STEEL ROUND CYLINDERS RNDC PAGE 1-157

P STAINLESS STEEL ISO 15552 CYLINDERS PAGE 1-161

Compressed air No-stick-slip cylinders

GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA

CHART OF SPEED / MAXIMUM ABSORBABLE LOAD

For the cylinder to reach the end-of-stroke position

FORCE OF SPRINGS IN SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS (THEORETICAL)

ISO 15552 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS SSC SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS

ISO 6432 SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS ROUND SINGLE-ACTING CYLINDERS